. mS 
2 ’ x “ 

4 : ‘ : 4 24 sy ‘ f . Y en 

Bs Pate G he - Keay ' 4 4 ‘ . vet a yey he A » un Sty 

IAAL, . Sa : SUR eh ey So eae Nia. 

c < ane a ae en ah 

a : $ Oe F Se eR A a 
Ahk gee ee ‘ 4 * P : MA whip ta Roe Serves Sb SNe So eS ‘in 


5 Shed Od, Ne 
RICCO RES yah 


an Ma hsballeleas 4 


" 
Me 


Aemim 6 Rem & : 
Pe er ee ee eee ey mire} 
ARS AO ne ‘2. 
“wry 5 ee % ys Neth 
“ 2 ‘ 7 J wtass ’ Mer eS . 8 Seg Maton oh ght 
‘ Ae ‘ Aw . aah Ao thn so A oRamy te 


Teme 
cats 


er et ee 
: tA. 


x are Peete cy 5 vom 4 -" - seers 
’ oO EME EA HID EH . BRAN rn a 
Se arden ga og BR ge PORN . . eons 
; ee Fe NT eid j 
Bug. SS Th Pee 6 Ay meee Ne 
ar >. aed hee PND. Te eee A 
“i See heme 


AS ec 


en se nee 


fi 2 . 
Sipe ee ae hae we eh ye ee, 
Fh ROAD OE SLE BE i ODS 
29 Get BD Ee 
Se fo-.> » — te i Shae 7 . we? 
es - 4 . eis ; ey : - AN amas Boh hae 


¢ 


he “ 7s 
PR eh A mee 


HANDBOUND 
AT THE 


ake 


S 


UNIVERSITY OF 
TORONTO PRESS 


THE ANNALS ‘4. 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


INCLUDING 


ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. 


(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND 
CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ ) 


CONDUCTED BY 


ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., 
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., 


AND 


WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.1.S. 


awe? 


VOL. XVIII.—SEVENTH SERIES. 


Cort err “ 


a 


4 
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. 


SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD.} 
BAILLIERE, PARIS: HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN: 
AND ASHER, BERLIN, 


1906, 


ee a 
LONDON: Sa 


“Omnes res create sunt divine sapientiz et potentix testes, divitie felicitatis 
humane :—ex harum usu onitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini; 
ex ceconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis 
elucet. Farum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata ; 
a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper 
inimica fuit.”—Linnzvs. 


‘Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour 
voir qu’elle eat le chef-d’eeuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- 
tent toutes ses opérations.’—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden, 
1767, 


ove tee a» eee » Lhe sylyan powers 
Obey our summons; from their deepest dells 
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild 
And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs 
That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme 
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, 
But scatter round ten thousand forms minute 
Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock 
Or rifted oak or cayern deep: the Naiads too 
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face 
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush 
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, 
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, 
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, 
All, all to us unlock their secret stores 
And pay their cheerful tribute. 
J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818, 


CONTENTS OF VOL. XVIII. 


(SEVENTH SERIES. } 


NUMBER CIII. 
Page 
I. Ona Tooth of Ceratodus and a Dinosaurian Claw from the Lower 
Jurassic of Victoria, Australia. By A. Smrru Woopwarp, LL.D., 
HS, Ontne British Museum. (PlateT.). .....5.j0.+s0c0ssenseer J 


If. Notes on Irish Hydrachnida; with Descriptions of a new 
Genus and Two new Species. By J.N. Hatperr. (Plate IL.) . 4 


Ill. Preliminary Descriptions of new Species of Amphipoda from 
the ‘ Discovery ’ Antarctic Expedition, 1902-1904. By ALFRED O. 
WO taen LS ANS BI ccm Ocio nine enon isne iii eiria 13 


IV. Rhynchotal Notes —XXXVIII. By W. L. Disrant...... 18 


V. On some West-African Species of Barbus. By G. A. 
ae MMNI IRE ENT ada 5 e\ialsis civ Gf cleve'd SS cere ms 5 eS Paice becomes . a2 


VI. Description of a new Barbus from the Uganda Protectorate. 
epee ere ESINESECN GE, EP OES. occ acs secs ect este asnenenees 36 


VII. Description of a new Mormyrid Fish from South Cameroon. 
By G. A. BounENGER, FBS. ..........0.. Oe eee ea D a cal, 00% 


VIII. Description of anew Tree-Viper from Mount Ruwenzori. 
ee EVOUTMNGHE ERS. «oe co cle tees begs sgaccsorecess 37 


IX. Alternation of Generations, Metamorphosis, and Direct 
Development. By W. WEDEKIND .............++ Sater cess 38 


X. Natural History Notes from the R.I.M.S. Ship ‘ Investigator,’ 
Capt. T. H. Heming, R.N., commanding.—Series UI., No. 158. Two 
new Barnacles dredged in 1905-6. By N. ANNANDALE, D.Sc., 
Indian Museum, Calcutta Pees ce chtOeE PE a Whe ip tt tears 9% alias niet oa & wie 44 


lv CONTENTS. 


Page 
XI. Description of a new Species of Parnassius. By F. Moors, 
DSt, Eis. uses 


XII. On Three remarkable new Melolonthid Coleoptera from 
Sumatra and Borneo in the British Museum. By Gitpert J. ARRow. 48 


XIII. On the Bats of the Genera Micronycteris and Glyphonycteris. 
by AeNDD ANDERSEN, 27. c.xcisinc.ow semen nve sis nrea lig pclae o> oie ak 50 


XIV. Descriptions of Five new Freshwater Fishes from Sarawak, 
Borneo, collected by Dr. C. Hose. By C. Tare Reean, B.A. .... 66 


XV. Descriptions and Records of Bees.—XII. By T. D. A. 


COcKERHLE, Uniyératy of Colorado = 1c. .-.+saeelroa= ate ore 69 
XVI. Descriptions of Two new Species of Acreide from Entebbe, 
Uganda. By Emmy Mary SHARPE ... 22.00. sncceccscescreuss 75 
NUMBER CIV, 
XVIL. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from 
Tropical South America, By Herspertr Drucr, F.LS, &e....... re 
XVIII. Notes on the Genus Hematopota of the Family Tabanide 
in the British Museum Collection. By GrRrrupE Ricarpo. 
(Plates TE, =V Eis: Noxs. cvs sles ce maeele > Aunis wieteinierie tas teks epee 94 
XIX. On Lamellicorn Coleoptera from Portuguese West Africa, 
with Descriptions of new Species. By Gitpert J. ARRow...... 127 
XX. Descriptions of new Mammals from Mount Ruwenzori. By 
OL DETER D CH OMAS es usc sig vias seh acnlsis sts lou trates cate ee lade Ste ana ee 136 
XXI. On a second Species of the Silurid Genus Mochocus. By 
G.-A BouLEnGen: PURIS, anauisls sites tae oot ene ee ne 147 
XXII. On a new Pigmy Antelope obtained by Col. J. J. Harrison 
in the Semliki Forest. By OLpFIELD THOMAS ............005. 148 
XXIII. Preliminary Descriptions of new Species of Amphipoda 
from the ‘Discovery’ Antarctic Expedition, 1902-1904. By 
ALFRED ©. WALKER? PLUS: sELiase ater can a= sitar tne neice eine 150 
XXIV. Description of a new Cyprinodont Fish of the Genus 
Jenynsia from Argentina. By C. Tarr Reean, B.A............. 154 
New Books:—The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and 
Burma. Published under the authority ofthe Secretary of State 
for India in Council. Edited by Lt.-Col. C. T. Bryguam. Rhyn- 
chota. Vol. III. (Heteroptera—Homoptera). By W. L. Disranr. 
—A Synonymic Catalogue of Homoptera. Part 1. Cicadide. 
Ey WY ul ISBAND sui pe nine nite Nin ns’ atk nine nd uae an Se 155 


Locusts in Hungary, by W. F. Kirby .............. cuentas 2 ee aa 


CONTENTS, Vv 


NUMBER CV, 
Page 
XXV. Natural History Notes from R.I.M.S. ‘ Investigator.’— 


Series HI., No. 10. On Mollusca from the Bay of Bengal and the 
Arabian Sea... By Epaar A. Smiru, 1.8.0, ...........cceev eens 15 


XXVI. Notes on the Genus Tamarrha, Wk. [Lep.—Trneina]. 
By the Rt. Hon. Lorp Wausincuam, M.A., LL.D., F-RS. . - 


“I 


XXVII. ah a of a new Tineid Moth infesting Cotton-pods 
e Rt. Hon. Lorp Wausineuay, M.A., LL.D., 


XXVIII. On new Species of Histeride and Notices of others. 
RMI GS eos ce cpt voi 6te a ER vol d-ald «low se runes vie ene 180 


XXIX. Rhynchotal Notes—XXXIX. By W.L. Distanr .... 191 


XXX. Description of a new Species of Mangabey (Cercocebus 
Hamlyn). By R. I. Pocock, F.LS., F.Z.S., Superintendent of the 
Zoological Society's Gardens. (Plate VIL.) ........... cece ceees 208 


XXXI. On a new Species of Coral-infesting Crab taken by the 
R.LM.S. ‘Investigator’ at the Andaman Islands. By J. R. Hen- 
DERSON, M.B., F.L.S., Professor of Biology, Madras Christian 
College. (Plate VIII.) 


XXXII. Three new Palearctic Mammals. By OLDFIELD THomas. 220 


XXXII Two new Genera of small Mammals discovered by 
Mrs. Holms-Tarn in British East Africa. By OLpFrELD THomas., 222 


XXXIV. The Morphology of the Madreporaria.—VIII. The 
Primary Septa of the Rugosa. By J. E. Durrpen, Ph.D., A.R.C.S. 
(Lond.), Professor of Zoology, Rhodes University College, Grahams- 


Sera MIVA Pare yh aos gs cig e te ther ka bec tlee Boece ee see BOO 
XXXYV. Notes on the Habits of Tsetse-fiies. By Dr. F. 

CREIGHTON WELLMAN, Benguella, West Africa ................ 242 

ierocecamps of the Geolopical Society . 2.00.05. .00 cee eee een nes 244 


NUMBER CVI. 


XXXVI. Natural History Notes from R.I M.S. ‘ Investigator,’— 
Series III., No. 10. On Mollusca from the Bay of Bengal and the 
Smibianses, By Hncar A, Smiru, 1:S.0. i205... tee ces 245 


XXXVII. Notes on the Genus Otomys. By R. C. Wroucuron. 264 


XXXVIII. On the Genus Cercocebus, with a Key to the known 
Species. By R. I. Pocock, F.LS., F.Z.8., Superintendent of the 
Zoological Society’s Gardens............. Be Gran ee er 278 


vi CONTENTS. 


Page 
XXXIX. On some Ethiopian Rhynchota, and Synonymical Notes. 
By SN i DIBTANE 5 cs.cc cb oa Pree MONAT de bn dae GS aA 286 


XL, On some African Bats and Rodents. By OLpF1eLD THomas, 294 


XLI. New Mammals collected in North-east Africa by Mr. Zaphiro, 
and presented to the British Museum by W. N. M*Millan, Esq. 
By OLprretp THomas; FURS: «> coset as ease hess ve bree . 


XLII. Natural History Notes from the R.I.M.S. Ship ‘Investi- 
gator,’ Capt. T. FH. Heming, R.N. (retired), commanding.—Series IIL., 
No. 14. Notes on the Skull of the Genus Aulastomatomorpha, with 
Descriptions of some new Deep-sea Fish. By R. E. Luoyp, M.B., 
B.Sc., Capt. I.M.S., Surgeon-Naturalist, Marine Survey of India .. 306 


XLII. The Relations of Paleontology to Biology. By A. 
SMITH Woopwarb, U1, D:,2 RS: 205.682 7s59 00 eeeee eee 312 


New Books :—A Descriptive Catalogue of the Tertiary Vertebrata of 
the Fayam, Egypt. By CaHarites WILLIAM ANDREWS, D.Sc. 
—Die Tierischen Gifte. Von Epwin Stanton Faust ., 318, 520 


NUMBER CVU. 
XLIV. Brachiopod Nomenclature. By S. 8. Buckman, F.G.S. . 321 
XLV. The Flying-fish Problem. By Lieut.-Colonel C. D. 


DURNFORD oy ans fas «an oes 2s alates Rape cme eee 527 
XLVI, On a new Race of Sciurus lokriodes from Burma. By 

J. LEWis BORO TE WN o's. co's + x Sr ss Dep eile | eee ee ee 358 
XLVII. Descriptions of African Lepidoptera. By Grorce T. 

BEVHUNE-DAKER, AUIS ., BGS... cave ass orvdvevee ene eeen eeee 339 
XLVIIL. Description of a new Chameleon of the Genus Rhampho- 

Zeon from Mashonaland. By G. A. BouLeneEr, F.RS........... 346 
XLIX. Description of a new Silurid Fish of the Genus Doumea, 

Sauvage, from Angola. By G. A. BouLenerr, F.R.S. .......... 347 
L. On the Presence of Two Species of Anabas in the White Nile 

and the Bahr-el-Gebel. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.RS. ......... . 348 
LI, Rhynchotal Notes—XL. By W. L. Distant ............ 349 


LU. The Primary Septal Plan of the Rugosa. By R. G. 


Canrurauns, )(Plate £X:) i270. 90 0.00 os de eke eee eee 356 
LIII. Oriental Reduviide. By W.L. Distant ...........00: 353 
LIV. Note on the Type Specimen of the Bat Micronycteris microtis, 

Milles: By Manccs W. LYON, Jun. «i snack e eens ohne aad 571 


LV. Descriptions of new Pyralide of the Subfamilies Hydro- 
camping and Scopariane. By Sir Grorcr F. Hampson, Bart., 
BA, PZiBgi sana s TRL RTTiT ree Et . 373 


CONTENTS. Vil 


Page 
LVI. Note on Doliichthys stellutus, Sauvage. By L. 5, Bera 
EIOUGEBIUDE) Vsti orbs vp arenes tr veer eeneervecirecesesses BOO 
LVII. Description of a new Species of Leucogobio from Korea. 
By L. 8, Bere (St. Petersburg) .........cceeveeceserceereeves OOF 
Proceedings of the Geological Society ......eeeeeseeeveeee & 95, 896 


NUMBER CVIII. 


LVIII. On new Species of Histeride and Notices of others. By 
re oy evince Go's ui ciins bea von eas ev ve wrees 397 


LIX. New and little-known Species of Eastern and Australian 
Heterocera. By Colonel C. Swinnosr, M.A., F.L.S., &e. ........ 403 


LX. On Myriolepis hibernica, a Paleoniscid Fish from the Irish 
Coal-Measures). By A. Smira Woopwarp, LL.D., I.RS. 
MEM Meaty aris t nc tcc cs ce ve usecoevers hice Bikosise tees 416 


LXI. Brief Diagnoses of a new Genus and Ten new Forms of 
Stenodermatous Bats. By KNuD ANDERSEN ...........0000055 419 


LXII. Ona new Species of Zyconus from the North-east Atlantic. 
Pere initonur and , W. BYENE 0.10... 5. cee oscnencces 423 


LXIII. Natural History Notes from the R.I.M.S. Ship ‘Investi- 
gator,’ Capt. T. H. Heming, R.N., commanding.—Series III, No. 15. 
Second Preliminary Report on the Deep-sea Alcyonaria collected 
in the Indian Ocean. By Prof. J. AntHur THomson, M.A., and 
W. D. Henperson, M.A., B.Sc., Carnegie Research Fellow, 


MEMES MEG ECRUPCIED acpi a das’ s wel con siieeeesecvesuessvees 427 
LXIV. On the Land Molluscan Subgenus Celorus, Pilsbry. By 
Ou: 2a Als 2 Ee TG te Rei eee ii cee eee 433 
LXV. Descriptions of some new Sharks in the British Museum 
aereuonisy ©; TATE REGAN, B.A. o.oo... ces cree ener ses 435 
LXVI. Description of a new Lizard and a new Snake from 
upiraneioy Ga. A. BOULENGER, FBS... ....000c0ce-csoceees 440 
LXVII. Description of a new Snake of the Genus Glauconia, from 
Somaliland. by GA. BounENGER, FURS... cccc. cece eee 44} 
LXVIII. Notes on South-American Rodents. By Oxtprieip 
eM ica aalaclc nix cn alee bie bleeie b cies bee nGsle es oe eon ves 442 
LXIX. A new Species of Ptertdiwm (Scopoli) from the North- 
EMER TE ECV VWVieIS VENT oc cece ce ue neice enered tenis 448 
LXX. A Collection of Fishes from the King River, Western 
pmmmbiee iby ©. DATE REGAN, BAL 2.2.2... cece te reece 450 


LXXI, Description of a Second new Species of Mangabey (Cerco- 
cebus Jamrachi). By R. 1. Pocock, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Superintendent 
of the Zoological Society’s Gardens. (Plate XI.) ....., ain toes 454 


viii CONTENTS. 


Page 
LXXITI. Descriptions of new Pyralide of the Subfamilies Hydro- 
camping and Scopariane. By Sir Georce F. Hampson, Bart., 
By EZ 5y Slag 53 ic oe ee PT ect ae . 455 


LXXIII. On a new Chameleon from Mount Ruwenzori. By 
GA. Bovurencres, E.RS: ...c.cyseoe ence eee ee 475 


A common British Starfish, by F. Jeffrey Bell; A Correction, by 
G. T. Bethune-Baker; Trichoniscus pygmeus, G. O. Sars, a 
Woodlouse new to the British Fauna, by Richard S. Bagnall, 
BBS. =. :e< sloesss vin ate’ 2 atesels eee oe ee ee en 473, 474 


lin doxemer oer, hese aewteter cts sis ashe OTROS Bae Peles ele Tate erento eta . 475 


PLATES IN VOL. XVIII. 


Pirate I. Teeth of Ceratodus and Dinosaurian claws. 
II. Irish Hydrachnida. 
III. 
iv 
y. 
VE. 
VII. Hamlyn’s Mangabey. 
VILL. New species of coral-infesting crab. 
IX. Early septa in Rugose corals. 
X. Myriolepis hibernica. 
XI. Jamrach's Mangabey. 


Wings of species of Heematopota. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


(SEVENTH SERIES.] 


Roneerepecans sass es per litora spargite muscum, 
Naiades, et circim vitreos considite fontes: 
Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores: 
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum. 
At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ; 
Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco 
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas 
Ferte, Dew pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.” 

NV. Parthenii Giannettasi, Eel, t. 


No. 103. JULY 1906. 


1.—On a Tooth of Ceratodus and a Dinosaurian Claw from 
the Lower Jurassic of Victoria, Australia. By A. Smita 
Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., of the British Museum. 


[Plate I.] 


Tue Jurassic Vertebrate fauna of the Australian region is 
still almost unknown, some Ganoid fishes * and, perhaps, a 
few small Dinosaurian bones f being the only fossils repre- 
senting it hitherto described. A tooth of Ceratodus and a 
Dinosaurian claw discovered by Mr. W. H. Ferguson in the 
Lower Jurassic cliffs of Cape Patterson on the south coast of 
Victoria are thus of special interest. I am indebted to 
Prof. J. W. Gregory, F.R.S., for the opportunity of studying 
these specimens. 

* A.S. Woodward, “ The Fossil Fishes of the Talbragar Beds,” Mem. 
Geol. Surv. N.S. Wales, Palzont. no. 9 (1895); T. S. Hall, “A new 
Genus and a new Species of Fish from the Mesozoic Rocks of Victoria,” 
Proc. Roy. Soe. Vict. n. s. vol. xii. (1900) art. xvi. 

+ H. G. Seeley, “On Agrosaurus Macgillivrayi (Seeley), a Saurischian 
Reptile from the N.E. Coast of Australia,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. 
yol, xlvii. (1891) pp. 164-165, with figs. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 1 


2 Dr. A. 8. Woodward on a Tooth of Ceratodus 


The tooth of Ceratodus (P1. I. fig. 1) is firmly fixed to 
a recognizable piece of the splenial bone, and is therefore 
proved to belong to the left side of the lower jaw. It unfor- 
tunately lacks the foremost denticle, but clearly agrees with 
the majority of the Mesozoic teeth of Ceratodus in possessing 
only four denticles altogether. It is thick and robust, with 
the grinding-surface slightly convex, but wavy, and marked 
by a very prominent coarse network of ridges (fig. 1). It is 
specially remarkable for the long and narrow shape of its 
crown, which is bounded on the inner side by a nearly straight 
margin, not angulated opposite the second or third denticle. 
So far as can be determined from a fragment, the foremost 
denticle of the tooth appears to have been relatively large, 
while the others rapidly decrease in size backwards. The 
second and third denticles are sharply compressed to an acute 
outer edge, and are separated by deep notches at the outer 
margin (fig. 1 a), though not continued as conspicuous ridges 
on the crown. ‘Lheir long axes are not oblique, but directed 
nearly at right angles to the inner margin. ‘The fourth or 
hindmost denticle is comparatively blunt. Fine horizontal 
lines of growth are seen on the flattened inner (fig. 1b) and 
outer faces of the tooth. 

The specimen thus described differs from all the known 
Mesozoic teeth of Ceratodus in its narrowness, combined with 
the straightness of its inner margin and the direction of its 
second and third denticles. In these respects, it is interesting 
to observe, the tooth more nearly approaches that of the 
existing Ceratodus or Neoceratodus ot Queensland (fig. 2), 
and its only striking difference from the latter consists in its 
having four denticles instead of six. The multiplication of 
the denticles has already been observed in the teeth of certain 
sharks as they are traced onwards in time*; the same 
phenomenon obviously occurs in Ceratodus. 

There is, therefore, no doubt that the tooth from Cape 
Patterson represents a new species, which may be named ~ 
Ceratodus avus. The fossil proves for the first time that the 
remarkable Dipnoan genus to which it belongs had already 
reached the Australian region so long ago as the early part of 
the Jurassic period. At that epoch Ceratodus was still living 
both in Europe f and in North America f, while it survived 

* A,S. Woodward, “On the Paleontology of the Selachian Genus 
Notidanus, Cuvier,” Geol. Mag. [8] vol. iii, (1886) p. 257. 

+ Ceratodus Phillipsi, Agassiz, ‘ Rech. Poiss. Foss.’ vol. iii. (183° 
». 135, pl. xix. fig. 17; A.S. Woodward, Proc. Geol. Assoc. vol. 
(1890) p. 292, pl. iii. fig. 5. 

{ Ceratodus Guentheri, O. C, Marsh, Amer, Journ. Sci. [3] vol. xv. 
(1878) p. 76, woode. 


and a Dinosaurian Claw. 3 


in the African and South American regions at least until the 
Cretaceous period *. 

In the same rock as that from which the tooth of Ceratodus 
was obtained at Cape Patterson Mr. Ferguson found the 
terminal phalangeal bone shown in fig. 3. Among Jurassic 
fossils this specimen can only be compared with the claw of 
a carnivorous Dinosaur, and there is little doubt that it 
represents a genus more or less related to Megalosaurus +. 
The bone has decayed somewhat in the upper part of its 
proximal end, but is otherwise well preserved and displays its 
principal characters, The phalangeal is laterally com- 
pressed, so that its greatest transverse diameter is somewhat 
Jess than its original depth at the proximal end. The distal 
tapering half of the bone is only gently curved downwards, 
but at the same time bends slightly to the left side. The 
distal half of the lateral face is marked with the usual deep 
longitudinal groove connected with the fixing and nourishment 
of the horny claw which originally ensheathed the bone. The 
proximal end (fig. 3a) is divided, as usual, by a median 
vertical ridge into two facettes, which are nearly flat. For 
comparison with this specimen one of the finest known 
Megalosaurian claws from the English Wealden is shown in 
fig. 4. The latter is shorter and stouter than the former, and 
its deep lateral groove extends further backwards; but the 
general resemblance between the two fossils is very striking. 

It is to be hoped that further diligent search may be made 
at Cape Patterson to recover the Vertebrate fauna indicated 
by these fragmentary fossils. ‘The discovery of the terrestrial 
and freshwater life of the Australian region during the 
Jurassic period would supply a most important deficiency in 
paleontological knowledge. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. 


Fig. 1. Ceratodus avus, sp. n.; left splenial with lower tooth, from the 
upper, outer (a), and inner (0) aspects.—Lower Jurassic ; Cape 
Patterson, Victoria, Australia. sp/., splenial bone. 

Fig. 2. Ceratodus Forstert, Krefft ; left lower tooth from the upper and 
outer (a) aspects.—Recent; Queensland. 

Fig. 3. Ungual phalange of carnivorous Dinosaur; lateral and end (a) 
views.—Lower Jurassic; Cape Patterson, Victoria. 

Fig. 4. Ungual phalange of a Megalosaurian ; lateral and end (a) views, 
two thirds nat. size—Wealden; Sussex. [Brit. Mus. no. 
R. 3176.) 

Figs. 1-3 are of the natural size. 


1 * Ceratodus africanus, E. Haug, ‘Comptes Rendus,’ vol. exxxviii. 
j04) p. 1529; from Djoua, Timassanine, Sahara. Ceratodus Iheringi, 
*, Ameghino, Public. Univ. La Plata, no. 2 (1904), p. 10, fig. 1; from 
Patagonia. 
+ R. Owen, “ Fossil Reptilia of the Wealden and Purbeck Formations,” 
pt. ili, (Mon, Paleont. Soc. 1855 [1857]), p. 19, pl. x. 
12 


4 Mr. J. N. Halbert on Irish Hydrachnida. 


I].—Notes on Irish Hydrachnida ; with Descriptions of a 
new Genus and Two new Species. By J. N. HAvBERT. 


[Plate II.] 


THE following paper contains records of some species of new 
or rare Hydrachnida selected from a large amount of material 
found in various localities in Ireland during the last five years. 
Of these species two appear not to have been previously 
described ; one of them proves to be the type of a new genus, 
while of the remaining species eight are here recorded for the 
first time from the Britannic * area. 

It was originally intended to reserve the new mites for 
description in a general list of the Irish Hydrachnid fauna 
which is being prepared. Before such a list can be com- 
pleted, however, it is necessary to carry out some further 
collecting in certain parts of the country, and it seems more 
satisfactory to record the new species without further delay. 

The most interesting of the new mites is one of which [ 
was fortunate enough to find fully developed specimens when 
collecting last May in the south-west of Ireland. The species 
in question seems to bean extremely isolated form, possessing 
a combination of characters which at once distinguish it from 
any of the known genera. It would be easy to briefly define 
a new genus for the reception of this mite by referring to the 
structure of a very few organs, such as the palps, legs, Ke. ; 
in a group like the Hydrachnida, however, where there is 
such a great variety of structural detail, it seems especially 
necessary to rely on a combination of various characters in 
the formation of new genera. 

JI have to acknowledge the assistance of the Irish Fauna 
and Flora Committee supported by the Royal Society, and 
also of the same Committee when acting under the auspices 
of the Royal Irish Academy: several grants enabled me to 
collect in distant parts of the country. 

The nomenclature used in the following list is that of the 
‘Tierreich’? (“ Hydrachnide und Halacaride,” Piersig and 
Lohmann, Lieferung 13, 1901). 


* The use of the word Britannic instead of British for faunistic 
purposes has been proposed by Professor G. H. Carpenter, as the latter 
term is now so frequently used to distinguish records referring to Great 
Britain alone (‘ Irish Naturalist,’ vol. xv. p. 15). 


Mr. J. N. Halbert on Lrish Hydrachnida, 5 


MOoMOoNIA%, gen. nov. 


Diagnosis of Genus.—An Hydrachnid of the family Hygro- 
batide (Kramer, Wolcott, &c.), with a highly chitinized 
integument modified into chitinous plates. In shape re- 
sembling the genus J/dea, with a convex dorsal area separated 
from a larger ventral field by a groove in which are a number 
of paired gland-openings. Epimeral groups close together, 
occupying most of the underside of the body. Genital 
area situated between the fourth epimera, flanked on each 
side by a triangular plate, in which are imbedded three 
genital suckers of the Sygrobates type. Palps with the 
penultimate segment angularly swollen on the ventral 
surface and armed with two stout chitinous teeth; fifth 
segment ending in an exceedingly fine point. [First pair of 
legs modified, the terminal segment deeply excavated on its 
upper margin, with a broad-shanked bifid claw articulating 
deeply in the segment, and, in the type species, with a 
terminal membrane. The three posterior pairs of legs are 
provided with swimming-hairs. 

It will be seen from this short diagnosis that the genus 
Momonia possesses a very anomalous combination of characters 
which renders the placing of it in a satisfactory position in 
the Hydrachnid series a matter of some difficulty. On the 
whole, however, it shows affinities with the genera J/idea, 
Mideopsis, &c., and it seems to me that it should be placed 
in an intermediate position between these genera and the 


HHygrobates group. 


Momonia falcipalpis fF, sp. n. 
(Pl. II. figs. 1-4.) 


Male.—Body slightly longer than broad, evenly rounded 
posteriorly, and narrowed towards the front margin, where 
there are two hair-papille. Seen from the side the dorsal 
outline is moderately convex and the ventral surface flat over 
the epimeral area; thickness of the body dorso-ventrally 
about three fifths of the total length. IJntegument highly 
chitinized, with a dorsal groove running round close to the 
body-margin; in this groove are placed at least six pairs of 

* Momonia, or Mumonia, the ancient Latin name of the province of 
Munster. This name has also been used by Mr. R. Lloyd Praeger, 
M.R.1.A., to indicate the group of plants with a southern range in Ireland 
(see ‘ Proceed. Royal Irish Academy,’ vol. xxiv. 1902-1904). 

+ The specific name is suggested by the shape of the terminal palp- 
segment, 


6 Mr. J. N. Halbert on Irish Hydrachnida. 


chitinous hair-bearing glands. The greater part of the dorsal 
area is covered by a large shield with sinuous side-margins 
bounded by the dorsal groove, the rounded posterior margin 
reaching to the end of the body. This plate is wrinkled 
longitudinally, and under a high magnification it is seen to 
have a finely shagreened appearance as well as polygonal 
reticulations. In front of this large shield lies a short broad 
plate, emarginate anteriorly, and rather less than half the 
breadth of the dorsal shield. The dark-pigmented eyes, 
separated by an interval of about 176 yp, are situated close to 
the front margin of the body. On the inner side of each eye- 
group stands a conspicuous hair-papilla. 

The greater part of the ventral side is occupied by the 
epimeral plates ; the first and second epimera are of the usual 
shape—except that the first epimeron is very narrow and 
tapers inwardly into a rather fine point—separated by an 
extremely narrow interval from the third epimera. The last 
are quadrilateral in outline, with the front and hinder margins 
sloping downwards. The fourth epimeron is extremely large 
and characteristic ; the inner margin is continued for a short 
distance in a line with that of the third epimeron, it then 
bends suddenly outwards and downwards in a sinuous line to 
near the hinder margin of the body, fusing with the chitinous. 
integument of the sides of the body. Near the middle of the 
fourth epimeral area on each side is a group of long hairs. 
The epimera are all finely shagreened and reticulated in the 
same way as the dorsal shield. 

The genital area lies in the anterior space between the 
fourth epimera ; it is flanked on each side by a long triangular 
plate, which carries three genital suckers, placed one behind 
the other, similar in structure to those found in Hygrobates 
and allied genera. A transverse chitinous plate, in which is 
imbedded the anal opening, occupies the remaining inter- 
epimeral space. 

The capitulum is rather small, projecting downwards for 
part of its length beyond the ventral outline of the body; 
maxillary shield measuring about 110 mw in length (not in- 
cluding subcutaneous process) and 77 w in breadth. 

The palps are small, the five segments measured along 
their dorsal margins are 30 pw, 75 w, 50 w, 85 w, 55 w respec- 
tively ; segments 1, 2, and 3 may be compared with those of 
Mideopsis ; 2 and 3 are furnished with a number of rather 
stout hairs on the dorsal surface; 4 is the longest palp- 
segment, it is slightly convex dorsally, with two long fine 
hairs, ventral surface produced beyond the middle into a well- 
marked angular prominence, on which are two short stout 


Mr. J. N. Halbert on Lrish Hydrachnida. r 


teeth placed close to the inner side of the segment; 5 is 
nearly as broad at base as the distal margin of 4, tapering 
gradually into a long sharp point; the upper and lower surfaces 
are each armed with a long hair and a sharp spine; on the 
outer side close to the base is another spine. 

First pair of legs (length about 814 «) modified, without 
swimming-cilia, slightly longer than the body, the segments 
gradually increasing in length from 1 to 5. Segment 1 very 
short, 2 and 3 straight, with a number of long bristles; 4 
curved, with the ventral distal margin notched ; 5 straight 
(length 260 «), broader than preceding segments, and nar- 
rowing towards the distal extremity, on which are seven or 
eight long hairs. Segment 6 (fig. 3) articulates with a 
conical projection on the penultimate segment, short, with 
convex sides, very deeply hollowed out on its upper distal 
margin ; a powerful claw-like structure with a broad shank 
and sharply bent bifid extremity articulates with the inner 
part of the excavation ; a few long hairs and a peculiar cone- 
shaped membrane project from the extremity of the segment. 
The last three pairs of legs do not present any remarkable 
characters ; they increase in length from before backwards 
and are provided with long swimming-cilia; the terminal 
segments are armed with two recurved tridentate claws 
resembling those of Brachypoda. 

During life the colour was a pale yellowish green, marked 
on the dorsal surface with reddish brown; Malpighian area 
yellow, indicated anteriorly by four lobes arranged across the 


body. 


Measurements. 


BBP EGE NOUV oo eek a esi hese ce 768 
PeendEhVOn DOdY ..'. oaes hse wakes 691 
Messin Gipalp, ).0ss0. es. cs about 270 
TST) SCS See &l4 
Ub, Le ee 704 
CHEM ORME TT, tee sea ste wee os 792 
ePIC IV: ee cence tees 858 


Locality—Two fully developed examples of this species 
were found amongst a thick growth of Callitriche in Loos- 
caunagh Lough, about ten miles from Killarney, May 1905. 
From the peculiar modification of the first pair of legs there 
is no doubt that the specimens are males. 

The type specimens are in the Dublin Natural History 
Museum (register no. 179, 1906). 


8 Mr. J. N. Halbert on Irish Hydrachnida. 


Arrhenurus octagonus, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 5.) 


Male.—Colour during life red, with ill-defined darker 
markings on the back. In dorsal view the body is roughly 
octagonal in shape, the posterior half being somewhat similar 
in outline to the anterior. Front margin almost straight, 
about equal to half the width of the body ; all other margins 
very slightly emarginate, There are no conspicuous dorsal 
humps, but in the middle of the posterior margin there is a 
deep excavation, with a prominence on each side on which 
is a long hair. Dorsal furrow roughly circular in form, 
enclosing a comparatively small area (length 537 y) of the 
middle of the back. 

The appendage is short, measuring about a sixth of the 
entire length of the animal and about four fifths as broad; in 
dorsal view mostly covered by the hinder part of the main 
body ; sides of the appendage hardly constricted at base, 
gradually narrowing inwards and blending with the hinder 
margin. Posterior dorsal margin with a wide excavation 
reaching from side to side; posterior ventral margin slightly 
sinuate, pierced in the middle by a narrow deep indentation, 
which widens noticeably at its deepest part and reaches the 
base of the appendage. The pettolus is composed of two 
finely pointed pieces, which are closely approximated in the — 
living mite, and project in the middle line very slightly 
beyond the margin of the appendage. There are five or six 
pairs of very short hairs on the end of the body. 

Genital plates large, sinuate anteriorly, and gradually 
narrowing towards the sides of the body, which they do not 
overreach, pimeral plates remarkably long and narrow, 
rather closely resembling those of A. s¢nuator, Miiller. 

Palps stoutly built, with prominent distal angles to the 
segments. ‘The inner surface of the second segment seems 
to be without a hair-pad, but carries a few stout unfeathered 
bristles. Fourth segment with a long straight spine near the 
inner distal corner and a widely forked tactile hair on the 
apical margin. 

The legs do not present any unusual characters ; they are 
rather stout, of moderate length, and the fourth segment of 
the last pair is without a spur. 


Measurements. 


Length of body (including appendage).... 1:28 mm, 
Broadih GEPoay vnweg ik pan baaw es » about 1:00 mm, 
Breadth of appendage at base..... » about 870 pz. 
Length of palp .,....+. Pisaiaan ree about 430 p. 


Mr. J. N. Halbert on Lrish Hydrachnida. g 


Locality.— Found ina pond at Fenagh, Co. Carlow, by 
Mr. Denis R. Pack-Beresford, M.R.I.A., during the month 
of August 1903. 

Type specimen deposited in the Dublin Natural History 
Museum (register no. 180, 1906). 


Arrhenurus Leuckartt, Piersig. 


Both sexes of this mite were collected in the same locality 
as the preceding species by Mr. Beresford. It is apparently 
one of our rarest Arrhenur?, these being the only Irish 
specimens that I have seen. Dr. George includes it in his 
Lincolnshire list, and Mr. Soar reports it from the Norfolk 


Broads. 


Arrhenurus Neumant, Piersig. 


This is another addition to the list of Irish Arrhenuri 
published a few years ago*. I found several specimens 
(g and ¢) last year in Looscaunagh Lough in May, and 
also in Glendalough Lake, Connemara, in the following 
autumn. Mr. W. Williamson has taken it in Scotland 
(Trans, Edinb, Field-Nat. and Micros. Soc. Session 1905- 
1906). 


Arrhenurus Stecki, Koenike. 
1894, “ Zur Hydrachniden-Synonymie,” Zool. Anz. xvii. p. 274, fig. 5. 


A male of this rare species occurred in a bog-pool almost 
filled with Sphagnum near Ross, Co. Galway, in September 
1905. ‘This is the smallest species of the genus as yet found 
in Ireland, my specimen measuring but 572 mw in length. 
The colour was pale yellow, with two black blotches showing 
through behind the epimera. 

Localities—Up to the present time this species has been 
recorded from Switzerland, where it was found in a similar 
kind of locality (Moosseedorf-See bei Bern), Germany, and 
Norway (1899). Dr. George has recorded it from Lincoln- 
shire (‘ The Naturalist,’ 1905, p. 25). 


Medeopsis crassipes, Soar. 


1904. “Two new British Water-Mites,” Journ, Quekett Micros, Club, 
p. 107, fig. 2. 


Specimens of this interesting species were sent to me by 
Mr. W. F. de Vismes Kane, who collected them, as long ago 


* © Zoologischer Anzeiger,’ xxyi. 1903, p. 272. 


10 Mr. J. N. Halbert on Irish Hydrachnida. 
as September 1899, in Upper Lough Erne, Co. Fermanagh. 


The specimens were mixed with the commoner J/ideopsis 
orbicularis and were so overlooked, I have since taken the 


species in Lough Gill, Co. Sligo. 


* Sperchon brevirostris, Koenike. 
1895, “ Neue Sperchon-Arten aus der Schweiz,’ Rey. Suisse Zool. iii. 
p. 416, pl. xii. figs, 1-2. 

Pool by the Glenshelane River, near Cappoquin, in the 
county of Waterford, May 1900. 

Localities. —A local though widespread species in the west 
of Europe, having been recorded from Norway, Switzerland, 
Saxony, Alps (Rhiitikon), and the Azores. 


* Sperchon longirostris, Koenike. 
1895. “ Neue Sperchon-Arten aus der Schweiz,” Rey. Suisse Zool. iii. 
p. 420, pl. xiii. figs. 3-6. 

T'wo specimens were found in a stream at Ballysadare, 
Co. Sligo, in company with Panisus Michael’. A third 
specimen was taken by my friend Mr. Dudley Westropp 
near Mullingar in April 1903. 

Localtittes.—Recorded trom Germany (Erzgebirge), Switzer- 


Jand (Rhiitikon), and Italy. 


* Hygrobates calliger, Piersig. 
1896, “ Einige neue Hydrachniden Formen,” Zool. Anz. xix. p. 439, 


Occurs on the River Nore, near Thomastown, June 1901. 
Localities.—Recorded from Norway, Saxony (Erzgebirge), 
Italy (Ticino), and Germany (Thiiringen). 


* Laminipes bullata (Sig. Thor). 
1899. “Norske Hydrachnider, III.,” Arch. Naturv. Christian. xxi. 
p- 40, pl. xiii. figs, 129-137. 

Pool by the side of Lough Leane, Killarney, June 1905. 

Fortunately the single specimen taken is a male and shows 
the characteristic modification of the fourth pair of legs, as 
described and figured by Dr. Thor. This appears to be the 
first record of the species since the original record from 
Norway, and it seems to have been omitted from the volume 
of the ‘ Tierreich’ (1901) treating of the Hydrachnida, 


* Species marked with an asterisk are recorded for the first time from 
the Britannic area, 


Mr. J. N. Halbert on Lrish Hydrachnida. ii) : 


*Zaminipes scaurus (Koen.). 
1892. “ Anmerkungen zu Piersigs Beitragen zur Hydrachnidenkunde,”’ 
Zool. Anzeiger, xy. p. 266, fig. 1. 
Several males taken in bog-pools on lower slopes of Bragan 
Mountain, between the counties Monaghan and Tyrone, by 
Mr. W. F. de Vismes Kane in July 1900. 


Localities—Norway and Germany (‘ Tierreich ’). 


* Tiphys mutatus (Piersig). 


1893. Acercus brevipes, Zool. Anz. xvi. p. 394. 
1901. Tiphys mutatus, Piersig (nom. noy.), Tierreich, p. 241. 


Two specimens (¢) taken at Glenavy, on the shore of 
Lough Neagh, June 1902. The male appears to be unknown. 


* Piona stjordaliensis (Sig. Thor). 
1900. “ Hydrachnologische Notizen, V.,” Nyt Mag. Naturvid. xxxviii. 
pp. 875-878, pl. xvii. figs. 21-24. 

This species is allied to P. nodata, Miller, and P. contro- 
versiosa, Piersig, but differs sufficiently from both in the 
structure of the genital area, palps, and especially in the 
armature of the terminal segment of the third pair of legs in 
the male. The species was first described in 1896 by 
Dr. Thor, and was supposed by Dr. Piersig to be synonymous 
with P. controversiosa, but the more detailed description 
published in the above reference clearly shows the distinctions 
between the species. 

The only Irish specimens examined were taken by 
Mr. W. F. de Vismes Kane in Drumreaske Lake, Co. 
Monaghan. 


*Panisus Michaeli, Koen. (PI. II. fig. 6.) 
1896. Zool. Anzeiger, xix. p. 356, 


When in the west of Ireland in the spring of 1901 I 
found an Hydrachnid of the genus Panisus amongst water- 
plants in a small stream which flows into the sea at the head 
of Ballysadare Bay. On examination it agreed closely with 
the description of P. Michaeli, Koenike, except that the 
chitinous marginal piates of the dorsal surface numbered four 
on each side in my specimen, instead of five, as recorded for 
P. Michaeli. Onsending drawings of the mite to Dr. Koenike, 
he was good enough to assure me that my species is identical 
with P. Michaeli. ‘There are in reality only four marginal 
plates on each side in that species; the statement that there 


12 Mr. J. N. Halbert on Trish Hydrachnida. 


were five was due to the outlines of the plates not being 
clearly visible at the time the preliminary description was 
made. There are sixteen chitinous plates on the dorsal 
surface, arranged as follows :—A middle series, consisting of 
a large plate between the eyes; behind this are three small 
circular plates, arranged on each side of the middle line; 
and, finally, a large terminal plate, sinuate in front, with the 
postero-lateral corners produced into pointed processes. The 
eight marginal plates are arranged in a line on each side of 
the body ; the most anterior of these sends forward a long 
narrow prolongation on the outside of the eye. All of the 
dorsal plates are coarsely areolated towards their margins and 
more finely in the centres; they are also very irregular in 
outline, differing considerably on each side of the body. 

The species seems to be very local, and as I have seen no 
reference to figures, a drawing (fig. 6) of the dorsal surface 
is given; the areolation of only the terminal plate is indicated. 

Localities—Panisus Michaeli was first recorded from 
Switzerland, where it was discovered by Dr. A. D. Michael 
at Davos; and Dr. Sig. Thor has recently recorded it from 
Norway. I have also seen a specimen collected by Mr. 
William Evans near Bolerno, Scotland, in the autumn of 
last year, 


Thyas longtrostris, Piersig. 

This very distinct species is of local occurrence in Ireland. 
I once found amongst Callitriche ina small pool near Ken- 
mare many specimens, some of which were very large, 
measuring nearly 3 mm. in length. In his paper on the 
British species of Thyas (‘Science Gossip,’ viii. p. 46) 
Dr. George refers to the occurrence of this species in Ireland, 
and Mr. C. D. Soar has since found it in the Norfolk Broads. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. 


Fig. 1. Momonia faleipalpis, sp. n. Dorsal view; legs and palp not 
drawn. xX 60. 

Fig. 2. Momonia faleipalpis, sp.n. Ventral view, showing structure of 
epimera &e. x 60. 


Fig. 3. Momonia falcipalpis, sp. u. Terminal segment of first leg, seen 
from below. xX 224. 

Fig. 4. Momonia falcipalpis, sp. n. Fourth and fifth palp-segments, 
x 224. 

Fig. 5. Arrhenurus octagonus, sp. n, Dorsal view of male. The two 


pieces of the petiole are closely approximated in the living mite. 
x 35, 

Fig. 6, Panisus Michaeli, Woenike. Dorsal surface, showing arrange- 
ment of chitinous plates, x 60. 


On new Species of Antarctic Amphipoda, 15 


I1.—Preliminary Descriptions of new Species of Amphipoda 
from the ‘Discovery’ Antarctic Expedition, 1902-19014. 
By AuFrep O. WALKER, F.L.S., F.Z.8. 


(Continued from vol. xvii. p. 458.] 


Proboloides antarcticus, sp. n. 


W.Q. from Feb. to Dec. 1902: in sponges Ke. 

General characters as in Probolotdes (Probolium) gregarium 
(Sars). 

First gnathopods.—Female: wrist subequal in length to, 
but wider than, the hand, the hind margins of both convex 
and setose. Male: wrist considerably longer and but slightly 
wider than the hand; otherwise like the female. 

Second gnathopods.—Female: carpal process rounded, 
setose ; hand with subparallel margins; hind margin sub- 
equal to the palm, which is defined by a small tooth and two 
spines. Male: hinder part of the lower margin of the side- 
plates irregularly serrate. Hand as long as the three preceding 
joints, the hind margin shorter than the front and terminating 
in a sharp tooth, forming the palmar angle ; palm deeply exca- 
vate, with a central tooth and a denticulate ridge near the 
base of the dactylus. In a younger male the palm is less 
deeply excavate, the central tooth wider, blunter, and denticu- 
late, and the ridge as wide as the excavation. 

Third perwopods: the concave hind margin of the narrow 
first joint is produced almost to the end of the second, ¢er- 
minating tn a divided lode. 

Fourth and fifth pereopods as in P. gregarium (Sars). 

Third uropods: peduncle shorter than the ramus, with 5 
spines ; first joint of ramus subequal to second, with 3 spines. 

Telson reaching the end of the peduncle of the third 
uropods, with 3 spines on each margin. 

Length of female 3°5 mm.; the male considerably larger. 


PROBOLIELLA, gen. nov. 


Mandibles with a two-jotnted palp. 

First maxille with a two-jointed palp. 

Maxillipeds with the inner plates divided to the base, tlie 
outer more or less developed. 

Second pereeopods not stronger than the first. 

Third pereopods with the first joint narrow ; fourth and 
fifth pair with the first joint expanded. 


14 Mr. A. O. Walker on 


Differs from Probolium, Sars, in the absence of the small 
third joint of the mandibular palp and the equal strength of 
the first and second pereopods. 


Proboliella typica, sp. n. 

W.Q. Hut Point, 11/11/02, one; 13/9/02, one; 13/2/04, 
one. All females. 

Lower part of the hind margin of the third pleon-segment 
produced backwards and rounded. yes small, round, colour- 
less in spirit. 

Upper antenne without an appendage, reaching the middle 
of the flagellum of the lower, the third joint half as long as 
the second. Flagellum 7-jointed, as long as the last two 
joints of the peduncle. Mandibles bent downwards from the 
base of the palp to the coarsely toothed cutting-edge ; palp 
more than half the length of the mandible, the first joint less 
than one fourth the length of the second. 

Mawillipeds: inner plates divided, outer distinct but 
narrow ; first and second joints of the palp subequal, the third 
longer. 

First gnathopods: wrist shorter and narrower than the 
hand, the latter wider in the middle than in Proboloides, the 
palm very oblique, subequal to the hind margin, spinulose 
and defined by 2 or 3 spines. 

Second gnathopods : first joint as long and more than half 
as wide as the hand, margins setose ; third joint produced in 
an acute point extending beyond the carpal process; wrist 
produced in a narrow setose process. Hand similar to but 
much larger than that of the first pair, subovoid, the palin 
longer than the hind margin, convex, spinulose, and defined 
by a strong tooth, beyond which ts a smaller tooth and a group 
of spines. 

The first and second pairs of pereopods are alike; first 
joint oblong, curved, almost as Jong as the next three, and 
three times as wide; third and fifth subequal, fourth rather 
shorter; dactylus slender, two thirds the length of the fifth 
joint. 

Third pereopods: first joint narrow-oblong, straight. 

The fourth and fijth pairs are alike ; the first joint oval, 
deeper than wide, the hind margin smooth. 

Peduncle of the third pair of uropods subequal to each 
joint of the ramus. 

Telson not reaching the end of the peduncle of the third 
uropods, narrowing rather abruptly to a point, with 3 spines 
on each side. 

Length 3 mm. 


new Species of Antarctic Amphipoda. 15 


‘THAUMATELSON, gen. nov. 


Palp of the first maxilla ¢wo-jointed. 

First gnathopods distinctly subchelate ; first joints of all the 
pereopods narrow. 

Telson large, entire, oval, and set in a vertical plane on its 
longer edge. 

Otherwise like Metopa. 


Thaumatelson Herdman’, sp. n. 


W.Q. Oct. 1902, from sponges, Hut Point; one. W.Q. 
13/2/04: Hut Point; one. 

Body: fourth side-plates unusually large, covering the bases 
of the last three pairs of perwopods. Last two pleon-segments 
with a postero-dorsal tooth. Segments of the urus coalesced. 

Antenne subequal, longer than the head. Upper antenne 
without an appendage; flagellum shorter than the peduncle. 
Lower antenne : peduncle subequal to that of the upper. 

First gnathopods: wrist triangular, about half as long as 
the hand, which is subquadrate, with the palm transverse, 
rather convex, as long as the hind margin. 

Second gnathopods: wrist produced beyond the base of the 
hand ; hand subtriangular, widening distally, nearly twice as 
long as wide; distal half of the hind margin slightly concave, 
ending in a tooth, beyond which is a long and a short spine 
defining the transverse spinulose palm. 

Lereopods all similar, with narrow first joints. 

Third uropods: ramus subequal to the peduncle, the first 
joint rather longer than the second. 

Telson as described above. 

Length 2°5 mm. 

A very remarkable little species, the form of the telson 
being probably unique in the Amphipoda; the hand of the 
second gnathopods recalls Amphilochus. 


Gidiceroides Calmani *, sp. n. 


Coulman Island, 13/1/02, 100 fath; two females. Flagon 
Pt., 23/1/02 ; one young. Barrier, 29/1/02, 100 fath.; one. 
Body: mesosome-segments very short, subequal; first 
pleon-segment longer than the second and much shorter than 
the third, which, as well as the first urus-segment, has a 


shallow dorsal carina and a rounded posterior margin. The 


* After my friend Dr. W. T, Calman, to whom I am much indebted 
for his valuable assistance. 


16 My. A. O. Walker on 


last segment of the mesosome and first two segments of the 
pleon have a dorsal tubercle near the middle. ‘lhe first four 
side-plates are as deep as the segments, 

Head: rostrum shorter than the rest of the head and reaching 
the end of the first joint of the upper antennz:, lower margin 
almost straight. Eyes contiguous above, large, dark. Upper 
antenne not quite reaching the end of the second joint of the 
lower, the first joint rather longer and twice as wide as the 
second, widening distally; the second twice as long as the 
third; the first and second with fascicles of plumose sete. 
Flagellum 10-jointed, shorter than the peduncle. Mandibular 
palp with the second joint subequal to the third in length, 
but more than twice as wide near its base, both joints with 
long spine-like sete on the front margin. 

In other respects this species resembles W. rostrata, 
Stebbing (CZ. conspicua on pls. Ix. and |xi. Chall. Report), 
from which it differs in the conspicuous eyes, different shape 
of rostrum, proportions of mesosome-segments, and mandibular 
palp. 

Length of female 30 mm. 


Epimeria macrodonta, sp. n. 


22/1/02, 500 fath.; three. W.Q. 4/9/03: Hole 12; one. 

Body: segments of mesosome and pleon, except the first 
two (of which the first is twice as long as the second), armed 
with lateral teeth increasing in length backwards, with longer 
curved dorsal teeth, those of the last mesosome and first two 
pleon-segments the longest. First two segments of the urus 
with an upright dorsal tooth; the third segment with a lateral 
carina ending in an upturned sharp tooth. Side-plates as in 
EE. cornigera (Fabr.). 

Head: rostrum much longer than the rest of the head, 
slightly decurved ; lower margin of the ocular lobe produced 
forward in an acute tooth. ye large, colourless in spirit. 

Upper antenne shorter than the lower; first joint with a 
subequal distal tooth on each side; second with two long 
subequal distal teeth reaching the seventh joint of the 
flagellum ; third about half as long as the second, with a 
small distal tooth. Flagellum 32-jointed, slender. 

Gnathopods as in E. parasitica, M. Sars. 

Third pereopods : first joint rather longer than and twice 
as wide as the third; hind margin concave, with a rounded 
Jobe at the proximal end and a large very sharp tooth, directed 
backwards, at the distal ; front margin concave in the middle. 
Hind margins of the first joints of the fourth and fifth pairs 


new Spectes of Antarctic Amphipoda. 17 


convex in the middle, the first joint of the fifth the widest ; 
otherwise like the third pair. 

The third uropods have the upper margins of the peduncles 
produced behind in an acute tooth; the outer rami are slightly 
shorter than the inner, which are about three times as loug as 
the peduncle, narrowly lanceolate, with a few small spines on 
both margins. 

Telson deeply notched, the ends of the divisions subacute. 

Length 33 mm. 

This species has a superficial resemblance to Acanthozone, 
Boeck, and Acanthechinus, Stebbing, from both of which it 
differs in the shape of the telson and other structural points. 


EPIMERIELLA, gen. nov. 


Body without dorsal teeth on the mesosome. 

Head with a very small rostrum. 

Fifth pair of side-plates small, wider than deep, without a 
projecting process. 

Mandibles with the molar tubercle imperfectly developed. 

Third and fourth pereopods longer than the fifth. 

Otherwise like Epimeria. 


Epimeriella macronyx*, sp. n. 


W.Q., May and June 1903; five young. 26/2/04; one, 
length 25 mm. 

’ Body: mesosome smooth ; first and third segments sub- 
equal and much longer than the second, remaining segments 
increasing in length successively. First four side-plates as 
in Epimeria; fifth small, transverse, with rounded ends. 
Pleon with an obscure dorsal carina; hind and lower margins 
of the third segment straight and forming a right angle. 
Urus with the first segment depressed in front and provided 
with a postero-dorsal tooth. 

Lead slightly produced in front. yes large, prominent, 
round-oval, colourless. Antenne subequal, unarmed. Jan- 
dibles with cutting-edges dentate, spine-row of about 20 spines ; 
palp rather longer than the mandible, first joint short, second 
and third subequal. 

First gnathopods : wrist subequal to and rather wider than 
the hand, which is subovate ; the palm undefined and _ pecti- 
nate, the whole hind margin sparsely and unequally spinous. 

Second gnathopods like the first, except the palm, which is 
more transverse. : 


* From the long dactyli of the third and fourth pereopods. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 2 


18 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 


Second perwopods : first joint narrow-oblong, subequal to 
the third and fourth united. Dactylus almost straight and 
not flexed, as long as the third joint. 

Third and fourth pereopods subequal ; first joints oblong, 
twice as long as wide. Dactyli longer than the fifth joint, 
especially in young specimens, tapering gradually, not flexed. 

Fifth perwopods shorter than the third and fourth, the first 
joint much wider, with. the convex, obscurely serrate hind 
margin produced nearly to the middle of the third joint. 
Dactylus as long as the fourth joint, which is shorter than 
the fifth. 

Third uropods: rami subequal, nearly twice as long as the 
peduncle, with fine spines on both margins. 

Telson reaching to about one fourth the length of the rami 
of the third uropods, deeply notched at the end, with a minute 
notch on the tip of each division. 

The description of the external characters of the body is 
taken from the large specimen (25 mm.) not dissected, the 
rest from one of 6 mm. 


IV.—Rhynchotal Notes—XXXVIII. By W. L. Disrant. 


Tue following descriptions and notes are preparatory to 
a synonymical catalogue of the family Fulgoride which 
I have now in preparation. I reserve synopses of the 
genera to the catalogue itself, as there are genera which 
I have not seen and others which have still to be described, 
which render the formation of such keys impossible for 
the present. 


Fam. Fulgoride. 
Subfam. Purcorrm. 
Genus EURYSTHEUS. 


Eurystheus, Stil, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. vi. p. 305 (1862). 
Type, Z. dilatatus, Westw. (Fulgora). 


Eurystheus dilatatus. 


-Fulgora dilatata, Westw. Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii. p. 146, t. xii. figs. 8 
& 9 (1841). 
Pyrops inducta, Walk, Ins. Saund., Hom, p. 30 (1858), 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 19 


Lurystheus Doddi, sp. n. 


Head and cephalic process, sternum, and legs greyish, 
mottled with piceous ; abdomen pale castaneous brown, with 
the segmental margins ochraceous ; tegmina grey, opaque, 
the venation fuscous ; an inner claval marginal fascia longi- 
tudinally continued for a short distance beyond apex of clavus 
and an irregular discal longitudinal fascia on apical area 
piceous brown ; a series of small spots of the same colour on 
costal margin; wings greyish hyaline, with about basal half 
dull ochraceous, the venation fuscous ; cephalic process long, 
slender, from in front of eyes about as long as abdomen, apex 
subconvexly narrowed, upper surface undulate; posterior 
tibia with four spines; rostrum about reaching abdominal 
apex; anterior and intermediate tibize annulated with piceous. 
Var.—Tegmina without the discal longitudinal fascia on 
apical area and the clavus generally suffused with piceous 
brown. 

Long., excl. tegm., 17 mm.; exp. tegm. 32 mm. 

Hab, Queensland ; Townsville (7. P. Dodd, Brit. Mus.). 

Allied to #. obseuratus, Fabr., from which it principally 
differs by the more slender, longer, and apically narrowed 


cephalic process. 


Eurystheus Clement?, sp. n. 


Head dull greyish brown; pronotum and mesonotum 
greyish ochraceous; abdomen, body beneath, and legs pale 
testaceous ; anterior tibia annulated with pale fuscous ; head 
beneath at base paler and more ochraceous; clypeus with 
transverse fuscous striations; tegmina grey, opaque, the 
venation slightly darker and here and there tinged with 
fuscous, an inner claval streak, about six discal spots beyond 
middle, a subapical series of very small spots, and some 
speckles on costal margin piceous brown; wings entirely 
ereyish white, the venation slightly stramineous ; cephalic 
process slightly recurved, from in front of eyes about as long 
as abdomen, somewhat narrowly longitudinally channelled 
above on apical half, a little widened at apex, undulated 
above for a little beyond middle; rostrum not extending 
beyond half the length of abdomen; posterior tibize with four 
spines, the basal one small and blunt. 

Long., excl. tegm., 17} mm; exp. tegm. 34 mm. 

Hab. W. Australia; Nicol Bay District (Dr. Clement, 
Brit. Mus.). 

To be distinguished from JL. obscurata and E. Doddi by 


the shorter rostrum, the uniformly pale grey yas &e. 
Ye 


20 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 


Eurystheus pallescens. 


Allied to E. Clementi, but much smaller ; cephalic process 
from in front of eyes slightly longer than abdomen ; tegmina 
unspotted ; other characters as in HL. Clement. 

Long., excl. tegm., 14 mm.; exp. tegm. 29 mm. 

Hab. W. Australia; Nicol Bay District (Dr. Clement, 
Brit. Mus.). 


Genus CATHEDRA. 


Cathedra, Kirk, Entomologist, xxxvi. p. 179 (1903). 
Pristiopsis, Schmidt, Stett. ent. Zeit. lxvi. p. 352 (1905). 


Type, C. serrata, Fabr. (ulgora). 


Genus Salva. 
Saiva, Dist. Faun. B. I., Rhynch. iii. p, 192 (1906). 
Type, S. gemmata, Westw. 


Saiva cultellata. 


Hotinus cultellatus, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. i. p. 143 (1857). 
Fulgora bicolor, Schmidt, Stett. ent. Zeit. Ixvi. p. 855 (1905). 


Saiva cardinals. 


Fulgora cardinalis, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xiv. p. 181 (1874). 

Fulgora cardinalis, Schmidt, Stett. ent. Zeit. lxvi. p. 356 (1905). 

By a strange coincidence Herr Schmidt has not only 
redescribed Butler’s species, but has chosen the same specific 
name. 


SAMSAMA, gen. nov. 


Head longer than broad, vertex produced in front of eyes 
and anteriorly developed in a long slender filamentous 
appendage nearly as long as the mesonotum and abdomen 
together, its apex slightly widened and broadly suleate ; face 
not longer than clypeus, medially bicarinate, laterally widened 
or ampliated towards clypeus ; rostrum slightly passing the 
posterior coxe; pronotum a little shorter than mesonotum, 
anteriorly subangularly produced, centrally finely carinate ; 
mesonotum centrally finely tricarinate; abdomen broad, 
moderately depressed ; posterior tibiz (in type) with seven 
spines ; tegmina long, narrow, four times longer than broad, 
apex subacutely rounded, costal membrane broad, apical third 
reticulately veined, claval area broad and strongly obtusely 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 21 


angulate near base ; wings about as broad as but much shorter 
than tegmina, reticulately veined except on basal area. 

This genus may be placed near Prolepta, Walk. 

Type, S. chersonesia, Dist. 


Samsama chersonesia, sp. n. 


Head and pronotum virescent ; anterior margin of vertex 
and cephalic process black, apex of the latter stramineous ; 
mesonotum purplish brown; metanotum and abdomen above 
pale testaceous ; body beneath and legs pale ochraceous, face 
and lateral areas of prosternum virescent, apex of abdomen 
carmine-red ; tegmina pale ochraceous brown, a subbasal trans- 
verse fascia and costal membrane (its colour extending near its 
apex on disk of tegmina) virescent, two black spots on costal 
membrane near base ; wings hyaline, the venation fuscous, 
with a broad basal patch of carmine-red, apical half of anal 
area fuscous. 

Long., excl. tegm. and ceph. process, 12} mm., long. ceph. 

rocess 8 mm.; exp. tegm. 37 mm. 


Hab. Malay Peninsula; Perak (Doherty). 


Genus DRUENTIA. 


Druentia, Stil, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 144 (1866). 
Pyrgoteles, Gerst. in Decken’s Reisen, iii. (2) p. 428 (1873). 


‘Type, D. variegata, Spin. (Enchophora). 


Druentia vartegata. 


Enchophora variegata, Spin. Ann. Soc. Ent, Fr. viii. p. 225, t. xii. fig. 3 
(1839), excl. habitat. 

Druentia variegata, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 144 (1866). 

Enchophora sicca, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 272 (1851) ; id. loc. ct. iy. 
t, il. fig. 2 (1852). 

Pyrgoteles siccus, Gerst. in Decken’s Reisen, iii. (2) p. 428 (1873). 

Belbina sicca, Stal, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. (8) i, p. 580 (1863). 

Pyrgoteles cristatus, Karsch, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1894, t. ii. tig. 4a, 


Hab. 8. Africa. 


ECUADORIA, gen. nov. 


Head prominently produced in front of eyes, the cephalic 
process in front of eyes about as long as from eyes to base of 
pronotum, robust, directed upwardly, and apically a little 
recurved, above strongly longitudinally channelled, notched 
on each side beyond middle; face very much broadened from 
between eyes, where the lateral margins are concavely sinuate, 
lateral margins of the anterior and narrow prolongation 


22 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 


continued for about two thirds through disk of posterior broad 
area, between these ridges the surface is finely transversely 
striate and contains a central longitudinal ridge, which is 
broad and robust anteriorly and evanescent posteriorly ; 
rostrum passing the posterior coxe; pronotum centrally 
produced anteriorly, its lateral margins prominently sub- 
angulate and centrally longitudinally ridged; mesonotum 
with two discal strongly waved and angulated longitudinal 
ridges ; posterior tibize with six or seven strong spines; legs 
strongly longitudinally channelled; tegmina about three 
times as long as broad, apically rounded, transversely reticu- 
lately veined, basal cell much longer than broad, veins to 
costal membrane oblique; wings broader than tegmina, 
reticulately veined except on upper basal area, anal area with 
reticulate veins. 

I place this genus near Hnhydria, Walk., and Hariola, 
Stal. 

Type, #. dichopteroides, Dist. 


Ecuadoria dichopterotdes, sp. 0. 


Head above piceous brown, its base and eyes ochraceous, 
between eyes two contiguous black spots ; pronotum testaceous 
brown, small tuberculous spots and an oblique fascia on each 
lateral area paler in hue, its anterior prolongation ochraceous 
with two large central oblong black spots; mesonotum 
fuscous brown, with the ridges, lateral areas, and a small spot 
on each side of apex dull ochraceous; abdomen above ochra- 
ceous, with the posterior segmental margins broadly black ; 
body beneath and legs ochraceous, anterior and intermediate 
tibiz annulated with black; tegmina with basal half fuscous 
brown, opaque, divided by a transverse macular ochraceous 
fascia, and with pale spots on costal membrane and claval 
area, apical area hyaline, with the veins fuscous, and with 
fuscous suffusions towards apex; wings with the basal area 
opaque, bright ochraceous, outwardly broadly margined with 
black, which forms a transverse fascia, apical area hyaline, 
the veins and apical margin fuscous. 

Long., excl. tegm., 19 mm.; exp. tegm. 46 mm. 


Hab. N.W. Ecuador; Rio Durango, 35) feet (Brit. Mus.), 


Genus ENCHOPHORA. 
Enchophora, Spin. Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. viii. p. 221 (18389). 
Type, L. recurva, Oliv. (Fulgora). 


Mr, W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 23, 


Enchophora nigromaculata, sp. n. 


Head, thorax, and body beneath pale olivaceous brown ; 
legs olivaceous, apices of tibize and the tarsi more or less 
piceous ; pronotum with a very distinct posterior black sub- 
marginal fascia ; mesonotum with an anterior black central 
spot; abdomen above piceous, the posterior segmenta! 
margins dull sanguineous, its base lacteously tomentose ; 
tegmina with about basal two thirds pale testaceous, with 
scattered black spots, apical area dark ochraceous, thickly 
reticulate, and with some minute scattered cretaceous spots ; 
wings fuscous, with the basal third carmine-red, all the veins 
fuscous ; head with the anterior prolongation short, robust, 
strongly recurved, its apex about reaching base of head, above 
centrally and laterally strongly carinate, beneath distinctly 
ochraceous and laterally and centrally carinate; face with 
two strong central posteriorly diverging carinations ; clypeus 
centrally carinate ; rostrum extending to about middle of 
abdomen ; pronotum strongly centrally ridged. 

Long., excl. tegm., 21 mm.; exp. tegm. 54 mm. 


Hab. Bolivia (J. Steinbach, Brit. Mus.). 


Genus COPIDOCEPHALA. 


Copidocephala, Stil, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 285 (1869). 
Coanaco, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch. Hom. i. p. 28 (1887). 


Type, C. guttata, White (Enchophora). 


Copidocephala merula, sp. n. 

Head greenish testaceous ; pronotum pale virescent, with 
some minute paler spots and with an anterior transverse, 
broken, fuscous fascia ; mesonotum testaceous, with its apex 
paler ; metanotum and basal margin of abdomen piceous or 
blackish brown ; abdomen ochraceous, its apex cretaceous ; 
face, sternunt,-and legs pale testaceous, lateral areas of pro- 
sternum broadly pale virescent ; tegmina with the basal halt 
virescent, greyish on disk, with purplish-red spots principally 
situate on costal membrane and claval area, on disk the spots 
are in straight transverse series, two or three small spots a 
little beyond cell, followed by a macular fascia between costal 
membrane and clavus, and two widely apart before the outer 
reticulate area, which is pale bronzy ; wings black. 

Long., excl. tegm., 23 mm.; exp. tegm. 67 mm. 

Hab. Colombia (Brit. Mus.). 

Allied to C. guttata, White, from which it differs, apart 
from the differently spotted tegmina and unspotted wings, by 


24 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 


the more erect and less recurved cephalic process, the face 
more posteriorly widened, and its anterior process much more 
strongly, centrally, longitudinally ridged, &e. 


Genus APHAENA. 


Aphena, Guér. Voy. ‘Coquille,’ Zool. ii. (2) i. p. 184 (1832). 
Ulasia, Stal (part.), Stett. ent. Zeit. xxiv. p. 233 (1863). 


Type, A. fuscata, Guér. 


Genus PENTHICODES. 
Penthicodes, Blanch. in d’Orbign. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. x. p. 443 (1849). 
Aphena, Guér. Voy. Bélang. Ind. Orient. p. 451 (1854); Spin. Ann. 
Soc. Ent. Fr. viii. p. 240 (1839) ; nom. przoce. Guér. (supra). 
Aphana, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. 1, p. 166 (1835); Amy. & Serv. Hist. 
Hém. p. 496 (1843); Stal, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxiv. p. 231 (1865); id. 
ae Afr, iv. p. 134 (1866) ; Dist. Faun. B, I., Rhynch. iii. p. 201 

Paes, Blanch. Hist. Nat. Ins. iii. p. 171 (1840); nom. preoce. 

Type, A. farinosa, Weber. 

Since using the name Aphana for this genus (Faun. B. Tf. 
supra), when I thought I had solved the synonymic problem, 
I have found that Guérin, in first describing this-cenus under 
the name of Aphena (Voy. ‘ Coquille,’ Zool. ii. (2) i. p. 184, 
1832), gave as the type his A. fuscata from New Guinea. © 
This genus is therefore structurally distinct from other species 
included subsequently in Aphena=Aphana, Burm., and 
Penthicodes thus becomes available. Blanchard regarded the 
name Aphana as preoccupied by Aphanus, Lap., an argument 
I did not and do not follow ; but the type of Guérin’s Aphena 
settles the question. 


Genus SCAMANDRA. 
Scamandra, Stil, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxiv. p. 232 (1863). 
Type, S. rosea, Guér, (Aphena). 


Scamandra fasciata, sp. n. 
» Sp 


Head, thorax, and body beneath pale castaneous brown; 
abdomen sanguineous; legs black ; rostrum and posterior 
femora piceous brown ; tegmina brownish ochraceous, spotted 
with piceous, and with three irregular, transverse, piceous 
fascize, the outermost immediately before a_ transverse, 
arcuated, linear, ochraceous fascia at about one third from 
apex, apical area brownish ochraceous, with the reticulate 
venation paler ; wings purplish red, the upper basal area for 
about half the wing black, with olivaceous veins, and divided 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Ilomoptera. 25 


near its apex by a short purplish-red transverse fascia, base 
of anal area stramineous, apical area brownish ochraceous, 
the apical margin paler; tubercle at base of posterior tibiw 
moderately prominent; mesonotum transversely rugulose ; 
pronotum finely blackly punctate ; anterior process of head 
short, robust, extending to nearly half the length of vertex ; 
face with two strong central longitudinal ridges, between 
which is a more obscure central ridge not extending more 
than one third from base ; rostrum extending considerably 
beyond posterior coxe. ‘Tegmina and wings beneath with a 
subapical calcareous arcuated fascia. 

Long., excl. tegm., 22-25 mm.; exp. tegm. 64-74 mm. 

Hab. N.W. Borneo (Brit. Mus.) ; Kina Balu (Whitehead, 
Coll. Dist.). 

Allied to S. hecuba, Stal, and S. scriptifacies, Walk., from 
both of which it may at once be superficially distinguished by 
the colour of the wings. 


Scamandra varicolor, sp. n. 


Head, thorax, and body beneath pale brownish ochraceous ; 
abdomen sanguineous, with its base calcareous white; legs 
piceous ; rostrum brownish ochraceous; tegmina for basal 
two thirds pale testaceous red, with darker sometimes fuscous 
spots, terminating in a darker, sometimes fuscous, transverse 
arcuated fascia immediately before a pale arcuated line 
defining the apical area, which is pale brownish ochraceous ; 
wings pale sanguineous, with the venation virescent, with 
the upper basal area pale emerald-green, which, as divided by 
the veins, has the appearance of three ray-like fascie ; poste- 
rior margin and base of anal area greyish or calcareous white, 
apical area pale brownish ochraceous; tubercle at base of 
posterior tibiz prominent; mesonotum very finely and 
obscurely rugulose; pronotum somewhat thickly, finely, 
darkly punctate ; anterior process of head short, not reaching 
middle of vertex; face with two strong central longitudinal 
ridges ; rostrum considerably passing posterior coxe. 

Long., excl. tegm., 16-20 mm.; exp. tegm. 45-60 mm. 

Hab. Malay Archipelago, Bali (Doherty, Brit. Mus.). 


Genus POLYDICTYA. 


Polydictya, Guér. Icon. Régn, Anim., Ins. p. 358 (1830-34). 
Thaumastodictya, Kirk. J, Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc, 1902, p. 307. 


Type, P. basalis, Guér. 


26 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 


Polydictya crassa, sp. n. 


Head, thorax, body beneath, and legs piceous; face 
brownish ochraceous ; abdomen brownish ochraceous, above 
with its base piceous black; tegmina pale dull castaneous ; 
wings ochraceous, apex and posterior margin fuscous brown 3 
pronotum centrally longitudinally carinate ; face strongly 
excavate on each side; rostrum reaching the posterior coxe ; 
posterior tibize with two long spines on apical halves; 
tegmina closely and coarsely reticulate from base to apex. 


Long., excl. tegm., 20 mm.; exp. tegm. 58 mm. 


flab. 8. Celebes (Coll. Dist.). 


Polydictya tlluminata, sp. n. 


Head, pronotum, face, and clypeus ochraceous ; abdomen 
above shining metallic black, its lateral margins and the 
margins of the last two segments castaneous brown; body 
beneath and legs piceous; rostrum, coxe, apices of femora, 
bases of anterior and intermediate tibiw, and the whole of the 
posterior tibize pale ochraceous brown; tegmina stramineous, 
the venation ochraceous, and much spotted and mottled with 
black or piceous, for about basal half the shadings are 
maculate and on apical area waved irregular fascie are 
formed ; wings dark fuscous, upper basal area pale brownish 
ochraceous ; pronotum obscurely centrally carinate ; meso- 
notum piceous brown, with a lateral spot on each side beyond 
middle and the apex ochraceous; anal appendage ochraceous ; 
rostrum just passing the posterior coxe ; posterior coxe with 
five spines, the two nearer base small and obscure; face sub- 
globose, laterally excavate on each side. 

Long., excl. tegm., 19-20 mm. ; exp. tegm. 56-58 mm. 

Hab. Malay Archipelago; ‘Tambora, Sambawa (Doherty, 
Brit. Mus.). 


Genus BirDANTIS. 
Birdantis, Stil, Trans. Eat. Soc. Lond. (8) i. p. 581 (1863). 
Type, B. decens, Stal. 
Birdantis collaris. 
Polydictya collaris, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. x. p. 98, t. iii. fig. 10 
(1867), 
vittiventris, Walk., MS. 
GALELA, gen. nov. 


Head large, broad, protruding considerably in front of eyes, 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 27 


broadly convex anteriorly, the margins above strongly ridged 
and its disk rugose; face long, broad, much longer than 
clypeus, its lateral margins parallel, its base convex and 
extending considerably in front of eyes, centrally longitu- 
dinally tricarinate, its apex concave, receiving base of clypeus, 
which is centrally obscurely carinate ; rostrum reaching or 
passing the posterior coxe ; pronotum a little shorter than 
head, centrally ridged; mesonotum centrally a little shorter 
than head and pronotum together; posterior tibie with four 
or five spines; tegmina about three times as long as broad, 
transversely reticulate, more obscurely so on basal area ; 
wings shorter and broader than tegmina, excepting at extreme 
base transversely reticulate. 

Allied to Birdantis, Stal, and Desudaba, Walk., but 
differing by the structure of the much longer head and face. 

Type, G. pallescens, Dist. (Birdantis). 


Galela parva, sp. n. 


Head, pronotum, mesonotum, body beneath, and legs pale 
brownish ochraceous, with small darker mottlings; meta- 
notum piceous; abdomen above dark orange-yellow or pale 
_testaceous; legs obscurely annulated with pale fuscous, the 
anterior tibiz prominently annulated with dark fuscous ; 
tegmina with about basal half testaceous, opaque, with paler 
spots, apical half hyaline, with the venation dark olivaceous 
and with a number of dark fuscous spots, of which two on 
disk are largest ; wings hyaline, the venation fuscous, the 
apex more palely infuscate, basal third bright orange-yellow, 
outwardly broadly margined with black, the area at anal 
angle fuscous ; head with the anterior area of vertex promi- 
nent and rugose; pronotum with acentral ridge and cordately 
anteriorly produced, the process marginally ridged and 
traversed by the medial ridge ; face with two strong central 
longitudinal ridges, between which is a finer and more obsolete 
central ridge; clypeus obliquely striate on each side; poste- 
rior tibia with four spines; rostrum passing the posterior 
Coxe. 

Long., excl. tegm., 9-10 mm.; exp. tegm. 21-27 mm. 


Hab. West Australia; Cossack (J. J. Walker, Brit. Mus.). 


Galela abdominalis, sp. n. 


Head, pronotum, mesonotum, body beneath, and legs pale 
brownish ochraceous, somewhat strongly mottled with 
piceous; metanotum much suffused with piceous ; abdomen 
above testaceous red, with a segmental series of large black 


28 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 


spots on each side; apices of femora and annulations to ante- 
rior and intermediate tibiz black; tegmina with rather less 
than basal half pale brownish testaceous, opaque, remaining 
area hyaline, with the venation and a number of scattered 
spots fuscous ; wings hyaline, the venation and apical margin 
fuscous, and with a broad basal patch of orange-yellow 
confined to upper half of wing; head with a rounded rugose 
piceous prominence on anterior area of vertex, and a foveate 
spot on each side of base of vertex; pronotum with a strong 
central carination and the margins of the anterior prolonga- 
tion also ridged; face with two prominent central black 
ridges, between which is a finer and more obscure ridge, and 
on each side a submarginal black line ; rostrum very slightly 
passing the posterior coxe ; posterior tibize with four spines, 
those on apical half much the longest. 

Long., excl. tegm., 13 mm.; exp. tegm. 32 mm. 

Hab, Australia; Parry Harbour, Cape Bougainville (J. J. 
Walker, Brit. Mus.). 


ERILLA, gen. nov. 
Allied to Galela, but differing principally by the structure 


of the face, which is not longer than the clypeus, its lateral . 
margins not parallel, but strongly sinuate and considerably - 
widened or ampliated posteriorly, its base, as in Ga/lela, 
considerably extends in front of eyes, medially tricarinate, the 
carinations wider apart anteriorly than posteriorly ; clypeus 
very long, a little ampliate on each side at base; rostrum 
extending beyond middle of abdomen; posterior tibie (in 
type) with six spines; mesonotum tricarinate, with a lobate 
appendage on each side at base; tegmina and wings as 
in Galela. 
Type, E. Turneri, Dist. 


Erilla Turnert, sp. n. 


Body and legs dull ochraceous; vertex of head with a 
central black line ; pronotum with a testaceous tint; meso- 
notum with the disk strongly blackly punctate and with black 
and testaceous markings at each basal angle; face with a 
curved line at base, spots on lateral margins, and confluent 
punctate impressions on disk black; clypeus with a large 
black discal spot; femora and anterior and intermediate tibiz 
annulated with black or piceous; tegmina with more than 
basal half dull purplish brown, opaque, three linear spots in 
apical area of costal membrane and some obscure markings 
in claval area piceous; apical area hyaline, the venation 


Mr. W. L. Distant on ILomoptera. 29 


purplish brown, with some piceous spots, of which the largest 
are one at end of opaque coloration and two before apical 
margin ; wings hyaline, the venation fuscous brown, extreme 
base ochraceous; head broadly extending beyond eyes, the 
vertex excavate, with the margins ridged; pronotum with a 
central ridge, the margins carinate; mesonotum centrally 
tricarinate, “the lateral carinations posteriorly curved inward ; 
face centrally tricarinate ; rostrum almost reaching abdomin: i 
apex ; posterior tibize with six spines. 
Long., excl. tegm., 13 mm.; exp. tegm. 34 mm. 


Hab. Queensland (Gilbert Turner, Brit. Mus.). 


Genus MyRILLA. 
Myrilla, Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 487. 
Type, MW. obscura, Dist. 


Myrilla papuana, sp. n. 


Head, thorax, body beneath, and legs testaceous, mottled 
with black ; abdomen above with the basal half testaceous, 
the apical half pale ochraceous ; tegmina with the basal two 
thirds testaceous, mottled with black, the apical area hyaline, 
the venation fuscous and with prominent fuscous suffusions ; 
wings piceous, the basal half darkest where the venation is 
more or less carmine-red ; vertex of head much depressed 
within the prominent marginal ridges, with four longitudinal 
black fasciz (two central and one near each lateral margin), 
front of head, and marginal ridges of vertex and pronotum 
ochraceous ; face with three longitudinal carine, the central 
one straight and percurrent, the other two not reaching the 
posterior margin ; rostrum reaching apex of abdomen ; legs 
annulated with piceous ; abdomen beneath with the segmental 
margins piceous ; tegmina four times longer than broad. 

Long., excl. tegm., 17 mm.; exp. tezm. 52 mm. 

Hab.. New Guinea; Kkeikei (Pratt, Brit. Mus.). 

Allied to AL. obscura, Dist., from which it is distinguished 
by the colour of the wings, the longer rostrum, Ke. 


Myrilla semihyalina, sp. n. 


Head, pronotum, body beneath, and legs pale brownish 
ochraceous ; a spot at both base of front and vertex of head 
and two central spots on anterior margins of pro- and meso- 
nota black; abdomen above black, the segmental margins 
green or ochraceous ; a central annulation and apices to 


anterior and intermediate tibize, and the same tarsi, black ; 


0) Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 


ab) 


tegmina hyaline, the venation fuscous, basal third and costal 
membrane ochraceous, opaque, the first with fuscous spots, 
the latter with two transverse, broken, fuscous fascie, apical 
area with fuscous shadings; wings hyaline, with the venation 
fuscous, the extreme base with some short, pale, fuscous, and 
virescent markings ; rostrum extending to about middle of 
abdomen ; posterior tibize with six spines, the three on basal 
area shortest; face with the longitudinal carinations less 
profound than in the preceding species. 

Long., excl. tegm., 143-165 mm.; exp. tegm. 45-50 mm. 

Hab, New Guinea, Ekeikei (Pratt, Brit. Mus.) ; Wetter, 
near ‘Timor (Doherty, Brit. Mus.). 


Genus EDDARA. 
Eddara, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 57 (1858). 
Glagovia, Stal, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. iii. p. 318 (1859). 
Type, Z. euchroma, Walk. 
Eddara catenaria, sp. n. 


Head, thorax, abdomen beneath, and legs luteous, abdomen 
above sanguineous ; metanotum and transverse basal fascia 
to abdomen piceous ; face and clypeus greenish ochraceous ;_ 
tegmina pale greyish virescent, the costal membrane ochra- 
ceous, basal two thirds with anumber of black link-like spots, 
some complete and centrally ochraceous, others incomplete 
and forming only half a link, on apical area a number of 
subconfluent black spots ; wings with about basal two thirds 
sanguineous or dark ochraceous, the apex and _ posterior 
margin fuscous, separated from the basal ccloration by a 
narrow greyish fascia. 

To be separated from £. euchroma, Walk., by the different 
colour of the tegmina and wings, the first of which are also 
apically more narrow and subangulate. 

Long., excl. tegm., 13-15 mm.; exp. tegm. 54-36 mm. 


Hab, B. KE. Africa (C. S. Betton, Brit. Mus.). 
ADDENDA. 
Fam. Cicadide. 
Subfam. Vrarervry-z. 


Division TETTIGADESARIA., 


CoATA, gen. nov. 
Head a little longer than pronotum, including eyes little 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 31 


more than half the breadth of mesonotum at base; vertex 
nearly twice as long as front, which is inserted in vertex for 
nearly half its length, the lateral margins of both strongly 
discontinuous; eyes large and oblique; ocelli placed near 
anterior margin of vertex ; face with astrong central ridge, on 
each side of which is a narrow longitudinal suleation before 
the lateral areas, which are transversely striate, the striations 
wide apart; clypeus shorter than face; pronotum with the 
lateral margins moderately convexly ampliate, deeply and 
acutely sinuate before the posterior angles, which are lobately 
produced; mesonotum considerably longer than pronotum, 
the cruciform elevation broader than long; abdomen broader 
than space between pronotal dilatations, longer than space 
between apex of head and base of cruciform elevation, beneath 
with the lateral margins broadly recurved, tympanal coverings 
entirely absent, in male the tympana prominently exposed ; 
opercula very short, the orifices strongly exposed; rostrum 
about reaching the base of abdomen; anterior femora dilated, 
with a strong spine beneath before apex; tegmina hyaline, 
nearly three times as long as broad, the costal membrane 
broad above basal cell, radial area broad, apical areas eight ; 
wings with six apical areas. 

rr 


ype, C. facialis, Dist. 


Coata facialis, sp. n. 


3. Body virescent, abdomen greyishly pilose; head with 
a large fuscous spot on each side of front and two linear spots 
on each anterior lateral area of vertex, the latter with two 
central longitudinal black fasciz and a spot of the same colour 
near inner margin of each eye; pronotum with two central 
black fascize, which are inwardly sinuate beyond middle and 
ampliated at posterior margin, the lateral margins and fissures 
black ; mesonotum with two central anterior fuscous or testa- 
ceous spots and macular indications of a continuous fascia on 
each lateral area; anal segment with a broad black basal 
margin; anterior and intermediate tibie biannulated with 
fuscous; apex of rostrum piceous; tegmina and wings 
hyaline, the veins defining the ulnar areas to tegmina in 
places black, the transverse veins at base of first, second, and 
third apical areas moderately infuscated. 

In a female specimen from Ecuador the colour of the body 
is brownish ochraceous, the abdomen above with piceous 
suffusions, and the dark markings to the tegminal venation 
larger and more maculate. 

Long., excl. tegm., 15-18 mm.; exp. tegm. 56-58 mm. 


32 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on 


Hab. Ecuador (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.); Santa Inéz 
(Haensch, Brit. Mus.) ; Quito (Brussels Mus.). 

Some two years ago the British Museum purchased from 
Herr Haensch what were specified as cotypes of some of thie 
species described by Herr Breddin. Amongst them was this 
species, labelled Prunasis analis, Bredd.; but, as I can find no 
record of such a description, a mistake must have been 
made. 


V.—On some West-African Species of Barbus. 
By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. 


Tne four species of which descriptions are here given have 
sometimes been confounded. The large material at my disposal 
enables me to give revised definitions of them by which their 
distinction will be made easy. All four belong to the section 
with two pairs of barbels and with the last simple ray of the 
dorsal fin neither strongly ossified and spine-like nor serrated. 
Their principal characters may be thus contrasted :— 


A. Posterior barbel not longer than the eye and twice as long as the 
anterior. 
Depth of body 2$ to 3 times in total length; 
sq. 22-25 Bh 2-23 between lat. 1. and 
WERLTEL |S 2 J kre eek arate ieee ele = B. ablabes, Blkr. 


B. Posterior barbel once to twice as long as the eye, not twice as long 
as the anterior. 


Depth of body 3 to 33 times in total length ; 
sq. 25-28 rf 3-3 between lat. 1. and 
ventral ; anterior barbel 13, posterior 2 


diameters OP CVG. a. o)- mekear awe: Ae B. trispilus, Blk. 
Depth of body 8 to 33 times in total length ; 
35-42 


sq. 21-25 ~jf, 23-3 between lat. 1. and 

ventral; posterior barbel not longer than 

the anterior, 1 to 13 diameters of eye; last 

simple ray of dorsal not enlarged ...... B. camptacanthus, Blix. 
Depth of body 34 to 3} times in total length ; 

- 33-43 

sq. 24-27 = *, 23-3 between lat. 1. and 

ventral ; posterior barbel longer than the 

anterior, 12 to 2 diameters of eye; last 

simple ray of dorsal much thicker than 

first branched ray ....... Te Cis veeee B, tenturus, Blgr. 


~~ 
_ 


West- African Species of Barbus. 


Barbus ablabes. 
Puntius (Barbodes) ablabes, Bleeker, Nat. Verh. Vet. Haarlem, xviii. 
1863, no. 2, p. 114, pl. xxiii. fig. 1. 
“ian potamogalis, Cope, Trans, Amer, Philos. Soc. (2) xiii, 1867, 
. 407. 

Bois ablabes, Steindachn. Notes Leyd. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 79. 

Depth of body 22 to 3 times in total length, length of 
head 33 to 4 times. Snout rounded, as long as eye, 3 or 33 
times in length of head, interorbital width 2? or 3 times; 
mouth inferior, its width } length of head; lips moderately 
developed, interrupted on the chin ; barbels two on each side, 
posterior as long as eye and twice as long as the anterior, the 
distance between them # diameter of eye. Dorsal III 8, last 
simple ray flexible, not enlarged, as long as head; free edge 
of the fin slightly emarginate ; its distance from the occiput 
a little less than its distance from the caudal fin. Anal IIL 5, 
longest ray 2 to # length of head. Pectoral 2 to # length of 
head, reaching or nearly reaching ventral ; latter below ante- 
rior rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 14 times as long as deep. 


Seales 22-25 op 2 or 24 between lateral line and ventral, 
12 round caudal peduncle. Brownish above, whitish beneath, 
the dorsal scales darker at the base; a black straight lateral 
band, from the end of the snout, through the eye, to the base 
of the caudal; fins white, dorsal greyish in front. 

Total length 85 mm. 

Originally described from Dabo-Crom, Gold Coast; re- 
discovered in the Gaboon by M. du Chaillu, in Liberia by 
Dr. Biittikofer. 1 have examined numerous specimens from 
the Gold Coast, obtained by the late Mr. R. B. N. Walker, 
together with examples of the other Barbus, B. trispilus, 
described by Bleeker as found in the same bottle with the 
type of B. ablabes. 


Barbus trispilus. 


Puntius (Barbodes) trispilos, Bleeker, Nat. Verh. Vet. Haarlem, xviii. 
1863, no. 2, p. 113, pl. xxiii. fig. 3. 

Barbus trispilus, Gunther, Cat. Fish. vii. p. 108 (1868), and Proce. Zool. 
Soc. 1899, p. 730. 

Barbus camptacanthus, var. liberiensis, Steindachn. Notes Leyd. Mus. 
xvi. 1894, p. 80. : 


Depth of body 3 to 33 times in total length, length of head 
33 to 4 times. Snout rounded, not longer than the eye; 
diameter of eye 34 to 33 times in length of head, interorbital 
width 2% to 23 times; mouth terminal, its width about 4 
length of head; lips moderately developed, interrupted on 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 3 


dd Mr. G. A. Boulenger on 


the chin; barbels two on each side, anterior 14, posterior 2 
diameters of eye, the distance between them about 4 diameter 
of eye. Dorsal III 8, last simple ray flexible, not enlarged, 
as long as or slightly shorter than the head; free edge of the 
fin straight or very slightly concave; its distance from the 
occiput less than its distance from the candal fin. Anal IIT 5, 
longest ray 2 length of head. Pectoral 4 or 3 length of head, 
not reaching ventral; latter below anterior rays of dorsal. 
Caudal peduncle 14 to 13 times as long as deep. Scales 
25-28 a 24-3 between lateral line and ventral, 10 or 12 
round caudal peduncle. Back brownish, sides and belly 
silvery, the scales of the lateral line and sometimes the series 
above it with a dark bar at the base; three round or oval 
black spots on each side, the first anterior to the vertical of 
the base of dorsal fin and above the lateral line, the second 
just behind the vertical of the dorsal fin and bordered below 
by the lateral line, the third at the base of the caudal fin and 
traversed by the lateral line; fins white, without spots. 

Total length 70 mm. 

Gold Coast; Liberia. 

I have examined numerous specimens, collected by the 


late Mr. R. B. N. Walker and identified by Dr. Giinther. 


Barbus camptacanthus. 


Puntius (Barbodes) camptacanthus, Bleeker, Nat. Verh. Vet. Haarlem, 
xvill. 1868, no. 2, p. 111, pl. xxiii. tig. 2; Sauvage, N. Arch. Mus. 
(2) iii, 1880, p. 48, pl. iii. fig. 2. 

Barbus camptacanthus, Giinth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 134 (1868). 

Depth of body 3 to 3} times in total length, length of 
head 3} to 4 times. Snout rounded, longer than the eye in 
the adult, as long as the eye in the young; diameter of eye 
34 (young) to 5 times in length of head, interorbital width 
24 to 23 times; mouth inferior, its width about 4 length of 
head; lips moderately developed, interrupted on the chin ; 
barbels two on each side, equal in length, 1 to 14 times 
diameter of eye, which equals the distance between them. 
Dorsal II1 8, last simple ray flexible, not enlarged, # to 3 
length of head; tree edge of the fin slightly emarginate ; its 
distance from the occiput a little less than its distance from 
the caudal fin. Anal III 5, longest ray 3 length of head. 
Pectoral # to # length of head, not reaching ventral; latter 
below anterior rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 14 to 14 
times as long as deep. Scales 21-25 *¥, 21-3 between 
lateral line and ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle. 

Recently preserved specimens, of which a number were 


West-African Species of Barbus. 35 


brought home from Fernando Po by Mr. Seimund, are of a 
dark olive-green above, shading to golden on the sides, and 
white beneath ; scales of the sides dark at the base, most of 
those of the lateral line with a black spot at the base ; a more 
or less distinct dark lateral stripe, usually expanding and 
more intensely black in front and on the caudal peduncle ; 
all the fins, vertical and paired, bright vermilion. 

Small nuptial pearl-like tubercles on the side of the head, 

Total length 155 mm. 

The types of this species are from Fernando Po. I have 
examined numerous specimens from that island, and others 
from the Benito River, Gaboon district, and the Kribi and 
Ja Rivers, 8. Cameroon. 


Barbus teniurus. 
Barbus teniwrus, Boulenger, P. Z. 8. 1903, i. p. 24, pl. ii. fig. 2. 


Depth of body 34 to 34 times in total length, length of 
head 3? to 4 times. Snout rounded, 3} to 4 times in length 
of head; diameter of eye 4 to 4} times in length of head, 
interorbital width 24 to 24 times; mouth inferior, its width 
3 to 34 times in length of head; lips moderately developed, 
interrupted on the chin; barbels two on each side, anterior 14 
to 13, posterior longer, 12 to 2 diameters of eye, the distance 
between them equal to diameter of eye. Dorsal III 8, last 
simple ray ossified and moderately strong, but much thicker 
than the first branched ray, as long as or a little shorter than 
head; free edge of the fin emarginate; its distance from the 
occiput much less than its distance from the caudal. 
Anal III 5, longest ray 2 to 2 length of head. Pectoral 2 to 
& length of head, not reaching ventral ; latter a little posterior 
to origin of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 14 to 2 times as long 
as deep. Scales 24-27 +, 24-3 between lateral line and 
ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle. Olive-brown above (in 
spirit), yellow on the sides and below; a series of black dots 
on the lateral line, and a black band on each side of the 
caudal peduncle; fins white. 

Small nuptial pearl-like tubercles on the side of the head. 

Total iength 120 mm. 

South Cameroon (Efulen, Kribi River). 

Very closely allied to B. camptacanthus, some specimens 
of which it resembles exactly in coloration. Differs in the 
usually more slender form, the longer posterior barbel, and 
the thicker last simple ray of the dorsal fin. 


3% 


86 On anew Mormyrid Fish from South Cameroon. 


V1I.—Description of a new Barbus from the Uganda 
Protectorate, By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. 


Barbus Portali. 


Depth of body equal to length of head, 32 to 4 times in 
total length. Snout rounded, longer than the eye, which is 
4 to 43 times in length of head and about 1} times in inter- 
orbital width ; ; mouth terminal, its width about 4 4 length of 
head ; lips moderately developed, interrupted on the chin ; ; 
barbels two on each side, anterior 14 to 13, posterior 2 to 24 
diameters of eye, the distance between them about 3 diameter 
of eye. Dorsal ITI 7, last simple ray strong, ossitied, coarsely 
serrated behind, much shorter than the head ; free edge of 
the fin not emarginate ; its distance from the occiput. less 
than its distance from the caudal fin. Anal IIL 5, longest ray 
4 to Z length of head. Pectoral $ to ¢ length of head, not 
reaching ventral; latter below. anterior rays of dorsal. 
Caudal peduncle 14 to 12 times as long as deep. Scales 
29-31 zi, 3 between lateral line and ventral, 12 round caudal 
peduncle. Yellowish, back olive-brown; a dark greyish 
lateral stripe with or without two or three blackish blotches 
in its course ; fins whitish. 

Total length 100 mm. 

Five specimens were obtained by Mr. R. B. Woosnam near 
Fort Portal, 12 miles east of Ruwenzori, in a small stream at 
an altitude of 4500 feet. This small stream is a tributary 
of the Mpanga, which flows into Lake Ruisamba, and runs 
fairly swiftly over rocks and gravel. ‘The only other fish 
captured in its waters by Mr. Woosnam is Clartas Carsont, 
Bler., originally described from Fwambo, 21 miles 8.8.E. of 
Lake Tanganyika, and since rediscovered in Lake Victoria, 

Barbus Fortali is nearly related to B. zanzibaricus, Peters, 
but differs in the much longer barbels. B. carpio, Pfeff., has 
a deeper body, fewer scales, and shorter barbels. 


Vil.— Description of a new Mormyrid Fish from South 
Cameroon. By G. A. BouLenGer, F.R.S. 


Marcusenius Batesii. 


Depth of body equal to length of head, 4} to 5 times in 
total length. Head once and } as long” as deep; snout 


On a new Tree-Viper from Mount Ruwenzori. 37 


rounded, } length of head; mouth small, subinferior, its width 

length of head; a very distinct mental swelling; teeth 
small, notched, 5 or 6 in the upper jaw, 6 in the lower ; 
nostrils midway between eye and end of snout, the anterior 
on a level with the centre of the former, the posterior on a 
level with its lower border; eye small, ? length of snout, 4 
interocular width. Dorsal 16-17, originating above fifth ray 
of anal, its length about 4 of its distance from the head. 
Anal 22-23, a little nearer root of caudal than base of ventral. 
Pectoral pointed, about ¢ length of head, once and 4 length 
of ventral, not reaching base of latter. Caudal with pointed 
lobes. Caudal peduncle 2} or 22 times as long as deep, a 


little shorter than head. 68-70 scales in the lateral line, 7 
in a transverse series on the body, $1? in a transverse series 
between dorsal and anal, 16 round caudal peduncle. Uniform 
brown, somewhat lighter beneath. 

Total length 145 mm. 

Two specimens from the Kribi River, Efulen, South 
Cameroon, from Mr. G. L. Bates’s collections. 

Most nearly allied to AZ. sphecodes, Sauv., and MW. brachis- 
tius, Gill. Distinguished from both by the number of scales 
round the caudal peduncle, which is less slender. This new 
species may be regarded as intermediate between J/. brachis- 
tus and M. pauciradiatus, Stdr. 


VIII.—Deseription of a new Tree-Viper from Mount 
Ruwenzort. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. 


Atheris Woosnamt. 


Snout truncate at the end, with sharp canthus. Hye 
rather small. Rostral twice and a half to three times as 
broad as deep; head-shields sharply keeled, 8 to 10 across 
the crown from eye to eye; 12 to 15 scales round the eye; 
one or two series of scales between the eye and the labials ; 
nasal entire or divided; 10 upper labials ; three or four pairs 
of small chin-shields, anterior largest and in contact with 
three or four lower labials; gular scales smooth or very 
faintly keeled. Scales strongly keeled, in 25 to 30 rows. 
Ventrals 151 in males, 158-162 in females; anal entire ; 
subcaudals 49-52 in males, 44-47 in females. Olive-green 
to bright grass-green above, usually with a dorsal series of 


38 Mr. W. Wedekind on Alternation of 


Jarge black rhombs which may be confluent into a zigzag 
band ; a lateral series of smaller black spots; a A- or A-shaped 
black marking on the top of the head, the point between the 
eyes; a black streak on each side of the head, from above 
the nostril to above the last labial shield; lower parts 
uniform yellowish or pale green; end of tail black or blackish. 

Total length 630 mm. ; tail 85. 

Several specimens were obtained by Mr. R. B. Woosnam 
on the east side of Ruwenzori, between 6000 and 6500 feet 
altitude. ‘This fine snake may sometimes be seen coiled up 
round the stem of elephant-grass 10 feet above the ground. 
It is viviparous. 

This species is well characterized by its smaller eye, its 
sharp canthus rostralis, and its smooth or nearly smooth 
gular scales. 


IX.—Alternation of Generations, Metamorphosis, and 
Direct Development. By W. WEDEKIND*. 


In my previous writings on the subject of parthenogenesis I 
have already pointed out that, in my opinion, so-called asexual 
reproduction was everywhere the primitive method, and that 
it is only in the course of phyletic development, through the 
series—segment, bud, spore, and female and male partheno- 
ovum,—that at last the ovum needing fertilization and the 
sperm belonging to it have arisen therefrom. It follows, 
therefore, that all organisms with sexual reproduction must 
be derived from asexual ancestors. According to the bio- 
genetic law of recapitulation this phylogeny must also very 
generally have been repeated in the ontogeny, and I would, 
moreover, venture to assume that in earlier epochs the course 
of the entire ontogeny was not yet by any means so rapid as 
it usually is to-day. It therefore follows from our theory 
that the ancestral stage of asexual reproduction must formerly 
have still been displayed in the development of each indi- 
vidual, and that it was only gradually that it became more 
and more suppressed, 

According to this interpretation, then, in the first instance 
from every fertilized ovum at least an asexual generation 
must again have developed, and only from this has there 
arisen once more the ultimate form with sexual reproduction. 


* Translated by E. E. Austen from the ‘Zoologischer Anzeiger,’ 
Ld, xxix. Nos. 25/26 (March 6, 1906), pp. 790-795, 


Generations, Metamorphosis, Le. 39 


In other words, alternation of generations was universally 
the most primitive form of ontogeny, and consequently it 1s 
not of merely secondary origin through selection, but, on the 
contrary, it has persisted only here and there. ‘I'hus, on thie 
basis of the theory of descent and the biogenetic law of re- 
capitulation we arrive at this simple explanation: — alternation 
of generations is (nothing more than) the ontogenetic repetition 
of the phylogenetic progressive developnent from lower 
organisms with asexual reproduction into higher species with 
dissociated sexual products. In this way, too, the different 
varieties (heterogony &c.) are easily intelligible. 

When, in consequence of continued acceleration of the 
ontogeny, the first asexual generation produces, instead of 
the previous numerous progeny, only a single offspring, and 
when, moreover, this single descendant no longer severs itselt 
from the mother, but proceeds from it more or less con- 
tinuously, the ontogeny assumes the form of metamorphosis. 
The latter has therefore arisen from alternation of generations 
by a process of constant abridgement; and thus we can 
shortly define metamorphosis as a curtailed alternation of 
generations. 

In all cases, then, it is only through continuous acceleration 
of the ontogeny that direct development, as we find it to-day, 
has arisen from alternation of generations and metamorpliosis. 
Direct development is everywhere the secondary process, 
which in consequence of its great rapidity is also well-nigh 
incomprehensible, whereas it is much easier for us to picture 
to ourselves phylogeny, which is a million times slower, and 
also an earlier and less rapid ontogeny. 

In this way, therefore, alternation of generations and 
metamorphosis lose all that was previously inexplicable and 
become easily intelligible to us by means of the theory of 
descent, when we regard them simply as ontogenetic recapitu- 
lations of the development of the species. They are no new 
processes, which have only arisen at a later date, but, on the 
contrary, the oldest forms of ontogeny, which, on a further 
development of the organic world, should it chance to occur 
later on, will tend towards direct development, but have not 
originated from the latter. ‘heir occurrence to-day represents 
only tie last remnants of earlier and probably much more 
widely diffused conditions, just as is the case as regards 
modern parthenogenesis. 

A material advantage of this mode of interpretation, there- 
fore, is that it is nowhere necessary for us to assume the 
existence of a cwnogenesis, with retarded and altered develop- 
ment. Ontogeny consequently makes no detours, but merely 


40 Mr. W. Wedekind on Alternation of 


goes on developing continually in a tachygenesis which 
becomes constantly more and more accelerated. 

Moreover, up to the present it has nowhere been shown 
that the retardation of ontogeny is only secondary. Fritz 
Miiller, too, who is much quoted to this end, certainly brings 
forward in his well-known memoir many an instance of 
tachygenesis, and also maintains that development is 
frequently falsified by the struggle for existence which tlie 
free-living larvee had to undergo; he remarks that this point 
needs no further elucidation, since it is self-evident, &c., Kc. 
The author in question states that it is easy to understand 
how even a direct course of development may again be trans- 
formed through the struggle for existence into a development 
with metamorphosis. But in no passage of his work does 
Miiller adduce any fact whatever in favour of this assertion, 
any more than the point has previously been proved by other 
authors. ‘To me, too, that nature in so many instances should 
have made such a retrograde step is anything but “ self- 
evident” and ‘easy to understand”; and still less can I 
picture to myself the znner causes of such a process, especially 
since I have long ago abandoned the pious belief of my 
scientific childhood in the omnipotence of selection. 

The “utility”? also of such a retarded development is 
absolutely incomprehensible tome. Forwhat have butterflies, - 
for instance, to gain from the fact that, with a more protracted 
caterpillar life, they are so much the longer exposed to the 
danger of being devoured before they reach the final goal of 
their development? Or wherein are they benefited by 
previously as caterpillars eating up the very plants upon 
which they subsequently want to live as butterflies ? 

And so probably in all cases the harmfulness of a slow 
development can be demonstrated at least equally as well as 
the advantage ; and even when the latter is really present, it 
still need not on that account be an originating cause, but is, 
as I interpret it, merely the external stimulus, which, in the 
case of the species in question, has led to the longer ontogeny 
persisting until the present day. 

In almost every instance, however, a species must derive 
the greatest advantage from completing its developmental 
stage as quickly as possible, in order afterwards to continue 
to live quite a Jong time as an adult animal. Among insects 
I need only remind the reader of the highly organized 
Hymenoptera, of which the metamorphosis 1s no longer so 
“complete” as is that of the beetles, butterflies and motlis, 
&e. ‘Lhe metamorphosis, e. g. in the case of the bees, which, 
in contrast to that exhibited by the other orders referred to, 


Generations, Metamorphosis, Le. 41 


lias already undergone considerable reduction, surely bears 
witness to the general striving after a constantly shorter 
tachygeny, although, from internal causes of which we are 
still ignorant, in the case of many lower animals this has not 
yet advanced so far as direct development. 

As the weightiest objection to my interpretation I shall 
naturally again have to encounter the views on phylogeny 
which are held to-day. In the case of the lowest orders 
among the Tunicata we find direct development : consequently 
the alternation of generations in the higher Tunicata, which 
are evidently derived from the former, can only be a secondary 
acquisition, And likewise in the case also of the higher 
insects, since they are said to be derived from their lower 
relations which have direct development, “complete” meta- 
morphosis can only be of secondary origin. 

In opposition to this line of argument, however, I would 
call attention to the self-evident truth that in no class of the 
animal kingdom does there obtain a relation of direct descent 
between its existing higher and lower orders, and to this rule 
the Tunicates and Insects form no exceptions. The ancestral 
form of the Tunicata was consequently not in all points 
identical with the Appendicularid of the present day, but 
must at least have had a divergent attribute in common 
with the higher Tunicates. And thus we may naturally 
just as well imagine these Archi-Tunicates as in other 
respects entirely similar to the Appendicularide, but with 
asexual reproduction. A portion of these, the present 
Appendicularid, then branched off to one side quite early, 
and displayed a very rapid and precocious transition to 
sexuality, so that they, perhaps evey in consequence of this 
over-speedy advance to sexual life, subsequently remained 
stationary at a lower stage of the development of the phylum. 
On the other hand the majority, while retaining asexual 
reproduction for a longer period, continued perhaps on that 
account slowly but nevertheless surely to make progress in their 
phylogenetic development, until in their case also a conclusion 
was reached with the attainment of sexuality in the higher 
orders. Moreover, this phylogeny of varying length was 
subsequently retained in the ontogeny also. Since no otlier 
material difference any longer existed between the ancestral 
form with asexual and the present Appendicularide with 
sexual reproduction, ontogeny, too, was easily able to proceed 
to direct development, while the less rapid phylogeny of the 
higher orders has left its traces in their ontogeny even at the 
present day. 

Similarly, too, the “typical archi-normal Insect” was, in 


42 Mr. W. Wedekind on Alternation of 


my opinion, (not provided with wings and) not dicecious. 
This ancestral form must rather have been represented by 
somewhat worm-like creatures, which (just as, indeed, many 
worms still do) reproduced themselves asexually and gave 
rise polyphyletically to the different orders. From these, too, 
there then very early branched off a portion, which likewise 
again, precisely because it precociously developed the con- 
dition of separate sexes, also remained stationary at the lowest 
stage; while the remainder, again in consequence of longer 
retention of the asexual mode of reproduction, had time to 
undergo further phyletic improvement, and only at the con- 
clusion of their various orthogenies also became parthenogenetic 
or dicecious as the case may be. Here also the phylozeny of 
varying length is then reflected again in a reduced or 
“complete” metamorphosis, while the latter itself represents 
no more than the “ welding together ” of the two primitive 
generations, 

It appears exactly as though the transition to sexual repro- 
duction is also universally connected with a pause in the 
orthogeny, so that, if the latter takes place rapidly or 
prematurely, the whole of the rest of the organization also 
generally remains stationary at a lower stage, while the slower 
attainment of sexuality in the phylogeny likewise allows time 
for a higher orthogeny. ‘Lhe one condition directly entails 
the other, and I would term this phenomenon shortly the law 
of precuocity (prematurity). A more rapid ontogeny, a direct 
development, conscquently only shows that the earliest stages 
of the asexual ancestors were already abandoned at a very 
early period, but not that they had been altogether wanting ; 
and it may also very well be that traces of them are still to 
be discovered even at the present time. 

Naturally my theory is not capable of direct proof, any 
more than is the opposite view. I think, however, that my 
theory is simpler and more natural, since by means of it, 
indeed, we at once get rid of the entire cenogeny, and need 
only imagine the ontogeny as baving been accelerated, but 
not as having subsequently been altered, by side influences. 

In this way also we should surely find less difficulty in 
understanding the manifold transitions, which still frequently 
occur especially between alternation of generations and meta- 
morphosis, and with regard to which we may be in much 
doubt as to whether we are still confronted with a reduced 
alternation of generations or have before us an already 
commencing metamorphosis. They are all just gradations 
of one and the same phenomenon, which pass without a 
break one into the other, and with which hitherto the majority 


Generations, Metamorphosis, de. 43 


of authors have not known how to deal correctly. Brandes 
alone, in his new edition of Leuckart's work on ‘ Parasites,’ 

speaks on one occasion of a “ masked” alternation of genera- 
tions ; but otherwise such intermediate stages are ‘always 
interpreted as “commencing” alternation of generations, 
But still it is by no means quite clear how such a view can 
be taken. There certainly can be no question of orthogeny, 
and, on the other hand, neither can any value whatever be 
attributed to such “ beginnings ” from the point of view of 
selection. ‘Thus it is consequently in all probability more 
correct to regard them simply as purposeless remnants, and 
so to consider them as we do the rudimentary organs, which, 
indeed, were equally conundrums before Darwin’s time. In 
the embryological works of the last few years will be found 
the description of many a phenomenon which from this point 
of view would be much more readily intelligible. 

The regenerative faculty, too, is thus perhaps capable of 
being interpreted simply as the rudiment of an earlier asexual 
mode of reproduction. The ability to produce from their 
asexual cell-material anew and distinet individual has gradually 
been lost by the higher animals (and this is how I account 
for metamorphosis also) ; but at least they have still retained 
the power of continually bringing the old individual up to its 
normal condition. ‘This, then, probably also explains why it 
is precisely organisms with undiminished asexual reproduc- 
tion (thus, the plants in an especial degree) that do not 
regenerate ; and hyper-regeneration, too, is surely easy to 
understand when we regard it as a more powerful remnant of 
an earlier asexual reproduction. 

It may be that thoughts like these, have already occurred 
to one naiuralist or another, and that it was only Tunicates, 
Insects, &c., that hitherto have always led to their being 
abandoned again. On that account I have already dealt with 
this main objection in the present paper, while I must defer 
the further development of my theory in fuller detail until 
somewhat later, in connexion with my thesis on partheno- 
genesis and arbitrary determination of sex in the higher 
animals. For it all hangs together, one thing follows from 
the other, and everything rests upon a mutual basis. The 
entire development of the organic world is to my mind 
purely orthogenetic process, consisting in continually ad- 
vaneing ‘‘sexual dissociation” of the primitively latent- 
hermaphrodite (so-called asexual) original condition. Without 
such a “sexuality” of the organic world, a natural force, 
therefore, which has hitherto been disregarded, we shall, in 
my opinion, be unable to furnish a complete explanation of 


44 Dr. N. Annandale on new Barnacles. 


organic life; but with a working hypothesis of this kind we 
at least advance a step or two further. 

Just as little as we can explain the magneto-electric 
phenomena by means of mechanics alone, so do we find that 
these two no longer suffice for the organic phenomena; on 
the contrary, in their place also we must now assume the 
existence of a special form of energy, upon which, from its 
most conspicuous quality, [ bestow the designation “sexuality.” 
In this force there is, of course, just as little of the super- 
natural as in the other forces of nature. And that it is 
likewise already capable of being expressed in figures and 
is subject to mathematical treatment I shall shortly show 
elsewhere in a paper on the mathematical equations of the 
partheno-ova and their fertilization. 


X.—Natural History Notes from the RI.M.S. Ship ‘In- 
vestigator, Capt. T. H. Heming, R.N., commanding. — 
Series LII., No. 18. Twonew Barnacles dredged in 1903-6. 
By N. Annanpate, D.Sc., Indian Museum, Calcutta. 


Genus DicHELASPIS. 
Dichelaspis transversa, sp.n. (Figs. 1, 1 a.) 


Capitulum bullate, with the orifice on the upper surface 
and almost parallel to the base, with a well-defined lobular 
projection on each side of the orifice at its upper extremity, 
with three complete valves and traces of a second pair. Scula 
linear, sinuous or curved, short, uncleft ; carina narrow, very 
short, almost straight, somewhat variable, without either a 
disk or a fork at its base; terga totally uncalcified, repre- 
sented by a pair of amorphous chitinous patches. Pedunele 
stout, constricted above, as long as or longer than the 
capitulum. 

Mandible with five teeth; the four innermost short, 
simple, subequal; the outermost large, sharply pointed, 
widely separated from the others. 

Penis longer than body, very stout, constricted distally 
and ending in a bunch of fine, curved, filiform processes ; 
the whole organ densely covered with rings of minute, laterally 
flattened, triangular, chitinous spines, which havea flattened 
depressed base; a few larger chitinous structures with a 
subconical base and a recurved distal poimt scattered, with 
some short bristles, near the distal extremity. Anal ap- 


Dr. N. Annandale on new PBarnacles. 45 


pendages moderate, rounded distally, with a complete fringe 
of long stout hairs on the posterior and distal margins. 


mm, zs 
Length of capitulum ........ 4 
Breadth AI rn are 3'5 
Length of peduncle.......... 7 

Fig. la 


Locality. Northern end of Persian Gulf, shallow water. 
Numerous specimens on the gills of Neptunus pelagicus, 
together with specimens of D. Vaillanti, Gruvel *, which was 
described from a specimen of the same crab from Suez. 

D. transversa is allied, as regards it® external characters, 
to C. W. Aurivillius’s D. bullata +, from which the presence 
of a carina at once distinguishes it. The latter species was 
described from the gills of a Javan Paliuurid. 


Dichelaspis bathynomi, sp.n. (Fig. 2.) 


Capitulum amygdaloid, compressed, with seven valves. 
Carina uarrow, feebly expanded below, fully calcified at the 
base only ; the basal arm short, almost in contact with the 
scutum distally. TZerga large, fully calcified round the 
umbo, subtriangular, but rounded above; the occludent 
margin much shorter than the other two, the scutal margin 
straight or shghtly sinucus. Scuta large, completely divided ; 
the occludent section horn-shaped, pointed below, truncated 


* Nouv. Archives Mus. Paris, (4) vi. (1902). 
+ Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. xxvi. no. 7 (1894), 


46 Dr. N. Annandale on new Barnacles. 


or rounded and in contact with the tergum above ; the inner 
section irregularly triangular, broad at the base, pointed 
above, shorter than the outer section; the whole plate feebly 
calcified except round the umbo. Peduncle stout, almost 
cylindrical, annulated, shorter than the capitulum. 


Penis as long as the body, slender, tapering, minutely 
annulated, with a short process on the upper surface at the 
distal extremity. Anal appendages nearly reaching the 
junction of the rami of the sixth cirri above, rather slender, 
with a fringe of very long hairs on the upper third of the 
posterior margin and at the tip. 

Mandible with five teeth; the two innermost close 
together, small; the next two subequal, moderate; the 
outermost large, sharply pointed, not so widely separated 
from the others as in some species. 


Length of capitulum ........ 
Breadth Sites mame Oe a8 4 
Length of peduncle.......... 4 


On a new Species of Parnassius. 47 


Locality. Off the south-east coast of Arabia; 555 fathoms. 
Several specimens on the pleopods of Bathynomus giganteus. 

This species appears to be related to D. Hoeki, Stebbing *, 
which was found on the gills of an American Palinurid. 


XI.—Deseription of a new Species of Parnassius. 


By F. Moors, D.Sc., F.Z.S. 


Parnasstus Balucha. 


Male.—Upperside milk-white. Fore wing with the costal 
border basally irrorated with black scales, the basal area 
densely black-scaled ; a dense black bar across middle of the 
cell, but not touching the median vein; a shorter black bar 
at upper end of the discocellular vein, followed close beyond 
by an irregular-shaped, longer, outwardly oblique bar, 
enclosing three crimson spots, this latter bar extending from 
the first subcostal branch to upper median branch, and its 
inner edge very slenderly joined to the discocellular bar by 
black scales along the intervening veinlets ; the outer margin 
of the wing is bordered by a black-scaled decreasing band, 
which is broad anteriorly and slender posteriorly, and is 
traversed by a series of seven white rounded spots—one each 
placed between the veins, the upper one being more inwardly 
positioned towards the costa, the outer marginal edge of the 
black band formed of diagonally-quadrate portions, each of 
the latter meluding its contiguous cilia. Hind wing with 
the base and upper part of the abdominal margin black- 
sealed ; a small black-scaled crimson-centred spot on middle 
of anterior margin and a similar discal spot beyond the cell ; 
a slightly defined blackish-scaled submarginal series of five 
slender incurved lunules, the lower three being less defined, 
and each joined at the veins to a similar black-scaled marginal 
line, which is posteriorly broken between the veins, and at the 
vein-tips include their contiguous cilia. Thorax and abdo- 
men blackish, clothed with long white hairs; front of head 
and palpi clothed with grey hairs; antenne greyish, the tip 
white. 

Underside white. Fore wing with the three black bars as 
on the upperside, but broader, the blackish-scaled outer band, 
as on upperside, indistinctly defined, its most distinct portion 
being that between the upper and middle median veinlets. 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv. p. 18 (1895). 


“ 


48 Mr. G. J. Arrow on new Coleoptera 


ITind wing with the costal and discal spot as on upperside, 
and two crimson-centred lineally-conjoined lunules on middle 
of the abdominal margin ; the basal area of the wing, a broad 
zigzag fascia across the inner discal area, and a similar outer 
discal fascia speckled with minute black scales, the basal 
fascia enclosing two outwardly placed anterior crimson spots, 
also one within the cell and another on the abdominal 
margin; the outer discal fascia is edged by a slender sub- 
marginal black line incurved between the veins and joined to 
a similar marginal line with black points at the vein-tips, 
these latter including their contiguous cilia, 

Expanse, ¢, 2} inches. 

Hab. Baluchistan. 

Several specimens, all males, were obtained by Mr. O. C. 
Ollenbach, between Quetta and Nushki, at 5000 feet elevation. 

The nearest ally to the above species appears to be Parn. 
maxima, Staudinger, from Samarkand. 


XI1.—On Three remarkable new Melolonthid Coleoptera 
from Sumatra and Borneo in the British Museum. By 
GILBERT J. ARROW. 


NEMATOPHYLLA, gen. nov. 


Caput latum ; clypeus brevis; labrum bilobatum ; mandibule crass, 
obtuse, dentibus molaribus magnis, striatis; maxille cornee, 
bilobate, lobis bidentatis, palpis maxillaribus longis, gracilibus, 
articulo ultimo securiforme ; mentum subquadratum, medio pro- 
funde sulcatum et utrinque leve elevatum ; antenne maris 10-, 
foemine 9-articulate, illius articulis tribus ultimis longissime 
flabellatis, articulis 3°-7™ brevissimis, 2° paulo majore, 1° sat 
longo; pedes graciles, unguibus medio dentatis, tibiis anticis 
tridentatis, coxis anticis parvis, vix transversis ; segmenta abdo- 
minalia medio consolidata. 


Nematophylla rugosa, sp. 0. 


Rufo-fusea, paulo depressa; capite lato, crebre punctato-rugoso, 
oculis magnis, clypeo a fronte linea impressa parum distincta 
separato, antice subangulariter emarginato, margine vix reflexo ; 
prothorace lato, longitudinaliter aciculatim TUgOSO, medio leviter 
suleato, postice marginato, leviter sinuato, lateribus subtiliter 
crenatis, sat regulariter arcuatis, postice valde contractis, angulis 
fere rectis; scutello fere squilaterali, velutino; elytris multo 


from Sumatra and Borneo. 49 


ineequalibus, crebre punctato-rugosis, angulis humeralibus fere 
rectis, lateribus ubique paulo arcuatis, callis apicalibus carinatis ; 
pygidio haud magno, triangulari, «equaliter grosse et crebre 
punctato; corpore indumento velutino plus minusve vestito, 
setisque minutissimis nonnullis sparsuto. 


Long., ¢ 10°5, 9 12°5 mm. 


flab, N.E. Sumatra, Indragiri River. 

A pair of this pretty little insect was found by Mr. Row- 
land Taylorin 1895. It has the general aspect of Lachnosterna 
and Brahmina, from which it is impossible to dissociate it in 
spite of important divergences. Its very short and prominent 
anterior coxe infringe the primary characteristic of the true 
Melolonthini, with which the fused abdominal segments and 
general structure connect it. Its most striking feature is the 
enormously elongate club of the male, consisting of three equal 
joints almost as long as the elytra. The scape is about as 
long as the six joints forming the stipes taken together, 
these being very short, but slightly increasing in diameter as 
they approach the club. In the female the club is extremely 
short, and between it and the elongate first joint there are 
only five joints, which are not compressed as in the male, but 
are conjointly a little longer than the scape. The prothorax 
is finely rugulose, the scutellum smooth and velvety, and the 
elytra very irregular, with shallow depressions, variolose 
punctures, and strong carine near the apices. The organs of 
the mouth are rather peculiar, and the claws have a strong 
curved tooth about the middle. ‘The legs and underside are 
everywhere strongly punctured, and there is a greyish bloom 
partially covering the sterna, abdomen, and elytra. 


Octoplasia gigantea, sp. n. 


Robusta, elongata, corpore supra et subtus longe et erecte fulvo-hirto, 
pygidio abdominisque medio nudis, nigra, elytrorum parte poste- 
riore corporeque subtus rufis, abdomine pallidiore; ecapite lato, 
clypeo leviter bilobato, grosse punctato, margine reflexo, fronte 
rugose punctata, sicut prothorace atque elytris, longe et parce 
hirsuta ; prothorace crebre punctato, punctis majoribus piliferis 
interspersis, lateribus crenatis, piliferis, post medium valde angu- 
latis, angulis anticis paulo productis; scutello lato, fortiter punc- 
tato; elytris longis, sericeis, sat fortiter punctatis, costis latis, 
levibus, piliferis, marginibus exterioribus antice reflexis ; pygidio 
glabro, fortiter punctato; prosterno postice tuberculis duobus 
divergentibus acutis instructo. 

Long. 43 mm.; lat. max. 20 mm. 


Hab. Borneo, Mount Dulit. 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 4 


50 Mr. K. Andersen on the Bats of the 


Two species of this genus, both inhabiting Borneo, have 
previously been described. ‘The present one agrees with them 
in all its essential characters, but is much larger, and, indeed, 
is by far the largest of the great Lachnosterna group known 
to me. In its general form and colour it is like O. princeps, 
Sharp, but the long erect hairs with which the upper surface 
bristles distinguish it from all its congeners, now three in 
number. These hairs arise from very large punctures which 
are scattered irregularly over the prothorax and front of the 
head, but upon the elytra are confined to the smooth slightly 
elevated coste. Another peculiar feature is found in the 
shape of the prosternal process, which has the unusual form 
of a transversely placed crescent, the two extremities of which 
are acutely pointed but not much elevated. 

A single specimen was found by Mr. Charles Hose. 


Octoplasia prolix 1, sp. 0. 


Valde elongata, castanea, capite nigro, femoribus flavis, supra glabra, 
pectore dense flavo-hirto; capite lato, clypeo leviter bilobato, 
impunctato, margine reflexo, fronte crebre punctata, lateribus 
parcissime sed longe hirsutis ; prothorace grosse sat crebre punc- 
tato, medio paulo impresso, lateribus crenatis, piliferis, regulariter 
arcuatis, haud angulatis, angulis anticis acutis, posticis rotun- 
datis; scutello grosse punctato; elytris longissimis, levibus, 
parum punctatis, costis sat distinctis, fere impunctatis, marginibus | 
exterioribus haud reflexis; pygidio fortiter crebre punctato; 
processu prosternale breve, conico. 

Long. 36 mm.; lat. max. 15 mm. 


Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu (Whitehead). 

I have seen only a single specimen of this also. It is 
another large species, but is chiefly noticeable for its great 
elongation, the elytra being four times the length of the pro- 
thorax. They have no silky bloom like O. gigantea, and 
their puncturation is rather feeble. Their lateral margins are 
bordered with a rather wide membrane, but are not reflexe |, 
as in the other species. 


XIII.—On the Bats of the Genera Micronycteris and 
Glyphonycteris. By Knup ANDERSEN. 


I. Mrcronycrerts, Gray. 
1856 *. Schizostoma, P. Gervais, Expéd. Castelnau Amérique du Sud, 


Mamm., livraison 15, sheet 7, p. 49.—Type: Schizostoma minutum. 


* The titlepage of the volume is dated 1855; on the probable dates of 
publication of the livraisons see C. Davies Sherborn and B. B. Woodward, 
Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) viii. p. 164 (Aug. 1901). 


Genera Micronycteris and Glyphonycteris. $i 


Name preoccupied by Schizostoma, Bronn, 1835, a genus of 


Mollusea. 
1866. Micronycteris, J. E. Gray, P.Z.S. p. 113.—Type: Micronycteris 
megalotis. 


The subjoined characterization is confined to the features 
in which Micronycteris differs from Glyphonycleris :— 

Skull *.—Facial portion, immediately in front of orbits, 
not conspicuously inflated. Basioccipital pits, antero- 
internally to cochlez, shallow. 

Dentition +.—? not especially modified (compare Glypho- 
nycteris). Upper canines not shortened, their vertical being 
about twice their antero-posterior basal diameter. The 
“heel” of p® represented only by a very narrow cingulum. 
Inner border of the cingulum of p' with a distinct shallow 
emargination, dividing the cingulum into an antero-internal 
(“cusp 6” [) and a postero-internal tubercle (‘cusp 7”). 

Hars.—Conjoined by a transverse band across the head. 
Outer margin of ear-conch uot distinctly concave in its 
upper half. 

Chin.—A triangular naked space (in skins and alcohol 
specimens often contracted to a deep furrow), flanked by 
two oblique warts, converging downwards. 

Wings.—Tbird and fourth metacarpal subequal in length, 
fifth the longest. First and second phalanx of third digit 
subequal. 

Species.—Four species were catalogued by Dobson in 
1878: M. hirsuta, megalotis, minuta, Behni. Since that 
time the following three species have been described : M. 
brachyotis (Dobson, 1879), M. microtis (Miller, 1898), M. 
hypoleuca (J. A. Allen, 1900). I have satisfied myself that 
M. Behni is a Glyphonycteris ; the same is probably the case 
with M. brachyotis ; ard M. hypoleuca is appareutly indis- 
tinguish«ble from M. minuta. ‘The genus Micronycteris, as 
here restricted, therefore comprises the following four 
species: M. megalotis, microtis, minuta, and hirsuta. 

Range.—F rom 8. Brazil and Peru to Mexico. 


* The skull of M. minuta is figured in ‘ Expéd. Castelnau Amérique 
du Sud,’ Mamm., pl x. figs.4,4a@. The skull of MW. megalotis in Dobson's 
“Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus.’ pl. xxvi. figs. 3, 3a, 36 (1878); and in Herluf 
Winge’s “ Jordfundne og nulevende Flagermus fra Lagoa Santa,’ E Museo 
Lundii, ii. pt. 1, pl. i. fig. 1 (1892). 

+ I write the dental formula of Micronycteris, Glyphonycteris, and 
allied genera as follows :—™ °° __ 29 F4 mi mim’, 

1g 13 c Po P3 Ps mM, My, Ms 

¢ On the probable homologies of the cusps of mammalian teeth, see 
Herluf Winge, “Om Pattedyrenes Tandskifte iseer med Hensyn til 
Teendernes Former,’ Vidensk. Medd. Naturhist. Foren. Kbhvn. 1882, 
pe: 15-69, pl. ili. ; and a series of papers by the same author in E Museo 

undii, 

4= 


>) | 


bo 


Mr. K. Andersen on the Bats of the 


1. Micronycteris megalotis, Gray. 


Teeth.— pz higher than p3 and p43 p; and p, subequal in 
height (ps, often a trifle lower) ; p; in cross-section at base a 
little smaller than p,.—p’ about half the height of the canine ; 
p® and p* subequal in height. Tip of the principal cusp of p* 
situated only very slightly in front of a vertical line through 
the middle of the base of the premolar; vertical diameter of 
p® about equal to antero-posterior basal diameter ; external 
surface of p® convex. 

Ears.—Long and broad, reaching beyond the tip of the 
muzzle when laid forwards. Cross-strize on ear-conch faint 
and rather ill-defined; number about 13-14; distance 
between uppermost and lowermost stria about 11 mm. 

In the fully adult male the transverse band between the 
ears is triangular in shape, 7. e. low laterally, triangularly 
raised in the middle ; a small notch at the middle of the upper 
margin of the band (the top of the triangle). Immediately 
behind the band, in the fronto-parietal region, a triangular 
groove bordered by a horseshoe-shaped elevation of the skin ; 
the median, triangularly projecting portion of the band, when 
laid backwards, fits exactly to the triangular groove, as the 
lid to a box; tufts of long hairs on the posterior surface 
of the “lid.” The bat is no doubt able to cover and uncover: 
the groove by moving the band forwards and backwards. 

In females and young males the transverse band is much 
lower, not conspicuously higher in the middle than laterally ; 
the frontal groove is absent or, at most, very ill defined. 

The frontal groove (which, to my knowledge, has not been 
described by previous writers) is evidently analogous to 
the frontal sac in many species of Hipposiderus. The posi- 
tion is the same; the long hairs recall the hair-tuft in the 
Hipposiderus sac ; and, as in the majority of Hipposideri, the 
apparatus is characteristic of the male sex. A frontal con- 
cavity almost identical in structure and position is found in 
the males of an Oriental species of Nyctinomus (N.johorensis). 

Nose-leaves.— Lancet long, 7. e. its extreme length about 
equal to 1} its width at base. 

Wings.—Forearm practically naked ; some short, scattered 
hairs are observable on very close inspection. Wing- 
membranes inserted on the ankles or the base of the meta- 
tarsus. Length of forearm 31°8-38 mm. 

Foot and calcar.—The foot is comparatively small, equal 
to 4 or 3 the length of the lower leg. Calcar long, always 
longer than the foot, and always much more than half the 
length of the lower leg. 


Genera Micronycteris and Glyphonycteris. 53 


Tail and interfemoral.—The postcaudal portion of the 
interfemoral is longer than the tail, from the anus to the tip 
of the last vertebra. 

Colour.—There are two extremes in the colour of the 
fur :— 

(1) Upperside Prout’s brown with a tinge of russet ; base 
of hairs pure white or washed with ecru-drab. Underside 
wood-brown, base of hairs scarcely lighter. 

(2) Upperside dull dark brown without any trace of russet 
tinge; base of hairs pure white or washed with ecru-drab. 
Underside hair-brown. 

The extremes are connected by several transitional stages. 
The variation in colour is independent of the locality and, as 
it seems, of the age of the individuals. 

Range.—The same as that of the genus. 

Remarks.—The large p; and p’*, the median position of the 
principal cusp of p®, the very small notch at the middle of 
the upper margin of the ear-band, the practically naked 
forearm, the long hand, the small foot, long calcar, long 
postcaudal interfemoral, and darker-coloured underside of the 
body readily distinguish this species from M. minuta. From 
M. hirsuta it differs by its smaller size and higher ear-band, 
from M. microtis by its much darker colour. 


la. Micronycteris megalotis, f. typica. 


1842. Piyllophora megalotis, J. E. Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. x. (no, 65) 
p- 257; Dec. 1842.—Type: ¢ imm., in alcohol; Brazil; Britisi 
Museum (unregistered). 

1842. Phyllostoma elongata, J. F. Gray, ibid. p. 257; Dec. 1842.— 
Type: ad., skin; Brazil; British Museum (no. 42. 8.17.8). Name 
preoccupied by Phyllostoma elongatum, Geoflroy, 1210. Indistin- 
euishable from the type of Phyllophora megalotis. 

1855. Phyllostoma scrobiculatum, J. A. Wagner, Schreber’s ‘ Saug- 
thiere,’ Suppl. v. p. 627.—New name for Phyllostoma elongata, 
Gray (= Phyllophora megalotis, Gray). 

Subspecific characters. — Tooth-rows shorter. Forearm 

and metacarpals shorter. 
Details.—This southern form of M. megalotis differs from 
M. m. mexicana in the following particulars :— 

The skull is slightly smaller (see measurements *, pp. 64— 
65) ; the mandible shorter; the tooth-rows shorter; upper teeth 
6°8-7°3 mm., as against 7°4-7°8 in mexicana. The length of 


* Only the following measurements require some explanation :— Lars, 
length from base of zzner margin to tip. IIL, [V.?, V.*, measured without 
the terminal cartilaginous rod. Skull, total length and basilar length, 
to front of canines (not to front of incisors). Upper and lower teeth, 
exclusive of incisors. 


o4 Mr. K. Andersen on the Bats of the 


the forearm varies between 31°8 and 36°2 mm., in mexicana 
between 35°2 and 38; in the southern form the average 1s 
34°4, in the northern 36. The metacarpals are shorter: in 
the southern form the third metacarpal measures 25°8-29°8 
mm., in mexicana 29-32°7.—Iu every other respect (in- 
cluding the colour of the fur) the two races are alike. 

Specimens examined.—32, from the following localities :— 
Pereque, S. Paulo (2); Sumidouro, Minas Geraes (1) 
S. Lorenco, Pernambuco (2); Chapada, Matto Grosso (2) 
R. Jurua, Amazonas (2); R. Perene, Junin, Peru (2) 
Kanuku Mts., B. Guiana (7); S. Esteban, Venezuela (2} 
Trinidad (2); Tobago (4) ; ‘ Brazil” or uncertain localities 
(6).—18 skulls, from practically al] the localities enumerated. 

Range. —From 8. Brazil and Peru, through Guiana and 
E. Venezuela, to Trinidad and Tobago. 


1b. Micronycteris megalotis mexicana, Miller. 


1898. Micronycter’s megalotis mexicanus, Gerrit S. Miller, Proc. Ac. 
Nat. Sci. Phil. 1898, pt. ii. pp. 829-31 ; Nov. 8, 1898.—Type: Q ad., 
in aleohol; Plantinar, Jalisco, Mexico; U.S. Nat. Mus. “Separated 
by Miller on account of its longer wing. 


Subspecific characters.—Tooth-rows longer. Forearm and - 
metacarpals longer. : 

Details.—See the typical race, above. 

Specimens examined.—11, from :—Bogota region, Colombia 
(6) ; Duefias, Guatemala (2) ; Bay of Honduras (1); Mexico 
(2).—9 skulls, from all the localities enumerated. 

Range.—From Bogota, through Central America, to 
Mexico. 

Remarks.—The examples recorded by Mr. Miller were 
from various places in 8S. Mexico (Oajaca, Colima, Jalisco) ; 
the British Museum material shows that this larger race 
has a much wider distribution. Judging from the series 
available, it would seem that it reaches its climax (i. e. its 
maximum size) in Central America. 

Truly intermediate specimens between the southern race 
and mexicana 1 have not seen; but three skins from 
Maipure, Orinoco, thus from a border region between the 
areas of the two races, are perhaps intermediate in external 
dimensions (forearm 35-35°8 mm.; third metacarpal 28-7- 
28°8) ; the skull of one of the individuals is, however, quite 
pronounced mexicana (upper teeth 7°8 mm. ) ; the two other 
skulls have been lost. 


Cenera Micronycteris and Glyphonycteris. 


Or 
Vt 


2. Micronycteris microtis, Miller. 

1898. Micronycteris microtis, Gerrit S. Miller, Proc. Ac, Nat. Sci. 
Phil. 1898, pt. ii. pp. 328-29, 331; Nov. 8, 1898.—Type: ¢ ad., 
skin and skull; Greytown, Nicaragua; U.S. Nat. Mus. The only 
specimen recorded, 

The species is known to me from the published account 

only. 

The principal characters, according to Miller, are these :— 
Ears considerably shorter than in megalotis ; inner surface of 
ear-conch with eight sharply defined cross-ridges, crowded 
into the space of 5 mm.* Colour of the fur, both dorsally 
aud ventrally, wood-brown, with nearly white bases to the 
hairs. General size small: forearm 31 mm. 

Other external features, as well as the dentition, essentially 
as in M. megalotis. 


3. Micronycteris minuta, Gervais. 


1856. Schizostoma ninutum, Paul Gervais, Expéd. Castelnau Amérique 
du Sud, Mamm., livraison 15, sheet 7, p. 50, pl. vii. fig. 1 (whole 
figure) ; pl. x. figs. 4, 4a (skull and dentition).—Type from Capella 
Nova, Brazil; Paris Museum. 

21900. Micronycteris hypoleuca, J. A. Allen, Bull, Amer. Mus. N. H. 
xiii. pp. 90-91; May 12, 1900.—Type: 9 ad., skin without skull; 
Bouda, Santa Marta region, Colombia; New York Museum; the 
only specimen on record.—Characters, according to Dr. Allen: 
* About the size of .W. minuta, but white below instead of ashy, and 
the basal portion of pelage above white instead of ashy white.” But 
British Museum examples (skins) of M. minuta from Brazil are, 


* Are the ears of the type specimen of M. microfis undamaged? My 
reason for raising the question is this:—In the proportionate size of the 
ears and in the cross-markings of the conch ™. hirsuta is similar to M. 
megalotts. Butin two british Museum examples of JL. hirsuta the ears 
are very short, reaching only a little beyond the eyes when laid forwards, 
and the cross-markings on the inner surface of the conch are very strongly 
defined and crowded into a space of 6-7 mm.; they are, on the whole, 
puzzlingly like the type of ear described by Mr. Miller in M. microtis. 
ut the ears of these two VW. Airsuta have indubitably been singed (the 
b .ts may have been caught while trying to esc.:pe {rom a burning tree, 
or, perhaps more likely, been found dead in a hole of a partially burnt- 
down tree); though very much shrunk they have, however, preserved 
their oriyinal shape ; they have simply contracted into scarcely 3 their 
natural size, and, as a consequence of that, the cross-markings have 
become very sharply defined, prominent beyond the plane of the conch, 
and crowded into a small space, and the ear-conch thick and stiff. Is the 
satce, perhaps, the case with the ears of the only specimen known of 
M. microtis? If so, M. microtis is very closely related to VW. megalotis, 
differing, as it seems, only in the much lighter colour of the fur (which, 
however, may be indicative of a light phase only) and, perhaps, a slightly 
smaller size. 


56 Mr. K. Andersen on the Bats of the 


some of them white, others greyish white below, and have the basa 
of the hairs of the upperside white. If, therefore, there is no other 
difference between M. hypoleuca and M. minuta, the former cannot 
be distinguished from the latter. I understand from Dr. Allen’s 
description that he had no example of M. minuta for comparison. 


Teeth.—p; much lower than p,, only a little higher than 
the cingulum of p .—p* much lower than p*, only a little 
higher than the cingulum of the canine. Principal cusp of 
p® situated near the anterior end of the tooth; vertical 
diameter of p® markedly shorter than antero-posterior basal 
diameter; external surface of p’ concave. 

Ears.—Essentially as in M. megalotis: long and broad, 
extending beyond the tip of the muzzle when laid forwards. 
Cross-strize on ear-conch faint and rather ill-defined ; number 
about 11-12; distance between uppermost and lowermost 
stria about 10 mm. 

In the fully adult male the transverse band between the 
ears is as high as, or, rather, still higher than, in the male of 
M. megalotis; but the median notch is extremely deep, 
reaching practically to the base of the band, thus dividing it 
into two distinct triangular lobes. A coat of long hairs on 
the posterior surface of the band. Frontal groove as in the 
male of M. megalotis. 

Spirit-specimens of females are not available for examina- 
tion. 

Nose-leaves.—Kssentially as in M. megalotis, but lancet 
comparatively a trifle shorter, its extreme length being on 
average equal to about 1} its width at base. 

Wings (compare the wing-indices below, p. 65).— The 
metacarpals are proportionately shorter than in M. megalotis ; 
an inspection of the measurements (below, pp. 64-65) will 
show that whereas M. minuta has the forearm of precisely the 
same length as M. m. mexicana, its metacarpals are as short 
as in the small southern race, M. m. typica; this, together 
with a shortening of the proximal phalanges, makes as a 
tutal result a proportionately shorter hand in M.minuta. The 
second phalanx of the fourth digit is practically equal to the 
first phalanx (in M. mega/otis decidedly shorter than the first 
phalanx). 

The muscular part of the forearm is densely haired. 
Membranes inserted on the ankles or the extremity of the 
tibia. Forearm 36-37°5 mm. 

Foot and calcar.—The foot is comparatively large, much 
more than 4 the length of the lower leg. Calcear short, 
always shorter than the foot, aud less than } the length of 
the lower leg. 


Genera Micronycteris and Gly phonycteris. 57 


Tail and interfemoral.—The postcaudal portion of the 
interfemoral is shorter than the tail. 

Colour.—Above as in M, megalotis, below cousiderably 
lighter. Upperside Prout’s brown, base of hairs white ; 
underside whitish or greyish white in the middle, drab on 
the flanks. 

Range.—Brazil, from Santa Catherina in the south to 
Para in the north. Extending to Colombia, if M. hypoleuca 
is identical with M. minuta. 

Specimens examined.—11, from:—Santa Catherina (3) ; 
Para (4) ; ‘‘ Brazil”’ (4). 

Remarks.-—On hasty inspection M. minuta bears no small 
resemblance to M. megalotis. The two species are practically 
alike in the shape of the skull, in the ears and nose-leaves, 
and in the general size; M. minuta is not, as its technical 
name might suggest, smaller than M. megalotis. But 
M. minuta differs in the following important respects :— 
In the very conspicuous reduction ‘of p; and p®; in having 
the transverse band between the ears divided into two separate 
triangular lobes ; in having the proximal half of the forearm 
densely haired; in the proportionately shorter hand; in the 
larger foot, short calcar, short postcaudal imterfemoral, and 
ligiter-coloured underside of the body. 


4. Micronycteris hirsuta, Ptrs. 


1869, Schizostoma hirsutum, Peters, MB. Akad. Berlin, p. 397.—Type: 
3 ad., in alcohol ; locality unknown; Paris Museum. 


Skull—Similar in shape to the skull of M. megalotis and 
M. minuta, but much larger, and brain-case less vaulted and 
raised above the facial region, the profile-line, from the 
uppermost point of the brain-case to the nasals, therefore 
less concave. 

Teeth. — Cutting-blade of # markedly less compressed 
antero-posteriorly than in MM. mega/otis and minuta. Upper 
premolars as in M. megalotis. Almost the same is the case 
with the lower premolars : p» slightly higher than p,, which 
is slightly higher than p,. 

Ears.—Proportionate size as in M. megalotis and minuta ; 
number of cross-ridges 13-14, covering a space of about 
1] mm. 

Transverse band between ears, in both sexes, very low, 
straight (not higher in the middle), and without median 
notch. There seems to be no frontal groove (the two 
specimens examined of this very rare bat are in a bad state 
of preservation). 


Ce 


Mr. K. Andersen on the Bats of the 


Nose-leaves.—Lancet proportionately shorter, its extreme 
length only a little longer than its width at base. 

Wings.—Wing-structure almost precisely as in M. mega- 
lotis, the only noteworthy difference being the somewhat 
shorter metacarpals. 

Forearm haired almost to the extremity. Membranes 
inserted very nearly on the ankles. Forearm 435-45 mm. 

Calcar.—Slightly longer than the foot. 

Specimens examined.—Pozo Azul, Costa Rica, 200 m. 
(g ad., 9 ad.). One skull. 

Range. an yet known from Costa Rica only. 

Remarks.—Vhe large size of M. hirsuta prevents its con- 
fusion with any other species of the genus. 


II. Grypenonycrerts, Thos. 


1896. Glyphonycteris, Oldfield Thomas, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xviii. 

pp. 3801-2; Oct. 1, 1896.—Type: Glyphonycteris sylvestris. 

Skull.— Facial portion, immediately in front of orbits, very 
conspicuously inflated. Anterior nasal openings more hori- 
zoutal in position than in Micronycteris, directed chiefly 
upwards. Basioccipital pits, antero-internally to cochlee, 
very deep. 

Dentition—? very pronouncedly chisel-shaped, its cutting- 
blade broad from side to side, extremely thin antero-poste- 
riorly. Canines short, their antero-posterior basal Boh: 
equal to their vertical diameter. Inner cingulum of 
developed into a conspicuous rather broad “heel” ; tip of 
the principal cusp of p*® anterior in position, situated in a 
vertical line through the front end of the base of the pre- 
molar ; antero-posterior basal much longer than vertical 
diameter. Inner margin of the cingulum of p* conver; no 
distinct “cusp 6.” 

Ears —Not conjoimed by a transverse band across the 
head. Outer margin of ear-conch distinctly concave in its 
upper half. 

Chin —As in Micronycteris. 

Wings.—Third and fifth metacarpal subequal in length, 
fourth the shortest. Second phalanx of third digit from 14 
to 1} the length of the first phalanx. 

A comparison with M. megalotis and hirsuta = M. minuta 
the hand is peculiarly shorteued) will readily show how this 
modification of the wing-structure has been effected (see 
wing-indices, below, p. 65) :-—In Glyphonycteris the fourth 
metacarpal has, very nearly, the same proportionate length 
as in M. hirsuta, whereas the fifth and, still more, the third 


Genera Micronycteris and Glyphonycteris. 59 


have increased in length, making as a total result the fifth 
and third metacarpal subequal, the fourth the shortest. In 
Glyphonycteris the first phalanx of the third digit is 
shortened, the second correspondingly lengthened ; in other 
words, the joint between the two phalanges has been removed 
in proximal direction (compare wing-indices of G/ypho- 
nycteris and M. megalotis). ‘The joint between the first and 
second phalanx of the fourth digit has been similarly removed 
in proximal direction, making the latter phalanx decidedly 
longer than the former. 

Species.—The genus was’ based on G. sylvestris. Au 
examination of the British Museum material has convinced 
me that Peters’s M. Behni is a Glyphonycteris; the same is 
probably the case with Dobson's M. brachyotis. 


Range.—From Brazil (Matto Grosso) and Peru through 
Guiana to Central America. 


1. Glyphonycteris Behni, Ptrs. 
1865. Schizustoma Behnii, Peters, MB. Akad. Berlin, pp. 505-8.— 
Type: @ ad., in alcohol; Cuyaba, Brazil. 

Skuli and teeth.—Sce the diagnosis of the genus. 

Ears.—Short ; not reaching the tip of the muzzle when 
laid forwards. Cross-strie faint, rather ill-defined ; number 
about 10 (?), covering a space of about 9 mm. 

Nose-leaves.—Essentially as in M. megalotis, the extreme 
length of the lancet being equal to about 15 its width at 
base. 

Wings.—Forearm practically naked. Membranes from 
the ankles. Length of forearm about 45-47 mm. 

Calcar.—Shorter than the foot and very nearly equal to 
half the length of the lower leg. 

Tail and interfemoral.—The postcaudal interfemoral seems 
to be equal to the length of the tail (the available specimens 
are somewhat damaged). 

Specimens examined.—River Cosnipata, District of Puno, 
S.E. Peru (2, skins in alcohol). One skull. 

Range.—As yet only recorded from Cuyaba (Matto Grosso) 
and Cosnipata. 


2. Glyphonycteris sylvestris, Thos. 


1896. Glyphonycteris sylvestris, Oldfield Thomas, Ann. & Mag. IN: HT: 
(6) xviii. pp. 302-3; Oct. 1, 1896.—Type: ¢_ad., skin; Miravalles, 
Costa Rica; British Museum (no. 96. 10. 1. 2). 

Specific characters—Similar to G. Behni, but smaller. 

See the measurements below, pp. 614-65. 


60 Mr. K. Andersen on the Buts of the 


Colour.—Hairs of upperside with four alternating rings of 
dark brown and whitish; the extreme base, next to the skin, 
white ; a broad ring of blackish brown; a broad ring of 
white or yellowish white; narrow tips of hairs approaching 
clove-brown. Fur of underside dark brown at base, greyish 
drab at tip. 

Range.—As yet only known from the type specimen, 
obtained at Miravalles, Costa Rica. 


3. Glyphonycteris brachyotis, Dobson. 

1879 *. Schizostoma brachyote, Dobson, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 880.—Type 

from Cayenne; Paris Museuw ; the only specimen on record. 

The species is known to me from the published account 
only. 

Dobson did not examine the skull; the dentition is not 
described in detail; the presence or absence of a transverse 
band between the ears is not mentioned, nor is there any 
accurate information as to the proportionate length of the 
metacarpals. 

Notwithstanding these deficiencies in the description of the 
species, I think there can be little doubt that it is a member 
of the genus Glyphonycteris :—(1) The cusp of the first upper 
premolar (p®) is, aecording to Dobson, “very oblique, 
touching the canine” ; this probably means that the tooth is 
remarkably long in antero-posterior direction, and the cusp 
situated at the front eud of the tooth, as in Glyphonycteris : 
(2) the ears (“much shorter than head,’ tip ‘ obtusely 
pointed”) are as in G Behni, not as in a Micronycteris : 
(3) Dobson’s omission of any reference to the ear-band is 
probably an indication that it is absent: (4) the second 
phalanx of the third digit is much longer than the first 
phalanx, also one of the features of Glyphonycteris iu contra- 
distinction to Micronycteris: (5) unfortunately Dobson only 
gives measurements of the third and fifth digits, but the 
wing-indices, as derived from these measurements, are more 
in accordance with those of Glyphonycteris than with those 
of Micronycteris. 

G brachyotis seems to be precisely of the same size as 
G. sylvestris, but the calcar is stated to be longer than the 
foot. 

Range.—Cayenne. 


~> 


* The paper was read before the Zoological Society on Noy. 6, 1878, 
but probably not published until April 187), 


Genera Micronycteris and Glyphonycteris. 


Synopsis of the Forms. 


p' with a distinct cusp 6, (7? not very pronouncedly 
chisel-shaped.) Basioccipital pits shallow. <A 
transverse band between the ears. 38rd and 4th 
metacarpals subequal, 5th the longest. Iirst and 
second phalanx of third digit subequal ........ 

Wars extending beyond the tip of the muzzle when 
laid forwards, 
Smaller: Maxillary tooth-row about 6-5-8 mm. 
Forearm about 51-38. 

Pp; as high asp,. p* ashighasp*', Transverse 
band between ears undivided.  Calcar 
longer than foot (c. u.). Postcaudal in- 
terfemoral longer than tail. Forearm 
practically naked. Underside of body 
GHEE t isi ii. wt cles : 

Maxillary tocth-row 
it ots TUS che Ee Sen Bee eae a ee 
Maxillary tooth-row 7:4-7'°3. Forearm 
BMe-OO ies ke e's Hite eee tree 

ps much lower than p,. p*® lower than p*. 
Transverse band between ears divided 
by a deep median notch into two triangular 
lobes. Calcar shorter than foot. Post- 
caudal interfemoral shorter than tail. 
Muscular part of forearm haired. Under- 
Blaerorpody lighter 2.5 esi lilecs se eves’ 

Larger: Maxillary tooth-row about 9:5. Fore- 
SMM CG, Ans OAD ye a ws, os Se syne oe oe es 

Ears not extending beyond the tip of the muzzle 
when laid forwards *. Cross-ridges on ear- 
conch sharply defined, crowded *. Fur wood- 

brown. Small: forearm about 31 mm 

No distinct cusp 6 top. (2° very pronouncedly chisel- 
shaped.) Basioccipital pits very deep. No 
transverse band between the ears. 38rd and 5th 
metacarpals subequal, 4th shortest. Second 
phalanx of third digit considerably longer than 
LAS) Ae (aa eee . 

Calear shorter than foot. 
Warcamarso—47 TAM Fc eee ee ee 
Forearm about 405 mm. .. 

Calcar longer than foot. 


6'8-7:38., Forearm 


Sliepstevele « 


ey ula talre! iC wihey aim a) (e) (eile) 0) 5) /0 


Forearm about 40°5 mm. 


General Remarks. 


Micronycteris. 


M. megalotis. 


M. 


m. typica. 


.m. mevicana. 


M. 


minuta. 


M., hirsuta. 


M. microtis. 


Glyphonycteris. 


G. Behni. 
G. sylvestris. 
G. brachyotis. 


’ M. megalotis.—The two races of M. megalotis are of some 


interest from a distributional point of view. 


A vast longitu- 


dinal tract of S. America, from the Llanos of Venezuela io 
the Pampas of Argentina—now the Orinoco Valley, the 
Upper Amazons with numerous affluents, and the Parana 
River system—was, as well known, in a late geological epoch 


* See footnote on p. 55. 


62 Mr. K. Andersen on the Bats of the 


a sea, which, however, probably was subdivided into a 
northern and southern portion, communicating by a compa- 
ratively narrow sound between the Ceutral Brazilian and 
Bolivian highlands. The bed of the northern part of this 
ancient sea forms, approvimately, the geographical line of 
separation between the two races of M. megalotis: broadly 
speaking, we find south, south-east, and east of that line 
(Brazil, Guiana, Venezuela) M. m. typica ; west and north- 
west of the ancient sea-bed (Colombia, through Central 
America to Mexico) M. m. mexicana.—lUater on, the passage 
from the Central Brazilian highlands must have been easy to 
Bolivia and Peru, likewise from Venezuela some distance 
north-westwards (and to coast-islands, as Trinidad and 
Tobago). That on other points, too, some shifting of the 
areas in the course of time has taken place is only what was 
to be expected. It is, uo doubt, in a comparatively late 
period that the species has spread through Central America 
to Mexico. 

M. minuta—M. minuta is very closely related to M. mega- 
lotis ; the complete resemblance in the skulls, in the ears 
and nose-leaves, the strong development of tlhe ear-band, and 
the presence of a frontal groove in both species tend to show 
that their common origin cannot lie very far back. But in 
the strong reduction of p; and p®? M. minuta has reached a 
higher stage than any other species of the genus. ‘The more 
complicated ear-band (probably making the ears more inde- 
pendent of each other in their movements) and the shortening 
of the tail are also evidences of a higher specialization. 

M. hirsuta.—So far as the premolars are concerned, 
M. hirsuta is practically on the same level as M. megalolis 
(though there is, perhaps, a slightly more pronounced 
tendency to reduction of p3). But the inner upper incisors 
(7?) are much less compressed antero-posteriorly, thus 
without that approximation to chisel-shape so evident in the 
other species; the skull is less vaulted; and the band 
between the ears very low. Its origin from the Micro- 
nycteris stem may, therefore, be assumed to date back toa 
time when these three peculiarities were not carried so far as 
in the now living M. megalotis. . 

Glyphonycteris—Some of the peculiarities which entitle 
Glyphonycteris to the rank of a distinct genus are already 
foreshadowed in Micronycteris. In M. megalotis and minuta 
the cutting-blades of the upper inner incisors (i) are 
conspicuously compressed in antero-posterior direction ; in 
Glyphonycteris this feature is carried to an extreme. In 
M. minuta the principal cusp of p* is situated very near the 


Genera Micronycteris and Gly phonycteris. 63 


front of the tooth and the vertical is shorter than the antero- 
posterior basal diameter ; the same is the case in Glypho- 
nycteris, but at the same time the inner cingulum (heel) of 
p® is more developed. The canines and premolars, both in 
the upper and lower jaw, are peculiarly low, and the antero- 
internal tubercle of p* (cusp 6) has disappeared (probably 
fused with cusp 7). In all these features Glyphonycteris has 
evidently arrived at a higher degree of specialization than 
Micronycteris.—The shallow depressions in the basioccipital 
of a Micronycteris have become deep pits in G/yphonycteris ; 
the anteorbital region is inflated. This, too, is a further 
development of peculiarities already present, to some small 
extent, in Micronycteris.—Certain external characters also 
bear evidence of a higher specialization: the lengthening of 
the fifth and third metacarpals (making the fourth the 
shortest) and the lengthening of the second phalanges, more 
particularly the second phalaux of the third digit.—But in one 
respect, at least, Glijphonycteris seems to be more primitive 
than any known Micronycteris : in Glyphonycteris there is no 
transverse band between the ears; in MW. hirsuta the band is 
low, in M. megalotis high, in M. minuta both high and 
complicated in structure. 

The general result of the study of Glyphonycteris may be 
epitomized as follows :—It has probably originated from the 
Micronycteris stem at a period when the transverse band 
between the ears was still not developed ; in certain characters 
of the skull, in the dentition, and wing-structure it has taken 
a course of its own, thereby partly further developing such 
peculiarities as can already he traced in Micronycieris.—Vhe 
three species of Glyphonycteris are very closely allicd. 

The probable interrelations of the bats reviewed above are 
illustrated in the subjoined diagram :— 


minuta. 


megalotis. ee 


7 


hirsuta. “A 


> Gly shonycteris. 


OF 


“ULI 


(dosqog aqyy) 
od AT, 


| "sepoh'yonag *) 


£6 
Ol 
OF 
GET 
L.OT 
g.Ag 
GS 
8-61 
BEI 
Loe 


OF 


tate 


"srugsaaghs *0) 


| £01 


pe 

GIt 8-01 
L6OE = ¢.68 
SET BAT 
Gl BT 


8-98 


L1G OG 
Cl GH 
USE ¢-8E 


Che. Fd 


8h 
a4 14 
ey) 9 
a a 
861 Gl 
8-F1 FI 


“ULUL “THU 
‘xUTY “UNL 
“TOYS {I 


‘sqnpr ZG 


2Uyag “D 


O1 
GIT 9-91 
8ST GOT 
8o§ 4.¢¢ 
Ch OF 
ag SS 
Ge ns 
9 ng 
mbeaned “W101 


UH 


ANE EEL 
‘s][Npr Z 


tl 8-17 FI 
Gel I 9-1 
66 L9% 9G 
GLE 96 1g 
G g.p Binet 
rs a capi 
8.9 9 oa 
GG G 8G 


g.c] apie 


“ULL “UU 


“XV “UL, 


“Sy [MAYS 9 


(9TH 1097) 
‘sq[npv g 


rad Ay, 


DINS ALY "JT 


DNnUrUL “A “SJ 0400UL “AT 


“SJUamaInsDIY) JO 2)QD], 


L8 
Lot 


GEE GO 
GOL G6 


801 
0g 

8 BL 

Pl 


Set Let 
L&B~ — 6% 
8 Bag 


aioe Fe 
OG oF 


8 GL 
eG 86g 
G.CT FI 
GALT GT 
*ULUL “WU 
XV “UIT 


“STINYS 6 
‘sq[npe QT 
“PUDIVIUW 


E35 
aR 
86 
9% 
L 
BGI 
Bl 
8.UG 


B1b 


co 


OD US 
~ 


=< 


us & 
ON 


> 
al 


~ 


10 


Se 
ao Gp 
BL GQ 
LG = QF 
AGT ast 
81 GT 
“ULUT “Ula 


‘xUyY UNL 


*STINYS QT 
*syjupev oF 
“pordliy *} 


‘syopvhau “py 


rrenneenes Uy 
[edanowjaut We 


teneausnananenouacernsrsvaesesenens 6 Ay 
1Al 
ed amonyau typ 
SAnerres el 


toresseenenevserreees arty 
ndanoryant pag 


mrereeeess TLIO 


| 
|eeeserereesesveses 
} 


} Oot eee eee teeeee (pia ‘OOUSOSLOT] 

} etme nnee . sees yIpia a 

ee eeeeee sereececesees qyS U9] aounry 
eee eeeeneee Pecesveresece yy309] ‘BN DRL, 
Oe eee eee wee eee ewes qypim ae 


qysuey] ‘qouod-au5y 


| “oRJeW UVC 


608 
REG 
OCG 
19 


KN 


OCG 
Gls 


GLe | 
cog | 


AL 


‘ORJOUL YF 


4S 

CIR 
ORL 
ZPR 


| L&T CLE 
| 92% gage 
Hie 2G CHS 


NGG * 


POP 


678 
986 
1ee 


6§ 


OodT 
OOOT saan dodbbone 5a000h; om 
OOOT 
OOOT 


WIT *s III 


C.0Té 
GC] 


C8 

8-6 
ST 
Oté 

¢-6¢ 


até 


CG 


‘saoup-hur jf 


L-6 are 
o¢ | oa : 
1G ec 


| 
TID | 


‘ORIOL PAG 


‘ OR LCR CORY § 


SLUpsaajhs pure wmyagq 4 
DINSAY * AT 
DYN IV * AT 
seb eeecasceces tessa opp haut Ah 


= 


"+ W490} oMOrT 
** yoo) aoddq 
S1o TP USN 
 SOULUBD JO RINSUID ssooR — “ 
‘ * UPI [Ryiqtooqun  * 
 ygpra Aauyixeut =“ 
“*  ugprm onyemondz 
see nee cme eeenes TIP ploysuur “ 
Y sue] avpiseq =“ 
yASuey [eyo4 “WAYS 


AwO]RO 
Serr y ye ir) SMPIO yyIM OXON | 
eee eee emer eee eee een ee 59} IOMOTT 


Trereesesees THTOUIOJLOJUL [BPNKOISOT 
ee Co 


Lien) 


st. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Ili 


66 Mr. C. T. Regan on new 


X1V.—Descriptions of Five new Freshwater Fishes from 
Sarawak, Borneo, collected by Dr. C. Hose. By C. Tate 
Reean, B.A. 


Barbus Hosii. 


Depth of body 32 in the length, length of head 3}. Snout 
a little shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 3} in the 
length of head, interorbital width 2. Cleft of mouth ex- 
tending to below anterior margin of eye; Jaws equal ante- 
riorly ; 2 barbels on each side, the posterior somewhat the 


53 


longer, nearly } the length of head. Scales 36 3, 24 between 
lateral line and root of ventral. Dorsal IIL 7, its origin 
equidistant from tip of snout and base of caudal; third 
simple ray not enlarged, 3 the length of head. Anal III 5, 
when laid back reaching the base of caudal. Pectoral nearly 
reaching the ventral; ventrals originating below the middle 
of dorsal, extending nearly to the vent. Caudal forked. 
Caudal peduncle as long as deep. A dark vertical stripe 
above the root of the pectoral, covered by the opercular flap ; 
scales dark at the edges ; fins pale. 

Baram District. 

A single specimen, 78 mm. in total length. 


Cosmochilus falcifer. 


Pharyngeal teeth simple, obtuse, 5.3.2—2.3.5. Depth 
of body 22 in the length, length of head 4. Snout a 
little longer than eye, the diameter of which is 3% in the 
length of head, interorbital width 22. Mouth not or scarcely 
extending to below the nostril; lower jaw shorter than the 
upper. Upper lip with 4 series of papillie, the outer series 
produced as short barbel-like processes; lower lip with 
similar fringes ; anterior barbel about ? the length of head, 
posterior barbel nearly as long. Scales 36-39 =, 5 between 
lateral line and root of ventral. Dorsal 1V 8, its origin 
slightly nearer to tip of snout than to base of caudal, the 
fourth simple ray enlarged, articulated throughout and with 
serrated posterior edges, very elongate, when laid back ex- 
tending to the caudal; anterior branched rays rapidly 
decreasing in length, the free margin of the fin deeply con- 
eave. Anal III 6. Dorsal and anal fins scaly at the base. 
Pectoral nearly reaching the ventral; ventrals originating 


Freshwater Fishes from Borneo. 67 


nearly below the origin of dorsal, extending to the veut. 
Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle a little longer than deep. 
Olivaceous ; scales with dark edges ; dorsal and caudal 
dusky. 

Baram River. 

Two specimens, each 160 mm. in total length. 

This is the second species of the genus Cosmochilus, 
Sauvage, established in 1878 for a Siamese fish, C. Harmandt. 


Liocassis baramensis. 


Depth of body 42 in the length, length of head 33. Head 
13 as long as broad. Diameter of eye 9 in the length of 
head. Suout obtusely pointed, a little more than 4 the 
length of head, projecting beyond the mouth. Nasal barbel 
nearer to eye than to tip of snout, when laid back not 
reaching the eye; maxillary barbel 4 the length of head, 
extending to below the eye; head covered with smooth 
skin ; occipital process twice as long as broad, separated by 
an interspace equal to } its length from the basal shield of 
the dorsal spine; clavicular process extending to the middle 
of the pectoral spine. Vomerine teeth in a curved uninter- 
rupted band, with the median posterior projection rudimen- 
tary. Dorsal17; spine feebly serrated behind, } the length 
of head. Adipose fin 13 as long as the base of the dorsal 
and greater than its distance from the latter. Anal 14. 
Pectoral spine a little more than } the length of head, with 
23 serre on its inner edge. Ventrals nearly reaching the 
origin of anal. Caudal forked. Least depth of caudal 
peduncle 13 in the distance from the base of last anal ray to 
that of the middle caudal rays, which is 53 in the length of 
the fish. Brownish, with 2 oblong pale areas ou each side 
of the posterior part of the body above the lateral line, the 
second small and well-separated from the first ; similar pale 
areas below the lateral line are confluent and the anterior meets 
that of the other side in front of the anal fin; fins more or 
less blackish at the base and with blackish intramarginal 
bands. 
Baram River. 
A single specimen, 190 mm. in total length. 


Liocassis Hosii. 


Depth of body about 5 in the length, length of head 3-34. 
Head 1? or 14 as long as broad. Diameter of eye 7-9} in 
the length of head. Snout obtusely pointed, } the length 


68 On new Freshwater Fishes from Borneo. 


of head, projecting beyond the mouth, Nasal barbel nearer 
to eye than to tip of snout, when laid back extending to the 
eye; maxillary barbel 3 to } the length of head, extending 
beyond the eye; head ‘covered with smooth skin ; occipital 
process about twice as long as broad, separated by an inter- 
space which is less than its own leneth from the basal shield 
of the dorsal spine; clavicular process extending to the 
middle of the pectoral spine. Vomerine teeth in a curved 
uninterrupted band, with the median posterior projection 
rudimentary or w ating. Dorsal I 7 ; spine feebly serrated 
behind, about } the length of head. Adipose fin 11-2 as 
long as the base of dorsal and equal to or greater than its 
distance from the latter. Anal 13-16. Pectoral spine about 
3 the length of head, with 16-21 serre on its inner edge. 
Ventrals nearly or quite reaching the origin of anal. Caudal 
forked. Least depth of caudal peduncle 2 23—23 in its length. 

Brownish; on each side 2 or 3 oblong pale areas both above 

and below the lateral line; fins blackish at the base and 
with blackish marginal or intramarginal bands; caudal, in 
addition, with a blackish spot on each lobe. 

Sibu, 
Six specimens, measuring up to 170 mm. in total length. 


Macrones baramensis. 


Depth of body 42 in the length, length of head 32. Breadth 
of head 14 in its length, diameter of eye 5. Snout 1 the 
length of head, broad, ‘obtuse, slightly projecting beyond the 
mouth. Palatine bands of teeth confluent with the small 
vomerine patch. Nasal barbel nearer to erd of snout than 
to eye, 3 the length of head; maxillary barbel extending to 
the posterior end of the adipose fin. Head covered with 
smooth skin; occipital process very long and slender, 6 times 
as long as broad, extending beneath the skin to the basal 
shield of the dorsal spine. Clavicular process not reaching 
the middle of the pectoral spine. Dorsal I 7, the spine 
weakly serrated behind, a little more than 3 the length of 
head ; anterior branched rays # the length of head. Adipose 
fin commencing at a distance from the dorsal which is equal 
to 2 the length of its own base, which is equal to its distance 
from the dorsal spine. Anal 1]. Pectoral spine about 2 
the length of head, with moderately strong serre on the 
inner edge. Ventrals not quite reaching the anal. Caudal 
forked. Caudal peduncle 1% as long as deep. Brownish, 
fins dusky. 

Baram river. 

One specimen, 150 mm. in total length. 


Descriptions and Lecords of Bees. 69 


XV.—Descriptions and Records of Bees.—NX1I1. 
By 'T. D. A. Cockrrett, University of Colorado. 


Nomada (Xanthidium) subrutila, Lovell & CkIl., 1905. 


Boulder, Colorado, at flowers of Pulsatilla hirsutissima, 
one ¢, May 1, 1906 (Marie Gill). 

This species was previously known by a single male taken 
in Maine. The Colorado example has the flagellum duller 
and distinctly deuticulate, and the b. n. passes a short distance 
basad of the t.-m., but they otherwise agree. In my table 
of Rocky Mountain species the insect runs to N. civilis, from 
which it is easily known by the denticulate flagellum and 
other characters. It is ncarest to N. lutevloides, “Robertson, 
and it is not unlikely that it will prove to be only sub- 
specifically distinct. 


Nomada pulsatille, sp. 0. 


? —Length about 7} mm. 

Red and _ black, mith no yellow anywhere ; mandibles 
simple ; head broad, facial quadrangle conspicuous'y broader 
than long; head red, with the cheeks posteriorly, a large 
patch enclosing the ocelli, the middle of front (enclosing no 
red spot), the region about antennae, and a broad mark 
extending halfway down sides of clypeus all black; the 
supraclypeal area is black, with a red spot; hair of head and 
thorax above fuscous, black on scutellum and scape; that on 
metathorax, pleura, and cheeks pallid; antennz long, en- 
tirely ferruginous, third joint about as long as fourth; 
mesothorax coarsely rugoso-punctate, red, with a broad 
median black stripe ; “scutellum red, flattish, aud not 
bilobed ; metathorax nearly all red except a broad median 
black band; pleura red; tegule shining coppery red, rather 
closely punctured. Wings very dark at apex, stigma ferru- 
ginous, nervures dark fuscous ; second s.m. not especially 
broad above ; b. n. a moderate distance basad of t.-m. Legs 
bright red, the coxze and trochanters marked with red, and 
the hind femora with two more or less suffused black stripes 
behind; hind tibiz and tarsi behind with fine golden 
tomentum. Abdomen broad, oval in form, very shiny 
chestnut-red, the hind margins of the first two segments 
strongly blackened, but not really banded; first segment 
with a broad black mark (enclosing a red dot) on each side 


70 Mr, T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and 


of base and a linear one in the middle; apical band of 
tomentum on fifth segment narrow; pygidial plate broadly 
rounded ; venter red, without markings. 

Hab. Boulder, Colorado, at flowers of Pulsatilla hirsu- 
tissima, April 20, 1906 (Cockerell). 

In the table of Rocky Mountain species (Bull. 94, Colo. 
Exp. Sta.) this runs to 68, and runs out because the abdomen 
has no yellow spots. From N. Packardiella it differs by the 
much broader abdomen, without yellow spots or distinct 
black bands, the golden pile on the entirely red hind tibiz, 
&e. From N. Clarkii it differs by its smaller size and the 
details of the coloration of the abdomen, but the two are 
closely allied. From WN. /atifrons it differs by the broad 
abdomen &c. It is also related to N. valida. 

There is quite a strong superficial resemblance (as seen 
without a lens) to N. polyacantha, Perez, from Barbary, but 
that species has the b. n. meeting t.-m., the mesothorax 


black, &e. 


Nomada undulaticornis, sp. u. 


3g .—Length about 8 mm. 

Black, lemon-yellow, and ferrugimous ; mandibles simple ; 
anterior coxee pointed at apex, but not spined ; head coarsely 
sculptured, black, with the labrum, base of mandibles , cly peus 
except upper lateral margins, and lateral face-marks (ending 
very narrowly on orbital margins below level of antennz), 
all yellow; facial quadrangle longer than broad ; pubescence 
of head and thorax rather abundant, pallid, with an ochreous 
tint, face with appressed silky hair; scape not greatly 
swollen, yellow in front ; flagellum yellowish ferraginous 
beneath, above black about as far as the eighth (antennal) 
joint; third antennal joint about as long as the “fourth, 
apical joint pointed ; joints 6 to 9 strongly undulate beneath, 
or, one might say, buberculate : mesethorax entirely black, 
very coarsely and contiuently rugoso-punctate; tubercles red ; 
a small red mark on anterior part of pleura ; scutellum 
strongly bigibbose (mammitorm), the gibbosities red ; meta- 
thorax eutirely black, rugoso- plicate basally ; tesulie red, 
dullish, closely punctured. Wings strongly ‘dusky at apex, 
stigma ferruginous, nervures fuscous; second s.m, rather 
narrow; b. n. going only just basad of the oblique t.-m. 
Legs red, coxve largely black, middle femora with the basal 
two fitths behind black ; hind femora mostly suffused with 
black on both sides. Abdomen broad, convex, dark red, 


Records of Bees. 71 


with the basal half of the first segment black, the apical 
margins of the first two segments infuscated ; the extreme 
bases of the second to fourth (at least) segments black; the 
second segment with a large yellow patch on each side, the 
third to fifth with yellow bands, very narrowly interrupted 
in the middle, the sixth with a large transverse yellow patch ; 
apical plate deeply notched, only moderately broad; venter 
with a few small yellow marks. 

Hab. Boulder, Colorado, at flowers of Pulsatilla hirsu- 
lissima, April 20, 1905 (IVY. P. Cockerell). 

I thought at first that this was the male of N. pulsatille, 
but there are so many differences that it seems best to regard 
it as distinct. In the table of Rocky Mountain species it 
runs to 62, but runs out because of the rather small size 
and red on scutellum. It is known from WN. vicinalis by its 
smaller size, total absence of yellow on thorax, &c. ‘There 
seems to be some affinity with N, denticulata, Rob. 


Nomada flammigera, sp. n. 


? .—Length just over 8 mm. 

Mandibles simple; head and thorax red, with black 
markings and no yellow ; abdomen narrow, light red, with a 
sericeous surface, and a round cream-coloured spot on each 
side of second segment, but no other light markings. Head 
broad, face conspicuously broader above than below ; Jabrum 
with a small tubercle; front above antenne broadly black, 
but no black at sides of clypeus; ocelli on a small transverse 
black area; cheeks posteriorly black ; antenne long, all red, 
except that the end of scape is black behind; third joint 
conspicuously shorter than fourth, but still much over half 
its length; hair of head and thorax very scanty above, but 
snow-white patches showing on cheeks beneath, lower part 
of pleura, metathorax, &c. ; mesothorax with a median black 
band, the red on each side of which is deeply incised by 
black auteriorly, producing the appearance of flames; 
scutellum and metathorax red, the latter with a rather weak 
black band; pleura and tubercles red; tegule light red. 
Wings dusky, especially at apex, with the usual light area; 
stigma and nervures fuscous; seconds.m. broad above, thiid 
narrowed almost to a point; b. n. passing far basad of t.-m. 
Legs red ; middle femora blackened at base; hind femora 
much blackened in front and behind; spurs creamy white ; 
basal joint of hind tarsi black, contrasting with the bright 
red tibia and the red small joints of tarsi. Abdomen without 


12 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and 


black above, except a couple of black spcts on each extreme 
side of first segment ; beneath, the first segment has a large 
black fish-tail mark, the prongs long, and the hind margins 
of the first two segments are suffused with dusky. 

Hab. N. Yakima, Washington State, May 15, 1903 
(Eldred Jenne). 

From Mr. Melander, with his no. 18. In the table of 
Rocky Mountain species this runs to 70, but is quite distinct 
from N. Sayi. In Robertson’s table it runs to 4 (N. Cres- 
sonu and Sayi), but is not identical with the species there 
indicated. The insect reminds one strongly of some of the 
species of Gnathias. 

Also at N. Yakima, but on June 5, Mr. Jenne took 
Nomada erythrochroa, Ckll., of which only one specimen 
(from Pasco) was previously known. 


Centris Morsei marginata (Fox). 


The Centris marginata of Fox is evidently only a variety 
of Morsei, as Mr. Fox suspected. The original type, which 
is before me, shows that the abdomen is not bare, as Fox 
states, but is pruinose-pubescent exactly as in Morsei. The 
lack of pubescence on the middle of the thorax is due to 
abrasion. The fourth antennal joint is red beneath. A 
second specimen of this form has been taken by Dr. F. H. 
Snow at the San Bernardino Ranch, Douglas, Arizona, 
3750 feet, August. 


Centris atripes, Mocsary. 


Renewed study convinces me that C. Fori, Friese, must 
fall as a synonym of C. atripes. The species is to be added 
to the fauna of Arizona, as Dr. F. H. Snow took two males 
at the San Bernardino Ranch in August. At the same 
locality Dr. Snow took Protowea gloriosa (Fox), also new to 
Arizona. 


Ovea tristis, Gribodo. 
San Bernardino Ranch, Arizona, Aug. (F. H. Snow), 
New to the United States. 
Xcenoglossodes eriocarpi (Ckll.). 


Brownsville, Texas, June (F. H. Snow). This record 
extends the known range about four degrees south. 


—~ 


Iecords of Bees. Vi 


Aathophorula compactula, Ckll. 


Brownsville, Texas, June, 2 ¢,3 2 (F. H. Snow). New 
to Texas. 

All of these have only two submarginal cells, apparently 
indicating that this is, after all, the normal condition of the 
species. The eyes of the female are of a beautiful deep 
sea-green (bluish-green) colour. 


aah Snowi, sp. na. 


3 .— Length about 75 mm. 

Black, with coarse si fulvous pubescence ; clypeus black ; 
labrum dull yellowish white; mandibles mainly rufous ; 
antenne ferruginous, the flagellum subfuscous above, with 
the sutures darker ; tegulze large, shining, translucent 
apricot-colour. Wings hy valine, slightly } yellowish, the apex 
broadly dusky ; the large stigma and the nervures ferru- 
ginous. Abdomen rather pointed for an Ezxomalopsis, 
having the sides and apex of the first segment and base of 
the second broadly ferruginous ; no distinct hair-bands on 
abdomen, but much long coarse hair. Legs bright ferru- 
ginous, the long plumose hair on hind tarsi behind largely 
blackened ; hair of legs otherwise very pale fulvous. Labial 
palpi with first joimt more than twice length of second ; 
maxillary palpi long and slender. [ace densely covered 
with ‘silky pale fulvous hair; eyes dark sea-green; meso- 
thorax very shiny, with strong punctures except in the 
middle, where it is impunctate ; second submarginal cell 
variable, narrow and much narrowed above, or comparatively 
broad, receiving the first r.n. very near the apex, or not 
much beyond the middle; b. n. meeting t.-m., or passing a 
short distance basad of it. 

Runs in Friese’s table (1899) to 6, and runs out because 
of the red legs &e. 

Hab. Brownsville, Texas, June, 3 g (F. H. Snow). 


Xenoglossa pruinosa limitaris, subsp. un. 


g.—Clypeus without any yellow spot; hair of head 
einereous, with black hairs sparsely intermixed on face and 
vertex ; hair of thorax above pale, with only a slight fulvous 
tint. Legs red, more or less clouded with blackish ; abdomen 
very black and shiny, with the usual bands much reduced. 

Looks like a distinct species, but I find no structural 
differences from pruinosa. 

Hab. Brownsville, Texas, June (Ff. H. Snow). 


Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7, Vol. xviii. 


or 


74 Descriptions and Records of Bees. 


Andrena nigritula, n. n. 


Andrena ngrita, Morawitz, in Fedtschenko, Turkestan Mellifera, ii. 
1876, p. 196 (not of Fabricius, 1775). 


Dasiapis olivacea (Cresson). 


Brownsville, Texas, June, both sexes (F. H. Snow). New 
to Texas. 


Tetralonia Edwardsii vagabunda, CkIl. 


Tn my original account of this bee (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 
xxx. p. 95) I stated that it was from flowers of Onosmodium. 
During my absence in June 1905 my wife collected a series 
of bees from the flowers of a plant which she took to be 
Phacelia, and so labelled them. I did not see the plant in 
flower, but later in the year we found what appeared to be 
the same, with abundant fruit, and it was Onosmodium caro- 
linianum. This year we have found the original plant in 
flower, and it is Phacelia heterophylla, Pursh; but growing 
in the same places, and almost exactly similar in foliage and 
manner of growth, is the Onosmodium. Such resemblance 
between two plants growing under the same conditions, but 
of different families and having quite different flowers, is 
interesting. 

The following bees were taken by my wife from flowers of 
Phacelia heterophylla at Boulder :—Halictus meliloti, Ckll., 
Dialictus anomalus (Rob.), Alcidamea simplex (Cresson),° 
Megachile brevis, Say, Tetralonia Edwardsti vagabunda, Ck\l., 
Ceratina nanula, Ckll., and C. neomezicana, Ckll. 

At Ward, Colorado (9000 feet), a Phacelia closely allied 
to heterophylla was found in quantity. It was recorded at 
the time as P. circinata, following Coulter’s manual; but it 
is not the true species of that name, and I suppose that it 
must belong to P. alpina, Rydberg, 1900. It proved very 
attractive to bees, and the following were collected on it at 
Ward in July by my wife and myself :—Colletes phacelie, 
Ckll., Anthidium emarginatum, Say, A. conspicuum, Cress., 
Osmia propinqua, Cress., Monumetha argentifrons, Cress., 
Megachile latimanus, Say, M. vidua, Smith, Bombus Ed- 
wardsii, Cress., var., B. iridis phacelie, Ckll. 


TuyGater, Holmberg. 


In Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, xxxii. p. 115, I called attention 
to the identity of Thygater with Macroglossapis, and gave 
reasons for supposing that the latter had priority. I learn 


On new Species of Acreeidee from Uganda, 75 
from Mr. J. C. Crawford, however, that Holmberg, in Actes 
Acad. Cordoba, v. p. 1383 (1884), remarked that Tetralonia 
- terminata, Smith, had only three joints to the maxillary 
palpi, and might form a new genus Zhygater. ‘This slight 
reference has been overlooked by all subsequent authors, but 
I think it will hold the name, giving Thygater priority. 

The genus consists of the following known species :— 

Thyygater terminata (Sm.), 7. chrysophora, NWolmbg., 
T. analis (Lep.), T. albilabris (Cress.), 1’. montezuma (Cress.), 
7’. modesta (Sm.), 7. rubricata (Sm.). 


Bombus Kohli, n. 0, 
Bombus carbonarius, Handlirsch, Ann. naturh, Hofmus. Wien, 1888, 
p. 242. (S. America.) 

The name is changed because of B. carbonarius, Menge, 
1856, from Prussian amber. As Friese has already named 
a Bombus after Dr. Handlirsch, the present insect may bear 
the name of another distinguished naturalist of Vienna, I 
possess the species from Villa Encarnacion, Paraguay, 
collected by Mr. Schrottky. Dr. Handlirsch, to whom I 
wrote concerning the preoccupation of carbonarius, replied 
that he did not himself intend to propose a substitute. 


Sphecodes hesperellus pulsatille, subsp. n. 


? .—Like S. hesperellus, Ckll., but somewhat larger; the 
wings longer (about 7 mm.), blackish, quite dark, not reddish 
as they are in hesperelius ; abdomen darker, deep chestnut- 
colour; rugee of metathoracic enclosure more numerous, 
very distinct. Superficially like S. pecosensis, Ckll., but 
very distinct by the shining mesothorax, with scattered 
punctures. The first abdominal segment is sparsely 
punctured, 

Hab. Boulder, Colorado, at flowers of Pulsatilla hirsu- 
tissima, April 20, 1906 (WV. P. Cockerell). 


XVI.— Descriptions of Two new Species of Acreidee from 
Entebbe, Uganda. By Emity MARY SHARPE. 
Family Acreide. 


Acrea cerita. 


Allied to A. cerasa, Hewits., but is at once distinguished 
from that species by the greyish-black discal band on the 


76 On new Species of Acreide from Uganda. 


fore wing, extending from the costa to the inner margin and 
enclosing the rufous-brown basal area ; the black spot in the 
discoidal cell smaller and with two extra black spots visible 
above the submedian nervure. Hind wing with a greyish- 
black border on the hind margin, the rest of the wing rufous 
brown relieved by black spots, somewhat smaller in size and 
less in number than in A. cerasa. 

Underside does not differ from the allied species mentioned 
above ; the black spots on the basal area of both wings not 
so strongly indicated. 

Expanse 1°6 inches. 

Hab. Entebbe, Uganda. 

Type in the collection of Mr. H. Grose-Smith. 


Planema macarista. 


Allied to P. macaria, Godt., and P. alicia, Grose-Smith. 

Male,—Fore wing with the ground-colour dark brownish 
black ; a broad ochraceous band crossing the discal area from 
the costa to the inner margin, where it extends to the 
posterior angle. 

Hind wing resembling that of P. alicta, the white band 
crossing the discal area having a suffusion of ochraceous buff 
on the costal area and on the brown hind- marginal border. 
Basal area dark brown, with black spots rather strongly 
defined. 

Underside similar to that of P. alicia, the basal area of the 
hind wing chestnut-brown thickly covered with black spots. 

Expanse 2°6 inches. 

The female is somewhat larger than the male and is black 
and white. 

Fore wing with the ground-colour brownish black, relieved 
by a broad white band on the subapical area; the inner edge 
more sharply defined on the basal edge. 

Hind wing with the white discal area broader, especially 
on the inner margin; the basal area darker and with smaller 
black spots than in P. macaria. 

Underside not differing from that of the male in markings, 
only in the black and white ground-colour. 

iixpanse 3°3 inches. 

Hab. Wntebbe, Uganda. 

Types in the collection of Mr. H. Grose-Smith. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


(SEVENTH SERIES.] 


No. 104. AUGUST 1906. 


XVII.— Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from 


Tropical South America. By Hersert Druce, F.L.S. &e. 
Family Syntomide. 


Mesothen mysia, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, and legs black; collar, 
tecule, thorax, and abdomen yellow, the abdomen banded 
with black. Primaries hyaline, the costal margin, apex, 
outer margin, and veins all black: secondaries hyaline; veins, 
apex, and inner margin black. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. §.E. Peru, La Oroya, Rio Inambari, 3000 feet (Mus. 
Druce). 


Mesothen flavicostata, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen yellow ; 
palpi black ; antenne black, the shaft white for more than 
half length; two black spots on the thorax and one on each 
of the tegule ; abdomen with a bluish-black spot on each 
segment trom the base to the anus and with a double row of 
small black spots on each side; the anus black; legs yellow. 
Primaries hyaline, the base and costal margin to the apex 
yellow, the apex and outer margin black : secondaries hyaline, 
the apex and inner margin black ; veins all black. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. S.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Mus. Druce). 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 7 


78 Mr. H. Druce oa 


‘osmosoma pytna, sp. 1. 


Male.—Head, antenne, and palpi black; collar and tegule 
yellow, edged with black ; thorax black ; a blue spot on each 
side of the head; abdomen yellow, the second and third 
segments black, with bright metallic-blue spots on each side ; 
anal segments black, spotted with metallic blue. Primaries 
hyaline, yellow at the base, the apex and outer margin 
broadly black, the veins all black: secondaries hyaline, the 
apex and outer margin black, the inner margin orange. 
Underside very similar to the upperside, but both wings more 
orange at the base. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab, W. Central Trinidad, Caparo (Mus. Druce). 


Cosmosoma villia, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, collar, thorax, abdomen, and legs 
brownish yellow, the collar with two black spots in front ; 
tegule black, edged with yellow; the segments of the abdo- 
men edged with yellow and black ; a double row of metallic- 
blue spots extends down the abdomen from the base to the 
anus. Primaries and secondaries yellowish hyaline, the 
fringes of both wings black. 

Expanse 14 inch. 


Hab. Peru (Mus. Druce). 


Lthynchopyga semirufa, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, and thorax black; collar 
and tegule bright red; abdomen bright red, with a central 
black line from the base to the anus; underside of the thorax 
and legs black ; a large white spot at the base of the abdo- 
men. Primaries brownish hyaline, red at the base ; the veins 
all black, the apex and outer margin broadly black : second- 
aries brownish hyaline, the apex, outer margin, and veins 
black. ‘he underside of both wings with the veins red from 
the base to the black margins. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Peru, La Mercede, 2000-3000 feet (Mus. Druce). 


Eurota elegans, sp. n. 


\Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, tegule, legs, and anus black ; 
collar pale yellow ; abdomen pale yellow, the basal segment 
and the sides of the second and third segments bright red. 
Primaries black, the base pale yellow; a white hyaline spot 


new Species of [leterocera. 79 
at the end of the cell and a larger one below; an apical band 
of five hyaline white spots crosses the wing from the costal to 
the outer margin: secondaries black, the base pale yellow ; 
a rather large hyaline white spot about the middle; the inner 
margin red at the base. Underside very similar to the 
upperside. 

xpanse 14 inch. 
Hab, Paraguay (Mus. Druce). 


Methysia hilda, sp. n. 


Male.—Hlead, antennze, palpi, abdomen, and legs black ; 
collar, tegule, thorax, and basal segments of the abdomen 
bright scarlet. Primaries and secondaries dusky semihyaline 
black ; veins all black, apex and outer margin black. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. SE. Peru, La Oroya, Rio Inambari, 3000 feet (Mus. 
Druce). 


Pseudaclytia major, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, collar, tegule, thorax, and 
abdomen brownish black, the back of the head reddish orange ; 
legs brownish black. Primaries brownish black, palest from 
the apex to the anal angle, the veins all black: secondaries 
whitish hyaline, the apex and outer margin clouded with 
black, the veins black. ‘The underside very similar to the 
upperside.—Female almost identical with the male. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. §.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Jus. Druce). 

Allied to Pseudaclytia minor, Schaus. 


Napata superba, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenneze, and thorax black; palpi black, 
white in front ; collar, tegule, and abdomen bright metallic 
blue, underside of the abdomen white. Primaries black, the 
basal half of the wing very bright metallic blue; two small 
metallic-blue spots in front of the cell; apex white: second- 
aries black, the base and central part of the wing bright 
metallic blue, the apex white. The underside very similar 
to the upperside.—Female like the male. 

Expanse 13? inch. 

Hab. Peru, La Mercede, 2000-3000 feet (Afus. Druce). 

Allied to Napata albiplaga, Walker, and Napata quadri- 


strigata, Hampson. 
7% 


80 Mr. H. Druce on 


Eucereon Ockendeni, sp. n. 


Male.—{lead, antennz, and collar black; sides of the head 
and tegula white, the tegula edged with white; thorax and 
abdomen black, the sides of the abdomen spotted with yellow ; 
the anus black ; legs black ; the base of the abdomen on the 
underside white. Primaries white, with black markings 
very similar to Lucereon Davidi, Dogn., but much finer and 
more broken up into spots: secondaries hyaline white, the 
apex broadly black, the outer margin edged with black. 

Expanse 2 inches. 


flab. 8.E, Peru, Aqualani, 10,000 feet (Mus. Druce). 


Eucereon antonia, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, and palpi black ; back of the head 
yellow ; collar, tegule, thorax, and basal half of the abdomen 
dark brown, tegula edged with grey; the four anal segments 
of the abdomen bright red; the anus black; legs dark 
brown. Primaries yellowish brown, the spots and markings 
all black, the veins yellowish : secondaries black-brown. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab, 8.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Mus. Druce). 

Allied to Hucereon lutulentum, Méschl. 


Eucereon pallada, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, collar, and thorax pale fawn-colour streaked 
with black ; antenne and palpi black; abdomen above bright 
red, the base, anus, and a line on both sides black ; the under- 
side orange-yellow. Primaries pale fawn-colour, streaked 
with black between the veins ; the fringe yellowish: second- 
aries semihyaline pale brown, darkest at the apex and round 
the outer margin. 

Expanse 1# inch. 

Hab. South Brazil, Parana (Alus, Druce). 


Eucereon ignota, sp. n. 


Male.— Head, antenne, palpi, collar, tegule, thorax, and 
abdomen brownish grey; legs whitish. Primaries dusky 
white, thickly lined with dark grey; the fringe white: 
seconcaries semihyaline white, the apex and outer margin 
broadly banded with black. Underside of the primaries 
blackish brown, with a white spot at the end of the cell and 
one on the costal margin near the apex: secondaries similar 
to the upperside. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. 8K. Peru, Santo Demingo, 6000 feet (Mus. Druce). 


new Species of Lleterocera. Sl 


EKucereon sadana, sp. 0. 


Male.—Vead, palpi, and antennz black, back of the head 
bright red; collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs dark 
brown; the underside of the thorax and abdomen bright 
pinkish; legs brown. Primaries dark brown: secondaries 
semihyaline brownish black. Underside black-brown ;_pri- 
maries deeply bordered with yellowish brown along the costal 
margin ; fringe black. 

Expanse it inch. 

Hab, Peru, Carabaye, 5000 feet (Afus. Druce). 

Allied to Hucereon flavicincta, Schaus. 


Philoros nora, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, and thorax black; front of the 
head and palpi white; collar red; tegule black, edged with 
white; abdomen blue-black ; legs Ww vhite. Prince black, 
the costal margin edged mith white, the inner margin from 
the base to the anal angle edged with yellow; the fringe 
black: secondaries dark blue, the apex, outer margin, anal 
angle, and inner margin broadly banded with bright red.— 
Female the same as the male. 

Expanse 1) inch. 

flab, Peru, La Mercede, 2000-3000 feet (Mus. Druce). 

Allied to Philoros laura, Hampson. 


Family Arctiade. 


Robinsonia morula, sp. n. 


Male.—Head yellow, antenne black, collar and tegulz 
white edged with brown, thorax white; abdomen black, 
underside greyish; a yellowish-white line extends from the 
base to the anus; the anus yellow; legs yellowish brown. 
Primaries pale brown, the veins brown; a semihyaline white 
band extends from the base to the apex: secondaries white, 
slightly dusky at the anal auBlEG the fringe white. 

Expense 12 inch. 

Hab, S.E. Pere, Santo Déinines, 6000 feet (.l/us. Druce). 


Automolis semibrunnea, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, collar, and underside of the thorax reddish 
orange; antennze black ; tegule and thorax pale yellow, the 
base of the thorax and first two segments of the abdomen 
orange, the abdomen and legs black. Primaries from the 
base to nearly the middle pale yellow, shading off to dark 


82 Mr. H. Druce on 


reddish brown at the apex and outer margin; the fringe 
black: secondaries pale yellow, edged with black from the 
apex to theanal angle. Underside very similar to the upper- 
side, but the costal margin and apex of the primaries edged 
with orange-red.— Female the same as the male, but slightly 
larger. 

Expanse, ¢ 14, 2 2 inches. 

Hab. 8.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Mus. Druce). 


Automolis roseofasciata, sp. 0. 


Male.— Head, collar, antenne, palpi, and legs reddish 
brown; tegule and thorax pale yellow; abdomen pale 
yellowish red, the underside black. Primaries pale citron- 
yellow, crossed about the middle from the costal to the inner 
margin by a wide rose-coloured band ; a small red dot at the 
end of the cell; the apex and outer margin rose-colour, 
shading to brown: secondaries chrome-yellow, shaded with 
rose-colour at the apex; the fringe chrome-yellow. 

Expanse 13 inch. 


Hab. 8.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Mus. Druce). 


Elysius lavinia, sp. n. 

AMale.—Head, palpi, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, abdo- 
men, and legs black ; a yellow spot on both sides of the head. 
Primaries very dark brown, the base yellowish, the costal 
margin from the base to the apex pale yellow; a >-shaped 
yellow line at the end of the cell; the fringe dark brown: 
secondaries pale greyish brown, dusky at the apex and round 
the outer margin. Underside very similar to the upperside ; 
the costal margin of the secondaries yellow. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. 8.E. Peru, Aqualani, 10,000 feet (Mus. Druce), 

Allied to EZ. pallidicosta, Walk., and E. carbonaria, Dogn. 


Elysius terra, sp. n. 

Male.—Head, collar, and underside of the thorax orange- 
yellow; antenne, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs deep 
black, the anal segments on the underside of the abdomen 
yellow. Primaries black, with a bluish shade from the base 
to the outer margin: secondaries bluish hyaline, the veins 
and the apex, outer and inner margin broadly black; the 
fringe black. 

Lxpanse 1} inch. 

Hab. East Peru, Huancabamba, 6000-10,000 feet (Mus. 
Druce). 

Allied to 2. atrata, Felder. 


new Species of Heterocera. 83 


Ischnocampa farinosa, s). 0. 


Male.—Head, tegule, and thorax pale grey; abdomen 
yellow; antenne, underside of thorax, abdomen, and legs 
dark brown. Primaries pale greyish brown: secondaries 
sordid white, brownish at the apex and on the inner margin ; 
the fringe pale brown. Underside very similar to tie 
upperside, 

Expanse 2 inclies. 

Hab. Venezuela (Mus. Druce). 


Opharus conspicuus, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, collar, tegule, thorax, and 
base of the abdomen black; abdomen bright orange, tie 
underside and legs black ; a fine black line extends from the 
base to the anus. Primaries blackish brown, the veins 
darker: secondaries greyish white, darkest at the apex and 
anal angle; the fringe dark greyish brown. Underside very 
similar to the upperside, but paler in colour.—The female 
almost identical with the male, but larger. 

Expanse, ¢ 13, 2 2 inches. 

Hab. §.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Mus. Druce). 


Opharus domingona, sp. 0. 


Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, collar, thorax, basal half of 
the abdomen, anus, and legs black, the last four segments of 
the abdomen banded with yellow ; a spot on each side of the 
thorax and one at the base white. Primaries blackish brown, 
the veins black; a darker spot at the end of the cell; the 
fringe blackish: secondaries white, the apex and inner 
margin blackish brown. ‘The underside very similar to the 
upperside, but paler in colour. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. §.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (JMJus. Druce). 

Allied to Opharus albipunctatus, Druce. 


Opharus cornelia, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, collar, tegule, and thorax 
black ; a spot at the back of the head, one on each side of the 
thorax and at the base of the abdomen all bright blue; abdo- 
men yellow, each segment edged with black, the underside 
and legs blackish brown. Primaries black, with a small blue 
spot close to the base ; the fringe black: secondaries hyaline 
to beyond the middle, the apex and outer margin broadly 


84 Mr. H. Drnce on 


black. The underside the same as the upperside, but slightly 
browner in colour. 
Expanse 13 inch. 


Hab. §.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Mus. Druce). 


Opharus sestia, sp. 0. 


Male.—Head yellow; antenne and palpi black ; collar 
white, edged with black ; tegula white, with a yellow spot 
at the base edged with black ; thorax dark brown ; abdomen 
above yellow, with a central row of black spots from the base 
to the apex ; underside of the thorax yellow, of the abdomen 
black, legs brownish black. Primaries brown; a small 
yellow spot close to the base ; two spots on the inner margin, 
with a fine line of spots beyond, all wlute ; four white spots 
at the end of the cell; a curved line of small white dots 
beyond the cell extending from the costal to the inner margin, 
and a curved suomarginal band of white spots from the apex 
to the anal angle; two detached white spots about the middle 
of the outer margin; the fringe brown: secondaries pale 
brown, whitish in the middle; the fringe dark brown. Under- 
side very similar to the upperside. 

Expanse 1? inch. 

Hab. Peru, Rio Huacamayo, Carabaya, 3000 feet (Jus. 
Druce). 


Amastus rumina, sp. n. 
Phegoptera aconia, Druce, Biol, Centr.-Am., Het. i. p. 95. 


Male-—Head and thorax sordid white; palpi grey, the 
upperside black ; antennee black ; collar and tegule striped 
with dark orange; the underside of the thorax orange; legs 
brownish white ; abdomen yellow, witl a row of small white 
spots on each side; underside of abdomen sordid white, the 
anus and anal tuft orange. Primaries semihyaline reddish 
brown, with the marking as in Amastus aconia, Herr.-Schitf. : 
secondaries semihyaline yellowish white ; the fringe yellowish. 
—Female the same as the male. 

Expanse 33 inches. 

Hab. Costa Rica, Candelaria Mountain (Underwood, Mus. 
Druce). 

This species is clearly distinct from Amastus aconia, 
Herr.-Schiiff., of which I now have a good series of specimens 
from S. America. 


Amastus semifulvus, sp. n. 


Female.—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen 


new Species of Heterocera. §5 


white, the two anal segments black; antenne and palpi 
black ; underside of the abdomen black ; the lezs pale brown. 
Primaries hyaline, the veins dark brown ; the outer margin 
from the apex to the anal angle pale primrose-yellow, thickly 
irrorated with brown scales ; the points of the veins on the 
outer margin black ; the fringe primrose-yellow. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. §.E. Peru, Aqualani, 10,000 feet (Jus. Druce). 

Three females. 


Halisidota mincosa, sp. n. 


female.—Head, antenne, palpi, tegule, abdomen, and legs 
black ; back of head pale yellow; collar, sides and base of 
the thorax rose-colour; abdomen with a double yellow line 
-on each side. Primaries pale greyish brown, the costal 
margin from the base to the apex yellow; a yellow line down 
the middle of the wing from the base to the outer margin ; 
the veins yellow: secondaries dusky semihyaline - white, 
darkest at apex and on the inner margin; the fringe 
yellowish. 

Expanse 1? inch. 

Hab. 8.E. Peru, Oconeque, Carabaya, 7000 feet (Jus. 
Druce). 

Heliactinidia bimaculata, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, tegule, thorax, abdomen, 
and legs black; collar yellow ; the underside of the abdomen 
yellow. Primaries pale brown, crossed beyond the cell from 
the costal margin to the anal angle by a yellowish-white 
band, widest on the costal margin: secondaries orange-yellow, 
the apex and anal angle broadly black. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. 8.E. Brazil, Rio Grande (Jus. Druce). 

Allied to H. chiquinda, Druce. 


Turuptiana tessellata, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, palpi, antenne, and legs black ; back of the 
head and collar yellow ; tegula black, edged with yellow ; 
thorax black; abdomen yellow, the middle segments tufted 
with black. Primaries yellow, crossed from the costal to the 
inner margin by three irregular curved bands of large black 
spots; a black spot close to the base; the veins almost 
white; the fringe yellow: secondaries pale yellow; a sub- 
marginal row of blackish spots extends from near the apex to 
the anal angle; the fringe pale yellow. 

Expanse 1? inch. 


Hab. 8.E. Peru, Aqualani, 10,000 feet (Mus. Druce). 


86 Mr. H. Druce on 


Pitane evora, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, collar, and base of tegule yellow ; antenne 
and palpi black ; black spot on back of the head, two on the 
collar, and one on each of the tegule ; thorax brown; abdo- 
men black, the base yellowish ; the anus yellow; the under- 
side of the thorax and abdomen yellow ; the legs yellow. 
Primaries pale brown, palest at the end of the cell and along 
the inner margin; fringe pale brown: secondaries pale 
yellow, the apical half of the wing blackish brown. Under- 
side the same as above.—The female almost identical with 
the male. 

Expanse, ¢ 13, 3 2 inches. 

flub. Peru, Pozuzo (Mus. Druce). 


Subfamily Lrrzosrayz. 
Dipana peculiaris, sp. n. 


Male.—ead, antenne, palpi, collar, thorax, and abdomen 
black ; two cream-coloured spots on the collar ; tegule and a 
spot at the base of the thorax cream-colour; anus orange-red ; 
underside of the abdomen white ; legs black; the shaft of 
the antenne fringed with scales above. Primaries cream- 
colour, the base and a broken band crossing the wing beyond 
the middle from the costal to the inner margin, a spot at 
the apex and on the outer margin, all dark blackish brown: 
secondaries semihyaline whitish brown, the apex and outer 
margin blackish, the inner margin black. Underside: pri- 
maries black ; secondaries similar to the upperside. 

ixpanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Peru, La Union, Rio Huacamayo (Jfus. Druce). 

Quite unlike any other species known to me, but somewhat 
resembles a Mucereon. 


Procrimima viridis, sp. n. 


Male.—UHead, palpi, collar, tegulee, thorax, abdomen, and 
legs greenish black ; antenne black. Primaries and second- 
aries black ; underside of primaries and secondaries pale 
metallic bluish green. 

Expanse 1,}, inch. 

Hab. Brazil (Brit. Mus.). 


Ptychoglene ripena, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antennx, and palpi black; collar crimson ; 


new Species of ITeterocera. 87 


tegulx, thorax, and abdomen black. Primaries black, semi- 
hyaline from the end of the cell to the apex and outer margin ; 
the veins all black: secondaries crimson; the costal margin, 
apex, and outer margin broadly black. 

Expanse 1,'5 inch. 

Hab, Bolivia, Chaco (Garlepp, Brit. Mus.). 


Tuina bellona, sp. n. 


Female.—Head, antenne, palpi, collar, tegula, and thorax 
black ; abdomen glossy dark blue. Primaries and second- 
aries glossy dark blue ; primaries with three red streaks at 
the base ; an elongated red spot close to the costal margin 
near the apex. Underside very similar to the upperside, but 
not so bright in colour. 

Expanse 1? inch. 

Hab. Peru, Oroya Railway to Chichla, 12,200 feet (Brit. 
Mus.). 


Cithene hodeva, sp. n. 


Female.—Head, palpi, antennz, collar, thorax, and abdo- 
men black ; tegule and sides of the abdomen yellow; legs 
black. Primaries brownish black; a yellow streak at the 
base on the inner margin; a round spot at the end of the 
cell and an angular shaped one below, both yellow; the two 
spots are almost joined by a fine yellow line; the fringe 
brownish black: secondaries yellow, the apex and outer 
margin bordered with brownish black. 

Expanse 13 inch, 

Hab. Peru, Palea (Simons, Brit. Mus.). 


Family Leparide. 
Carama bella, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen white ; 
antenne bright red. Primaries and secondaries pure white, 
the costal margin edged with black.—Female the same as the 
male. 

Eixpanse, gf 14, 2 1J inch. 

Hab. Peru, La Union, Rio Huacamayo, 2000 feet (Mus. 
Druce). 


Carama modijicata, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen pale 
fawn-colour; abdomen clothed with whitish hairs at the 


88 Mr. H. Druce on 


base ; antenne brown; underside of thorax and abdomen 
brownish white. Primaries fawn-colour, whitish at the base ; 
on the inner margin a <-shaped white marking at the end 
of the cell ; a small black spot at the end of the cell and one 
beyond the cell ; the fringe fawn-colour : secondaries creamy 
white, the fringe and outer margin shaded with fawn-colour. 
Underside: primaries brown, the inner margin and veins 
white; the white mark at the end of the cellas above: second- 
aries white.—/emale very similar to the male, but larger. 

Expanse, ¢ 13, ? 2 inches. 

Hab. S.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Jus. Druce). 


Carama fusca, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen blackish 
grey; palpi black; antenne yellowish brown; underside of 
abdomen and thorax clothed with dark grey hairs. Primaries 
blackish grey; a pale grey spot at the end of the cell: 
secondaries grey, whitish at the base. Underside of the 
primaries black, the grey spot at the end of the cell more 
distinct ; secondaries grey.— Female similar to the male. 

Expanse, ¢ 1;%, 2? 2 inches. 

Hab, 8.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (IZus. Druce). 


Allied to Carama grisea, Schaus. 


Carama distincta, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, collar, tegula, thorax, and abdomen creamy 
white; antenne yellowish; palpi black. Primaries very 
pale fawn-colour, the costal, outer, and inner margin white ; 
a white mark at the end of the cell and one black spot 
beyond: secondaries pure white. Underside of both wings 
white, the costal margin from the base to beyond the middle 
broadly black. 

Expanse 14 inch. 


Hab. 8.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Jus. Druce). 


Carama rufidorsata, sp. 0. 


Male.—Head, antenna, collar, tegule, thorax, and base of 
the abdomen pale brown; the upperside of the abdomen 
bright red, the sides and underside white. Primaries pale 
brown, darkest near the apex; a small black dot at the end 
of the cell and one beyond nearer the outer margin: second- 
aries pale brown, whitish at the base. The underside very 
similar to the upperside, but rather paler in colour. 

Expanse 1,4) inch. 


Hab. S.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Alus. Druce). 


new Species of Lleterocera. 89 


Carama parmata, sp. n. 


Male.— Head and underside of the thorax white ; antenne, 
collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen fawn-colour. Primaries 
and secondaries fawn-colour ; a black spot at the end of the 
cell on the primaries; fringes fawn-colour. ‘The underside 
the same as the upperside, but paler in colour. 

Expanse 1? inch. 

Hab. 8. Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul (Mus. Druce). 


Carama now, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antennze, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdo- 
men black. Primaries and Bcondinnes blacks The underside 
black. 

Ixxpanse 14 inch. 


Hab. 5.1K. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Mus. Druce). 


Carama nigrovenosa, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, underside of the 
thorax, and legs black ; abdomen pale yellow ; anus grey 5 
antenne brown. Primaries white ; costal and inner margins 
and veins black-brown: secondaries white, the costal margin 
and fringe Brey. Underside similar to the upperside. 

Expanse 12 inch. 

Hab. Benn, La Union, Rio Huacamayo, 2000 feet (Mus. 
Druce). 


Family Limacodide. 
Sciathos metaleuca, sp. n. 


Male.—Head orange-yellow ; antenne black; collar and 
tegule cream-colour, tipped with orange; thorax and base of 
abdomen clothed with long white hairs ; abdomen orange- 
yellow ; underside of the abdomen black. Primaries 
yellowish white, the costal margin orange near the apex; a 
band of small black spots crosses the wing from the costal 
margin near the apex to the middle of the inner margin : 
secondaries yellowish white. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. 8.K. Peru, Oconeque, Carabaya, 4000 feet (Mus. 
Druce). 


Sciathos semirufa, sp. n. 


Male.—Head red; palpi white; antenne black; collar 
white; tegule white, tipped with red; thorax white, with 


90 Mr. Hi. Druce on 


red spots on each side; abdomen bright carmine-red ; anal 
tuft white. Primaries dark grey, the costal margin from the 
base to the apex broadly white; the fringe yellow: second- 
aries bright red; the fringe yellowish. Underside of both 
wings red, without any markings. 

Eixpanse 1? inch. 


Hab, Peru, Quinton, Carabaya, 5000 feet (Mus. Druce). 


Eulimacodes tersula, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, palpi, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and 
abdomen dark brown; legs dark brown. Primaries: the 
basal half dark brown, the outer half pale brown, crossed 
from the costal to the inner margin by three waved greyish 
bands ; a white spot below the cell, then alternately light and 
dark brown: secondaries dark brown; the fringe pale brown. 
The underside of both wings pale brown. 

Expanse 14 inch. 


Hab. Peru, La Oroya, Carabaya, 3000 feet (Mus. Druce). 


Perola antelia, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, palpi, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and 
abdomen greyish brown. Primaries dark grey from the base 
to beyond the middle; a white curved line crosses the wing 
from the costal margin near the apex to the inner margin 
near the anal angle; the outer margin white at the apex, 
irrorated with reddish-brown scales at the anal angle; a 
marginal row of small black spots extending from the apex 
to the anal angle; the fringe pale brown: secondaries pale 
brown, lightest at the apex. 

Eixpanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Peru, La Oroya, Carabaya, 3000 feet (Mus. Druce). 


Echedorus fasciatus, sp. 0. 


Male.—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen white ; 
antenne yellowish; anal tuft yellowish brown. Primaries 
white, clouded with black at the base and apex; the fringe 
white: secondaries white; a blackish band partly crosses 
the middle of the wing from the apex ; fringe white. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Peru, La Union, Carabaya, 3000 feet (Mus. Druce). 


Family Bombycidz. 
Bombyx tnornata, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen dark 


new Species of Leterocera. 91 


brown; antenne black; underside of abdomen and legs 
reddish brown. Primaries dark brown, shaded with olive- 
green at the apex and across the middle of the wing; a 
curved dark brown band extends from the apex to the anal 
angle; the fringe dark brown: secondaries dark brown, 
palest at the base ; a dark brown line crosses the middle of 
the wing from the costal to the inner margin. Underside of 
both wings reddish brown; primaries with a large black spot 
at the end of the cell; the apex and outer margin dark 
brown. 

Eixpanse 13 inch. 

Hab. 8.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Mus. Druc’). 


Carthara bifasciata, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen 
greyish black, with some brown hairs on the upperside of the 
abdomen; the anal tuft yellowish. Primaries dark brown, 
with a reddish spot close to the base; two waved greyish 
lines cross the wing from the costal to the inner margin, 
the first near the base, the second beyond the cell; three 
metallic-silver dots at the end of the cell in the form of 
a triangle: secondaries dark reddish brown, palest on the 
costal margin ; the anal angle yellowish brown. Underside: 
both wings pale reddish brown. 

Expanse 13 inch. 


Hab. §.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Mus. Druce). 


Family Lasiocampide. 


Tolype nigrescens, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antennez, collar, tegule, thorax, and abJo- 
men black ; two white spots at the base of thorax and some 
white hairs on each side; underside of the thorax and legs 
thickly clothed with white hairs. Primaries hyaline black, 
the veins black: secondaries hyaline black, the inner half of 
the wing brownish black. 

Expanse 2 inches. 


Hab. Peru, Quinton, Carabaya, 5000 feet (Mus. Druce). 


FHydrias onoba, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdo- 
men greyish brown; the anus and underside of the abdomen 
light yellow ; legs yellowish brown. Primaries pale brown, 
thickly irrorated with grey scales; an orange-red spot at the 


92 Mr. H. Druce on 


end of the cell; the fringe at the apex and outer margin 
yellow: secondaries pale brown, thickly irrorated with grey 
scales ; the fringe yellow. The underside similar to the 
upperside. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. 8.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Mus. Druce). 


Ocha hedila, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, tegule, and thorax white; collar pale 
brown, edged with white; antenne pale brown ; abdomen 
pale brown, the sides and underside white. Primaries pale 
brown, the base, a streak at the end of the cell, the apex, and 
part of the outer margin white: secondaries white, clouded 
near the apex and round the outer margin with blackish 
brown. Underside of both wings white; the costal margin 
of the primaries from the base almost to the apex yellowish 
brown ; a dark brown spot in the cell—The female is very 
similar to the male, but the abdomen is all white and the 
undersides of the primaries are much more clouded with 
blackish brown ; the female is larger than the male. 

Expanse, ¢ 1, 2 13 inch. 

Hab. Peru, La Oroya, Carabaya, 3000 feet (Mus. Druce). 

A female of this species is in the British Museum from 
Panama. 


Ocha meroma, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, collar, tegule, and thorax greyish white ; 
antenne pale brown; abdomen black; anal tuft white. 
Primaries grey, irrorated with small black scales; the apex 
white, the outer margin broadly banded with pale brown: 
secondaries black, the outer margin from the apex to the anal 
angle yellowish white. Underside very similar to the upper- 
side, but the primaries blacker, 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Peru, La Union, Rio Huacamaya, 2000 feet (Mus. 
Druce). 


Ocha patara, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdo- 
men cream-colour. Primaries cream-colour, the base thickly 
spotted with reddish brown; a central band of reddish-brown 
spots extends from the base to the outer margin: secondaries 
cream-colour, with a reddish-brown streak at the apex. 


new Speetes of [Teterocera. 93 


Underside: both wings cream-colour; a reddish-brown spot 
on the primaries at the end of the cell. 
Hxpanse 1 inch. 


Hab. §.E, Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Mus. Druce). 


Apatelodes striata, sp. n. 


Male.—Head, antennz, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdo- 
men brownish fawn-colour. Primaries fawn-colour, with six 
angular lines near the apex; a white spot at the apex; a 
black dot on the inner margin close to the base; the fringe 
fawn-colour : secondaries brownish fawn-colour, the veins all 
paler in colour. Underside pale fawn-colour; the secondaries 
crossed about the middle by two waved pale lines; a rather 
large brown spot at the apex. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Peru, La Union, Rio Huacamaya, 2000 feet (Mus. 
Druce). 


A patelodes bicolorata, sp. n. 


Male.—Head and palpi bright red; collar, tegula, thorax, 
and abdomen cream-colour; a few reddish hairs at the base 
of the abdomen. Primaries cream-colour, thickly irrorated 
with small red scales, crossed from the costal to the inner 
margin by two pale fawn-coloured lines, the first nearest the 
base, the second beyond the cell; two submarginal black spots 
near the apex: secondaries creamy white, darkest on the 
inner margin. The underside of both wings similar to the 
upperside, but paler in colour. 

Expanse 1} inch. 


Hab. §.B. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Mus. Druce). 


Family Cosside. 


Costria Ockendeni, sp. n. 


Male.—Head white ; antenne pale brown; collar blue- 
grey ; tegule white, edged with black ; thorax grey, reddish 
brown at the base ; abdomen white; underside of the thorax 
and abdomen black ; legs greyish black. Primaries white, 
the inner half shaded with brown; four blue-grey waved 
bands cross the wing from the costal to the inner margin, 
the first and second near the base, the third about the middle, 
and the fourth beyond; the wing is striated with many very 
fine brown lines, which cross from the costal to the inner 
margin ; two large submarginal black spots, surrounded with 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 8 


94 Miss G. Ricardo on the Genus Hematopota 


white nearest the apex: secondaries white, slightly brownish 
near the base. Underside very similar to the upperside, but 
browner. 
. Expanse 2 inches. 
Hab. 8.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Mus. Druce}. 
I have named this beautiful species after Mr. Rosenberg’s 
late collector G. Ockenden, who died in Peru of typhoid in 
the early part of this year. 


Family Noctuide. 
Euglyphia proserpina, sp. n. 

Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdo- 
men blue-black; anus scarlet ; underside of head, thorax, 
and part of abdomen scarlet ; legs clothed with long scarlet 
hairs. Primaries steel-black, shaded with deep black along 
the inner margin to the end of the cell; two curved black 
lines beyond the cell, crossing the wing from the costal to 
the inner margin; a marginal row of black spots extends 
from the apex to the anal angle ; the fringe black: secondaries 
steel-black, the veins deep black. Underside: primaries 
greyish black, darkest along the costal half of the wing: 
secondaries pale glossy greyish black, the veins deep black. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Peru, La Oroya, Carabaya, 3000 feet (Mus. Druce). 

Allied to Luglyphia hieroglyphica, Cram. 


XVIII.—Notes on the Genus Hematopota of the Family 
Tabanidee in the British Museum Collection. By Gertrupe 
Ricarpo. 


[Plates III.-VI.} 


Hanmarorora, Meigen. 

Hematopota, Meig., Iliger’s Mag. ii. 267. 40 (1803). 

This genus is readily distinguished by the peculiar markings 
of the wings, but the species are not easy to describe. 

Loew gives what he considers good characteristics for the 
distinction of the species in his Dipt. Siidafrik., relying on 
the shape of the head, the position, shape, and size of the 
paired spots, and the absence or presence of the unpaired 
spot, and, in alesser degree, on the markings on the face ; 
the shape of the antennz he considers a doubtful character, 


of the Family Tabanide. 95 
especially as to the incrassate or cylindrical first joint, but 
the legs afford good characteristics. He considers the wings 
very difficult to describe, but gives some of the chief points. 
To the above I am inclined to add the shape and size of the 
frontal callus as useful, the general shape of the antenne 
(which vary consider ably), and to rely upon the presence or 
absence of rings on the legs and the possession of a white 
base to the tibiz. 

Though the markings of the wings may be relied upon as 
a rule, there is no doubt that they vary slightly in different 
specimens of one species, as in the shape or length of the 
apical band and in the presence or absence of the pale 
markings at the openings of the cells. The rings on the 
legs also are not to be implicitly relied upon, a second faint 
pale ring sometimes appearing in a species which, as a rule, 
has only one ring ; this occurs chiefly on the fore tibize. 

My tables are drawn up only for the females. 

Those species marked with an asterisk denote there are 
specimens of them in the British Museum collection. 

Through the kindness of Mr. J. A. Gerald Strickland, who 
has devoted a great deal of time and trouble to the work, I am 
enabled to give photographs of the wings of all the new 
species but one, of four of Bigot’s types, and of two of 
Walker’s types, which it is hoped will be of assistance in the 
identification of the species and will save the wearisome 
labour of reading through long descriptions of the intricate 
markings of the wings. The actual colouring of the wings 
is given in the letterpress as nearly as possible as it strikes 
the naked eye. ‘The magnification is approximately ten 
diameters. 

The species described by Wiedemann as Hematopota 
coarctata (Auss. zweifl. Ins. p. 578) from South Amercia does 
not belong to this genus, but to Acanthocera, Macq., as 
surmised by Bigot (Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. xvi. p. 74, 1890), 
and is included in my table of the latter genus in Ann. & 
Mag. Nat. Hist. xiv. (7) p. 363 (1904). This genus does 
not occur in South America. 


Palearctic Region, 


For a catalogue of the Hematopota of the Palearctic 
_ Region, that of Bezzi, published 1903 in his ‘ Katalog der 
palaarktischen Dipteren,’ should be referred to. 

The following amendments to it should be noted, viz. 
H. lusitanica, Guér., is a distinct species, not a synonym 
of H. pluvialis, L., and H. tristis, Bigot, is a synonym of 
H. pluvialis, L., not a distinct species. 

ge 


96 Miss G. Ricardo on the Genus Hematopota 


The following table does not include H. obscurata, Bigot, 
which is unknown to me :— 


1, Wings reddish brown .......+...+++-- rufipennis, Bigot. 
WINGS PICT Lis vis» popeiee pemeeteuniale > safe Bes 
2. Wings with a clear hind MATPIN 252... *pallens, Loew. 


Wings with no such clear hind margin .. 3. 
3. First joint of antenne largely yellow. 
Femora wholly or partly yellow ..... . *variegata, Fabr. 
First joint of antenne black or brown. 
¥emora usually blackish or grey ...... 
4, First joint of antennz cylindrical, as long 
as and hardly thicker than the third 
joint, with dense grey tomentum ...... *italica, Meigen. 
First joint of antenne elliptical, thicker 
and shorter than the third joint, shining 
|S) EXC) aes Ove Gee a Meese toe ea aes 5 *pluvialis, Linn. 
First joint of antennze very stout, not con- 
stricted at the tip, with only grey tomen- 


tum at the extreme Babe svete ands « oe 
5, duarger species, Wes Minis tae wieleismuiete cae er? *Jusitunica, Guérin, 
Smaller species, 10 mm. ........ se *crassicornis, Wahlb. 


The males of H. rufipennis and H, lusitanica are not known. 


Hamatopota rufipennis, ? , Bigot. 


The type is much denuded and deteriorated, but may be 
easily known by the dark colour of its wings, s, which are a 
reddish brown with clearer spots and markings ; ; the abdomen 
is apparently black and the legs reddish with some black 
colour. 


Hematopota pallens, 2 , Loew. 


Six females from Algeria, 21°. vii. 93 (Eaton), 94. 114. 
These answer to Loew’s description, but the first joint of the 
antennee is grey, not black. 


Hematopota variegata, 3 ¢ , Fabr. 


Three females from Hyeres, 4. ix. 93 (Yerbury), 93. 123. 

Two females from Castel Fusano, Ostea, Italy (Dr. Sambon), 
1901. 99. 

Two females from Boscoff, Brittany, 6, ix. 92 (O. Thomas), 
92. 135. 

Two females from Kanea, Crete, first week in May, 1904 
(Miss M. D. Bates), 1905. 25; and others from Morea and 
Italy. 

This species, originally described from a specimen from 
Tangiers, must be very nearly related to, if not identical with, 


of the Family Tabanide, Qi 


HT, italica, both species being distinguished by the cylin- 
drical long first joint of the antenne. The characters given 
in the table to distinguish the two species are taken trom 
Schiner and other authorities, but will probably not prove 
satisfactory, judging from the material in the National 
Collection, which, however, is too poor to throw further light 
on the question. 


Hematopota italica, 8 2, Meigen. 

One female from Nicosia, Cyprus (Miss M. D. Bates), 
1903. 64. 

One female from France. 

Mik, in ‘ Fauna Hernstein,’ Becker, iii. p. 515 (1886), 
distinguishes this species from H. pluvialis by the cylin- 
drical first joint of the antennze, which is as long as the third 
joint and hardly thicker, and adds that the grey tomentum 
covering it is so thick that only here and there is the shining 
black colour to be seen through. 


Hematopota pluvialis, 8 9, Linn. 

Specimens are in the Brit. Mus. Coll. from Norway, 
Leenane, Co. Galway, Gloucestershire, Avon Valley, Boppard 
on the Rhine, Alps, Spain, The Hague, Italy, and France. 

It is distinguished from H. italica by its thickened first 
antennal joint, which is distinctly wider in the middle and 
much shorter than the third joint, and the bright black 
colour is not obscured by grey pubescence. 

The H. tristis, 2, Bigot, type, with the exception of the 
more yellow colour of the middle and posterior femora, is 
identical with this common European species; the type 
comes from Japan. 


Hematopota lusitanica, 2 , Guérin. 

Five females from Portugal (O. Thomas), 98. 99. 

A large blackish species, evidently distinct from H. crassi- 
cornis ; but at present the only distinction I can give to 
separate them is the larger size of the above. 


Hematopota crassicornis, 3 2, Wahlberg. 


One male from Beaulieu, New Forest (Ricardo), 14. vii. 98. 
One male from Avon Valley, 24. v. 96. 

One male from Bantham, 26. vi. 96. 

Four males from Wick, near Bristol (Ricardo), 27. vi. 05. 
One female from Gravesend (Yerbury), 94. 14. 3. 


98 Miss G. Ricardo on the Genus Hematopota 


One female from Glen Avon, S. Banffshire (W. R. O.- 
Grant), 93. 95. 

The male of this species may easily be distinguished by 
the wholly black colour of the antennz and by the very thick 
first joint. 

The female is less easily distinguished from that of 
H. pluvialis, but Strobl, in Mittheil. Ver. Steierm. 1892, 
xviii. (1893), recognizes it by the extraordinarily thick 
first jomt, which is short, stout, and not constricted near the 
tip ; only at its base is it obscured by grey tomentum ; the 
shining black band above the antenne is narrower and not 
produced above in the centre ; the third joint of the antenne 
is only red at the base. In H. pluvialis tle first joint is much 
slenderer, covered with grey tomentum to the middle and 
strongly constricted before the tip; the red colour on the 
third joimt is more extended, the black band broader, 
produced in the centre as a triangle. 

The four males collected by me form part of a series of 
two dozen or so caught in one week, resting on the highest 
and sunniest parts of a stone wall round an unoccupied 
farmyard ; no females were to be seen. I was not successful 
in discovering their breeding-place. 


Nearctic Region. 


There are only two species known in N. America, both 
said to be fairly common. There was a specimen in the 
British Museum Collection labelled “N. America” and 
placed under H. punctulata; it is apparently a specimen of 
Hi. variegata, and certainly does not agree with the description 
of either of the N.-American species ; the locality-label is 
probably incorrect. 


H. punctulata, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 163 (1838); Walker, List Dipt. 
v. p. 295 (1854) ; Osten Sacken, Cat. Diptera N. Amer. p. 55 (1878); 
Bigot, Bull. Soe. Zool. Fr. xvi. p. 77 (1890); Hine, Tabanide of Ohio, 
Ohio Acad. Science, Special Papers, no. vy. p. 23 (1903).—United 
States. 

H. americana, Osten Sacken, Mem. Boston Soe. ii. p. 895 (1876) ; id. Cat. 
Diptera N. Amer. p. 55 (1878); Bigot, 2. c.; Johnson, Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 323 (1895); Hine, 2. ¢.; id. Ohio Nat. v. no. 2, 
p. 251 (1904),—Colorado, British Columbia. 


Ethiopian Region. 

The described species of Hematopota from this region 
number nineteen, counting H. ruficornis, &, Macq., and 
H. ruficornis, §, Walker, as two distinct species, and 
H, dorsalis, Loew, as a synonym of H. decora, Wk. ; 


of the Family Tabanide. 99 


thirteen of these are from South Africa, two from West 
Africa, and five from East Africa. Ten new species are 
described in this paper, of which five come from Uganda, 
four from East Africa, and one from the Transvaal, bringing 
up the total of described species to thirty. Loew’s Dipt. 
Siidafrik. should be consulted for species from South Africa. 

The character given in the table of the first joint of the 
antennz as incrassate or not incrassate should not be 
regarded as absolute, as it is difficult in some cases to decide 
under which head a species should be placed. I have inter- 
preted incrassate after Mik’s definition (‘ Fauna Hernstein,’ 
Becker, iii. p. 515, 1886), viz. when the first joint is 
elliptical in shape, that is distinctly widened in the middle 
looked at from above, it is incrassate as distinguished from 
simply cylindrical or not incrassate. I have not seen the 
type of H. inappendiculata, ¢ , Bigot. 


H. ocellata, 2, Wied., Zool. Mag. iii. p. 38 (1819); id. Dipt. Exot. i. 

P 100 (1821) ; id. Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 217 (1828); Walker, List 

ipt. pt. i. p. 100 (1846) ; Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 48 (note) (1860) ; 
Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 81 (1866).—Cape of Good Hope. 

H. imbrium, 2, Wied., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 215 (1828); Macq., Dipt. 
Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 46 (1848) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v- Suppl. 1, 
p- 295 (1854).—Caffraria, Cape. 

H, ruficornis, $, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 45 (1848) ; Walker, 
List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 296 (1854).—Port Natal. 

H. ruficornis, 2, Walker, Dipt. Saund. p. 453 (1850).—Port Natal. 

H. decora, 2, Walker, Dipt. Saund. p. 454 (1850).—Port Natal. [H. dor- 
salis, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 52. | 

H, es Q, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 47, pl. i. fig. 24 (1869).—Cape 

own. 

H. obsewra, 3, Loew, ib. p. 48, pl. i. fig. 25 (1860}.—Cape. 

H., scutellaris, 2 , Loew, ib. p. 49 (1860).—Caftraria. 

H. recurrens, 2, Loew, ib. p. 50, pl. i. tig. 26 (1860).—Port Natal. 

H. vittata, 2, Loew, ib. p. 50, pl. i. fig. 28 (1860).—N’Gami, S. Africa. 

H. bistrigata, 2 , Loew, ib. p. 51, pl. i. fig. 27 (1860); Schiner, Reise der 
Novara, p. 81 (1866).—Caffraria. 

H. circumscripta, 9, Loew, ib. p. 51, pl. i. fig. 31 (1860).—Caffraria. 

H. inappendiculata (Q2?), Bigot, Archiv. Entom, il. p. 350 (1858).— 
Gaboon, W. Africa. 

H. guineensis, 2, Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 369; id. Bull. Soc. 
Zool. Fr. xvi. p. 76 (1891). [H. cordigera, Bigot, J. c., name twice 
chosen. |—A byssinia. 

H. hieroglyphica, 2, Gerstiicker, Arch. fiir Nat. xxxvii. p. 362 (1871); 
id. Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Afrik. pt. iii. p. 385 (1873),—Endara, 
Zanzibar. 

H., maculiplena, 2, Karsch, Berlin. ent. Zeit. xxxi. p. 371, pl. iv. fig. 5 
(1887).—Bondei, E. Africa. 

H. albihirta, 2, Karsch, J. ¢. pl. iv. fig. 4 (1887).—Usambara, East 
Africa. 

H. strigipennis, 9, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xv. p. 239 (1890).—Gaboon, 
West Africa. 

H. meteorica, 2, Corti, Ann. Mus. Ciy. Genova, xxxy. p. 131 (1895).— 
Gallaland, E. Africa. 


100 


bo 


16, 


Ty. 


2 60 5 9 080 2 Be ie wie poe 6 6 


SLAP SOS 8 fe) 0 18 ere Leda del wins ed eile in 


ee ee SR Oe hon Tia ig ee 


. Anterior tibize with two white or yel- 


lowes Soo set eee Seen 
Anterior tibiz with one white or yellow 


BUEES fe, 0.46 (a, ee le a) holes isia seEe fete ce wie Iginla 
Bie Se soe eka we 28 Ale up 


BO Sle. sche miele es» se as 6 
CAF Bie ee nie everetw ls (ayes 
S)0 a 0 4)8 
¥ Mis, Aon» (Whe wale laren tap 


a a's Gis o2! 8 ale aufe 


Abdomen blackish grey 


» Abdomen dark red-brown, with light 


brown spots; the first joint of an- 
tennze short 


Oe (0 aie) re/e: cya eo (us) ue nine 


Scutellum almost wholly dark ; an- 
tennze deep black, reddish at the base 
of the third joint 

Scutellum not almost wholly dark .... 

Basal joint of hind tarsi with white 
hairs at the base 


Rie BS e cea RR Oe Om) 


OP? PAS © Cee Se wlem ine © 


Miss G. Ricardo on the Genus Hematopota 


inappendiculata, ? 2 , Bigot. 
2. 

29. 

9 

a) 


4. 
28. 
strigipennis, 2 , Karsch. 


6. 
16. 


cireumscripta, 2, Loew. 


8. 
9. 
duplicata, 2, Loew. 


*hirta, 2, sp. n. 


hieroglyphica, 2 , Gerst. 
13. 
14, 


maculiplena, 9 , Karsch. 
*ruficornis, 2, W1k. 
*nigrescens, Q, sp. n, 


*longa, 2, sp. n. 
guineensis, 2 , Bigot. 


* obscura Loew. 
17 3 ’ 
i 


albthirta, 2, Karsch, 


21. 
vittata, 2, Loew. 
20. 


*ugande, 2, sp. n. 


*distincta, 2, sp. n. 


of the Family Tabanide. 101 


21. Ground-colour of wings light rusty 


eT On ere bistrigata, 2, Loew. 
Ground-colour of wings pale blackish 
grey or brownish grey ............ 22. 
22, Antenne brownish or blackish........ 23. 


Antenne testaceous or reddish brown, 
sometimes black at the extreme apex. 25, 
23, Abdomen with triangular median spots 


of whitish colour on the segments .. *imbrium, 9, Wiedem. 
Abdomen with no such spots ........ 24, 


24, First joint of antennz distinctly incras- 

sate; the two black spots on the face 
ME MIM RS ili Laid + ainie s'p x'vie'n vice ge scutellaris, 2, Loew. 

First joint of antennz hardly incrassate ; 

the two black spots on the face small, 


WIGGly BHPATALOG . 6... kk tt te ee recurrens, 2, Loew. 
25. Upper part of face yellowish brown, 
SPE DOUS whi on ws cpio 's «6)s20p0 0) 00 26. 
Son part of face not yellowish brown, 
MLR ge wai ose Xe » 27. 
26. First joint of antenne moderately in- 
crassate, small, yellow ......... .. *brunnescens, 9, sp. 2. 
First joint of antennze much incrassate, 
Se a ee *bipunctata, 2, sp. n. 


. Wings with distinct ocelli: an ashy- 
grey black species (from the Cape) .. *ocellata, 2, Wiedem. 
? Wings with no distinct ocelli: a brown 
species (from East Africa) .......... meteorica, 9, Corti. 
[27 a. Antenne red, apex black .......... ruficornis, 3, Macq. | 
28. Thorax with a broad white stripe. Face 
black above. Third joint of antennz 
RUMERBEEGOE Soc ccs sc act cee cae *decora, 2, Walker. 
29, Wings have a chequered appearance .. *brunnipennis, Q, sp. n. 
Wings have not a chequered appear- 
ance; the dark colour predominates 
only on the posterior border and at the 


A) SRO oO 
30. Palpi and antennez yellowish ........ *unicolor, 2, sp. n, 
Palpi and antenne blackish .......... *similis, 2, sp. 0. 


Hematopota hirta, 9, sp.n. 


Type (female), Uganda (Lt.-Col. Bruce), 1903. 206, and 
nine other females. 

These were collected and sent by Lt.-Col. Bruce to the 
British Museum (Natural History) in a box with tsetse-flies 
and other Tabanidz. 

A dark hairy species; face with long white pubescence ; 
the grey spots on the abdomen large and prominent, appearing 
at first sight as grey stripes. 

Face greyish, with long white hairs ; some brown colour 
appears on the sides, but there are no black spots. Palpi 
yellowish, with white hairs at the base and black pubescence 
on the apical half. Antenne red, the first joint not incras- 


102 Miss G. Ricardo on the Genus Heematopota 


sate, with long black pubescence; the second joint round 
with black hairs; the third wide, rather short, black at its 
extreme apex. Frontal callus broad, black, shining, barely 
reaching the eyes on its anterior border, receding from them 
entirely on the posterior border, which is straight ; the spot 
between the antenne black, being a continuation of the 
callus ; brown rings round the antenn; the paired spots 
small, black, not reaching the eyes; the forehead yellowish 
brown near the callus, darker on the vertex. Thorax brown, 
with three yellowish-brown linear stripes; a large oblong 
spot at the suture on each side-stripe and another one at the 
base of each stripe ; sides of thorax grey, the pubescence on 
the dorsum spare and short, of a pale yellow colour, on the 
sides with long black and then white hairs. Scutellum 
brown, with pale yellow pubescence. Abdomen dark brown, 
with large, irregular-shaped, grey spots on each side, almost 
reaching the anterior border of each segment, but not the 
posterior border; the posterior borders of the segments of 
the same colour, widest in the middle, the sides partly grey ; 
underside greyish. Legs yellow and brown, the femora 
yellow with white pubescence, which is thickest on the fore 
femora ; all the tibiae have two yellow rings; the tarsi are 
darker on the apical half of the joints; the tibie and tarsi 
with black pubescence. Wings greyish, with yellowish- 
brown stigma and veins, the pale markings fairly distinct, 
the apical band short, single. 

Length 8 mm. 

In some of the specimens the paired spots are larger and 
reach the eyes. 

Pl. III. fig. 1, type (female). 


Hematopota ruficornis, 9 , Walker. 

Type, 68. 4 (Saunders), Natal. 

One female from Cape Town (H. A. Spencer), 91. 29. 
The type is a well-preserved specimen. 

The species is distinguished from H. hieroglyphica, Gerst., 
by the characteristics mentioned in the table, and also by 
the presence of spots on the face, whereas they are appa- 
reutly absent in Gersticker’s species, and the transverse 
callus is shining red-brown, not pitchy black. From 
H. meteorica, Corti, it is distinguished by the absence of any 
large brown longitudinal band on the underside of the 
abdomen, and only the extreme tip of the antenne is black. 
The following redescription may be found useful :— 

A red-brown species, with distinct grey spots on the 
abdomen and testaceous antenne. 


of the Family Tabanide. 103 


Face grey; the spots under the antenne are red rather 
than black, as is also the transverse stripe, which is in- 
distinct and broken up into red dot-like spots. Palpi reddish, 
with dense black pubescence above and some grey hairs 
below. Antenne rather long, the first joint light yellow, 
cylindrical, but not very slender, with black pubescence ; the 
second the same colour, with similar pubescence; the third 
reddish, only the last divisions black, a little longer than the 
first two joints together. Frontal callus the same colour as 
the first antennal joint, slightly lunate in front, very slightly 
sinuous on the posterior border, narrow, reaching the eyes ; 
there is a faint brown double spot between the antennz ; 
the paired spots are brown, large, touching the eyes, the 
unpaired spot nearly as large, brown; the forehead yellowish 
brown, with grey pubescence. Thorax red-brown, with 
narrow grey stripes, the outer ones only reaching the suture 
and ending in the usual spots; sides of thorax and breast 
greyish; scutellum yellow-brown, with grey pubescence. 
Abdomen yellow-brown, darker at the apex, the spots on 
the sides of the segments very distinct and large, the median 
ones indistinct; the sides of the first three segments are 
grey, also the posterior borders of the segments ; the pubes- 
cence is chiefly grey ; the underside of abdomen faint red, 
with grey tomentum and pubescence. Legs yellowish, the 
rings on the middle and posterior legs dark brown ; the 
tarsi black, as are also the fore tibiz on the apical haif. 
Wings greyish brown, the white markings conspicuous, 
especially so at the opening of the fifth posterior cell; the 
apical band sinuous, single; veins yellowish brown ; there is 
a distinct ocellus above the brown stigma; all the posterior 
cells except the fourth with clear margins, that of the fifth 
being the largest. 

Length 9 mm. 

Pl. ILI. fig. 2, type (female). 

A smaller specimen from Cape Town seems identical. It 
hardly seems probable that the male described by Macquart 
as H. ruficornis is identical with the above, as suggested by 
Walker; Macquart describes his species as blackish, and 
_says the third joint of the antennz is a little shorter than 
the first joint ; the locality is Port Natal. 


Hematopota nigrescens, 2, sp. n. 
Type (female), Altri-iga, Mawe, B. E. Africa (C. S. Betton), 
1900. 35, 13. 11.—4. v. 99. 


A small black-grey species with yellow antenne and yellow 
legs ; the first joint of the antenne short. 


104 Miss G. Ricardo on the Genus Hematopota 


Face grey, with no black spots; a narrow brown stripe 
between the antennze and the eyes, bordering the frontal 
callus. Palpi the same colour, with black pubescence. 
Frontal callus shining black, narrow, bordering the antennz 
closely, leaving only a small triangular black spot between 
the antenne, reaching the eyes, not produced in the middle. 
Antenne light yellow; the first joint short, cylindrical, the 
second round, short, with no cup-like prolongation above, 
the third with the basal annulation not very wide; there are 
ong black hairs on the first two joints. Forehead wide, 
greyish, with the dark ground-colour apparent, becoming 
shining on the vertex ; the paired black spots are small, not 
touching the eyes; there is no sign of the unpaired black 
spot. Thorax black, with three faint grey stripes and grey 
tomentum, which latter covers the scutellum. Abdomen 
black, with a well-marked series of hoary-grey undefined spots 
on each side; the hind margins of the segments are also 
grey. Legs the same colour as the antenne; the tarsi 
darker ; the rings of the middle and posterior tibiz are 
faintly outlined by a dark ring of colour, but even this is not 
apparent on the fore tibiz. Wings greyish, the rosettes of 
light colour, fairly distinct ; the apical sinuous band is double ; 
stigma and veins yellowish brown. 

Length 8 mm. 

Pl. III. fig. 3, type (female). 

It was not possible to get a very satisfactory photograph 
of the wing, owing to its imperfect condition. 


Hematopota longa, 2 , sp. n. 


Type (female), Nyasaland, Nov. 1892 (H. H. Johnston), 
94.1.2; one female from Ndi, E. Africa (WW. S. Godfrey), 
98. 69; one female from Lunigina River, Henga, west of 
Lake Nyasa, 3000 feet, 29. 1. 94 (R. Crawshay), 98. 81. 

A small black species, distinguished by the long cylin- 
drical first joint of the yellow antenne. 

Face grey, with two black spots in the centre, not con- 
tiguous ; the usual stripe is almost resolved into a large spot 
bordering on the eyes and small punctuated spots. Palpi 
yellowish, with white hairs at the base and black hairs beyond. 
Antenne light yellow, the third joint darker on its apical 
half ; the first joint long and slender, together with the second 
nearly as long as the third joint; the second short, with 
tuft-hke black hairs below and above on its upper edge. 
Frontal callus black, shining, in front Iunate, with two 
black spots proceeding from it between the antennex; the 


of the Family Tabanidie. 105 


hind border somewhat sinuous; the paired spots large, 
touching the eyes, the unpaired spot small and indistinct. 
Forehead brownish, with grey tomentum forming a broad 
arrow on the vertex (the arrow-like shape is only distinct on 
the type). Thorax brown-black, rather shining, with grey 
stripes. Abdomen brownish black, the hind borders of the 
segments greyish; there are indistinct grey spots on the 
hind segments. Legs brownish, the usual lighter rings and 
the base of the metatarsi yellow, the tarsi black, the fore 
tibiz slightly dilated. Wings brown, with the rosettes of 
light colour clearly marked ; the apical sinuous line broad 
and single, the posterior cells usually with light colour on 
the outer border; stigma and veins yellowish brown. 

Length 9 mm. 

PL. IIL. fig. 4, female (not type). 


Hematopota obscura, g ? , Loew. 


Two females from Karkloof and one female from Port 
Natal seem to agree with the description of the female given 
by Loew; the spots on the abdomen are hardly visible on 
one of the specimens. 


Hematopota ugande, 2, sp. n. 


Type (female) and nine other females from Uganda 
(Lt.-Col. Bruce), 1903. 206. 

This species is nearly allied to H. vittata, Loew, but is 
distinguished from it, firstly, by the absence of the black 
band on upper part of face; secondly, by the broader frontal 
callus produced to a point on the posterior border; 
thirdly, by the shape of the antenne, which are longer and 
more slender and the first joint is less incrassate; and 
fourthly, by the absence of the unpaired black spot on the 
forehead. From dH. distincta, sp. n., it is easily distin- 
guished by the difference in the wings, its smaller and less 
robust appearance, and its lighter colouring. 

Face brownish, covered with grey tomentum, the brown 
colour appearing as the usual spots and as the transverse 
stripe: the spare pubescence is yellowish. Palpi faint red, 
with grey tomentum and short black pubescence. Antenne 
yellowish brown, with some grey tomentum, the last divisions 
of the third joint deep black; the first joint slightly incras- 
sate, the second short, both with black pubescence, the third 
rather long and slender. Forehead brown, yellowish at the 
sides and round the spots. Frontal callus reddish brown, 
shining (in some of the other specimens it is darker, almost 


106 Miss G. Ricardo on the Genus Ueematopota 


black), broad, produced on its anterior border; the paired 
spots large, not reaching the eyes, deep brown ; the unpaired 
spot is not apparent. Thorax brown, with three narrow 
yellowish stripes, the central one expanding beyond the 
suture into a broad median stripe with spots at its base, the 
side ones end in the usual spots, sides yellowish; or the 
thorax might be described as yellowish brown with three 
brown stripes, the middle one divided by a yellow line and 
terminating at the suture. Scutellum brown, with a central 
yellowish stripe. Abdomen brownish, yellower at the base 
and on the sides, where the yellow appears as large irregular 
spots, and the posterior borders of the segments are yellow 
with short yellow pubescence ; the underside greyish brown. 
Legs reddish brown with yellow rings; the fore tibiz only 
yellow at the base. Wings brown, with the rosettes more 
distinctly marked than in H. distincta, often lighter in the 
centre; veins brown; stigma dark brown; apical band 
single; the blotch on the apical line in the type is not 
always present, and may perhaps be accidental, due to a loss 
of colouring-matter. 
Length 10 mm. 
Pl. III. fig. 5, type (female). 


Hematopota distincta, ? , sp. 1. 

Type (female) from Plateau of Zomba, Nyasaland (A. 
Sharp), 97. 46; one female from Kasungu Mt., Nyika, 
Nyasaland, 4. ii. 96 (R. Crawshay), 98. 81; one female, 
British East Africa (C. S. Betton), 1901. 319. 

A well-marked distinct species, the thoracic markings 
allied to those of H. vittata. In colour dark brown, the 
scutellum yellowish brown, the legs with the usual white or 
yellow rings. 

Face reddish, with grey tomentum; no black spots and 
only a trace of the transverse stripe. Palpi rather long, 
yellowish red, with black hairs and some white hairs below. 
Antennz brown-black, dull red at the base of the first and 
third joints, the first only shghtly incrassate, and with the 
second joint covered with black pubescence, the last annula- 
tions of the third joint black. Forehead reddish brown, the 
froutal callus and paired spots darker brown; the callus 
shining, broad, reaching the eyes, lunate on the posterior, 
almost straight on the anterior border; the spots between the 
antenne black; the unpaired spot small, joimed to a dark 
median spot on the vertex. ‘Thorax brown-black, the sides 
reddish grey; the stripes narrow, grey, the median one not 
very distinct, prolonged into an oblong spot with a wide 


of the Family Tabanide. 107 


base, the outer ones ending in small spots. Scutellum 
yellowish brown, with very distinct grey tomentum on the 
anterior border. Abdomen brown, with yellowish borders 
to the segments and fairly distinct grey spots on each side 
of every segment; the underside brown, with faint yellow 
borders and with grey tomentum. Legs dark brown, the 
rings light yellow; the fore legs only yellow at the base of 
the tibie. Wings large, dark brownish ; the dark markings 
give many of the veins the appearance of being shaded ; the 
rosettes are fairly distinct, the apical sinuous line single, 
concave, short, only reaching just beyond the anterior fork 
of the third vein. 

Length 11 mm. 

Pl. III. fig. 6, type (female). 


Hematopota brunnescens, 2? , sp. n. 


Type (female) and other females from Catia (Lt.-Col. 
Bruce), 1903. 206, and British Central Africa. 

A small brown species with grey wings; the upper part of 
the face yellow-brown and the first joint of the antennze 
rather short. 

Face grey, with grey pubescence and no black spots, the 
upper part yellowish brown, where it reaches the callus 
becoming yellower. Palpi fairly long, grey, with black 
pubescence. Antenne yellowish, darker at the extreme apex 
and on the upper angle of the base of the third joint ; first 
jomt rather short, slightly incrassate, the second small, 
both with black pubescence. Frontal callus yellowish brown, 
shining, almost straight on both borders, reaching the eyes ; 
the paired spots black, reaching the eyes. Forehead reddish 
brown, with grey tomentum, most noticeable in contact with 
the callus and on the vertex ; some very short black pubes- 
cence apparent. Thorax brown, with three yellowish-grey 
linear stripes, the middle one very faint, the outer ones 
ending at the kase in enlarged spots ; the sides of the thorax 
and shoulders grey; scutellum reddish brown, the red 
rather apparent, probably owing to the denudation of the 
grey tomentum, which is most noticeable on the borders. 
Abdomen dark brown, with the posterior borders of the 
segments yellowish ; the spots on the sides grey, round; the 
underside grey and brown. Legs yellowish brown, some 
grey tomentum on the femora and tibiz and some yellow 
pubescence on the posterior femora, the usual rings yellowish. 
Wings uniformly grey, with faint pale markings; stigma 
yellowish brown, veins brown, appendix long. 


108 Miss G. Ricardo on the Genus Hzematopota 


Length 9 mm. 

Pl Virhig ve 

In other specimens the abdomen is redder, the grey spots 
very distinct, and often a grey median line is present ; the 
abdomen of type is evidently denuded. 

A series from Buruli, Uganda, “in patch of forest on 
Lukogo River, halfway between Junda and Kiseliza,” have 
the following note :—“ Especially virulent species, complained 
of by natives as injuring if not actually killing their cattle ” 
(Lt.-Col. Bruce). 


Hamatopota bipunctata, 2, sp. n. 


Type (female), from Volksrust, Transvaal, 5400 feet, 
17. xi. 1903 (Crawshay), and another female from same 
locality. 

A well-marked species with distinct ocelli and markings 
on the brown mottled wings; the black abdomen with two 
rows of grey spots. It is nearly related to H. duplicata, 
Loew, but the apical band of wing is not double, though at 
its end it throws off an indistinct branch; the first joint of 
the antennee is incrassate, a point not mentioned by Loew in 
regard to his species, and there is no median line on the 
abdomen, which, with the very distinct spots on each segment, 
distinguishes it from H. duplicata, besides other small 
differences. 

Face grey, with black pubescence and no spots, the upper 
part yellowish brown; above yellowish; below brown, but 
broken up in the centre, which is greyish. Palpi long and 
slender, stouter at base, tapering to an obtuse point, yellowish, 
with grey tomentum and black hairs. Antenne reddish 
brown, the basal joint densely covered with grey tomentum, 
with long black hairs and a few yellow shorter hairs, stout 
and large, in length approaching that of the third joint; 
the second joint small, red, with black hairs; the third red, 
at the apex blackish, the red basal portion broader. Frontal 
callus very inconspicuous, being covered with grey tomentum ; 
it is yellowish, small, and narrow, not attaining the eyes, 
hardly extending beyond the base of the antennz, straight 
on both borders ; the paired spots black, large, reaching the 
eyes. Forehead wide, brownish, covered with grey tomentum ; 
on the vertex a large heart-shaped brown spot, with a fine 
grey median line dividing it into two halves ; the pubescence 
of the forehead black, short. Beard white. Thorax blackish 
brown, with two interrupted grey stripes and a trace of a 
narrow median one; shoulders and sides grey ; the scutellum 


of the Family Tabanide. 109 


the same colour, with a grey median stripe and grey on the 
outer borders. Abdomen black-brown, with distinct large 
grey spots on each side, beginning from the first segment 
and reaching to the last segment ; the posterior borders grey ; 
on the second segment the border is enlarged to a triangular 
median spot; traces of similar spots are seen on the other 
segments, but they form no distinct median stripe; the very 
short pubescence is chiefly black on the dark colouring and 
grey on the grey colouring, with the sides thesame. Under- 
side brown, with inconspicuous yellow pubescence. Legs 
brown, the knees of the femora yellow ; the tibiz with two 
yellow rings ; the tarsi brown, the basal joint yellow, brown 
at the extreme apex ; the pubescence of the legs black, with 
some few white hairs. Wings brown, the extreme base 
and fore border lighter, all the rosettes fully formed and 
distinct ; the stigma brown; veins brown; the appendix 
large. 

Length 10 mm. 

Pl. 1V. fig. 8, type (female). 

The second female is apparently the same species, though 
much discoloured. 


Hematopota imbrium, ° , Wiedem. 


Two specimens in poor preservation labelled “ South 
Africa (Dr. Smith),”’ 44. 6, are probably identical with this 
species, 

Loew remarks that it is difficult to distinguish between this 
species and his H. recurrens and H. scutellatus ; the whitish 
triangular spots on the median line of the abdomen mentioned 
by Wiedemann are not present in his species. Macquart 
declares H. imbrium to be a common species in Kaffraria. 


Hematopota ocellata, 2, Wiedem. 


One female from Estcourt, Jan. 1897 (G. A. K. Marshall), 
Tosi 7. 

Two females from Cape Colony, 40. 6. 26. 702 and 703. 

It is impossible to add anything to the original description 
of this species from the want cf a good series of specimens. 
H. meteorica, ? , Corti, seems difficult to distinguish from 
Wiedemann’s species; the distinction regarding the wings 
given in the table is from the author’s description. 


Hematopota meteorica, 2 , Corti. 


Two females from Zomba, Nyasaland (Sharp). 97. 46, 
may belong to this species, but are in too bad conditiou for 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. y 


f 


110 Miss G. Ricardo on the Genus Ilematopota 


more exact determination; the legs are rather darker than 
the author describes in his species and no median grey line 
is apparent on the abdomen. 

There are two specimens from the same locality, likewise 
badly preserved ; in the wings the light colour is almost 
entirely broken up into minute spots; probably they will 
prove to be a new species, 


Hematopota decora, ?, Walker [H. dorsalis, Loew}. 


Type (female), Saunders Coll., 68. 4, Natal; and seven 
females from Busoga, Uganda (Bruce), 1903. 270. 

These specimens have not the stripes of the thorax con- 
tinuous as in table i. fig. 33 of Loew’s ‘ Diptera Siidafrika,’ 
but interrupted at the suture for a space; otherwise they 
agree with Loew’s description ; his type came from Caffraria, 
S. Africa. The figure of the antenne in his fig. 34 is 
evidently incorrect, the first joint being very much incrassate 
and the third joint much broader than usual, as noted in the 
text. 

Pl. IV. fig. 9, type (female). 


Hematopota guineensis, 2 , Bigot. 


Type (female) from Abyssinia. 

This species was first named H. cordigera, but was changed 
to the above name by the author, cordigera bemg already 
used for a species from Asia. The type was described with 
the antennz incomplete, only the first two joints remaining ; 
these are cylindrical, yellow in colour. The frontal callus 
is pitchy brown, broad, produced on its hind border, almost 
straight on the anterior border ; the paired spots large, brown, 
reaching the eyes; the unpaired spot is very small and 
indistinct ; the spots on the face are brown and the trans- 
verse brown stripe is placed on a line with them, nearly 
joining them. ‘The thorax is reddish brown, with three 
narrow grey stripes, the outer ones ending at the suture in 
the usual spots; there are also half-moon spots at the base 
of the thorax; scutellum the same colour, with grey 
tomentum ; the abdomen is brownish, yellower at the base, 
aud the posterior margins of the segments are lighter 
coloured. Legs yellowish brown, the fore tarsi somewhat 
dilated. Wings brown-grey, the extreme apex clear; veins 
and stigma brown ; the apical sinuous line begins below apex, 
reaching the posterior branch of the third vein, where it 
joins another short band from the anterior branch. 

Length 9 mm. 

Pl. LY. fig. 10, type (female). 


of the Family 'Tabanide. EXE 


Hemutopota brunnipennis, 93 , sp. 1. 


P] 

Type (female) and another female from Salisbury, Dec. 
1899 (G. A. K. Marshall). 

One female from Lunigina River, Henga, west of Lake 
Nyasa, 3000 feet, 29.1. 94 (R. Crawshay), 98. 81. 

Five females, 24 miles from Blantyre, Brit. Centr. Africa, 
22. 1. 1905, 6 to 7 a.m. (Dr. J. E. S. Old), with note: “In 
tall green reeds: bit donor and hisman. Usually silent and 
very sluggish.” 

This and the following species are distinguished by the 
absence of lighter rings of colour on the legs. 

A greyish-brown species with brownish wings and yellow 
legs and antenne, the tips of the latter being black. 

Face brown, the dense tomentum gives it a grey appear- 
ance; no black spots or stripe present. Palpi pale yellow, 
with yellow pubescence and some black pubescence on the 
upper surface. Antenne yellowish, the tips dull black; the 
first joint only slightly incrassate, the third rather long and 
slender, the first two joints with some black pubescence. 
Frontal callus mahogany-brown, shining (on the one from 
Lake Nyasa it is more yellowish brown), narrow, attaining 
the eyes, much produced in front; a narrow brown stripe 
between the antenne; the paired spots large, triangular, 
black, not reaching the eyes, the unpaired spot indistinct ; 
the sparse pubescence on the forehead white; on the vertex 
are two oblong brown spots divided in the middle. Thorax 
brown, with three grey stripes, the median one linear, the 
side ones indistinctly continued from the suture; the sides 
and breast grey. Scutellum brown, grey in the middle and 
at the sides. Abdomen brown, with grey spots; the grey 
colour apparent at the sides and on the posterior border of 
the segments, also as a fine median line, the first segment 
being almost wholly grey. The underside brown, grey at 
the sides, on which some minute black dots are scattered. 
Legs yellowish, the femora with grey tomentum, and some 
black pubescence on the tarsi. Wings have a chequered 
appearance, the brown and the white colour very distinct ; 
seen with the naked eye the brown colour is more marked at 
the apex and on the fore border as blotches; stigma light 
brown ; veins brown. 

Length 95 mm. 

Pl. IV. fig. 11, type (female). 


Hematopota unicolor, 2, sp. nu. 


Type and one other female from Uganda (Lt.-Col. Bruce), 
She 


1g Miss G. Ricardo on the Genus Uematopota 


1903. 206; and another female from Uganda Protectorate 
(C. S. Betton), 1902. 146. 

This species is distinguished by the absence of the lighter 
rings on the legs and by the appearance of the wings, which 
are almost wholly pale at the base, the dark colour predomi- 
nating on the apical half and on the posterior border, 

Face grey, with some silvery-white pubescence; no spots 
or stripes are visible. Palpi yellow, large, robust, with white 
pubescence, mixed with some black hairs. Autennz reddish, 
the third joint darker and wholly black on the last three 
annulations ; the first joint is slightly incrassate, the second 
short, both with black pubescence ; the third is rather long. 
Frontal callus yellowish brown, shining, slightly sinuous on 
both borders, with a triangular projection in the centre of 
the anterior border. Forehead brown, covered with grey 
tomentum ; the paired spots large, black, not reaching the 
eyes, the unpaired spot small, brownish; the sides with 
yellowish tomentum. Thorax, scutellum, and abdomen of a 
uniform sandy-yellowish colour, the dark ground-colour 
rarely visible; the pubescence pale, short, and yellow, thickest 
on the abdomen; the grey stripes on the thorax are faint. 
Legs yellow. Wings to a great extent pale on the basal 
half; the basal, anal, and discal cells, and fore border as far 
as the stigma almost wholly pale-coloured, only a few brown 
blotches appearing; the dark colour on the apical half of the 
wing is greyish brown; stigma and first two longitudinal 
veins yellowish, other veins brown; only two rosettes 
distinctly marked ; the appendix long. 

Length 11 mm. 

P}. 1V. fig. 12, type (female). 


Hematopota similis, 2, sp. 0. 


T'ype (female) and three other females from Uganda 
(Lt.-Col. Bruce), 1903. 270. 

This species is nearly related to H. unicolor, sp. n., but 
may be distinguished from it by its dark palpi and antenn 
and in the following particulars :— 

There are traces of a dark stripe between the antenne and 
the eyes, but it is hardly visible in the other specimens. 
Palpi greyish black, with thick black pubescence and some 
yellow hairs at their bases. Antenne greyish black, the 
sccond joint and the base of the third reddish; the three 
last annulations of the third joint black, all joints with 
black pubescence ; the first joint is not so incrassate as in 
H. unicolor, but is almost cylindrical. Frontal callus black, 


of the Family Tabanidee. 115 


shining, narrow, reaching the eyes, the anterior border 
concave, the posterior border slightly produced in the centre ; 
there are two small brown stripe-like spots between the 
antennee ; the paired spots are large, black, reaching the eyes ; 
the forehead is yellower, the tomentum being of this colour. 
The stripes on the thorax are distinct. Legs darker, the 
base of the tibize yellow; the femora blackish, with grey 
tomentum ; the fore tarsi black, the basal joint of the middle 
and posterior tarsi yellow, the other joints black; on the 
middle and posterior tibiz the black pubescence gives the 
appearance of a dark ring in the middle, Wings rather 
darker, especially on the fore borders ; the anal cell is dark, 
but the first posterior cell is light-coloured for two thirds of 
its length; the upper rosettes are broken up, so that none 
are distinct ; veins and stigma dark brown. 

Length 10 mm. 

Pl. V. fig. 13, not type (female). 


Oriental Region. 


The described species of Hematopota from the Oriental 
Region are fourteen in number, given in Wulp’s Cat. Dipt. 
S. Asia. As the material in the British Museum (Natural 
History) Collection chiefly consists of new species from 
India and Ceylon, I have given a separate table for these 
and the Bigot types belonging to Mr. Verrall, including one 
Fabrician species of which there are specimens in the Collec- 
tion and one of Walker’s types from India. Another table, 
mostly of the older species, chiefly from the Kast Indies, 
including one of Walker’s types, is given as a possible help 
to identification. 

The six new species described are all from India and 
Ceylon. 

Through the kindness of Mr. Verrall I have had access to 
the Bigot types with the exception of H. cilipes and 
H. pachycera. Of the former there is an example in the 
British Museum Collection. Of the latter I have no know- 
ledge ; it is distinguished, according to the author, by the 
antennz being twice as long as the head, with a black 
abdomen, two rows of spots and the borders of the segments 
indistinctly grey. The author is doubtful whether these two 
species should belong to the genus. 

H. concentralis, 2, Walker, is not included in the tables, 
the type being without a head or wings, and no locality 
given. 

H. serpentina, Wied., described without a locality, is 


114 Miss G. Ricardo on the Genus Wematopota 


probably an Asiatic species, but I have not seen any specimens 


to 


“7 
— 


10. 


ie 


correspond to the description. 


Table of Indian and Ceylon Species. 


, eee UM Orman COLONT mm ieted © racers a eins 2. 
Legs with rings of lighter colour, or, at least, 
with the base of the fore tibize white or 


yelloWiucishseeeen seme eines bee pats celois 5. 
. The first joint of the antennz as long as the 
second and third combined .............. 3. 
The first joint of the antennze not so long as 
aver ath SS Rr(clb Wee eal Aty Oeen Ooi as 4 


. Abdomen brown, with grey stripe and spots.. *roralis, 2, Fabr. 
. Abdomen brown, with a very distinct hoary 


ORGY SALEUPO ws) chon aveh ae ioe cae legs ans oie ae limbata, 2, Bigot. 


. Legs white or yellow at the base of the fore 


tibize, but no typical rings of lighter colour. 6, 
Legs with typical rings of lighter colour on 
the middle or posterior tibize, or on both .. 9. 


3. Antenne long and slender, the first joint 


eylimdricall 2,117.1 arenes exter neat nee: i 
Antenne stout, the first joint incrassate .... 8. 
. A narrow brown species, no spots apparent on 
the sbdoments.7 bc. iat uae snc eee eeeai indiana, 2, Bigot. 
. A yellowish-brown narrow species, with grey 
spots on the abdomen ©... h eeu ame ata *cana, 2, Walker. 
Antenne long and slender, the first joint 
cylindrical eins spies hein a eee veers 10. 


Antennee rather long, the first joint incrassate. 12. 
Antenne with the first joint very short, only 

half as long as the third joint............ 16. 
Middle tibiz only have rings of lighter colour. *wnzzonata, sp. n. 
Middle and posterior tibiz with rings of 

lighteroloureds stat bdaie rs ais eee RIE ‘EF 
The paired spots coalesce; a dark brown 

species, with no spots on the abdomen .... cordigera, 2, Bigot. 
The paired spots do not coalesce; a greyish- 

brown species, with grey spots on the 


abdomen........ a Wit Hw Radke Fate eaten .. *eingalensis, 2, sp. n. 
12. A grey species, with chequered wings ...... *tessellata, 2, sp. n. 
Species with wings not chequered.......... 3. 
13. Species with pale band across the wing and 
No Tosettes <!.. ts. e ss Cie eres elem aves eheiies 14. 
Species with no pale band, but the usual 
TOSCLtOS) 2/0 chicken sNbicnekh re Ghrnee cn ees 
14. Reddish species, with hind tibiz incrassate 
ang. fringed. «ck. va pashan As abe eae *rubida, 9, sp. n. 


15 


1G 


Black species, with all the tibie densely 
fringed and the anterior and posterior tibiz 


SIGIOBAAEC OK «e's ahhh ole hid beam kidhis Shiai *cilipes, 9 , Bigot. 
. Blackish species, with the hind tibiz fringed, 
UL it On SRIGRASSAILO nev a einaleninls\assk Me SA *lata, 2, sp. n. 


. Dark brown species; abdomen grey at base, 
with white borders to the segments ...... *brevis, 2, sp. n. 


of the Family Tabanide. if ifs 


H. cana, 3, Walker, might almost be included under those 
with legs uniform in colour, but that the fore tibiz are 
yellow at the base. 


Table of Species from the East Indies. 


1. Base of fore tibizee white, no typical rings on 


a ding cea Givin ale Seis © viv wae 2. 
Base of fore tibize white, with typical rings 
ECM Gey ai ry eik ps6) oh mie vie's vce rd nee 4, 
2. Thorax with a broad yellow stripe ........ cingulata, 2°, Wied. 
Thorax with no such stripe .............. 3. 


3. Thorax and antenne red; abdomen brownish 
yellow at base, black on the posterior 
MMPI eet Aled ois sign 6 ovo) 0, 00. 816 98 ecane borneana, 2, Rond. 
Thorax brownish; abdomen brown, with 
grey spots at sides and a grey median stripe. punctifera, 9 , Bigot. 
i= 


ROMO TAR WItH DINGS... ccc cece ce eae 5, 
Middle tibiee only with rings.............. 6. 
POMS YEUIOWS vo x cic vid vie ne neces ve ws ite we wrorata, 2, Macq. 
Abdomen blackish brown, with white borders 
MHIP ER ECPROTUES oslde sea ve se sid ves eels lunulata, 2, Macq. 
Abdomen reddish brown, with grey spots and 
Rr I ars foam sow «0! ofa) shader epaelne javana, 29, Wiedem. 
Rr ePEHEINGHTIC SPCCIER was cs cence seesses .... *atomaria, 2, Walk. 


The figures of the wings of H. lunulata, irrorata, and 
javana by Wulp in ‘ Fauna Midden-Sumatra,’ pt. ii. p. 19, 
tab. 1. figs. 14, 13, 12 (1892), should be consulted. 


Hematopota limbata, 2 , Bigot. 


Type (female) from Bengal, and another female from 
Khasi Hills. 

A fair-sized species, easily distinguished by the prominent 
bluish-grey median stripe of abdomen, with large black spots 
on the upper part of the face. 

Brown. Face grey ; a large irregular-shaped black spot 
on each side of antenne, reaching to the eyes. Frontal callus 
yellow, shining, narrow, concave on the anterior border; the 
spot between the antenne black. Forehead grey; the paired 
spots black and distinct, the unpaired spot brown, indistinct. 
Antenne yellow; the first joint stout, not so long as the 
third joint, with black pubescence; the second joint very 
small, with black hairs; the third joint broad, becoming 
narrower where the annulations begin, and tapering to a 
point. Palpi yellow, with dense black pubescence. Thorax 
blackish brown, lighter-coloured at the sides, with faint 
narrow grey stripes, the breast with hoary markings. The 


116 Miss G. Ricardo on the Genus Hematopota 


abdomen brown, the posterior borders of the segments 
narrowly yellowish ; some faint black markings on the sides 
of abdomen; the underside brown, covered with grey 
tomentum. Legs yellow, with fine black pubescence; the 
coxee grey pollinose. Wings grey, with yellow veins and 
a long appendix; most of the veins are faintly shaded 
with darker colour; the typical markings are faint; there 
is one rosette apparent, enclosing the appendix, and another 
beyond. 
Length 113 mm. 


Hematopota roralis, Faby. 


One male from Velverry, Ceylon, 25. x. 91 (Yerbury), 
92.192; one female from Pankullam Road, Trincomalee, 
1.1.91 (Yerbury), 92.192; one female fromsHot Wells, 
Trincomalee, 8. xi. 91 (Yerbury), 92. 192. 

A black-brown species, with grey stripes and spots and 
long yellow antenne. 

The original description (of the female) being short and 
incomplete, the following particulars may be found useful :— 

?. Face grey, no spots below the antenne; the frontal 
callus yellow, shining, broad, the anterior border slightly 
concave; a small brown spot exists between the antenne. 
Forehead grey, the paired spots large, black; the unpaired 
spot is not present. Antenne yellow; the first joint as long 
as the two following, fairly stout, with some fine black 
pubescence; the second small, round, with black hairs; the 
third broad, not ending in as tapering a point as usual. 
Thorax black-brown, with three grey stripes and grey sides ; 
breast grey. Abdomen black-brown ; the grey spots at the 
sides large, nearly square, the median stripe narrow, the 
posterior borders of the segments lighter. Legs of a uniform 
yellow colour. Wings grey, with brown veins and stigma ; 
the usual rosettes and markings distinct; an appendix 
present. 

The male is similar, with the exception of the antenne, 
which differ, the first joint being stout and short, not so 
long as the third joint. 

Length 9 mm. 


Hematopota cana, 2, Walker. 


Type (female), Northern Bengal, 42. 25 (Lieut. Campbell). 
A small yellow-brown species, with large grey spots at the 
sides of abdomen and an indistinct median stripe. 


of the Family Tabanide. 117 


The type is in very poor preservation, which makes any 
description of it incomplete. 

Face grey, no spots ; the frontal callus brown, both its 
borders somewhat irregular ; ; a small brown spot is situated 
between the antennz; the paired spots are brown, large, 
oblong, the unpaired one is small. Forehead grey. An- 
tenn brown, the first joint yellowish, stout, not quite so 
long as the third; the palpi yellow, with black pubescence. 
Thorax blackish, with three grey stripes, the sides and breast 
greyish. Abdomen yellowish, darker at the tips, with large 
hoary grey spots on the sides ; the median stripe appears 
incomplete, the hind borders of the segments narrowly 
yellow. Legs yellow; the fore cox very long ; the femora 
brownish ; the fore tibie brown , yellow at the base; the tarsi 
brown at the tips. Wings grey, the veins yellow, with an 
appendix ; the light rosettes and spots fairly distinct. 

Length 8 mm, 


Hematopota atomaria, 3° , Walker. 


Type (female), Sarawak, Borneo (Wallace), 56. 44, and 
two other females from Sarawak, 57. 36. 

A small dark species, with brown wings, distinctly marked 
with the usual rosettes and spore; the first joimt of the 
antennz incrassate. 

Face grey; two small black sits beneath the antenne ; 
the upper part of the face with a brown stripe, which 
becomes yellowish near the antenne ; the palpi yellow, with 
black pubescence; the beard white. Frontal callus pitchy 
brown, shming, broad, reaching the eyes, with the posterior 
border convex, rounded, the anterior border reaching round 
the antennee ; ‘the paired spots black, round, reaching the 
eyes and the ‘frontal callus, with yellow bor ders. For ehead 
brown, yellower on the vertex; the unpaired spot not 
present. Antenne blackish ; the first joint dark red, shining, 
with black hairs, shghtly incrassate, consider ably shorter 
than the third ; second very small ; third broad, ending in a 
point. Thorax brown, with traces of darker stripes and of 
short white pubescence ; ; scutellum the same colour; breast 
brown. Abdomen brown, with narrow greyish borders to 
the segments, which are ‘broader on the underside. Legs 
reddish brown, with black pubescence, which becomes fringe- 
like on the hind legs; the base of the anterior tibiz w hite, 
the middle tibie with the typical rings, the posterior tibiee 
brown at the extreme base, then white and brown on the 
apical half. Wings brown, with brown veins and an 


118 Miss G. Ricardo on the Genus Heematopota 


appendix ; the apical band single; all the posterior cells and 
apical cell with a triangular white spot at their openings, 
with the exception of the fourth posterior cell. 

Length 9 mm. 

Pl. V. fig. 14, not type (female). 


Hematopota unizonata, 3 3, sp. nu. 

Type (male), Hakgala, Ceylon, 95. 91 (Yerbury), 92. 192. 

Type (female), Hakegala, Ceylon, 24. v.91 (Yerbury), 
92: 192; Big females, fom ivi ara Eliya, 16. v. 91, 
12. OLS ae VAL (Yerbury), 92.192; five females from 
ye ai Ceylon (Green), 90.115 and 95. 91, and one 
female, April 1898, 1903. 150; one female from Galagedara, 
Ceylon, June 1897 (Green), 1903. 150. 

There is a note by Col. Yerbury on this species, viz. : “ Very 
common at Niuwara Eliya, May 1891.” 

A reddish-brown species, with rings on the middle tibiz 
only ; the other tibize white at the base; the antenne long, 
cylindrical. 

Face grey; a yellowish stripe covered with brown dots 
and spots reaches from the antennz to the eyes on each side; 
palpi yellow, with white pubescence ; beard white. Frontal 

callus dark brown, shining, concave on the anterior, convex 
on the posterior border ;_ ‘the spot between the antennz 
black, oblong; the paired spots black, oblong, just reaching 
the eyes, with grey borders. Forehead brownish yellow, 
darker on the vertex, grey at the sides. Antenne long and 
slender, reddish yellow, the third joint darker; the first joint 
not quite so long as the third, the second small, both with 
black pubescence. Thorax reddish brown, the shoulders, 
two stripes which reach the suture and end in two spots, the 
base of thorax, and a spout on each side grey; traces of a 
short white pubescence on the dorsum; breast brown with 
brown pubescence, then grey with white pubescence; scutel- 
lum reddish brown. Abdomen a redder brown, segments 
bordered with narrow whitish bands; pubescence black, 
white on the borders of the segments and at the sides ; traces 
of grey spots on the apical segments ; the underside brown, 
with white borders to the segments, grey at the sides. Legs 
dark brown, the middle tibiz redder, with two white rings, 
and the base of the tarsi yellowish, as are also the posterior 
tarsi; the middle femora are reddish, with white pubescence. 
Wings brownish, with brown veins and an appendix; the 
light markings distinct, with three rosettes, the apical band 
single. 

Length 8 mm, 


of the Family Tabanide. 119 


The male is identical, but the stripe on the face is deep 
brown; the antenne darker, the first joint shining brown, 
incrassate, with long black hair, the second short, the third 
slender, longer than the first jot ; the frontal callus is the 
same colour; the forehead above is grey, the pubescence on 
the sides of the thorax is thicker, and the apical band of the 
wing is broader, and there are more light markings at the 
openings of the cells. 

Pl. V. fig. 15, type (male) ; fig. 15 a, type (female). 


Hematopota cingalensis, 9 , sp. n. 


Type (female), 19th milestone, Candy Road, Ceylon, 
22.x. 90 (Yerbury) ; two females from Tamblegam, 5 Dx. 90 
(Yerbury) ; and a series of females from Anaradhupura, 
Ceylon (Oliver Bartholomew), 27. xii, 99. 

There is a note with Col. Yerbury’s specimens to the effect 
that the species is common on the ‘road near Tamblegam in 
October and November. 

This species is distinguished from H. cordigera, Bigot, by 
the paired spots not coalescing, by the longer first joint of 
the antennz, and by the fore legs being lighter in colour. 

A dull greyish-brown species. 

Face grey; an oblong black spot under the antenne, and 
a black stripe reaching from the eyes halfway across to the 
lower edge of this spot, the colour above the stripe being 
yellowish. Frontal callus pitchy brown, shining, with a 
concave fore border, from which a black spot proceeds to 
between the antennz ; the posterior border is produced in 
the middle ; the paired spots are black, large, almost touching 
the eyes; the unpaired spot apparent, sometimes indistinct ; 
forehead yellowish, grey at the sides. Antenne yellow; the 
third joint darker, its last three annulations dull black; the 
first jot curved, not quite so long as the third; the second 
joint very small. Thorax brown, with three well-marked 
grey stripes and four grey spots on its posterior border, the 
side ones ending at the suture in a spot; there are traces of 
short white pubescence on the dorsum ; the breast is grey, 
with some white hairs. Abdomen light mahogany-brown or 
brownish, with light yellow borders to the segments and a 
well-marked grey stripe starting from the second segment ; 
there are also distinct oblong grey spots on each side, 
beginning from the third segment ; there is some short white 
pubescence, thickest on the yellow borders of the segments ; 
the underside with grey tomentum. Legs reddish yellow, 
the fore tibize white at the base, or, rather, with one narrow 


120 Miss G. Ricardo on the Genus Wematopota 


white ring on the basal half; the apical half black ; the 
middle and hind tibiz with well-marked typical whitish rings. 
Wings greyish, with a yellowish-brown stigma and yellow 
veins and an appendix; the rosettes and markings are 
distinct ; the apical band in the type and other specimens is 
double, but in others the double branch is only represented 
by two small spots, as shown in the photograph. 

Length 8 mm. 

Pl. V. fig. 16, not type (female). 


Hematopota tessellata, 2, sp. n. 

Type (female), Hot Wells, Trincomalee, 8. xi. 91 (Yerdury), 
92. 192. 

A grey species with brown wings, the white markings very 
clearly defined, so that the wings have a chequered appear- 
ance; the middle and hind tibiz with rings. 

Face grey, only a trace of a brown stripe between the 
antenne and the eyes. Frontal callus black, short, not 
reaching the eyes, very much produced on the posterior 
border, ending in a poit; the anterior border almost 
straight; the paired spots large, black, not reaching the eyes ; 
the forehead is apparently grey, and no paired spot visible. 
Antenne yellow ; the third joint dusky, the first joint incras- 
sate, rather shorter than the third, the second very short, the 
third long, tapering to a point. Thorax brown, with three 
grey stripes ; the shoulders, base, and sides of thorax grey ; 
a short white pubescence on the dorsum; the breast grey. 
Abdomen brown, with rather wide white borders to the 
segments, grey spots on the posterior segments, and a faint 
grey median stripe. Legs brown, the femora lighter, the 
middle and posterior tibiz with rings, the basal joint of the 
tarsi of the middle and posterior legs whitish. Wings 
brown, with yellowish-brown veins and an appendix; the 
apical band double ; the openings of the posterior cells light- 
coloured. 

Length 8 mm. 

Pl. V. fig. 17, type (female). 

A male from Velverry, Ceylon, 26. x. 91 (Yerbury), 
92. 192, in poor preservation, is probably the male of this 
species. 


Hematopota rubida, 2, sp. n. 

Type (female) from Burmah, 57. 16 (Mrs. Waring). 

An easily distinguished red species, with the hind tibie 
incrassate; the hind femora with a white bunch of hairs 
above aud a fringe of black hairs on the underside. 


of the Family Vabanide. 121 


Face grey, the whole upper part deep black ; the palpi 
yellow, with black pubescence and white hairs below. 
Frontal callus shining brown, protuberant, rounded, the 
posterior border produced, the anterior border with a deep 
incision in the middle, filled by the black spot usually present 
between the antennze, which is large and square with yellow 
borders ; the frontal callus is short, not reaching the eyes ; 
forehead grey, darker in the centre; the paired spots are 
black, small, and isolated, the unpaired spot not present. 
Antenne are of an unusual form; the first joint very much 
incrassate and large, nearly as long as the third joint, yellow 
and shining, the second very small and narrow, yellow, both 
joints with black pubescence; the third joint very broad, 
ending in an obtuse point, reddish yellow, darker at the tip. 
Thorax reddish brown, with lighter stripes, darker at the 
sides ; the breast grey, with white hairs; the scutellum the 
same colour. Abdomen reddish brown, with very narrow 
yellow borders to the segments, darker at the apex; the 
underside yellow, with grey tomentum. Legs reddish brown ; 
the anterior and posterior pairs the darkest, the anterior 
tibiz white at base, the middle tibiz yellowish brown, the 
two yellow rings not well defined; the posterior femora 
broad, with the fringe of hairs on the underside black, on 
the upperside black on the basal half, on the apical half a 
tuft of white hairs are present; the posterior tibize very 
stout and broad, with ill-defined rings as on the middle pair, 
and fringed with black hairs above and below; the basal 
joints of the middle and posterior tarsi pale yellow. Wings 
reddish brown, the veins yellow, with a long appendix, the 
apical band single ; the pale streak across the middle of the 
wing is very noticeable, and at once distinguishes the species 
from H. lata, sp. n. 

Length 10 mm. 

Pl. VI. fig. 18, type (female). 


Hematopota lata, 2, sp. un. 


Type (female) from Khasi Hills district, India (Chennell), 
1878. 96. 135; five females from N. Chin Hills, Burmah, 
iv. 93 (Watson), 94. 4. 

A dark brown, broad-bodied species, distinguished by the 
broad hind tibiz fringed with black hairs. 

Face grey, with some brown marks below the antenne ; 
the stripe between the antennz and the eyes yellow, with 
some brown dots ; the beard white; the palpi yellow, with 
white pubescence and a few black hairs intermixed. Frontal 


122 Miss G. Ricardo on the Genus Hematopota 


callus brown, shining, narrow, reaching the eyes; the ante- 
rior border irregular, with ‘yellow edges ; the posterior 
border nearly straight ; the paired spots black, large, touching 
the eyes ; the unpaired spot small, bordered with yellow ; 
forehead grey, yellower on the vertex, with short black 
pubescence. Antenne very similar to those of H. rubida, 
long, robust, yellowish red, darker at the tip, with black 
pubescence ; the first joint shorter than the third, stout, in- 
crassate, the second very small, the third broad, ending i in an 
obtuse point. Thorax brown, with a narrow, indistinct, grey 
median stripe continued to the scutellum; the side stripes 
grey, broaler, ending at the suture in triangular spots ; the 
shoulders and posterior border of the thorax grey; a short 
grey stripe from each side of the base of the thorax running 
up to the suture outside the usual side-stripes; the sides and 
breast grey, the Jatter with white hairs; traces of silvery- 
white pubescence on the dorsum, with some black pubes- 
cence. Scutellum brown, grey on its anterior border. 
Abdomen brown, with distinct greyish-white borders to the 
segments ; the sides of the first four segments grey; from 
the fourth segment large grey spots are apparent on each 
side; a grey median stripe is here indistinct, but apparent 
on the other specimens ; the pubescence brown, with some 
white hairs, especially at the sides; underside grey. Legs 

ellowish, the fore tibize white at base, dark brown on the 
apical half; the fore tarsi brown, the middle and posterior 
pale at base; the anterior and middle femora with whitish 
pubescence, the hind ones with a heavy fringe of black hairs ; 
the tibiz yellowish, with a brown ring in the middle and 
brown at base, thus appearing as yellow rings on the tibia ; 
the hind tibize with a heavy fringe of black hairs extending 
two thirds of the length to the apex. 

Wings greyish, with yellow veins and stigma and a long 
appendix ; the apical band single, divided in half, the two 
upper rosettes distinct ; in the corner of the wing is a round 
circle, and above this a double concave circle extending into 
the anal cell; above the stigma is a small round circle ; the 
basal half of the first posterior cell is wholly pale ; only the 
upper part of the third rosette is distinct. 

Length 9 mm. 

In the females from Burmah the wings are browner and 
the white markings more numerous at the opeuing of 


posterior eclls. 


Hematopota brevis, 2, sp. u. 
Type (female), Kanthalla, Ceylon, 19. x. 90 (Yerbury), 


of the amily 'Vabanide. 123 


92. 192, and another female ; one female from Velverry, 
Ceylon, 18. 1. 91 (Yerbury), 92. 192; two females from 
Bangalore, Mysore, June 24 (Watson), 95. 28, and type 
(male) from the same locality. 

This species is distinguished from H. cingalensis by the 
short first joint of the antenne, and from H. javana, Wiedem., 
by the blackish-brown abdomen with white incisions and a 
mere trace of a grey stripe. 

A brown species, distinguished by its short first antennal 
joint and by the rings on the middle and posterior tibie. 

Face grey, with brown pubescence; a dark spot under 
each antenna and some darker colour continued to the 
mouth; the stripe on each side yellowish, with brown dots 
and spots; the beard brown; the palpi yellow, with black 
pubescence and white hairs below. Frontal callus yellow- 
brown, in some specimens darker in the middle, short, broad, 
not reaching the eyes, the anterior border nearly straight, 
the posterior convex ; the spot between the antenne small, 
ill-defined, brown. Morehead yellowish brown, darker on 
the vertex; the paired spots black, triangilar, the apices 
touching the frontal callus. Antenne yellowish, densely 
covered with grey tomentum, at the apices black ; the first 
joint short, robust, with black pubescence, the second small, 
with black hairs, the third slender, twice as long as the 
first. Thorax brown, with short silvery-white tomentum, 
and three grey stripes all ending in a grey spot, but the 
median one the longest; the base of thorax and shoulders 
grey ; scutellum brown, grey on the posterior border, pubes- 
cence at the sides brown ; breast reddish brown. Abdomen 
the same colour as the thorax, the borders of the segments 
whitish, the sides of the first two segments grey; there is a 
trace of a grey stripe on the second segment only. Legs 
brown-black, the base of the tibi white; the first joint of 
the fore tarsi nearly as long as the four remaining joiuts, 
which are broad and short; the middle and posterior tibiz 
reddish brown, with yellow rings; the base of the middle 
and posterior first joint of the tarsi yellow. Wings brownish, 
the veins brownish, with an appendix; the apical band 
double; the openings of the posterior cells mostly light- 
coloured. 

Length 9 mm. 

Type (male) differs in the third joint of the antenne being 
broader and shorter, the forehead grey, with a large oblong 
brown spot. The abdomen is redder brown, with a distinct 
grey stripe; the scutellum wholly grey, the fore tarsi not so 


124 Miss G. Ricardo on the Genus Hematopota 


broad, the wings and the base of the tarsi more white than 
yellow, the apical line of the wing broader. 
Pl. V1. fig. 19, type (female). 


A fuller description of the three following species may be 
found useful. 


Hematopota indiana, 2, Bigot. 


A brown species, distinguished by its long slender antenne 
and all the tibiz white at the base. 

Face grey, dark brown in the centre, immediately below 
the antennz ; the stripe between the antennz and the eyes 
brown, but broken up into dots and spots. Palpi reddish, 
rather long, with brown pubescence and some white hairs ; 
beard white. Frontal callus narrow, long, reaching the 
eyes, shining brown, both borders nearly straight ; the spot 
between the antennz black, bordered with grey ; the paired 
spots dark brown, large, reaching the eyes and almost 
touching the callus ; the unpaired spot brown, small ; fore- 
head yellowish, with brown markings and grey tomentum 
aud short black pubescence. Antenne long, slender, yellow ; 
the third joint dusky, reddish at base, black at apex; the 
first jomt as long as the part of the third joiut which is 
unannulated, the second joint small, both with black 
pubescence. Thorax brown, with grey shoulders and three 
narrow grey stripes ; short yellowish pubescence is visible on 
the dorsum; the sides brown, with black hairs ; the breast 
grey. Abdomen a redder brow n, with light narrow borders 
to the segments, darker at the apex; the pubescence on the 
light borders short and yellowish, on the other parts black; 
a hoary grey median stripe is very distinct from the second 
to the fifth segment; the underside brown, grey at the sides. 
Legs reddish brown, the fore tibiz and tarsi darker brown, 
with black pubescence ; the base of all the tibie whitish, on 
the middle tibize the white extends further; the basal joint 
of the middle and posterior tarsi whitish. Wings brown, 
with yellowish-brown veins and stigma and an appendix ; the 
apical band single, broad; the first, second, third, and fifth 
posterior cells light- coloured at their apices ; the dark spot 
in the fifth posterior cell (as shown in figure) is only notice- 
able on the wing in certain lights. 

Length 9 mm. 

The type is labelled “ Mergherita, 5373. 8.” 

Pl. VI. fig. 20, type (female). 


~t 


of the Family ‘Vabanidee. 12: 


Hematopota cordigera, 3, Bigot. 


Type from India. 

This species is easily distinguished by the colouring of the 
forehead, by the cylindrical antennie, and by the rings on 
the middle and posterior tibiz. 

Face grey, no spots except faint traces of two below the 
antennz. Palpi yellow with black pubescence ; beard white. 
Frontal callus dark brown, shining, reaching the eyes, 
broad, bordered in front by a shining yellow narrow band, 
which is continued between the antenne instead of the 
usual black spot. Forehead grey, witha large, brown-black, 
heart-shaped spot in place of the usual paired spots ; it joins 
the posterior border of the frontal callus and almost reaches 
the eyes at the sides, becoming narrower on its posterior 
half it is continued to the vertex as a broad stripe. An- 
tenn yellow, long, slender, but not so long as those of the 
preceding species, the first joint being not much more than 
half as long as the third, the second joint short, both with 
black pubescence; the third with the extreme apex dusky. 
Thorax brown, with grey shoulders and grey stripes, ending 
in spots at the suture; grey spots at the base; the sides are 
also grey, as is the breast, which has white hairs. Scutellum 
brown, grey in the centre. Abdomen dark brown, with 
distinct white borders to the segments, but no sign of stripe 
or spots ; the underside brown, with grey tomentum. Legs 
yellowish brown; the fore tibiz and tarsi dark brown, the 
fore tibiz white at base, the middle and posterior tibize with 
the typical rings, and the basal joint of the tarsi whitish. 
Wings pale brown, with brown veins and an appendix; the 
apical band single, broad, and curved. 

Length 8 mm. 

Pl. VI. fig. 21, type (female). 


Hematopota punctifera, 2 , Bigot. 

From Java. 

The antennz are incomplete ; the first joint red, short, and 
incrassate, the second one red, small. 

Face grey, with white hairs, no spots, but a dark brown 
band between the eyes and the antenne. Palpi reddish, 
with black pubescence. Frontal callus black, shining, 
reaching the eyes, narrow, curved on the posterior border 
and produced to a point in the centre; a black spot between 
the antenne. Forehead (denuded) blackish, with grey 
tomentum and some golden pubescence. Thorax (denuded) 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 10 


126 On the Genus Hematopota. 


brown, with grey stripes and tomentum and some black and 
grey pubescence ; sides grey, with traces of fulvous and grey 
pubescence; scutellum brown, with median grey stripe and 
greyish pubescence. Abdomen brown, with grey median 
stripe, grey spots on each side, and grey sides ; the greyish 
pubescence 1:ather dense. Legs reddish brown, the tibize 
yellower, the anterior ones whitish at the base, brown at the 
apex; the anterior tarsi brown, the middle and posterior 
tarsi yellow, darker at the joints and apex; coxe with 
rather long white pubescence; femora with short white 
pubescence ; tibiz and tarsi with some black pubescence. 
Wings greyish, with appendix; veins yellowish brown ; 
stigma brown ; a darker spot is visible above the stigma. 

Length 8 mm. 

P]. VI. fig. 22, type (female). 


Hematopota cilipes, 2, Bigot. 


One female from near Nhatrang, Annam, 22. x. 1905 
(Dr. Vassal). 

The type came from Laos. 

Bigot suggests that this species and H. pachycera should 
properly belong to a new genus. Certaimly this handsome 
small black species with densely hairy legs, and the striking 
brown wings with faint pale streaks, but no rosettes, differs 
considerably from other species of Hematopota from the 
Oriental Region as yet known to me; but the shape of the 
antenne is very similar to those of H. rudida, sp. n., and 
H., lata, sp. u., described above, more especially to those of 
the former species, with the long incrassate first joint, the 
very small second joint, and the broad basal division of the 
third joint, the last divisions being small and short; it also 
resembles H. rudida in its wings, which are distinguished by 
the pale streak across them, in this species more marked, 
owing to the dark brown colour of the wings, and continuous 
from the round pale spot above the stigma to beyond the apical 
cell; the pale markings of the apex and the internal border 
are so placed that, viewed by the naked eye, a second pale 
streak is seen divided from the first by a brown parallel 
band, with a few brown markings on it, but, as in A. rudida, 
no rosettes are visible. ‘The fore and hind tibie are incras- 
sate; the very hairy tibize and femora will easily distinguish 
this species. 

It is placed in the Indian and Ceylon table. 


On Coleoptera from Portuguese West Africa. 127 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
PLATE III. 


vg. 4. H. longa, >. 
Fig. 5. H. uganda, 2. 
Fig. 6. H. distincta, 2. 


Fig. 1. H. hirta, @. 
Fig. 2. H. ruficornis, 2. 
Fug. 8. H. nigrescens, 2. 


PuaTE LV. 
Fig. 7. H. brunnescens, 2. Fig. 10. H. guineensis, 2. 
Fig. 8. H. bipunctata, 9. Fig. 11. H. brunnipennis, 2. 
Fig. 9. H. decora, Q. Fig. 12. H. unicolor, 9. 
PLaTE V. 
Fig. 13. H. similis, 2. Fig. 15a. H, unizonata, 2. 
Fig. 14. H. atomaria, 9. Fig. 16. H. cingalensis, 2. 
Fig. 15. H. unizonata, 3. Fig. 17. H. tessellata, 2. 
PuaTE VI. 
Fig. 18. H. rubida, 9. Fig. 21. H. cordigera, 2. 
Fig. 22. H. punctifera, 2. 


Fig. 19. H. brevis, 2. 
Fig. 20. H. indiana, 2. 


XIX.—On Lamellicorn Coleoptera from Portuguese West 
Africa, with Descriptions of new Species. By GILBERT J. 
ARROW. 


THE British Museum collection contains a_ considerable 
number of interesting Coleoptera from the little-known region 
of Angola and the interigr of Portuguese West Africa. A 
few of the Lamellicornia are here described, together with a 
new genus and some observations on species previously 
known. 


Copride. 
Copris draco, sp. 0. : 

C. Elphenorit et C. Anceo affinis, sed multo major, clypeo fere 
integro, elytris politis, leviter punctato-striatis; maris capite 
cornu valido curvato, dimidio superiore intus utrinque perspicue 
serrato, thorace rugoso, medio multo elevato, utrinque excavato 
et lateraliter lamina maxima aleziformi predito; foemine capite 
cornu magno bifido, ramis retro curvatis, spatium includentibus 
fere ad caput equali, prothorace medio paulo elevato, lateribus 
minute carinatis. 

Long. 29-32 mm. 


Hab. Bihe. 
tor 


128 Mr. G. J. Arrow on Coleoptera 


This is the largest and most remarkably accoutred species 
of its large genus yet known. It is allied to C. Elphenor, 
Klug, and C. Anceus, Oliv., and represents in its armature a 
great development of that type. The clypeus is relatively a 
little less wide than in those species and almost uninterruptedly 
curved. It is narrower in the male than in the female 
and the thorax is correspondingly contracted in front. In 
both sexes the head bears a horn, but without any similarity 
between the two. That of the male is over 20 mm. long in 
our specimen, compressed laterally so as to be rectangular i in 
section for most of its length, but beyond the middle it is 
hollowed out on its inner face and the edges of the channel 
are strongly dentate. ‘he horn of the female has the form 
of a crescent attached by a short footstalk to the front of the 


Copris draco, 3 and Q, nat. size. 


head. The two extremities are about 8 mm. apart in our 
examples and the footstalk about 3mm. long. The thorax 
in both sexés is coarsely rugose except for a small median 
posterior area, which is moderately punctured. In the male 
this median part is strongly humped and divided in front, 
where it terminates in three obliquely placed teeth on each 
side. The lateral margin in the same sex is furnished at the 
middle with a large leaf-like or wing-like process, curving 


SJrom Portuguese West Africa. 129 


upwards and forwards and tapering to a point. Immediately 
behind this the thoracic margin is deeply excised, and between 
the wing-like processes and the dorsal hump are deep and 
very rugose excavations. In the female the lateral processes 
are very slightly and the dorsal hump rather more strongly 
indicated. In other respects the sexes are alike. The elytra 
are highly polished, with feebly punctured strize, and tlie 
pygidium is thinly and shallowly but uniformly punctured. 


Catharsius peregrinus, Harold. 


We have received this very peculiar species from Bihe and 
San Salvador. It is remarkable for its depressed form, 
elongate clypens, and the proportionately small development 
of its hind body. 


Gymnopleurus azureus, Fabr. 


Specimens from Bihe, agreeing with the description of 
G. olivaceus, Qued., seem to belong to this widely distributed 
Fabrician species. G. insidiosus, Péring., is, I believe, also 
inseparable from it. 


Coptorrhina angolensis, sp. n. 


Nigra, opaca, sat conyexa, capite crebre rugoso, clypeo bidentato, 
dentibus paulo productis; prothorace crebre punctato-rugoso, 
postice elevato, parte elevata leviter 4-acuminata, lateribus sub- 
tiliter marginatis, regulariter arcuatis, antice paulo divergentibus ; 
elytris dense punctatis, subtilissime striatis, lateribus pone 
humeros sinuatis. 

Long. 12-16 mm. 


Hab. Huilla (Welwitsch). 

This species is very closely related to C. auspicata, Péring., 
with which it almost exactly agrees in size, sculpture, and 
general form. ‘The prothorax, however, is slightly different 
in shape. In the male of C. auspicata it is broadest behind, 
the sides slightly approximating anteriorly in a sinuous line. 
In the new species, on the contrary, there is a slight widening 
towards the front and the sides are uniformly curved. The 
raised margin is extremely narrow, and not, as in the other 
species, widened at its posterior part. ‘The dorsal elevation 
does not extend quite so far forward, and exhibits four angu- 
lations, the slight outer ones being entirely absent in 
C. auspicata. This difference is traceable also in the females. 


130 Mr. G. J. Arrow on Coleoptera 


Aphodiidz. 
Notocaulus laticollis, sp. n. 


Piceo-niger, opacus, capite antice levi, obtuse bidentato, fronte 
longitudinaliter tricarinata, carina media abbreviata, posticeque 
bituberculata, vertice crebre punctulato; prothorace transverso, 
carinis tribus integris duobusque lateralibus pone medium 
evanescentibus, angulis anticis obtusis, posticis rectis, lateribus 
valde irregularibus, interstitiis duobus interioribus grosse irregu- 
lariter punctatis, exterioribus leviter punctulatis ; utroque elytro 
fortiter tricarinato, interstitiis levibus, bistriatis, striis subtiliter 
punctatis ; abdomine grosse varioloso, 

Long. 4'5 mm. 


Hab. Huilla (Welwitsch). 

The unique specimen of this species is rather larger than 
the type of IV. nigropiceus, Qued., in M. Oberthiir’s collection, 
with which I have kindly been enabled to compare it. Its 
thorax is relatively rather shorter and much less constricted 
in front. The front angles in that form are very prominent, 
but in N. laticollis they are truncated and so each replaced by 
two obtuse angles. ‘The front margin is thickened at each 
end for a short distance, and at each end of the posterior 
margin a right angle is formed by a curved longitudinal 
carina about half the length of the thorax. The broad lateral 
flange vanishes at about the middle of this carina. In 
NV. nigropiceus the posterior carina is continued until it meets 
the anterior carina, and the outer flange is narrower and more 
sinuated. ‘The two median thoracic interspaces are coarsely 
punctured, but scarcely so coarsely as in the allied species, 
and the outer spaces, which in that are almost smooth, are 
rather sparsely pitted. ‘There are three strong carine on 
each elytron, each bordered by finely punctured strize. The 
six-jointed abdomen is very coarsely pitted, but less coarsely 
than in LV. nigropiceus. 


Hybosoride. 
Pheochrous dispar, Qued. 


Both sexes of this remarkable species, of which the elytra 
of the female are shining and those of the male sooty, were 
brought from Garenganze. 

‘The imperfect female specimen of unknown origin called 
Silphodes dubia by Westwood nearly resembles the female of 
P. dispar, but is rather smaller, the sides of the prothorax 
are rather more curved and the punctures upon its disk rather 
less fine. 


JSrom Portuguese West A/rica. 131 


Melolonthide. 
ARAZOHOPLIA, gen. nov. 


Corpus gracile, paulo depressum. Clypeus planus, lateribus rectis, 
paulo convergentibus, antice abrupte productis, virguliformibus. 
Labium omnino corneum, angustum. Palpi robusti, longi. 
Antenne 9-articulate. Pedes longi, tibiis posticis (maris pre- 
cipue) inflatis. Ungues pedum 4 anteriorum duplici, fissi, pedum 
2 posticorum unici, integri. 


Type, “ Pachycnema” Dekindti, Nonfried. 

Both sexes of this very peculiar insect were collected by 
Dr. Welwitsch at Huilla. Herr Nonfried appears to have 
described the species from the male alone, the female having 
the hind tibiz only slightly swollen and the single hind claw 
of normal size. ‘The form of the hind tibie evidently led 
him to place it in Pachycnema, with which it has really no 
near relationship. Whereas that genus is the type of the 
suctorial division of the Hoplinze with membranous ligula, 
Areohoplia belongs to the true Hopliine, distinguished by 
entirely horny mouth-organs of the usual biting type. Its 
most remarkable feature is the form of the clypeus, the outer 
margins of which are drawn out into long straight compressed 
rods, as in the Cetoniid genus Gnathocera. 


Rutelidz. 
Anomala cerea, sp. n. 


Elongata, robusta, testacea, clypeo. tibils posticis, anticorum mar- 
ginibus externis tarsisque omnibus piceis; capite sat fortiter 
punctato, clypeo brevi, rugoso, margine valde reflexo, nigro; pro- 
thorace subtilissime haud crebre punctato, lateribus leviter 
arcuatis, haud angulatis, antice approximatis ; scutello lato, vix 
angulato, subtiliter punctato; elytris haud costatis, levissime 
punctatis, punctis plerumque irregularibus, seriebus 4 geminatis 
ordinatis ; pygidio modice punctato ; pectore pedibusque sat longe 
fulyo-hirtis; abdominenitido, parum punctato; unguibus majoribus 
pedum anticorum, foemineeque pedum mediorum fissis. 

Long. 15-18 mm. 


Hab. Bihe, Garenganze, Bembe. 

This is another member of the African group of Anomalw, 
pale in colour, with darker tarsi and tibiz, in which the male 
has the larger claw of the front foot only cleft and the female 
those of the front and middle feet. The other species of the 
group are A. ammatura, Boh., clypeata, Arr., transvalensis, 
Arr., Distant?, Arr., ustulatipes, Fairm. (=rufa, Kolbe, tntrusa, 


132 Mr. G. J. Arrow on Coleoptera 


Pér.), pinguis, Pér., zambesicola, Pér., repensa, Pér., and 
denuda, Arr. A. cerea is the largest and most stoutly built 
of them all, the female being rather larger and more robust 
than the male and the puncturation rather stronger. 

From specimens in our collection I believe Mr. Péringuey 
has been misled in recording the claw-structure of A. repensa 
and intrusa, an occurrence which is very liable to happen, as 
specimens abnormal in this respect are not uncommon. In 
this way I was myself misled into describing the claws of 
Nongoma calcarata, Arr., as differing sexually, whereas they 
are normally alike. 


Anomala funebris, sp. n. 


Nigra, capite, prothorace (margine postico angulisque posticis 
exceptis) et pedibus (femoribus posticis tarsisque omnibus ex- 
ceptis) lete flavis; pygidio vel rufo-flavo vel fusco, medio 
pallidiore ; capite dense, fere rugose, punctato, clypeo brevi, 
margine antico recto; prothorace nitido, subtiliter late punctato, 
lateribus sat regulariter arcuatis, margine postico leviter tri- 
sinuato ; scutello lato, fere semicirculari, laxe irregulariter punc- 
tato; elytris nitidis, irregulariter punctatis, costis parum per- 
spicuis; pygidio crebre transversim rugoso-punctato; pectore 
fusco, fulvo-hirto. 

3. Tibiis anticis latis, bidentatis, pedum 4 anteriorum ungue majore 
fisso. 

Long. 15-16 mm. 


Hab. Garenganze, Bihe. 

Seven specimens of this species are all males. In the 
absence of the other sex I should have refrained from 
describing it, but for its very well-marked and unusual 
colouring. The head and thorax are bright yellow, except 
for the hind margin and a roughly triangular patch in each 
hind angle of the latter, whica are black. The elytra are 
entirely jet-black and shining, their surface rather thickly 
punctured. ‘There are no striz, but some of the punctures 
form quite indistinct series. The pygidium is closely and 
aciculately punctured, reddish testaceous, and generally more 
or less infuscate at the sides. 


Nannopopillia Damare, Ohaus. 


A good series of a very variable insect, which I identify 
with Dr. Ohaus’s Damaraland form, was brought from Huilla 
by Dr. Welwitsch. Only a few of them show the type of 
colouring described by Dr. Ohaus, in which there is a large 
yellow stripe upon each elytron. The greater number have 


from Portuguese West Africa. 138 


the elytra testaceous, but slightly paler in the middle, with 
the suture black and a tendency to a darkening round the 
scutellum. ‘There is also a variety (male) in which the 
elytra are entirely black, and no doubt all intermediates 
occur. The notable disparity in breadth between the sexes 
given by Dr. Ohaus is not confirmed by our larger series, 
nor is there a sexual difference in the thickness of the batry 
clothing. ‘The latter is scarcely closer at the sides of the 
segments, as stated by Dr. Ohaus. 


Dynastide. 
Pycnoschema nigra, sp. n. 


Modice convexa, nigra, supra sat grosse punctata, subtus rufo-hirta, 
capite ante oculos utrinque acute angulato. 

Long. 13-15°5 mm. 

6. Capite impresso, grosse punctato, cornu gracile armato; pro- 
thorace transverso, convexo, wequaliter punctato, antice paulo 
excavato, postice levissime longitudinaliter impresso, lateribus 
fortiter, fere eequaliter arcuatis, margine posteriore utrinque pro- 
funde impresso ; scutello minute punctulato; elytris linea im- 
pressa suturali, punctis grossis parum profundis aliisque minutis 
interspersis ; pygidio valde convexo, glabro, basi et lateribus 
subtiliter punctato-rugoso. 

@. Capite grosse punctato-rugoso, carina transversa medio magis 
elevata armato ; prothorace minus transverso et convexo, grosse 
et crebre punctato, lateribus minus equaliter arcuatis, margine 
posteriore trisinuato, utrinque impresso; elytris linea suturali 
punctisque similibus sed fortioribus impressis ; pygidio ubique 
minute rugoso, sat longe rufo-hirto. 


Hab. Huilla (Dr. Welwitsch). 

A small species, rather larger than the South-African 
P. Corydon, Oliv., and quite black above. ‘The cephalic 
horn of the male is rather slender and a little compressed 
laterally, and is represented only by avery slight prominence 
in the female. The thoracic excavation in the male is very 
small in our only example of that sex and its posterior margin 
is not sharply defined. 


Pycnoschema polita, sp. n. 


Paulo depressa, rufo-picea vel rufa, supra polita, fere impunctata, 
subtus fulvo-setosa, capite ante oculos utrinque acute angulato. 

Long. 18—21 mm. 

g. Capite rugoso-punctato, cornu compresso, valde curvato, 
armato ; prothorace polito, impunctato, leviter convexo, antice 
perparum excayato ibique paulo punctato, lateribus arcuatis, haud 


134 Mr. G. J. Arrow on Coleoptera 


angulatis, angulis anticis fere rectis, posticis obtusis, margine 
postico trisinuato ; scutello parce subtilissime punctulato; elytris 
brevibus, politis, prope suturam et latera solum lineis punctorum 
obsoletorum ; pygidio convexo, crebre punctato. 

. Capite punctato-rugoso, carina transversa, medio fere angulata 
munito ; prothorace leviter punctato, punctis dorsi postice fere 
obsoletis, lateribus medio fere angulatis, margine postico mirus 
sinuato ; elytris politis, obsolete punctato-striatis; pygidio dense 
fulvo-hirto. 


Hab. Bihe. 

This is a very distinct species owing to the extremely 
smooth and glossy surface of the prothorax and elytra, espe- 
cially in the male. Of the four specimens in our collection 
the two females are a lighter red colour than the male, 
but this difference may not be constant. ‘The male, as is 
usually the case in the genus, is shorter and more parallel- 
sided than the female. It is also almost devoid of punctures 
upon the thorax and elytra. The thorax is only slightly 
excavated in front and the hind margin of the cavity is not 
at all produced or carinated. In the female the sides of the 
thorax are less uniformly curved, there are punctures which 
become denser at the front and sides, and the elytra are 
obsoletely striate-punctate. 

All the males in this and the allied genera have the front 
tarsi thickened and their inner claws strongly hooked and 
very broad. 

The genus Astaborus, which has not hitherto been asso- 
ciated with Pycnoschema and in the Munich Catalogue is 
widely separated from it, is really a section in which the 
thoracic armature has reached its greatest development. As 
the number of known species increases it may very possibly 
become inseparable from Pycnoschema. 1 have identified 
both sexes of Astaborus Antinorti, Gestro, the female of 
which has a curved cephalic horn and bitid thoracic process 
very much as in the male, but the former is less flattened 
and the latter less produced and very strongly punctured all 
over. As there can be no doubt that the very nearly related 
typical species, A. armatus, Thoms., has a similar female, 
the armature of this sex forms the best distinctive character 
of Astaborus. There is also a slight elongation of the front 
tibiz in the male, a feature which is not found in the known 
species of Pycnoschema. 

M. Raffray seems to have overlooked the existence of the 
latter genus when he described four species nearly related to 
its typical forms, which he placed in Astaborus as a new 
section of that genus. The two species of Astaborus I have 


from Portuguese West Africa, 135 


mentioned are the only ones really belonging to it. Of 
Pycnoschema seventeen species in all are now known, and 
those remaining to be discovered in all parts of Africa are 
no doubt very numerous. 


Cetoniide. 


Sisyraphora cicatricosa, Burm. 


Specimens from Huilla and Bihe closely allied to the 
South-African S. tomentosa, G. & P., appear to belong to 
Burmeistei’s Avnoplochilus cicatricosus, which was attributed 
by him to India, but is referred in the Munich Catalogue to 
Senegal. It differs from S. tomentosa in the absence of the 
pale markings of the upper surface and the existence of 
smooth longitudinal ridges upon the elytra. The scutellum, 
however, is not very obtuse, as it is described by Burmeister, 
and it is rugose except for smooth lateral and median lines. 


Myoderma pusilla, sp. n. 


Nigro-picea, vertice prothoraceque nigris, supra glabra, nitida, 
subtus cum pygidio longe fulvo-hirta; clypeo subquadrato, 
margine late reflexo, arcuato, medio vix producto, disco parce 
punctato; prothorace quam longitudinem paulo latiore, sat 
regulariter haud crebre punctato, antice emarginato, lateraliter 
et postice sat regulariter curvato, angulis omnibus obtusis ; 
scutello magno, punctato; elytris fortiter sed paulo irregulariter 
striatis, interstitiis convexis, subtilissime sat parce punctulatis, 
interstitiis 2° et 4° angustis, minus elevatis; pygidio valde convexo, 
antice subtilissime rugoso, postice parce transversim strigoso et 
fulvo-hirto. 

Long. 10-11 mm. 


Hab. Bihe, Pungo Andongo (Dr. Ansorge). 

This seems to be an abundant species, as I have seen a 
considerable number of it. It is smaller than any other 
described species of the genus, and its glabrous upper surface 
gives it a very distinctive appearance. It is clothed beneath 
with very coarse tawny hairs, but above is smooth and 
shining. The thorax is fairly coarsely but not thickly punc- 
tured and the elytra are almost devoid of punctures, only a 
few very fine ones being traceable upon the broad smooth 
coste. The clypeus is not pointed, although the broadly 
turned up margin is slightly wider in the middle than at the 
sides. 


136 Mr. O. Thomas on new 


Diploa tridens, sp. n. 


Oblongo-ovata, obesa, fusco-nigra, corpore subtus pygidioque rufis, 
longe fulvo-hirtis, supra undique creberrime punctato, minute 
setoso, clypeo subquadrato, crebre punctato, margine valde 
reflexo, medio paulo angulato; prothorace densissime punctato, 
lateribus sat regulariter arcuatis, angulis omnibus obtusis, margine 
postico leviter trisinuato; scutello dense punctato; elytris con- 
vexis, vage costatis, subtiliter punctato-striatis atque rugoso-pune- 
tatis, lateribus ubique arcuatis; pygidio subtiliter ragoso, longe 
fulvo-hirto; pedibus piceis, fulvo-setosis, tibiis anticis acute 
tridentatis. 

Long. 14°5-17°5 mm. 

Hab. Bihe, Garenganze. 

This form is identical in its general appearance with 
D. (Ligyromorphus) rufiventris, Arrow, inhabiting Mashona- 
land, but close examination reveals differences which are very 
slight but sufficient for their separation. The most easily 
recognizable is in the armature of the front tibiz, which 1s 
alike in the two sexes, but constantly differs in the Eastern 
and Western forms. In D. rufiventris there are two broad 
and very blunt teeth, and a third is scarcely indicated. In 
D. tridens there are three well-developed teeth, and all are 
acutely pointed. ‘The sculpture of the upper surface is rather 
less rugose in the Angola species. The punctures upon the 
pronotum are coarse and very dense, but are mostly distinct, 
not completely coalescing as in the Eastern species, and the 
sculpturing of the elytra i is correspondingly rather less indefi- 
nite and rugose, producing a rather more shining appearance. 

I described this genus as new in 1901, having overlooked 
the previous existence of Diploa, which was placed by its 
author, Herr Kolbe, in a different subfamily to the genus 
Myoderma, with which it is undoubtedly nearly related. I 
have not seen Diploa proles, Kolbe, but that insect has a 
bidentate front tibia, and is no doubt very closely allied to 
D. rufiventris, and possibly identical. 

The genus Xiphoscelis no doubt has some affinity to these 
forms and should be placed in the Trichiine. 


XX.—Descriptions of new Mammals from Mount Ruwenzori. 
By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS. 


THE first collection sent home by the members of the 
Ruwenzori Expedition contains examples of the following 
new species and subspecies. All were collected on Ruwenzort 
East, at altitudes from 6000’ to 13,000’, 


Mammals from Mount Ruwenzori. 137 


1. Rousettus lanosus, sp. n. 


A member of the /. collaris group; the limbs thickly 
hairy. 

Size and general characters about as in Pf. collaris. Fur 
loose and shaggy, very abundant, its limits not sharply 
defined as in &. collarts ; that on the head about 8 mm. in 
length, mixed with a large number of much longer hairs, 
attaining over 20 mm. On the back the fur is thick and 
woolly, passes out on to the proximal half of the upperside of 
the forearms, and is continued thickly down the hind limbs 
and the wing-membrane external to them to the ankles, the 
feet being also thinly clothed above. Interfemoral thickly 
furry above, except just along its posterior margin. Below, 
the wings are thinly hairy to a point level with the middle of 
the forearm, the hind limbs and interfemoral membrane being 
also less thickly haired than on the upper surface. Ears 
narrow, rather longer than the muzzle. Palatal ridges as in 
LR. collaris. 

General colour above bistre-brown, becoming warmer 
posteriorly ; head darker. Under surface near broccoli-brown, 
but with a yellowish suffusion; some of the longer hairs 
quite yellow. 

Skull rather more delicately built than in R. collaris, the 
bones thinner and lighter, muzzle rather longer and narrower ; 
postorbital processes very thin; anterior palatine opening 
unusually broad. 

Teeth conspicuously smaller throughout, each molar and 
premolar slightly shorter and very much narrower than in 
the allied species. 

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-specimen) :— 

Forearm 88 mm. 

Head and body 134; tail 16, tail free from membrane 9 ; 
head 46 ; ear 23; third finger, metacarpus 60, first phalanx 41, 
second phalanx 57; lower leg and foot (c. u.) 62. 

Skull: length to tip of nasals 42; basal length 37:5 ; 
zygomatic breadth 25; breadth of brain-case 17°4; palate 
Jength from anterior palatine foramina 19 ; breadth of pala- 
tine foramina 3°4; length of upper tooth-row from front of 
canine 14°5; the same below, 16°2; first upper molar 
23 Xu. 

Hab. Ruwenzori East, at 13,000’. 

Type. Adult male (in spirit). B.M. no. 6.7.1.2. Collected 
by R. B. Woosnam. Three specimens obtained. 

This species is allied to R. collaris, but is at once distin- 
guishable from that and every other species by the thick 


138 Mr. O. Thomas on new 


woolly covering of its hind limbs and its remarkably narrow 
molars. 

The occurrence of a fruit-bat at such an altitude as 13,000! 
is very noteworthy. 


2. Crocidura niobe, sp. n. 


General proportions of C. maurisca, Thos., with which it 
shares the unusual character of the almost entire absence of 
long bristles on the tail. Fur about 5mm. long on the back. 
General colour dark blackish grey (‘blackish slate”), with 
indistinct silvery mottling. Under surface scarcely lighter, 
the tips of the hairs brown. Hands and feet pale brown ; 
fore claws rather smaller than hind. Tail long, slender, not 
incrassated, practically without longer bristles—a few present 
on the base only; uniformly blackish above and below. 

Skull normal in build, without the peculiar delicacy of that 
of C. maurisca; the brain-case low, the muzzle stout and 
conical. ‘Teeth as usual, the unicuspids broader than long, 
very unlike the narrow slender teeth of C. maurisca. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :— 

Head and body 68 mm.; tail 63; hind foot 13 ; ear 10. 

Skull: greatest length (including incisors) 20; greatest 
breadth 9:1; length of upper tooth-row 8:2. 

Hab. Ruwenzori East, 6000. Another from 7000’. 

Type. Female. B.M. no. 6.7. 1.32. Original number 618. 
Collected 10th January, 1906, by R. B. Woosnam. Three 
specimens. 

This shrew may be readily distinguished from C. maurisca, 
the only species with its proportions and tail-characters, by 
its more plumbeous colour and its broader skull and teeth. 


3. Crocidura fumosa montis, subsp. n. 


Size and other essential characters as in the C. fumosa of 
Mount Kenya, but the fur longer (hairs of back 7:0-7°5 mm.) 
and the general colour a dark plumbeous grey, without the 
distinct brownish tone so marked in true fumosa. The ends 
of the hairs blackish, with a silvery subterminal ring. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :— 

Head and body 77 mm.; tail 61; hind foot 15; ear.11. 

Skull: greatest length (including incisors) 22; greatest 
breadth 10. 

Altitude 12,500’. 

Type. Female. B.M. no. 6.7. 1.28. Original number 78. 
Collected 16th Feb., 1906, by R. E. Dent. Three specimens, 
all from about the same altitude. 


Mammals from Mount Ruwenzort. 139 


4, Myosorex blarina, sp. n. 


A dark short-tailed species with the mole-like appearance 
of M. Sclatert talpinus. 

Size rather less than in MW. Sclater?. Fur thick and mole- 
like; hairs of back about 8 mm, in length ; a number of inter- 
spersed longer hairs on the rump attaining 12-13 mm. 
General colour blackish brown, slightly iridescent, very much 
as in M. Sclatert talpinus; under surface scarcely lighter, 
more smoky brown than in ta/pinus. Hands, feet, and tail 
blackish, the anterior claws very large. ars very short, 
quite hidden in the fur. 

Skull stout and heavily built—compared with that of 
M. Sclateri it is smaller, shorter in the muzzle, but propor- 
tionally broader, the imterorbital region and brain-case as 
broad as in the larger species. 

Teeth rather small throughout, the anterior incisors particu- 
larly delicate ; relative proportions of the unicuspids as in 
M. Sclater?, the minute posterior one about one tenth the size 
of the second, which is half the size of the third, the latter 
being about three fourths the size of the first. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 74 inm.; tail 42; hind foot 14; ear 7. 

Skull: condylo-basal length 22-1; basal length 19°6 ; 
anterior breadth 7; interorbital breadth 5°5; greatest breadth 
across brain-case 12; length of upper tooth-series 10°8 ; 
height of ¢ 2. 

Altitude 10,000’. 

Type. Male. B.M. no. 6.7.1.35. Original number 252. 
Collected 27th January, 1906, by Douglas Carruthers. One 
specimen only. - 

“ Caught in bog and rock region.”—D, C. 

The interest of this animal lies in the immense extension 
its discovery gives to the range of the genus Myosorex, which 
(since the species without the extra tooth in the lower jaw 
were separated as Sylvisorex) has been only known from 
South Africa, the Zoutpansberg district of the Transvaal 
being there the most northern recorded locality. That the 
genus should turn up again at 10,000’ on Ruwenzori is a most 
interesting fact. 

The velvety mole-like fur of JL. blarina will, distinguish it 
from all other forms except the decidedly larger M. Sclateri 
talpinus of Zululand. 


5. Sylvisorex lunaris, sp. n. 


A large slaty-grey species, with a long slender muzzle. 
Size much larger than in S. morto, about equal to middle- 


140 Mr. O. Thomas on new 


sized species of Crocidura. Fur rich and velvety; hairs of 
back about 6 mm. in length. General colour dark slaty grey, 
without variegation, but with a slight iridescence on the tips 
of the hairs. Under surface little lighter, the tips of the hairs 
pale brown. Upper surface of hands and feet brown, but 
the flesh along their inner halves is paler than the outer ; 
fore and hind claws about equal in size. Tail much shorter 
than head and body, very finely haired, without longer 
bristles ; brown above, rather paler below. 

Skull markedly different from that of S. moro by its much 
larger size, slender build, and long muzzle. 

Teeth delicate. Unicuspids narrow, the anterior about 
twice the area in cross-section of the other three, which are 
subequal. Lower incisors uniform in thickness, not tapering, 
their upper edges strongly serrated, with three well-marked 
notches. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 86 mm.; tail 54; hind foot 14:5; ear 10. 

Skull: condylo-basal length 22; basal length 19°8; ante- 
rior breadth 6°4; greatest breadth across brain-case 10; 
length of upper tooth-series 10. 

Hab. Ruwenzori East, 12,500’. Other specimens from 
altitudes of 7000' upwards. 

Type. Male. B.M. no. 6. 7.1.38. Original number 643. 
Collected 30th January, 1906, by R. B. Woosnam. 

This distinct species may be readily distinguished from its 
W.-African allies S. morio and S. Preussi by its larger size. 


6. Funisciurus Carruthersi, sp. n. 


A handsome yellowish-green species, with a bluish-grey 
belly ; something like a gigantic #. poensis. 

Size about as in /. pyrrhopus. Fur soft and rich; hairs 
of back about 13-15 mm. in length. General colour above 
bright yellowish olivaceous green, the hairs blackish with 
rich yellow subterminal bands. Along the sides of the back 
a suggestion of yellow lateral lines, in the position of those of 
the pyrrhopus group, can be made out, but these are very 
faint and scarcely to be distinguished from the yellow of the 
flanks. Under surface and inner sides of limbs bluish grey, 
the hairs dank slaty with whitish tips. Head like back ; 
eyes rimmed above and below with dull whitish or orange- 
whitish ; ears short, rounded, their inner surface greenish 
yellow like the flanks, their outer surface and a small post- 
auricular patch dull yellowish white. Upper surface of hands 
and feet grizzled yellowish. ‘Tail coloured like the body, the 


Mammals from Mount Ruwenzor?. 141 


hairs black at base and on a broad subterminal ring, the 
middle ring and the ends greenish yellow; a pencil of long 
hairs at the tip of the tail wholly black. 

Skull of about the size and general shape of that of 
F. erythrogenys and other members of the pyrrhopus group. 
Nasals square, parallel-sided. Postorbital processes further 
forward on the skull than in erythrogenys. Teeth apparently 
of the same general type as in F£. erythrogenys, but m’ 
considerably larger. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :— 

Head and body 198 mm.; tail 192 ; hind foot 47:5 ; ear 20. 

Skull: greatest length 49; basilar length 88; greatest 
breadth 28; nasals 13x75; interorbital breadth 12:2; 
palatilar length 20°2; length of upper tooth-series exclusive 
of p® 8°8. 

Another specimen (a male) has head and body 204 mm. ; 
tail 205. 

Hab. Ruwenzori East, 6500’. 

Type. Female. B.M. no. 6. 7.1.53. Original number 262. 
Collected 7th February, 1906, by Douglas Carruthers. 

The affinities of this handsome and distinct species are by 
no means clear. Its size and the indistinct lateral dorsal 
lines suggest a relationship to the non-rufous members of the 
pyrrhopus group, although it has not their characteristically 
marked tail, and the bluish-grey belly is unlike anything 
found among them. 


7. Otomys Darimouthi, sp. n. 


Lower incisors double-grooved. J/° with only six lamine. 

Size rather larger than in O. Jacksont. Fur very fine, 
long and woolly ; ordinary hairs of back about 17 mm. in 
length. General colour above finely grizzled “ mummy- 
brown,” not so coarsely marbled as in O. Jacksont. Under 
surface drab-brown, the ends of the hairs pale clay-colour. 
Head and ears of the prevailing body-colour. Upper 
surface of hands and feet pale buffy. ‘ail black along its 
upper surface, dull buffy on the sides and below. 

Skull larger than in O. Jackson, its profile convex above 
the orbits. 

Upper incisors with a deep median and a fine internal 
groove. Lower incisors with two well-marked subequal 
grooves, as in O. Jacksont and typus. Laminar formula of 
molars 5==—*, 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 150 mm.; tail 933; hind foot 26°5; ear 25. 
Ann. &: Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. Ly 


142 Mr. O. Thomas on new 


Skull: greatest length 37°5; basilar length 30°3 ; zygo- 
matic breadth 19°5; nasals 16:5 x 6°7; interorbital breadth 4°2; 
palatilar length 17; palatal foramina 7; length of upper 
molar series (grinding-surface) 7°3. 

Hab. Ruwenzori East, 12,500’ (“ seen up to 13,000’ ”’). 

Type. Male. B.M. no. 6.7.1.54. Original number 653. 

‘ollected 18th February, 1906, by R. B. Woosnam. 
Six specimens obtained. 

This animal is related to the corresponding mountain-form 
of Mt. Elgon, Otomys Jackson@, from 13,200’, but differs by 
its larger size, more uniform coloration, and the possession of 
only six lamine on the last upper molar. 

I have had great pleasure in naming this distinet species 
in honour of the Earl of Dartmouth, to whose generosity this 
splendid exploration of Mount Ruwenzori is primarily due. 


8. Otomys Denti, sp. n. 


Incisive grooves as in OQ. irroratus, but m* with five laminze 
only. Colour very dark. 

Size rather smaller than in O. irroratus. Fur long and 
fine ; ordinary hairs of back about 20 mm. in length. General 
colour dark blackish brown (darker than “‘ bistre””) with a 
coppery tinge, the rump almost black, the light rings on the 
hairs dark tawny. Under surface and inner aspect of limbs 
slaty black, a few only of the belly-hairs tipped with dull 
buffy. Upper surface of hands and feet uniformly brownish 
black. ‘Tail black throughout, above and below. 

Skull smaller than that of O. 7zrroratus, more flattened 
above, its profile not so convex above the orbits, the height 
from tooth-row to supraorbital ridges markedly less. 

Incisive grooves asin O.irroratus. Molar lamine 

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :— 

Head and body 157 mm.; tail 89; hind foot 27; ear 21. 

Skull: greatest length 36°6; basilar length 30°3; zygo- 
matic breadth 18°63 nasals 14°7 x 6°8; interorbital breadth 4°5; 
height from alveolus of m? to supraorbital ridge 10°8 ;_ palatilar 
length J.7; palatal foramina 7:2 ; upper molar series (grinding- 
surtace) 7. 

Hab. Ruwenzori East, 6000’. 

Type. Female. B.M. no. 6.7. 1.69. Original number 56. 
Collected 27th January, 1906, by R. E. Dent. Three 
specimens. . 

This striking swamp-rat is readily distinguishable by its 
dark coppery colour, flat skull, and the presence of only five 
laminge on the last upper molar. 


3—2—5 


4—2—2° 


Mammals from Mount Ruwenzor’, 143 


9, Dasymys montanus, sp. n. 


A very long-haired species, with short tail. 

Size medium. Fur very long and fine; the ordinary hairs 
of the back about 15 mm. in length. General colour above 
uniformly finely speckled mummy-brown, the light rings on 
the hairs near clay-colour. A number of the longer hairs 
with a greenish irilescence. Sides but little paler than back. 
Under surface bluish grey, the slaty bases of the hairs little 
hidden by the dull pale drab tips. Lars large, black, con- 
trasting with the general brown colour. Upper surface of 
hands and feet pale brown, the digits lighter. ‘Tail practically 
naked, the scales quite unhidden, blackish throughout. 

Skull shorter and broader and the zygomata more squarely 
expanded anteriorly than in other species. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 137 mm. ; tail 105; hind foot 27; ear 19. 

Skull: length of upper molar series 7°3. 

Another skull measures :—Greatest length 35; basilar 
length 30°6; greatest breadth 21:2; nasals 12°3x43; 
palatilar length 17°8 ; length of upper molar series 7-1. 

flab. Ruwenzori East, 12,500’. 

Type. Female. B.M.no.6.7.1.79. Original number 255. 
Collected 30th January, 1906, by Douglas Carruthers. 

I refer four specimens to this species, two of them of a 
normal colour and two apparently melanoid, rather darker 
than de Winton’s D. incomtus fuscus. Untortunately the 
skulls of the normal-coloured specimens are much damaged, 
but I do not think there is any reason to suppose the 
blackish specimens are different from the brown ones. 

D. montanus is readily distinguishable from all other 
species by its long fur and short tail. 


10. Dasymys medius, sp. n. 


A grey species allied to D. Bentley. 

Size medium, rather larger than in D. Bentleye. Fur 
comparatively coarse and shaggy; hairs of back about 12-13 mm. 
in length. General colour above greyish “ hair-brown,” 
greyer on the head and fore-back, warmer and browner on 
the rump; darkened throughout by the black ends to the 
longer hairs. Sides greyer, passing gradually into the grey 
of the under surface, where the tips of the hairs are dull 
greyish white, their slaty bases showing through. Lars 
well-haired, greyish brown, not markedly darker than the 


general tone. Upper surface of hands and feet pale brown, 
Li 


144 Mr. O. Thomas on new 


Tail rather long, thinly clothed with fine hairs, not hiding 
the scales, brown above and below. 

Skull larger than that of D. Bentleye and markedly 
higher in the brain-case. Interorbital region parallel-sided, 
evenly narrow throughout, not broadening posteriorly as in 
D. Bentleye. Bulle decidedly larger than in that species. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 143 mm.; tail 128; hind foot 28°5; ear 19. 

Skull: greatest length 34°35; basilar length 30; greatest 
breadth 18°5; length of nasals 12; diastema 10°3; palatilar 
length 17:5; palatal foramina 7°6; length of upper molar 
series 7, 

Hab. Ruwenzori East, 6000’. 

Type. Female. B.M. no. 6. 7.1.75. Original number 38. 
Collected 16th January, 1906, by R. E. Dent. 

No species of Dasymys have been hitherto described from 
this part of Africa, the nearest being the Lower Congo 
D. Bentleye, from which the present animal differs by the 
characters above mentioned. From the D. montanus of the 
higher altitudes of Ruwenzori it is, of course, at once distin- 
guishable by its shorter coarser fur and much longer tail. 


11. Mus Dennia, sp. n. 


A small long-tailed species allied to Jf Allenit. Mammezx 
2—2=8. 

Size about as in M. Allent and M. carillus. Fur soft and 
rather woolly; hairs of back about 9-10 mm. in length. 
General colour not unlike that of JZ. carzllus, soft buffy fawn, 
varying a good dealin the richness of the tone. Sides clearer 
and more buffy. Under surface well defined whitish, sometimes 
tinged with buffy. Head greyer than back ; lower part of sides 
of muzzle white ; area round eyes black. Ears large, naked, 
dark brown throughout. Upper surface of hands and feet 
thinly haired, dull whitish. ‘Tail much longer than head and 
body, fairly well haired terminally, greyish brown throughout. 

Skull of the same delicate shape as in Af, Allen? and carillus, 
and the zygomatic plate similarly little projected forward, 
Supraorbital edges sharply square, but not beaded. Palatal 
foramina much longer than in the two western species. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— 

Head and body 96 mm. ; tail 154; hind foot 21; ear 21. 

Skull: greatest length 27; basilar length 22:5; greatest 
breadth 13°5; nasals 9°5; interorbital breadth 4:1; breadth 
of brain-case 12°2; palatilar length 12; diastema 8; palatal 
foramina 6°4 x 2°3; length of upper molar series 4. 


Mammals from Mount Ruwenzor?. 145 


Hab. Ruwenzori Kast. Altitude of type 7000'; other 
specimens up to 12,000, 

Type. Male. B.M.no.6.7.1.112. Original number 235, 
Collected 15th January, 1906, by Douglas Carruthers. ‘Ten 
specimens, 

This pretty mouse is no doubt allied to Mus Alleni, with 
* which it shares the general proportions, shape of skull, and 
number of mamme; but it differs by its softer, more buffy 
fur and longer palatine foramina. In Aus carillus, otherwise 
allied, there are only 1—2=6 mamme. 

I have been in some doubt as to whether this or a larger 
species obtained by the Ruwenzori Expedition should be 
referred to de Winton’s M. Jacksoni, founded on a young 
specimen from Entebbe, but the teeth of the type are more as 
in the larger form, and there is a distinct, projection forward 
of the zygomatic plate, practically absent in the present form. 

A mouse from Mount Kenya, obtained by Prof. Mackinder 
in 1899, and referred by me to J/. Jacksont, would also seem 
to be assignable to Mus Dennice. 


12. Mus univittatus lunaris, subsp. n. 


General characters of the typical western J/. untvittatus, 
but size smaller and colour more olivaceous, not turning 
rufous on the rump, which is blackish olivaceous. Belly- 
hairs greyish tipped with buffy ; a line down outer edge of 
thighs also butty. Dorsal streak not sharply defined and 
not extending on to neck and head. Upper surface of hands 
blackish brown, of feet rufous brown.  ‘L’ail practically naked, 
black above, rather lighter below. 

Skull similar to that of true wndvittatus, but smaller and 
lighter throughout. Molars decidedly narrower. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :— 

Head and body 108 mm.; tail 115; hind foot 25; ear 17. 

Skull: greatest length 32; basilar length 24; greatest 
breadth 15°3; nasals 13; interorbital breadth 5°2; breadth 
of brain-case 14; palatilar length 13°2 ; palatal foramina 6 ; 
Jength of upper molar series 5:1. 

Hab. Ruwenzori East, 6000!. 

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 6.°7. 1. 137. Original 
number 217. Collected 2nd January, 1906, by Douglas 
Carruthers. 


13. Leggada bufo, sp. n. 


A large dark species with a rich buffy belly. 
Size rather less than in J/us musculus. Fur close and 


146 On new Mammals from Mount Ruwenzori. 


crisp, about 5°5 mm. in length on the back, profusely mixed 
with fine spines. General colour above dark coppery brown 
(nearest to ‘ bistre”’), more blackish on the ramp; the light 
rings on the hairs dark buffy. Under surface strongly con- 
trasted rich buffy ochraceous, the hidden bases of the hairs 
slaty grey. Head rather darker than back. Ears naked, 
uniformly blackish. Outer side of limbs brown like sides, 
inner sides buffy like belly ; upper surface of hands and feet 
brown, with a tinge of buffy. ‘Tail finely scaled (20 rings to 
the centimetre), practically naked, blackish throughout, or 
rather lighter below proximally. 

Skull stoutly built, with broad, squarely edged but not 
ridged, interorbital region. Palatal foramina long, extending 
nearly to the level of the middle of m'. First upper molar 
with its anterior lobe less developed than in the smaller forms, 

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :— 

Head and body 70 mm.; tail 68; hind foot 16; ear 13. 

Skull: greatest length 22; basilar length 17; greatest 
breadth 11; interorbital breadth 4; palatilar length 9°6; 
palatal foramina 5°1; length of upper molar series 34. 

Hab. Ruwenzori East, 6000’. 

Type. Oldfemale. B.M. no. 6. 7. 1.116. Original num- 
ber 215. Collected 2nd January, 1906, by Douglas 
Carruthers. Six specimens. 

This species is related to Z. muscu/o¢des, Temm., but may 
be readily recognized by its rich buffy under surface. 


14. Lophuromys Woosnami, sp. n. 

An olive-grey species with large ears and long tail. 

Size about as in LZ. aquilus. Fur straight; hairs of back 
about 10-11 mm. in length. General colour above between 
“olive” and ‘bistre,’” without the warmer rufous tone 
generally present in the East-African forms; the bases of 
the hairs are, however, of a rufous-brown colour. Mixed 
with the ordinary hairs of the back there are a variable 
number of buffy-white hairs, which produce a_ speckling 
somewhat similar to that of the grysbuck (Nototragus mela- 
notis), but are almost absent in some specimens. Sides 
rather paler than back. Colour of under surface not sharply 
defined laterally, very variable, ranging from near wood- 
brown to tawny clay-colour; the throat rather whiter. Head 
like back ; area round eyes nearly black. Ears very large, 
finely haired, black, with whitish edges. Upper surface of 
hands and feet pale brownish white. ‘Tail long, slender, 
almost naked, markedly less hairy than in the other species ; 
blackish above, whitish flesh-colour below. 


On a second Species of Mochocus. 147 


Skull with a long slender muzzle; interorbital region 
broad, edged with well-defined ridges, but without postorbital 
projections; outer wall of anteorbital foramen reduced to a 
narrow bar less than half the breadth of the corresponding 
part in L. aguilus and flavopunctatus ; it is, however, simi- 
larly narrow in the W.-African L. sikapust. 

Incisors more as in Mus than in other Lophuromys, their 
anterior surface not curved round in the way generally 
characteristic of the present genus. Molars very broad, with 
well-defined cusps; their pattern as usual. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :— 

Head and body 118 mm.; tail 111; hind foot 22°5; 
ear 23. 

Skull: greatest length 30°5; basilar length 24; greatest 
breadth 14°3; nasals 14.x3°2; imterorbital breadth 6°7 ; 
diastema 8; palatilar length 12°4; palatine foramina 6°5; 
length of upper molar series 4°8. 

Alt. 6000’, 

Type. Adult male. BM. no. 6. 7. 1. 170. Original 
number 608. Collected 3lst December, 1905, by R. B. 
Woosnam. Nine specimens. 

This striking species is widely different from any of the 
Central- and Kast-African forms of Lophuromys, and might 
almost be considered generically distinct were it not that the 
West-African L. stkapusi also possesses some of its characters. 
Its large ears, long tail, and peculiar olive-coloured white- 
speckled fur readily distinguish the species from all its allies, 
and I have much pleasure in naming it after Mr. R. B. 
Woosnam, to whose abilities so much of the success of the 
Ruwenzori expedition is due. 


XXI.—On a second Species of the Silurid Genus Mochocus. 
By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. 


WHEN dealing in these ‘ Annals,’ a few years ago *, with the 
little-known genus Mochocus, Joannis (Rhinoglanis, Giinther), 
I was acquainted with one species only, as I consider Rhino- 
glanis typus, Gthr., from Gondokoro, and &. Vannutellid, 
Vincig., from Lake Rudolf, as specifically identical with the 
incorrectly described Mochocus niloticus of de Joannis, of 
which I had then received a few specimens from Assuan, 
where the fish bad been rediscovered by Mr. Loat. The 


* Vol. vi. 1900, p. 525. 


148 Mr. O. Thomas on a 


little fish has since been found by the same collector at various 
localities on the Nile, between Beni Souef and Gondokoro, 
and a second species has been discovered by him at Fashoda 
and at Lake No, White Nile. For this new species I propose 
the name of 


Mochocus brevis. 


Easily distinguished from the preceding by the shorter 
caudal part of the body, the first dorsal fin being equally 
distant from the end of the snout and from the root of the 
caudal, or only a little nearer the former. Depth of body 34 
to 4+ times in the total length, length of head 3 to 34 times. 
Occiput and nuchal shield slightly tectiform, but without a 
keel. Maxillary barbel reaching the extremity of the ventral 
fin or a little beyond. First dorsal I 6, the spine without 
any serration and always shorter than the head; second 
dorsal 9-17; anal 9-10. Caudal peduncle only a little 
longer than broad. Coloration as in JZ. niloticus, but 
pectoral, ventral, and anal fins often with some brown spots. 

Total length 31 mm. 

Forty-two specimens from Fashoda and one from Lake No. 

In MM. neloticus there is a series of three or four small bony 
scutes, ankylosed to the interneural bones, on each side of 
the base of the soft rays of the first dorsal fin; these little 
scutes, which have hitherto been overlooked, are absent in 


M. brevis. 


XXII.—On a new Figmy Antelope obtained by Col. J. J. 
Harrison in the Semliki Korest. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. 


THE British Museum owes to Col. J. J. Harrison the skull 
of a pigmy antelope from the Semliki Forest allied to the 
Cameroon species described by de Winton as Neotragus 
Batesi*, I have also had the opportunity of examining the 
skin of the specimen, which is now in Co]. Harrison’s 
collection. 

Neotragus Batesi, as shown by de Winton, is in many 
respects allied to both Neotragus and Nesotragus, and in the 
light of the present examination of the new material, including 
an additional example from the Cameroons, I am disposed to 
consider it as representing a distinct genus, whose range 


* P, Z. S. 1908, i. p. 192. 


new Pigmy Antelope. 149 


would be coextensive with the great Congo Torest. This 
genus may be called 


HYLARNUS*, gen. nov. 


Intermediate between Neotragus and Nesotragus. Pre- 
maxillo-maxillary vacuities present, as in the latter. Nasals 
very broadly expanded posteriorly. Muzzle in front of orbit 
comparatively short, the anterior wall of the orbit vertically 
above p*, as in Neotragus, above m‘ or m? in Nesotragus. 
Palation (back of bony palate) about level with the hinder 
corner of m*, as in WVesotragus, opposite its front edge in 
Neotragus. 

Horns short, laid back nearly in the line of the frontal 
profile, almost as in Weotragus ; stout, conical, smooth except 
just at their base. 

Type. Neotragus Batesi, de Wint. 

The Eastern species obtained by Col. Harrison seems to be 
specifically separable from 4H. Bates?, and I would propose 
for it the name of 


Hylarnus Harrisoni, sp. n. 


External characters very much as in //, Bates, but the 
colour-contrasts are more marked, the dark colours darker 
and the light brighter. 

General colour nearer to ‘‘ cinnamon” of Ridgway, that of 
Batesi approaching “ russet”’; central dorsal area darkened 
by the black tips to the hairs. Jorehead and crown dark 
brown, a fine lightish line over each eye. Hairs of outer 
surface of ears black, of inner white. Chin and interramia 
nearly pure white. ‘Throat-band brownish cinnamon. Belly 
sharply defined white. Front of limbs dark brown, inter- 
rupted over the metapodials and basal phalanges by an ill- 
detined elongated whitish patch, which is succeeded again by 
brown on the penultimate phalanges. Tail imperfect in the 
type, its basal portion coloured like the body. 

Skull with the nasals even broader posteriorly than in 
H, Batesi, running out on each side to a well-marked angle. 
Premaxillo-maxillary vacuity larger in the single specimen. 
Horns longer and set at a slightly greater angle upwards. 

Dimensions of the typical skull :— 

Greatest length 110 mm.; basal length 96°5; greatest 
breadth 52; muzzle to orbit 51; nasals 87 x 23; breadth of 
brain-case 36 ; muzzle to front of p? 36; palate length 66; 
length of upper tooth-series 32. 


* adpvés, a lamb. 


150 Mr. A. O. Walker on 


Length of horns 38, of horn-core 27. 

Hab. Semliki Forest, Eastern Congo. 

Type. Adult male. The skull is B.M. no. 5. 10. 21. 3. 
Collected and presented by Col. J. J. Harrison. The 


mounted skin remains in the latter’s collection, 


XXUT.—Preliminary Descriptions of new Species a AES. 
poda from the ‘ Discovery’ Antarctic Haxpedition, 1902- 
1901. By ALFRED O. WALKER, F.L.S., F.Z.S. 


[Concluded from p. 18. ] 


Iphimedia echinata, sp. n. 


W.Q. 24/9/02, Hut Point, one; 24/8/03, Hole 12, three 
large, 30 mm., and about twenty-five young; 26/9/03, Hole 
12, one 45 mm. long. 

Body: first segment of the mesosome longer than the second ; 
posterior angles almost rectangular; next four segments 
subequal, with acute posterior angles ; the fifth and. sixth 
segments more or less dentate behind; seventh dorsally 
depressed and narrowed below, postero- -dorsal dentition 
coarser. The pleon-segments have a strongly dentate dorsal 
carina, with smaller teeth on each side of it; posterior angle 
of the second and third acute and upturned, the latter with a 
longer curved tooth above it. The first urus-segmeut is as 
long as thé, two next united, and has a dorsal depression 
followed by NN group of upright teeth ; the second and third 
are smooth. Stde-plates: the first three pairs narrow down- 
wards to a point, the second and third curved; the fourth, 
fifth, and sixth have a strong tooth with serrate edge directed 
outwards. 

Head: rostrum as long as the rest of the head, acute, 
decurved; ocular lobes rounded; eyes prominent, round, 
colourless. 

Upper antenne: first joint with two parallel distal teeth 
on the upper margin; second with a long serrate tooth on 
the upper and a short one on the lower margin ; third joint 
short, simple. First joint jof flagellum as long as the next 
three. 

Lower antenne subequal to the upper; a prominent curved 
tooth on the upper side of the basal joint. 

First gnathopods : first joint \widest in the middle; wrist 
rather shorter than the hand, which is chelate, with short 
spines on the end of the produced hind margin, 


new Species of Antarctic Amphipoda. 151 


Second gnathopods: first joint as long as the remainder ; 
wrist and hand subequal, the latter chelate, with long plumose 
sete on the hind margin. 

Third pereopods: first joint oblong, with a median ridge 
and five subequal teeth on the hind margin. In young 
specimens these are fewer and unequal. 

Fourth perwopods: first joint rather wider than in the third 
pair, with fewer and more unequal teeth; posterior angle 
acute and upturned. 

Fifth pereopods : first joint wider than in the fourth pair, 
with four unequal teeth on the hind margin and the posterior 
angle still more acute and produced. 

Third uropods: rami widely lanceolate, the outer slightly 
longer and wider than the inner, which is much longer than 
the peduncle. 

Telson emarginate, the outer angles rounded, reaching the 
end of the peduncles of the third uropods. 


Iphimedia longipes, sp. n. 


Coulman Island, 100 fath., 13/1/02; one specimen. 

Body: mesosome wide; pleon and urus compressed, 
First segment longer than the second, third, fourth, and fifth, 
and subequal to the sixth; seventh as long as the fifth and 
sixth united, with two long subdorsal teeth directed back- 
wards. The first side-plates rather deeper than the segment, 
wider and rounded below; second and third bluntly pointed ; 
fourth sharply pointed below, with the hind margin produced 
backwards in a spur; fifth and sixth with a short trigonal 
spur ; seventh small and subquadrate. The first two pleon- 
segments have each two long subdorsal teeth; the lower 
margin of the first is narrowed, with the posterior angle 
obtuse; the third segment is smooth, the posterior angle 
forming a short blunt tooth with a longer curved tooth above 
it. First segment of the urus dorsally depressed, much 
longer than the remaining two united. 

Head exclusive of the rostrum longer than the first 
segment ; rostrum as long as the rest of the head, deflexed 
and pointed; ocular lobe rounded in front and terminating 
below in a strong tooth directed downwards. Eyes round- 
oval, dark, widely separated. 

Upper antenne: first joint with a strong distal tooth on 
the inner side reaching almost to the end of the second joint. 

First gnathopods with a chelate hand. 

Last three pairs of perwopods increasing in length succes- 
sively, the last pair extending much beyond the ends of the 


152 Mr. A. O. Walker on 


uropods; hind margin of the first joints smooth, more or 
less concave, and ending below in a subacute tooth. 
Telson reaching to the base of the peduncles of the third 
uropods, wider at the base than long, rather deeply notched. 
Length 30 mm. 


Iphimedia Hodgsoni, sp. n. 


Coulman Island, 13/1/02, 100 fath. ; one. 

The whole body is clothed with fine spine-like teeth directed 
backwards and arranged in zones on the segments of the 
mesosome and pleon; the side-plates are also densely spinous 
and appear to be a little deeper than the segments. The 
body is but little compressed laterally and is widest over the 
first and second segments. ‘The antenne are rather short, 
subequal, and directed outwards; the basal joints of the 
upper are thickly covered with branching spines. The 
rostrum is almost straight and about as long as the rest of 
the head. 

Length about 25 mm. 


Eusirus microps, sp. 0. 


W.Q. 10/5/03, 10 fath., one, and 1/6/03, one. Penguin 
Rookery, Mount Erebus, Feb. 1904; one, large. 

Body: last segment of mesosome and first two of pleon 
carinate, with a postero-dorsal tooth ; carina of the third 
pleon-segment rounded behind; hind epimeral margin rather 
convex, faintly crenate, posterior angle produced and acute ; 
one or two small teeth on the lower margin in front of it. 
First urus-segment dorsally depressed. Side-plates rather 
small, the first subquadrate, crenate below. 

Head: eyes dark, almost round, diameter less than that of 
the first joint of the upper antenne. 

Upper antenna reaching to the base of the uropods ; first 
joint shorter than the second, with a distal prominence on the 
lower margin terminated by an acute tooth ; the second joint 
expands distally and is furnished with two or three sharp 
teeth; the third is rather shorter than the first of the 
flagellum. Appendage as long as the first joint of the 
flagellum. 

First gnathopods: first joint robust ; hinder angle of the 
third joint acute and, as also the carpal spur, densely setose ; 
hand much longer than wide. 

Second gnathopods rather longer than the first; the front 
margin of the second joint produced over the third. 

First and second perwopods very slender, the first joint 
about six times as long as wide and subequal to the next two, 

Last three pairs of perwopods increasing in length back- 


new Species of Antarctic Amphipoda. 153 


wards ; the first joint in the last two pairs with the hind 
margin ending below in a sharp tooth ; all the joints spinous 
and clothed with long plumose sete; point of the dactylus 
blunt, with a curved secondary tooth. 

Telson reaching beyond the end of the peduncles of the 
third uropods, the tip notched, divisions acute. 

Length of large specimen 48 mm. 


Gammaropsis longicornis, sp. n. 


W.Q. Jan. to Mar. 1902, 10 fath.; several specimens, 
male and female. ; 

Body : first four side-plates not so deep as the segments. 
Third pleon-segment dorsally depressed behind, posterior 
angle rectangular. First urus-segment dorsally depressed in 
front. 

Head almost as long as the first two segments ; ocular 
lobe not much produced, angular. Eyes round, red in the 
centre. 

Upper antenne in the female reaching beyond, in the male 
not so far as, the end of the peduncle of the lower. Ap- 
pendage 1-jointed, about one third of the length of the first 
joint of the flagellum. 

Lower antenne in female barely reaching to the pleon, in 
the adult male almostas long as the whole animal. Flagellum 
shorter than the last joint of the peduncle. 

First gnathopods : side-plates oblong, rounded below, deeper 
than wide. Wrist subequal in length and width to the 
hand; the hind margin of the latter evenly convex, palm 
defined by two spines, spinulose. 

Second gnathopods.— Female: wrist subtriangular, half as 
long as the hand; palm of the hand subequal to the rest of 
the hind margin, crenulate, the proximal half concave, the 
distal convex ; palmar angle rounded, with three unequal 
spines. Male: wrist very short, hind margin a little pro- 
duced, subangular, and setose; hand widening distally, hind 
margin rather longer than the palm and terminating in a 
strong tooth; palm almost transverse, with a strong tooth 
separated from the palmar one by a deep sinus; an irregu- 
larly dentate and setose space between it and the base of the 
dactylus which is carried over the side of the hand. 

Perceopods: last three pairs increasing in length succes- 
sively, the last pair not exceeding the uropods; posterior 
angles of the first joints of the fourth and fifth pairs rectan- 
gular, the joints narrowing suddenly in the middle. 

Third uropods: peduncles twice as long as the styliform 
rami. 


154 On a new Cyprinodont Fish. 


Length 6 mm. 

Very near G. nana, G. O. Sars, from which it differs in 
the smaller antennular appendage and the form of the first 
joint of the last two pairs of pereeopods, and especially in the 
much greater length of the lower antenne. 


Seba antarctica, sp. n. 

W.Q. Oct. to March, 1902: in sponges. Two large males, 
19/3/02 ; 10 fath. 

The females and young males (which differ from the 
females only by the absence of the incubatory lamellz) 
cannot be distinguished from 8. Saundersi, Stebbing, with 
which this species may be identical *. ‘lhe two large males 
mentioned above, however, show such a marked difference in 
the great development of the meral joints of the last three 
pairs of pereeopods, that at first sight I took them for a 
distinct species. As, however, they were associated with the 
smaller form, with which they agree in the rest of their 
structure, I have no doubt that they are only full-grown 
males. It may be remembered that in the adult male of our 
own Orchestia littorea (Mont.) we have asimilar enlargement 
of the meral joint in the last pair of perseopods. 


XXIV.—Description of a new Cyprinodont Fish of the Genus 
Jenynsia from Argentina. By C. Tare Regan, B.A. 


Jenynsia maculata. 


Depth of body 3} to 4 in the length, length of head 32 
to 4. -Snout as long as or shorter than eye, the diameter of 
which is 3} to 4 in the length of head, interorbital width 2 
to 21. Body regularly and completely scaled; 28 to 30 
scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal 8-9; origin equi- 
distant from extremity of operculum and base of caudal or 
from eye and end of caudal. Anal 8-9, opposite to the 
dorsal ( ¢ ) or a little in advance of it (¢). Caudal rounded 
or subtruncate. Pectoral about 3? the length of head; 
ventrals extending to the vent. Sides with 3 or 4 irregular 
series of more or Jess oblong blackish spots. 

Several examples, measuring up to 73 mm. in total length, 
from Cachi, Salta, Argentina, at an elevation of 2500 metres, 
collected by Herr J. Steinbach. 

This species is very close to Jenynsia lineata, Jenyns, 
which has the dorsal fin a little more advanced and has the 
spots on the sides smaller and more numerous, forming 
regular longitudinal lines along the series of scales. 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xvii. (1906) p. 569. 


St 


Bibliographical Notices. 15: 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. 


The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Pub- 
lished under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in 
Council. Edited by Lt.-Col. C. T. Bryenam. — Rhynchota. 
Vol. ILL. (Heteroptera — Homoptera). By W. L. Disranr. 
London; Taylor & Francis. Pp. xiv, 503; text-figs. 266. 


Cot. Bryenam has prefixed a preface to this volume (the first 
published under his editorship) expressing the general regret felt 
at the death of Dr. Blanford, the originator of the series of works 
on the Fauna of British India, and noticing the arrangements made 
for future volumes, comprising works on Coleoptera, Lepidoptera, 
and Mollusca. 

The present volume contains the conclusion (families 17 to 24) of 
the Heteroptera, chiefly including the not very extensive but ex- 
tremely interesting Water-Bugs, and the first two families of 
Homoptera—the Cicadidee (three subfamilies) and Fulgoride (twelve 
subfamilies), It will thus be seen that the largest, and in the case 
of the Homoptera the handsomest and most conspicuous, species fall 
into the present volume. ‘These sections are, however, very poorly 
represented in Britain. Of the great and vociferous family Cicadidie 
we have only a single rare and local representative, and even this one 
of the smaller species, measuring under 2 inches in expanse, though 
from 5 to 6 or even 7 inches is no uncommon size in India and other 
warm countries. Even so, however, our own species is the largest 
British species of its order, except the curious aquatic Ranatra 
belonging to the Heteroptera. The Water-Bugs and Fulgoride are 
somewhat better represented in Britain, but the latter only by 
comparatively small and insignificant species, whereas the Indian 
Fulgoride are as large and brightly coloured as butterflies and 
tiger-moths, which, indeed, some of the species resemble, while 
others are remarkable for the large and often curiously shaped 
protuberance on the head, which, however, finds its greatest deve- 
lopment not in an Indian species, but in the large South-American 
lantern-fly, which sometimes measures nearly 6 inches across the 
wings. It is curious that both the South-American lantern-flies 
and the East-Indian candle-flies should be reputed luminous, and 
yet that modern entomologists should not have been able to confirm 
the statement in either one case or the other. 

We hope that the high standard of excellence which the ‘ Fauna 
of British India’ has exhibited since its commencement will be 
maintained permanently by the combined efforts of editors, authors, 
and artists. 


A Synonymic Catalogue of Homoptera—Part I. Cicadide. By 
W. L. Distant. London: Printed by Order of the Trustees of 
the British Musenm, 1906. 8yo. Pp. 207. 


Tuts is one of the familiar brown-covered Catalogues that have been 
so useful to entomologists since the Trustees of the British Museum 
decided to adopt that form, instead of the long series of publications 


156 Miscellaneous. 


in a smaller size with blue paper covers which preceded them. 
The present Catalogue is devoted to the very interesting family of 
the Cicadide, which includes the largest species of the suborder 
Homoptera, but which is entirely unrepresented in the British 
Islands, except by a single rare and local species, found chiefly in 
the New Forest. - 

The loud stridulation of many of the foreign species is a great 
feature of forest life abroad; and even in Greece the Cicada’s 
“song” has been famous from classical times onwards. 

Mr. Distant has long been one of the leading authorities on this 
family, having published a ‘ Monograph of Oriental Cicadide’ as 
long ago as 1889, and having also included it in the third volume on 
Rhynchota in the ‘ Fauna of British India,’ published during the 
present year. 

The Catalogue before us extends to 188 pages, exclusive of Index, 
which fills 19 pages in triple columns. The number of genera 
admitted is 179, and, besides the full synonymy, useful tables are 
given of the genera in each division. 

The enormous increase in entomological literature renders the 
frequent publication of monographs and catalogues (which are as 
grammars and dictionaries) indispensable to working entomologists ; 
and we cannot have too many of them, provided they are written by 
men-well up in their subject and are fairly complete and up to date. 

Opinions on details differ; but there are three particulars in 
which we think Mr. Distant’s book might have been improved. 
First, we think that the species under each genus should have been 
numbered as well as the genera. Secondly, the species contained in 
the Natural History Museum should have been marked, and all 
names the types of which are included in the series should have 
been specially indicated. Thirdly, we find a list of undetermined 
species at the end of the book; but we should have preferred to see 
all these, except those absolutely unrecognizably described without 
figures, assigned to their probable places, if necessary with a query. 
In the case of Walker’s species not in the Museum, the types 
perhaps still exist in other British collections. 

We do not make these remarks as criticisms, but as suggestions, 
and have no hesitation in recommending Mr. Distant’s work as 
absolutely indispensable to all students of the Cicadide. 

W. F. K. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 
Locusts in Hungary. 


Ir is stated in a morning paper to-day that locusts are committing 

ravages in some parts of Hungary. I should be much obliged to 

some Hungarian entomologist if he would kindly send me specimens 

for identification. W. F. Korsy. 
Natural History Museum, 


S. Kensington, London, 
July 27, 1906. 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


(SEVENTH SERIES.] 


No. 105. SEPTEMBER 1906. 


XXV.— Natural History Notes from RI.M.S. ‘Investigator? 
—Series III., No.10. On Mollusca from the Bay of Bengal 
and the Arabian Sea. By Ensar A. Suira, I.S.0. 


Ten communications to these ‘ Annals’? upon the Mollusca 
obtained by the ‘Investigator’ have already appeared—two 
by the late Professor Wood-Mason and Professor Alcock 
(1891, vol. vu. pp. 15-19, and vol. vill. pp. 443-448), and 
eight by the present writer (1894, vol. xiv. pp. 157-174; 
l. c. pp. 366-368 ; 1895, vol. xvi. pp. 1-19; /. c. pp. 262-265 ; 
1896, vol. xviii. pp. 367-375 ; 1899, vol. iv. pp. 237-251; 
1904, vol. xiii. pp. 453-473 ; vol. xiv. pp. 1-14). The new 
and more interesting species have been figured in the above 
papers or in the “ Illustrations of the Zoology of the Investi- 
gator,’”’ edited by Prof. Alcock. The species still unfigured 
and those described in the following pages will eventually be 
illustrated in the latter work. 

Of the numerous species now described the most inter- 
esting, perhaps, is the Morio Alcocki, which may be regarded 
as an Indian-Ocean representative of the Mediterranean and 
North-Atlantic M. rugosa. The occurrence of Oocorys 
sulcata, another Atlantic form, off Ceylon, is also extremely 
interesting. Other fine shells are Bathybembix Nevilli, Gaza 
Frederici, ”Dentalium cor nu-bovis, and Nucula (Acila) granu- 
lata. What is especially noticeable in all these collections 
is the absence of many new generic types—indeed, up to the 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 12 


158 


present only two have been discovered, 


Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the 


namely, Pontio- 


thauma*, described in 1895, and Manaria, in the present 


paper. 


| Station 
Nos. 


Latitude 
North. 


° i il 
17 30 
17 00 
31 15 
14 30 
8 37 00 
7 000 

58 00 

23 00 

08 43 


— 


en 

j=l 
100 
Se 


1 00 
8 15 
2 00 
9 45 


— et 
WOOD Re SOr1 Ob OO 


anode Noskrtby 


iw) 


List of Stations. 


Longitude 
Hast, 


| Station 


Nos. 


291 
295 
297 
299 
301 
310 
316 
317 
318 
321 
322 
325, 
324 
325 
327 
328 
329 


Latitude 
North. 


22. 0 
20 30 
25 11 30 
43 60 
37 30 
29 30 
5 43 30 
7 04 00 
7 28 00 


Bu awa | 


26 30 
25 00 
0 15 
18 00 
7 30 
46 00 
50 00 
46 30 
21 00 
6 381 00 
7 37h 

9 43 00 
44 30 
47 00 
46 15 
26 20 30 
26: 37 30 


Longitude 
East. 


00 
15 
30 
50 
52 30 
53 03 30 


Hab. Persian Gulf, 27 fath. 


Conus planiliratus, Sowerby. 


Conus planiliratus, Sowerby ; = Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, 
vol, xiv. p. 159, pl. iii. fig. 2; 1904, vol. xiii. p. 454, 


(‘ Investigator’) ; 


Persian 


Gulf, Shaikh Shuaib Island, 7 fath.; and 125 miles W.S.W. 
of Bombay, 45 fath. 


Conus Sieboldit, Reeve ; Smith, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1904, vol. xiii. 


Dp: 455, 


Conus Sieboldii, Reeve. 


* The anatomy of this genus has been described by S 


Linn. foe., Zool. vol, xxviii. pp. 455-462 


, pl. xlii. 


S. Pace, Journ. 


Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 159 


Hab. Station 260, W. of Cape Comorin, 487 fath., green 
mud and sand ; Station 333, Gulf of Manar, 401 fath. 

The specimens from Station 260 are much ‘larger than any 
examples which I have seen from Japan, the original locality 
of this species. The largest is 80 mm. long and 37 broad. 

Like the specimens mentioned at the above reference all 
those in the present series have the top of the spire eroded. 
The operculum is narrow, 17 mm. in length, and has the 
right margin serrated. 


Pontiothauma? abyssicola, Smith. 

Pontiothauma abyssicola, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1895, vol. xvi' 
p- 2, pl. i. fig. 2; LIllust. Zool. ‘Investigator,’ Mollusca, pl. v 
figs. 2, 2 a (enlarged) ; Pace, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxviii- 
p- . 459, pl. xlii. figs. 10-14 (anatomy). 

Hab. Station 268, S.E. of Cape Comorin, 556-595 fath., 

green mud and sand. 

According to Mr. Pace this species should be removed 

from Pontiothauma, although in many respects it closely 
agrees with that genus. 


Pontiothauma minus, sp. n. 


Testa ovato-fusiformis, alba; anfractus 8 ?, superiores detriti, ceteri 
supra concavi, infra convexiusculi et costati, costis subangulatis, 
spiraliter tenuiter lirati lineisque incrementi tenuibus  striati, 
ultimus costis infra medium evanidis, antice contractus ; apertura 
alba, longit. totius 3 equans ; labrum tenue, supra vix sinuatum ; 
columella levis, callo albo circumscripto induta ; canalis anterior 
latus, brevis, subrecurvus. 

Longit. 30 mm., diam. 14; apertura cum canali 15 longa, 5 lata. 


Hab. Station 318, off W. of Ceylon, 1085 fath. 

Another specimen, in worn condition, is rather larger than 
the type, being 39 mm. in length. The cost in this species 
are about eighteen in number, somewhat acute, and do not 
reach to the suture above, but terminate at the depression at 
the upper part of the whorls. The transverse lire are fine, 
contiguous, and continuous over and between the costz. 
Animal without eyes or operculum, and the foot is much 
flattened behind. 


Pontiothauma Pace, sp. n. 


Testa late fusiformis, alba; anfractus 10 ?, superiores detriti, ceteri 
supra concave declives, in medio leyiter angulati, oblique costati, 
spiraliter tenuiter lirati lineisque incrementi flexuosis sculpti, 
ultimus paulo inflatus, antice angustatus; apertura cum canali 


1 


160 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the 


longit. totius 4 adequans, intus fuscescens ; labrum tenue, supra 
late sed haud profunde sinuatum, ad medium arcuatim prominens ; 
columella levis, callo tenui pallide corneo circumscripto induta ; 
canalis brevis, latus, obliquus, subrecurvus. 

Longit. 60 mm., diam. 27 ; apertura cum canali 29 longa, 13 lata. 


Hab. Station 249, S.W. of Cape Comorin, 1022 fath., 
green mud and Globigerina ooze; also Station 318, off W. of 
Ceylon, 1085 fath. 

This species differs from P. mirabile, Smith, in having the 
whorls angulated in the middle, in the finer spiral lire, more 
slender coste, &c. The ribs are nineteen in number upon 
the body-whor] and only slightly developed in the concavity 
or upper part of the whorls. 

A specimen from Station 318 has only sixteen coste and 
the aperture is white within. 

Animal apparently without eyes or operculum. 

Named after Mr. 8. Pace, who kindly reported upon the 
soft parts of the genus Pontiothauma (Journ. Linn. Soc., 
Zool. 1903, vol. xxviii. pp. 455-462, pl. xli.). 


Clavatula navarchus (Melvill and Standen). 


Pleurotoma (Gemmula) navarchus, Melvill and Standen, Ann. & Mag. 
Nat. Hist. 1903, vol. xii. p. 310, pl. xxi. fig. 15. 

Hab. Station 258, West of Travancore, 102 fath., sand 
(‘ Investigator’) ; Persian Gulf, 140 fath. (M. & S.). 

Several specimens rather smaller than the type, now in 
the British Museum, but otherwise the same. The operculum 
is rather thick, semioval, having one side straight and the 
outer margin curved. ‘The nucleus is at the middle of the 
straight edge, the outer surface being finely concentrically 
striated and the underside with a raised edge, with some 
concentric wrinkles in the middle. In general form the 
shell bears a resemblance to C. bimarginata, Lamarck, and 


C. diadema, Kiener. 
Pleurotoma carinata, Gray. 


Pleurotoma carinata, Gray; Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1896, 
vol. xviii. p. 568. 


Hab. Stations 328, 329, S. of Lower Burmah, 61 and 
46 fath. 


Pleurctoma congener, Smith. 


Pleurotoma congener, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiy. 
- p. 160, pl. iil. figs. 4, 5. 


Hab, Station 258, W. of Travancore, 102 fath., sand; 


Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 161 


Station 259, W. of Malabar coast, 295-360 fath., green mud 
and sand; Station 341, Gulf of Oman, 230 fath. 

These specimens have the peculiar nodule or swelling on 
the upper part of the columella referred to in the case of the 
Ceylon examples. Operculum normal, unguiculate. 


Pleurotoma vagata, Smith. 
Pleurotoma vagata, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1895, vol. xvi. 
p. 3, pl. i. fig. 8; 1904, vol. xiii. p. 456. 
Hab. Station 259, W. of Malabar coast, 295-360 fath., 
green mud and sand; also Station 337, off Malabar coast, 
271 fath. 


Pleurotoma optata, Smith. 


Pleurotoma optata, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, vol. iv. p. 288; 

1904, vol. xiii. p. 456; Mlust. Zool. ‘Investigator,’ pl. ix. figs. 1, 1a. 

Hab. Same as preceding species, and Station 332, off S. of 
Andaman Islands, 279 fath. 


Pleurotoma presignis, Smith. 
Pleurotoma presignis, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1895, vol. xvi. 
p. 4, pl. i. fig. 4. 
Hab. Station 281, off Coromandel coast, 300 fath. 
One specimen agreeing exactly with the type from deep 
water off Ceylon. 


Pleurotoma (Surcula) Nereis, sp. u. 


Testa fusiformis, alba, epidermide tenui grisea induta ; anfractus 9 ?, 
superiores detriti, reliqui supra declives, in medio angulati, infra 
angulum constricti, rectiusculi, leviter plicati, spiraliter tenuiter 
lirati, plicis inferne attenuatis, vix ad suturam producti, ultimus 
antice angustatus, undique transversim liratus ; apertura elongata, 
antice angustata, producta, canaliculata; labrum tenue, supra 
prope suturam minime profunde sinuatum ; columella rectiuscula, 


leviter sinuosa. 
Longit. 35 mm., diam. 134; apertura cum canali 18 longa, 6 lata. 


Hab. Station 331, off Andaman Islands, 569 fath. 

A single specimen only. The longitudinal costz are very 
fine, obliquely arcuate above the angle, subnodose at the 
angulation, and attenuated below, so that they hardly reach 
to the suture. The labral sinus is very shallow indeed and 
the shell has a general Beleeform aspect. 


162 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the 


Pleurotoma (Surcula) subcorpulenta, Smith. 


Pleurotoma (Surcula) subcorpulenta, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
1894, vol. xiv. p. 161, pl. ili. fig. 6. 

Hab. Station 321, off S. of Ceylon, 660 fath. 

Two half-grown specimens, differing from the type in 


having the cost more numerous and in their rather more 
slender form. 


Pleurotoma (Surcula) vepallida, Martens. 
Leucosyrine vepallida, Martens, Deutsch. Tiefsee-Exped. ‘ Valdivia,’ 
vol. vii. p. 80, pl. ii. fig. 6. 
Hab. Station 281, off Coromandel coast, 300 fath.; Gulf 
of Aden, in very deep water (Martens). 
One specimen, agreeing in all respects with the type. 
Said to have no operculum. 


Pleurotoma (Surcula) Thisbe, sp. n. 


Testa fusiformis, turrita, sordide albida; anfractus 10?, superiores 
erosi, ceeteri supra concavyi, in medio convexiusculi, oblique tenuiter 
plicati, plicis vel costis inferne attenuatis ad suturam vix pro- 
ductis, lineis incrementi tenuissimis sinuosis sculpti, infra con- 
cavitatem, supra et infra costas, transversim tenuiter striati, 
ultimus antice valde contractus, transversim striatus; apertura 
elongata, antice canaliculata; labrum tenue, ad suturam late et 
subprofunde sinuatum, in medio arcuatim prominens ; columella 
curvata, callo tenui levi circumscripto induta. 


Longit. 44 mm., diam. 14; apertura cum canali 18 longa, in medio 
6 lata. 


Hab. Station 283, off E. of Ceylon, 1086 fath. 

The chief characteristics of this species, represented by a 
unique specimen, are the smooth concavity at the upper part 
of the whorls, exhibiting only very delicate lines of growth 
and faint traces of spiral striz, the numerous slender oblique 
coste upon the lower two thirds of each whorl, and the 
distinct close wavy striz on and between the mbs. These 
are nineteen in number upon the penultimate volution, 
thickest at their upper ends, obliquely curved, attenuated 
below, and only just reach to the suture. The body-whorl, 
excepting in the concayity above, is delicately wavy striated 
throughout. 


Pleurotoma (Surcula) agalma, sp. n. 


Testa parva, fusiformis, turrita, alba, epidermide tenui grisea induta ; 
anfractus 11 ?, superiores erosi, ceteri lente accrescentes, supra ad 


Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 163 


suturam carina tuberculata cincti, in medio angulati, serie nodu- 
lorum ornati, liris tenuibus spiralibus paucis lineisque incrementi 
flexuosis sculpti, liris infra angulum minute nodulosis, anfr, 
ultimus infra peripheriam liris transversis 14-15, partim nodu- 
losis, cinctus; apertura parva; labrum tenue, supra angulum 
haud profunde sinuatum, infra arcuatim prominens; columella 
subrecta, callo tenui induta; canalis brevis. 
Longit. 18 mm., diam. 6 ; apertura cum canali 6 longa, 2} lata. 


Hab. Station 269, W. of Cape Comorin, 464 fath., green 
mud and sand. 

Only a single example obtained. ‘The lines of growth are 
rather strong and very flexuous, and on passing the delicate 
spiral lire, except in the concavity above the angle of the 
whorls and at the base of the body-whorl, are delicately 
nodulous. The last volution below the nodose periphery has 
about fifteen liree, of which about six of the upper ones are 
nodulous, the rest, around the anterior contracted portion, 
being simple and thread-like. The tubercles on the angle 
are about eighteen in number, and the lire above it three or 
four. 


Pleurotoma (Surcula) exstructa, Martens. 
Surcula exstructa,Martens, Deutsch. Tiefsee-Exped. ‘ Valdivia,’ vol. vil. 
p. 81, pl. i. fig. 4. 
Hab. Station 280, off Coromandel coast, 446 fath.; also 
Station 331, off Andaman Islands, 569 fath.; off the 
Nicobar Islands (Martens). 


Pleurotoma (Surcula) arcana, Smith. 


Pleurotoma (Surcula) arcana, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, 
vol. iv. p. 239; 1904, vol. xiii. p. 458; Illust. Zool. ‘Investigator,’ 
pl. ix. figs. 6, 6a. 

Hab. Station 276, W. of Ceylon, 1006 fath. ; also Station 

310, N.E. of Andaman Islands, 960 fath. 
Only two specimens, with the apical whorls eroded. 


Pleurotoma (Ancistrosyrinz) travancorica, Smith. 


Pleurotoma (Ancistrosyrinx) travancorica, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. 1896, vol. xviii. p. 368; 1904, vol. xii. p. 459; Ilust. Zool. 
‘Investigator, Mollusca, pl. vii. figs. 1, 1 @. 

Hab. Station 259, W. of Malabar coast, 295-360 fath., 

green mud and sand. 


164 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the 


Pleurotoma (Bathytoma) Oldhami, Smith. 
Pleurotoma (Bathytoma) Oldhami, Smith, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
1899, vol. iv. p 2388; 1904, vol. xiii. p. 459; Ilust. Zocl. ‘ Investi- 
a5 Moll. pl. ix. figs. 2, 2 a. 
Hab. Station 259, W. of Malabar coast, 295-360 fath., 
green Aid and sand. 
One dead specimen. ‘This species is placed by Martens in 
Dolichotoma as a subgenus of Genota. 


Pleurotoma (Bathytoma) urania, sp. vu. 


Testa ovato-fusiformis, alba; anfractus 10?, reliqui septem supra 
concavi, infra ad suturam  tuberculato-carinati, transversim 
undique tenuiter lirati, lineis incrementi tenuibus flexuosis striati, 
ultimus infra angulum convexiusculus, antice contractus; aper- 
tura elongata, supra acuminata, antice canaliculata, alba, levis ; 
columella in medio arcuato, callo albo levi tenui induta ; canalis 
brevis, subobliquus et leviter recurvus; labrum tenue, supra 
minime profunde sinuatum, 

Longit. 23 mm., diam. 11; apertura cum canali 13 longa, 4 lata. 


Hab. Station 280, off Coromandel coast, 446 fath.; also 
Station 332, off S. of Andaman Islands, 279 fath. © 

The tubercles just above the suture are crossed by two or 
three sulci, so that each of them is tripartite or quadripartite. 
In some of the upper whorls the upper margin just beneath 
the suture is also more or less nodose. 


Driilia mindanensis, Smith. 


Driilia mindanensis, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1877, vol. xix. 
p. 495. 
Hab. Persian Gulf, 35 fath. 
A single specimen, agreeing in all respects with the type 
from the Philippine Islands excepting that the spire is a 
little shorter. 


Tritonidea agalma, sp. n. 


Testa fusiformi-ovata, albida, epidermide fuscescente pilosa induta ; 
anfractus 8, convexi, superiores longitudinaliter costati (costis in 
anfr. penultimo et ultimo sensim evanidis), spiraliter tenuiter 
lirati, lineis incrementi conspicue striati ; apertura alba, longit. 
totius 4 vix equans; labrum extra varice incrassatum, intus 
tenuiter lratum; columella arcuata, callo tenui induta, antice 
subdentata. 

Longit. 24 mm., diam. 11; apertura 12 longa, 5 lata, 


Hab. Station 258, W. of Travancore, 102 fath., sand. 


Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 165 


The epidermis is thick, longitudinally striated, and more 
or less hairy upon the spiral lire. The ribs upon the upper 
whorls are ten or twelve in number, thick and rounded, and 
crossed by the spiral threads, 


Metula andamanica, sp. n. 


Testa angusta, elongata, albida, zonis interruptis fuscis (in anfr. 
penultimo duabus, in ultimo quatuor) picta, costulis numerosis 
longitudinalibus exilibus et liris transversis tenuibus decussata, 
varicibus paucis hic illic instructa; anfractus 9, primus levis, 
convexus, secundus in medio transversim carinatus, tertius levis, 
bicarinatus, ceteri convexiusculi, infra suturam marginati, 
ultimus pone descendens, sed ad labrum breviter ascendens ; 
apertura elongata, utrinque angustata; labrum extra incrassatum, 
intus ad marginem tenuiter crenulatum; columella leviter 
arcuata, callo tenui circumscripto induta. 

Longit. 26 mm., diam. 9; apertura 13 longa, 3 lata. 


Hab. Off Port Blair, Andaman Islands, 100 fath. 

In some respects resembling Metula daphnelloides, Melvill 
and Standen, from the Gulf of Oman, but larger and more 
finely sculptured. That species also exhibits variciform 
swellings at intervals, although they are not referred to in 
the description. 


Phos roseutus, Hinds. 
Phos roseatus, Hinds ; Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1904, vol. xiii. 
p. 463. 
Hab. Station 291, Gulf of Oman, 49 fath. 
Two specimens having the spire rather produced and the 
spiral lire finer than usual. Also recorded from the Gulf of 


Oman by Melvill and Standen (Proc. Zool. Soe. 1901, 
vol. il. p. 417). 


Phos (Strongylocera) textum, Gmelin. 
Phos textum, Gmelin ; Tryon, Man. Conch. vol. iii. p. 217, pl. Ixxxiii. 
figs, 498, 503, 504 (bad). 


Hab. Andaman Islands, 60 fath.; Andaman Islands 
(Smith), Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 811. 


Nassa subsimilis, sp. n. 


Testa parva, ovata, supra acuminata, albo-fuscescens, zonis duabus 
indistinctis dilute rufis supra anfractum ultimum ornata, cancel- 
lata; anfractus 9, superiores leves, in medio angulati et carinati, 
ceteri convexiusculi, turriti, costis longitudinalibus numerosis et 


166 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the 


liris spiralibus (in anfr. penultimo 6, in ultimo circiter 20) can- 
cellati, nodulis subquadratis, sutura profunda canaliculata sejuncti; 
apertura acuminate ovata, albo-fuscescens ; labrum ad marginem 
denticulatum, extra incrassatum, intus liris brevis circiter 12 
instructum ; columella valde arcuata, callo tuberculato circum- 
scripto induta ; canalis anticus brevis, obliquus. 

Longit. 173 mm., diam. 74 ; apertura cum labro 73 longa, 4 lata. 


Hab. Station 244, off west coast of India, 119-124 fath. 

Somewhat recalling N. eucomista, Melvill and Sykes, from 
the Andaman Islands (Proc. Malac. Soc. vol. ii. p. 169, 
pl. xi. fig. 11), but with a longer spire, shorter body-whorl, 
with the granules closer and squarer, and the margin of the 
labrum more denticulate. N. ravida, A. Adams, is another 
allied form, but much more globose. As in many other 
species of Nassa, the upper row of nodules below the suture 
are slightly larger than the rest. 


Nassaria levior, Smith. 
Nassaria levior, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, vol. iv. p. 242; 
1904, vol. xiii. p. 464; Lllust. Zool. ‘ Investigator,’ pl. x. figs. 6, 6 a. 
Hab. Off Port Blair, Andaman Islands, 100 fath. 


Nassaria coromandelica, Smith. 
Nassaria coromandelica, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv. 
p. 165, pl. iv. fig. 3. 

Hab. Station 276, W. of Ceylon, 1006 fath.; Station 258, 
W. of Travancore, 102 fath., sand; N.W. of Calicut, 
100 fath. : 

In some of these specimens the longitudinal cost are 
less numerous than in the type figured, and a few of them 
are larger than the rest and variciform. 


Nassaria nodicostata (A. Adams). 
Nassaria nodicostata (A. Adams), Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1904, 
vol. xill. p. 463. 
Hab. Off Port Blair, 100 fath.; Andamans, 60 fath. 


Fusus robrolineatus, Sowerby. 
Fusus rubrohneatus, Sowerby, Proce. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 252; Thesaur. 
Conch. vol. iv. p. 80, pl. eccexi. fig. 68. 
Hab. Station 337, off Malabar coast, 271 fath.; also 
«Indian Seas,” 1055 fath. (‘Investigator’); Agulhas Bank 
(Sowerby & Martens). 


Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 167 


The figure of this species in the ‘ Thesaurus’ is very bad, 
the cost being represented too broad and too few in 
number. I have a very strong impression that F. rufinodis, 
Martens %*, is only a variety of this species. 


Fusus incertus, sp. 0. 


Testa fusiformis, alba; anfractus 8?, superiores detriti, cteri 
convexi, costati, costis in anfractu penultimo circiter 13, liris 
filiformibus confertis undique spiraliter cincti lineisque incre- 
menti striati, ultimus infra medium contractus, costis antice 
evanidis; apertura inverse piriformis, cum canali longit. totius 
+ equans ; columella tortuosa, callo levi induta; canalis angus- 
tus, obliquus, recurvus. 

Longit. 51 mm., diam, 22; apertura cum canali 25 longa, 9 lata. 


Hab. Station 317, off W. of Ceylon, 590 fath. 

A single specimen in dead condition. It somewhat recalls 
the British Tritonofusus (Siphonorbis) fusiformis (Broderip), 
except that the body-whorl is produced into a longer rostrum 
anteriorly. 

The spiral thread-like lines are very fine and close-set, and 
occasionally two or three form slightly raised ridges. Three 
or four such ridges are noticeable on the upper whorls and 
almost form nodules upon the coste.. The lines of growth 
are close together, and on crossing the transverse lire give 
them a minutely crispate appearance. 


ManaRIa, gen. nov. 


Testa fusiformis, longitudinaliter costata, periostraco induta ; colu- 
mella in medio plica unica intrante instructa; Jabrum ad marginem 
tenue, intus incrassatum et liratum. Operculum unguiforme, 
corneum. 


This genus has the general aspect of a costate Tritonofusus, 
but is distinguished by the fold on the columella and the 
hrate aperture. 


Manaria Thurstoni, sp. n. 


Testa breviter fusiformis, alba, periostraco luteo induta, longitu- 
dinaliter costata et spiraliter striata; anfractus 9 ?, superiores 
abrupti, reliqui leviter convexi, sensim accrescentes, ultimus 
costis 16-17 infra medium evanidis instructus, antice breviter 
rostratus ; apertura elongata, alba; labrum ad marginem acutum, 


* Deutsch. Tiefsee-Exped. ‘ Valdivia,’ vol. vii. p. 103, pl. ii. fig. 10. 


168 Mr. KE. A. Smith on Mollusca from the 


intus incrassatum et denticulatum ; columella supra arcuata, infra 

obliqua, in medio plica unica intrante munita, callo albo induta. 
Longit. 33 mm., diam. 12°5; apertura cum canali 14 longa, 5 lata. 
Operculum unguiforme, fusco-corneum. 


Hab. Station 333, Gulf of Manar, 401 fath. 

The longitudinal cost are not very thick and do not vary 
much in stoutness, and they are crossed by the spiral sulci 
or striz, which are about eight i in number on the penultimate 
whorl. The periostracum is rather thick and longitudinally 
striated with the lines of growth. The denticles within the 
labrum are six or seven in number, and from them faint 
lire run inwards. The fold on the columella is peculiar and 
forms a prominence at the middle. It is somewhat oblique, 
but how far it is continued up the columella I cannot say, as 
only a single specimen is at hand, and that is too precious to 
break up. Named in honour of Mr. Edgar Thurston, of the 
Madras Museum. 


Trophon (Boreotrophon) planispina, sp. n. 


Testa fusiformis, alba; spira elongata, turrita; anfractus 10 ?, 
superiores abrupti, ceeteri supra declives, in medio angulati, infra 
contracti, longitudinaliter lamellati, lamellis appressis, ad angulum 
spinas planas sursum inclinatas formantibus ; anfr. ultimus antice 
rostratus ; apertura alba irregulariter triangularis, cum canali 
longit. totius 3 subequans; labrum tenue, ad angulum canalicu- 
latum; columella contorta, supra arcuata, callo tenui induta; 
canalis haud rectus, leviter recurvus. 

Longit. 37 mm., diam. 25; apertura cum canali 18 longa, 6 lata. 


Hab. Station 827, W. of Burmah, 419 fath. 

Very like 7. car -duelis, Wateone pe off Sydney in 
410 fath., but with a longer spire and compressed or flattened 
spines at the angle of the whorls. The lamelle which form 
the spines are quite closely appressed to the shell, whereas 
in carduelis they stand away quite free from the general 
surface of the whorls. A very similar form, 7. actinophorus, 
Dall, occurs in the West Indies in 140-248 fath. 


Murex axicornis, Lamarck, var. 


Murex avicornis, Lam, ; Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1904, vol. xiii. 
p. 462. 


Hab. Andaman Is., 53 fath, 


* ‘Challenger’ Gasteropoda, p, 167, pl. x. fig. 7. 


Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 169 


Murex reclirostris, Sowerby, var. 
Murev rectirostris, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1840, p, 188; Reeve, 
Conch. Leon. vol. iii. fig. 91. 

Murex rectirostrum, Sowerby, Conch. Hust. sp. 11, fig. 111. 

Hab. Station 328, S. of Lower Burmah, 61 fath. 

The specimens from this locality differ from the type only 
in having the transverse lire red. ‘The specimens in the 
Cuming collection appear to have been over-cleaned with 
acid, and consequently this red lineation, of which, however, 
I can still find traces, may have been destroyed. The locality 
given by Reeve, “‘ West Colombia,” I regard as a mistake, 
for Mr. G. B. Sowerby informs me that he knows it for 
a certainty as a Hong Kong species. 


Bursa rana, Linn. 
Ranella albivaricosa, Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. ii. fig. 2. 


Hab. Off Port Blair, Andaman Is., 100 fath.; Ceylon 
(Neeve). 


Bursa (Bufonaria) lampas (Linn.). 
Hab. Andaman Is., 60 fath. 
A young, finely granose example of this species, so remark- 
able on account of such great variation both in size and 
sculpture. 


Gyrineum bituberculare (Lamarck). 


Ranella bitubercularis, Lam.; Smith, Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. 1904, 
vol. xiii. p. 470. 


Hab. Andaman Is., 60 fath. 


Gyrineum (Biplex) perca (Perry). 
Ranella (Biplex) perca (Perry), Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1895, 
vol. xvi. p. 6; 1904, vol. xiii. p. 470. 


Hab. Off Port Blair, 100 fath. 


Distortriz cancellinus (Roissy), var. 
Distortrix cancellinus (Roissy), Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1895, 
vol. xvi. p. 268; 1904, vol. xiii. p. 470. 
Hab. Station 246, W. of Calicut, 68-148 fath., sand and 
stones ; Station 341, Gulf of Oman, 230 fath. 
The specimens from the above locality are nearest the 


var. decipiens and are rather shorter and more stumpy than 
Reeves’s type. 


170 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the 


Pirula ficoides, Lamarck. 
Pirula ficoides, Lam.; Smith, Journ. Malae. vol. iii. p. 67. 
Hab. Station 248, W. of Travancore, 224-284 fath., sand. 


Morio Alcocki, sp. n. 


Testa ovato-fusiformis, ventricosa, tenuis, alba, periostraco tenui 
olivaceo griseo induta, spiraliter tenuiter lirata, lineis incre- 
menti tenuibus arcuatis striata ; anfractus 9,sensim accrescentes, 
convexi, sutura profunda canaliculata sejuncti, ultimus antice 
contractus, ad aperturam ascendens ; apertura obliqua, alba, sub- 
auriformis; labrum vix incrassatum, leviter expansum; colu- 
mella in medio arcuata, callo tenui lato labro juncta; canalis 
anterior obliquus, recurvus. 

Longit. 99 mm., diam. max. 61; apertura cum canali 64 longa, 
27 lata. 

Operculum corneum, dilute fuscescens, elongatum, concentrice 
striatum, prope nucleum paucispirale; nucleus haud centralis. 
Longit. 37 mm., diam. 18. 


Hab. Station 280, off Coromandel coast, 446 fath. 

In form rather like the M. rugosa, Linn., of the Mediter- 
ranean and N. Atlantic, but with a rather longer spire, a 
broader aperture, finer liration, and a more deeply channelled 
suture. It is also imperforate, the columellar callus being 
appressed to the shell throughout its length, and not free 
and prominent as in the species referred to. 


Oocorys sulcata, Fischer, var. indica. 

Oocorys sulcata, Fischer, J. de Conch. 1883, p. 392; Dall, Bull. Mus. 
Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. xviii. p. 228; Watson, ‘ Challenger’ 
Gasteropoda, p. 412, pl. xvii. fig. 11; Locard, Moll. ‘ Travailleur’ 
and ‘ Talisman,’ p. 288, pl. xv. figs. 4-6. 

Hab. Station 278, off S. of Ceylon, 1912 fath. 

A single specimen, length 42°5 mm., diam. 28, differs 
from the ‘ Challenger’ Atlantic form in size and in possessing 
an unclosed umbilical opening. The latter, however, might 
possibly be concealed if the columellar callus were not 
broken at that part or had the specimen lived a little longer 
and so completed the reflection of the callosity. The spiral 
liree appear to be rather more remote from one another, but 
this results from the larger size of the specimen. The 
remarkable lines of growth, causing the lire to be crenulated, 
are of the same character in both specimens, and the oper- 
culum is horny and spiral, as described and figured by 
Verrill * of his genus Benthodolium; which is_ evidently 


* Trans. Connect. Acad. vol. vi. p. 177, pl. xxxi. fig. 12 a, 


Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 171 


synonymous with Oocorys ; indeed, it seems almost certain 
that O.sulcata, Fischer, O. Fischeri, Locard, and B. ahbys- 
sorum, Verrill, are varieties of one and the same species. 
The last-named species is described both by Dall and Verrill 
as having an umbilical chink, a feature present in the Indian 
Ocean shell. It is essentially a deep-water genus, having 
been recorded by Verrill from 2221 fath., by Fischer from 
1980 fath., by Watson from 1850 fath., by Dall from 
955 fath., and the present specimen is from 1912 fath. 
Dall, however, has mentioned the occurrence of O. abys- 
sorum in 169 fath. in the northern part of the Gulf of 
Mexico, 

In connexion with similar forms in the Indian Ocean and 
the Atlantic, I might recall the fact of the occurrence of 
Lucina spinifera (Montagu) * and Poromya tornata (Jeffreys) 
in both oceans, and that Turbo indicus, Smith, from off 
Ceylon in 597 fath., is scarcely separable from T. peloritanus, 
Cantraine. 


Rostellaria Powisii, Petit. 
Rostellaria Powisii, Petit; Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1904, vol. xiii. 
p. 469. 


Hab. Station 237, off Andaman Islands, 90 fath., stones ; 
and off Port Blair, 100 fath. 


Mitra (Turricula) melongena, Lamarck. 


Mitra turricula, Lamk.; Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. ii. figs. 47a, 5; 
Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol. iv. pl. cccliii. figs. 18, 19. 


Hab. Andaman Islands, 60 fath.; Molucca and Philip- 
pine Islands. 

The single specimen agrees with the figures given by 
Sowerby. 


Columbella suavis, sp. n. 


Testa parva, ovato-fusiformis, sordide albida, lineis longitudinalibus 
opaco-albis, infra medium anfractus ultimi rufis, obscure picta, 
nitida, subprismatica ; spira conica ; anfractus 7, superiores tres 
convexi, ceteri fere plani, ultimus ad medium rotunde subangu- 
latus; apertura irregulariter ovalis; labrum ad marginem 
acutum, extra varice instructum, intus leve; columella fere 
recta, haud callosa. 

Longit. 5 mm., diam. 2°25 ; apertura 1°5 longa, 1 lata. 

Operculum minutum, ovatum, nucleo laterali. 


* See A. Alcock’s ‘A Naturalist in Indian Seas,’ 1902, p. 280, fig. 77. 


172 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the 


Hab. Off Sacramento Shoal, off the Delta of the Godavari 
River, 70 fath. 

A small smooth species with peculiar markings and a 
prismatic surface. Possibly the latter feature may have 
been produced by the medium in which they have been 
preserved. 'T'wo indistinct pale brownish blotches can be 
traced upon the labral varix, one at the middle, the other 
below. 


Columbella (Meta) philippinarum, Reeve. 
Columbella philippinarum, Reeve (1842), Conch. Icon. vol. xi. 
figs. 207 a-—e. 
Columbella epamella, Duclos, Chenu’s Illust. Conch. pl. v. figs. 19-20 
(1846-1858). 


Hab. Andaman Is., 60 fath. 


Marginella grisea (Jousseaume). 


Marginella grisea (Jousseaume), Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1904, 
vol, xiii. p. 468. 


Hab. Station 328, 8S. of Lower Burmah, 61 fath. 


Ancilla Alcocki, sp. n. 


Testa ovato-cylindracea, fusca, antice saturate fusco balteata, supra 
spiram callo albo induta; anfractus 4-5, ultimus supra medium 
linea impressa obliqua bisectus, transversim tenuiter striatus, 
lineisque incrementi exilissimis sculptus ; spira obtusa, ad apicem 
mucronata; apertura elongata, angusta, albida; columella 
superne callo crasso supra producto amicta, antice alba, oblique 
sulcata ; labrum leviter incrassatum, ad marginem fuscum, supra 
late sed haud profunde sinuatum. 

Longit. 838 mm., diam. 16. 

Operculum magnum, nigro-fuscum, elongatum, apice terminali, costa 
rotundata marginem versus gexternum instructum.  Longit. 
16 mm., diam. 5. = 


Hab. Station 322, Andaman Is., 378 fath. 

This species is well distinguished by its very remarkable 
form, no other species having such a peculiar obtuse spire. 
The operculum also 1s remarkable on account of its narrow 
form and the rounded ridges almost parallel with the outer 
margin, which is also thickened. 


Natica dimidiata, sp. n. 


Testa globosa, anguste umbilicata, alba, rufo-fuseo late fasciata, 
infra suturam alba, lineis incrementi oblique striata ; anfractus 4, 
convexi, ultimus globosus ; apertura semicircularis, supra rufes- 
cens, infra alba; columella callo crassiusculo instructa, in umbilico 


Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 173 


porcam mediocriter prominentem formans. Operculum testaceum‘ 
planum, margine externo curvato liris duabus instructo. 
Longit. 19°5 mm., diam. 19. 


Hab. Station 333, Gulf of Manar, 401 fath. 

The umbilical callosity forms a not much raised swelling 
at the lower part of the opening ; in N. rufa it is higher up. 
The flat operculum is not thick, and the two ridges upon the 
curved margin are raised above the general surface and are 
separated by a narrow deep groove. Within the inner ridge 
and parallel with it the flat surface exhibits a few obscure 
shallow sulci. Viewed from the front the upper part of the 
shell is brown and the lower half white. 


Natica simulans, sp. n. 


Testa globosa, late umbilicata, alba, epidermide tenui olivacea 
induta, levis, lineis incrementi obliquis striata ; anfractus 5-6, 
convexi, celeriter crescentes, ultimus supra subhumerosus ; aper- 
tura obliqua, semicircularis, alba; columella callo mediocriter 
tenui labro juncta. Operculum corneum. 

Longit. 29 mm., diam. 27 ; apertura 20 longa, 11 lata. 


Hab. Stations 324 and 327, W. of Burmah, 448 and 419 
fath. ; Station 280, off Coromandel coast, 446 fath. 

In form resembling the British N. catena, but thinner, 
without markings, and rather more widely umbilicated. The 
lines of growth are slightly plicate beneath the suture and 
upon the margin of the umbilicus, and there are faint traces 
of very fine transverse striation upon the body-whorl. 

In the specimens from Station 280 the plicz upon the 
margin of the umbilicus are conspicuously strong, but in 
other respects agree with the larger shell described from 
Station 327. They are only 21 mm. in diameter, but may 
not be full-grown. 


Natica incerta, sp. n. 


Testa obliqua, subglobosa, late umbilicata, alba, fascia latissima 
dilute fuscescente circa anfractum uJtimum ornata, levis, lineis 
incrementi obliquis striata; anfractus 5, celeriter accrescentes, 
leviter convexi, ultimus magnus, antice paulo descendens ; 
apertura oblique semicircularis, intus pallide purpureo-fusco tincta ; 
columella obliqua, fere rectilinearis, vel in medio leviter 
prominens, superne callo crasso refiexo labro juncta. 

Longit. 26 mm., diam. 24; apertura 19 longa, 10 lata. 


Hab. Station 248, W. of Travancore, 224-284 fath., sand. 
A widely umbilicated form, without any callous ridge 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 13 


174 On Mollusca from the Bay of Bengal &c. 


within the opening. Besides the obscure broad zone above 

referred to, the suture also is bo:dered beneath with the same 

colour. 
Natica apertissina, sp. n. 

Testa subglobosa, latissime umbilicata, tenuis, sordide albida, levis, 
lineis incrementi striata ; anfractus 5, perconvexi, sutura profunda 
sejuncti, ultimus circa umbilicum pervium obtuse angulatus; 
apertura alba, oblique semicircularis; columella tenuis, callo 


tenui reflexo labro juncta. Operculum corneum. 
Longit. 15 mm., diam. 15; apertura 10 longa, 6 lata. 


Hab. Station 343, Gulf of Oman, 609 fath. 

This species is remarkable for its thinness and the very 
open pervious umbilicus. Upon the upper whorls the lines 
of growth beneath the suture are rather strong or subplicate. 


Natica inutilis, sp. n. 

Testa ovato-globosa, mediocriter late umbilicata, alba, levis, lineis 
incrementi oblique striata; anfractus 5, convexi, ultimus antice 
oblique descendens; apertura obliqua, semicircularis, alba ; 
columella rectilinearis, obliqua, supra callo reflexo appresso labro 
juncta. 

Longit. 19 mm., diam, 17; apertura 12 longa, 6 lata. 


Hab. Station 259, W. of Malabar coast, 295-360 fath., 
green mud and sand. 

A smaller thinner shell than N. incerta, more ovate in 
form, and apparently without any colour. ‘The lines of 
growth are more conspicuous below the suture than else- 
‘where. Under a lens the surface is seen to be very finely 
spirally striated. ; 

Only a single specimen obtained. 


Natica albospira, Smith. 


Natica albospira, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1895, vol. xvi. p. 6, 
pl. i. fig. 8. 

Hab. Station 269, W. of Cape Comorin, 464 fath., green 
mud and sand ; Station 259, W. of Malabar coast, 295-360 
fath., green mud and sand; Station 337, off Malabar coast, 
271 fath. 

This species somewhat resembles the widely distributed 
N. maroccana, but has a different operculum. 


Natica rufa, var. 


Natica rufa, var., Smith, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, p. 165, pl. iv. 
figs. 14, 14a. 


Notes on the Genus Tamarrha, Whr. L75 


Hab. Station 248, W. of Travancore, 224-284 fath., sand. 

Quite similar to the specimens previously described, but 
rather larger and with a wider umbilicus. Diam, 27 mm,, 
alt. 27. 


Natica apora, Watson. 
Natica (Amauropsis) apora, Watson, ‘ Challenger’ Gasteropoda, p. 454, 
pl. xxvii. fig. 11. 
Hab. Station 318, off W. of Ceylon, 1085 fath. (‘ Investi- 
gator’); off Arrou Is., 800 fath. (‘ Challenger’). 
One specimen only, a little larger and more globose than 
the type, but otherwise similar. 


Siliquaria muricata, Born. 
Serpula muricata, Born, Test. Mus. Ceesar. Vindobon. p. 440, pl. xviii. 
fig. 16; Tryon, Man. Moll. vol. viii. pl. lviii. figs. 23-25 (CS, anguina),. 


Hab. Andaman Islands, 60 fath. 


Radius volva (Linn.). 


Hab. Station 328, 8. of Lower Burmah, 61 fath. 
Also quoted from China, Philippine Islands, Japan. 


Trifora corrugata, Hinds. 
Triforis corrugatus, Hinds; Tryon, Man. Conch. vol. ix. p. 189, 
pl. xxxix. fig. 59. 

Hab. Station 291, Gulf of Oman, 48-49 fath. 

Originally described by Hinds from New Guinea. The 
species is also quoted by Messrs. Melvill and Standen 
(P. Z. S. 1901, vol. 11. p. 376) from the Persian Gulf, Maskat, 
coast of India, and Karachi. It is also known from the 
Straits of Malacca, Kingsmill Is., and New Caledonia. 


[Te be continued. } 


XXVI.— Notes on the Genus Tamarrha, Wkr. [Lee.— 
Trnerna]. By the Rt. Hon. Lorn Watsinenam, M.A., 
LL.D., F.R.S. 


Mr. Buscx (Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxx. 728-30) discusses 

the genus Tamarrha, Wkr., and quotes a paragraph for 

which I am responsible (Proc. Zool. Soc Lond. 1897, p. 114). 
13* 


176 Lord Walsingham—WNotes on 


I wrote of T. nivosella, Wkr. :—‘‘ At the time [when I had 
wrongly sunk Tamarrha as a synonym of Psecadia] I had 
seen only the type of Walker’s other species nivosella, which 
isa 9.”? Had I used the word ‘ examined” for “ seen’ 
the meauing of the paragraph would have been more 
apparent. 

Mr. Busck is now able to say that T. gelidella, Wkr., is 
not a Psecadia (as I had supposed), but is congeneric with - 
the type of Tamarrha, a conclusion which he founds on his 
study of West-Indian specimens ; and, after admitting the 
synonymy of his own genus Babaiara, which consequently 
sinks, he writes it ‘ is evidently the species which Zeller sub- 
sequently described as Psecadia exornatella.” 

Zeller described (Hor. Soe. Ent. Ross. xii. pp. 238-40) 
Psecadia exornata (uot exornatel/a) from two males taken at 
Chanchamayo, Peru, with which he associated under a separate 
description two smaller males from Cuba, all in Museum 
Staudinger. I have a single male from the same Peruvian 
collection, purchased from Staudinger in 1891, which agrees 
absolutely with Zeller’s figure and with his first description, 
and has a smooth head. It seems more than probable that 
the Cuban specimens are not identical with those from Peru. 
I have also a female from Jamaica in which the costal shade 
reaches the base instead of being broken up into spots ; the 
central band is distinctly continuous with the costal shade, 
not separated from it, the white patches much more clearly 
defined and separated from each other; this specimen agrees 
absolutely with the type of 7. gelidella, Wkr., and is certainly 
not the Peruvian exornata, Zell. It may be interesting to 
observe that the locality “ Chanchamayo” is not to be found 
in maps; the collector Than.m is known to have referred to 
a valley on the eastern slopes of the Andes; ‘ Dr. Staudinger 
schreibt mir dariiber: Thamm sammelte in den Cordilleren 
in einer Hoéhe von 2000-8000’, selten noch héher, am 
Chanchamayo, einem Nebentluss des sich in den Amazonen- 
strom ergiessenden Ucayale, unter dem 12 Grad siidlicher 
Breite” [Z., Hor Soc. Ent. Ross. xiii. 4 (1877)].  “ Chancha- 
mayo” is said tomean “ Humming- bird? in the local language. 
Such confusion is not unfrequent among travellers, as when 
Captain Cook tried to ascertain the native name for a 
well-known animal and received the answer “* Kangaroo,” 

signifying “I don’t know what you mean.’ 

“We now come to Tamarrha niv osella, Wkr., the type of 
the genus, or, rather, the selected exponent when Tamarrha 
was revived. paie in describing his Psecadia adustelia, 
which I have identified as a synonym of nivosella, Wkr., 


the Genus Tamarrha, Wr. a 


regarded his species as sexually dimorphic, and pointed out 
the differences between the ¢ and the ?, especially the 
greater extent of the grey colouring in the g, which in the 
? was cut off by the white costal area above the dorsal 
patch. Ihave both these from Jamaica, with both sexes of 
each, and they are distinct species. ‘The less clouded form, 
of which Zeller had only the ?, is not the same as the ? 
deseribed by Walker, aud seems nniformly smaller and paler 
than the other; but there is one point which now enables 
me to identify without doubt Zellers ¢ adusitella—he 
specially mentions “ Fiihler beim ¢ mit auffallend verlang- 
erten.... Wurzelgliede.” This applies to the darker form 
only, precisely as seen by Zeller, and is most remarkable. 
Walker’s two 2 9 are undoubtedly this species, of which I 
have now a @ with the long basal joint, but his ¢ differs in 
the short basal joint of the antennze as well as in the details 
of the markings. 

There are at least three other species, differing very slightly, 
from Cuba, Jamaica, and Domingo. Zeller’s Portorico 
females may probably come to be identified with one of these 
aud possibly with the genus Hwarne, Mschl.+ Saalm. 

I send these notes at once, since | have no leisure at present 
to study in further detail the interesting papers on Micro- 
lepidoptera lately published and kindly sent by Mr. Busck. 
No one can more highly appreciate the excellent work he is 
doing ; but it seems a pity that facilities are not afforded to 
authors of scientific papers published by the American 
Government for correcting proofs. Had the proofs passed 
through the author’s hands, such errors as “ Zellar” for 
“ Zeiler,” “Flore” for ‘ Hore,” ‘‘nievosella” for “ nivo- 
sella,” “ Hyponementide ” for ‘‘ Hyponomeutide,” &c., &c., 
would certainly have been avoided: all these and ‘ Ypono- 
meutide,” to which Z am said to have referred Tamarrha, 
are on p. 729. 

If I were wrong in placing the genus Tamarrha in the 
Hyponomeutidee, additional matenal obliges me to take 
exception also to associating it with the Gicophoride. Does 
Mr, Busck know the African genus Gymnogramma aud others 
with veins 7+8 of the fore wings stalked, or Trichostibas, 
Zeller, (=§ Penthetria, H. Edw.) ? and would these affect his 
opinion as to the extent of the Hyponomeutide? I would 
now rather incline to placing Tamarrha with the Azinide, 
founded on an Asiatic genus and characterized by the con- 
tinuation of the discoidal vein direct to vein 8. 

I cannot conclude without drawing attention to a quotation 
on p. 733, where the author cites Dr. Dietz’s reference to 


178 Lord Walsingham on a new Tineid Moth. 


“the apparently heretofore overlooked” character, the more 
or less furcation of “vein 1 6 in the hind wings,” which he 
finds in several genera of the Tineine. In Tr. Ent. Soc. 
Lond. 1891, 102, when criticising de Peyerimhofi’s reliance 
on this character as distinguishing the Tortricide from the 
Tineide, I remarked that the furcation of vein 16 occurred 
in a number of Tineid genera, and even in “ Tinea tapetzella, 
L., itself.” 

May I suggest that the application of the word “‘ overlooked” 
is capable of extension, but not in the direction indicated 
(vide l. c. pl. vii.) ? 


XXVII.—Description of a new Tineid Moth infesting Cotton- 
pods in Egypt. By the Rt. Hon. Lorp Watsineuam, 
MAS LEDS Es: 


TINEINA. 
Tineide. 
SracmatopHora, H.-S. 
Staymatophora gossypiella, sp. n., Wism. 


Antenne rather more than 3, slightly biserrate ; yellowish 
white, with two rather broad brown bands on the outer 
fourth ; the basal joint rather stout, elongate, with a dark 
brown band across the upperside before its apex and bearing 
a thin and fugitive pecten. Labial Palpi moderately long, 
recurved, median joint slightly roughened beneath, terminal 
joint longer than median, slender, acute; whitish ochreous. 
Maxillary Palpi short, converging. Head and face smooth ; 
whitish ochreous. Thorax whitish ochreous. Forewings 
narrow, elongate, acute; whitish, somewhat smeared with 
pale brownish ochreous, of which a sinuate diffused streak, 
commencing below the costa at two fifths, runs to the apex ; 
a similar more slender streak indicated below it parallel with 
the upper edge of the fold; at the base of the costa is a 
narrow elongate blackish patch, abruptly and _ obliquely 
terminated at its outer end; a patch of blackish scales lies 
at the end of the cell upon the brownish ochreous scaling, 
which is somewhat intensified beyond it ; other black scales, 
forming an inwardly oblique costal streak before the apex, 


Lord Walsingham on a new Tineid Moth. 179 


are extended through the cilia above it, a few more black 
scales tending to form another diverging streak running 
through the cilia below the apex; apical cilia brownish 
ochreous, terminal cilia paler, but tipped with black, dorsal 
cilia smoky. zp. al.11‘5 mm. Hindwings at the base 3, 
tapering outward to an acute apex; of a slightly paler shade 
and more shining than their long smoky grey cilia, which 
only become slightly paler at the apex. Abdomen smoky 
grey. Legs whitish, spotted with black. 

Tyre ¢. Mus. Wlsm. 

Hab. Eeyvr. Larva in cotton-pods. 

When the forewings are denuded transverse striz are 
observable, between the veins, giving a reticulated appearance. 
These are due to lines of thickening from which the majority 
of the highly-developed scales arise; they are almost per- 
pendicular and extend from costatodorsum. ‘This structure 
oceurs also in Opogona aurisquamosa, Btl., and in Stagmato- 
phora (Pyroderces) argyrogrammos, Z.; if not overlooked it 
is apparently unrecorded. 

The specimens are broken and in poor condition. The 
habits of the species are particularly interesting, as being 
apparently similar to those of Batrachedra Rileyi, Wlsm., 
discovered in Georgia among rotten cotton-bolls. The 
similarity in colour and markings between the two insects 
is so close as to suggest the idea of mimicry (which, in 
this case, can of course be only synchromatism) ; but the 
form of the palpi and the breadth of the hind wings, apart 
from the question of neuration, are at once sufficient to 
distinguish them and to place them in different genera, 


Note.——In February last Mr. Walter Draper, of the 
Government Gardens, Delta Barrage, Egypt, sent to the 
British Museum some cotton-pods infested with a Hemipterous 
insect (Oxycarenus hyalinipennis, Costa) and numerous 
small caterpillars. Lately on looking at the bottle I found 
a number of small moths, all dead, and mostly with all 
their scales rubbed off. As Mr. Draper, who discovered this 
new pest in the cotton, wished to have its name, I sent 
specimens to Lord Walsingham for determination, and these 
are the subjects of the foregoing description.—Cuas. O. 
WATERHOUSE. 


180 Mr. G. Lewis on 


XXVIII.—On new Species of Histeridee and Notices of others. 
By G. Lewis, F.L.S. 


TuHIs paper, the twenty-eighth, follows one published last 
April, and the series as a whole will in a measure serve as a 
supplement to Marseul’s Monograph of 1853-1864. Marseul 
established very few genera, less than forty in all, and appa- 
rently he was reluctant to increase their number, although, 
had he had more material at his hand, there is little doubt 
he would have founded others. He would not, for instance, 
lave associated Phylloma bahiense and corticale, F., or 
Sternaulua zlindica and Edwardst, Mars., in the same 
genera if he had known more than a single species of each 
kind. ‘To-day our knowledge of the family is but a little 
more advanced, as the Histeridz belong to a class of insects 
which, being small and of secretive habits, do not come 
within the observation of general collectors, and they also 
require special methods of search, as some attach themselves 
to other insects, such as ants, termites, wood-boring Coleo- 
ptera, &c. It is a matter for regret that collectors, while over- 
looking the Histeridze, miss many curious species of Colydiidze 
and others which are commensal with them; this applies 
especially to collections made in the tropics. 

One of the most curious discoveries of recent years is the 
finding of one of the Saprinini, Chelyoxenus xerobatis, Hubb., 
which has asymmetrical claws, in the galleries made by a 
tortoise, Gopherus polyphemus, in Florida, and another of 
nine or ten species of MJonoplius in the tenements raised by 
the termite Hodotermes Havilandi, Sh., in 8. Africa. 

In my recent Catalogue varietal names (Ann. & Mag. Nat. 
Hist. vol. xvi. p. 340, 1905) appear as part of the synonymy, 
and I observe with satistaction that the Recorder of the 
‘Zoological Record,’ 1904, remarks that “the naming of 
varieties is at present carried to a great extent, and we have 
not space to record them all, but we endeavour to point out 
all that appear to be of real importance.’ Any name 
reasonably and purposely omitted in the annual register of 
the ‘ Record’ is practically deleted, and a recognized method 
of deletion of superfluous names is annually becoming more 
and more desirable. The Recorder also says: “ It may not be 
superfluous to add that the study of variation is by no means 
dependent for advancement on the naming of varieties.” 


Lioderma patulum. 
Teretrius rectistrius, 
Plesius edentulus. 


Apobletes excavatus. 


mitis. 
Platylister placitus. 
Idister mendax. 


Contipus fractistrius. 


new Species of Histeride. 181 


List of Species. 


Ilister eeneus. 
multidens, Sch. 
Notolister unistrius. 
catenatus, 
ovatus. 
Asolenus, gen. nov. 
Pachycreerus laticeps. 
Pelorurus ruptistrius. 


proximus, 


Lioderma patulum, sp. n. 


Lato-ovatum, subdepressum, nigrum, nitidum; fronte plana absque 
striolis, mento longitudinaliter canaliculato antice utrinque 
minute tuberculato; pronoto lateribus parce punctato, stria 
marginali basi multum abbreviata et ad angulos subfoveolata; 
elytris margine inflexo levi, striis subhumerali lata profunde 
excavata, 1 dorsali brevi, 2 integra basi incurvata; propygidio 
circum parce punctulato; pygidio leviter punctulato; prosterno 
modice lato ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis. 

L. 9 mill. (absque mandibulis). 


This species is very similar to LZ. latum, Mars., but it 
differs by being more oval, by the canaliculation of the 
mentum, on the anterior edge of which are two small tubercles, 
by the shorter mandibles, by the thoracic stria being short- 
ened behind the middle (not at the base only), and by the 
stria terminating at the anterior angle, not close to the eyes, 
where it widens out into a small and shallow fovea. ‘The 
punctuation of the propygidium is also finer. L. patulum 
particularly agrees with P. datum in the second dorsal stria 
being markedly incurved at the base, by the prosternum being 
broad, and in having the mentum of an exceptional structure. 
As regards the width of the prosternum, both species agree 
with those of //olo/epta, but Marseul placed datum in Lioderma, 
and it is known that these genera are not at present well 
defined. ‘The pygidium of L. datum is finely punctulate, not 
smooth, as stated by Marseul in his Monograph, p. 215. 

Hab. Marcapata, Peru. 

1 have not seen the female. 


Teretrius rectistrius, sp. n. 


Cylindricus, undique punctatus, rufo-brunneus, nitidus; elytris 
fusco-marginatis ; prosterno bistriato, striis rectis; tibiis anticis 
5-dentatis. 

L. 12 mill. 


Cylindrical, uniformly and rather densely punctured above, 


182 Mr. G. Lewis on 


reddish brown, with the margins of the elytra, sterna, and 
base of the first segment of the abdomen infuscate; the 
forehead is convex and the marginal stria of the thorax 
complete ; the prosternum, the lobe is marginate and the 
strive of the keel are parallel to each other throughout their 
length; the mesosternum, the marginal stria is complete and 
well marked, and its surface rather sparsely punctured, and 
the metasternum is somewhat similarly punctured, except 
that the punctures are larger posteriorly ; the anterior tibiz 
are 5-dentate. 

flab. Madagascar. Northern Androy, Imanombo (Jr. J. 
Decorse, 1901). 


In the Paris Museum and my own collection. 


Plesius edentulus, sp. n. 
Oblongus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria obsoleta, mandibulis haud 
dentatis ; pronoto, stria marginali antice late, stria laterali basi, 


interruptis ; elytris striis dorsalibus punctiformis. 
L. 123 mill. 


Oblong, parallel at the sides, black and shining; the head, 
mandibles not dentate, frontal stria short and scarcely visible ; 
the thorax, marginal stria widely interrupted behind the 
head, the lateral stria is not deeply impressed (like those of 
the other species of the genus) and it is broken near the base ; 
the elytra, stria, outer humeral very short and near the 
middle, inner humeral commences near the middle and 
becomes punctiform near the apex, 1 dorsal punctiform and 
apical and scarcely reaches the middle, 2-3 punctiform and 
half the length of the first, 4 is represented only by two or 
three punctures, and the marginal stria is well marked and 
ceases at the suture; the pygidia are coarsely and densely 
punctate ; the prosternum is not striate and the anterior lobe 
is 1mpunctate, with the marginal stria widely interrupted in 
front; the anterior femora are smooth. 

In its general outline this species resembles P. javanus, 
Er., except that it is rather more parallel laterally ; it is 
remarkable for its simple mandibles and interrupted lateral 
thoracic stria. The anterior femora of javanus are trans- 
versely rugose and the anterior prosternal lobe is punctured 
and the marginal stria complete. 


Hab. New Britain (A. Willey, 1895-97). 


Apobletes excavatus, sp. n. 


Ovalis, deplanatus, niger, nitidus; fronte punctulata, anterius exca- 
vata, stria transversa tenuiter impressa leviter recurva ; pronoto 


new Species of Histeride. 183 
lateribus punctato, pone angulos paulo rugoso, stria marginali 
antice anguste interrupta; elytris striis dorsalibus 1—2 integris, 
3 late interrupta; propygidio sparse minime profunde, pygidio 
grosse haud dense, punctatis; mesosterno bisinuato, stria mar- 
ginali in medio interrupta; tiblis anticis 4-dentatis. 


L, 4-4} mill. 


There is a close resemblance between this species and 
A. tener, Mars., but the forehead is markedly excavated, the 
frontal stria is not straight, the lateral thoracic band of points 
being large and more dense and behind the anterior angle some 
are confluent, close to the anterior angle is a small red mark ; 
the elytra, the fourth stria is represented by only a single 
puncture ; the propygidium is chiefly punctate along its basal 
edge and the punctures are large and very shallow; the 
pygidium, the punctures are larger but similarly dense to 
those of tener. 

Hab. Nilgiri Hills, 8. India (7. R. Bell). 

A pobletes cavifrons, Lew., first described from specimens 
from Assam, has been found by Mr. Bell in Kanara. 

Marseul says (Mon. pp. 857-858) that the mesosterna of 
A, tener and Schaumt are marginate; but they are not 
wholly marginate, the striz are interrupted like those of 
A. excavatus, and the mesosternal stria in excavatus being 
deeper, the interruption is more conspicuous. 


A pobletes mitis, sp. n. 


Oblongo-ovatus, depressus, niger, nitidus; fronte punctulata, stria 
transversa nulla; pronoto stria marginali late interrupta ; elytris 
striis 1 postice paulo abbreviata, 2-3 integris, 4—6 apicalibus ; 
tibiis anticis 4-dentatis. 

L. 5-55 mill. 


Oval, rather oblong, depressed, black and shining; head 
finely and minutely punctulate, feebly impressed anteriorly, 
and not striate; the thorax, marginal stria very fine and not 
continuing behind the head; the elytra, humeral strie 
wanting, 1 dorsal shortened apically, 2-3 complete, 4-6 
apical, the fourth being longest and nearly dimidiate, the fifth 
is shorter at both ends, the sutural is somewhat oblique and 
aiso shorter than the fiith; the propygidium and pygidium 
are clearly but not densely punctate, the latter has a feeble 
impression on each side of its base and the outer edge is 
slightly elevated; the prosternum is bistriate, the strize 
diverge slightly anterior and do not quite reach the base ; 
the mesosternum is bisinuous anteriorly, with a short bent 
stria on either side. 


184 Mr. G. Lewis on 


‘This species is larger than A. tacdturnus, Mars., and it has 
three inner apical dorsal strie, which are wanting in Marseul’s 
species. The form of the mesosternum is like those of 
A. taciturnus, Mars., and A. latiusculus, Sch., although 
Marseul says s (Mon. p- 244) that the mesosternum of taciturnus 
is without a marginal stria, meaning that the stria along the 
border is incomplete. 

Hab. Madagascar. Région de )Androy, Ambovombe 
(Dr. J. Decorse). 


In the Paris Museum and my own collection. 


Platylister placitus, sp. n. 


Oblongo-ovalis, subdepressus, niger, nitidus; fronte concava, stria 
tenui in medio sinuata; pronoto stria laterali basi continuata ; 
elytris striis 1-2 integris, 3 interrupta ; pygidio parum dense 
punctato ; mesosterno stria marginali interrupta. 

L, 6-6} mill. 


Oblong-oval, somewhat depressed, black and shining; the 
head smooth and the forehead concave, with a fine transverse 
stria which is sinuous in the middle; the thorax, the marginal 
stria is very fine, the lateral is also somewhat fine but well 
marked, and it continues along the base to a point opposite 
the third dorsal stria, anteriorly it is interrupted behind the 
middle of the neck ; the elytra, there are two fine sinuous 
epipleural striz, the dorsal, 1-2 complete and well marked, 
3 finer and interrupted in the middle, the humeral and other 
strie are wanting; the propygidium is transversely punc- 
tured, but smooth along its edges; the pygidium is wholly 
punctured, there is a depression on either side at the base, and 
the outer rim is smooth but not much raised; the prosternum 
is smooth and somewhat truncate anteriorly and the lobe is 
clearly marginate ; the mesosternum, the marginal stiia is 
interrupted at the emargination; the anterior tibie are 
4-dentate, 

Lhe lateral thoracic stria continuing along the greater 
vortion of the base constitutes a good specitic character. 

Hab. Uerbertshéh, German New Guinea. 

One example in ‘the Berlin Museum and one in my 
collection. 


Idister mendax, sp. n 
Ovalis, subconvexus, niger, nitidus; fronte bistriata; elytris striis 
1 integris, 2 antice abbreviata, 3 apicali subdimidiata, cum 
appendice brevi ; tibiis denticulatis. 
L. 64 mill. 


new Species of [Listerida. 185 


Oval, a little convex, black and shining; the head is 
smooth, with two bent stria on the forehead, elypeus is 
slightly impressed; the thorax, the marginal stria is very 
fine and apparently commences beliind the anterior angle and 
is continued behind the head, the lateral stria is clearly 
marked, it joins the marginal stria behind the eyes and is 
slightly hamate inwardly at the base; the elytra, strie, 1 
complete, 2 shortened before the base, 3 basal not quite 
reaching the middle and it has a sbort apical appendage ; the 
propygidium has a few punctures arranged transversely ; the 
pygidium, the outer border is elevated into a thickened smooth 
rim and the surface within is densely punctate; the pro- 
sternum is bistriate, the strie joining anteriorly; the meso- 
sternum is sinuous and marginate; the anterior tibie have 
6 or 7 small teeth and the intermediate and hind tibiz are 
spinose, especially near the tarsi. 

This is the largest species of the genus at present known. 

Hab. Mentawei I. (Modigliani, 1894). 

In the Genoa Museum and my own collection. 


Contipus fractistrius, sp. n. 


Contipus proaimo simillimus, sed differt minus convexus et pronoto 
stria laterali interna post oculos interrupta, 
L. 10 mill. 


Oval, convex, black and shining; the frontal stria com- 
plete and nearly straight anteriorly; the thorax, marginal 
stria complete, outer lateral evanescent at the anterior angles, 
inner arched behind the eye, and after a small interruption 
is continued almost in a straight line behind the neck ; the 
elytra, the dorsal striz are didymous and are like those of 
proximus, except that the first stria is not incurved at the 
base ; the propygidium and pygidium are very finely punctu- 
late, the former is without fovew, the latter has a raised 
margin which is longer than that of prowimus; the meso- 
sternum is slightly sinuous, with a well-marked marginal 
stria; the anterior tibie are 3-dentate. 

This species is more oval in outline and less convex than 
proximus, and the form of the inner thoracic strize will distin- 
guish it from the other three similar species. Contipus 
sinuosus, Lew. (Ann. Mus. Genova, 1906), is the largest and 
most convex species with didymous striz, and it has the fifth 
dorsal stria conspicuously sinuous apically. 

- Hab. Calabar. 

One example in the British Museum from the Murray 
Collection. 


186 Mr. G. Lewis on 


Contipus proximus, sp. Nn. 


C. didymostrio simillimus, sed differt striis lateribus internis integris 


ad angulos haud evanescenti. 
L. 8 mill. 


Shortly oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head 
faintly punctulate, transverse stria complete and_ straight 
anteriorly ; the thorax, marginal stria very fine and complete, 
outer lateral ceases after passing the anterior angle, inner 
lateral is complete, continuing unbroken behind the head ; 
the elytra, outer humeral stria fine and dimidiate, inner com- 
plete, dorsal strize didymous, 1-4 and sutural complete, first 
stria 1s incurved at its base, 5 a little shortened at the base, 
the sutural turns outwards anteriorly ; the propygidium is 
bifoveolate and slightly punctulate along its base; the 
pygidium is smooth, with a basal raised margin along half of 
its length; the mesosternum is marginate and feebly sinuous; 
the anterior tibize are 3-dentate. 

There are now four species of Contipus known with 
didymous dorsal striz, viz. C. didymostrius, Mars., and 
C. sinuosus, proxtmus, and fractistrius, Lew. 


Hab. Warri, Niger River (Dr. Roth). 


[ister ceneus, sp. n. 


Ovatus, convexus, zeneus, nitidus ; fronte plana, stria integra antice 
leviter sinuata; pronoto striis duabus pone oculos coalescentibus, 
lateribus late punctatis ; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 basi abbre- 
viata, suturali magis longa, humerali interna integra, externa 
brevi ; propygidio leviter bifoveolato, pygidioque dense punctatis ; 
mesosterno obtuso et marginato ; tibiis antice 3-dentatis. 

L. 74-8 mill. 


Oval, convex, brassy, shining; the head, the frontal stria 
is feebly sinuous anteriorly ; the thorax, surface very finely 
punctulate, with a rather broad lateral band of punctures, 
which are largest, and some are confluent, behind the anterior 
angle, the lateral strie are complete and turn towards each 
other at the base, and the interstice behind the anterior angle 
is punctate; the elytra, the outer humeral stria is short but 
well marked and is about one third of the elytral length, the 
inner humeral stria is complete and similar to the first 
dorsal, dorsal 1-4 complete, but the fourth is finer before the 
middle, 5 is abbreviated before the base, the sutural is bent 
and does not reach the base; the pygidia are densely and 
coarsely punctate. 

The above belongs to a section of the genus in which the 


new Species of Histeride. L187 


inner humeral stria is similar to the first dorsal, the other 
species being afer, Payk., africanus and crenulatus, Lew. ; 
and there are some species of Contipus which also have 
similar strie. From //ister africanus this species differs b 
the colour, its greater convexity, the punctate thorax, and 
the presence of an outer though shortened humeral stria. 
According to Paykull’s figure of afer, the thorax and the 
pygidia are similarly and not coarsely punctured. 


Hab, Bihe, Angola. 


Hister multidens, Sch. Ent. Nachr. xv. p. 94 (1889). 


This species may be added to the faunistic list of Japan; 
it was found there by the late Mr. J. H. Leech. 


Norouister, Lewis. 


Owing to the discovery of more species of this genus, the 
following additional characters may be given :—The antennal 
fossettes are a little behind the anterior angles, the forehead 
has no transverse stria, the deep lateral thoracic sulcus is a 
very important character and always terminates abruptly at 
both ends, the apices of the elytra are constantly punctate, 
and the anterior tibiz are 7-dentate. 


Notolister unisirius, sp. n. 


Ovalis, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; thorace lateribus profunde 
sulcato; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4-5 nullis, suturali antice 
multo abbreviata ; mesosterno stria transversali unica. 


L. 73 mill. 


Oval, rather convex, black and shining ; the head, there is 
no frontal stria and the vertex is uneven, surface finely 
punctulate; the thorax, marginal stria complete, with a 
widened interstice behind the head, where the stria is feebl 
crenulate, lateral sulcus rugose and wider and deeper than 
that of VV. Edwardst, Mars., and resembles that of sule/collis, 
Lew.; the elytra, epipleura 5-striate, outer. humeral stria 
shortened well before the base, inner apical and almost obso- 
lete, 1-3 dorsal complete and punctate-striate towards the 
apex, 4-5 are wanting, sutural punctate apical and reaching 
just beyond the middle, apex punctate, the punctures do not 
extend along the interstices of any of the strie; the pro- 
pygidium is wholly covered with large, round, evenly-set 
punctures; the pygidium, the punctures are less close and 
less coarse ; the prosternum is like that of catenatus; the 


188 Mr. G. Lewis on 


mesosternum is sinuous, with a short bent stria at either angle 
and a single line of punctures (fig. 1) broken in the middle ; 
the anterior tibiz are 7-dentate. 


Fig. 1. Fig. 2. 


See erin < 2h 


EN 


Notolister sulcicollis (fig. 2) has one simple stria only on 
the mesosternum. 
Hab. Diego Suarez, N. Madagascar. 


Notolister catenatus, sp. n. 


Breviter ovatus, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; fronte inzquali, 
haud striata; thorace profunde sulcato; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 
interstitiis parte punctatis, 4-5 nullis, suturali basi abbreviata ; 
mesosterno bistriato ; tibiis anticis 7-dentatis. 

L. 53 mill. 


Shortly oval, rather convex, black and shining ; the head, 
vertex uneven, finely punctulate ; the thorax, marginal stria 
complete, with a widened interstice behind the neck, suleus 
as in the last species; the elytra, epipleura 5-striate, outer 
humeral stria shortened just before the base, the inner humeral 
is apical, rough on its edges and nearly reaches the middle, 1-3 
dorsal are punctate-striate and are obliterated apically by the 
punctures, the apical punctures extend along the interstices 
of the three strie nearly to the middle of the dorsum, the 
punctures also extend nearly to the middle of the elytra in 
the region of the fourth and fifth striz, which apparently is 
represented by some of the points, the sutural stria is longer 
than that of un%strius, being shortened only just before the 
base ; the pygidia are punctured like those of the last species ; 
the prosternum, surface of the keel is sparingly and very 
finely punctulate, lateral striae gradually converge and join 
anteriorly ; the mesosternum is feebly sinuous in the middle, 
with a short stria on either angle and a deeply impressed line 
of punctures along its base and a second line close to it 
(fig. 3), very similar, but broken in the middle, which 


new Species of Histeride. 189 


probably denotes the suture between it and the metasternum. 
These last striaz are very similar to those of ovatus. 
Hab. Tamatave, Madagascar. 


Fig. 3. Fig. 4. 


Notolister ovatus, sp. n. 


Ovatus, convexiusculus, supra tenuissime punctulatus; fronte in- 
eequali haud striata; pronoto parum profunde sulcato; elytris 
striis 1-3 integris, interstitiis punctatis, suturali basi abbreviata ; 
mesosterno bistriato; tibiis anticis 7-dentatis. 

L. 63-7 mill. 

Oval, rather convex, black and shining ; the head, surface 
unequal and without a transverse stria; the thorax, marginal 
stria complete, widening out a little behind the head, sulcus 
less wide than that of the last species; the elytra with five 
epipleural striz, outer humeral shortened before the base, 
inner humeral as in catenatus, 1-3 dorsal entire but merging 
apically in the punctures, the apical punctuation extends 
beyond the middle between the first and second striw and 
scarcely to the middle between the second and third, the 4-5 
striee are either absent or represented by apical punctures, the 
sutural is punctate-striate and is shortened just before the 
base ; the pygidia are punctate like those of the last species ; 
the prosternum is similar to that of catenatus; the meso- 
sternum is feebly sinuous and has two transverse lines of 
points (fig. 4), the second stria probably indicates the suture 
between the meso- and metasterna. 

In outline this species is oval and resembles N. Edwardsi, 
Mars., but the dorsal sculpture of the two species is different, 
and Edwards has probably but one sternal stria, as Marseul 
merely says ‘‘ mesosternum entirely margined,” which would 
not apply to two rows of punctures. 

Hab. Madagascar (Sikora). 


ASOLENUS, gen. nov. 


The genus is established to receive Notolister sangutnosus, 
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 14 


190 On new Species of Histeridee. 


Fairm., as the type, and LV. 5-striatus, nodicornis, dux, and 
imitans, Lew. Some of the generic characters correspond to 
those in Notolister, especially in the form of the sterna, but 
the antennal fossettes are in the anterior thoracic angles, not 
just behind them ; the antenne have a nodule on the scape ; 
the body is more convex and sometimes gibbous ; there is no 
transverse frontal stria and the thoracic lateral sulcus, so 
conspicuous in Notolister, is wanting; the mesosternum is 
sometimes sinuous and sometimes not ; the anterior tibice are 
multidentate. 


Pachycrerus laticeps, sp. n. 

Subeylindricus, niger, nitidus, pedibus piceis; capite lato, fronte 
punctata, stria integra, clypeo impresso ; thorace stria marginali 
antice interrupta; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 5 dimidiata, 4 et 
suturali ante basi abbreviatis ; prosterno bistriato, striis rectis; 


mesosterno marginato; tibiis anticis 5-dentatis. 
L. 4-4} mill. 


Somewhat cylindrical, black and shining; the head is large 
and clearly but not densely punctate, frontal stria complete ; 
the thorax is rather irregularly punctured, the punctures on 
the scutellar region being very fine and few, marginal stria is 
interrupted behind the middle of the head; the elytra, striz, 
outer humeral apical and dimidiate, inner wanting, 1-3 dorsal 
complete, 4 and sutural are shortened before the base, 5 
dimidiate or a little longer, the interstice between the second 
and third strie widens out at the base; the propygidium and 
pygidium are clearly but not densely punctate; the pro- 
sternum, anterior lobe coarsely punctured, keel rather wide 
and bistriate, strize are feebly carinate and parallel to each 
other in front of the cox; the mesosternum, its projection is 
somewhat robust and prominent and the marginal stria 
complete. 

The form and colour of the species resemble those of 
P. facetus, Mars., but its head is much more robust and more 
coarsely punctured, the fourth dorsal stria is not complete, 
and the prosternal keel is much wider and the marginal stria 
are parallel, not joined anteriorly, and the mesosternal pro- 
jection is more robust and prominent. 

Hab. Kilima Njaro, East Africa (A. Grandidier, 1897). 


In the Paris Museum and my own collection. 


Pelorurus ruptistrius, sp. n. 


Breviter ovalis, nigro-cupreus, nitidus ; elytris viridi-ceruleis, fronte 
tenuiter impressa vix dense punctulata; pronoto stria integra, 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 191 


lateribus punctato ; elytris striis 1-2 geminatis integris, 3 parte 
interrupta, 4-5 apicalibus, suturali integra; propygidio parum 
dense punctato ; prosterno bistriato ; mesosterno bisinuato, mar- 
ginato; tibiis anticis denticulatis. 

L. 4 mill. 


This species closely resembles P. formosus, Sch., but 
differs by the head being more closely punctured, the thorax 
is more deeply and closely punctate laterally, and there are 
two arched clusters of points in the scutellar region, the third 
dorsal stria is not completely double, being broken in the 
middle of its inner line, and the propygidium is much more 
distinctly and closely punctured. 

Hab. Abyssinia (Raffray). 


XXIX.—Rhynchotal Notes —XX XIX. 
By W. L. Distant. 


In the preparation of these notes I have been much indebted 
for the loan of specimens or drawings of unique types to 
Dr. Aurivillius of Stockholm, Dr. Handlirsch of Vienna, 
Herr Kuhlgatz of Berlin, and Mons. Schouteden of Brussels. 
The latter has shown me the types of the species of Fulgorine 
in his collection which have been lately described by 
Herr Schmidt, so that I have with advantage been able to 
compare much hitherto somewhat inaccessible material with 
the collection contained in the British Museum. 


Fam. Fulgoride (continued from p. 30). 
Subfam. Fuzeorrmz. 


Pyrops intricatus. 
Pyrops intricatus, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 43 (1858). 
Pyrops basilacteus, Schmidt, Stett. ent. Zeit. xvii. p. 184 (1906). 


ZEPASA, gen. nov. 


Head broadly, roundly, and prominently produced in front 
of eyes, centrally about or almost as long as pronotum; 
vertex with its base to a short distance before eyes straightly 
truncate, somewhat conically produced anteriorly, centrally 
longitudinally carinate; face a little broader than long, 
obscurely centrally carinate, the lateral margins strongly 
sinuate behind eyes; clypeus about as long as face, with a 

14* 


192 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 


central ovate elevation which is inwardly depressed; pro- 
notum with its anterior margin straightly truncate before 
base of head, its posterior margin a little angularly sinuate at 
middle, centrally longitudinally carinate ; scutellum about as 
long as pronotum, with two arcuate and a central carination ; 
abdomen broad and robust ; tegmina about three times longer 
than broad, the venation more or less reticulate, the apical 
area thickly and finely reticulate; wings much broader than 
tegmina; posterior tibia with four spines. 


Type, Z. Aurivilliana, Dist. 


Zepasa Aurtvilliana, sp. n. 


Head, pronotum, sternum, and legs brownish olivaceous 
or testaceous ; vertex with four minute black spots in trans- 
verse series, pronotum with two small discal black spots ; 
mesonotum with two small black spots on anterior margin, 
two before apex, two (a little larger) on each apical area, and 
a minute spot near each anterior angle; abdomen above 
ochraceous, the basal area and a double central series of spots 
black; abdomen beneath black, the segmental margins 
ochraceous ; tegmina pale testaceous, the apical area paler, 
inwardly bounded by a waved pale transverse fascia and 
containing some small pale spots, the costal membrane 
greyish, with elongate black spots; wings ochraceous, the 
apical area and posterior margin fuscous, the first containing 
a large hyaline spot; tibia very pale olivaceous, with 
fuscous annulations or suffusions. 

Long., excl. tegm., 134 mm.; exp. tegm. 33 mm. 

Hab, Brazil; St. Catherine (Brit. Mus.) ; Brazil (Boucard, 
Stockholm Mus.). 


Genus ANECPHORA. 
Anecphora, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr, xxxy. p. 65 (1890). 
Type, A. aurantiaca, Karsch. 


Anecphora torrida. 


Aphena torrida, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 281 (1851). 
Anecphora olivacea, Schmidt, Stett. ent. Zeit. Lxvi. p. 370 (1905). 


Genus MALFEYTIA. 
Malfeytia, Schmidt, Stett. ent. Zeit. Ixvi, p. 366 (1905). 
Type, I. flavopunctata, Schmidt. 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 193 


Malfeytia Monteiri sp. n. 


Head and thorax above, face and body beneath, and legs 
brownish ochraceous ; abdomen above sanguineous, with a 
broad, central, longitudinal, black fascia, and the apical area 
thickly covered with white waxy secretion; anterior and 
intermediate legs and posterior femora castaneous brown ; 
tegmina with rather more than anterior half ochraceous, w ith 
black fasciate macular markings which contain inner green 
ocellate spots with testaceous centres ; ; this area is followed 
by a transverse very pale ochraceous fascia, the apical area 
being purplish red, with internal areas of the reticulate veins 
piceous ; wings very pale bluish green for about basal two 
thirds, the venation virescent and with some short fuscous 
streaks at base, apical area broadly fuscous brown ; vertex of 
head somewhat deeply excavate; face obscurely tricarinate, 
division between face and clypeus profound, the latter arched ; 
rostrum reaching the posterior coxe ; posterior femora with 
five spines, the basal spine very minute. 

Long., excl. tegm., 18 mm.; exp. tegm. 44 mm. 


Hab, Angola (Monteiro, Coll. Dist.). 


Genus ECHETRA. 


Echetra, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 36 (1858). 

Rhonicia, Stal, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxiv. p. 238 (1863 

Amilavaca, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Am. y Rhynch. Hom. i. p- 29 1887) 

Type, L£. semilutea, Walk. 

I did not examine Walker’s genus when working out the 
Central-American specimens, as that writer gave the locality 
for his typical species as “‘ Hindostan,” whereas I find it 1s 
distinctly localized as “ Para.” Dr. Handlirsch having kindly 
allowed me to examine the type of Stal’s genus [honicia, L 
find it congeneric with Walker’s Echetra, and Stal was 
probably similarly misled by Walker’s erroneous habitat. 


Echetra fuscata. 
Amulavaca fuscata, Dist. Biol. Centr-Am., Rhynch. Hom, i, p. 30 
t. v. fig. 18 a@ (1887). 


Genus ALPHINA. 
Alphina, Stal, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxiv. p. 243 (1863). 
Type, A. nigrostgnata, Stal. 


194 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 


Alphina Fryi, sp. n. 

Head with the vertex olivaceous, two small spots at apex, 
a small marginal spot on each margin in front of eyes, and a 
fascia behind the eyes, black; pronotum olivaceous ante- 
riorly, testaceous posteriorly, two small spots on anterior 
margin, and acentral discal curved fascia, black ; metanotum 
black; abdomen above ochraceous, its apex black; face 
piceous, with some olivaceous spots, of which the most 
prominent are three on basal margin—one central and one 
at each lateral angle; clypeus olivaceous, the central carina- 
tion, two spots at base and two near apex, piceous ; body 
beneath olivaceous, lateral margins of sternum and abdomen 
and apex of the latter black ; legs olivaceous, more or less 
annulated with black; tegmina purplish red, with fuscous 
mottlings; extreme apical area hyaline, with the veins 
fuscous ; claval area paler, more ochraceous, and spotted with 
fuscous; costal membrane paler, with four or five piceous 
spots, some of which contain smaller ochraceous spots; wings 
pale fuliginous, the venation darker and with a large apical 
hyaline spot; tegmina only slightly longer than wings; 
mesonotum distinctly tricarinate; rostrum slightly passing 
the posterior coxze; clypeus distinctly centrally carinate, 
posterior tibiz with five spines and their bases distinctly 
dilated. 

Long., exc]. tegm., 10 mm.; exp. tegm. 25 mm. 

Hab. Brazil (Fry Coll., Brit. Mus.). 

A smaller species than A. nigrosignata, Stal, the tegmina 
in particular shorter and little longer than the wings, the 
posterior tibice dilated at base, &c. 


RADAMANA, gen. nov. 


Head much narrower than pronotum, vertex excavate, its 
margins and acentral line carinate ; face shorter than clypeus 
and almost equally broad throughout, the lateral margins a 
little sinuate or undulate, with a strong longitudinal carina- 
tion on each lateral area ; rostrum long, almost reaching the 
abdominal apex; pronotum longer and broader than head, 
with a very fine and obscure central carinate line; meso- 
notum fine, centrally carinate, its greatest length equal to 
that of head and pronotum combined; abdomen broad and 
short ; posterior tibie with five spines; tegmina three times 
as long as broad, costal margin moderately sinuate at about 
two thirds from base, claval veins uniting before claval apex, 
near which they terminate in a single vein; wings broader 
than tegmina. 

Type, 2. varicolor, Dist. 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 195 


Radamana varicolor, sp. n. 


Body ochraceous ; anterior margins of vertex, pronotum, 
mesonotum, and metanotum, a central longitudinal fascia to 
mesonotum, base, central fascia and lateral spots to abdomen 
above, basal margin of face, two broad fascie to face and 
clypeus (almost fused on the former and posteriorly united 
on the latter), lateral areas of prosternum, rostrum, coxe, 
legs, and a marginal fascia on each side of abdomen beneath, 
black ; posterior coxz and bases of posterior femora and 
tibize ochraceous ; tegmina testaceous for about two thirds 
from base, apical third pale ochraceous; an elongate spot at 
base of costal membrane and a curved elongate spot beneath 
it, a spot near centre of claval margin, a round discal spot, 
two irregular spots which almost form a transverse fascia 
before the paler apical third, and three submarginal apical 
spots, black; wings sanguineous, anal, outer, and apical 
margins piceous. 

Long., excl. tegm., 12 mm.; exp. tegm. 38 mm. 

Hab. Madagascar; Ankafina Forest, N.E. of Fianarantsoa 
(C. Shaw, Brit. Mus.). 


Genus KALIDASA. 


Kalidasa lanata. 
Cicada lanata, Drury, Ill. Ex, Ent. ii. Index, t. xxxvii. fig. 8 (1773) 
(excl. habitat). 
Aphena albiflos, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 280 (1851). 
Although Drury gave the habitat ‘ Jamaica” for this 
species, there can be no doubt that it is the Indian insect 
described by Walker and recorded from Malabar and Bombay. 


I 


Genus CALYPTOPROCTUS. 
Calyptoproctus, Spin. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. viii. p. 266 (1839). 
Type, C. stigma, Fabr. 


Calyptoproctus confusus, sp. n. 
Calyptoproctus guttipes, Dist. (nec Walk.) Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynch. 
Hom. i. p. 36, t. v. fig. 9a (1887). 

Head, thorax, body beneath, and legs brownish ochraceous ; 
legs spotted with fuscous; front of head with a central 
longitudinal black fascia; pronotum with two central ante- 
riorly converging black fascize not extending much beyond 
middle; abdomen above black, the segments with broad 
transverse greenish-ochraceous fasciz on each lateral area, 
the anal segment with a spot of the same colour on each side ; 


196 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 


tegmina uniformly pale brownish ochraceous, ae with 
pale fuscous, the spots on costal margin piceous; wings 
hyaline, with the venation piceous ; head (including ey es) as 
wide as pronotum; front moderately concave, with the 

marginal ridges prominent ; face rugose, the most prominent 
ridges being two central which anteriorly diverge ; rostrum 
reaching the posterior coxe. 

Long., excl. tegm., 12 mm.; exp. tegm. 38 mm. 

Fab. Guatemala, San Isidro, Pantaleon (Godman Coll., 
Brit. Mus.). 

When I identified this species as C. guttipes, Walker’s type 
specimen was in an unset condition ; since then it has been 
set out, with the result that the Guatemalan specimens are 
found to constitute a distinct species. C. guttipes, by the 
colour of the tegmina, is somewhat closely allied to C. stigma, 
Fabr., but the colour of the dorsal surface of the abdomen (in 
a somewhat mutilated condition) appears to be ochraceous 
and unicolorous. 


Calyptoproctus coloratus, sp. n. 


Head, thorax, body beneath, and legs dull ochraceous, more 
or less spotted with fuscous; front of head with a central 
longitudinal black fascia; pronotum with two converging 
black central fasciz on its anterior half, between which is a 
stramineous spot ; mesonotum with four stramineous spots on 
the anterior margin, the two central ones piceous at base, the 
lateral margins (narrowly) and apex (broadly) stramineous ; 
abdomen above black, the segments with a broad transverse 
green fascia on each lateral area and the anal segment with a 
‘spot of the same colour on each side ; abdominal appendage 
beneath bluish black; tegmina with about basal half testa- 
ceous, remaining apical area more ochraceous, with the vena- 
tion fuscous, costal membrane stramineous spotted with 
piceous, the testaceous area more or less suffused with 
piceous, the most prominent suffusion being in the form of 
an irregular broad transverse fascia near middle of tegmen, 
apical area with piceous suffusions principally near apex, 
outer posterior angle, and as an oblique costal patch just beyond 
the testaceous area; wings hyaline, green at extreme base, 
the venation black; eyes slightly projecting beyond the 
anterior margin of "the pronotum; rostrum reaching the 
posterior cox; abdomen above with a fine but distinct 
central longitudinal ridge ; posterior tibize with four spines, 
the basal spine shortest. 

Long., excl. tegm., 15 mm. ; exp. tegm. 42 mm. 


3 


Hab. N.W. Ecuador; Rio Durango (Losenderg, Brit. Mus.). 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 197 


Calyptoproctus fuscipennis, sp. n. 


Body and legs pale ochraceous; front of head with a 
central linear black spot ; abdomen above with the segmental 
margins and anal appendage black; legs spotted with 
fuscous ; tegmina pale purplish red for nearly basal half, the 
remaining apical area, costal membrane, and claval margin 
pale dull ochraceous, more or less spotted with fuscous, more 
prominently so on costal margin; wings subhyaline, very 
pale fuliginous, darker towards apex, the venation black, 
extreme base virescent ; basal segment of abdomen above 
with central small rounded callosities; rostrum reaching the 
posterior coxe, its apex black; posterior tibise with four 
spines, three beyond middle, one near base. 

Long., excl. tegm., 12 mm.; exp. tegm. 31 mm. 

Hab. N.W. Ecuador; Rio Durango (fosenberg, Brit. 
Mus.). 


Genus PELIDNOPEPLA. 
Pelidnopepla, Stal, Hem. Fabr, ii. pp. 88 & 89 note (1869). 
Type, P. obseura, Fabr. 


Pelidnopepla obscura. 


Lystra obscura, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 59. 9 (1803). 
Pelidnopepla obscura, Stil, Hem. Fabr. ii. p. 89 (1869). 
Poiocera nigrifrons, Walk. Ins, Saund., Hem. p. 34 (1858). 


Genus SCARALIS. 
Scaralis, Stal, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxiv. p. 241 (1863). 
Type, &. picta, Germ. 


Scaralis versicolor, sp. n. 


Head, thorax, and legs olivaceous brown; pronotum with 
two large central spots and two smaller spots on each lateral 
area; mesonotum with two large, central, contiguous, curved 
and angulated spots, a small spot near each side of them 
near base, and two spots on each lateral area, margins 
of metanotum, about posterior half of face, two central fasciate 
spots to clypeus, tibia, tarsi, and apex of rostrum, piceous or 
black ; abdomen testaceous red, above with a broad central 
black fascia and the whole of apical segment (excluding 
posterior margin) black, beneath with black Jateral spots and 
apical segment olivaceous brown; tegmina with about basal 
two thirds black, opaque, with the venation ochraceous, a 


198 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 


broad transverse fascia a little beyond base, and a spot near 
apex of costal membrane, stramineous, apical third hyaline, 
the venation fuscous towards apex and with a fuscous costal 
suffusion before apex which reaches middle of tegmen; wings 
with basal two thirds black, with two oblong upper basal 
violaceous streaks and the reticulate veins on basal area of 
the same colour, apical third hyaline, the venation fuscous ; 
rostrum considerably passing posterior coxe ; posterior tibize 
with four spines ; face with two curved central carinations on 
posterior half. 
Long., excl. tegm., 22 mm.; exp. tegm. 63 mm. 


Hab. Bolivia (J. Steinbach, Brit. Mus.). 


MATACOSA, gen. nov. 


Head (including eyes) only a little narrower than anterior 
margin of pronotum, vertex excavated, its anterior margin 
broadly rounded, the marginal ridges very prominent ; face 
much as in Scaral’s, but clypeus with a percurrent central 
carination as in Domitia; anterior tibie longer than the 
femora, posterior tibia with four spines; abdomen short, 
about as long as space between apex of head and base of 
cruciform elevation, with a distinct central longitudinal ridge, 
the apical segment broadly truncate ; pronotum with a central 
longitudinal ridge, its anterior margin broadly subtruncately 
produced between the eyes, its posterior margin centrally 
sinuate and with a central basal transverse ridge ; mesonotum 
tricarinate, the lateral carinations anteriorly forked; tegmina 
more than twice but not three times as long as broad, with 
reticulate veins over the whole surface; wings reticulately 
veined except on basal area. 

Type, M/. miscella, Dist. (Domitia?). 

This genus is somewhat intermediate between Scaralis and 
Domitia ; to the first it is allied by the length of the anterior 
tibi, but differs by the narrower pronotum, the shorter and 
broader tegmina, and by the percurrent carination to the 
clypeus. 


Matacosa miscella. 
Domitiu? miscella, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynch, Hom. i p. 38, 
t. v. fig. 7 a (1887). 
Genus J AMAICASTES. 


Domitia, Stil, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 138 (1866), nom. preoee. 
Jumaicastes, Kirk, Entomologist, xxxili. p. 243 (1900), n, nom. 


Type, J. constellata, Guér. (Lystra, Potocera), 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 199 


Jamaicastes Baront, sp. n. 


Head, pronotum, mesonotum, and body beneath dark 
ochraceous ; abdomen above bright ochraceous ; eyes, meta- 
notum, and base of abdomen above piceous; legs pale san- 
guineous; tegmina testaceous for more than basal half, 
stramineous on apical area, all the veins virescent, on the 
basal area are three transverse series of large spots which 
almost form fasciew, the two innermost series being dark 
testaceous, the outer series virescent; wings with about 
basal third sanguineous, linearly streaked with fuscous, the 
remaining area pale bronzy brown, apex of anal area tawny 
brown; face finely granulose, finely transversely ridged 
between anterior margins of eyes, on each side obliquely 
ridged to about centre of posterior margin, and with a central 
longitudinal ridge; clypeus with a central longitudinal ridge ; 
posterior tibiz with three spines; pronotum with a central 
longitudinal carination not reaching anterior margin; meso- 
notum tricarinate, 

Long., excl. tegm., 12 mm.; exp. tegm. 35 mm. 


flab, Ecuador (Baron, Brit. Mus.). 


Jamaicastes Stetnbachi, sp. n. 


Ilead, pronotum, and mesonotum dark ochraceous; meta- 
notum and abdomen above black, its apex narrowly bluish 
green, anal appendages covered with white waxy secretion ; 
face, clypeus, and sternum dark ochraceous ; abdomen beneath 
pale ochraceous ; lateral and posterior margins of the abdo- 
minal segments and the legs pale virescent; anterior and 
intermediate tarsi fuscous ; tegmina for about basal two thirds 
dark ochraceous, with large macular, dark, testaceous suffu- 
sions, the venation virescent, apical area pale bronzy, and 
separated from the darker basal area by a pale virescent 
transverse fascia ; wings with about basal two thirds black, 
the apical area bronzy, apical half of anal area tawny brown ; 
face somewhat reticulately granulose, the anterior transverse 
and central carinations distinct, the oblique lateral carinations 
indistinct; clypeus centrally carinate; posterior tibie with 
three spines ; pronotum centrally carinate ; | mesonotum 
tricarinate. 

Long., excl. tegm., 15-16 mm. ; exp. tegm. 40 mm. 

Hab. Bolivia (J. Steinbach, Brit. Mus.). 


Genus ALARUASA, gen. nov. 


Head broad, including eyes almost as broad as anterior 
margin of pronotum, vertex short, broad, excavate, the 


200 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 


margins carinate; face broad, its lateral margins sinuate, 
with three central carinations, the lateral ones oblique and 
continuous, the central one straight, only extending through 
half the length of face; clypeus with two very coarse longi- 
tudinal ridges united into one from middle to apex ; rostrum 
reaching posterior coxe ; anterior tibiae longer than femora, 
posterior femora with four spines; abdomen short, about as 
long as space between apex of head and base of cruciform 
elevation; tegmina long, three times as long as broad; 
tegmina and wings reticulately veined. 


Type, A. lepida, Spin. (Potocera). 


Genus Hypara. 
Hypepa, Stal, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. vi. p. 306 (1862). 
Type, 7. costata, Fabr. (Lystra). 


Genus FLORICHISME. 


Pesan, Stal, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxxi. p. 291 (1870), nom. preoce. 
ipt. 
Fisncnane Kirk. Entomologist, xxxvii. p. 279 (1904), n. nom. 

Type, #. venosa, Germ. (Lystra). 

Some confusion appertaining to these genera, as Stal had 
not given the type of his genus Pecilostola, I sought the 
assistance of Dr, Aurivillius, who kindly examined the 
specimens in the Stockholm Museum, and informed me :— 
“The genus Pecilostola, Stal, is not in onr collection. Under 
the heading of Hypepa there are, however, three species— 
costata, Fabr., semivitrea, Stal*, and venosa, Germ. Only 
the first two of these species agrees with Stal’s description of 
Hypepa; the third, venosa, agrees, as it seems to me, well 
with the description of L@cilostola, and was probably the 
species on which Stal founded that genus.” ‘There seems 
scarcely a doubt that Dr. Aurivillius has solved the problem, 


ZEUNASA, gen. nov. 


Head (including eyes) much narrower than pronotum, 
vertex excavate, its marginal ridges very prominent; face 
broader than long, its posterior margin concave before clypeus, 
transversely ridged before base, from the lateral angles of 
this ridge are two oblique carinations which are bent and 
obliquely carried to near middle of apical margin, between 


* Sank by Stl as a synonym of H. costata, Fabr. (Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 
vi. p. 806, 1862), 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 201 


the upper part of these a short longitudinal carination ; other 

characters generally as in Acrephia, Stal, from which it is 

differentiated by the structure of the head ; rostrum variable 

in eas often reaching the penultimate abdominal segment. 
Type, Z. trrorata, Blanch. ( Peeocera). 


Zeunasa trrorata. 
Peocera irrorata, Blanch. in d’Orbigny, Voy. vi. (2) p. 221, t. xxxi. 
tig. 1 (1846). 
Poiocera arrosa, Walk. List Hom. ii. p, 294 (1851). 


Genus ACMONIA. 
Acmonia, Stil, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 137 (1866). 
Type, A. dichroa, Germ. (Lystra). 


Acmonia Fiebrig?, sp. n. 


Vertex of head, face, and clypeus ochraceous; pronotum 
and mesonotum dark olivaceous, very finely and minutely 
speckled with grey ; abdomen above sanguineous ; metanotum, 
broad central basal fascia and apical margin to abdomen 
black ; body beneath and legs ochraceous ; apex of clypeus, 
COX, ‘spots and suffusions to legs, and lateral and posterior 
margins to abdominal segments, black; tegmina with 
about basal two thirds piceous, the venation and base of 
costal membrane ochraceous and with a few ochraceous spots 
near its termination at inner angle, apical area subhyaline, 
with the venation ochraceous ; wings with about basal third 
reddish ochraceous outwardly margined with black, the apical 
half of anal area piceous, apical two thirds hyaline with the 
venation black; marginal ridges of vertex undulate; face 
granulose, very obsoletely tricarinate; clypeus centrally 
broadly subfoveate; rostrum just passing posterior coxe ; 
pronotum transversely wrinkled, strongly centrally longitu- 
dinally ridged; mesonotum distinctly tricarinate, the lateral 
carinations strongly sinuate. 

Long., excl. tegm., 11 mm.; exp. tegm. 28 mm. 


Hab. Paraguay; San Bernardino (A. Fvebrig, Brit. Mus.). 


Acmonia Crowley?, sp. n 


Head, pronotum, mesonotum, face, and clypeus olivaceous 
brown; abdomen above, apex of clypeus, and legs black ; 
abdomen beneath, lateral margins of abdomen above, and 
spots and streaks to legs ochraceous, posterior abdominal 
segmental margins above sanguineous ; tegmina olivaceous 


202 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 


brown to near apex, which is hyaline, before the pale apex is 
a transverse, narrow, dull ochraceous fascia, costal membrane 
and costal area very finely and minutely speckled with 
greyish; wings with about basal half piceous, sanguineous at 
base, apical half hyaline, with the venation piceous; pro- 
notum transversely wrinkled and centrally longitudinally 
ridged, the ridge not reaching the anterior margin ; meso- 
notum tricarinate, the lateral carinations curved and meeting 
anteriorly ; face finely rugulose; clypeus broadly centrally 
subfoveate ; rostrum reaching the posterior coxe. 

Long., excl. tegm., 9 mm.; exp. tegm. 30 mm. 


Hab. Brazil; St. Catherine (Crowley Bequest, Brit. Mus.). 


TABOCASA, gen. nov. 


Closely allied to Learcha, Stal*, but differing in the 
following particulars :—Face without the subapical transverse 
undulated ridge ; clypeus distinctly centrally carinate; meso- 
notum of moderate length, longer, but not nearly twice as 
long as pronotum. 


Type, 7. lineata, Walk. (Potocera). 


Tabocasa sangutnolenta, sp. n. 


Head, pronotum, mesonotum, body beneath, and legs 
olivaceous or ochraceous; abdomen above ochraceous, with 
the segmental margins and apical segment carmine-red ; 
tegmina with more than basal half testaceous, its venation, 
the costal membrane, apical area, and apical half of claval 
margin pale virescent ; wings sanguineous, their apices very 
pale virescent, some of the longitudinal veins in the san- 
guineous area piceous ; pronotum and mesonotum obsoletely 
tricarinate, the central carination in each case distinct ; face 
rugulose, about as long as broad, the lateral margins strongly 
concavely sinuate ; clypeus centrally longitudinally carinate ; 
rostrum scarcely passing the intermediate cox; posterior 
femora with four spines. 

Long., excl. tegm., 13 mm.; exp. tegm. 37 mm. 


Hab. N.W. Ecuador ; Rio Durango (Brit. Mus.). 


Tabocasa lineata. 
Poiocera lineata, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 51 (1858). 


* By the kindness of Dr. Handlirsch I have been allowed to examine 
the type of this genus, Learcha sponsa, Stal, which is contained in the 


Hof-Museum, Vienna, 


Mr, W. L, Distant on Homoptera. 203 


Subfam, Hvrveracnyprn a. 
Genus MEssena. 
Messena, Stil, Rio Jan, Hem, ii. p. 67 (1858), 
Type, M. pulverosa, Hope. 


Messena Mouhoti, sp. n. 


Body ochraceous ; metanotum, base of abdomen, sternum, 
and legs violaceous ; apex of abdomen with a long white 
waxy secretion ; tegmina pale ochraceous, pale purplish on 
basal area, with two very large oblique piceous spots beneath 
middle, before apex there is a very large fuscous suffusion 
crossing the tegmen and a submarginal apical series of small 
black spots, the largest near outer angle; wings lacteous 
white, with an apical submarginal series of five black spots 
and an obscure fuscous transverse fascia beyond middle ; 
posterior tibia with six spines; face smooth, paler than 
vertex ; wings a little narrower than tegmina, narrowly pale 
violaceous at extreme basal angle. 

Long., excl. tegm., 13 mm.; exp. tegm. 46 mm. 

Hab, Cambodia (Mouhot, Brit. Mus.). 

Most nearly allied to JZ. s¢nwata, Atkins. 


Genus PURUSHA, 

Purusha, Dist. Faun. B. I., Rhynch, iii. p. 236 (1906), 

Type, P. reversa, Hope (Lurybrachis). 

I was unable (swpra) to properly describe this genus, as 1 
only knew it then by Hope’s figure. 

Head broad, but including eyes not reaching the anterior 
angles of the pronotum, vertex with the margins prominently 
ridged, eyes distinctly spined; face with the lateral margins 
obliquely directed outwardly to about middle and then more 
acutely directed obliquely inwardly to base of clypeus, which 
is as long as face; rostrum about reaching the posterior 
coxe; pronotum a little longer than vertex, its lateral 
margins subacutely produced; mesonotum longer than pro- 
notum, with a distinct central ridge not quite reaching either 
anterior margin or apex ; femora moderately flattened and 
dilated, anterior and intermediate tibiew outwardly laminately 
dilated, the former more strongly so, posterior tibiz with five 
spines; tegmina of moderate length, widened from base to 
apex, apical margin obliquely rounded, venation reticulate 
throughout; wings long, about as long as tegmina, but 
obliquely lobately posteriorly produced, apical margin 
rounded, posterior margin sinuate, 


204 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 


Purusha reversa. 
Eurybrachis reversa, Hope, Trans. Linn, Soc. xix. p, 154, t. xii, fig. 8 
(1845). 
Purusha reversa, Dist. Faun. B. I., Rhynch. iii. p. 236, fig. 102 (1906). 


Purusha paradoua. 
Messena (?) paradoxa, Gerst. Mitt. Ver. Vorpomm, xxvii. p. 33 (1896). 


Purusha rubromaculata, sp. n. 


Body ochraceous brown, abdomen much covered with 
white waxy secretion; legs piceous, posterior femora 
brownish ochraceous; apex of clypeus piceous ; tegmina dark 
castaneous, the apical margin broadly tinged with ochraceous, 
a white costal spot a little beyond middle of costal membrane, 
and three prominent testaceous-red spots in transverse series 
a little beyond middle; wings cretaceous white, the outer 
margin narrowly brownish ochraceous, and with a broad 
submarginal dark castaneous fascia, above this on apical half 
some small spots of the same colour; vertex of head with a 
faint central longitudinal ridge; pronotum with a cluster of 
small tubercles on each lateral area; face with an arcuated 
series of minute tubercles; eyes with a prominent lateral 
spine. 

Long., excl. tegm., 15 mm.; exp. tegm. 54 mm. 

Hab. Siam; Chantabun (Mouhot, Brit. Mus.). 


Genus Paroproxys. 
Paropioxys, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr, xxxy. p. 57 (1890). 


Type, P. opulentus, Karsch. 


Paropioxys negus, sp. n. 


Head and thorax above ochraceous, vertex with the 
anterior margin and two spots near base black; pronotum 
with a transverse series ot four black spots ; mesonotum 
with two small transverse linear spots on anterior margin, 
four discal subtransverse spots, and a spot near apex, black ; 
abdomen above pale sanguineous, slightly greyishly tomentose 
and tinged with ochraceous on basal half; face stramineous 
with the basal margin black; clypeus ochraceous, black at 
base and with a central longitudinal sanguineous line; 
anterior and intermediate legs pale ochraceous, coxze, tro- 
chanters, the whole of posterior legs, and abdomen beneath, 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 205 


sanguineous; tarsi black, the base of apical joint san- 
guineous ; tegmina tawny brown, more palely finely maculate 
and paler on costal and apical areas, four large spots on costal 
area, two on inner area, and a double series (some 15 in 
number) of apical spots black ; wings bronzy brown, fuscous 
on apical area, where there are nine or ten marginal black 
spots, and subviolaceous on posterior and anal margins; 
anterior tibiz dilated, much spotted with black, and with a 
sanguineous apical spot. 
Long., excl. tegm., 11 mm.; exp. tegm. 31 mm. 


flab, Abyssinia; Atbara (Brit. Mus.) 


Genus ASPIDONITYS. 
Aspidonitys, Karsch, Ent. Nachricht. xxi. pp. 210 & 215 (1895). 
Type, A. casta, Karsch. 


Aspidonitys admirabilis, sp. n. 

Head, pro- and mesonota, sternum, and legs castaneous ; 
abdomen brownish testaceous ; tegmina castaneous to beyond 
middle, with a whitish transverse fascia a little beyond base, 
apical area stramineous, greyishly tomentose, suffused with 
indigo-blue and with an outer transverse series of three spots 
of the same colour, beyond these spots the colour is bright 
stramineous and non-tomentose, the apical margin fuscous 
brown ; wings piceous ; vertex of head thickly longitudinally 
striate; pronotum transversely striate near anterior margin ; 
face very finely rugulose; clypeus smooth, with a distinct 
central carination ; posterior tibize with four spines. 

Long., excl. tegm., 13 mm.; exp. tegm. 32 mm. 


Hab. British East Africa (Coll. Dist.). 


Genus MEroponirys. 
Metoponitys, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xxxy. p. 59 (1890). 


Type, J. Morgeni, Karsch. 


Metoponitys pennatus, sp. n. 


Body above brownish ochraceous ; body beneath and legs 
pale castaneous; tegmina brownish ochraceous, costal area 
beyond middle castaneous and containing four or five oblique 
piceous spots, the apex piceous and containing three small 
ochraceous spots on apical margin, disk with scattered 
obscure piceous spots; wings dark fuliginous with two paler 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 15 


206 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 


longitudinal streaks; tegmina with their apices narrowed 
but broadly truncate; pronotum with a distinct foveate spot 
on each side of the central carination ; mesonotum distinctly 
tricarinate, a foveate spot inside each lateral carination ; 
posterior tibize with three spines; face with an arcuated 
macular line near each lateral margin; clypeus obliquely 
transversely darkly striate on each lateral area. 

Long., excl. tegm., 6 mm.; exp. tegm. 18 mm. 

Flab. Sierra Leone ; Sherboro Island (Sa/mon, Brit. Mus.). 

The specific characteristic of this species is the broad 
truncate apices to the tegmina. 


Genus PLATYBRACHYS. 
Platybrachys, Stil, Eugenies Resa, p. 280 (1860). 


Type, P. decemmacula, Walk. (Eurybrachys). 


Platybrachys barbata. 


Cicada barbata, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 684. 11 (1775). 
Eurybrachys rubiginea, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 386 (1851). 


Genus OLONIA. 
Olonia, Stal, Ofy. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1862, p. 488. 
Type, O. rubteunda, Walk. (Euryhrachys). 


Olonia marginata, sp. n. 


Head, pronotum, mesonotum, face, rostrum, and legs black ; 
abdomen and sternum sanguineous; lateral areas of sternum 
and lateral and apical segmental margins of abdomen beneath 
black; apical area of abdomen cretaceously tomentose ; 
tezgmina castaneous, with scattered small paler spots, the 
costal and apical margins broadly and the claval margin 
narrowly black; wings piceous, the venation black; head 
(including eyes) reaching the anterior lateral angles of the 
pronotum ; face broad, finely granulose, its lateral angle 
broadly obtusely prominent ; clypeus smooth, not carinate ; 
vertex of head almost as long as pronotum; mesonotum 
distinctly tricarinate. 

Long., excl. tegm., 6 mm.; exp. tegm. 18 mm. 


Hab. Queensland (Ff. P. Dodd, Brit. Mus.). 


YARRANA, gen. nov. 


Head (including eyes) as wide as pronotum; vertex trans- 
verse, slightly excavate, the margins distinctly ridged, eyes 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 207 


unarmed ; antenne cylindrical, extending beyond the eyes ; 
face with its base slightly sinuate, lateral margins outwardly 
oblique to beyond eyes and then inwardly oblique to base of 
clypeus, where it is angularly sinuate, with a curved carinate 
line between the region of the eyes; pronotum and meso- 
notum combined very slightly shorter than broad ; pronotum 
shorter than mesonotum, the latter tricarinate; posterior 
tibiz with three spines ; tegmina three times longer than 
broad, with the costal margin sometimes strongly sinnate 
before apex, and with the apical margin either obliquely 
rounded or strongly sinuate ; wings about as broad but much 
shorter than tegmina. 

Allied to Olonia, Stal, but differing principally by the 
antenna projecting beyond the eyes. 

Type, Y. sinuata, Dist. 


Yarrana sinuata, sp. n. 


Head, pro- and mesonota, face, clypeus, sternum, and legs 
fuscous brown with paler macular mottlings; abdomen 
sanguineous, its apex with a white waxy secretion ; bases of 
posterior tibiz ochraceous; tegmina with the basal half 
greenish ochraceous, at extreme base there are two large 
costal spots, a central spot, and the claval area black, 
apical half fuscous, with a large triangular costal spot near 
apex and a large subapical “marginal spot pale hyaline, 
extreme apical margin piceous ; wings piceous ; tegmina with 
the costal margin strongly sinuate before apex, the apical 
margin very strongly concavely sinuate; face coarsely 
reticulately granulose and slightly ereyishly pubescent; pro- 
notum with some scattered granules, its posterior margin 
sinuate; mesonotum with the eerical carination almost 
obsolete, the space between the carinations piceous. 

Long., excl. tegm., 55 mm.; exp. tegm. 185 mm. 

Hab. Queensland (Ff. P. Dodd, Brit. Mus.) ; Karanda, 
Cairns (W. S. Day, Brit. Mus.). 


Yarrana continuata, Sp. n. 


Head, pronotum, mesonotum, face, clypeus, sternum, and 
legs piceous ; basal margin and two discal linear spots to 
vertex, anterior margin to pronotum, and posterior margin to 
mesonotum brownish ochraceous ; abdomen sanguineous, its 
apex with a white waxy secretion ; tegmina pale brownish 
with small fuscous spots, base of Eaial margin, base of claval 
margin, a broken fascia before apex, and the apical margin 


piceous, a pale stramineous transverse fascia a little beyond 
15% 


208 Mr. R. I. Pocock on a 


base, a large costal spot near apex, and a transverse apical 
fascia pale hyaline ; wings piceous, with two slender oblique 
paler lines; tegmina with the costal margin not or very 
obscurely sinuate, the apical margin obliquely rounded ; face 
coarsely reticulately granulose; mesonotum distinctly tri- 
carinate. 

Var. Tegmina without the basal transverse pale fascia. 

Long., excl. tegm., 5 to 54 mm. ; exp. tegm. 17 mm. 


Hab. Queensland (F. P. Dodd, Brit. Mus.). 


XX X.— Description of anew Species of Mangabey (Cercocebus 
Hamlyni). By R. I. Pocock, F.L.S., F.Z.8.,- Super- 


intendent of the Zoological Society’s Gardens. 


[Plate VII.] 


Cercocebus Hamlyni, sp. n. (PI. VIL.) 


Face pale flesh-coloured, with darker and lighter, larger 
and smaller spots of brown pigment, most plentiful round 
and below the eyes and on the bare part of the cheek, but 
absent on the upper and lower lips and on the nose. Upper 
lids whiter than surrounding skin, with white eyelashes. 
Iris of eyes olive-brown ; ball of the eye, where visible, white, 
with brown pigment-spots. Brow-ridge white, with a few 
pigment-spots. ars flesh-coloured, with a few pigment- 
spots. Summit of head thickly hairy, the hairs longest along 
the middle and forming posteriorly a parieto-occipital crest, 
for the most part blackish to the roots, with greyish tips. In 
front and at the sides this black crown is sharply detined by 
the greyish-white hair forming a narrow brow-band and by 
the hair of the same colour clothing the cheeks and the area 
behind the ear. The hairs on the cheek forming a long 
backwardly directed tuft concealing and projecting beyond 
the lower half of the ear. <A similar white tuft formed by 
the hairs behind the ear. Extending backwards from the 
head over the nape of the neck and between the shoulders 
there is a broad pale brown band, which becomes broader and 
at the same time fainter, less well defined, and more diffused 
over the thoracic area of the back, and finally dies away on 
the lumbar region, leaving the sacral region and the sides of 
the body greyish white. ‘Throat, fore part of chest, and belly 
whitish ; a large ashy grey patch on the area of the chest 


new Species of Mangabey. 209 


behind the mamma. ‘Tail entirely greyish white. Outside 
of upper arm greyish white tinted with brown, of forearm 
blackish iron-grey between the elbow and wrist ; inner side of 
forearm infuscate. Hands yellowish grey above, the palms 
and nails pinky flesh-coloured. Outer and inner side of legs 
and upper side of feet greyish white. Soles of feet and nails 
pinky flesh-coloured, Coat thick, almost woolly, the long 
hairs glistening. 

Head and body about 16 English inches (=400 mm.) ; 
tail about 20 inches (=500 mm. yin 

Locality. Upper Congo, exact area unknown. 

The above-given diagnosis is taken from a living female 
specimen, still with milk- dentition, brought to London with 
an example of Wolf’s guenon (Cercopithecus Wolft) and of 
Brazza’s guenon (C. neglectus). 1 am indebted to Mr. J. D. 
Hamlyn, the well-known importer of wild animals, for the 
Opportunity to describe it, and [ have great pleasure in 
associating the new species of which it is the type with his 
name. 

With its pointed head-crest and long whiskers this species 
falls into the category typified by Cercocebus albigena, Gray, 
subsp. Rothschila:, Lydd., and C. congicus, Sclater. From 
the former it may be distinguished by its yellowish or 
greyish-white coloration. To the latter it has many points of 
resemblance, notably the pink fleshy hue of the face, hands, 
and feet, the white throat, cheeks, and tail. But whereas in 
C. congicus the arms, the legs down to the knees, and the 
entire body with exception of the chest are black, in 
C. Hamlyni the hind-quarters are entirely whitish grey, the 
arms are merely ashy grey (especially between the elbow and 
wrist), and the entire body is whitish grey except for the 
ashy tint of the back and chest. 

It is regrettable that only one specimen of each of these 
two species, namely C. congicus aud C. Hamlyni, has been 
seen, and also that no exact locality is known for either. 
That the difference between the two specimens is not sexual 
is proved by the feminine gender of both; that it is not 
assignable to age is rendered probable by the approximate 
similarity in coloration between young and adult examples of 
other species of Cercocebus, namely of C. fuliginosus, lunu- 
latus, wthiopicus, chrysogaster, Hagenbecki, and albigena. 

It must be freely conceded that the pinkiness of the face, 
of the soles of the feet, palms of the hands, and especially, 
perhaps, of the nails, suggests partial Fneece variation both 
In congicus and Hamlyni. If this were so, the two might be 
dismissed as piebald sports of the form of C. albigena described 


210 On a new Species of Mangabey. 


as Rothschild’, which these resemble in length of whisker, 
absence of frontal fringe, and, at least in the case of Hamlyni, 
in the shape of the crest on the crown of the head. I do not, 
however, think that such a conclusion is warranted by the 
evidence; for, in the first place, the normal colour of the 
eyes and the bilateral symmetry of the pattern formed by the 
white patches in congicus and the black patches in Hamlyn 
are not suggestive of albinism. Moreover, the absence of 
black pigment under the skin of the face, hands, and feet in 
some races of man and of chimpanzee and in some species 
of macaques is opposed to the view that this defect is 
necessarily or even probably indicative of albinos in the 
higher Primates. Finally, although black is the prevalent 
colour of the face in the genus Cercocebus, the face of 
C. fuliginosus is often to a great extent flesh-coloured. As 
for the yellowish-grey hue of the hairs in C. Hamlyni, this 
colour occurs too commonly in quadrumanous Primates, e. g. 
in some species of langurs (Semnopithecus), the young of 
some species of Colobus, and in some gibbons (Hylobates), to 
be regarded as of pathological import. 

Another possible explanation of the coloration of these two 
mangabeys is that C. albigena Rothschild:, or an allied form, 
is an extremely variable animal, and that the types of 
C. congicus and C. Hamlyni merely represent two of its 
phases. The ascertained constancy in the coloration of other 
species of this genus is, however, entirely opposed to such an 
hypothesis. 

For the above-given reasons I think it desirable to describe 
the monkey in question as the type of a new species. If the 
opinion that its peculiarities are of specific value prove well 
founded, its departure from the ordinary dusky style of 
coloration prevalent in the genus is probably connected with 
a difference of habitat demanding different procryptic attri- 
butes. In looking for an explanation of this, one is reminded 
of Dr. Gregory’s assertion that the white-mantled guerezas 
(Colobus) of East Africa are concealed when sitting in the 
trees by the harmonizing of their white plumes with masses 
of white epiphytic lichens which clothe the branches. It is 
possible that this new mangabey finds concealment in the 
same way. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII. 


Cercocebus Hamlyni, sp. n. (Drawn from a photograph of the 
living animal.) 


On a new Species of Coral-infesting Crab. 211 


XXXT.—On a new Species of Coral-infesting Crab taken by 
the RILM.S. ‘ Investigator’ at the Andaman Islands. By 
J. R. Henperson, M.B., F.L.S., Professor of Biology, 
Madras Christian College. 


(Plate VIL] 


Tue species described below is an interesting addition to 
a small family of crabs which take up their abode on 
living corals, thereby causing abnormal growth in the latter, 
with the production of a partially closed chamber or cavity 
in which the crab is finally imprisoned. For its discovery 
we are indebted to Major A. R. Anderson, I.M.S., formerly 
Surgeon-Naturalist of H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer 
‘ Investigator,’ who as far back as 1899 forwarded specimens 
to the present writer. 

The new species exhibits very striking sexual dimorphism ; 
the dwarfed male, which is less than one fourth the size of 
the female, reaching a total length of 1:25 mm., a length 
which probably constitutes a record for diminutive size 
among adult Decapod Crustacea. Another unique peculiarity 
of the male is his habit of attaching himself to the ventral 
surface of the female, thus suggesting a comparison with the 
condition existing in so many of the parasitic Crustacea 
belonging to lower groups, though the more or less tempo- 
rary nature of this attachment has not led to any degeneration 
in the case of the male crab. In some at any rate of the 
parasitic Crustacea, e. g. Bopyrus, the great reduction of the 
male has perhaps arisen as a result of the female taking up 
her abode in a confined space, and here, as in so many other 
animal groups, similar habits have produced similar structural 
peculiarities in genera not connected by near relationship. 

There can be little doubt tliat the coral-infesting crabs are 
more common than the published records of their occurrence 
would lead one to suppose, aud both their small size and 
peculiar habitat have led to their being overlooked by 
collectors. ‘They have hitherto only been recorded from the 
Hawaiian Is. (Stimpson, Verrill), Red Sea (Hel/er), Réunion 
(A. Milne-Edwards), Piiilippine |s., and an undescribed form 
from the West Indies (Semper), and Torres Straits (Calman). 
On the other hand, deformities on coral attributed to these 
crabs, which were first aptly compared to plant-galls by 
Ehrenberg *, have been described by numerous writers from 


* Ehrenberg, in his work on the Corals of the Red Sea, refers to a 
small “ Pagurus” which forms “galls” on Seriatopora. The only 


212 Prof. J. R. Henderson on a 


widely separated localities in the Indo-Pacific region. The 
previously known species are two in number, viz. Hapalo- 
carcinus marsupialis, Stimpson, and Cryptochirus coralliodytes, 
Heller; and Semper, who has studied both alive, has 
given, in ‘The Natural Conditions of Existence as they 
affect Animal Life’? (1881), an account of the malformations 
which they produce on living coral. 

Hapalocarcinus was originally described, somewhat im- 
perfectly, by Stimpson (Proce. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. vi. 
1856-59) from specimens ‘‘ found clinging to the branches 
of living Madrepores, at the depth of one fathom in the 
harbour of Hilo, Hawaii, March 1856.” It is roughly 
figured by Semper, who describes the ‘ galls” which it 
produces on branching corals belonging to the genera 
Sideropora, Seriatopora, and Pocillopora. An upward 
growth of coral is formed on either side of the crab, and in 
time the latter becomes surrounded and enclosed so that it 
cannot escape. ‘Two fissures or slits at opposite ends of the 
“‘gall”’ serve for the entrance and exit of water, and remain 
open so long as the crab is alive. More recently Hapalo- 
carcinus has been fully described and figured by Calman 
(Trans. Linn. Soc., ser. 2, Zool. vol. viii. 1900), who gives a 
valuable résumé of previous work on the coral-crabs. 

Cryptochirus was first described by Heller from the Red 
Sea (‘‘ Beitr. z. Crust. Fauna d. roth. Meeres,” SB. Akad. 
Wien, xlin. (1) 1861), where it was found inhabiting holes in 
coral. According to Semper it lives only in massive corals, 
such as Goniastrea, Astrea, and Trachyphyllia, on which it 
does not form “ galls,” but lives simply in funnel-shaped 
cavities or cylindrical pits due to arrested upward growth in 
the coral. With regard to the habits of the crab, Semper 
makes the interesting statement that the cavities or pits 
“are never closed during the lifetime of the crab, so that it 
certainly would be able to quit its position. Nevertheless it 
as certainly does not do so; but the species I have observed 
living thrust the fore part of their bodies very far out of their 
peculiar cave-dwellings, so that only their pouches, 7. e. the 
hind part of the body, remained within.” The species 
described by A. Milne-Edwards under the name of Litho- 
scaptus paradoxus (in Maillard’s ‘Notes sur l’Isle de la 
Réunion,’ 2° éd. 1863, 11. Annexe F, p. 10) is apparently, as 
has been pointed out by both Paulson and Calman, identical 


Pagurid which, so far as I know, inhabits coral is Troglopagurus manaar- 
ensis of the i writer (Trans. Linn. Soc., ser. 2, Zoul. vol. y. pt. 10, 
1893) ; but am unable to state if it causes abnormal growth. 


new Species of Coral-infesting Crab. 213 


with or closely allied to Cryptochirus coralliodytes. Calman 
has shown that Hapalocarcinus and Cryptochirus must be 
placed in the same family, and for this has proposed the 
name Hapalocarcinide, in place of A. Milne-Edwards’s term 
“ Lithoscaptes,” as the latter is based on a synonym of 
Cryptochirus, the later described of the two genera. 

The females of Hapalocarcinus and Cryptochirus agree in 
their elongated form, and in the possession of a more or less 
extended semi-membranous abdomen, which forms a brood- 
pouch for the eggs; in the former genus the abdomen is 
loosely bent under the cephalothorax, while in the latter, 
owing to its greater extension, the eggs are freely exposed 
below. In both genera there are striking peculiarities in the 
external (third) maxillipedes, which are widely separate, and 
thus leave a considerable portion of the enlarged buccal 
cavity exposed. The ischial joint is wide and has a large 
rounded internal lobe, while the merus is greatly reduced 
and resembles the three terminal joints; the exopod is 
reduced to arudiment. In spite of superficial resemblances 
to certain of the Anomura, the position of the female sexual 
openings on the sternum shows that the family must be 
relegated to the Brachyura. The general elongation of the 
body is evidently an adaptation to the narrow space in which 
the crab is confined, and the greater exposure of the eggs 
than is usual in the Brachyura, is perhaps due to the increased 
difficulties which would be experienced in their aeration, and 
diminished need for protection in such an unusual dw elling- 
place. The general softness of the integument, more particu- 
larly of the abdomen, in both geuera, is a feature which thi y 
share with many of the burrowing or specially protected 
forms. 

While the male of Hapalocarcinusis still unknown, that of 
Cryptochirus is noteworthy for the great reduction in size 
which it has undergone, and this is particularly the case in 
the new species about to be described, a reduction which is 
probably an adaptation to the peculiar habitat. With the 
female ensconced in a tunnel-like cavity closed at one end, 
from which she is unable to escape, reduction in the size of 
the male would obviously be of great advantage to the 
species ; but so little is ‘known as to the relation of the 
female crab to the dwelling, that her inability to exhibit free 
movement in the tunnel can only be conjectured. Further 
observation is necessary to determine whether or not each 
female is generall; accompanied by a male, but it seems 
highly probable that the male, on account of his.small size, 
is able to pass freely from one tunnel to another. While 


214 Prof. J. R. Henderson on a 


the two sexes have thus simultaneously undergone modifica- 
tion in different directions, the general appearance of the 
male suggests that he is less molified than the female, and 
consequently any attempt to determine the relationships of 
the anomalous family Hapalocarcinide will probably have to 
be based largely on the characters of the male. 

In more than one account these crabs have somewhat 
loosely been referred to as parasites on the living corals, 
whereas there is no reason to suppose that the condition is 
one other than that of commensalism. There is nothing to 
indicate that they obtain any part of their nutriment at the 
expense of the coral colony, though doubtless the crab 
deprives the polyps of many food-particles which would 
otherwise have fallen to their portion. Stimpson’s sugges- 
tion that Hapalocarcinus feeds upon the coral polyps is 
negatived by the observation of Semper that colourless 
polyps exist on the inner surface of the “ gall.” 


Family Hapalocarcinide. 


Cryptochirus dimorphus, sp.n. (Pl. VIIL.) 


Characters of the female.—The carapace is elongated and 
practically four-sided, with the length less than twice the 
breadth ; the peace is everywhere roughened by short 
acute spinules with rather broad bases, “which are more 
crowded together posteriorly, but somewhat reduced in size 
near the hind margin ; in some cases on the posterior fourth 
or so of the carapace the spinules are represented by small 
crowded granules. The regions of the carapace are not de- 
fined, and the surface is practically level, with the exception 
that the gastric region 1s sometimes slightly circumscribed, 
and a slight hollow on either side, in which the spinules are 
comiparatively few, separates it from the hepatic regions. 
The carapace is slightly convex from side to side and 
distinctly convex from end to end ; when the crab is viewed 
from the lateral aspect, the greatest height is seen about the 
middle of the branchial regions or a little behind the middle 
of the carapace. The anterior or frontal margin has four 
subequal, equidistant, rounded, spinule- capped lobes ;_ the 
two submedian or, properly speaking, frontal lobes project 
forwards to a slightly greater extent than the other pair 
situated at the autero-lateral angles of the carapace. The 
amount of projection of the four lobes, or, to state the same 
fact in another way, the extent of the three intervening 
indentations, varies in different individuals; in most cases 


new Species of Coral-infesting Crab. 215 


the indentations which lodge the eyes extend further into 
the carapace than the median indentation. All four lobes, 
but especially the frontal ones, carry moderately large 
spinules on their upper surface The gap between the frontal 
and antero-lateral lobe on either side is occupied by the eye, 
which carries several spinules on the inner surface of the 
stalk, near the corneal margin. Immediately in front of the 
frontal lobes are seen the prominent and spinulose basal 
joints of the anteunules, with their folded terminal joints 
nearer the middle line. In the comparatively narrow interval, 
seen from above, between the basal antennular joint and the 
eye on cach side is found the small antenna with its rudi- 
meutary flagellum. The lateral margins of the carapace, 
which form a continuous line on either side, are subparallel 
for the first third or so of their length, but have an outward 
convexity in the branchial regions ; the posterior margin is 
about the same width as the frontal margin, and has a slight 
forward curve. The lateral margins of the carapace are 
everywhere spinulose, but spinules are scarcely represented 
on the posterior margin. The pterygostomial regions are 
without spinules and terminate below each eye-stalk in a 
pointed angle. 

Viewed from below the large basal antennular joints lie 
parallel to one another, separated by an interval in which 
the two terminal joints of each antennule are perpendicularly 
folded ; spinules are present on the basal joints and reach a 
comparatively large size towards their apices. The antenna 
eccupies a narrow interval between the basal antennular 
joint and the eye on each side; the peduncle is composed 
of three free joints, of which the first, articulated to tlie 
edge of the epistome, is longer and stouter than the other 
two, aud carries two or three small spinules at its lower 
distal end; the flagellum is represented only by the 
merest rudiment and terminates in a few minute sete. 
The eyes are placed immediately external to and practically 
parallel to the antenne ; the inner surfaces of the stalks are 
spinulose, and the spinules extend as far as the corneal 
margin. The edge of the pterygostomial region, contiguous 
to the insertion of the eye-stalk, shows a distinct indentation, 
but otherwise the orbit is deficient below. ‘The epistome is 
somewhat hollowed out, owing to the projection of the 
pterygostomial angle on each side; the renal tubercle is 
distinctly visible below the first free ‘joint (second true joint) 
of the antennal peduncle. 

When the eyes, antenne, and anteunules are completely 
removed, a comparatively deep and continuous cavity 


216 Prof. J. R. Henderson on a 


extends from side to side, the median portion of which 
lodges the antennules, which are incompletely separated by 
a projecting median spine springing from the epistome, 
while the outer portions represent the orbits. The orbit, 
as now seen, is a cavity with somewhat rounded outline, 
continuous internally with the space or fossette in which 
the antennule is lodged; the upper orbital margin is the 
rounded indentation between the submedian and outer 
lobe on the frontal margin of the carapace; the posterior 
and lower margin is formed by the notch in the pterygo- 
stomial edge already referred to, and terminates in the 
pointed pterygostomial angle or spine which lies immediately 
external to the basal antennal joint. The eyes, as already 
indicated, are not completely retractile into these orbits, for 
when viewed from below a large portion of their stalks is 
always visible. The antennular fossettes are continuous, 
and a separation is only faintly indicated by the median 
epistomial spine. 

The epistome, which is not sharply demarcated from the 
palate, appears somewhat deeply excavated, owing to the 
prominence of the pterygostomial angles. The external or 
third maxillipedes are separated by a considerable median 
space, in the upper part of which the mandibles are partly 
exposed ; the ischium is broad and suboperculiform, pro- 
duced internally into a rounded lobe which extends well 
beyond the insertion of the merus; the merus is greatly 
reduced in size, being even slightly shorter though a little 
broader than the carpus, and it springs from a notch at the 
antero-external angle of the ischium. The exopod of the 
external maxillipedes is not visible in its usual position at 
the outer side of the appendage, and in more than one 
specimen no trace of it could be found ; in one preparation, 
however, a minute filament was found concealed behind the 
coxal joint, which probably represents the missing exopod. 
The first and second pairs of maxillipedes are normal, with 
well-developed exopods. 

The chelipedes and ambulatory legs are of moderate length, 
with a few spinules on the upper surface of the meral and 
carpal joints. The chelipedes are slightly longer than the 
first pair of ambulatory legs, as a result of the lengthening 
out of the four terminal joints ; the propodus is more slender 
than the carpus, and its palmar portion is about one fourth 
longer than the dactylus; the fingers are slender, acutely 
pointed, and distinctly incurved. The ambulatory legs are 
moderately stout, and there is no such special diminution in 
thickness of their propodi as is noticeable in the chelipedes. 
The legs gradually diminish in size on passing backwards, 


new Species of Coral-infesting Crab. 217 


but there is no special reduction in regard to one or other of 
the last two pairs; the dactyli are short, stout, and strongly 
curved, with a yellow horny apex to each. 

The sternal plastron is subpentagonal in outline, and is 
not specially excavated mesially ; the posterior margins of 
the sternal pieces opposite the penultimate pair of legs meet 
together in the middle line, and thus isolate the small 
tri iangular sternal pieces of the last pair of legs, as the latter 
sternites do not reach the middle line. The openings of the 
oviducts are seen towards the inner limits of the sternal 
pieces belonging to the third pair of legs. 

The abdomen is semi-extended and composed of seven 
distinct segments, including the telson, of which the first 
five are visible from above in the natur al condition ; in some 
cases the abdomen viewed from above is almost equal in 
length to the carapace. The first two segments are about 
equal in width to the posterior margin of ‘the carapace, but 
from the third onwards there is a g adual increase up to the 
fifth, which is broader than the broadest part of the carapace. 
All the segments are smooth and semimembranous ; their 
free edges form a thin continuous membrane which ee 
a deeply concave subabdominal cavity or brood-pouch, 1 
which the eggs are placed. The eggs are of large size for so 
smal] a species. 

The average total length of the body, including the semi- 
extended abdomen, is about 5°5 mm. 

Characters of the male.—The carapace is roughly four- 
sided, with the length about one and a half times the 
breadth ; it is regularly arched, or convex, from end to end, 
less so from side to side, and the downward slope of the 
convexity is most marked at the extreme anterior end. The 
surface is glabrous and without spinules, but roughened by 
very minute tubercles; the margins are entire, with the 
exception of a few minute spinules near each antero-lateral 
angle and on the edge of the frontal lobes. In some 
individuals, though not in all, the submedian frontal lobes 
project further forwards than the antero-lateral angles of 
the carapace, and are somewhat closer together than in the 
female, with the result that the orbital notches are relatively 
wider ; the frontal notch is shallow. The posterior margin 
of the carapace is straight in its median portion, while the 
lateral margins of the carapace have practically the same 
course asin the female. The lateral or protogastric portions 
of the gastric area are slightly elevated. The arrangement 
of the antennules, antennz, and eyes, as seen from above, 
is similar to that in the female, with the exception that the 
spinules are almost obsolete on the basal antennular joints 


218 Prof. J. R. Henderson on a 


and reduced on the eye-stalks; the eyes are relatively 
large. 

The chelipedes and ambulatory legs are relatively better 
developed than in the female, but the spinules on the meral 
and carpal joints are almost obsolete ; a few very minute 
spinules are visible on the upper surface of the palm. The 
propodus of the chelipedes is slightly wider than the carpus ; 
the fingers are incurved, with acute apices, and are about 
equal in length to the palmar portion of the propodus. The 
ambulatory dactyli are strongly incurved, doubtless for 
attachment to the female, and their horny apices are very 
slender and acute ; they are more thau half the length of the 
re'atively stout propodi. 

The arrangement of the antennules, antenne, eyes, and 
external maxillipedes, seen from below, is similar to that in 
the female. The basal antennular joint is somewhat laterally 
compressed, and, when viewed from the side, exhibits five or 
more terminal spinules. 

The sternal plastron is somewhat similar in outline to that 
of the female. The male sexual openings are seen on the 
small sternal pieces belonging to the last pair of legs, and 
these pieces, as in the case of the female, do not meet together 
in the middle line; no grooves are visible in the neighbour- 
hood of the openings. 

All seven abdominal segments (including the telson) are 
distinct, and they gradually diminish in width from the 
third backwards to the telson, so that the general outline of 
the abdomen is triangular. The first abdominal segment, 
which is distinctly narrower than the hind margin of the 
carapace, and a portion of the second segment, are alone 
visible from above. Both pairs of sexual appendages are 
well developed, and the first pair extend as far forwards as 
the sternal pieces of the first pair of ambulatory legs. 

The average total length is about 1°25 mm. 

The species described above differs in the following im- 
portant respects from C. coralliodytes, Heller. In Heller’s 
species, which is of much larger size, the female measuring 
about 17°5 mm. in total length, and the male about 6°5 mm., 
the entire body is narrower ; the regions of the carapace are 
more distinctly circumscribed, and the frontal lobes more 
prominent, with acuter apices. The chelipedes are more 
slender, and are shorter than the first pair of walking-legs ; 
the propodal joint of the chelipedes is very short, and, 
judging from Heller’s figure, is apparently not larger than 
the carpus ; the last pair of legs are longer than the penulti- 
mate pair. The male abdomen is narrow and linear, with 
the proximal segments not wider than the distal ones. The 


new Syectes of Coral-tnfesting Crab. 219 
] ) J 


ischial joint of the outer maxillipedes is narrower, and the 
merus, which is almost double the length of the carpus, is 
prolonged at its antero-external angle into an almost spinose 
point ; the exopod is a small leaf-like lobe distinctly seen in 
the usual position. In other respects the two species agree 
more or less closely. It may be that some of the above 
differences, more particularly those in the external maxilli- 
pedes, relative length of the different pairs of legs, and male 
abdomen, are of generic value, and that the new species 
may eventually require a new genus for its reception. At 
present, however, it seems safer to include it in Cryplochirus. 

Locality.—Living in cylindrical holes in growing  reef- 
coral, at a depth of 12 fathoms, on Invisible Bank, 40 miles 
off the east side of the southern extremity of the Andaman 
Islands. 

The following particulars were noted by Major Anderson 
at the time of capture. The crabs were found living in a 
large branching Madrepore, in cylindrical cavities, some- 
what wider at the closed end than at the mouth, which 
latter was too narrow to permit of the exit of the female. 
The holes were most numerous near the extremity of the 
coral branches, but also frequently occurred at the points 
where the branches bifurcated. ‘In the great majority of 
the cavities the two sexes were found together, the male 
generally sheltermg under the female, attached to her 
ventral surface, but in some cases free. Ina very few cavities 
careful searching revealed only the female, but as the crabs 
were obtained by fracturing the coral with a hammer, it 
was possible that some of the males disappeared during ‘the 
process. ‘The colour of the female during life is a dull 
yellow, while the male shows a mixture of dull brown and 
yellow. 

In conclusion I would thank my friend 1] Major Anderson 
for the opportunity thus afforded me of examining this 
interesting species. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII. 
Cryptochirus dimorphus, sp. n. 


Fig. 1. Dorsal view of female. x 9. 
Fig. 2. Ventral view of female showing male im situ. x 12. 
Fig. 3. Cephalic region of female from below. 
ig. 4. Lett external (third) maxillipede of female. 
Fig. 5, Left chelipede of female. 
Fig. 6. Second left leg (first ambulatory lee) of female, 
Fig. 7. Sternum of female. 
F%g. 8. Sternum of male. 
Fig. 9. Abdomen of male. 


220 Mr. O. Thomas on 


XXXII.— Three new Palearctic Mammals. 
By OLpFieLp THOMAS. 


Myotis Bechsteint favonicus, subsp. n. 


A smaller-eared Spanish representative of Mf, Bechsteint. 

Size decidedly less than in true Bechsteini, General 
colour darker, the tips of the hairs, both above and below, 
less conspicuously lighter than the dark bases. [Ears con- 
siderably shorter than in true Bechstein? ; laid forward they 
only surpass the muzzle by about 5 mm., as compared with 
9 or 10; their shape apparently quite similar. Tragus rather 
less attenuated above, and with practically no tendency to an 
outward curvature. Wings to the base of the toes. Calcar 
extending halfway towards the tip of the tail, its end marked 
by a projecting lobule. Terminal vertebra of tail projecting 
from membrane. Edge of membrane finely serrated, not 
fringed. 

Skull quite like that of true Bechstein, except that it is 
slightly smaller, and the bulle, in correlation with the smaller 
external ears, are less swollen. 

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-specimen) :— 

Forearm 41 mm. 

Head and body 55; tail 38; head 20; ear, from notch 22°5, 
from lobe at base of internal edge 19°8, breadth when flat- 
tened 13°5; tragus on inner edge 9; third finger, meta- 
carpus 39, first phalanx 13, second phalanx 11; lower leg 
and hind foot (ce. u.) 80; calear 18. 

Skull: greatest length 17:7. 

Hab, La Granja, on the northern side of the Sierra de 
Guadarrama, Central Spain. 

Type. Old male in alcohol. Collected by Sr. M. de la 
Escalera. 

This bat, while conspicuously different from true If. Bech- 
steint by its much smaller ears, is so evidently the Spanish 
representative of that species, that I prefer to give it a 
trinomial rather than a binomial designation. 

Hungarian examples of Myotis Bechsteini have been 
kindly ceded to the British Museum for the purpose of this 
comparison by Prof. L. von Méhely, our National Museum 
possessing hardly any good examples of this rare bat. 


Glis glis spoliatus, subsp. n. 
A small form of G. glis. 


(Feneral colour quite as in Central European examples of 


new Palearctic Mammals, 22] 


true glis, and similarly with a white line along the underside 
of the tail. Upper surface of hands white and of feet white 
with a dark metatarsal patch, but this is less strongly defined 
than in true glis. ‘Tail of about the same bushiness and 
colour as in gl’s, not as in étalicus. 

Skull very like that of gis, but smaller in all dimensions, 
lower in the brain-case, and with smaller bulla. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 145 mm.; tail 120; hind foot 27; ear 14, 

Skull: greatest length 35°5; basilar length 28; zygo- 
matic breadth 12; length of nasals 11°4; interorbital 
breadth 4°9; height from alveolus of m? to supraorbital 
edge 8:1; palatilar length 14°3; diastema 8:7; palatal 
foramina 4x2; length of bulla 8-2; length of upper tooth- 
series 6°2. 

Hab. Khotz, near Trebizond. Alt. 100 m. 

Type. Adult male. 3B.M. no. 6. 5. 1. 88. Original 
number 2437. Collected 24th Feb., 1906, by Alphonse 
Robert. 

This dormouse is readily distinguishable from true G. glis 
by its smaller size, falling almost as far short of that animal 
as the latter in turn is inferior to the large Italian species 
G. ttalicus, B.-Ham. 

Dr. Satunin’s G. g. casptus from Aschabad is based on a 
specimen fully as large as true G. gl’s, and, bearing in mind 
the difference between the faunas of Trebizond and Trans- 
caspia, the present form is not likely to be caspius. Dr. 
Satunin speaks of the white line under the tail as a differential 
character of caspius, as compared with Blasius’s description 
of glis; but Blasius was notoriously indifferent to colour 
details, and, as a matter of fact, every glis I have seen has a 
white line in this situation. Possibly the Transcaucasian 
specimens referred by Satunin to caspius may prove to be 
referable to G. g. spoliatus. 


Evotomys Nageri hallucalis, subsp. nu. 


Similar in general characters to typical Swiss E. Nageri, 
but tail longer, skull larger, and incisors narrower. 

Colour as in true Nagerz, the belly perhaps rather whiter 
than usual. Tail comparatively long, rather shorter-haired, 
sharply bicolor, brown above, dull white on sides and below. 

Skull decidedly longer than in the Swiss form, the brain- 
case long, smooth and rounded, though the anterior angles 
are well marked. Interorbital region broad, smooth, not 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 16 


292 Mr. O. Thomas on new 


markedly concave above. Nasals comparatively broad be- 
hind. Palatal foramina unusually short, falling nearly a 
millimetre short of the level of the front of m*; well open, 
not narrowed behind. 

Incisors slender, narrow, bevelled laterally. Molars as 
usual, the length of the tooth-row noticeably greater than in 
Swiss specimens. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :— 

Head and body 115 mm.; tail 66 ; hind foot 21; ear 13. 

Skull: greatest length 27; condylo-basilar length 24:3; 
zygomatic breadth 14'5; nasals, length 7°5, breadth behind 2:2; 
interorbital breadth 4; palatilar length 12; palatal foramina 
4-5; length of upper molar series (grinding-surface) 5:8. 

Hab. Aspromonte, Calabria, extreme South Italy. Type 
from 8. Euphemia. Altitude 1000 m. 

Type Male. B.M. no. 6. 8.4.9. Original number 2575. 
Collected 18th July, 1906, by A. Robert. 

When Mr. Miller wrote his revision* of the European 
forms of Evotomys no species of the genus was known from 
the south of Italy, and the capture of a specimen in the 
Aspromonte mountains by Mr. Robert is therefore of much 
interest. I am, however, informed by Dr. Forsyth Major 
that Dr. Cavanna obtained an example on Monte Pollino 
about 1880, so that this is not absolutely the first discovery 
of the genus in the “ great toe” of Italy. 

E. N. hallucalis may be readily distinguished from its 
Swiss relative by its large size, long tail, long skull, short 
palatal foramina, narrow incisors, and long molar series. 


XXXIIJ.— Two new Genera of small Mammals.discovered by 
Mrs. Holms-Tarn in British East Africa. By OLDFIELD 
‘THOMAS. 


THE British Museum owes to Mrs. Holms-Tarn a small 
collection of mammals obtained by her in British East Africa 
not far from Nyeri. Although only ten species were obtained 
altogether, it is remarkable that two of them are not only 
new, but represent new genera, thus showing how much 
more there is still to be done in this rich region in spite of all 
that Dr. and Mrs. Hinde have achieved in the same district. 

The other animals collected were Funisciurus Jacksoni, 
de Wint., Graphiurus murinus, Desm., Otomys irroratus 


* Proc, Wash, Ac. Sci. ii. p. 83 (1900). 


Mammals from British Hast Africa. 223 


tropicalis, Thos., Lophuromys aquilus, Vrue, Arvicanthis sp., 
Leggada minutoides, Sm., Mus Hindei, 'Thos., and Den- 
dromus insignis, Thos. ‘The two last-named are rare species, 
and these additional examples are most welcome. 

The prize of the collection is the remarkable little mole- 
like shrew trapped on the Aberdare Mountains at 9500!, to 
which I propose to apply the following name :— 


SuRDISOREX, gen. nov. (Soricide). 


Most nearly allied to Myosorea, but with no external ear- 
conches, with the fore claws enormously enlarged, with only 
three upper unicuspids, the minute penultimate premolar 
absent, and with the minute lower supplementary tooth more 
normal in shape and position. 

Type S. Nore. 

This genus is clearly related to Myosorex, but is more 
fossorial in character, as evidenced by the aborted ear-conches, 
long fore claws, and short tail, all of which tend t> make it 
look more like a mole than a shrew. ‘The comparatively 
normal position of the extra lower unicuspid shows an even 
more primitive condition than in Myosorex, which is the only 
other genus of Soricide that has retained this tooth. 


Surdisorex Nore, sp. 0. 


Size rather larger than in any known species of Myosorex. 
Fur close and mole-like, rather coarser than in average 
Myosorex; hairs of back about 6 mm. in length. General 
colour above dark bistre with a greenish iridescence ; indi- 
vidual hairs slaty grey for five-sixths their length, their ends 
pale brown with darker tips. Under surface similar but 
rather paler, without line of demarcation. Har-conches 
absent. Upper sides of hands and feet dark brown ; fore claws 
very long and powerful, those of the second, third, and fourth 
digits subequal, about 5°5 mm. in length (measured from the 
base above) ; pollex with a pointed claw over 2 mm. long ; 
median hind claws about 2°5-2°8 mm. in length. Tail very 
short, not twice the length of the hind foot, closely hairy, 
without longer bristles, dark brown above and below, 

Skull longer than in any known species of Myosorez, but 
more slender, the palatal area actually narrower than in the 
smaller M. Sclater? ta/pinus, though decidedly longer. ‘Teeth 
much as in Myosorea, but the second upper unicuspid is pro- 
portionally larger, about one third the size of the first in cross 
section, and the third is more elongated and nearly touches the 
large pm*, leaving no space for a fourth unicuspid. Below 

16 


994 Mr. O. Thomas on new 


there is a marked difference in the shape and position of the 
minute extra tooth characteristic of Myosorex. In the latter 
it is nearly in the centre line of the tooth-row, jammed closely 
between the two usual unicuspid teeth, its transverse several 
times greater than its longitudinal diameter, and looking more 
like a piece of the cingulum of the first unicuspid than a 
separate tooth. Onthe other hand in Surdisorex the tooth is 
nearly circular in section, and is placed in a more normal 
position in the inner angle between the two larger teetl—in 
fact, almost exactly as in the bat 7rachops. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 108 mm.; tail 25; hind foot 14. 

Skull: greatest length, including incisors, 26°5; basal 
length 23; greatest breadth 12°8; front of @’ to back of am 
11:2; breadth of palate between outer corners of m*7 ; length 
of lower tooth-row 10. 

Hab. East side of the Aberdare range, near Nyeri, British 
East Africa. Alt. 9500’. 

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 6. 7. 8.1. Original 
number 7. Collected 5th November, 1905, by Mrs. Holms- 
Tarn. One specimen, 

This mole-like shrew is a most interesting little animal, 
and Mrs. Holms-Tarn is to be congratulated on its dis- 
covery. She states that it appeared to be rare, as she only 


saw this one example, although trapping in the locality for 
some little time. 


My.omys, gen. nov. (Muride). 


General external characters and skull not markedly different 
from those of Pelomys. Fore limbs slender, the forearms 
long and thin ; fifth finger rudimentary, with a short nail 
instead of a claw, like the pollex. Hind feet long, the fifth 
toe shortened, little longer than the hallux. 

Upper incisors each with a single clearly defined groove ; 
the grooves more external than in Pelomys, the outer portion 
of the tooth only about one half the breadth of the inner. 
The outer part is also at a lower level, the groove and inner 
part clearly visible in a lateral view. 

Molars large, the space between the two upper first molars 
less than their breadth. ‘Their structure peculiar, somewhat 
asin Ginomys, though more modified. In each lamina of the 
upper series the centre cusp is raised in the middle to a point 
and curved backwards, its grinding-surface pointing back- 
wards and deeply concave, its enamel walls sharp and angular ; 
inner cusp in each case about two thirds the size of the central 


Mammals from British East Africa, 225 


one. J/? with a large antero-internal and a minute. antero- 
external secondary cusp; inner cusp of main lamina (and 
also the corresponding cusp of 2") large, projected backwards 
to the level of the posterior lamina, which has no postero- 
internal cusp. A/° with its antero-external cusp almost 
obsolete ; its main cusp longer antero-posteriorly than broad, 
sharply separated from its “large inner cusp, with which it 
does not fuse. 

Lower molars with their deeply concave grinding-surfaces 
facing forwards, their beak-like hinder edges highly raised. 
M, with its two anterior cusps unusually small in proportion 
to the others, perhaps in cross section one third the area of 
the cusps next succeeding them. No external cingular cusps 
present. 

type Mylomys Cuninghamet. 

The highly modified teeth of this rat compel me to dis- 
tinguish it from Pelomys, which it resembles in its general 
appearance and in the grooving of its upper incisors. The 
molars of Pelomys are much more rounded in all respects, with 
low central cusps and without angular projections connecting 
the lamine. In some respects the molars of the Abyssinian 
rats which in 1902 * I assigned with doubt to Pe/omys— 
“ P.” dembeensis and Llarringtoni—are intermediate between 
those of Mylomys and Pelomys; but I am now convinced 
that these animals should not be included in Pelomys, and 
think they may be provisionally looked upon as aberrant 
members of Gnomys, the so-called grooving of their upper 
incisors being hardly worthy of the name, and their molars 
being very similarly formed to those of that group. 

In any case the striking rat discovered by Mrs. Holms- 
Tarn cannot be assigned to any known genus, and needs a 
special one to be formed for its reception. 


Mylomys Cuninghamet, sp. n. 


General appearance very much as in Pelomys fallaw. Fur 
coarse and harsh; hairs of back about 15 mm. in length. 
Colour above coarsely grizzled brown or dull buffy, becoming 
rather more rufous onthe rump. Under surface dull whitish, 
the bases of the hairs slaty. ars broad, rounded, uniformly 
brown. Arms grizzled brown and buffy ; hands dark buffy. 
Legs and feet reddish buffy, the skin of the feet brownish. 
Tail well haired throughout, the hairs almost hiding the scales, 
which are large, about ten to the centimetre ; Peau colour it is 


markedly bicolor, blackish brown above, dull buffy below. 
Pade er Lous, Me polo. 


226 Prof. J. E. Duerden on the 


Skull strongly built, arched above, the zy gomata not widely 
spread, tapering forwards. Supraorbital edges finely beaded. 
Palatal foramina extending to the level of the front lamina of 
m. Parapterygoid fosse deep, ending some way behind the 
front of the mesopterygoid, whose ledge is level with the 
middle of m*. Bulle fairly large. Teeth as described 
above. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in tlie flesh) :— 

Head and body 155 mm. ; tail 102; hind foot 33°5; ear 17. 

Skull: greatest length 34°5 ; basilar length 28; greatest 
breadth 17; nasals 13x4°5; interorbital breadth 46; 
palatilar length 16; diastema 9; palatal foramina 8 x 2°4; 
length of upper molar series 7°7 ; breadth across outside m!' 
6°8, breadth of m* 2°3. 

Hab. British East Africa, east of the Aberdare Mts. 
Alt. 4480’. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 6.7.8.9. Original number 2. 
Collected September 1905. One specimen. 

I have named this interesting rat after Mr. R. J. 
Cuninghame, to whose tuition Mrs. Holms-Tarn owes her 
skill in the capture and preservation of small mammals, 
and to whom the Museum is indebted for many valuable 
specimens. 


XXXIV.—The Morphology of the Madreporaria.—VIIL. 
The Primary Septa of the Rugosa*, By J. E. DUERDEN, 
Ph.D., A.R.C.S8.(Lond.), Professor of Zoology, Rhodes 
University College, Grahamstown, Cape Colony. 


In the first paper of this series, published in 1902, entitled 
“The Relationships of the Rugosa (Tetracoralla) to the Living 
Zoanthex,”’ I confirmed Count de Pourtalés’s observation that 
the rugose coral Lophophyllum proliferum, E. & H., has six 
primary septa (protosepta), all equal in size and situated at 


* The first two parts of this series of papers appeared in the ‘ Johns 
Hopkins University Circulars,’ vol. xxi. nos. 155 & 157, and were re- 
printed in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vols. ix. & x., May and 
August 1902; the third and fourth parts appeared in the Ann. & Mag. 
Nat. Hist. vol. x., November 1902, and vol. x1., February 1903; the fifth 
and sixth parts in the ‘Biological Bulletin,’ vol. vii., July 1904, and 
vol. ix., June 1905; the seventh part in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
vol. xvii., May 1906. The work is being carried out with the assistance 
of an appropriation from the Carnegie Institution, Washington. I am 
under great obligations to Prof. Sydney J. Hickson, F.R.S., for seeing the 
paper through the press in England. 


Morphology of the Madreporaria. 997 


equal distances apart. Also, by means of a series of micro- 
scopic sections, I established that the subsequent principal 
septa (metasepta) are added ina bilateral manner within four 
of the six primary interseptal chambers, the two middle and 
the two ventro-lateral chambers ; further, that the additions 
are made at only one region within each chamber, immediately 
dorsal to the alar or ventro-lateral septum in the case of the 
middle chambers, and immediately next to the cardinal or 
ventral directive septum in the ventro-lateral chambers. I 
then proceeded to show that of all modern Anthozoa the 
Rugosa find their nearest representatives in the zoanthid 
actinians. In the Zoanthee the secondary mesenteries 
(metacnemes) are added bilaterally at one region within each 
of the primary ventro-lateral intermesenterial chambers or 
exoceeles, exactly as are the septa in the Rugosa, but no 
mesenteries are added within the primary middle and dorso- 
lateral exoceeles. From our knowledge of the relationship of 
the septa and mesenteries in modern corals, it was assumed 
that the two cycles of septa of the rugose corals were formed 
within mesenterial chambers similar to those characteristic 
of the zoanthids, the principal or larger septa within entocceles 
and the secondary or smaller septa within exocceles ; hence 
the former are termed entosepta and the latter exosepta. 

In the sixth paper of this series, published in 1905, with 
the subtitle ‘The Fossula in Rugose Corals,” I endeavoured 
to show, from a series of developmental stages in Streptelasma 
rectum, Hall, the true nature of the alar fossule, and also 
that of the eardinal or ventral directive fossula. I demon- 
strated that the latter fossula is composite in character, at 
any rate during the early stages; that it is made up of a 
series of incomplete septa on each side of the ventral directive 
septum, while the ventral directive septum is itself smaller 
than the other principal septa. It was suggested that the 
small ventral directive septum is to be correlated with the 
presence in the rugose polyp of a ventral siphonoglyph or 
gonidial groove, similar to that characteristic of modern 
zoanthid polyps. This interpretation I considered as greatly 
strengthening the earlier suggestion that the Rugosa are 
nearly related to the Zoanthee, and expressed it in the 
following terms (p. 40) : ‘‘ In the absence of the rugose polyp 
itself, no surer proof of the relationship of the group to the 
zoanthids could, to my mind, by adduced than that which 
admits of the correlation of the simple cardinal fossula with 
a ventral stomodeal groove.” Figures were given (l. ¢. 
fies. 2-11) showing that in Streptelasma rectum, as in Lopho- 
phyllum, there are six primary septa, and that the subsequent 


228 Prof. J. E. Duerden on the 


septa are added in the same bilateral manner at four distinct 
regions, 

Within the present year, Mr. C. E. Gordon, working in 
the Paleontological Laboratory of Columbia University, New 
York, has published a paper, “‘ Studies on Early Stages in 
Paleozoic Corals” (Amer. Journ. Science, vol. xxi. Feb. 1906), 
devoted almost exclusively to a discussion of my first 
contribution. By inverting my figures Gordon shows that 
the sections of Lophophyllum can be brought into harmony 
with Kunth’s oft-repeated figure representing the schematic 
septal plan of a zaphrentoid coral, a fact of which there 
could be no possibility of dispute. Further, while admitting 
the hexameral nature of Lophophyllum, he attempts to show 
that it docs not represent the true primary character of the 
Rugosa, but is to be explained as a departure from a primary 
tetramerism, due to acceleration in time of appearance of the 
thiid pair of septa. Moreover, from his own observations on 
a decalcified silicified specimen of Streptelasma profundum 
(Owen), he presents what he considers as evidence in support 
of a primary tetramerism. He concludes “ that the primitive 
condition of these [primary] septa in the Rugosa is not yet 
settled,’ and that exception must be taken to my statement 
that “studies on the septal development of extinct Paleozoic 
corals reveal that in these early Sorms the primary septal 
plan was hexameral like that of mo@rn forms.” 

These assertions of Gordon are so opposed to what I hold 
to be the truth with regard to the Rugosa that it becomes 
necessary to re-open the question. The problem is one of 
greatest importance if we are to arrive at a proper appreciation 
of the phylogenic relationships of the Rugosa. 

Since the appearance of my first paper I have obtained 
much additional evidence in support of my contentions, 
and I shall attempt to show that Gordon’s assertions are 
not warranted by the evidence he submits. In the first 
place, it must be admitted that the figures of Lopho- 
phyllum given in 1902 are unsatisfactory, from the fact that 
the microscopic sections upon which they were founded 
where not all taken from the same individual coral. 
Exception might be taken to their representing the actual 
development of the septa, while the stages depicted are not 
always those best adapted for illustrating the sequence. In 
my later investigations I have pursued a different method of 
study, the results from which are far more reliable than those 
obtained from the old method of sections. In preparing 
separate sections much loss of material is entailed, only a few 
sections can be obtained from any one corallum, and the 


Morphology of the Madreporaria, 229 


individuality of the septa is somewhat uncertain owing to 
possible loss of orientation. To remedy these defects a 
method was devised by which, with suitable material, one 
can follow step by step all the developmental stages from 
beginning to end without any uncertainty of orientation, and 
secure drawings of all desirable stages. The process involves 
the grinding down of an individual fixed corallum from one 
end to the other, and the study and drawing of all the stages 
as revealed. The broad end of acorallum is first ground 
smooth, and fixed by Canada balsam to a glass slide, in the 
manner usually followed by geologists in preparing micro- 
scopic sections of rocks; grinding down with fine emery or 
on a ground-glass plate is then commenced at the opposite 
end, the narrow tip, and continued all the way. With 
favourable specimens the septa can be most clearly recognized 
under a low power of the microscope, and their arrangement 
outlined by the aid of a camera lucida. The distinctness of 
the septa can be often emphasized by etching the exposed 
surface with a little weak acid, and to secure the best 
reflection of the light from the ground surface while drawing 
the latter may be smeared with weak glycerine or balsam. 

By these devices the whole septal development of a simple 
corallum can be followed almost as satisfactorily as if one had 
watched its actual growth day by day. It was from such a 
series that the ten stages representing the septal development 
of Streptelasma rectum given in the paper on the Fossula 
were secured, and also the series here reproduced (figs. 1-8), 
depicting the septal development of Lophephyllum proliferum, 
and intended to replace those given in 1902. 

For purposes of the present paper it is not necessary to 
describe the sections of Lophophyllum at greater length than 
is given in the explanation to each. They reveal nothing 
fundamental beyond what was brought forward in the first 

aper, but a confusion in the latter of main and counter septa, 
alluded to by Gordon, is corrected. In place of the older 
terminology I think the time has come to adopt that founded 
upon more modern knowledge of the relationships of the 
group and accepted for the Anthozoa geneially. With the 
exception of unimportant details, the septal sequence of 
Lophophyllum here given bears the closest relationship to 
that of Streptelasma rectum in the sixth part of these con- 
tributions ; moreover, it is that found to be characteristic of 
a large number of other species of rugose corals which I have 
studied by the same method (cf. figs. 9-12; 13-16). Septal 
and mesenterial development is unquestionably one of the 
most reliable means zoologists possess for determining the 


230 Prof. J. E. Duerden on the 
Fig. 1. 
Ss id 
x x 
SE 
aE 
x 


Fig. 


Fig. 3. Fig. 4. 


1.—Lophophyllum proliferum (Septal Sequence, Figs. 1-8). Trans- 
verse section immediately above the tip of a corallum. The lines of 
calcification of six primary septa (protosepta) are clearly seen, those 
of the two median septa being continuous. At this level all the 
septa are thickened to such a degree that there are no interseptal 
spaces remaining, and in such a surface view as that from which the 
fizure was taken there is no indication of the boundary surfaces 
between two adjacent septa. According to the accepted terminology, 
the upper border is dorsal and the lower ventral. 


. 2.—Section above that of Fig. 1. An interseptal chamber, repre- 


sented by the black wedge-shaped areas, now occurs between all the 
septa. ‘he lines of calcification of an additional pair of septa 
(metasepta, a, a) are seen, situated within the two middle of the six 
primary interseptal chambers (the counter quadrants of paleonto- 
logists). The number of external ridges and grooves is double the 
number of internal septa, a septum corresponding with each alternate 
eroove. 


. 3.—Section above that of Fig. 2. A pair of metasepta (a,, a,) has 


now appeared within the two ventro-lateral of the six primary 
interseptal spaces (the principal or chief quadrants), corresponding 
with the metasepta (a, a) of the middle primary chambers. 


.4.—A section still higher. Another pair of septa (4,4) is now 


appearing within the two middle primary chambers. At first the 
new septa are sharply turned towards the older septum on their 
dorsal aspect and there is no interseptal space. 


Morphology of the Madreporaria. 231 


phylogenic relationships of the Anthozoa, and the Rugosa so 
far have been found to be remarkably uniform as regards their 
septal sequence. 


| 
‘ 


————— 


Fig. 5.—A corresponding septum (,, b,) has appeared within each of the 
yentro-lateral primary chambers. 

Fig. 6.—Another septum (ce) oceurs within each middle chamber, and 
the line of calcification of the dorsal and ventral directive septa (the 
Gegenseptum or counter septum and the Hauptseptum or cardinal 
septum) are now discontinuous. 


The fundamental contention raised by Gordon centres in 
the number of primary septa characteristic of the Rugosa, 
that is, whether four or six; and upon this mainly depends 


232 Prof. J. E. Duerden on the 


the possibility of firmly establishing the relationships of the 
group. ‘The ingrained idea of a primary tetrameral plan for 
the rugose corals rests upon the fact that in the mature 
corallite there are frequently four primary septa, which by 
their greater or less size stand out more or less conspicuously 
among the rest and divide the calice into quadrants; and, in 
addition, it is easily seen that new septa are added at four 
regions, one within each quadrant. As demonstrated in my 
two earlier papers, these suggestions of tetramerism in both 


Fig. 7. 


A further septum (d) occurs within each middle chamber, without a 
corresponding pair being added within the ventro-lateral chambers, 
The central part of the dorsal directive septum is beginning to be 
freed from the inner ends of the other septa, and appears something 
like a columella, with distinct centres of calcification. In the space 
between any two adjacent principal septa the first traces of the 
centres of calcification of the exosepta (2) are now displayed, their 
appearance all round the calice being nearly simultaneous. The 
exosepta have thus no ordinal value, such as the principal septa or 
entosepta possess ; they correspond with alternate external grooves 
alternating with the principal septa. 


the developing and mature corallite are not at all proofs of a 
primary tetramerism ; moreover, Gordon produces no proofs 
beyond a suggestive condition in Streptelasma profundum to 
be discussed later. According to my interpretation, in the 
Rugosa a secondary tetramerism has been impressed upon a 
primary hevamerism. 

At first sight it would seem to be a simple matter to 
determine the number of primary septa in a corallum. It is 


Morphology of the Madreporaria. 233 


rarely, however, that one secures examples of these ancient 
corals having perfect tips, and otherwise of such a character 
that the arrangement of the earliest septa can be made out, 
either from microscopic sections or grinding down. Speci- 
mens of Lophophyllum proliferum, the species first studied in 
this connection, are usually remarkably favourable for such 
an investigation. Where, in other species, the tips are 
perfect, it is often found that the septa are not determinable 
until one or more metaseptal pairs have appeared, in addition 


L 
! xz rT x y] 


The interseptal spaces are now greatly enlarged, and all the septa are 
free from each other and from the dorsal directive septum with its 
columella-like free end. Exosepta regularly alternate with the 
entosepta all round the calice, and the ventral directive septum is 
a little smaller than the other principal septa, thus giving rise to a 
fossula. The stage represented is practically that characteristic of 
the fully developed corallum. 


to the protosepta ; sometimes partial or entire silicification of 
the corallum has taken place, and rendered the preparation 
of sections practically impossible ; while in such as Duncanella 
borealis the original tip is wanting, and when first collected 
four, five, or six pairs of septa are frequently exposed to 
view (fig. 17). 

Since the publication of my first paper I have made con- 
siderable efforts to secure from various sources specimens of 


234 Prof. J. E. Duerden on the 


rugose corals particularly adapted for investigating this 
special problem. The number now available has enabled 
me to demonstrate the presence of six primary septa in 


Fig. 9. Fig. 10. 
x 


Fig. 9.—Cyathaxonia cynodon (Septal Sequence, figs. 9-12). Section 
immediately above the tip, showing six primary equal septa, 
separated by six primary interseptal chambers. 

Fig. 10.—The first pair of metasepta (a, a) has appeared, aseptum within 
each of the middle interseptal chambers. 

(In the next section a corresponding pair of metasepta is seen within the 
ventro-lateral chambers: cf. fig. 4, a, a, aud tig. 11, a@,, a,.) * 


An additional pair of septa has appeared within the two middle chamters 
(b, b), and also within the two ventro-lateral chambers (4,, 2,). 
Certain of the exosepta (7) are also present. 

(In the next section a pair of septa (¢,, ¢,) 1s developing within the ventro- 
lateral chambers in_ advance of the corresponding pair within the 
middle chambers.) * 


* [The figures intended to follow fig. 10 and fig. 1] were not found 
among the drawings forwarded by Prof. Duerden. I have added these 
notes to explain the points that should have been illustrated by the 
missing figures.—S. J. H. | 


Morphology of the Madreporaria. 9% 


several species, in addition to Lophophyllum proliferum ; in 
fact, wherever the specimens have been such as to admit of the 
proseptal stage being determined six septa have been revealed. 
Streptelasma rectum, Hall, is a species of which examples are 
frequently obtained having perfect tips, and the whole 
corallum preserved in such a way that the septal develop- 
ment can be followed throughout. All the principal stages 
have been described and figured in my paper on the Fossula, 
and in the present connection the fact of supreme interest is 
that six primary septa occur, all of equal size and situated 
at equal distances apart (/. ¢. fig. 2). It may be mentioned 
that in one specimen of S. rectum only five primary septa 


Fig. 12. 


mene OOD 
eves ones ae One 


a 
~ : 
Mee ~~ 
a. 
: 
a 
: 


ON eww rns D5 


The same number of septa occur within the middle primary chamber 
(a,c) as within the ventro-lateral chamber (a,,c,). In the sub- 
sequent growth all the entosepta become free from the central mass, 
and the exosepta become free from the entosepta. 


were present, and the later septa were added in an order 
different from that of the examples with six primary septa. 
Manifestly one must be prepared for irregularities in the 
septal formation of fossil corals just as much as in living 
corals. 

Coralla of Cyathaxonia cynodon, HK. & H., are also well 
adapted for the determination of the number of primary 


236 Prof. J. E. Duerden on the 


septa, as their tips are usually perfect. On grinding down a 
corallum for a short distance six equal septa are disclosed, 
radially arranged, and separated by comparatively large equal 
interspaces. On pages 234-235 four figures are given 
(figs. 9-12) displaying the early stages in the septal develop- 
ment of this species, starting as before with a primary 
hexamerism. 

In the above and other species, in which the septal con- 
stitution has been established by the process of grinding, it 
may be objected that if earlier stages than tliose first repre- 
sented could be obtained four primary septa might then 
be disclosed, and the other two would be seen to be but later 
additions to a tetrameral group; in other words, that the 
earliest septal stage is not that indicated as such. Were this 
the case the dorso-lateral pair here regarded as protosepta 
would be really the first pair of metasepta. Against this 
reasonable objection it can be affirmed that in all cases as 
soon as any of the primary septa are determinable they are 
already six in number, all fully developed, practically equal 
in size, and radially disposed at equal distances apart. ‘l'wo 
pairs never appear in advance of a third pair, Moreover, 
there is never any hint of the third pair being inclined at 
its origin towards the others, after the manner of develop- 
ment invariably characteristic of the first and later pairs of 
metasepta. All the sections representing the appearance of 
the metasepta indicate that the new septa first arise within 
the wall of the calice. Their free end is then turned towards 
the older septum dorsal to them, and as they become larger 
and extend higher they seem gradually to travel, as it were, 
along the older septum, until they nearly reach the middle of 
the calice. The centripetal end then becomes independent 
of the adjacent septum, and is either free or united in a 
columellar mass. Thus the metasepta are not truly radial 
until they are fully formed. ‘These stages are presented by 
all the metasepta and also exosepta in their devolopment, but, 
as already stated, they are never represented by any of the 
first six septa. All the studies on the development of the 
corallum of recent hexameral corals, conducted by Lacaze- 
Duthiers, G. von Koch, and myself, indicate that six equal 
septa are formed simultaneously in a radiate manner, and 
such would appear to have been the case with the corals of 
Palzozoic times. 

Among a large collection of rugose corals lent me for study 
by the United States National Museum, through the 
assistance of Prof. C. Schuchert, are several specimens 
labelled Zaphrentis pusilla, n. sp. ‘Vhese have proved to be 


Morphology of the Madreporaria, 237 


very satisfactory for the present study, having perfect tips 
and septa clearly displayed. Jour of the early stages are 
reproduced in figs. 183-16. Here, again, on the earliest 
appearance of the septa six members are present, equal in 
size, situated at equal distances apart, and disposed approxi- 
mately in a radial manner; the metasepta are added at four 
regions in the manner just described, the newer as they 
appear being inturned towards the older, 


Fig. 15. 


Pr 


_ 


= 


Figs. 13-16.—Series of sections showing four early stages in the septal 
development of Zaphrentis pusilla. The general relationships very 
closely resemble those of the two series already described. 


In addition to these four very decided cases of hexamerism, 
secured from several specimens of each species, six primary 
septa have beendemonstrated in Hadrophyllum glans (White), 
Hadrophyllum pauciradiatum, E. & H., and Mierocyclus 
discus, Meek & Worthen, though, largely on account of their 
squat form, these species are not so well adapted for displaying 
the entire septal development as those figured. Still other 
rugose corals have been examined in which it has been found 
impossible to secure the protoseptal stage alone, yet when 
the earliest stage is reached at which septa are exposed their 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. iG 


238 Prof. J. E. Duerden on the 


Figs, 17-21.—Series of sections showing four stages in the septal develop- 
~ ment of Duncanella borealis. The earliest stage available in the 
corallum figured already shows six pairs of rater as naturally 
exposed in fig. 17 and as seen on grinding smooth in fig. 18; the 
subsequent septa are added as in the three previous species, with the 
exception that in the last figure the nuniber of septa within each 
middle chamber (a-d) exceeds by two that within the ventro-lateral 
chambers (a,, 4,). 


Morphology of the Madreporaria. 239 


arrangement is such as to leave no uncertainty that the 
primary condition was hexameral, and that the later septa 
have been added in the same manner as in other forms where 
the sequence is determinable from the beginning. Such are 
Streptelasma profundum, Streptelasma wayensis, and Dun- 
canella borealis (figs. 17-21). 

It seems unnecessary to multiply examples. Wherever 
the tip is sufficiently well preserved to display the primary 
septa they are found to be six in number; in no case has 
even a suggestion of a primary tetrameral condition been 
encountered. With all these definite facts available there 
would seem to be no longer a possibility of any reasonable 
doubt as to the primary hexamerism of the Rugosa. 

In his paper Gordon does not attempt to dispute the 
hexamerism of Lophophyllum proliferum, but endeavours to 
explain it as the result of the precocious appearance of what, 
according to him, should be the first pair of metasepta. 
This pair, here regarded as the primary dorso-lateral pair, 
Gordon supposes to belong not to the protoseptal, but to the 
metaseptal series, and owing to its accelerated appearance it 
gives a false hexameral character to the primary stage. 
This idea of acceleration is altogether hypothetical, and its 
author does not produce a single acceptable fact in its 
support. He considers that a departure from the original 
_ tetrameral type is likely to occur in a form such as Lopho- 

phylum which appears in Carboniferous times, that is, towards 
the close of the geological distribution of the rugosids. This 
argument, unsatisfactory in itself, now fails altogether in view 
of the fact that comprised in the list of corals given above, 
in which six primary septa have been definitely established, 
there are representatives of almost all ages in the chrono- 
logical extension of the rugose corals. 

Gordon draws attention to the fact that in the older stages 
of growth of a corallum there is no difference in character 
between the dorso-lateral pair of primary septa and the 
principal septa which arise later, that the interseptal spaces 
between these septa and the adjacent septa differ in no ways 
from the other interspaces, and that exosepta appear in the 
dorso-lateral primary interseptal spaces just as in others. 
Werte these really primary septa he expects that they would 
present some feature distinguishing them from the later 
principal septa. Such an expectancy, however, is altogether 
contrary to what we actually know of development and growth 
in the Anthozoa. All studies in this group, particularly among 
the actinians and corals, reveal that the growth tendency is 
everywhere towards a perfectly cyclic plan, with all the parts 


240 Prof. J. E. Duerden on the 


in any cycle alike in size and other characters; however 
strongly bilateral or otherwise varied may be tlhe course of 
development, the final result is an approximation towards 
radial symmetry, such as is characteristic of most sessile 
organisms where the environmental forces act equally all 
round. Most rugose corals have an almost perfect cyclic plan 
in the uppermost part of the calice, though we know that this 
is founded upon decidedly bilateral developmental stages ; 
likewise the cyclic disposition of the organs in the adult 
stages of nearly all actinians and corals gives scarcely any 
hint of their strongly bilateral developmental sequence. 
Hence any argument as to the primary or development 
relationships of the septa founded upon adult appearances 
has little or no value. 

Gordon errs with Kunth and others in assuming that each 
of the external grooves on the surface of a rugose corallum 
represents a septum formed in orderly sequence within each 
quadrant (see Gordon’s fig. 15). As a matter of fact only 
alternate grooves correspond with principal septa (entosepta), 
and it is these alone which have any sequence value. This 
is manifest from the series of sections represented in figs. 1-8. 
In figs. 1-6 only entosepta are yet present, and correspond 
with alternate external grooves, while figs. 7 and 8 show 
that the smaller septa (exosepta) arise almost simultaneously 
at a rather late developmental stage, and are thus of no 
significance as regards septal sequence. 

Attention may now be directed to the proof which Gordon 
has to offer in support of his contention that the primary 
septal plan of the rugosids is tetrameral. He fully recognizes 
the difficulties attendant upon securing sections through the 
tips of the coralla, and apparently has not succeeded in 
obtaining such; for the only evidence he adduces rests upon 
a couple of decalcified silicified specimens of Streptelasma 
profundum, one of which was broken during examination ; 
with such material study must necessarily be limited to 
surface views. He states that “of the four primary septa 
represented in the drawing [J. c. fig. 16], the counter septa 
extended farthest down, the cardinal next, and the alar 
next,” and claims that these four septa extended farthest 
down into the base of the calice and are the only true primary 
members. 

I likewise have in my possession about a dozen decalcified 
specimens of S. profundum, of all sizes, which present all the 
appearances described by Gordon, and in some the earlier 
stages are more completely preserved than Gordon’s figures 
and remarks indicate his two examples to be. 1 have already 


Morphology of in. Madreporaria. 241 


figured the septal plan of one of these young forms (Biol. 
Bull., June 1905, p. 39). The figure shows that in this 
particular specimen the details of the early septal growth 
are so well preserved as to display the septa turned towards 
one another in the regular manner revealed by serial sections, 
but suc! are not indicated in Gordon’s drawings; the exo- 
septa can also be seen in their initial relationships with the 
entosepta, which is likewise not the case in Gordon’s example. 
Gordon himself suggests that absorption has taken place in 
the lower parts of the septa of his specimen, and in the case 
of the tertiary septa (eosepta of the present paper) acknow- 
ledges (p. 124) that ‘‘it was impossible in all cases to tell to 
what length they extended down into the coral.” His own 
figure and statements would prove that even the primary 
septa were not all formed at the same time, though such is 
certainly the evidence from all well-preserved material of 
other species. ‘Taking into account all the details which 
Gordon offers, and studying along with them my own much 
better series of the same species of coral, I am convinced 
that little or no value can be placed upon his specimen as an 
aid in solving the present problem. Moreover, I consider 
that the evidence from none of my specimens could be 
regarded as conclusive as far as concerns the number of 
primary septa; to a certain extent the actual details would 
for ever remain a matter of individual interpretation. 
Assistance from decalcified silicified specimens must, in my 
opinion, always be unsatisfactory, largely on account of 
possible imperfect silicification of the earliest stages. ‘The 
details obtainable from sections or grinding of the actual tip 
afford by far more convincing evidence, and manifestly, from 
the additional evidence produced in this paper, there is no 
occasion for any uncertainty in the matter; there can now 
be no reasonable doubt that the hexameral plan is that 
characteristic of the group. 

To sum up, Gordon, in my opinion, (1) has failed to pro- 
duce any evidence in favour of a primary tetrameral plan in 
the rugosids, and (2) his attempt to explain the hexameral 
character of Lophophyllum proliferum as resulting from 
precocity of the first metaseptal pairs is altogether unsup- 
ported by facts. The demonstration of six primary septa in 
many other species is proof beyond doubt that L. proliferum 
is not exceptional in its hexamerism, but conforms to the 
rugosid type. 

Gordon is not in a position to discuss the view that the 
Rugosa find their nearest modern representatives’ in the 
Zoantheze. One of the necessary arguments for the main- 


243 Dr. F. C. Wellman on 


tenance of this is the establishment of their primary hexa- 
merism, and unless very weighty evidence to the contrary 
should be forthcoming this must now be regarded as 
accomplished. ‘lhe facts in support of the relationship may 
be summarized as follows :— 

1. The Rugose corals and the Zoanthid actinians have both 
a primary hexamerism. 

2. The septa in the Rugosa and the mesenteries in the 
Zoanthez are added in bilateral pairs at only one region, a 
vertical zone within the primary exoceeles, there being four 
such regions—middle and ventro-lateral chambers—in the 
Rugosa, and two—ventro-lateral chambers—in the Zoanthee. 

3. The septa in the Rugosa and the mesenteries in the 
Zoanthee are never polycyclic, as in modern corals and 
ordinary actinians ; at most there are only two cycles of 
septa, large entosepta and small exosepta, disposed in such 
a manner as could only have been produced in polyps with 
a mesenterial arrangement similar to that of the Zoantheex. 

4. The presence of a ventral directive fossula in the 
Rugosa, usually persisting in the fully developed and other- 
wise perfectly radial calice, can be explained by the 
occurrence within the living rugose polyp of a single ventral 
siphonoglyph or gonidial groove, such as is characteristic of 
zoauthid polyps. 


XXXV.—Notes on the Habits of Tsetse-flies. 
By F. Cret@Hton WELLMAN, Benguella, West Africa. 


HAvinG recently had opportunity to make some observations 
on tsetse-flies in the Esupua “ fly- belt,” about thirty-five miles 
inland from the seaport town of Benguella, West Africa, L 
present here some of my findings. Our knowledge of these 
flies is as yet very far from complete, and first-band observa- 
tions, including mention of the date, habitat, and species 
studied, should be recorded. 

The following notes were a few of them made in November 
1904, but most of them date from October 28th and 29th and 
November 9th and 10th, 1905. The Esupua “ fly-belt” is, 
as I have said, about thirty-five miles inland from the port of 
Benguella (13° 8S. on the west coast of Africa) and twenty 
miles from the city of Catumbella. The fly studied by me is 
a subspecies of Glosstna palpalis, Robineau-Desvoidy, which 


the Ilabits of Tsetse-flies. 243 


was last year described in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. as 
Glossina palpalis Wellmani, Austen (1905) *, 

Although the district in which the flies were taken was 
found to contain some game, including eland (Oreas canna 
Livingstonei), roan antelope (//ippotragus equinus), kudu 
(Strepsiceros kudu), the duyker (Cephalolophus Grimm?) , and 
Speke’s tragelaph (Limnotragus Speket), yet I believe that 
human blood forms the greater part of their food. This is 
undoubtedly true over at least a part of the “belt.” Along 
the north bank of the lower Katumbela River from Esupua 
to a point half a day’s march up the river lies the great 
Benguella caravan-route, near which there is little or no 
game, but over which constantly pass great caravans of half- 
naked Bantus. At Esupua one may see half a dozen of these 
large caravans camping in one place. It is here that the flies 
are the most plentiful. ‘They hide in the tall grass and 
sedges near the river, and also on stones, trunks of trees and 
vines, and among the leaves of shrubs and bushes on the 
bank. When a native is sent to the river for water the flies 
rise from their resting-places as he passes and follow him, 
seeking for an opportunity to bite. On several different 
occasions I followed natives going to the river to fetch water, 
One of these I saw bitten twice, three were bitten once each, 
and seven I did not see bitten at all. The Bantus say that 
the bite is painful, and I noticed that if a fly settled on a 
porter’s back the man generally slapped himself as it began 
to insert its proboscis. Some of the specimens I took had 
abdomens greatly distended with biood. The flies do not 
always remain so close to the river. ‘The first one I saw in 
November 104 was between three and four hundred yards 
from the river in thin ‘ desert” bush, consisting of Acacia 
refeciens and other thorny shrubs, which afford practically no 
shade. Gl. palpalis Wellmani certainly does not share the 
dislike for human ordure which has been ascribed to its 
congeners. I have frequently seen it in and around the 
filthiest native camps at some distance from the river and 
from shade, where it had evidently gone for the purpose of 
sucking human blood. ‘The fly bites most viciously during 
the heat of the day, and, as I have said, goes considerable 
distances in search of food. It bites less readily in the 
evening and early morning. The native blacks claim that it 
occasionally bites at might. ‘The one observation that [ 
made in view of this statement leads me to suspect that it is 


* Ser. 7, vol. xv., April 1905, p. 390, 


244 Geological Society. 


not true, at least for the time of year mentioned at the 
beginning of these notes. All three of my visits to Esupua 
were made during the heaviest rains of the year, which, 
according to native reports, do not seem to have the effect 
which has been claimed for them in reducing the numbers of 
cc fl rae 

ia have elsewhere shown that GJ. palpalis Wellmani is a 
disseminator of human trypanosomiasis, and that this disease 
is unfortunately on the increase in Benguella District. 


PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES, 
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 


April 25th, 1906.—J. E. Marr, Sc.D., F.R.S., 
Vice-President, in the Chair. 


The following communications were read :— 


1. ‘ Trilobites from Bolivia, collected by Dr. J. W. Evans in 
1901-1902.’ By Philip Lake, M.A., F.G.S. 


Several horizons are represented by these fossils. Two speci- 
mens of Peltura, probably from the Upper Lingula-Flags, were 
collected at Cochaiya, about 3 miles north-east of Pata. New 
species of Symphysurus and T'rinucleus, probably of Arenig age, 
were found about a mile from Apolo, Province of Caupolican. An 
indeterminable species of Oyy sia was obtained from the right bank of 
the River Caca, in the same province. Phacops cf. arbuteus, Dal- 
manites Puituna, and D, Muecurua were collected in the track 
from Apolo to San José de Chupiamonas, also in the province of 
Caupolican. The nodules from which they were derived are 
probably of Lower Devonian age. Descriptions are given of the 
new species and other forms mentioned. It is worthy of remark 
that, while the earlier forms show affinities with the contemporaneous 
European fauna, the Devonian species are much more closely allied 
to those of South Africa and North America. 


2. *Graptolites from Bolivia, collected by Dr. J. W. Evans in 
1901-1902.’ By Ethel M. R. Wood, D.Sc. 


In black pyritic shales from three localities several specimens 
of Didymoyraptus were collected : one referable to bifidus, one of the 
type of affinis, and one of the Nicholsoni-type. Phyllograptus, 
Glossograptus, Cryptograptus, and Diplograptus were also obtaine }, 
A pale, silky grey shale shows also rare graptolites, belonging to a 
species comparable with Climacoyraptus confertus. These forms 
indicate that both the black and the pale shales belong to horizons 
in the Upper Arenig rocks (Lower Llanvirn of Hicks). 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, 


(SEVENTH SERIES.] 


No. 106. OCTOBER 1906. 


XXXVI.—WNatural History Notes from RI.M.S. ‘ Investi- 
gator.”—Series III., No. 10. On Mollusca from the Bay of 
Bengal and the Ar abian Sea. By Evear A. Smita, 1.8.0. 


(Concluded from p. 175. } 


Bathybembix Nevilli, sp. n. 


Testa turbinata, imperforata, alba, periostraco tenui griseo induta; 
spira conica, pagodiformis ; anfractus 8-9, supra concave declives, 
infra medium angulati, ad angulum acute tuberculati, supra ad 
suturam tuberculati, infra ad suturam minute denticulati, lineis 
incrementi obliquis striati, ultimus infra angulum tuberculatum 
liris quinque crenulatis cinctus ; apertura obliqua, irregulariter 
rotundata, intus sulcis levibus 4-5 sculpta; labrum tenue, basi 
subexpansum; columella alba, incrassata, reflexa, callo tenui 


labro juncta. 
Alt. 30 mm., diam. maj. 26, min. 22; apertura 12 longa, 13 lata. 


Hab. Station 277, south of Ceylon, 859-880 fath. 

The minute tuberculation or crenulation at the suture and 
the crenulation of the five basal lire are caused by the lines of 
growth. The acute tubercles are about twenty in number 
upon the last whorl, and become smaller and closer together 
as they ascend the spire. 

Rather hke B. argenteo-nitens, Lischke, from Japan, but 
smaller, with a thicker external calcareous suriace, more 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 18 


216 Mr. E. A. Smith on WVollusca from the 


acute tubercles, and stronger lines of growth making the 
basal Jiree more distinctly crenulated. 

Named B. Nevilli in remembrance of my late friend 
Geoffrey Nevill, formerly of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. 


Gaza (Callogaza?) Frederici, sp. 0. 


Testa breviter conica, late umbilicata, albo-margaritacea ; anfractus 
8, regulariter lente accrescentes, plani, supra et infra serie tuber- 
culorum acutorum ornati, lineisque incrementi obliquis sculpti, 
sutura canaliculata sejuncti, ultimusad peripheriam carina secunda 
pulcherrime serrata cinctus, infra liris concentricis quinis minute 
serratis ornatus ; apertura oblique subquadrata, intus iridescens, 
margaritacea ; labrum leviter incrassatum, album, subexpansum ; 
columella reflexa, umbilicum partim obtegens, callo tenui labro 
juneta. 

Diam. maj. 25 mm., min. 23; alt. 20. 


Hab. Station 333, Gulf of Manar, 401 fath. 

A single specimen only. It is a very beautiful form and 
well characterized by its nacreous surface, the rows of acute 
tubercles at the upper and lower part of the whorls, the deep 
channelled suture, the wide pervious umbilicus, partly covered 
by the reflection of the columella, and the bicarinate cha- 
racter of the body-whorl The lower keel, which forms the 
periphery, is very finely serrated by the clearly developed 
Jines of growth. Of the five basal lire, which are also 
minutely serrated, that which borders the umbilicus is 
stouter than the rest. 

Basilissa patula, Martens, is more widely umbilicated, has 
a third row of acute nodules, only four on the base, and a 
less raised spire, and the characters of the peristome appear 
to be different if Martens’s shell was mature. 

Named after my friend Mr. F. Beavis, who was much 
impressed with the beauty of this shell. 


‘alliostoma admirandum, sp. 0. 


Testa elate acute conica, imperforata, pallide cornea, maculis saturati- 
oribus irregulariter picta; anfractus 9, plani, seriebus quinque 
granulorum minimorum, seriebus minoribus intercalantibus, 
ornati, ultimus ad peripheriam acute angulatus, infra concentrice 
liratus, liris circiter 12, subgranulatis, rufo punctatis ; apertura 
obliqua, subquadrata ; columella alba, incrassata, obliqua, leviter 
arcuata, reflexa. 

Diam. 17 mm., alt. 20. 


Hab. Station 258, W. of Travancore, 102 fath., sand. 


Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 247 


The series of granules on the last and penultimate whorls 
are alternately larger and smaller, but on the upper volutions 
the finer granules are wanting. 


Glyphis delicata (Smith). 


Fissurella delicata, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, vol. iv. 
p. 249; Illust. Zool. ‘Investigator, Mollusca, pl. xii. figs. 8, 8 a, 
Hab. Station 333, Gulf of Manar, 401 fath., 
A single specimen, differing from the type only in its 
greater size. It is 89 mm. long, 24 broad, and 14 high. 


Puncturella (Cranopsis) asturiana (Fischer). 

Puncturella (Cranopsis) asturiana, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 

1896, vol. xviii. p. 371; 1904, vol. xiv. p. 5. 

Hab. Station 333, Gulf of Manar, 401 fath. 

This is another instance of the same species occurring in 
the Indian and Atlantic Oceans. ‘The only slight difference 
between the shells from the above locality and those obtained 
by the ‘Challenger’ Expedition in the West Indies in 
390 fath. is that the slit is perhaps a little nearer the apex in 
the Manar shells than in those from Culebra Island. 


Scaphander mundus, Watson, var. 
‘Scaphander mundus, Watson, Gasteropoda ‘ Challenger’ Exped. p. 643, 
pl. xlviii. fig. 2. 
Hab. Station 276, W. of Ceylon, 1006 fath.; off Arrou L., 
809 fath (‘ Challenger’). 
The ‘ Investigator’ specimens are rather more finely punc- 
tate than the types, but are similar in other respects. 


Scaphander andamanicus, Smith. 
Scaphander andamanicus, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, 
vol. xiv. p. 167, pl. iv. fig. 15; 1904, vol. xiv. p. 6. 
Hab. Station 256, W. of Ceylon, 937 fath., green mud ; 
Station 273, off Malabar coast, 823-870 fath.; Station 321, 
S. of Ceylon, 660 fath. 


Scaphander cancellatus, Martens. 
Scaphander cancellatus, Martens, Deutsch. Tiefsee-Exped. ‘ Valdivia,’ 
yol, vii. p. 131, pl. v. fig. 19. 
Hab. Station 322, Andaman Islands, 378 fath.; Station 
259, W. of Malabar coast, 295-360 fath., green mud and 


sand; W. of Sumatra, 470-616 metres (Martens). 
18% 


248 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the 


Although varying somewhat in form, some examples being 
narrower than others, the strong cancellated sculpture will 
distinguish this species from its congeners. 


Scaphander vicinus, sp. n. 


Testa ovata, mediocriter tennis, alba, periostraco tenui pallide 
lutescenti induta, levis, nitida, interdum lineis elatis transversis 
vel carinis instructa, lineis incrementi striata, et spiraliter trans- 
versim leviter punctata, punctis elongatis gracilibus; apertura 
alba, supra anfractum producta; columella valde arcuata, incras- 
sata, reflexa, callo tenui apici juncta. 

Longit. 36 mm., diam. 24. 


Hab. Station 318, W. of Ceylon, 1085 fath. 

More delicately punctate than S. mundus, Watson, S. anda- 
manicus, Smith, or S. cancellatus, Martens. S. alatus, Dal}, 
is closely allied, but has the lp peculiarly produced, and 
S. nobilis, Verrill, has a different columella and sculpture. 


Dentalium magnificum, Smith. 


Dentalium magnificum, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1896, vol. xviil. 
p. 871; 1904, vol. xiv. p. 7; Hlust. Zool. ‘ Investigator,’ Mollusca, 
pl. vii. figs. 5, 5a; Pilsbry, Man. Conch. vol. xvii. pp. 78, 251. 

Hab. Station 232, off Travancore coast, 430 fath., grey 
mud; Station 265, off N. of Ceylon, 225-594 fath., mud; 
Station 323, N.of Andaman Islands, 463 fath.; Station 327, 
W. of Burmah, 419 fath. 

The specimens from Station 232 are a trifle more slender 
than the typical form, but in other respects quite similar. 
A young specimen from Station 327, 73 mm. in length and 
8 at its broadest end, tapers to a fine point only 1 mm. in 
diameter, and there exhibits a very narrow slit 5 mm. in 
length. 


Dentalium keras, Watson. 

Dentalium keras, Watson, ‘Challenger’ Scaphopoda, p. 3, pl. i. fig. 4; 
Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. xviii. p.425; Pilsbry, 
Man. Conch. vol. xvii. p. 68, pl. iii. fig. 41. 

Hab. Station 316, 8. of Ceylon, 1500 fath. 

These specimens are much finer than the ‘Challenger’ 
type from the mid-Pacific, E. of Japan. The largest is 
62 mm. in length and 1] in diameter at the aperture. 


Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea, 219 


Dentalium profundorum, Smith. 
Dentalium profundorum, Smith, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist, 1894, vol. xiv. 
Pp: 167, pl. iv. fig, 18; Pilsbry, Man. Conch. vol. xvii. p. 79, pl. vi. 
tig. 82. 

Hab. Station 283, off E. of Ceylon, 1086 fath.; Station 331, 
off fodeman Islands, 569 fath. 

The single very slender specimen from Station 331, 
although 80 mm. in length, is only 6 mm. at the broadest 
diameter. This results from its perfect growth from the 
very young state, the young shell not being broken as is 
generally the case in these large Dentalia. “It tapers to a 
point less than a millimetre broad, and exhibits in the usual 
position a very fine slit 4 mm. in length. The examples 
from Station 283 are quite like the original type from off 
Colombo. 


Dentalium serrulatum, sp. n. 


Testa solidiuscula, leviter arcuata, lente attenuata, longitudinaliter 
tenuiter lirata, liris seepe plus minus minute serratis, transversim 
tenuiter striata, striisque Jongitudinalibus indistincte decussata, 
alba, postice breyiter fissurata ; apertura circularis. 

Longit. 56 mm., diam. max. 6. 


Hab. Andaman Islands, 60 fath. 

The distinguishing feature of this species is the peculiar 
fine serration of the fine riblets, especially those upon the 
concave curve of the shell. Probably this character would 
be lost in worn specimens. Judging from the gradual 
tapering of the shell, 1 do not think it would attain much 
larger dimensions than those here given. The fine decus- 
sation of the surface is only observable in well-preserved 
examples. The riblets number sixty to sixty-six at the larger 
end and about thirty at the narrow extremity. Only one “of 
the two specimens exhibits a slight terminal notch, but 
probably the young shell would have a narrow slit. The 
curve of shell is different in the two examples at hand, one 
being straighter than the other. 


Dentalium cornu-bovis, sp. n. 


Testa magna, valde curvata, celeriter accrescens, alba, nitida, 
solidiuscula, tenuissime longitudinaliter striata, striis antice fere 
obsoletis, lineis incrementi oblique flexuosis sculpta, postice 
breviter vel vix fissa; apertura circularis, ad marginem tenuis, 
intus alba. 

Longit. 59 mm., diam. max. 12. 


259 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the 


Hab. Indian Ocean, 1154 fath.; var. from Station 248, 
W. of Travancore, 224-284 fath., sand. 

The greater part of the surface of this interesting shell is 
merely finely striated, but the younger portion is somewhat 
distinctly lirate. It enlarges more rapidly than D. keras and 
is more finely sculptured. The variety from Station 248 has 
the striation continued to the aperture. 


Dentalium usitatum, Smith. 


Dentalium usitatum, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv. 
p- 168, pl. iv. figs. 16, 16a; Pilsbry, Man. Conch. vol. xvii. p. 29, 
pl. x. figs. 68, 69. 

Hab. Station 325, W. of Burmah, 843 fath. 

The largest specimen is 58 mm. in length, 1 mm. in 
diameter at the tip, and 5 anteriorly. The apex was origi- 
nally described as ‘‘haud fissa,’ but the present examples 
exhibit a very narrow slit, varying in length from 1 to 3mm. 
The presence or absence of an apical fissure is known to be 
a variable character in some other species of this genus. 


Dentalium insolitum, Smith. 


Dentalium insolitum, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv. 
p- 168, pl. iv. figs. 17, 17 a; Pilsbry, Man. Conch. vol. xvii. p. 109, 
pl. xxii. figs. 56, 57. 


Hab. Station 282, off N. of Ceylon, 498-726 fath. 


Dentalium lubricatum, Sowb. 

Dentalium lubricatum, Sowerby, Thes. Conch. vol. iii. p. 97, pl. cexxy. 
fiz. 56; Reeve’s Conch. Icon vol. xviii. fig. 55; Pilsbry, Man. 
Conch. vol. xvii. p. 110, pl. xix. fig. 22. 

Hab. Station 331, off Andaman Islands, 569 fath. 

A single specimen about the same size as the type from 
Australia, but a trifle more curved, agreeing in this respect 
with the two other specimens received together with the 
figured shell in the Cuming Collection. 


Dentalium eburneum, Linn. 
Dentalium eburneum, Linn.; Pilsbry, Man. Conch. vol. xvii. p. 115, 
pl. xx. figs. 33, 34. 

Hab. Station 271, off Malabar coast, 22 fath. 

The single specimen, 47 mm, in length, differs only from 
the normal form in being a pale flesh-colour instead of white. 
It exhibits the raised rings and longitudinal striz so charac- 
teristic of the species. 


Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 251 


Dentalium subcurvatum, sp. 0. 


Testa gracilis, lente accrescens, parum arcuata, alba, haud nitida, 
longitudinaliter tenuiter lirata, liris filiformibus, antice circiter 
32, striisque incrementi conspicuis supra et inter liras continuis 
sculpta. 

Longit. 63 mm., diam. max. 6. 


Hab, Station 275, 8.W. of Cape Comorin, 731-771 fath. 

Only a single specimen obtained. It tapers very slowly, 
is only slightly curved and delicately ribbed, the fine ribs 
being in places almost crenulate, caused by being cut through 
or crossed by the strong lines of growth. 


Lepidopleurus andamanicus, sp. n. 


Testa parva, sordide albida, elongata, mediocriter alta, in medio 
fere carinata, intus albida, undique minute punctulata, epidermide 
quasi decidua punctata induta; valva antica angusta, intus 
incrassata, margine posteriore in medio angulato; valve centrales 
anguste, apice distincto instructe, margine utrinque apicem 
leviter concavo ; are laterales leviter elatie, suleco arcuato trans- 
verso utrinque sepe sculpte ; lamine suturales parvee, substriate ; 
sinus mediocriter profundus; valva postica anteriore longior, in 
medio mucronata; ligamentum angustum, dense et microscopice 
spiculosum. 

Longit. 13 mm., diam. 7, alt. 3-5. 

Hab. Off N. Sentinel Island, Andaman Islands, 240 fath. 
Rather hke ZL. arctica, Sars (Moll. Reg. Arct. Norveg. 

l. vu. figs. 7a, 7d-7g), but not quite so broad, more 
sharply angled down the back, with a narrower sinus between 
the sutural laminze, more distinct apex to the central valves, 

&e. The sculpture is peculiar. The surface seems to be 

covered with a minutely shagreened epidermis, which is easily 

rubbed off, leaving, however, the impression of theshagreening. 

The curved sulcus at the sides of the valves being continuous 

round the shell marks off a narrow encircling zone ; it is not, 

however, present in every specimen. 


Nucula (Acila) granulata, sp. un. 


Testa valde inzequilateralis, ovato-subtrigonalis, antice oblique sub- 
truncata, ad extremitatem subacute angulata, postice acute 
rotundata, modice convexa, albida, periostraco tenui olivaceo-flavo 
induta, seriebus confertis arcuatis granorum postice divergentibus 
instructa ; umbones incurvati, ad apicem leves, longe ante medium 
siti; lunula infra umbones excavata, dein prominens; area 
postica angusta, lanceolata, levis, cireumscripta. 

Longit. 15 mm., alt. 11, diam. 7. 


252 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the 


Hab. Station 524, W. of Burmah, 448 fath. 

One specimen only. Remarkable on account of the 
radiating series of granules or small pustules. The extreme 
tips of the umbones are smooth, then comes a small defined 
umbonal cap with about nine ‘plain radiating riblets, after 
which commence the rows of granules. ‘hese are as broad 
as, or even in some cases broader than, the grooves between 
them. On the anterior slope they become ridges rather than 
rows of pustules and are at right angles to the margin of the 
valves. ‘They are also very much of the same character on 
the lunular slope. 


Nucula Layardi, A. Adams. 


Nucula Layardi, A. Adams; Hanley, Sowerby’s Thes. Conch. vol. iii. 
p- 160, pl. ecxxx. fig. 153. 

Hab. Persian Gulf, 47 fath. (‘Investigator’) ; Ceylon 
(Adams). 

The single shell is probably adult and measures 15 mm. in 
length, whereas the type in the ‘ Cuming” Collection is only 
103, the figure above quoted being enlarged. The Ceylon 
shells are evidently young, from their thinness. The present 
example is moderately thick, white beneath the periostracum, 
and beautifully white-nacreous within. The hinge-teeth 
are long, acute, six in front and nineteen behind. 


Yoldia vicina, sp. un. 


Testa Y. nicoharice similis, sed postice magis acuminata, striisque 
obliquis minus confertis insculpta; valve tenues, pellucida, 
periostraco flavo-olivaceo induta, nitida; pagina interna nitens, 
ceruleo-albida ; dentes posteriores circiter 26, anteriores ad 19, 
paulo validiores ; umbones levigati, aliquanto antemediani. 

Longit. 20°5 mm., alt. 11°5, diam. 7. 


Hab, Persian Gulf, 35 and 47 fath. 

This species is very like Y. nicobarica, Brug., but is more 
sharply pointed at the posterior extremity, which is not so 
high up as in that species. The oblique striz are much 
fewer and further apart, and terminate in an oblique line 
nearer the middle of the valves. Two specimens only were 
obtained. 


Malletia brevis, sp. n. 


Testa oblonga, antice rotundata, postice subquadrata, multum con- 
vexa, periostraco nitente flavescenti induta, apices versus pallidior, 
incrementi lineis tenuibus sculpta, striis postice magis conspicuis, 


Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 253 


confertioribus ; lunula angusta, concayva, carinis circumscripta ; 
area postica nulla; dentes erecti, acuti, anteriores circiter 14, 
posteriores ad 21. 

Longit. 14 mm., alt. 10, diam. 7. 


Hab. Station 318, off W. of Ceylon, 1085 fath. 

Differs from M. conspicua, Smith, in form and sculpture, 
being more rounded in front, shorter, and squarer posteriorly. 
A single specimen, 


Solenomya patagonica, Smith. 
Solenomya patagonica, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1895, vol. xvi. 
p. Li. 

Hab. Station 260, W. of Cape Comorin, 487 fath., grey 
mud and Globigerine ooze; Station 327, W. of Burmah, 
419 fath. 

A single specimen from the latter station is remarkable 
for its great size. The shell, exclusive of the extension of 
the periostracum, is 100 mm. in length and 33 in height, 
being much larger than any of the other known species. 


Arca (Acar) domingensis, Lamarck. 
Hab. Station 291, Gulf of Oman, 48—49 fath. 
A very widely distributed species, occurring in various 
localities in the Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific Oceans, 


Arca (Barbatia) pteroessa, Smith. 
Arca (Barbatia) pteroessa, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1904, 
vol, xiv. p. 12. 
Hab. Station 316, S. of Ceylon, 1500 fath. 


Arca (Barbatia) incerta, Smith. 


Arca (Barbatia) incerta, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, vol. iv. 
p: 251; Mlust. Zool. ‘Tnvestigator,’ Mollusca, pl. xiii. figs. 3, 3 a. 
Hab. Station 333, Gulf of Manar, 401 fath. 
These specimens are larger than the type, measuring 
29 mm. in length, 15 in height, and 11°5 in diameter. 


Arca (Barbatia) innocens, sp. n. 


Testa parva, oblonga, valde ineequilateralis, mediocriter convexa, 
utrinque obliqua, alba, radiatim tenuiter confertim costulata, 
costis subnodulosis, posterioribus quam anticis magis distantibus, 
periostraco tenui, inter costas plus minus hirsuto, induta; latus 
anterius oblique curvatum, supra acute angulatum, posticum 


254 Mr. KE. A. Smith on* Mollusca from the 


primo recte obliquum, ad extremitatem acute rotundatum ; margo 
ventris rectiusculus; valve haud crass, intus ceruleo-albide, 
radiatim subsulcate, ad marginem denticulate; area dorsalis 
lanceolata, periostraco fusco induta ; umbones longe antemediani, 
circiter in + longitudinis collocati; dentes cardinis parvi, circa 
30-32. 
Longit. 18 mm., alt. 11°5, diam. 7. 
Hab, Station 258, W. of Travancore, 102 fath., sand. 
This species may be separated from A. incerta, Smith, 
both by its form and ‘sculpture. That species is narrow 
anteriorly and widens behind, whereas the present form is 
almost equally broad at both ends. The surface of the 
valves is less distinctly granulated and the ribs upon the 
posterior slope are fewer, broader, and further apart than in 
incerta. The hinge-teeth are different in the two species, 
those at the hinder end of incerta; beimg peculiarly oblique, 
whereas in this species they are more upright and coarser. 


Limopsis indica, Smith. 
Limopsis indica, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv. p. 171, 
pl. v. fig. 7; 1895, vol. xvi. p. 15; 1904, vol. xiv. p. 12. 
Hab. Station 249, S.W. of Cape Comorin, 1022 fath., 
green mud and Globigerine ooze ; Station 269, W. of Cape 
Comorin, 464 fath., green mud and sand; Station ?, 


1055 fath. 
Some of the specimens from the above localities are 


considerably larger than the type, being 30 mm. in length, 
27 high, and 14 in diameter. 


Modiola philippinarum, Hauley. 
Modiola philippinarum, Hanley, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1844, p. 15; Cat. 
Recent Shells, p. 235, pl. xxiv. fig. 26; Reeve, Con. Icon. vol. x. 
fig. 1. 
Hab. Persian Gulf, 27 fath. 
The single specimen is rather narrowed posteriorly, but 
agrees in every other respect with the typical form. 


Modiola (Amygdalum) Watsoni, Smith. 
Modiola Watsoni, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1895, vol. xvi. p. 14; 
1904, vol. xiv. p. 11. 
Hab. Station 265, off N. of Ceylon, 225-594 fath.; 
Station 267, off W. of Ceylon, 457-589 fath. ; Station 310, 
Gulf of Oman, 261 fath. 


Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 255 


Modiola (Amygdalum) arborescens (Chemnitz). 
Modiola arborescens, Chemnitz; Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. x. fig. 30; 
Clessin, Conch.-Cab., Mytilide, p. 100, pl. xxix. fig. 10, 
Hab. Station 346, Persian Gulf, 47 fath. (‘ Investigator’) ; 
Tasmania and off Sydney (Brazier). 


Crenella persica, 8p. n. 


Testa parva, irregulariter ovata, globosa, tenuis, sordide pellucido- 
albida, liris tenuissimis radiantibus aliisque concentricis paulo 
remotis cancellata; umbones leves, incurvati, albi, contigui, 
terminales ; pagina interna nitida, structuram cancellatam exter- 
nam exhibens, ad marginem undique denticulata; dens cardinis 
unicus, plus minus bifidus in utraque valva; ligamentum gracile, 
intra marginem situm. 

Longit. 6 mm., alt. 4:5, diam. 4. 


Hab. Persian Gulf, 47 fath. 
The very delicate radiating costelle have a tendency to 
bifureate at the outer margin. 


Amussium caducum, Smith. 


Amussium caducum, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv. 
p. 173; 1895, vol. xvi. p. 18; 1904, vol. xiv. p. 13. 

Hab. Station 269, W. of Cape Comorin, 464 fath., green 
mud and sand; Stations 289, 297, Gulf of Oman, 667-811 
fath. ; Station 322, Andaman Islands, 378 fath. ; Station 327, 
W. of Burmah, 419 fath. 


Amussium Alcocki, Smith. 


Amussium Alcock, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv. 
p- 172, pl. v. figs. 15, 16. 


Hab. Station 275, S.W. of Cape Comorin, 731-771 fath. 


Amussium investigatoris, sp. n. 


Testa subcircularis, compressa, fragilis; valva dextra albido- 
pellucida, radiis opaco-albis circiter 10 picta, concentrice regu- 
lariter et tenuiter striata, intus costis ad 10 albis mediocriter 
crassis haud ad marginem attingentibus instructa ; valva sinistra 
convexior, flavescens, radiis decem aurantiacis ornata, radiatim 
tenuiter costulata et concentrice delicate lamellata, lamellis 
supra costulas squamulatis, intus flavescens, costis albidis 10 — 
tenuioribus munita; auricule parve, subequales; umbones 
acuti, lateribus ad angulum cirea 113° conyergentibus. 

Longit. 26 mm., alt. 26°5, diam. 5:5, 


256 Mr. E. A. Smith on Vollusca from the 


Hab. Station 248, W. of Travancore, 224-284 fath., sand. 

The sculpture of the two valves in this beautiful species is 
altogether different, that of the right valve, which is a little 
flatter than the left, consisting of very delicate and close-set 
regular lamelle or strize, whilst the left valve has numerous 
fine radiating riblets, which are minutely squamose through 
being crossed by the very fine concentric lamelle. The 
internal riblets, ten in number in each valve, do not reach to 
the margin, and those of the left valve are a little finer than 
those of the right. The colour of the valves is also different. 
The deeper valve is more or less orange-tinted within and 
without, whereas the right valve is almost white, with only a 
trace of colour on each side towards the dorsal slopes. 


Amussium manaricum, sp. 0. 


Testa fragilis, pellucido-albida, opaco-albo radiata, inaquivalyvis, 
leviter obliqua, et paulum inzequilateralis, valva sinistra con- 
vexiuscula, coneentrice tenuiter lamellata, lirisque radiantibus 
tenuibus plus minus cancellata, valva dextra concentrice lamellata, 
versus marginem concava; umbones acuti, ad angulum circa 
115° convergentes ; liree interne circiter 15, haud ad marginem 
continu, illis in valva sinistra tenuioribus ; auricule inzequales, 
anticis paullum majoribus. 

Longit. 24°5 mm., alt. 26, diam. 45. 


Hab. Station 333, Gulf of Manar, 401 fath.; Station 322, 
Andaman Islands, 378 fath. 

The valves are fairly strong up to the ends of the radiating 
lire, but beyond that point they become very fragile and 
easily break away. The concentric fine lamellz are very 
similar in both valves, but the left valve, which is gently 
convex from the umbo to the opposite margin, also exhibits 
fine radiating lire. These, however, gradually disappear 
about the middle of the valve, so that only the upper half of 
the surface is cancellated. The auricles, of which the ante- 
rior are a trifle larger than the posterior, exhibit fine lines of 
growth and a few radiating threads also, excepting the hinder 
auricle of the right valve, which hardly shows any trace of 
this radiating sculpture. The frout auricle of the same valve 
is bounded below by a narrow groove at the byssal sinus. 


Loripes victorialis (Melvill). 
Cryptodon victorialis, Melvill, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, vol. iv. 
p. 98, pl. ii. fig. 8. 
Hab. Station 346, Persian Gulf, 47 fath. 
The presence of hinge-teeth, as described by Mr. Melvill, 


Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 257 


at once removes this species from Cryptodon, which is eden- 
tulous. I am inclined to refer it to the genus Loripes, with 
which it is practically identical in dentition, but the ligament 
is not quite so deeply placed within the dorsal margin. 


Lucina dentifera, Jonas. 


Lueina dentifera, Jonas; Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1904, vol. xiv. 
p- LO 


Hab. Station 346, Persian Gulf, 47 fath. 


Lucina bengalensis, Smith. 


Lucina bengalensis, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv. 
p- 171, pl. v. figs. 1, 2; 1904, vol. xiv. p. 10. 
Hab. Station 261, W. of Cape Comorin, 386-445 fath., 
green mud and sand; Station 323, N. of Andaman Islands, 
463 fath. 


Cryptodon investigatoris, Smith. 
Cryptodon investigatoris, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1895, vol. xvi. 
p. 138, pl. ui. figs. 6, Ga; 1896, vol. xvii. p. 3874; 1904, vol. xiv. 
p- 10. 


Hab. Station 336, W. of Ceylon, 603 fath. 


Cryptodon omanensis, sp. n. 


Testa quadrato-rotundata, compressa, inzequilateralis, alba, lineis 
incrementi tenuibus ornata, striisque radiantibus tenuissimis 
umbones versus sculpta; lunula parva, excavata, circumscripta ; 
umbones antemediani, acuti, approximati, ad apicem leves ; linea 
eardinis leviter incrassata, levis, edentula; ligamentum in sulco 
angusto profundo intra marginem situm ; valve subtenues, intus 
radiatim tenuiter striate, cicatrice angusta, haud profunda, ab 
umbone marginem ventralem versus extendente sculpt; cicatrix 
antica angusta, longit. 10 mm., intra lineam pallii sita, postica 
brevior, latior. 

Longit. 26 mm., alt. 24, diam. 10. 


Hab. Station 341, Gulf of Oman, 230 fath. 

A flat compressed species like C. barbatus (Reeve), but 
thinner, lighter, and different in form. The concentric 
sculpture is very fiue and at each side is slightly lamellated. 
The anterior and posterior ends are both somewhat roundly 
angulated and the ventral inargin sharply arcuate. 


258 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the 


Cardita elegantula, var. conferta, Smith. 


Cardita elegantula, Deshayes; Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1904, 
vol. xiv. p. 9. 

Hab. Station 328, S. of Lower Burmah, 61 fath. 

The two specimens from the above lozality and those 
already recorded in the ‘ Annals’ are not quite identical with 
Deshayes’s type. They have a few more ribs, the sulci 
between them are not quite so deep, and the nodules on the 
cost are closer together. However, I am of opinion that a 
more extended series of specimens would show that these 
differences were not of specific value. 


Crassatellistes omanensis, sp. 0. 


Testa C. abrupte, Sowb.*, similis, sed major, magis compressa, 
costis concentricis postice haud interruptis; valve mediocriter . 
crass, intus et extra albide. 

Longit. 35 mm., alt. 28, diam. 17. 


Hab. Station 341, Gulf of Oman, 230 fath. 

Beyond its superior size, rather compressed form, and 
continuous cost there is little to distinguish this form from 
its South-African congener. The outline is very similar, 
the radiating microscopic striation is the same, the strength 
of the coste, the character of the lunule, the escutcheon, the 
hinge, the scars, and the crenulation of the edge of the valves 
are all very much alike in both forms. 


Abra maxima (Sowerby). 
Abra mazima, Sowerby ; Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv. 
pl. v. figs. 5, 6; 1895, vol. xvi. p. 10; 1904, vol. xiv. p. 11. 

Hab. Station 263, off N.E. coast of Ceylon, 665-771 fath., 
sand and soft green mud; Station 265, off N. of Ceylon, 
225-594 fath., mud; Station 299, Gulf of Oman, 1299 fath. ; 
Station 301, off Mekran coast, 1000 fath.; Station 321, 
off S. of Ceylon, 660 fath. ; Station 327, W. of Burmah, 
419 fath. 


Abra affinis, Smith. 

Abra affnis, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, vol. iv. p. 250; 
1904, vol. xiv. p. 11; Illust. Zool. ‘Investigator, Moll. pl. xiii. 
figs. 2, 2a. 

Hab, Station 265, off N. of Ceylon, 225-594 fath., mud. 

A single specimen, with the preceding species. 

#* ‘Marine Invert. S, Africa,’ vol. iv. Mollusca, p. 10, pl. vi. fig. 15, as 

Crassatella. 


Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 259 


Tellina travancorica, Smith. 


Tellina travancorica, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, vol. iv. 
p. 249; 1904, vol. xiv. p. 11; Lust. Zool. ‘ Investigator,’ Moll. 
pl. xiii. figs. 1, 1 a. 
Hab. Stations 259, 337, W. of Malabar coast, 271-360 fath., 
green sand and mud. 
These specimens, which appear to be adult, are somewhat 
smaller than those originally described, and the concentric 
sculpture is a little finer and closer together. 


Tellina (Arcopagia) Isseli, H. Adams. 
Tellina ( Arcopagia) Issel, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 790, 
pl. xlviii. fig. 10. 
Hab. Station 291, Gulf of Oman, 48-49 fath. 
A single specimen without colour-rays as in the type from 
the Gulf of Suez, but like it in being marked with a red 
rust-like stain at the posterior end. 


Tellina (Arcopagia) altissima, sp. n. 


Testa parva, triangulatim rotundata, fere squilateralis, valde con- 
vexa, dilute fusco-albida; latus anticum acute rotundatum, 
posticum magis acuminatum, subrostratum ; margo dorsi utrinque 
valde declivis, anterior arcuatus, posterior rectiusculus; ventris 
margo multum curvatus; valve haud crass, leviter nitentes, 
lineis incrementi tenuibus sculpte, striisque radiantibus tenuis- 
simis subobsoletis ornatz, intus distinctius radiatim striate, et 
plus minus albo-fusco tinctz. 

Longit. 16 mm., alt. 14, diam. 10. 


Hab. Off Port Blair, Andaman Islands, 100 fath. 
Somewhat resembling 7. robusta, Hanley, but less solid 
and not quite of the same form. It is remarkably high in 


proportion to the length. ‘The lateral teeth are long, 
slender, and remote. 


Macoma blairensis, sp. nu. 


Testa oblonga, valde inequilateralis, compressa, antice rotundata, 
postice oblique truncata, sordide albida, concentrice tenuissime 
striata, striis postice tenuiter lamellosis; margo dorsi anticus 
arcuatim descendens, posterior magis obliquus, rectus, brevior, 
ventralis late curvatus; valve mediocriter tenues, subnitentes, 
et radiatim microscopice striate; plica postica, ab umbone valve 
dextre radians, vix conspicua; cicatrix antica elongato-piriformis, 
postica rotundata ; sinus pallii latus, profundus, 

Longit. 44 mm., alt. 51, diam. 11. 


260 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the 


Hab. Off Port Blair, Andaman Islands, 100 fath. 

Something like M. gubernaculum (Hanley) in shape, but 
with a broader truncate end. The very fine lamellate sculp- 
ture behind the feeble posterior radiating plication is peculiar, 
the rest of the surface being smoother. 


Psammobia micans (Hauley). 

Tellina micans, Hanley, Sowerby’s Thesaur. Conch, yol. i. p. 309, 
pl. lix. fig. 106; Rémer, Conch.-Cab., Tellina, p. 120, pl. xxviii. 
figs, 5-7. 

Hab. Persian Gulf, 31 fath. (¢ Investigator’) ; Philippine 

Islands (Hanley). 

On account of the absence of lateral teeth and the oblique 
sculpture I am inclined to believe that this species should be 
referred to Psammobia. Romer considers Tellina depauperata, 
Martens, the same as the present species. 


Cardilia semisulcata (Lamarck). 

Cardilia semisulcata, Lamk. ; Sowerby, in Reeve’s Conch. Icon. vol. xix. 
fig. 1; H. & A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll. vol. iii. pl. exii. figs. 6, 6 a; 
Deshayes, Traité élément. Conch. vol. i. pt. 2, p. 254, pl. viii. bis, 
figs. 16-18. 

Hab. Off Port Blair, Andaman Islands, 100 fath. 

Only a single valve of this rare but widely distributed 
species was obtained. It has been recorded from South 
Australia (Lamarck), Straits of Malacca (Deshayes), China 
(Sowerby), Japan (Lischke), and specimens in the Cuming 
Collection are said to be from the Philippine Islands. 


Mactrinula tryphera, Melvill. 
Mactrinula tryphera, Melvill, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, vol. iv. 
p- 97, pl. ii. fig. 7. 
Hab. Station 345, Persian Gulf, 35 fath. (‘ Investigator ’ 
and Melvill). ; 
An odd valve or two, the largest being 28°5 mm. in length, 
or 6 more than the type. 


Meretrix (Caryatis) pudicissima (Smith). 
Cytherea (Caryatis) pudicissima, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 
1894, vol. xiv. p. 169, pl. v. figs. 3, 4. 
Hab. Station 341, Gulf of Oman, 230 fath. ; Station 244, 
off W. coast of India, 119-124 fath. 
The type originally described was evidently only a young 
specimen, for the examples from the above locality (341) are 


Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 261 


considerably larger and more solid shells, but agree in other 
respects. The largest is 23 mm. long, 20 in height, and 15 
in diameter. The specimens from Station 244 are smaller 
and shorter than those from Station 341: length 16°5 mm., 
height 16, diameter 12°25. 


Vesicomya cretacea, sp. n. 


Testa ovalis, valde ineequilateralis, mediocriter convexa, antice late 
rotundata, postice magis acuta, alba, cretacea, periostraco tenuis- 
simo sordide flavescente hic illic induta, striis incrementi sub- 
rugose sculpta; lunula elongata, cordiformis, linea impressa 
circumscripta; area ligamenti elongata, profunda, utrinque 
carinata; valve mediocriter crass, intus albe; cicatrix antica 
elongata, levis, postica latior; linea pallii lata, levis, haud 
sinuata ; dentes cardinis duo in utraque yalva, illis valve sinistrae 
conjunctis, divergentibus. 

Longit. 57 mm., alt. 40, diam. 25. 

Hab. Station 327, W. of Burmah, 419 fath. ; Station 318, 
off W. of Ceylon, 1085 fath. 

Beneath the ligament there is in each valve a rather deep 
groove, which starts a little behind the umbo and extends 
backwards about 8 mm., becoming gradually broader. It 
does not, however, appear to be for the reception of a 
resilium, the ligament being distinctly external. 

More inequilateral than V. /epta, Dall, from California, 
with the posterior dorsal margin more curved, the anterior 
more descending, and the hinge rather stronger. 

The specimens from Station 318, the largest of which is 
only 44 mm. in length, and perhaps not adult, are thinner 
than the unique type, with a less strong hinge and only a 
faint indication of the grcove in the nymphe described 
above. 


Vesicomya brevis, sp. n. 


Testa brevis, subquadrata, multum convexa, valde inquilateralis, 
utrinque late rotundata, postice supra subangulata, striis incre- 
menti aspere sculpta, rufescenti-albida ; valvee haud crass, infra 
marginem dorsi posticum sulco lato, haud profunde et parum con- 
spicuo instructe, intus albz, radiatim obscure striate; lunula 
cordiformis, linea impressa circumdata; area dorsalis posterior 
profunda, lata, utrinque carinata; dentes duo in utraque valva, 
illis valve sinistree conjunctis, antico valve dextree erecto, postico 
irregulari. 

Longit. 36 mm., alt. 30, diam. 22. 

Hab. Station 259, W. of Malabar coast, 295-360 fath., 
green mud and sand. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 19 


262 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the 


The muscular scars and pallial line are the same as in 
V. cretacea. There is a slight indication of the sulcus 
beneath the ligament mentioned as occurring in that species, 
and in the left valve there is an elevated ridge below it which 
might almost be regarded asa tooth. The dorsal escutcheon 
is both broader and deeper than in V. cretacea. 

V. indica, Smith, has the anterior end more produced and 
more narrowed, the posterior end more sharply curved and 
not so distinctly angulated at its junction with the dorsal 
outline. The escutcheon in the present species, which may 
be only a variety of indica, is broader and deeper. 


Cardium exasperatum, Sowerby. 


Cardium exasperatum, Sowerby ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. ii. fig. 107 ; 
Romer, Conch.-Cab. p. 27, pl. ix. figs. 2, 3. 
Hab. Off Port Blair, Andaman Islands, 100 fath. (‘ Inves- 
tigator’) ; Swan River (Sowerby) ; Hong Kong (Garrett). 


Cardium fornicatum, Sowerby. 


Cardium fornicatum, Sowerby ; Reeve, Conch. Icon, vol. ii, pl. xx. 
fig. 110. 

Hab. Andaman Islands, 60 fath. 

Also known from the Red Sea. 


Corbula crassa, Hinds. 


Corbula crassa, Hinds ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. ii. figs. 8a-c ; Smith, 
Lamellibranchiata ‘ Challenger ’ Exped. p. 50. 
Hab. Off Port Blair, Andaman Islands, 100 fath. 
Also known from Torres Straits, Port Essington, Straits of 
Macassar, and the Philippine Islands. 


Corbula persica, sp. n. 


Testa parva, valde ineequivalvis, paulum inequilateralis, subtrian- 
gularis, postice truncata, alba, ad apices flavescens ; valva dextra 
transversim fortiter et confertim costulata, sinistra concentrice 
tenuiter striata, epidermide fibrosa prope marginem induta, lirisque 
paucis radiantibus instructa ; umbones levigati, flavescens. 

Longit. 7 mm., alt. 6, diam. 4:5. 


Hab. Station 346, Persian Gulf, 47 fath. 
This species in size, form, and sculpture is rather like 
C. Philippii, Smith*, a West Indian species. The young 


* Lamellibranchiata ‘ Challenger’ Exped. p. 33, pl. vii. figs, 4-4 4. 


Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 263 


shell, however, is different in size and shape and the right 
valve is less distinctly keeled posteriorly. C. bifrons, 
A. Adams, is another allied form. The white ribs, which 
contrast strongly with the yellow nuclear shell, are about 
seventeen to twenty in number. The right valve exhibits a 
faint rounded angle from the umbo to the lower corner of 
the posterior end, but less pronounced than that in C. Philippii. 


Corbula andamanica, sp. Nn. 


Testa C. persice similis, sed postice minus distincte truncata, valva 
dextra ad umbonem magis producta, costis tenuioribus, magis 
numerosis instructa. 

Longit. 6°5 mm., alt. 6, diam. 4. 


Hab. Off Port Blair, Andaman Islands, 100 fath. 

Very like C. persica, yet differing in the points indicated. 
The ribs, which are dirty yellow ish, are about twenty-five in 
number. C. albuginosa, Hinds, is closely allied, but longer, 
and with the right valve more finely sculptured. 


Solecurtus (Azor) coarctatus (Gmelin). 


Solecurtus (Azor) coarctatus (Gmelin); Smith, Lamellibranchiata 
‘Challenger’ Exped. p. 79. 
Hab. Station 295, Gulf of Oman, 37-40 fath. 
Also known from the Nicobar and Philippine Islands. 
The synonymy and some remarks upon this species are given 
at the above reference. 


Lyonsiella papyracea, Smith. 


Lyonsiella papyracea, Smith, ‘Challenger’ Lamellibranchiata, p. 73, 
pl. xxv. figs. 2-25; Pelseneer, Anat. ‘Challenger’ Deep-sea Moll. 


p. 18, pl. i. fig. 8. 


Hab. Station 276, W. of Ceylon, 1006 fath. (‘ Investi- 
gator’) ; about 1100 miles south-west of Australia, in 
1950 fath. (‘ Challenger ’). 

The single specimen differs from the type in having more 
numerous radiating threads, about fifty-six altogether. It is 
rather larger and less fragile, and has a somewhat thicker 
and coarser periostracum. The form is very similar, although 
not absolutely identical; but that is a character which is 
liable to considerable variability. 


19® 


264 Mr. R. C. Wroughton on 


Cuspidaria approximata, Smith. 

Cuspidaria approazimata, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1896, 
vol. xviii. p. 373; Illust. Zool. ‘Investigator,’ Moll. pl. viii. 
figs, 2-2 a. 

Hab. Station 322, Andaman Islands, 378 fath. 

A single specimen 2 mm. longer than the type. Specimens 

from the Gulf of Oman have been presented to the British 
Museum by Mr. J. C. Melvill. 


XXX VIT.—WNotes on the Genus Otomys- 
By R. C. Wrovearon. 


Tue material available to me for examination in the collec- 
tion of the Natural History Museum amounts to about 
150 specimens (skins and skulls) from some 30 localities. 
Though Africa north of the Equator is very poorly repre- 
sented, yet, at first sight, the total material seems sufficient 
for a fairly exhaustive classification ; but, on careful com- 
parison, I am convinced that this is not so, and that the area 
south of the Zambesi, which is especially well represented by 
series from many different localities, is just that in which 
the results I have obtained are the furthest from finality. 

All but two species of the genus have the anterior molar 
in the lower jaw composed of four laminz or their equiva- 
Jents. Setting aside for the moment these two aberrant forms 
as Section III., the genus may be easily further divided into 
two sections, according as the lower incisors are smooth (or 
but faintly grooved), or are markedly grooved ; and each of 
these Sections falls again naturally into two groups. In 
Section I., comprising the forms with smooth lower incisors, 
those in which the posterior molar in the upper jaw is 
composed of four lamin (or their equivalents) and large 
bulle form the Brantst group, and those in which m* is 
composed of five Jaminze and the bull are quite small form 
the unisulcatus group. In Section I]., comprising the forms 
with grooved lower incisors, those with a single groove as in 
irroratus, Brants, are readily separated from those with a 
double groove as in Jacksoni, Thos. 

The geographical distribution fairly closely agrees with 
these main divisions of the genus. Thus Section I. is found 
in a strip of country running across 8. Africa between 28° 
and 32° 8. lat. Of Section II. the Jacksoni group is found 


the Genus Otomys. 265 


north of the Equator, while the irroratus group inhabits the 
whole eastern half of the continent from Cape Town to the 
Equator, the forms south of the Zambesi showing normally 
six laminz in m*, with about 5 per cent. of exceptional 
individuals having seven laminze, while those north of that 
river show exactly the reverse. ‘The western half of Africa 
is unfortunately unrepresented in the collection, so far as 
Section IL. is concerned, except by a single specimen from 
Angola and askull from the Cameroons, both showing seven 
laminee in m’. This would seem to show that the rule of 
seven laminze in m’ in the northern forms holds good also of 
the west coast. But the Angola specimen probably reached 
that country vid the Congo Valley (the common Otomys 
of Angola seems to be the aberrant Anchiete of Bocage), and 
therefore is no indication of the truly indigenous fauna of 


western South Africa. 
I arrange the forms I have been able to distinguish in a 


key as follows :— 


Key. 


A. m, composed of four lamine or their 
equivalents, 
a‘. Lower incisors not or very faintly grooved. 
a*. m® composed of two complete laminz 
and a modified posterior portion. 
Bulle large (1] mm.). 
a’, Tail long, 3 of head and body; hind 
foot 28 mm. ; lower incisors with a 
faint groove ; length of upper molar 
series* 8mm. (Namaqualand.) .. (1) Brantsi, Sm. 
6°. Tail shorter, little more than } as 
long as head and body; hind foot 
25 mm.; lower incisors smooth; 
length of upper molar series 7 mm. 
Gbice onion, CoC)! alia. ea ace aie! ose (2) B. luteolus, Thos, & 
67. m® composed of three complete lamin [Schw. 
and a modified posterior portion in the 
shape of a trefoil. 
a’, Vwo anterior laminze of m, modified 
and showing a “ spiral” or “ kidney- 
shaped” pattern; tail long, stout, 
black. 
a*, Grooves of upper incisors distinct. 
a’, Larger; head and body 175mm. ; 
tail shorter, 90 mm.; ears 


* The length of the upper molar series is a very difficult measurement 
to take in this genus, owing to the sloping laminze which constitute the 
crown of each tooth. I have here and throughout this paper used a 
measurement from the posterior point of the crown to the base of the 
enamel on the front of the anterior tooth. 


266 Mr. R. C. Wroughton 


smaller; bulle 7. (S. Africa, 
BE coast. ens bess ffi ae 
6°. Smaller, head and body 150mm.; 
tail longer, 100 mm.; ears 
larger; bulle 8, (Namaqua- 


lands) ieee ites since - 
b‘. Grooves of upper incisors obso- 
lescent. (Deelfontein.)........ 


6°. All four lamine of m, complete; 
tail short, slender, pale. (Deel- 
TGUUCLEE) ote See Ss cole s biases 

b', Lower incisors distinctly grooved. 

a’, Lower incisors with one deep and one 

shallow groove. 
m®* normally with six lamine. 
(South of Zambesi.) 

a‘, Colour black, grizzled with yel- 
lowish white; individual hairs 
black, with short pale tips. (Cape 
DGWASCC) AG ele ayeleic toca oie aoe 

b'. Colour much paler; individual 
hairs with distal 4 pale buff. 
(O.R.C, and Mashonaland.) .... 

c*, Colour much warmer; individual 
hairs black, with distal 3 brown. 
(Zoutpansberg, Transvaal.) 

B®. m® normally with seven lamin 
(except trroratus orestes and irrora- 
tus Denti). (North of Zambesi.) 

a‘, Size larger; hind foot 30 mm. 

a’, Skull longer, more stoutly built, 
with narrower brain-case and 
broader nasals. (Mkombuie.).. 

&°. Skull shorter, more slenderly 
built, with broader brain-case 
and narrower, subterminally 
compressed, nasals. (Mt. Kenya, 
B.E.A., 8000-10,000’.) ...... 

b*, Size smaller; hind foot 27 mm. 

a’, Narrow nasals; m*® with five 
lamine. (Ruwenzori.) ...... 

6°. Narrow nasals; m° with six 
lamine. (Mt. Kenya, B.E.A., 
15;000'.) aie eee ee ete 

c’. Broad flat nasals ; m* with seven 
lamine. (Nyika, B.C.A.).... 

b?, Lower incisors with two deep grooves. 


a’, m® composed of eight lamine. 


a’, 


(Shoas) i233 .24 i eee ee 
b*%. m® composed of seven lamine. 
(Mit. Elgon, 18j000).) ns 9s) sape piers 


&. m> composed of six lamine. 


on 


(3) unisulcatus, Cuy. 


(4) u. Broom, Thos. 


(5) u. Granti, Thos. 


(6) Sloggetti, Thos. 


(7) trroratus, Brants. 


(8) ¢. auratus, subsp. n. 


(9) 2. cupreus, subs 


(10) ¢@. angoniensis, 
[subs 


p- 2. 


p- 2. 


(11) 2. tropicalis, Thos. 


(12) 2. Denti, Thos. 


(15) 2. orestes, Thos 


(14) @. nyike, subsp 


-n. 


(15) typus, Heuglin. 


(16) Jacksoni, Thos. 


OR WRB BON, LA DUG wy cars fue's ola Caters (17) Darimouthi, Thos. 


B. m, composed of more than four lamine. 


a‘. m, composed of five laminz. (Angola.). (18) Anchiete, Boe. 


b'. m, composed of seven laminew. (Zulu- 
land:).ccnmoae ees bk seh aja nee mie : 


(19) laminatus, th 


Schw. 


os. & 


the Genus Otomys. 267 


Srcrion I, 


The forms in this Section, as will beseen from the key (A. a’), 
are characterized by the smooth lower incisors and, in most 
cases, the modification of the anterior two laminz of m,. The 
exact structure of the molars of Ofomys has never, I believe, 
been worked out. It is not, therefore, certain whether the 
modified portion of m, in this Section represents one or two 
laminze ; but in view of the almost universal presence of four 
lamin in m, throughout the rest of the genus, and the fact that 
Sloggetli, which undoubtedly belongs to this Section, has four 
complete lamine in that tooth, I have accepted the proba- 
bility that the modified area represents two laminz. This 
modification takes two forms, which, in well-marked cases, 
are quite distinct and cannot have been produced the one 
from the other by wear. In both forms the inner ends of 
the two anterior lamine are produced in a curve, the ante- 
rior backward and the posterior forwards, and fused into one 
continuous strip of enamel in the shape of a horseshoe with 
the open end outwards. In what I have called the “ kidney ”’- 
shaped form the two free ends of the horseshoe are doubled 
inwards, showing a heart-shaped or kidney- shaped pattern ; 
in the ‘spiral ”’ form the free end of the posterior lamina is 
not or scarcely produced, while that of the anterior is 
produced boldly inwards and again doubled on itself, thus 
showing a distinct spiral pattern. 

These forms of modification, though one form is found 
in a large majority of individuals of a given species or 
subspecies, are not quite constant, and I have therefore uot 
relied upon them in my key. 


(1) Otomys Brantsi. 


Euryotis Brantsi, A. Smith, Ill. 8. Afr. Zool. 1839, pl. xxiv. 

Euryotis pallida, Wagner, Wi iegm. Arch. Naturg. 1841, p- 154. 

Otomys rufifrons, Riippell, Verzeichn. Mus. Senck. i. 1842, p. 28 (nom. 

nud.) ; Wagner, Schreb. Saug., Suppl. ii. 1843, p. 507. 

158 a (41. 803). Mouth of Orange River (skull 764c) 
(A. Smith, type). 

7646 (no skin). S. Africa (A. Smith), 

98. 9.6.1 (in. al.). Namaqualand. (Cape Town Museum.) 

4, 2.3.81-88. Klipfontein &c., Namaqualand. (Rudd 
Exploration.) 

The type is very young and immature, and although it 
seems In some respects to ‘resemble suspiciously the eastern 
form, still, all things considered, I am constrained to agree 
with and follow Thomas (P. Z. S. 1904, vol. 1. p. 178) in 


268 Mr. R. C. Wroughton on 


accepting the Namaqualand series as quoted above as topo- 
types of true Brantsi. 

From this series I deduce the following as normal dimen- 
sions of this species :— 

Head and body 150 mm.; tail 100; hind foot 28; ear 17. 

Skull: greatest length 38; basilar length 31; zygomatic 
breadth 20; length of upper molar series 8; bull 11. 

Smith describes the colour as “. . . . sienna-yellow varie- 
gated with black or umber-brown”’—a fairly exact description, 
only that the sienna-yellow fades to white except in the 
central dorsal area, 7. €. in a band, from the nose to the base 
of the tail, about as wide as the ears are apart. The indi- 
vidual hairs are all slate-coloured basally, the majority being 
broadly tipped paler; this pale tip is white except in the 
central dorsal line, where it is tinged with brown; the 
minority are black-tipped. The belly, as stated by Smith, is 
pale grey. 

All the individuals from Klipfontein, without exception, 
show the modification in the “spiral” pattern of the two 
anterior laminze of m,, as also does 7646, the second of 
Smith’s specimens. On the other hand, Smith’s specimen 
158 a (skull 764.c), selected by Mr. Thomas (J. ¢. supra) as 
the type, shows a modified form in which the inner end of 
the anterior lamina is produced into the “ spiral” form, but 
the inner end of the penultimate lamina is also slightly 
produced and doubled inwards as in the “ kidney” pattern. 
One specimen only (98. 9.6.1, received from the Cape Town 
Museum, and labelled “ Namaqualand’) shows a distinct 
“‘ kidney ” pattern. 

Both Brantsi and its subspecies luteolus, forming group 1 
of this Section, are easily distinguishable from group 2 by 
the huge bullz and m’* composed of the equivalents of only 
four laminee. 


(2) Otomys Brantsi luteolus. 
Otomys Brantsi luteolus, Thos. & Schw. P. Z. S. 1904, i. p. 178. 


1.7.9. 28-29. Deelfontein, C.C. 

2.9.1.35-47. Deelfontein, C.C. (Col. Sloggett). 

3.1.4.42. Deelfontein, C.C. (Col. Sloggett). 

This form differs from true Brantsi in its darker, more 
brownish fulvous colouring (the whole upperside being tinged 
with brown, and not only a dorsal band as in Brantsi, and 
the brown is much darker than in that species), shorter hind 
foot, and shorter upper molar series, 


the Genus Otomys. 269 


The following may be taken as normal dimensions for this 
species :— 

Head and body 145 mm.; tail 80; hind foot 25; ear 17. 

Skull: greatest length 38; basilar length 30; zygomatic 
breadth 20; length of upper molar series 7; bull 11. 

In all the individuals of this subspecies, quoted above, the 
modification of the first two laminz of the anterior lower 
molar shows distinctly the “ spiral” pattern. 


(3) Otomys unisulcatus. 

Otomys unisulcatus, Cuvier, Mamm. 1829, pl. cclxiv. 

41.805, 41.806 (skull 59.5.7.2). S. Africa (Dr. A. 
Smith). 

There is unfortunately no really satisfactory specimen of 
unisulcatus in the Natural History Museum collection. It 
is probable that the above are the specimens on which 
Dr. Smith based his description of unisuleatus (Zool. 8S. A. 
pl. xxiii.). Basing on these and on this description, the 
following may be taken as normal dimensions of this 
species :— 

Head and body 175 mm. ; tail 90; hind foot 25; ear (no 
data). 

Skull: greatest length 38; basilar length 30; zygomatic 
breadth 21 ; length of upper molar series 8. 

The shorter tail and hind foot and a-much warmer 
colouring seem to be the chief characters distinguishing this 
species from wnisulcatus Broomi, while its larger size and much 
shorter tail differentiate it from unisulcatus Granti. 

m*® (in this and the following members of this group) is 
composed of three complete laminz and a posterior portion 
in the shape of a trefoil ; in wnisulcatus the modified anterior 
portion of m, shows a “ kidney ”-shaped pattern. 


(4) Otomys unisulcatus Broomi. 
Otomys Broomt, Thos. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. x. p. 313 (1902), 


98.9.3.38-4. Port Nolloth, Namaqualand (R. Broom). 

4.2.3.75. Klipfontein, Namaqualand. Alt. 3104’. 
(Rudd Exploration.) 

The normal dimensions for this species are :— 

Head and body 160 mm.; tail 105 ; hind foot 28; ear 24. 

Skull: greatest length 38; basilar length 31; zygomatic 
breadth 18 ; length of upper molar series 8; bull 8. 

This form differs from typical wnisulcatus by its paler, less 
rufous colouring and its rather larger hind foot, ears, and 


270 Mr. R. C. Wroughton on 


bulle, and from unisulcatus Granti in addition it differs by 
its larger size. 

The modification of m, shows a close approximation to the 
spiral pattern even in the younger specimens. m* is quite 
as in wnisulcatus. 

Mr. Thomas described this form as a distinct species, but 
I do not think it should rank as more than a subspecies ot 
unisulcatus, to which it is quite as closely related as Granti. 


(5) Otomys unisulcatus Granti. 


ee Ere ko Granti, Thos. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. x. p. 312 
(1902). 

97.11.5.22. Fish River (Grahamstown Museum, C.C.). 

1.7.9.30. Deelfontein, C.C. (E. Setmund). 

2.9.1.48-59, 95; 3.1.4.38-41; 3.3.6.9. Deelfontein 
(Col. Sloggett). 

The type is a very old male; more normal dimensions 
than those given by Mr. Thomas are as follows :— 

Head and body 105 mm.; tail 100; hind foot 25; ear 22. 

Skull: greatest length 37; basilar length 30; zygomatic 
breadth 19; length of upper molar series 8; bull 7°5. 

The only well-marked character distinguishing this local 
race from true wnisulcatus is the obsolescence of the grooves 
on the upper incisors, and therefore the Fish-River specimen 
must be placed here. 

The modification of the anterior portion of the first lower 
molar in the younger specimens shows the “ kidney ” pattern, 
but in older specimens it seems to approximate to the spiral 
pattern owing to wear. The third upper molar is quite as in 
unisulcatus—i. e. is composed of three distinct lamine and a 
posterior portion in the form of a trefoil. 


(6) Otomys Sloggetii. 
Otomys Slogetti, Thos. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. x. p. 311 (1902). 


2.9. 1. 60-61. Sree: 
3.3.6.10.  § Deelfontein (Col. Sloggeit). 


The following are normal dimensions for this well-marked 
species :-— 

Head and body 135 mm.; tail 65; hind foot 22; ear 19. 

Skull: greatest length 35; basilar length 28; zygomatic 
breadth 18; length of upper molar series 7°5 ; bulle 8. 

This species, though evidently very closely related to 
unisulcatus, is easily differentiated by its small size, short 


the Genus Otomys. page | 


weak tail, the presence of faint grooves on the lower 
incisors, &e. 

m, is composed of four complete laminz, while m* is quite 
the same as that tooth in unisulcatus. 


Secrion II. 


The forms of this Section are easily distinguished from 
those of the last by the grooving of the lower incisors, and 
the two groups of the section from one another by the 
character of this grooving. Group 1, with forms which 
have only one deep groove in the lower incisors, comprises 
the larger number of the individualsin the genus. As usual 
in the classification of the mammal fauna of 8S. Africa, the 
species (trroratus) representing Group 1 can be broadly 
divided into two forms inhabiting opposite sides of the 
Zambesi River. Individuals from localities south of the 
river are found to have an m* made up of six lamine, but 
in about 5 per cent. of the specimens in the Natural History 
Museum are found seven lamine; in specimens from north 
of the Zambesi exactly the converse is found to be the case, 
except only in the case of the very high-level form from 
Mount Kenya, which at the northern limit of the species 
has uniformly six laminz, and the Ruwenzori form Denti, 
which has only five. Some such geographical division of the 
species is also indicated by the colouring, the southern forms 
being black speckled with white, while the northern sub- 
stitute a brown for the white of the southern forms. It 
is in dealing with the 8.-Zambesi form of irroratus that I 
have found that, notwithstanding the very considerable 
quantity of material available for examination, it is all too 
small for any really satisfactory result to be arrived at. So 
far as skull-characters go, the whole species seems to be in an 
unstable condition. I have failed to find in the southern 
specimens a single series in which any one distinctive 
character is really constant. I have already said that the 
lamine composition of m* presents exceptions to an other- 
wise general rule. In size there is similar variation: 
specimens (quite mature) from Cape Town, De Kaap, Trans- 
vaal, &c., show a greatest skull-length of 36 mm.; others, 
from King William’s Town, Kuruman, &c., show 44 and 
even 46 mm.; while the normal size is 40-41 mm. Similar 
in-and-out variation could be shown for almost any character. 
Under the circumstances I have decided to leave all these 
forms under irroratus, only distinguishing, south of the 
Zambesi, a couple of colour-forms as subspecies. 


242 Mr. R. C. Wrouglhton on 


(7) Otomys irroratus. 
Otomys irroratus, Brants, Muiz. 1827, p. 94. 
95.9.3.9. Rondebosch, Cape Town. 
3.7.2.18-21. Tokai, Cape Town. Alt. sea-level to 600’. 
5.5.7.59-65. Knysna, C.C. (Rudd Exploration.) Alt. 
1400-1500’. 
97.11.5. 28-25. Grahamstown, C.C. 


98.10.8.9-10. King William’s Town, C.C. 
3.6.2.12. Port St. John, Pondoland. 

4.6.6.6-11. Notinsila, Pondoland. Alt. 2300’. 

94. 6.29.2; 4.8.31.6. Zululand. Alt. 3000’. 

49. 4.13.6. Durban, Natal. 

4, 12.5. 18-19. Estcourt, Natal. Alt. 4500’. 

4. 12.5.41-42. Maseru, ‘Basutoleand Alt. 5000’. 
4.9.1. 43-44. Wakkerstroom, Transvaal. Alt. 5900’. 
4,9.1.45-47. Zuurbronn, Transvaal. Alt. 4400-4700’. 
96.3.30.5. Rustenberg, Transvaal. Alt. 4900’. 
97.8.51-2. Krugersdorp, Transvaal. Alt. 4700’. 


4,4,8.10-14; 4.10.1.30-31, 59, 60, 92. Kuruman, 
Bechuanaland. "Alt. 4000’. 

98. 3. 23.3-4. Potchefstroom, Transvaal. 

Brants’ description is a long one, but does not furnish any 
strikingly characteristic characters, and gives no type locality. 
The upper incisors have one deep groove towards the outer 
edge and a shallow inner one, and the lower incisors one 
deep groove. ‘The dimensions given are :—Head and body 
222 mm., tail 100. Allowing for the exaggerated measure- 
ments (according to the method of taking these measurements 
at the present day) of the head and body, the following may 
be taken as normal dimensions of irroratus :— 

Head and body 180 mm. ; tail 100; hind foot 29; ear 23. 

Skull: greatest length 41; basilar length 32; zygomatic 
breadth 20; length of upper molar series 9; bullz 7. 

The colouring is black, with a minute speckling of very 
pale buff, the belly grey. m° is composed normally of six 
laminz, but in isolated cases, without any rule as to size, 
age, or locality, seven lamine are found. 


(8) Otomys irroratus auratus, subsp. n. 
4.8. 1.30-35 ;, 4.8.1.81. Vredefort, O.R.C. (Barreti- 


Hamilton). 
95.7.1.19; 95.11.3.12-13. Mazoe, Mashonaland (Dar- 


ling). 


the Genus Otomys. 273 


The colouring is much as in irroratus, but the pale buff 
speckling is in such quantity as to overpower the dark 
ground and to give the effect of a dull golden colour. 

The normal dimensions are as follows :— 

Head and body 170 mm. ; tail 85; hind foot 30; ear 20. 

Skull: greatest length 41; basilar length 35 ; zygomatic 
breadth 20; length of upper molar series 9; bullee 7:5. 

The following are some actual measurements (in mm.) :— 


4,8,1.88, 4.8.1.80, 4.3.1.31. 95.7.1.19. 
Old S$: SA Guy. Ye. aie (Old & 


(Type.) 
Head and body ...... 176 158 37 193 (?) 
PERE ka wa w sis. 05's 0» 85 75 74 115 (?) 
PUTOOG! foi 5c se 5 27 27 29 
LOT AE ei a 22 1) 18 21 
Skull : 
Greatest length .... 42 4] 3) 42 
Basilar length...... 30 P 3 35 
Zygomatic breadth . 21 20 19 20 
Upper molar series. . 9°3 9°3 9 9 
BMIPUE yond Gacy cle sso 75 re 75 75 


It is interesting to note that while the O.R.C. specimens 
have all, without exception, six laminz in m’*, two out of 
three of the Mazoe specimens, which come from what I 
regard as the northern limit of this form of tooth, have 
seven laminz in m’. 


(9) Otomys irroratus cupreus, subsp. n. 


6. 4. 3.4348, 148-9. Zoutpansberg, Transvaal. (Rudd 
Exploration.) Alt. 4500-5000’. 

More resembling irroratus in the proportionally longer 
tail, but shorter in the hind foot aud smaller in the skull 
than either auratus or typical irroratus. 

The colouring is like that of the northern forms, i. e. the 
place of the pale buff of auratus is taken by deep brown, 
giving a generally coppery look to the specimens. 

The normal dimensions are :— 

Head and body 170 mm.; tail 100; hind foot 28; ear 20. 

Skull: greatest length 39; basilar length 32; zygomatic 
breadth 20; length of upper molar series 9; bull 7, 

Some actual measurements are (in mm.) :— 


274 Mr. R. C. Wroughton on 


6.4.3.44. 6.4.3.47. 6.4.3.48. 
Old g. Ad ©. \ ¥eue 


(Type.) 
Head and body .......... 172 155 127 
Pall 2 is) s0 taispne ai eee ae 97 97 76 
Pind foot Os 4s See aw ee aie 28 26 24 
Bag. ints oaatew series sa 20 19 16 
Skull 
Greatest length........ 40 38 ? 
Ipasilar lengtir cae > os Be 3 ? 
Zygomatic breadth .... 20 20 ? 
Upper molar series .... 9 9 88 
Bulle. 7. eee Aho : ri 7 P 


(10) Otomys irroratus angoniensis, subsp. nov. 


2.1.6. 20-24. M’Kombhuie, B.C.A. (Sir H. Johnston). 
Alt. 8000’. (Type B.M. no. 2.1. 6. 22, a fully adult 9.) 

A large Otomys with the characteristic dark brown 
colouring of the northern forms. Unfortunately the 
dimensions were not recorded by the collector and the 
skulls are much broken, but the following may be accepted 
as the dimensions of the species :— 

Head and body 175 mm. ; tail 90; hind foot 30; ear 21. 

Skull: greatest length 42; basilar length 34; zygomatic 
breadth 20; length of upper molar series 9; bull 7°5. 

The size is much as in typical irroratus, but the warm 
northern colouring distinguishes it markedly from this species ; 
the southern form cupreus which resembles it in colouring 
is much smaller. From its more immediate neighbours it 
may be distinguished, from nyzke by the shorter hind foot, 
much broader, flatter, nasals, and the much smaller bullz of 
that species, and from ¢ropicalis, which it resembles in size 
and length of hind foot, by its narrower, stouter skull, rather 
wider, compressed nasals, and rather larger bulle. 


(11) Otomys irroratus tropicalis. 
Otomys irroratus tropicalis, Thos. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. x. p. 314 
(1902). 

0.2. 1. 18-20, 22, 238. Mt. Kenya, B.E.A. (Mackinder). 
Alt. 10,000’. 

93. 2.3.29. Mianzini, B.E.A. (Jackson). Alt. 8500’. 

Thomas in his description quotes from the collector’s 
label 195 and 93, for the head and body and tail measure- 
ments respectively, but I am confident there is some error in 
these. It is, in fact, a rather short-tailed Otomys of about 
the size of typical aroratus, and I therefore give as normal 
dimensions of this species :— 


the Genus Otomys. 275 


Head and body 180 mm. ; tail 80; hind foot 30; ear 23. 

Skull: greatest length 44 ; basilar length 35 ; zygomatic 
breadth 22; length of upper molar series 9; bullee 7°5. 

In addition to the characters recorded by Mr. Thomas, a 
subterminal compression of the nasals is most marked, and 
with the generally narrower nasals serves to distinguish 
tropicalis from angoniensis at a glance. The Mianzini series 
shows this compression of the nasals very strongly, and the 
brain-case is even broader and deeper than in the specimens 
from Mt. Kenya; but the skins seem to belong to a much 
smaller animal and, moreover, vary a good deal in colour. 
No measurements, however, were recorded by the collector ; 
I therefore reluctantly place them under this species. 


(12) Otomys irroratus Denti. 
Otomys Denti, Thos. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xviii. p. 142 (1906). 


6.7.1. 68-70. Ruwenzori Exploration. Alt. 6090- 
10,000’. 

A rather small dark-coloured Otomys, with the tail wholly 
black, above and below, and black feet. 

The dimensions are :— 

Head and body 165 mm. ; tail 95; hind foot 27; ear 21. 

Skull: greatest length 37 ; basilar length 30; zygomatic 
breadth 19; length of upper molar series 7°5; bull 7. 

The presence of only five laminze in m’ is sufficient to 
distinguish this from any other member of the northern 
group or, indeed, of Section II. 

Mr. Thomas has described this form as a species, but as 
I have ranked all the other forms as subspecies of irroratus 
I feel it more convenient to treat Denti in the same way, 
notwithstanding the lamin formula of m’. ' 


(13) Otomys irroratus orestes. 
Otomys irroratus orestes, Thos. P. Z. S. 1900, p. 175. 


0.2.1.21. Teliki Valley, Mt. Kenya, B.E.A. (Mackinder). 
Alt. 13,000’. 

The dimensions of this species as recorded by Mr. Thomas 
are :— 

Head and body 175 mm. ; tail 62; hind foot 27 ; ear 20°5. 

Skull: greatest length 39; basilar length 31:3; zygomatic 
breadth 20; length of upper molar series 8 ; bulle 7:5. 

The smaller size, comparatively narrow nasals, and pre- 
sence of only six lamin in m’ serve to distinguish it from 
any of its neighbours. 


276 Mr. R. C. Wroughton on 


(14) Otomys irroratus nyike, subsp. nov. 


97.10.1.107, 112-114, 117, 277, 290, 291. Nyika 
Plateau, B.C.A. (Sir H. Johnston). Alt. 6500’. (Type B.M. 
no. 97. 10. 1.107, an adult ¢.) 

Rather smaller than typical irroratus, with the usual 
brown colouring of the northern species. Unfortunately 
the body-dimensions were not recorded by the collector, but 
the following may be accepted as normal for the species :— 

Head and body 170 mm.; tail 70 ; hind foot 27; ear 20. 

Skull: greatest length 41; basilar length 34; zygomatic 
breadth 20; length of upper molar series 9; bulle 7. 

The extraordinarily broad, flat, spatulate nasals serve to 
separate at once this from all other forms. 


(15) Otomys typus. 


Oreomys typus, Heuglin, Reis. N.Ost.-Afr. ii. 1877, p. 76. 

Oreinomys typus, Trouess. Cat. Mamm. i. p. 469 (1899). 

Otomys Degeni, Thos. P. Z. 8, 1902, ii. p. 311. 

2.9.9.19. Shoa, Abyssinia. 

When describing his Degenit, Thomas seems to have had 
some doubt that it was identical with Otomys typus of 
Heuglin: more recently the receipt of the type skull from 
the Stuttgart Museum for examination has confirmed this 
doubt. The dimensions recorded by Mr. Thomas for Degeni 
are :— 

Head and body 160mm. ; tail90; hind foot 28-5; ear 22. 

Skull: greatest length 38; zygomatic breadth 19:7 ; 
length of upper molar series 9°5 ;_bullee (absent). 

This species is easily distinguishable from other forms of 
the group with a double groove on the lower incisor by the 
presence of eight laminze in m’. 


(16) Otomys Jacksoni. 

Otomys Jacksoni, Thos. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. vii. p. 2 (1891). 

93. 2. 3. 34-35. Mount Elgon, Uganda (Jackson). Alt. 
13,200! 

‘A rather small Otomys with the warm northern colouring. 
The dimensions are :— 

Head and body 120 mm. ; tail 50; hind foot 26, 

Skull: greatest length 36; basilar length 28; zygomatic 
breadth 18; length of upper molar series 8°5; bull 6. 

The small size and long soft fur are mar ked characters, 
but the presence of seven laminz in m* is of itself amply 
sufficient to distinguish Jacksoni from either of the other 


the Genus Otomys. 277 


two known forms of the group with doubly grooved lower 
incisors. 


(17) Otomys Dartmouthi. 
Otomys Dartmouthi, Thos. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xviii. p. 141 
(1906). 

6.7. 1.61-67. Ruwenzori Exploration. Alt. 12,500’. 

Rather smaller and darker in colour than typus. The 
normal dimensions are : 

Head and body 150 mm.; tail 90; hind foot 26°5; ear 25. 

Skull: greatest length 39; basilar length 31; zygomatic 
breadth 20; length of upper molar series 8; bull 7. 

The presence of only six laminze in m’® suffices to separate 
this species from any other known member of the group 
with double grooves on the lower incisors. 


Secrion III. 


The two aberrant species in this Section seem to be found 
isolated in the midst of normal forms: /aminatus has been 
taken only from Sibudeni, Zululand (and, it is stated, from 
a locality in Pondoland), and we have quite normal irroratus 
from the same place; Anchiete is recorded by Bocage from 
Caconda, &c., Angola, and has not been found elsewhere 
outside Angola ; while we have a specimen from Braganza 
which is apparently a normal irroratus, and Bocage records 
several other localities in Angola in which irroratus has 
been found. 


(18) Otomys Anchiete. 
Otomys Anchiete, Bocage, Jorn. Se. Acad. Lisb. ix. 1882, p. 26. 


92.1.9.12; 97.3.6. 10 (in al.). Caconda, Angola. 

A large Otomys with the brown colouring of the northern 
forms of irroratus and in addition an almost red colouring 
(roux ardent of Bocage) on face andrump. The dimensions 
are :— 

Head and body 200 mm. ; tail 120; hind foot 37 ; ear 24, 

Skull: greatest length 47; basilar length 39; zygomatic 
breadth 26; length of upper molar series 11 ; bulla 10. 

This is the largest form so far recorded in the genus; it 
is larger even than the biggest ¢rroratus from Kuruman both 
in body and skull dimensions, yet the Kuruman specimens 
are very old, while the specimens of Anchiete though mature 
are not by any means old. But for its aberrant m, 
Anchiete would fall ito Group 1 of Section II., 7. e. the 
forms having one deep and one shallow groove on each lower 
incisor. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 20 


bho 


78 Mr, R. I. Pocock on 


(19) Otomys laminatus. 
Otomys laminatus, Thos. & Schw. P. Z. 8. 1905, i. p. 267. 


4.5. 1.45; 4. 8. 31. 5. Sibudeni, Zululand. (Rudd 
Exploration.) 

An Otomys rather larger than typical irroratus with the 
colouring of southern specimens of that species. The 
dimensions are :— 

Head and body 180 mm.; tail 120; hind foot 30; ear 22. 

Skull: greatest length 43; basilar length 35; zygomatic 
breadth 23; length of upper molar series 10; bull 7-5. 

The extraordinary multiplication of lamine in m, and m* 
distinguishes this species at a glance from any other known 
Otomys. 


XXXVIII.—On the Genus Cercocebus, with a Key to the 
known Species. By R. I. Pocock, F.LS., F.Z.S., 
Superintendent of the Zoological Society’s Gardens. 


In Trouessart’s Cat. Mamm., Suppl. p. 15 (1904), the 
described species and subspecies of Cercocebus are referred to 
two subgeneric groups, Cercocebus (s. s.) and Leptocebus. 
The latter name appears here for the first time in literature 
to replace Semnocebus, Gray (nec Lesson), restored by 
Mr. Lydekker for C albigena, Gray, on the strength of the 
blackness of the eyelids and the presence of an upstanding 
crest on the crown of the head. Although considerable 
latitude in opinion as to what constitutes a generic or sub- 
generic character must be allowed, there seems to me to be 
no particular reason for regarding elongation of the hairs on 
the crown as of higher systematic value than elongation of 
those on the brow, the cheeks, or the end of the tail, features 
which, happily, no one has as yet claimed to be more than of 
specific importance within the group. 

As for the whiteness of the eyelids, this is most pronounced 
in the western species (C. lunulatus, ethiopicus, fuliginosus), 
much less marked, or, according to Mr. Lydekker himself, 
sometimes absent, in specimens referred to C. Hagenbecki, 
and also, according to the same author, absent in C. albigena 
Rothschildi. Moreover, in C. congicus and C. Hamlyni the 
eyelids are white, and, at least in C. Hamlyn, whiter than 
the skin of the face. Yet these two species are certainly 
more nearly related to C. albigena Rothschildi than to any 
one of the three typically white-eyelidded species. 


the Genus Cercocebus. 279 


It was formerly held, even by authors familiar with C. ful?- 
gtnosus, that uniformity in the colour of the hair, or, to be 
accurate, the absence of the subapical pale annuli so common 
in the hairs of Cercopithecus, was characteristic of the genus 
Cercocebus, yet in C. fuliginosus there is a patch on the 
crown of the head due to a broad yellowish area on the hairs 

of this region; and since the discovery of C. galeritus, 
C. agilis, and C. chrysogaster, speckled species all three, it 
has been tacitly admitted that the absence of the speckling 
has only a specific importance. 

So far, then, as the colour of the hair and of the eyelids 
is concerned, a gradation may be traced between the species 
debarring generic or subgeneric subdivision even on the part 
of those wishing to attach such weight to the particulars in 
question; and it appears to me there is just as much or as 
little reason for regarding the elongated whiskers of C. con- 
gicus, or the brow-fringe of typical C. albigena, or the long 
and parted scalp-hairs of C. galeritus as supplying a basis 
for subgenera as for considering the crown-tuft of C. albigena 
to have that value. The truth j is, if the genus Cercocebus be 
divided into subgenera at all, it may with as much justifica- 
tion be split into three or four as into two. But since no 
beneficial end is, in my opinion, served by giving subgeneric 
names to isolated species or groups of species in so small and, 
comparatively speaking, homogeneous a genus as Cercocebus, 
and useful names are thereby put out of court for other 
nomenclatural purposes, I propose to regard Leptocebus as a 
genuine synonym of Cercocebus *. 


1. The Sooty Mangabey. 
Cercocebus fuliginosus, Geoff. 


Loc. Sierra Leone and Liberia. 


2. The White-crowned Mangabey. 
Cercocebus lunulatus, Temm. 


Cercocebus ethiops, Geoffroy, and of recent authors ; nec Simza ethiops, 


Linn. 
Cercocebus lunulatus, Temminck, Esquiss. Guin. p. 87 (1853) ; de Win- 


ton, in Anderson’s Mammals of Egypt, p. 15 (1902). 


* The pity of introducing new names like Leptocebus into a catalogue 
compiled by an author who cannot claim an intimate acquaintance even 
with all the genera, much less with all the species he records, is well 
exemplified by the case under consideration; for one of the alleged 
species, Hayenbecki, figures in the subgenus. Cercocebus, and another, 
agilis, in Leptocebus ; yet the two names were in all probability applied 
to specimens only subspecifically distinct from each other. 

20* 


280 Mr. R. I. Pocock on 


Loc. Gold Coast. 

In Trouessart’s Catalogue (1904) and, I believe, in all 
previous literature this species figured as ethiops, Linn. ; but 
since, as Mr, de Winton pointed out, this name was originally 
given to a species of the genus Cercopithecus, it cannot 


stand for the mangabey in question, for which Junulatus 
seems to be the correct title. 


3. The White-collared Mangabey. 


Cercocebus aethiopicus, F. Cuv. 


Cercopithecus ethiopicus, F, Cuvier, Mamm. ii. livr, xxxv. (1821). 
Cercocebus collaris, Gray, List Mamm. Brit. Mus. p. 7 (1843); and of 
subsequent authors. 
Loc. Nigeria, Cameroons, and French Congo. 
Although this species is usually known by the appropriate 
title “‘ collaris,’ the oldest available name seems to be 
ethiopicus. 


4, The Yellow-bellied Mangabey. 


Cercocebus chrysogaster, Lydd. 

Cercocebus chrysogaster, Lydekker, Novit. Zool. vii. p. 279, pl. iii. (1900). 

Loc. Congo: exact area unknown. 

I have seen a few living specimens of this species, but 
Mr. Rothschild has kindly afforded me the opportunity of 
examining the type, which lived for about one year in the 
Zoological Gardens. ‘This may account for certain discrep- 
ancies between the description and the specimen. Between 
the drawing up of the description which was published on 
Aug. 20th, 1900, and the death of the specimen in February 
1901 certain colour-changes must presumably have taken 
place in the hair, for it is asserted that the speckling disappears 
on the flanks and outer sides of the limbs, which tend to 
slate-grey, and that the inner surface of the limbs is rather 
paler than the outer surface. In the specimen at the present 
time the flanks and outer sides of the limbs down to the 
hands and feet are distinctly speckled, though not so strongly 
as the head and back, and the inner surface of the limbs 1s 
orange like the lower surface of the head and body, though 
paler. The describer’s statement’ that this species differs 
from all other species of Cercocebus as well as from all species 
of Cercopithecus in the bright orange coloration of the under 
surface was made in forgettulness of the fact that Pousargues 
had already ascribed a similar coloration to the belly of 


the Genus Cercocebus. 281 


Cercocebus agilis, and that Cercopithecus Wolf, Grayi, pogo- 
nius, and nigripes have been known for many years to be so 
coloured below *. My only reason for commenting now on 
the fact is the great interest attaching to the similarity in the 
colouring in the lower parts in all these monkeys, which 
inhabit, broadly speaking, the same area of tropical West 
Africa, namely the Congo. There must be an explanation of 
this, but I am unable to suggest what it may be. 


5. Hagenbeck’s Mangabey. 


Cercocebus Hagenbecki, Lydd. 


Cercocebus Hagenbecki, Lydekker, Novit. Zool. vii. p. 594 (1900) ; id. 
op. eit. viii. pl. i. fig. 1 (1901). 

Loc. Upper Congo: exact area unknown. 

I am indebted to Mr. Rothschild for the chance of seeing 
the type of this species. On the forehead, rather less than an 
inch behind the brow, there is a very conspicuous parting, 
whence the hairs radiate, those directed forwards forming a 
conspicuous postsuperciliary fringe. ‘This important feature, 
attesting close relationship between C. Hagenbecki and 
C. agilis, is not mentioned in the description and only im- 
perfectly suggested in the figure. The prevailing colour is a 
smoky grey above, relieved on the head, whiskers, neck, 
shoulders, and fore part of the back by the yellowish annula- 
tion of the hairs. These annuli practically die out on the 
sides of the body, the outer sides of the legs, and on the tail, 
which is merely indistinctly speckled in its basal portion 
above. The throat, chest, belly, and the inner sides of the 
limbs are dirty greyish white. ‘There is a complete absence 
in the hair of the brown or fawn or rusty yellow hue men- 
tioned by the two principal describers of C. agzlis. It is 
solely on this account that I separate the two forms specifi- 
cally, although strongly suspecting they will ultimately prove 
to beat most merely local races (that is to say, subspecies) of 
one and the same species. But of this there is as yet no 
proof. 

According to Mr. Lydekker, the eyelids were black in the 
living type specimen, whereas another example living in the 
Gardens at the same time had them flesh-coloured. In the 
living specimens I have seen they are neither flesh-coloured 
nor black, but somewhat greyish—that is to say, decidedly 
darker than in C. ethiopicus, for example. I suspect they 
are pale in the young and gradually darken with age. 

* The rufous belly of C. erythrogaster must also be remembered in 
this connexion. 


282 Mr. R. I. Pocock on 


In the speckling of the coat and the appearance and 
gradual extension of the yellow of the underside a gradation 
may be traced in the order named between C. fuliginosus, 
FHagenbecki, agilis, and chrysogaster, whereas in the direction 
of growth of the hairs on the head C. chrysogaster resembles 


C. fuliginosus. 


6. Agile Mangabey. 


Cercocebus agilis, A. Riviere. 
Cercocebus agilis, A. Riviére, Rev. Sc. sér. 3, xii. p. 15 (1886); Pou- 
sargues, Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. (8) iii. pp. 229-235 (1896) ; Trouessart, 
Le Naturaliste, 1897, p. 9. 

Loc. French Congo: confluence of the Oubangui and the 

Congo; ‘ Poste des Ouaddas” (according to Pousargues). 
The specimen, now in the Paris Museum, to which Riviére 
gave the name Cercocebus agilis, without adequate diagnosis, 
was subsequently deseribed by both Pousargues and 
Trouessart. I have not seen any specimen which exactly 
fits the descriptions, though the latter apply pretty closely to 
mangabeys we commonly receive from the Congo and call 
CO. Hagenbeckt, 'Vhe arrangement of the hairs on the fore- 
head is the same and the speckling of the fur also, but the 
general tint is apparently different in the two; for example, 
Trouessart says that the hairs of the head and back are more 
distinctly annulated than those of the sides, so that the tint 
passes insensibly into fawn-brown (“ fauve-brun”’), then into 
clear fawn, then into white under the belly. And according 
to Pousargues the hairs of the upper parts are dark brown 
(‘‘brun sombre”) and marked on the distal third with two 
yellowish-green annuli especially distinct upon the head, 
neck, and arms, much less defined upon the cheek, shoulders, 
back, sides, and outer face of the legs; the hairs of the chest 
and belly are scanty and yellowish red at the extremity, but 
the throat and the inner sides of the arms and legs are silvery 
grey. The discrepancies between the two descriptions taken 
by two authors of repute from the same specimen are difficult 
toreconcile. ‘They are also highly instructive as emphasizing 
the magnitude of the personal equation to be reckoned with 
in judging of species from published diagnoses. ‘The reddish- 
yellow (“jaune roussatre *?) hue of the chest and belly must 
be very faint, one would imagine, to admit of ‘Trouessart’s 
failing to detect it and describing the belly as white, unless 
his examination was made by gas- or candle-light. That 
Pousargues was probably correct may be inferred from the 
circumstance that he saw four specimens in addition to the 


the Genus Cercocebus. 283 


type, making a total of two adult males and one adult and 
two young females, 


7. Helmeted Mangabey. 


Cercocebus galeritus, Pet. 


Cercocebus galeritus, Peters, Mon. Akad. Berlin, 1879, p. 830, pls. i. & 
iii.; Matschie, Saugeth. Deutsch. Ost-Afr. p. 145 (1895) ; Pousar- 
gues, Ann. Sci. Nat. (8) iii. pp. 229-235 (1897). 

Loc. Brit. E. Africa: Tana River. 

This species is known to me only from the figure and 
description published by Peters and from the remarks upon 
it Matschie and Pousargues have published. 

The general colour both above and below seems to resemble 
that of C. agilis ; but the arrangement of the hair on the 
crown of the head is quite different from that of C. agilis and 
C. Hagenbecki. Judging from the figure, which, according 
to Matschie, quoted by Pousargues, is correct, the parting is 
not, as in those species, a small circular area from which the 
hair radiates, but almost Y-shaped; the hairs on the forehead 
turn forwards over the brows and are separated by a transverse 
parting running from temple to temple from the hairs of the 
top of the head, which are long and directed outwards from 
a median longitudinal parting, so that their ends overhang, 
like a roof, the tops of the ears. The description Pousargues 
gives of this arrangement does not express at all clearly, in 
my opinion, what the illustration in Peters’s paper shows. 
Trouessart’s interpretation is much more in keeping with the 
figure. But the two species, C. agilis and galeritus, are, I 
should say, much less nearly related than these French 
authors believed. 


8. The Black Mangabey. 


Cercocebus albigena, Gray. 

Presbytes albigena, Gray, P. Z. S. 1850, p. 77. 

Loe. Basin of the Congo and E. Africa (Uganda, Tan- 
ganyika). 

Mr. Lydekker (Nov. Zool. vii. pp. 594, 596, 1900) admits 
the following subspecies of this form :— 
albigena, Gray, P. Z. S. 1850, p. 77, pl. xvi. 

Loc, French Congo. 
aterrimus, Oudemans, Zool. Gart. xxxi. p. 267 (1890). 

Loe. Stanley Falls ; north or right bank of Congo. 


284. Mr. R. I. Pocock on 


Rothschild’, Lydd. Nov. Zool. vii. pp. 595-596 (1900), and 
vill. pl. 1. fig. 2 (1901). 
Loc.? 
Johnstont, id. loc. cit. pp. 595-596. 
Loc. Lake Tanganyika (northern extremity). 


The best-marked of these forms appears to be Rothschild, 
of which I have seen no specimens. 

The remaining examples examined and named _ by 
Mr. Lydekker are in the Natural History Museum, as well 
as three others received since his paper was written. Two of 
these three are from Budzi (8000 feet) in Uganda; the third 
is labelled “ Cameroons,” but this locality is, I think, open to 
grave suspicion. ‘This specimen is long-coated. The mantle 
on the nape and shoulders is brown strongly tinged with 
iron-grey. There is also a considerable quantity of grey in 
the hair on the fore part of the chest and outer side of the 
thigh. Except that there is more grey in the coat, this 
example is very like the type of albzgena, which is young. 
I believe it represents the adult phase of that species, and 
Mr. Lydekker has given it the name albigena. In its grey- 
ness it differs from the two examples from Uganda, in which 
there is no grey in the brown mantle or on the outer sides of 
the legs, which are black. One of these specimens is browner 
than the other and both are rather browner than the type of 
Johnstoni. Nevertheless I believe the three specimens, which 
appear to be adult, are representatives of one and the same 
subspecies. 

From an examination of all these skins, no two of which 
are absolutely alike, I am compelled to believe that two, and 
only two, subspecies are involved, namely a western and an 
eastern, the former being albigena and the latter Johnstont. 
Neumann identified the eastern form from Uganda as 
aterrimus ; but for geographical reasons it appears to me 
more probable that the type of aterrimus was a young 
example of albigena. If so, aterrimus falls as a synonym of 
albigena. If, on the other hand, Neumann is right in his 
determination, Johnstoni falls as a synonym of aterrimus. 

It must be borne in mind that Neumann discovered the 
young of the Uganda form to be uniformly black (Zool. 
Jahrb. xiii. p. 533, 1900). From this it may be interred 
that the young of the Congo form (albzgena) is also black. 
The skins I have seen bear ont this interence. Hence, so far 
as colour is concerned, the type of aterriémus might be the 
young or the brown- or grey-mantled race, It cannot, on 


the Genus Cercocebus. 285 


the evidence, be admitted as the ropresentative of a distinct 
form. 
9. Sclater’s Mangabey. 


Cercocebus congicus, Sclater. 
Cercocebus congicus, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1899, pp. 827-828, fig. 


The diagnosis runs as follows:—‘‘ Niger, subtts nudi- 
usculus, cristé extante longé nigré: genarum pilis productis 
albis: manibus et pedibus cum facie carneis: mento et pectore 
albis, ventre nigricante, tibiis albis: brachiis nigris, cauda 
albicante. Long. corp. 2, caudee 3, tota 5 ped. Ang. 

“Hab. Terra Congica.” 

This species was based upon a single female specimen 
living in the Antwerp Gardens and believed to have come 
from the district of Stanley Falls on the Upper Congo. 

The reproduced photograph published by Dr. Sclater shows 
that the crest on the head was long and rose nearly vertically 
from the crown like a column, presenting an appearance 
quite unlike that of the crest of C. albigena or C. Hamlyni. 


10. Hamlyn’s Mangabey. 
Cercocebus Hamlyn, Pocock. 


Cercocebus Hamlyni, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1906, xviii. 
p. 208, pl. vii. 


Loc. Congo : exact locality unknown. 


Key to the Species and Subspecies, showing their apparent 


Affinity. 
a. No upstanding tuft of hair on the posterior por- 
tion of the crown of the head. 
6, Hairs on body a uniform blackish grey or 
nearly black, not annulated. 
ec. No distinct white collar; summit of head not 


red-brown. 
d. Nowhite patch on summit of head; lower 
RUPERCO BINbY! PTC YOR, cleo. es ern oe oe S's Suliginosus. 
d', A white patch on summit of head; lower 
SPESHCOL WN UGIGE 2. tae Sho Oh mia oa/dete lunulatus. 


ce’, A white band extending on each side from 
the eye beneath the ear on to the back of 
the head and continued down the uape of 
the neck ; top of head red-brown........ ethiopicus. 
6'. Hairs, at least on the head, fore limbs, and 
fore part of the body, distally annulated with 
yellow, giving a speckled appearance to the 
coat. 
e. No parting in the hairs on the forehead to 
form a brow-fringe ; throat and inner side 
of limbs yellow like chest and belly...... chrysogaster. 


286 Mr. W. L. Distant on 


e', A parting in the hairs on the forehead to 
form a forwardly directed brow-fringe; at 
least the throat and the inner sides of the 
limbs not yellow ( in C. galeritus). 

J. Hairs on crown of head short, directed 
backwards, without median longitudinal 
parting; no tail-tuft. 

g. Prevailing colour smoky grey ; no yellow 


on flanks, chest, or belly .......... Hagenbecki. 
g. Prevailing colour brown, yellowish on 
the flanks, chest, and belly.......... agilis, 
jf}. Hairs on crown of head long, separated 


by amedian longitudinal parting, whence 

they diverge to the right and left, over- 

lapping the tops of the ears ; tail apically 

butted Ss Ft seas atin ete eae oe team galeritus. 
a‘, Hair on summit of head forming an upstanding 

parietal crest or tuft. 

h. Skin of face, of hands and feet, and the nails 
black ; prevailing colour of coat also black, 


though brown or iron-grey in parts ........ albigena. 
?, Whiskers short ; a very distinct superciliary 
fringe. 
k. Mantle and chest and outer side of legs 
brown with grey tinge ..........2... subsp. albigena. 


k‘. No grey tinge in the hairs of the mantle, 
chest, and outer side of legs, the latter 


[sYeiategh 011 Te) aM SPAR A en subsp. Johnstont. 
2’, Whiskers long, partially concealing ears; 
no superciliary Mnge. > 5). 50 223. 2) eesee ee subsp. Rothschildi. 


A‘. Skin of face, nails, and underside of hands and 
feet flesh-coloured, at least the cheeks, throat, 
tail, and lower half of legs whitish. 
1. Arms, body, and thighs black ............ congicus. 
l’, Arms, body, and legs mostly greyish white, 
the arms and shoulders partly ashy black., Hamlyni. 


XXXIX.—On some Ethiopian Rhynchota, and Synonymical 
Notes. By W. L. Distant. 


THE following descriptions refer to South-African specimens 
which I have recently received from various sources. Those 
from the Transvaal will be subsequently figured in ‘ Insecta 
‘Transvaaliensia.’ 
Fam. Pentatomide. 
Subfam. Pewrarouryv 2. 
Hermolaus Swierstre, sp. n. 


Brownish testaceous, coarsely punctate; head with the 
punctures on lateral lobes arranged in somewhat longitudinal 


some Ethioman Ihynchota. 287 


series, the central lobe almost impunctate, the outer margins 
of the lateral lobes narrowly olivaceous ; antenne with the 
joints 1-3 stramineous, 4-5 darker, first joint not nearly 
reaching apex of head, second and third subequal in length, 
shorter than fourth and fifth; pronotum with the lateral 
margins narrowly ochraceous, levigate on each side, bordered 
with a dark line, the surface coarsely punctate excepting on 
a transverse anterior and a central lougitudinal, ochraceous, 
narrow, levigate fascia ; scutellum coarsely punctate, trans- 
versely wrinkled on anterior area, its lateral and apical 
margins narrowly ochraceously levigate, with a small ochra- 
ceous levigate spot in each basal angle, and with two similar 
but much smaller spots on basal margin; corium coarsely 
punctate; connexivum ochraceous, with large black spots ; 
membrane dusky grey; body beneath and legs ochraceous, 
a broad castaneous fascia near each lateral margin; an abdo- 
minal marginal segmental series of small black spots; rostrum 
reaching the third abdominal segment. 

Long. 5 mm. 

Hab. Transvaal; Pretoria (C. I. Swierstra, Pret. Mus. and 
Coll. Dist.). 

This makes the third described (and the first known Ethio- 
pian) species of the genus, the other two being H. typicus, 


Dist. (S. India), and H. amurensis, Horv. (Siberia). 


Antestia atrosignata, sp. n. 


Pale testaceous, more or less coarsely punctate; lateral 
and anterior margins and usually anterior disk of pronotum, 
base, two central longitudinal lines, and apex to scutellum 
pale ochraceous; two transverse lines on anterior disk of 
pronotum, two large spots near base and two smaller spots 
near apex of scutellum, and a longitudinal linear spot on 
corium, black; membrane black, its apex paler; body be- 
neath ochraceous, thickly punctured with brown; legs dark 
ochraceous ; antenne ochraceous, second and third joints 
subequal and shorter than fourth and fifth, which are 
moderately thickened; head rugosely punctate, the lateral 
margins sinuate; pronotum with the anterior and lateral 
margins moderately raised and levigate, coarsely punctate, 
more thickly so behind anterior margin; scutellum with 
coarse scattered punctures, the base impunctate; corium 
thickly coarsely punctate; rostrum reaching the posterior 
cox, its apex black ; sternum with small black outer costal 
spots. 

Long. 54-6 mm. 


288 Mr. W. L. Distant on 


Hab. 8. Africa; no precise locality (S. Afr. Mus. and 
Coll. Dist.). 

Mr. Péringuey sent me three examples of this distinctly 
marked species. Its exact locality is yet to be determined. 


Subfam. Asopryz. 


Dorycoris Rutherfordi. 
Dorycoris Rutherford, Dist. Ent. Month. Mag. (2) iii. p. 187 (1892). 


In ‘ Rhynchota Authiopica,’ t. 1. p. 185 (1905), my friend 
M. Schouteden has placed this species as a synonym of the 
Pentatoma miniata, Westw., which he figures and enumerates 
as a var. of Dorycoris pavoninus, Westw. M. Schouteden 
writes :-—“ D. Rutherfordi est forma nitidissima, marginibus 
pronoti vix constrictis, a D. miniato tamen, ut videtur, haud 
distinguenda.” So far from this being the case, the species I 
described as D. Rutherfordi differs from Schouteden’s figure 
of D. miniatus (lettered as JD). fuscosus, Germ.) in having 
the head wholly metallic green, basal half of scutellum 
metallic blue, and a large transverse spot of the same colour 
on corium on each side of apex of scutellum, the spot ex- 
tending for little more than half across the corium. It may 
be correct to regard D. Rutherfordi as a colour-variety of 
D. pavoninus, for M. Schouteden has had a large amount of 
material through his hands, but it is incorrect to refer it to 
the form he has figured. 


Subfam. V'esss4raTOMINZE:. 


KAHLAMBA, gen. nov. 


Body subovate, flattened above, beneath slightly convex ; 
head elongately subtriangular, about as long as width at 
base including eyes, lateral lobes much longer than central 
lobe and meeting beyond it ; antenniferous tubercles prominent 
and placed just in front of the eyes ; ocelli placed nearer to 
eyes than to each other and close to base of head; rostrum 
just reaching the intermediate cox, second joint long but 
shorter than the remaining joints together; antenne of five 
joints, first joint shortest, not reaching more than halfway 
between basal tubercle and apex of head, second and third 
joints subequal, shorter than fourth or fifth, the latter longest ; 
pronotum broader at base than at apex, frontal margin 
straightly truncate except behind eyes, where it is a little 
convexly upcurved, lateral margins obliquely straight, trun- 
cate before scutellum; mesosternum distinctly centrally 


some Ethiopian Rhynchota. 289 


earinate; legs unarmed, tarsi with three joints; scutellum 
much longer than broad, half as long again as broad at base, 
a little shorter than head and pronotum together ; apical 
angle of corium subacute, not rounded ; membrane with a 
central discal areole and with two of the veins forked near 
posterior margin ; abdomen a little broader than hemelytra 
from a little beyond base, scarcely wider than base of 
pronotum. 


Allied to Malgassus, Horv. 


Kahlamba typica, sp. n. 


Ochraceous, above coarsely darkly punctate ; head with 
the apex acutely rounded, coarsely darkly punctate, the 
margins of the central lobe fuscous ; pronotum punctate, 
transversely rugulose, the dark punctures forming some 
indistinct longitudinal strie ; scutellum darkly punctate, with 
a central pale, longitudinal, levigate line; corium darkly 
punctate, the venation pale, prominent, levigate ; membrane 
dark grey ; body beneath very finely punctate, the punctures 
darker and more confluent on head beneath and at lateral 
margins of sternum ; legs somewhat thickly blackly punctate, 
abdominal spiracles black ; apex of rostrum piceous ; struc- 
tural characters as detailed in generic diagnosis. 

Long. 13-15 mm. 

Hab. Natal; Newcastle (S. Afr. Mus. and Coll. Dist.). 

Mr. Péringuey sent me two examples of this species repre- 
senting a genus belonging to the division Sepinaria, Horv., 


STS) 
hitherto represented only in Madagascar. 


Fam. Coreide. 
Subfam. Pxrrrouorpuin 2. 
Pephricus ryt, sp. n. 

Varying in colour from pale creamy white to ochraceous ; 
head above behind eyes (excluding a central longitudinal 
fascia) black ; pronotum centrally opaque, pale ochraceous, 
the expanded lateral areas creamy white, centrally blackly 
punctate, the punctures arranged somewhat transversely ; 
abdomen above with scattered black punctures which form a 
prominent transverse black fascia beyond middle, extending 
on each side through the principal abdominal lobe, apical 
abdominal lobes streaked with black at apices, anal prolonga- 


tions with a central black line; body beneath much punctured 
with black. In structure the species is allied to P. fragitis, 


290 Mr. W. L. Distant on 


Dist., from which it differs by the non-truncate long concave 
apices to the two longest abdominal lobes; basal joint of 
antenne stoutest and very longly spined, a little longer than 
second, which is about half as short again as third, fourth 
joint shortest, incrassate, brownish ochraceous. 

Long. 10 mm. 

Hab. Transvaal; Pretoria, Aapies River. 

A specimen was kindly sent to me by Mr. H. Fry, of 


Johannesburg, after whom I have named the species. 


Fam. Lygzide. 
Subfam. HereroGAsTrinz. 


MASOAS, gen. nov. 


Subelongate; head a little longer than broad, strongly 
sinuately narrowed in front of eyes, the anterior lateral 
margins straight and ridged; antennz four-jointed, first joint 
scarcely reaching apex of head and almost as long as second, 
third and fourth thickened, pilose, third longest; rostrum 
reaching the anterior coxx, first joint not reaching base of 
head; eyes projecting a little beyond anterior margin of pro- 
notum, which is about as long as broad at base, a little 
narrowed anteriorly, centrally transversely impressed ; scu- 
tellum subtriangular; membrane with several basal cells ; 
anterior femora somewhat strongly thickened, beneath near 
apex with a distinct spine, followed by a few very small 
spines, anterior tibize a little shorter than the femora. 

The incrassated and spined anterior femora, together with 
the short rostrum, give this genus a resemblance to the 
Pachygronthine ; but the basal cells to the membrane prompt 
its insertion in the Heterogastrine. 


Masoas transvaaliensis, sp. n. 


Head black, coarsely punctate, anterior lateral ridges 
brownish ; anenne ochraceous, first joint and base of third 
joie’ ‘black, fourth joint piceous brown; pronotum black, 
somewhat sparingly but very coarsely punctate, the anterior 
margin narrowly ochraceous, four jbscure spots on transverse 
impression, a central longitudinal ],& behind it, and two 
spots on basal margin ochraceous -  SCutellum black, very 
coarsely punctate, two central spots ad the apex ochraceous ; 
corium somewhat coarsely, and on baal two thirds longitu- 
dinally, punctate, ochraceous, with tw? small discal spots and 
about apical third black, the latter wit! 8" apical ochraceous 


some Ethiopian Rhynchota, 291 


spot; membrane greyish white; connexivum black, spotted 
with ochraceous ; body beneath black ; coxse and posterior 
margins of pro- and metasterna ochraceous ; legs ochraceous, 
femora (excluding apices) and bases and apices of tibia black ; 
rostrum brownish ochraceous, apex of first joint black, apices 
of remaining joints pale ochraceous ; abdomen with a lateral 
margin of ochraceous spots. 

Long. 34 mm. 

Hab. Transvaal; Pretoria (C. I. Swierstra, Pret. Mus. 
and Coll. Dist.). 


TAMASANKA, gen. nov. 


Broadly subelongate; head broad, subtriangular, longer 
than broad, narrowed in front of eyes; ocelli placed near 
eyes; antennz four-jointed, first joint robust and reaching 
apex of head, second and third joints subequal in length, each 
a little shorter than fourth; rostrum mutilated in type, eyes 
projecting a little beyond anterior margins of pronotum, which 
is not longer than broad at base, deflected and narrowed 
anteriorly, its posterior margin a little sinuate; scutellum 
broad, subtriangular, about as broad at base as long ; corium 
very slightly laterally ampliate; membrane a little longer 
than abdomen and with several basal cells; anterior femora 
incrassate, slightly longer than the anterior tibie. 


Tamasanka limbata, sp. n. 


Head above dark ochraceous, punctate, shaded with piceous 
at basal margin, ocelli red, eyes black; antenna ochraceous, 
extreme bases of first and second joints black, fourth joint 
brownish ; pronotum ochraceous, coarsely punctate, two 
transverse spots on anterior disk and six spots on posterior 
margin black; scutellum ochraceous, sparingly coarsely 
punctate, with nearly basal half black and palely pilose ; 
corium ochraceous, finely punctate and pilose, the lateral 
margins stramineous and impunctate, and with a narrow 
transverse black line on apical margin; tegmina dark 
greyish, paler on lateral margins; body beneath black, some- 
what thickly ochraceously pilose, posterior margins of the 
sternal segments ochraceous; legs ochraceous, femora (ex- 
cluding bases and apices) and bases and apices of tibize dark 
castaneous. 

Long. 4 mm. 

Hab. Transvaal; Pretoria (C. I. Swierstra, Pret. Mus. 
and Coll. Dist.). 


292 Mr. W. L. Distant on 


Fam. Tingidide. 
Piesma bicolorata, sp. n. 


Head and antenne ochraceous, eyes black; pronotum 
purplish brown, the anterior margin, two anterior central 
ridges, and anterior lateral areas stramineous, the latter with 
two small marginal dark spots; hemelytra pale ochraceous, 
much spotted with purplish brown except at basal and 
sutural areas; body beneath (imperfectly seen in carded 
specimen) stramineous, lateral sternal areas purplish brown, 
a lateral abdominal segmental series of purplish-brown spots, 
the legs ochraceous ; basal joint of antennee strongly incras- 
sate, much longer than second, which is short and moderately 
thickened, third joint longest, fourth longer than second, 
thickened, pyriform ; pronotum thickly and coarsely pune- 
tate except on anterior marginal and anterior lateral areas, 
two lateral central longitudinal carinations not extending 
behind middle, and on each side of these anteriorly an 
obliquely transverse foveation ; apex of claval area fuscous ; 
veins to sutural area purplish brown. 

Long. 24 mm. 

ee Taeyvaale Pretoria (Pret. Mus. and Coll. Dist.). 

This species is allied to P. diluta, Stal, which I have else- 
where figured*, Mr. Swierstra has sent me a specimen 
which was taken at Pretoria. 


Fam. Reduviide. 


Cerilocus waterbergensis, sp. n. 


Body above black, beneath piceous; head, anterior lobe of 
pronotum, scutellum, rostrum, prosternum, coxe, and legs 
sanguineous ; antenne, disks of sternum aad abdomen dull 
ochraceous ; ; connexivum piceous brown; eyes, area of ocelli, 
and anterior margin of pronotum black ; antenne finely 
pilose, second and third joints subequal in length ; area of 
the ocelli a little gibbous ; pronotum with the anterior angles 
obtusely prominent, anterior lobe moderately gibbous, poste- 
rior lobe with the lateral angles subacute, both lobes centrally 
longitudinally impressed, the i impression reaching neither the 
anterior nor posterior margin; scutellum prominently foveate 
at base, the lateral margins broadly ridged, the apex ter- 
minating in an upwardly directed spine ; corium and tegmina 


* Ann.\S, Afr. Mus, ii. t. xv. fig. 1. 


some Ivthioptan IRhynchota. 293, 


dull opaque ; anterior tibiw and femora (excluding trochanters) 
of equal length. 

Long. 19 mm. 

Hab, Transvaal; Waterberg (Zutrzenka, Pret. Mus. and 
Coll. Dist.). 


Fam, Saldide. 


Genus VALLEROLIA. 
Vallerolia, Dist. Faun. B. I., Rhynch. ii. p. 405 (1904). 
Leptopus, Bergr. (nec Latr.) Wien. entom. Zeit, xxv. p. 8 (1906) ; 
Reut. Die Klassif. der Capsiden, p. 8 (1905). 

The genus Vallerolia was founded and placed in the 
Saldinz, to which it belongs by possessing only two ocelli, 
the Leptopinz possessing three. Bergroth, in some miscel- 
laneous assertions (supra), has strongly declared it to be 
congeneric with Leptopus, Latr., and Reuter (supra) supports 
this contention in a footnote to a paper defending and advo- 
eating his classificatory views on the Capside. As _ the 
question has a remote Ethiopian interest it may be referred 
to here. 

In 1878 Costa described a species as Leptopus assuanensis, 
which Reuter redescribed as LZ. néloticus in 1881, and Bergroth 
once more described as L. strigipes in 1891. ‘Both the two 
latter writers in correcting themselves have sought toadd my 
Vallerolia Green from Ceylon to the list of synonyms, In 
describing Vallerolia I gave the ocelli as only two in number, 
and fearing (after perusing the indictments of Bergroth and 
Reuter) that 1 might have overlooked a third, I placed the 
type of the genus under a microscope, and, with these con- 
ditions, sought the opinion of Mr. E. E. Austen, the well- 
known dipterist, and of Mr. E. Waterhouse, an experienced 
British coleopterist, who were also both satisfied that the 
number of the ocelli was two. 

It therefore follows that if V. Greent is really the same 
species as the synonyms of Leptopus asswanensis created by 
Reuter and Bergroth, it is they who have failed to recognize 
the proper genus and have placed their synonyms in the 
wrong subfamily, for Leptopus is known as possessing three 
ocelli, though neither of my critics has alluded to the number 
of ocelli inshis svnonymical descriptions. 


Ann & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.7. Vol. xviii. 21 


294 Mr. O. Thomas on 


XL.— On some African Bats and Rodents. 
By OLpFIELD ‘THOMAS, 


Kerivoula muscilla, sp. n. 


Size very small. Ears short, laid forward in the spirit- 
specimen they barely reach to the tip of the muzzle; their 
breadth equal to their length ; inner margin strongly convex, 
outer with a well-marked emargination above, convex below. 
Tragus as in Dobson’s second group, a small basal lobule 
present, very much as in A. Smith; inner margin evenly 
convex, outer slightly concave. Limbs short, less strikingly 
delicate than usual; upper surface of forearms and proximal 
part of the digits and of hind limbs and feet clothed with fine 
golden-brown hairs. Wings to the base of the toes. Poste- 
rior edge of interfemoral with a fringe of short curved hairs 
growing from its under surface. Prepuce tufted with long 
hairs. 


Fur long, brownish grey above and below, so far as can be 
made out on a spirit-specimen. 

Inner upper incisors slender, practically unicuspid, a 
rudiment of a secondary cusp present about halfway up the 
hinder aspect ; outer incisors long, nearly as long as the inner 
ones, each with a minute external basal secondary cusp. 
Two small upper and three lower premolars subequal inter se. 

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-specimen) :-— 

Forearm 27 mm. 

Head and body 37; tail 33; head 14; ear 10; tragus on 
inner edge 6; third finger, metacarpus 26°5, first phalanx 
13°5, second phalanx 15; lower leg and hind foot (c. u.) 17°55 
calear 16. 

Hab. Ja River, Southern Cameroons. 

Type. Adult male. Collected 22nd December, 1905, by 
Mr. G. L. Bates. One specimen. 

This little Kertvoula is readily distinguishable from any 
African species hitherto described by its small size, the 
presence of an interfemoral fringe, and its long outer incisors. 
Dobson’s K, africana agrees with it in some respects, but is 
said to have a tragus as in K. //ardwicket and ears “ longer 
than the head” *. 


* By this expression Dobson appears always to have meant that the 
ears when laid forward extended beyond the tip of the muzzle. 


African Bats and Rodents. 295 


The Giant Squirrels of Western Africa. 
The following is a rough key to the different forms ot 
African giant squirrel :— 


A. Fore limbs red above, as well as hind. Skull 
with very long muzzle, narrow slit-like 
anteorbital foramina, and small bull. 


a. Crown red. (Gold Coast.) ............ Funisciurus Ebit, Temm. 
b. Crown grey, like fore-back. (Gaboon and 
REMC UI OOHO.) | Jikssc alsa vie hie vine F, Wilsoni, Du Ch. 


5. Fore limbs not red above. Skull with short 
muzzle, large rounded anteorbital foramina, 
and large bulle. 
a. General colour above yellow or straw- 
colour; hind feet yellow. 
a*, Crown hoary grey. (Fernando Po and 
MRT eG ciiblbbeN ele nas ceve's.in a/¢ Sciurus Stangeri, Waterh. 
{Syn. S. Nordhoffi, Du Ch.) 
b?. Crown yellow, like back. (N. Angola.). S. S. lounde, subsp. n. 
6. General colour usually blackish, speckled 
with yellow or fulvous; hind feet red. 
a’, Sides of neck below ears white; a white 
line edging the belly. 
a’. Ticking of dorsal hairs fulvous. 
Inner side of forearms whitish. 
Brold: Const)! iv. ot mew ds eae pes S.S. Temminckii, And. 
8°, Ticking of dorsal hairs yellowish. 
Inner side of forearms rufous. 
Gime RE INIIOTS) ec oe ele wn ve S.S. nigeria, subsp. 2. 
b*. Sides of neck below ears greyish brown ; 
line along sides of belly hoary grey. 
a, Size larger; yellowish suffusion of 
back not extending on to crown. 
(Cameroons, Gaboon, and French 
MIGHEGN) Petes ase es sls caahes tae S. 8. eborivorus, Du Ch. 
(Syn. S. calliurus, Pet.) 
68, Size smaller; yellowish suffusion of 
back extending on to crown. 
CUieands.) yc... Rete a Pe S. 8. centricola, subsp. n. 


I can find no reason to distinguish Du Chaillu’s S. Nord- 
hoffi (type B.M. no. 67. 9. 5. 1) from the insular S. Stangeri, 
though the form occurring further south in Angola seems 
separable. But with regard to Peters’s S. calliurus, it is to 
be noted that two specimens from the Como River differ from 
the series trom the Benito by the larger size of their ante- 
orbital foramina, which may indicate that the more northern 
of the two should be separated from the southern; Peters’s 
name would then apparently apply to the former. 

With regard to the placing of all these six true Sccuré as 


geographical forms or subspecies of one species, the links 
21s 


296 Mr. O. Thomas on 


between one and another seem to be so complete that I have 
failed to recognize any division of more than subspecific rank. 
At first it appeared that at least the dark forms with red feet 
(eborivorus) might be separated specifically from the straw- 
coloured ones with yellow feet (Stangeri), but the animal I 
have named nigeri@ is really practically as yellow as 
Stangert, while it has the red feet of eborivorus and the white 
neck-patches of Temminckii. Again, an Eastern Congo 
specimen has a yellow Stanger? back with red eborivorus feet, 
but is without white neck-patches. As to distribution, there 
is as yet no evidence that both Stangert and eborivorus forms 
occur in any one district, though the ranges of the two types 
largely overlap. 

The recognition of Wilsond as a Funisciurus and of 
Stangert as a true Sciurus is due to Mr. de Winton, who 
wrote some notes on the group in 1898 *. 

The following are descriptions of the new subspecies :— 


Scturus Stangert loande. 


Size and general characters quite as in true Stangeri, 
though the yellow of the hinder back is rather more vivid. 
Head, instead of turning hoary grey on the crown, simply 
becoming paler and more whitish yellow than the back; a 
dull yollowish patch behind each ear, and the ears themselves 
yellow rather than brown. Cheeks whitish or greyish white. 
Line edging body-hairs along sides of belly well-marked, 
white. Feet, especially the anterior, more strongly suffused 
with yellow above. Other characters as in true Stangert. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 285 mm.; tail 380; hind foot 66; ear 21. 

Skull: greatest length 68; condylo-basilar length 57; 
length of upper tooth-series 11-5. 

Hab, Northern Angola. ‘Type from Canhoca, 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no, 4. 4.9.42. Original num- 
ber 199. Collected 12th December, 1903, by Dr. W. J. 
Ansorge. 

This is the only form of the whole series which has not got 
the characteristic contrasted grey head which caused Tem- 
minck to give the preoccupied name of eaniceps to the Gold- 
Coast animal. 


Sciurus Stangeri nigeria. 
Similar to the Gold-Coast form of this group, S. S. Tem- 
mincki?, Anderson f, in the extension of the white throat-patch 


* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ii. p, 11. 
+ S. caniceps, Temm., nec Gray, 


Ajrican Bats and Rodents. 297 


on the sides of the neck nearly up to the lower edge of the 
ear and in the presence of a distinctly white line along the 
edges of the body-fur at the sides of the belly, but distin- 
guished by the light speckling of the back being yellowish or, 
at most, fulvous instead of strong rufous and by the inner 
surface of the forearms being orange-rufous instead of 
whitish. Patch behind ear dull orange-rufous. Crown dark 
hoary grey. Upper surface of hands blackish, finely ticked 
with orange, of feet orange-rufous, becoming rich rufous 
terminally, 

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— 

Head and body 310 mm.; tail (doubtfully perfect) 300 ; 
hind foot 64. 

Skull: greatest length 68; condylo-basilar length 56-5 ; 
length of tooth-row 103. 

Hab. Abutschi, Lower Niger. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 2.11.10.10. Collected by 
Mr. Alexander Braham. 

In its yellowish general colour this animal corresponds with 
true Stanger’, while resembling members of the eborivorus 
group in its neck-patches and reddish feet. 


Seiurus Stangeri centricola. 


Size, as judged by skull, rather less than in true western 
eborivorus. Colours rich and bright throughout, the fulvous 
suffusion of the back, often confined in true eborivorus to the 
rump and never extending beyond the nape, more rufous in 
tone and carried forward on the head to between the eyes. 
Line along edge of belly not conspicuous, hoary grey. 
Yellowish or rutous of limbs at a maximum everywhere, the 
hind feet especially rich rufous. 

Skull similar to that of S. ebor’vorus, but rather smaller. 

Dimensions of the type (taken on the skin) :— 

Head and body (overstretched) 310 mm.; tail 830; hind 
foot 61. 

Skull: greatest length 66°5 ; condylo-basilar length 955 ; 
kngth of tooth-row 11-2. 

Hab. Entebbe, Uganda. 

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 6.3. 8.24. Original number 
74. Collected 7th October, 1905, by KE. Degen. Six 
specimens, of which the first were obtained by Mr. F. J. 
Jackson in 1905. 


Funiscturus palliatus Lastii, subsp. n. 
Distinguished from other forms of F. pallatus by having 
black lands and feet. 


298 Mr. O. Thomas on 


Size and general colour as in the darker forms of F. palli- 
atus, the dorsal colour closely matching that of /. p. ornatus, 
while the belly is a little darker and richer than in any of 
them, nearly matching the maroon-red of the tail of F. p. or- 
natus. Muzzle, forearms, inner sides of hind limbs, and end 
of tail-hairs all of the same rich maroon-red; but the upper 
surface of the hands and feet, instead of being also red, are 
deep glossy black without trace of red, the change at the 
wrists and ankles being apparently abrupt, though there are 
microscopic red tips to some of the hairs on the metapodials. 

Skull and dentition as usual, except that the top of the 
muzzle is flatter, less bowed downwards, and the molars 
appear to be rather narrower than in the mainland subspecies. 

Dimensions of the type :— 

Hind foot, s. u., (c.) 49 mm. 

Skull: greatest length 51; length of molar series exclusive 
of Oe 8:8. 

flab. Zanzibar Island. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 6. 6.5. 21. Collected and 
presented by J. T. Last, Esq. 

This squirrel is so abruptly different from any of the forms 
of F, palliatus by its black instead of red hands and feet that 
many naturalists would think a binomial should be used for 
it; but it is so essentially a member of the palliatus group 
that I preter to regard it as a subspecies, especially as faint 
indications of red may be found on its feet and also slight 
traces of black on those of F. p. suahelicus, its nearest 
relative. 

In Mr. Oscar Neumann’s account * of the subspecies of 
F. palliatus he records F. p. suahelicus from Zanzibar ; but if 
his specimens were really obtained in the island he must have 


overlooked the very material difference in the coloration of the 
feet, 


Mus Brockmani, sp. n. 

A medium-sized pale grey species, with a very long 
pencilled tail. 

Size and general proportions very much as in JM. Ver- 
reauxt of the Cape. Fur of medium length; the ordinary 
hais of the back about 9 mm. in length, the isolated longer 
hairs 12mm. General colour above pale buffy grey, paler 
than Ridgway’s “ drab-grey,” the light rings to the hairs 


* SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berl. 1902, p. 178. 


African Bats and Rodents. 299 


cream-buff. Sides lighter. Belly white, with a sliglit 
creamy tinge, the hairs along its sides slaty at base, those on 
the throat, chest, and middle area of belly white to the roots. 
Kars almost naked, their substance greyish brown. Upper 
surface of hands and feet pure white; fifth hind toe without 
claw reaching to the end of the basal phalanx of the fourth. 
‘Tail very long, finely scaled (15-16 rings to the em.), thinly 
haired basally, the hairs lengthening on the terminal half of 
the tail to form a distinct pencil, of which the individual 
hairs are about 24 mm. long; in colour the tail is sharply 
bicolor, brown above and white beneath for its whole length. 

Skull, as compared with other African medium-sized 
species, characterized by a rather flatter brain-case than 
usual, the parietals being less markedly convex; supra- 
orbital edges rounded anteriorly, square, not ridged, poste- 
riorly. Palatal foramina widely open, their posterior end not 
narrowed. Mastoid portion of bulla, as usual in this group, 
well defined from the sides of the supraoccipital, with a fair- 
sized vacuity at its upper end. 

Teeth as in the allied species, the antero-internal cusp 
of m? large and well defined, the antero-external minute. 
M* with the usual tricuspid interior edge. 

Dimensions in the flesh :— 

Head and body 108 mm.; tail 161; hind foot 22; ear 18. 

Skull: greatest length 29°5; basilar length 23; zygomatic 
breadth 14; interorbital breadth 4°2; height of brain-case 
from basilar suture 7°6 ; palatilar length 12°6 ; diastema 7°6; 
palatal foramina 6°2 x 2:2; length of upper molar series 4°5. 

Hab. Upper Sheikh, British Somaliland. Alt. 4500/. 

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 6.3.4.8. Collected 23rd 
November, 1905. Presented by Dr. R. E. Drake-Brockman. 

This mouse is readily distinguishable from all other 
members of the genus by its pale colour above, whiter belly, 
and long feathered bicolor tail. 

Of other hairy tailed species which may havea relationship 
to it, M. Verreauxi and M. albipes have grey bellies, besides 
being darker above, while J/. auricomis, which has a white 

_belly, has its general body-colour fulvous. 

Dr. Drake-Brockman has contributed a considerable 
number of interesting Somali animals to the National 
Collection, and i have much pleasure in connecting his name 
with this very pretty little species. 


300 Mr. O. Thomas on new 


XLI—New Mammals collected in North-east Africa by 
Mr. Zaphiro, and presented tu the British Museum by 
W. N. M¢Milan, Esq. By Ouprietp Tuomas, F.R.S. 


BesipeEs the remarkable bat, Platymops Macmillani, already 
described *, Mr. Ph. C. Zaphiro obtained during his trip from 
Adis Abbaba to Lake Rudolf the following new species of 
Mammalia. The type specimens of all of them have been 
presented to the British Museum by Mr. W. N. M°Millan, by 
whose generosity Mr. Zaphiro was enabled to make this 
important exploration. 


Ilelogale Macmillani, sp. n. 
A very finely speckled form allied to H. undulata and 


A tkinsoni. 

Size as in the two related species. Fur rather short, the 
longest hairs of the back barely attaining 13 mm. in length 
and the shorter ones about 8 mm. General colour above 
between broccoli-brown and Mars brown, warmer than the 
former, greyer than the latter; finely ticked with minute 
buffy specks, terminal or subterminal on the dorsal hairs, the 
specks far finer than in the allied species and each measuring 
less than 1 millimetre in length. Under surface near 
Prout’s brown, with scarcely any speckling, a faintly warmer 
tinge (Mars brown) on the tips of the hairs. Crown finely 
ticked Prout’s brown, becoming Mars brown or verging 
towards russet on the sides of the face, lips, chin, ears, and 
on areas round and behind the last-named parts. Limbs to 
wrists and ankles like the body ; upper surface of hands and 
feet russet, without speckling. ‘Tail speckled bistre, a russet 
line on the under surface proximally, and a few russet haus 
mixed with the pencil at the tip. 

Skull and dentition as in the above-named species. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body “182” t mm.; tail 159; hind foot 41; 
ear 20. 

Skull: length of nasals 6; interorbital breadth 9; front of 
canine to back of m* 15°6. 

fab. Delbena R., Konso. Alt. 3200! 

Type. Subadult male. Original number 141. Collected 
26th August, 1905. 

This species is intermediate in colour, as in geographical 

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. p. 500 (1906). 
+ Evidently undermeasured ; must be at least 200 or 215 mm, 


Mammals from North-east Africa. 301 


position, between the grey H. Atkinsoni of Somaliland and 
the more rufous //. undulata of British and German East 
Africa ; but the unusually fine speckling of the body-colour 
is peculiar to it. In dentition it corresponds closely with 
H, Atkinsoni, and differs equally from the broad-toothed 
Ll, hirtula, 


Ictonyx capensis show, subsp. n. 


Size large, slightly exceeding that of true capensis, there- 
fore markedly different from the small erythrea, de Wint., of 
Suakin. General marking normal, the black lines clearly 
defined, little softened by isolated white hairs or by the tips 
of the hairs of the white areas overhanging them. Frontal 
spot of medium size, larger than in true capensis, about an 
inch long by half an inch broad, running back in a point 
towards the crown, separated on each side from the post- 
orbital white mark by about half an inch of pure sharply- 
defined black. In erythree the median white spot more 
nearly approaches the lateral ones. Outer white stripes of 
nape markedly broader than the inner. ‘Tail rather less 
white than in other subspecies. 

Skull apparently rather more elongate in general outline 
than in some of the allied forms. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :— 

Head and body 395 mm.; tail 298; hind foot 64; ear 30. 

Skull: condylo-basal length 69; basal length 63; greatest 
breadth 45; interorbital breadth 18; mastoid breadth 36:3 ; 
palatal length 32°3; length of upper p* on outer edge 7-7. 

A younger male skull, with nasal sutures still open, 
measures 66°5 mm. in condylo-basal length, and a female of 
about equal immaturity 62°5. 

Hab. Adis Abbaba. Alt. 8500. 

Type. Old male. Original number 6. Collected 15th 
September, 1904. 

«Trapped in a Galla house near the legation.” 

This form of Jctonyx differs by its larger size from the 
Red-Sea erythree, while by the well-marked black band 
separating the frontal from the lateral white face-markings it 
is distinguishable from the ¢ntermedia of Uganda and British 
Kast Atrica, in which these white areas are scarcely separated 
from each other or even form an uninterrupted band across 
the face. 


Xerus rutilus stephanicus, subsp. n. 


General characters as in true rutilus, but the grizzled 


302 Mr. O. Thomas on new 


yellowish grey—restricted in that form to the centre of the 
back—is spread over the whole of the upper surface, so that 
the pink area along the sides is reduced to a narrow strip, or 
even occasionally absent, the rufous of the forearms and hips 
being in such cases isolated from each other. Base of tail 
coloured like back. Hands slightly suffused with rufous ; 
feet yellowish white. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— 

Head and body 215 mm. ; tail 180; hind foot 53. 

Skull: greatest length 53 ; length of upper tooth-series 9:7. 

Hab. Between N. end of L. Rudolf and L. Stephanie. 
Type from the latter. Alt. 2000’. 

Type. Adult male. Original number 132. Collected 
18th August, 1905. 

These ground-squirrels are by no means easy to sort into 
geographical races, owing partly to their variability and 
partly to their liability to bleaching, the black parts of the 
fur bleaching through rufous and fawn to pale sandy, so as to 
give a wholly different appearance to specimens killed before 
or after the moult. _ But by a careful comparison of specimens 
all in fresh fur I find that the series from the Stephanie area 
differ sufficiently on the average from those representing true 
rutilus to make a local name advisable, though some examples 
show evidence of intergradation. The other named forms in 
this group—brachyotus, dabagalla, intensus, and saturatus— 
are all further off, both geographically and zoologically, than 
the true rutilus of Eastern Abyssinia. 


Otomys typus fortior, subsp. n. 

By the kindness of Dr. Lampert, of the Stuttgart Museum, 
I have been entrusted with the loan of the typical skull of 
Heuglin’s Oreomys typus, and I regret to find that it is after 
all of the same group as my Otomys Degeni, Heuglin’s descrip- 
tion of its incisive grooves proving to be grossly inaccurate, 
Their trae number and positions are as described in O. Degeni, 
and this latter must, I fear, be regarded as a synonym of 
O. typus, 

But the Kaffa form obtained by Mr. Zaphiro, though 
similar to typus and Degeni in all essential respects, is sutii- 
ciently larger to make me think it should have a special 
subspecific 1 name. The skull, as a whole, is markedly larger 
than that of Degend, which agrees\with what remains of the 
specimen of typus. ‘lhe worn surface of the upper molars is 
8'5 mm. in length, as compared with 7°7 in the other two. 
‘he breadth of the two upper incigors, taken together, is 
4-7 mm. in fortior, 4:1 in Degent, and 3-7 7 in typus, 


Mammals from North-east Africa. 303 


There is no evidence of any marked difference of age 
between the three skulls, but, if anything, the type of typus 
is the oldest of all. 

In colour the type of fortior is rather browner than that of 
Degeni, the feet are darker, and the yellowish markings over 
the eyes and on and behind the ears are practically absent. 

The following are the general measurements of the type: 

Head and body 182 mm.; tail 97; hind foot 30; ear 26. 

Skull: greatest length 39; basilar length 32:2; greatest 
breadth 19°8 ; palatilar length 18°5; palatal foramina 7:7 ; 
length of upper molars (crowns) 9°5. 

Hab. Charada, Kaffa. Alt. 6000!. 

Type. Adult temale. Original number 102. Collected 
Ath June, 1905. 


Tutera Ilarringtoni, sp. n. 


Allied to 7. Emini, Thos., but much smaller. 

Size very small for a Zutera. General colour along the 
dorsal area clay-colour, darkened by the minute blackish tips 
to the hairs. Sides clearer, more nearly “ pinkish buff,” the 
hairs with whitish subterminal bands. Lower part of muzzle 
pure white, the same region in mini being more or less 
buffy. A patch above and behind each eye dull whitish. A 
white patch behind each ear. Hands and feet white as 
usual, Soles naked posteriorly, but with a band of short 
hairs crossing them near the base of the hallux, as in Emdni 
alone of other gerbilles. T'ail unusually well tufted, with 
long brownish-black hairs, which attain a length at the tip 
of about 14 mm.; shorter hairs of tail dull buffy whitish. 

Skull closely similar to that of 7. Lmdnz, but conspicuously 
smaller throughout. 

The posterior palatal vacuities, between the molars, are, 
however, much narrower than the anterior palatal foramina, 
while in 7. Hmini they are nearly or quite as broad as the 
latter. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 96 mm. ; tail 132 ; hind foot 28; ear 19. 

Skull: greatest length 30°7; basilar length 22°3; inter. 
orbital breadth 6; breadth of brain-case 14:2; diastema 8-2 ; 
palatal foramina 5:2 x 2; length of bulla 9 ; length of upper 
molar series 4°3. 

Hab. Mutti Galeb, E. of Lake Rudolf. Alt. 2300'. 

Type. Adult female. Original number 122. Collected 
26th July, 1905. 

“ Caught in dry river-bed.” 

This pretty gerbille is allied only to 7. Hmint, with which 


304 Mr. O. Thomas on new 


it shares the peculiar and hitherto unique character of the 
hairy band passing across the sole and dividing from each 
other the smooth posterior part and the distal part at the base 
of the toes, where the tubercles are situated. From that 
species, which was discovered at Wadelai by Emin Pasha, it 
is at once distinguishable by its much smaller size. 

Named in honour of Col. Sir John Harrington, British 
Resident in Abyssinia, without whose active assistance 
Mr. Zaphiro would hardly have been able to carry out his 
successful collecting-trip. 


Arvicanthis rea, sp. n. 


A very large species without dorsal stripe. 

Size larger than in any other species. General colour of 
fore-back between hair-brown and smoke-grey, resulting 
from a coarse mixture of blackish brown and creamy white ; 
posteriorly the light colour becomes more and more buffy, so 
that round the base of the tail and on the lower leg it 
approaches tawny ochraceous. Sides lined cream-buff. 
Under surface and inner side of limbs white. Forearms 
dull buffy; hands pale brown; upper side of feet whitish 
laterally, pale tawny along the middle line. ‘Tail blackish 
above, dull white on sides and below. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 212 mm.; tail 175; hind foot 36; ear 22. 

Hab. Charada Forest, Kaffa. Alt. 6090". 

Type. Adult male. Original number 101. Collected 
30th May, 1905. 

This is a remarkably fine species, very different from 
anything hitherto described. Its colour has almost a sugges- 
tion of silvery blue-grey in it not easy to describe, but very 
characteristic, while at the same time its unusual size and the 
entire absence of any trace of a darker dorsal band will distin- 
guish it from the other members of the group. Unfortunately 
the skull is missing, but the species is so distinct as to be 
readily recognizable by its external characters. 


Lophuromys Zaphiri, sp. n. 


General colour above greyish, without the warmer tones 
of the other forms, most nearly matching “ hair-brown” of 
Ridgway; very finely speckled with buffy. The bases of 
the hairs deep rufous. Under surface fawn, more or less 
suffused with buffy. Upper surface of hands and feet dull 
whitish, ‘ail short, strongly tapering, well haired, markedly 
bicolor, black above, whitish below, sharply defined laterally. 


Mammals from North-east Africa. 305 


Skull with very widely open palatal foramina. Molars 
apparently rather broader than usual. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body 139 mm.; tail 66; hind foot 20; ear 19. 

Skull: greatest length 30; basilar length 25°2; nasals 122; 
interorbital breadth 6; length of palatal foramina 6:6 ; 
length of upper molar series 5:6. 

Hab. District east of the Upper Omo. Type from Bodeli, 
Walamo. Alt. 6200’. 

Type. Subadult male. Original number 145. Collected 
15th September, 1905. 

This animal may be distinguished from its allies by its 
markedly greyer colour and finer speckling. It has the short 
tail of L. jlavopunctatus. 

The genus Lophuromys falls readily into two groups of 
species—the one from Eastern Africa (Abyssinia to Nyasa), 
with speckled fur, and the other Western (Uganda to the 
Gold Coast), with unspeckled fur. Whether the forms 
within each of the groups will be found to intergrade remains 
to be seen, but for the present I have thought it best to use 
a binomial term for the Eastern Omo animal. 

I have named this species in honour of Mr. Ph. C. Zaphiro, 
the collector, who deserves the greatest credit for his remark- 
able exploring-trip, of which the series of mammals only 
forms a small part of the outcome. 


Lophuromys aquilus brunneus, subsp. n. 


General colour pale brownish, without the yeilowish tone 
of L. flavopunctatus, the light rings of the hairs “ clay-colour.” 
Under surface variable as usual, ranging from pale brown to 
clay-colour. Hands and feet pale brownish, with or without 
a central dark metatarsal streak. Tail long as compared 
with that of Z. flavopunctatus, apparently more as in the 
East-African aguilus, its colour not so conspicuously bicolor 
as in flavopunctatus, the under surface only slightly lighter 
than the upper. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :-— 

Head and body 125 mm.; tail 80; hind foot 23 ; ear 20, 

Skull: length of nasals 117; interorbital breadth 6-5; 
diastema 8°5; palatal foramina 6°8X2°7; length of upper 
molar series 5°3. 

Hab, District west of the UpperOmo. Type from Manno, 
Jimma. Alt, 4200!. 

Type, Male. Original number 90. Collected 13th May, 
1905. 


306 Capt. R. E. Lloyd on the 


This Lophuromys would seem to bea paler form of the 
strong-coloured Kast-African L. aquilus. Possibly it may in 
turn prove to grade northwards into L. flavopunctatus, but all 
the specimens as yet available have longer tails than that 
animal. 


XLII.—Natural History Notes from the RILM.S. Ship 
‘Investigator, Capt. T. H. Heming, RN. (retired), com- 
manding.—Series III., No. 14. Notes on the Skull of the 
Genus Aulastomatomorpha, with Descriptions of some new 
Deep-sea Fish. By R. E. Luoyp, M.B., B.Se., Capt. 
1.M.S., Surgeon- Naturalist, Marine Survey of India. 


THE genus Aulastomatomorpha, first described by Alcock 
from a single specimen (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1890), 
is unique among the Alepocephalide in possessing a tubular 
snout with a small terminal mouth. 

A second specimen of the same species was obtained by the 
‘Tnvestigator’ in 1904 from 1100 fathoms off the Arakan 
coast, and in the following year a new species of this genus 
was obtained from 1005 fathoms in the Gulf of Oman. 

Material has been thus obtained for a partial description of 
the skull of this genus and for a more particular description 
of the jaw suspensory apparatus, which can be fully elucidated 
without complete disarticulation and destruction of the 
specimen. 

A notable feature in the structure of this skull is the 
forward position of the quadrate and the consequent prolon- 
gation of the symplectic and preopercle which articulate 
with it. 

The quadrate is a thin fan-shaped bone situated almost 
entirely in front of the orbit, articulating with the pterygoid 
and articular in front, and with the symplectic and the pre- 
opercle behind. The large pterygoid is partially overlapped 
in front by the small toothless palatine. 

The mesopterygoid, also a large bone, forms most of the 
lower floor of the orbit; in front it lies to the inner side of 
and above the quadrate and pterygoid. 

The metapterygoid, a small bone, lies on and partially 
hides the symplectic. 

The symplectic is of unusual length. 

The maxilla, which is very loosely connected with the 
snout, consists of two separate crescentic particles, movable 
on one another. 


Skull of the Genus Aulastomatomorpha., 307 


The hyomandibular has the usual articulations, 

‘The opercular apparatus consists of the usual four bones. 
The preopercle is much prolonged forward to articulate with 
the quadrate. The sub- and interopercles are small and 
linear. The opercle, a very thin triangular bone, bears at its 
upper end a projecting knob, which is seen externally as a 
well-marked prominence halfway between the eye and the 
upper end of the branchial opening. 

The lower jaw contains articular angular and dentary 
bones. 

The upper part of the snout is formed by one long fibrous 
piece of bone intimately united with the vomer in front and 
dividing at the base of the snout into two limbs, between 
which the fore parts of the frontals fit. This long bone repre- 
sents an ethmoid and two lateral ethmoids; a suture separating 
these elements could not be found. 

In the cranium proper the supraoccipital articulates with 
the frontals and lies between the small parietals, separating 
them from each other. 

The frontals are not fused in the middle line. 


Skull of Aulastomatomorpha phosphorops. 


Reference letters. 


=Quadrate. 
A,=Articular, 
An,= Angular. 
D.= Dentary. 
Pr.P.=Pterygoid. 


Ms. P.=Mesopterygoid. 
Mi.P.= =Metapterygoid. 


S.=Symplectic. 
P,O.=Preopercle, 
I,O.=Interopercle. 
_ §.0.=Subopercle, 
O. = Opercle. 


Hm, =Hyomandibular. 
Pt.O.= Pterotie. 
£.O.= Epiotic. 

P.= Parietal. 

F’.= Frontal. 
S.O.=Supraoccipital. 
L.E.= Lateral ethmoid. 

M.E.=Mesethmoid. 

Pl. = Palatine. 

Mzxv.=Maxilla. 
P,Ma.=Premaxilla. 


308 Capt. R. E. Lloyd on some 


Aulastomatomorpha ceruleiceps, sp. n. 


B. D, A. P, ¥. 
5 18 40 7 6 


Closely resembles A. phosphorops, from which it differs in 
the following particulars :— 

1. The premaxillary teeth are fewer in number and are 
relatively larger ; they are arranged in two sets, an anterior 
closely set group of eight or nine, and a posterior group of 
three with wide intervals between. 

2. The interorbital space is wider than half the diameter of 
the eye. 

3. The head is covered with a firm smooth skin just as in 
A. phosphorops, but in the new species the colour of this 
skin is a dark slaty blue. The colour of the rest of the body 
is brownish black. ‘The bases of the fins have a blue tinge. 
The blue colour is partially preserved in spirit. 

4, The total height is only § of the total length excluding 
the caudal fin, but as this specimen is smaller and younger 
than the type of A. phosphorops, this character does not, 
perhaps, constitute a specific difference. 

One damaged specimen, 18 cm. long, from 1005 fathoms 
in the Gulf of Oman. 

The wide distribution of the three specimens and the close 
similarity in the depths from which they were obtained are 
points worth noting. 


Species. Depth. Locality. 
A. phosphorops (1st specimen). 1000 Arabian Sea, off the Laccadives. 
A. phosphorops (2nd specimen). 1100 Bay of Bengal, off Arakan. 
A, COTIAACEDR tan ease a nee 1005 Gulf of Oman, off Muscat. 


Narcetes affinis, sp. n. 


B.A. D. WE Leta PAO L. tr. 
7 14 17 10 18 73 9+1+138 


Resembles N. plurtsertalis (Gorman), and differs from 
JV. erimelas (Alcock) in the following particulars :— 

1. There are seven branchiostegal rays. 

2. The first ray of the anal fin is vertically below the 
eighth ray of the dorsal. 

3. There is one enlarged tooth on either side of the vomer. 

In all its proportions this species resembles V. pluriserialis 
very closely. 

It differs from NV. pluriserialis in the following respects :— 

1. The teeth in the maxille are in two series, an outer 
series of small teeth and an inner series of larger ones. 


new Deep-sea lish. 309 


2. There are only seventy-three scales in the lateral line. 

3. The anterior of the two nostrils is relatively larger. 

The scales of the lateral line are large, measuring as much 
as } inch in length. 

The total length of the single specimen is 14 inches. 

In the middle and hinder parts of the fish, one inch of the 
lateral line contains six scales, but in the front these scales 
overlap one another to a much further extent, so that one 
inch contains eight or nine scales. 

In the anterior half of each scale of the lateral line is the 
wide opening of its tube; the margin of this opening is 
completed in front by a semicircular notch in the hinder edge 
of the scale which lies next in front. 

Colour almost black ; head and lining of gill jet-black. 

One specimen, 14 inches long, from 1005 fathoms in the 
xulf of Oman. 

It is notable that N. plurisertalis (Gorm.), which this 
species resembles in many ways, came from 1010 fathoms in 
the Gulf of Panama. 


Raia Philipi, sp. n. 

The greatest breadth of the disk is equal to the greatest 
length, including the ventral fins. 

‘The ends of the snout and tail are equidistant from the 
cloacal orifice. The snout is slender and prominent. The 
interorbital space is 32 in the length of the snout, measured 
from an eye or the middle of the mouth. 

The anterior borders of the pectoral fins, which are some- 
what sinuous, together form an angle of about 85°, 

The lateral angles are rounded. ‘he spiracle is large, its 
greatest diameter equals that of the eye. 

Numerous small spinules occur on the upper surface of the 
tip of the snout and close to the antero-lateral margin in its 
posterior half only. 

The superciliary ridge bears four spines in front and three 
behind. 

There are five mid-dorsal spines in the branchial region. 

Between the ocellus and the margin of the pectoral fin is 
a group of lanceolate denticles pointing inwards (probably 
characteristic of the male). 

The whole lower surface of the snout is covered with fine 
denticles. 

On the dorsum of the tail are three somewhat irregular 
rows of spines. The tail is naked below, the sides of the tail 
are spiny. 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.7. Vol. xviii. 22 


dO Capt. R. E. Lloyd on some 


The mouth is widely but distinctly V-shaped ; in width it 
is 14 in the length of the snout. 

‘here are eighty rows of teeth in the upper jaw and sixty 
in the lower. Teeth low and triangular, on a rhomboidal 
base. 

The edges of the nasal valves are deeply fimbriated and 
are united across the middle line by a distinct fold of skin, 
which is separated from the upper jaw by a deep curved 
groove. 

The dorsal fins are equal in length; the distance between 
them is greater than the length of either. Caudal fin small. 

Colour uniform brown above, with a dark ocellus at the 
base of each pectoral fin, surrounded by a paler ring. 

Uniform white below; the tail shows dark mottling on its 
lower surface. 

One small male specimen, measuring 36 cm. in its greatest 
length and 23 cm. in its greatest breadth, was taken from 
130 fathoms in the Gulf of Aden. 


Raia reversa, sp. n. 

The greatest breadth of the disk is equal to the length 
from the snout to the root of the tail. 

The cloaca is slightly nearer the end of the snout than the 
end of the tail. 

The interorbital space is } the length of the snout measured 
from an eye or the middle of the mouth. 

The anterior borders of the pectoral fins are sinuous and 
together form an angle of about 80°. 

The snout is prominent. 

The lateral angle of the pectoral.fins is rounded. 

The spiracle is large ; its greatest diameter equals that of 
the eye. 

The skin over the skull, but not over the snout, is covered 
with fine denticles. 

The anterior half or more of the pectoral fins is covered 
with small denticles. 

‘There are two series of larger spines on the pectoral fins, 
one series of about twenty opposite the shoulder-girdle (male 
characteristic probably) and another of about fifteen opposite 
the eye. 

There is one large white stellate spine in front of the eye 
and two or three smaller ones behind. 

There are four or five similar spines in the mid-dorsal line. 

On the dorsum of the tail are three regular rows of large 
spines, those of the middle row being about half as numerous 
as those of the lateral rows, 


new Deep-sea lish. 311 


The sides of the tail are spiny. 

The lower surface of both disk and tail is smooth and 
devoid of spines. 

The two dorsal fins are equal in length and are in contact 
at their bases; the caudal fin is a minute fold. 

The mouth is transverse in its outer part and curved in 
the middle; its breadth is exactly half the length of the 
snout. 

There are forty-two rows of teeth across both upper and 
lower jaw. 

The teeth in the middle of the series are long and curved ; 
their bases are heart-shaped. 

Colours in the fresh state :—The upper surface of the disk is 
pure white, passing into dark grey at the margin of the 
pectoral fins. ‘The upper surface of the pelvic fins and 
claspers is grey. The iris is black, but the pupil has a white 
milky appearance: the anatomical cause of this was unfor- 
tunately not made out in the fresh state. The entire lower 
surface is purplish black. In consistency the whole body is 
soft and flabby ; when taken from the trawl it was rolled up 
in a cylindrical posture. 

The single specimen (a male), measuring 60 cm. in its 
greatest length and 33 cm. in its greatest breadth, was taken 
from §20 fathoms in the Arabian Sea off the Baluchistan 
coast. 

In the same trawl was obtained a black pillow-shaped egg 
with four hollow horns at the corners; this measures 24 by 
14 inches. ‘lhe horns are not equal in length: those of one 
pair are 24 inches long and are separated by a straight border ; 
those of the other pair are 14 inch long and are separated by 
a tongue-shaped projection of the border, which constitutes a 
smaller fifth horn. 

The most characteristic features of this species are the soft 
flabby consistency in the fresh state and the remarkable 
coloration, which suggested the name R. reversa. 


In concluding these notes I must acknowledge my 
indebtedness to Lt.-Col. A. Alcock, I.M.S., F.R.S., who has 
kindly given me much help and advice in their production. 

Figures of these four species will be subsequently published 
in the “ ‘ Investigator’ Illustrations.” 


312 Dr. A. 8. Woodward—The [elutions of 


XLITT.— The Relations of Paleontology to Biology * 
By A. Smira Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S. 


Tr is clear that the scientific value of a fossil depends upon 
the exactness with which the circumstances of its discovery 
are determined by a geologist. The briefest experience is 
also enough to demonstrate that the well-mineralized remains 
of an organism can only be satisfactorily interpreted by an 
observer who is familiar with the structure of rocks and their 
common constituents. The student of fossils needs as much 
elementary training in the geological succession of the rocks 
and the varied nature of mineralization as the student of 
histology and embryology requires to locate his sections with 
exactitude and to understand the action of the different stains 
and media he employs. In the one case nature makes the 
preparation, in the other case the processes of laboratory 
technique are responsible for the difficulties. In both cases 
there 1s scope for numerous fantastic conclusions if the 
properties of the preservative medium are misunderstood. 

Paleontology, however, is essentially a department of 
Biology, and it can only be prosecuted with success by a skilled 
biologist who has had the elementary geological and mine- 
ralogical experience just mentioned. It bears, indeed, the same 
relation to the whole world of life that embryology bears to 
the structure of an individual organism. ‘The one deals with 
the rise and growth of races and their varying relationships, 
the other describes and interprets the evolution of an indi- 
vidual and the processes by which the different parts of its 
mechanism are finally adjusted. Both, unfortunately, depend 
on extremely imperfect material ; for fossils are nearly always 
mere badly preserved skeletons, and they represent only an 
infinitesimal fraction of the life that has passed away, while 
enibryos are so much adapted to the peculiar circumstances 
of their environment that many of the essential stages in their 
growth and development are obscured and modified by 
temporary expedients. 

The past history of the world of life, as revealed by fossils, 
has long been familiar in its general outlines. At least a 
century has elapsed since it was made clear that the various 
organisms come into existence at different times and in a 
definite order, according to their grade in the scale of being, 
the lowest first, the highest latest. Several decades have 

* Extract from an Address delivered before the International Congress 


of Arts and Science, St. Louis, U.S.A., Sept. 22nd, 1904; published in 
the Congress Report, vol. iv., June 1906, 


Palawontology to Biology. 313 


also passed away since it was recognized that within each 
group the lowest or most generalized members appeared 
earliest, the highest, most specialized, or most degenerate 
towards the end of the race. Modern research is concerned 
only with the details of this succession and with the laws 
which can now be deduced from the rapidly multiplying 
available facts. 

Our present knowledge of the geological succession of the 
fishes may be briefly summarized to show how Palzontology 
contributes to the solution of the fundamental problems of 
Biology. The earliest recognizable fish-like organisms, which 
occur in Upper Silurian formations, seem to have been mere 
grovellers in the mud of shallow seas, nearly all with incom- 
pletely formed jaws and no paired fins, devoting most of their 
growth-energy to the production of an effective armour by the 
fusion of dermal tubercles into plates (Ostracodermi). With 
them were a few true fishes which had completed jaws, but 
which possessed a pair of lateral fin-folds, variously sub- 
divided, instead of the ordinary two pairs of fins (Diplacanth 
Acanthodit). The main features of Silurian fish-life were, 
therefore, the acquisition of dermal armour, definite jaws, and 
the beginning of paired fins. Some of the lowly types thus 
equipped survived and further evolved in the Devonian 
period ; but the multitude of new-comers which then formed 
the majority were much higher in the scale of being (Crosso- 
plerygit). They were still adapted for the most part to live 
on the bottom of shallow water or in marshes, but they were 
typical well-formed fishes in respect to their jaws, branchial 
apparatus, and two pairs of fins. Nearly all their bones were 
external, very little of their internal skeleton being ossified, 
and the only changes they seem to have been undergoing 
related to the fusion of some of the head-bones and the more 
exact adaptation of their fins and tail to their environment. 
Tishes more fitted for sustained swimming were also be- 
ginning to appear, and these (Paleoniscide) formed the 
large majority in the succeeding Carboniferous and Permian 
periods. They were about equivalent in grade to the modern 
sturgeons, and the tendency towards change in their structure 
was in the direction of effective swimming, by the more 
intimate correlation between the fin-rays and their supports 
and by the shortening of the upper lobe of the tail. They 
still exhibited scarcely any ossification of the internal skeleton. 
As soon as the best type of balancing fin and the most 
effective type of propelling tail-fin had become universal 
among the highest fish-life of the Triassic period the internal 
skeleton began to ossify and vertebral centra arose. In fact, 


314 Dr. A. 8. Woodward—The Relations of 


the whole of the succeeding Jurassic period was spent by the 
highest fishes in improving and finishing their internal 
skeleton, while their external bony armour began almost 
universally to degenerate. Thus, by the early part of the 
Cretaceous period the most advanced members of the class 
had already become true bony fishes or Téedeosteans. Having 
attained that stage of complexity, they admitted of mucli 
more variation than formerly, and then arose the immense 
host of fishes which characterize the Tertiary period and the 
present day. For the first time in fish-history there were 
fundamental changes in the head. First, in some genera 
the maxilla began to slip behind and above the premaxilla, 
so that it was excluded from the gape. Next, in these and 
most other fishes, the ear-capsules began to enlarge to such 
an extent that the original roof of the brain-case eventually 
formed only an insignificant part of the top of the skull. At 
the same time the lateral muscles of the trunk extended 
forward over the cranial roof, and various crests arose between 
them. Finally, it was quite common for the pelvic fins to be 
displaced forward beneath the pectoral fins, while the vertebree, 
as well as some of the fin-rays, were usually reduced to a 
definite and fixed number for each family or genus. Simul- 
taneously many of the fin-rays were modified into spines, and 
there was a constant tendency for the external bones and 
scales to become spinose. At all stages of this progress there 
were, of course, stragglers left by the way; and the modern 
fish-fauna is therefore a mixture of slightly modified survivors 
of many periods in the earth’s history. 

To state this brief sammary in more general terms, fossils 
prove that the earliest known fish-like organisms strengthened 
their external armour so long as they remained compara- 
tively sedentary ; that next the most progressive members of 
the class began to acquire better powers of locomotion, and 
concentrated all their growth-energy on the elaboration of 
fins; that, after the perfection of these organs, the internal 
bony skeleton was completed at the sacrifice of outer plates, 
because rapid movement necessitated a flexible body and 
rendered external armour less useful; that, finally, in the 
highest types the vertebre and some of the fin-rays were 
reduced to a fixed and practically invariable number for each 
family or genus, while there was a remarkable development 
oi spines. As survivors of most of these stages still exist, 
the changes in the soft parts which accompanied the succes- 
sive advances in the skeleton can be inferred. Hence Palwon- 
tology furnishes a sure basis for a natural classification in 
complete accord with the development of the group. 


Paleontology to Biology. 315 


Now fishes are aquatic animals, and nearly all the fossili- 
ferous rocks were deposited in water. ‘The past history of 
this chain of life ought therefore to be almost completely 
revealed by the geological records. Making due allowance 
for the imperfection of collections and the accidental nature 
of the discovery of fossils, the general outlines of this history 
may indeed be considered as tolerably well ascertained. ‘Thus 
the facts of Paleontology not only aid the biologist in 
discovering the true relationships of the fishes ; at the same 
time they afford a definite means of determining with certainty 
some of the fundamental principles of organic evolution 
illustrated by them. As identical principles may be deduced 
from other departments of Paleontology, most of them are 
not likely to be altered in any essential respects by future 
discoveries. 

It must suffice here to allude only to a few of these general 
results which seem to be of far-reaching importance, omitting 
details which may be obtained from special treatises. Fore- 
most among them is the demonstration that the evolution of 
the animal world has not proceeded uniformly, but in a 
rhythmic manner. As soon as fishes had acquired the 
paddle-shaped paired fins, they suddenly became the special 
feature of the Devonian period in all parts of the globe that 
have hitherto been geologically examined, and they attained 
their maximum development, being more numerous and more 
diverse in form than at any subsequent time. None of these 
paddle-finned fishes (Crossopterygiz) in the course of their 
varied development made much approach towards passing 
into the next grade of fish-life with short-based paired fins 
and a heterocereal tail (Chondrostec); but among their 
earliest representatives there was at least one member of the 
higher group, which suggests that the latter arose when the 
previous group was just becoming vigorous. At the be- 
ginning of the Carboniferous period the higher grade of fish- 
life just mentioned suddenly became the dominant feature, 
and during the Carboniferous and Permian it attained its 
maximum development. ‘l'owards the close of the Permian 
period the next higher group was heralded by only one 
representative, but as soon as it arose in the ‘l'rias it resembled 
its predecessors in becoming immediately dominant, sur- 
passing all contemporary races of fishes both in the number 
of individuals and in the variety of genera and species. In 
the Cretaceous period the highest bony fishes appeared, and 
at the end of that period, with the dawn of the Tertiary, they 
suddenly diverged into nearly all the subdivisions which 
characterize the existing fish-fauna, accomplishing much more 


316 Dr. A. 8S. Woodward—The Lelations of 


ev: lution in a brief interval than has taken place during the 
whole of the succeeding Tertiary time. In short, the funda- 
mental advances in the grade of fish-life have always been 
sudden and begun with excessive vigour at the end of a long 
period of apparent stagnation, while each advance has been 
marked by the fixed and definite acquisition of some new 
character—an “‘ expression point,” as Cope termed it—which 
seems to have rendered possible, or, at least, been an essential 
accompaniment of, a fresh outburst of developmental energy. 
As we have seen, the successive “ expression points ”’ among 
fishes were the acquisition of (1) paddle-like paired fins, 
(2) shortened fin-bases but persistent heterocercal tail, 
(3) completed balancing fins and homocercal tail, and 
(4) completed internal skeleton. 

When fossils are examined more closely, it is interesting 
to observe that the geological record is most incomplete 
exactly at these critical points in the history of each race. 
‘There are abundant remains of the families and genera which 
are definitely referable to one or other order or suborder ; but 
with them there are scarcely any of the links between these 
major divisions which might have been expected to occur. 
It inust also be confessed that repeated discoveries have now 
left faint hope that exact and gradual links will ever be 
forthcoming between most of the families and genera. The 
“imperfection of the record,’ of course, may still render 
some of the negative evidence untrustworthy; but even 
approximate links would be much commoner in collections 
than they actually are if the doctrine of gradual evolution 
were correct. Paleeontology, indeed, is clearly in favour of 
the theory of discontinuous mutation, or advance by sudden 
changes, which has lately received so much support from the 
botanical experiments of H. de Vries. 

Further results obtained from the study of fossils have a 
bearing even on the deepest problems of Biology, namely, 
those connected with the nature of life itself. For instance, 
it is allowable to infer, from the statements already made, that 
the main factor in the evolution of organisms is some inherent 
impulse—the “ bathmic force” of Cope—which acts with 
unerring certainty whatever be the conditions of the moment. 
So far as human judgment can decide, the varied assemblage 
of fishes at each stage of the earth’s history was always in 
perfect accord with its environment and displayed very few 
signs of waning, even at the time when a new race suddenly 
took its place and provided every kind of fish once more on a 
higher plane or, so to speak, in a later fashion. The change 
was inevitable and according to some fundamental law of 


Paleontology to Biology. Ey 


life whose influence is independent of temporary equilibrium. 
Equally inevitable and irreversible are the essential changes 
which may be observed during the evolution of each family 
of organisms. As the late Professor Beecher pointed out *, 
all animals with skeletons tend to produce a superfluity of 
dead matter, which accumulates in the form of spines as 
soon as the race to which they belong has passed its prime 
and begins to be on the downgrade ; all vertebrates tend to 
lose their teeth when they reach the culmination of their life- 
history ; nearly all groups of fishes end their career with 
eel-shaped representatives; and when a structural character 
has been definitely lost in the course of evolution it never 
reappears, but, if actually wanted again, is reproduced in a 
secondary makeshift. Finally, and perhaps most important 
of all, there is in the course of evolution of all groups of 
animals to their prime a tendency towards fixity in the 
number and regularity (or symmetry) in arrangement of 
their multiple parts. The assumption of a fixed number of 
vertebrae and fin-rays in the latest and highest families and 
genera of bony fishes has already been mentioned. An 
irregular cluster of grinding-teeth characterized the Pycnodont 
fishes of the Lower Lias, while these teeth began to be 
disposed in definite regular rows in some of the Bathonian 
forms, and such a symmetrical arrangement henceforth 
pervaded the highest members of the family. Many of the 
lower vertebrates, both living and extinct, have teeth with 
multiplied cusps, and in some genera the number of teeth 
seems to be constant ; but in the history of the vertebrates 
the tooth-cusps never became fixed individual entities, strictly 
homologous in whole races, until the highest or mammalian 
grade had been attained. Moreover, it is only in the same 
latest phase that the teeth themselves can be treated as 
definite units, always the same in number (44), except where 
modified by degeneration or special adaptation. The number 
of vertebrae in the neck of the lower vertebrates depends on 
the extent of this part, whereas in the mammal it is almost 
invariably seven whatever the total length may be. Equally 
constant in the artiodactyl ungulate mammalia is the number 
of nineteen vertebrae between the neck and the sacrum. 

In short, the biologist equipped with an adequate know- 
ledge of Paleontology cannot fail to perceive that throughout 
the evolution of the organic world there has been a periodical 
succession of impulses, each introducing not only a higher 
grade of life, but also fixing some essential characters that 

* C. E. Beecher, “The Origin and Significance of Spines,” Amer. 
Journ. Science, [4] vol. vi. (1898), July to October. 

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 23 


318 Bibliographical Notices. 


had been variable in the grade immediately below. He must 
also realize that in the interval between these impulses some 
minor characters in the families similarly acquired fixity in 
their prime, until old age and extinction approached. The 
general conclusion is, that if the unknown influence which 
Cope has termed “ bathmie force ” were able to act without 
a succession of checks from the environment and Natural 
Selection, animals would form much more symmetrical 
groups than we actually find, and their ultimate grades would 
display still more instances of numerical fixity in multiple 
parts than can be observed under existing circumstances. 
This result almost tempts a paleontologist to risk the 
pitfalls of reasoning from analogy and to compare organic 
evolution with some purely physical processes. It has already 
been pointed out more than once that the initial stages of 
animal races resemble the nascent states of chemical elements 
in their particular intensity of vigour and unwonted suscepti- 
bility to influence ; while Cope himself has hinted that the 
‘expression points ” in the evolution of races may, perhaps, 
be compared with the phenomena of Jatent heat in the inorganie 
world. It now seems reasonable to add that each “ phylum,” 
or separate chain of life, bears a striking resemblance to a 
crystal of some inorganic substance which has been disturbed 
by impurities during its growth, and has thus been fashioned 
with unequal faces, or even turned partly into a mere con- 
cretion. In the case of a crystal the inherent forces act 
solely upon molecules of the crystalline substance itself, 
collecting them and striving, even ina disturbing environment, 
to arrange them in a fixed geometrical shape. In the case of 


an organic phylum, the inherent forces of the colloid germ- 
plasm act upon a consecutive series of temporary outgrowths 
or excrescences of colloid substance (the successive individual 
bodies or “somata”), struggling not for geometrically 
arranged boundaries, but towards various other symmetries 
and a fixity in number of multiple parts. Palxontology thus 
contributes to Biology by placing the oft-repeated comparison 
of life with crystallization in an entirely new light. 


BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. 


A Descriptive Catalogue of the Tertiary Vertebrata of the Fayum, 
Egypt. By Cuartes Wittiam Ayprews, D.Sc. Pp. xxxvii+324, 
pls. 26, and text-figures. London: Printed by Order of the 
‘Trustees of the British Museum. 1906. Price 35s. 


Dr. Anprews is a zoologist in the widest sense of the term, and 
hence it is that this bulky volume is something more than a mere 


Bibliographical Notices. 319 


catalogue of dry bones; though even had it been no more than 
this, from the extraordinary character of these bones the book he 
has just finished would have been one of exceptional importance : 
and this because, for the most part, the remains which he describes 
are missing links for which palwontologists and students of phylo- 
geny have long been seeking, desiring without hope. 

Though Dr. Andrews had not, in many cases, the good fortune 
to unearth the first specimens of these remains to be discovered, it 
is to him that we owe their determination: to him that the credit 
belongs of interpreting the true nature of the puzzles they presented. 
But he has himself done much work in the burning deserts of 
Egypt, and many of the most important remains described here are 
due to the masterly intuition he displayed in the arduous work of 
fossil-hunting; many of the biggest prizes were obtained from 
ground that others on the same quest had already surveyed and 
pronounced barren! 

The greater part of this volume is concerned with that most 
important group, the Ungulates; and, undoubtedly, the most 
striking of these is the bizarre creature which has been named 
Arsinoitherium. <A considerable number of bones, including skulls, 
of this animal have been obtained, representing different ages, so 
that, as Dr. Andrews remarks, ‘‘ this extraordinary mammal is now 
almost completely known, so far as this is possible from the bones 
alone.” 

In general appearance somewhat resembling a large and heavily 
built rhinoceros, it differed therefrom in having an enormous pair 
of horns placed side by side above the nose and a smaller pair 
above the eyes. From the corrugations on the surfaces of these 
cores it would seem certain that they were ensheathed in horn ; 
and in this, of course, Arsinoitheriam differed fundamentally from 
the Rhinoceros; while, from their dentition and other cranial 
characters, it would appear that-these ponderous animals are 
descended from the same ancestral stock as the Hyracoidea. 

The great feature of this Catalogue, and of Dr. Andrews’s work, 
is, however, the section devoted to the Proboscidea. Hitherto the 
origin and evolution of this group has been shrouded in mystery : 
to-day the veil is lifted. It is no small thing to have done this ; 
and those who will turn to the pages of this work will find that 
Dr. Andrews has brought to bear upon his task a subtilty of 
analysis and a grasp of complicated facts that most of us can but 
envy. 

Till now one of the strongest and most telling object-lessons in 
the Evolution Theory has been furnished by the Horse; but 
Dr. Andrews has now provided an even more striking piece of 
evidence. ‘To attempt, even in outline, to describe the nature of 
this evidence would be impossible in the space at our disposal; for 
the author’s discoveries do not end here, and of these other achieve- 
ments we must also speak. ‘The most important of these concerns 
his contentions with regard to the origin and evolution of the 
Sirenia, which he holds are to be regarded, as De Blainville sug- 
gested years ago, as intimately related to the Proboscidea. but 


320 Bibliographical Notices. 


while De Blainville advanced this view rather as a pious opinion, 
Dr. Andrews has brought forward a mass of skilfully marshalled 
facts which leave but little room for doubt on the question. 

With regard to the question of the descent of the Cetacea, he 
shows, conclusively, that these most remarkable mammals are 
derivatives of that primitive group of Carnivora known as the 
Creodonts. 

The bird-remains found by Dr. Andrews in the beds (Lower 
Tertiary) which furnished the materials for this Catalogue were 
scanty, though in their way important, inasmuch as among them 
he found remains apparently of a Ratite (Hremopezus) which lived 
in this district during the Upper Eocene period. But since neither 
skull, pelvis, nor sternum has so far come to light, there is no 
evidence to show whether this was really a “ Ratite” (Paleo- 
gnathine) form; nor can much that is profitable be said as to whether 
it was more nearly allied to the Struthiones or Zpyornithes. 

With regard to the Reptilia, little of phylogenetic importance 
has come to light; but froma distributional point of view some very 
significant facts will be found recorded. Thus, giant Land-Tortoises 
near akin to the recent Mascarene forms were found, as well as 
remains of pleurodiran species; and since these last are now con- 
fined to the Southern Hemisphere this discovery is of very great 
significance—tending as it does, Dr. Andrews believes, to support 
the view that during Jurassic times Africa and S. America 
formed a continuous land-mass. 

But, surely, enough has now been said to show that this 
“ Catalogue” may be said, without exaggeration, to mark an epoch 
in the history of Vertebrate Zoology. W. P. Pycorart. 


Die Tierischen Gifte. Von Enwry Stanton Faust. 
Braunschweig, 1906. Pp. xiv, 248. 


Tuts is a comprehensive treatise on animal poisons, dealing both 
with those animals which bite or sting, those the flesh of which is 
poisonous, and those from which poisonous drugs or arrow-poisons 
are obtained. The structure of the poison-glands is described and 
the various symptoms produced by the poisons, and their chemical 
characters are also discussed. The greater portion of the volume is 
devoted to Ophidia, Amphibia, Pisces, Arthropoda, Vermes, {c., 
and certain portions of the subject seem to have been purposely 
excluded. Thus, Platypus is the only poisonous mammal included, 
and we do not notice anything about hydrophobia or glanders, on 
the one hand, or the carriage of infection by rats &c., on the other. 
The carriage of infection by mosquitoes and the tsetze-flies is only 
briefly alluded to, nor are parasitic insects noticed. Within the 
limits which the author seems to have imposed upon himself, his 
book will be found very useful to those interested in animal 
poisons from a medical and chemical point of view. W.F.K 


THE ANNALS 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


(SEVENTH SERIES.] 


No. 107. NOVEMBER 1906. 


XLIV.—Brachiopod Nomenclature. 
By 8. 8. Buckman, F.G.S. 


THE following remarks are presented in the hope that they 
may be of assistance in clearing up various difficulties 
connected with the names of some Brachiopod genera. 


Epituyris, HyPpoTHyris, CLEIOTHYRIS, Phillips, 1841. 


According to Dall* these genera are indeterminable from 
what Phillips has said about them, and so he establishes two 
of them on King’s authority. Schuchert t does the same, 
definitely stating that King’s genera are not Phillips’s. But 
this arrangement can only be accepted as a temporary expe- 
dient. The generic names must stand or fall by what Phillips 
has done, and if they fall they cannot be revived in another 
sense. ‘Once used, always used.” 

However, I do not accept the dictum that Phillips’s genera 
are indeterminable, or that Phillips did not sufficiently indicate 
his types, so that a subsequent author was free to select— 
though this would make them still Phillips’s genera, not 
King’s. Phillips, to my reading, indicated the types which 
he had in mind—not so definitely as he might have done, 
perhaps ; but still he did indicate them. He says of the first 


* Index Brach., Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. 1877. 
J Syn. Am. Brach., Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey, 1897, 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 24 


Yo 


322 Mr. 8. 8. Buckman on 

two :— Whoever will carefully examine the ‘ Terebratule’ 
of the strata below the Lias will find but few which can be 
supposed to exhibit a distinct oval or circular opening below 
the beak (such as belongs to 7’. concinna, for example), and 
perhaps none which show a truncate perforate beak (as, for 
example, in 7. mawillata)” *. 

Then he further says (p. 55): ‘ Epithyris ... beak 
truncate, perforate.” ‘“ Hypothyris . . . beak acute, perfora- 
tion below it.” Putting these statements with those on the 
preceding page, it seems to be obvious that Phillips regarded 
as typical of his genera /Jypothyris and Epithyris T. concinna 
and 7. maaillata respectively. 

Therefore one can say 


Genus Epiruyris, Phillips, 1841. 

Type Terebratula maxillata, Sowerby. 

Non Epithyris, King, nec Deslongchamps. 

This may stand as the generic name for a small but very 
distinct series of Jurassic ‘l'erebratulids. It includes 7. sub- 
maxillata, Morris, JT. marmorea, Oppel, T. lentiformis, 
Upton, 7. permazillata, 8. Buckman, and another form which 
requires anew name. This may be called 


Epithyris bathonica, nom. nov. 


As type may be taken the specimen figured as Terebratula 
maaillata, Davidson, Brit. Ool. Brach. (Pal. Soc.) 1851, 
pl. ix. fig. 3 only. It is a larger and more massive shell 
than J. maaillata, Sowerby, properly represented in Davidson 
(pl. ix. fig. 1), and it grows to a much larger size before it 
begins to show plications. It is characteristic and fairly 
abundant in the Great Oolite, whereas 2. mawillata charac- 
terizes the Bradford Clay below and E. marmorea the Forest 
Marble beds above; so that the distinction is of strati- 
graphical value. 


Genus Hypvoruyris, Phillips, 1841. 

Type Terebratula concinna, Sowerby. 

The name Hypothyris cannot be used, as, according to 
Scudder, it is preoccupied—for a genus of Lepidoptera by 
Hiibner in 1822. 

The terms epithyrid and hypothyrid will be found extremely 
useful for describing the beak-characters which Phillips 


* Pal, Foss. Corn. Devon, p. 54 (Mem. Geol. Sury. 1841). 


Brachiopod Nomenclature. 323 


noted. Most Terebratulids are epithyrid, but Stringocephalus 
is hypothyrid; most Rhynchonellids are hypothyrid, but 
Terebratuloidea is epithyrid—in other words, it is a Rhyncho- 
nellid with a truncate perforate beak. 


The case regarding Oleiothyris is hardly so satisfactory as 
the others. Phillips’s two statements are :— 

“Cardinal area obsolete; beak incurved over a minute 
perforation, which is often obtect or merely serves to receive 
the beak of the smaller valve—Clecothyris. 

“Under the head of ZYerebratula 1 shall include many of 
the Atrype of Dalman and Sowerby, giving this term and 
Cleiothyris as synonyms of a part of that great group. Strigo- 
cephalus, Orthis, and Spirifera will be separated. In this 
latter genus I include the analogues of Spirifera lineata, and 
which seem to conduct naturally to the smooth terebratuli- 
form species now ranked as Atryya by Mr. Sowerby ” (p. 55). 

“The effect of introducing the classification of Brachiopoda 
presented on pp. 54, 55, would be a modification of Spirifera 
and Terebratula by transferring a part of the species here 
included in these groups to Clecothyris and Hypothyris. 
Until, however, the foramen of the larger valve is more 
carefully examined, in the plaited species analogous to 
Terebratula pleurodon, T. pugnus, &c., in the smooth species 
allied to Terebratula concentrica (von Buch) and Spirifera 
imbricata (Sowerby), and in those which rank with Tered. 
prisca, it seems not desirable to disturb too much the existing 
methods of classification” (p. 92). 

The first of these two statements signifies that Clecothyris 
is not to replace Atrypa, but is to be used by the side of it, 
for “the smooth terebratuliform species now ranked as 
Atrypa by Mr. Sowerby.” In the next statement there are 
three divisions made :—(1) “ plaited species’; (2) ‘‘ smooth 
species”; (3) [species] which rank with Yereb. prisca.” 
Obviously, then, Cletothyris is the term for division 2, and in 
this are mentioned Terebratula concentrica (von Buch) and 
Spirifera imbricata (Sowerby). It may be argued that by 
saying Spirifera imbricata Phillips expressed his opinion as 
to its probable position, and so he left Lercbratula concentrica 
to be the type of his genus. 

There is further evidence for this in the footnote, p. 55. 
Phillips says “ Cletothyris .. . . with the terms Epithyris 
and Hypothyris might console us for the loss of Terebratula, 
which in von Buch’s view includes the three groups.” 
Evidently, then, Cletothyris included a species called by 
von Buch a Terebratula. 

24% 


324 Mr. 8. 8. Buckman on 


The conclusion arrived at is that Cledothyris cannot be used 
on King’s authority at all, and if it be used on Phillips’s 
foundation it takes priority of Athyris. M‘Coy, indeed, 
admits as much when he says of Athyris (p. 146) :—‘ Prof. 
Phillips is the only author who has recognized the group; he 
forms of it his last division of the genus Spirifera.” 
Phillips’s last division of the “ Delthyride or Spirifers ”?— 
M‘Coy uses this phrase—is Cleiothyris (Pal. Foss. p. 55). 

As LHypothyris cannot be used for the Atrypa (lihyn- 
chonella) cuboides series—fitst because it does not belong 
there, and second because it has been preoccupied,—it becomes 
necessary to name afresh. It is desirable to make as little 
change as possible, so there may be suggested 


Genus HYPOTHYRIDINA, nom. nov. 


Genotype Atrypa cuboides, Sowerby, = Hypothyris, King, Hall & 
Clarke, Schuchert et al. (non Phillips). 


As Cleiothyris is not available on King’s authority, and as 
it seems to be generally agreed that the A. Royssii series 
requires a separate name from A. concentrica, then a new 
term must be used: 


Genus CLEIOTHYRIDINA, nom, nov. 


Genotype Athyris Royssii, Davidson, Mon. Carb. Brach. pl. xviii. fig. 8. 
Syn. Clevothyris, King et auctt. (non Phillips). 


ComposiITa, SEMINULA. 


The first of these generic designations has been entirely 
overlooked, yet it must be confessed that its author, Capt. 
Thomas Brown, has done his work much more accurately 
than his professorial contemporaries; he, at any rate, has 
definitely fixed and described his type thus :— Genus Com- 
posita, Brown. Shell somewhat pentangular ; hinge-line very 
short ; beak of the larger valve produced, with a small 
circular perforation ; inside furnished with spiral appendages. 

“This genus is founded upon the Spirifer ambiguus of 
Sowerby and is intermediate between that genus and Tere- 
bratula. ‘The perforated beak removes it from Spirifer, and 
the internal spiral appendages never exist in the genus Tere- 
bratula, but are peculiar to the genus Spirifer. 1. Composita 
-ambigua, Spirifer ambiguus, Sowerby ” *, 

The date is given by Mr. C. Davies Sherborn in a 
pamphlet, ‘‘ Conch, Writings of Capt. Thomas Brown,” Proce. 


* Brown Illust. Foss, Conch. Gt. Britain and Ireland, p. 131 (1845). 


Brachiopod Nomenclature. 325 


Malacol. Soc. vi. p. 358 (1905), and he it was who directed 
my attention to this work of Brown’s. 

Davidson remarks (Carb. Brach., Pal. Soc. 1857, p. 78 n.) 
“that Spirifer ambiguus has received no less than six 
different generic appellations.” He overlooked Brown’s 
term, which makes seven; and it had not then been given 
the name (the eighth) it now passes by—Seminula—for 
M‘Coy did not mention it as one of his types. 

It is, then, necessary to consider what is the type of 
M‘Coy’s genus Semtnula. Dall merely cites the three species 
mentioned by M‘Coy. Tall and Clarke say “ Type Semznula 
ambigua, Sowerby, sp.,” which M‘Coy did not mention. 
Schuchert says ‘“ Genotype Yerebratula pentedra, Phillips, = 
Athyris ambigua (Phillips)? which may be a lapse for 
(Sowerby). Now M‘Coy has definitely indicated his own 
genotype by giving a figure (p. 150, fig. 81), and this figure 
is certainly 7’. pentaédra, Phillips. But Davidson, who was 
more ready to combine than to separate, only united 7’. pent- 
aédra to T. ambigua with a query. One may reasonably feel 
much doubt about the association when it is remembered 
that Phillips kept the two species distinct and that M‘Coy 
classed with 7’. pentaédra as belonging to his Semtnula two 
species which are recognized now as Camarophoria. Further, 
M‘Coy says in regard to Seminula (p. 150) “ perforation 
minute.” This is not a description that could be applied to 
T. ambigua. ; 

A glance at Phillips’s original figure shows that 7. pent- 
aédra is rightly described by M‘Coy, and that it is quite 
different from T. ambigua. T. pentaédra has a rhyncho- 
nelliform beak—it is evidently hypothyrid; but 7. ambigua 
has a terebratuliform beak—it is epithyrid. Phillips’s 
descriptions fully bear this out. Of 1. pentaédra he says 
*‘ Perforation of the beak minute”; he applies the same 
description to 7. rhomboidea and to T. seminula, but of 
T. ambigua he says “ beak with a large round aperture ”—in 
comparison with 7. pentaédra it is “ large.” 

Therefore the type of Seminula is really a hypothyrid 
rhynchonelloid, congeneric with 7. seminula and T. rhom- 
boidea, which at present are called Camarophoria, and it has 
nothing to do with Z. ambigua. 

- Therefore it must be said :— 


Genus SEMINULA, M‘Coy, 1844. 
Genotype, species figured by M‘Coy, fig. 31, p. 150,= 7. pentuédra, 
Phillips. 
Non Seminula, Hall & Clarke, Schuchert et al. 
Syn. Camarophorva (pars), Davidson et auctt. 


326 On Brachiopod Nomenclature. 


Shells rhynchonelliform, hypothyrid, with the surface 
sinuate or feebly semiplicate. 

The genus is nearest to Camarophoria; it is not one of the 
Athyride, but belongs to the family Pentameride. The 
later-named Camarophoria may probably be distinguished 
from it, as containing shells more transverse, more fully and 
more numerously plicate. 

The species placed in it by M‘Coy are rightly classed. 
Their distinction as three species of Seminula seems to be 
justifiable ; but three names will be S. pentaédra (Phill.), 
S. seminula (Phill.), S. rhomboidea (Phill.). The last is 
probably quite distinct enough from the Permian 7. globulina, 
which is also a Seminula, 

What has hitherto been called Seminula must be altered, 
thus :-— 


Genus Composira, Brown, 1845. 


Type Spirifer ambiguus, Sowerby. 
Syn. Seminula, Hall & Clarke, Schuchert et al.; non Seminula, 
M‘Coy. 


Lepropus, LYTTronia. 


In systematic works the generic name Leptodus, Kayser, is 
placed as a synonym of Lyttonia, Waagen; but this is 
not justifiable. Waagen had no right to give a new name 
because Kayser happened to place his genus among the fishes. 
So we must record thus :— 


Genus Lepropus, Kayser, 1883. 


Genoholotype L. Riehthofeni, Kayser. 
Syn. Lyttonia, Waagen. 


Genus CycLoruyris, M‘Coy, 1844. 

Type, the species figured by M‘Coy, Carb. Foss. p. 150, fig. 29,= Terebr. 

latissima, Sowerby. 

Dall says that M‘Coy’s figure is indeterminable; but this 
is not justified. It is obviously a multiplicate Rhynchonella, 
aud Davidson is quite correct in mentioning 2A. latissima as 
type. ‘Thus it will be more correct at present to turn over to 
Cyclothyris the bulk of the present Mesozoic Rhynchonelle— 
all those which are multiplicate and hypothyrid; leaving in 
true Rhynchonella only the species which are panciplicate 
and hypothyrid, congruous with 2. loeva—such series as the 
fi. acuta group. 


On the Flying-fish Problem. 327 


_ However, further division of the Mesozoic Rhynchonellids 
is imperative, if only for the sake of classificatory conve- 
mience ; for the present genus is quite unwieldy, and therefore 
very troublesome for any systematic arrangement. 


Summary. 
[New names in heavy type. | 


Cleiothyris, auctt. 

T. concentrica series. 
Seminula, auctt. 

T’. latissima series. 
T. maxillata series. 
T. mavillata (pars). 
Hypothyris, auctt. 


Cleiothyridina, 

Cleiothyris, 1841, 

Composita, 1845, 

Cyclothyris, 1844, 

Epithyris, 1841, 

Epithyris bathonica, 
Hypothyridina, 

Hypothyris, 1841, preoccupied. 
Leptodus, 1883, precedes Lyttonia. 
Lyttonia, 1883, syn. of Leptodus. 
Seminula, 1844, 


Camarophoria (pars). 


XLV.—The Flying-fish Problem. 
By Lieut.-Colonel C. D. Durnrorp, 


In a paper published in these ‘Annals’ for January 1906 
the impossibility, from a mechanical point of view, of a 
flying-fish accomplishing sailing flight was shown. The 
argument was based upon the fact that as a flying animal 
the flying-fish is equipped with wings of a fractional sailing 
value compared with those of a sailing bird. Also that if 
the wings were many times larger, so as to bring the fish on 
an equality with the bird in this respect, it could only sail 
with the bird’s limitations as regards direction of the wind, 
and with the bird’s frequent assistance from rowing flight. 
Also that if the figures (which can be easily verified or, if 
wrong, refuted) are correctly given in the article, the 
accepted aeroplane flight is miraculous, unless a new law of 
Nature be discovered. 

It is, then, perhaps advisable, if the present curious con- 
dition of the question is to be understood, to examine how it 
has come about. 

The flying-fish problem is a very odd one in many ways, 
of which the most striking is the unexplained power therein of 
the negative to quench the positive. Throughout we find the 
aeroplanist’s “1 cannot see the wing-movement ” smothering 
a fairly equal bulk of “I can, and have, and do see it.” 

Let us create a parallel instance, for a real parallel does 


328 Lieut.-Col. C. D. Durnford on 


not perhaps exist :—Many people can see bullets in their 
flight. Many others with equally good, or even better, sight 
eannot pick up the flying bullets. Now if those who fail 
to see them said, and if all books and papers on shooting 
supported them in so saying, “I cannot see the bullets, 
therefore you, and all those who do see them, do not see 
them,” we should have a parallel to the current odd mode of 
conducting the flying-fish problem. 

It is in consequence of this supremacy of the negative 
that the flying-fish problem has earned for itself the name 
of “eternal,” for as soon as one new witness can see the 
flight, either another new one fails to do so, or a reference is 
made to some observer who has formerly so failed ; and this 
is equally satisfactory, for, in the problem, even an old “I 
did not” is better than a new “I do.” 

It might naturally be supposed that there must be an 
overwhelming backing of probability, both mechanical and 
natural, to the negative evidence in order to justify such 
dogged denial to the affirmative of its common value. So far, 
however, from this being the case, it is a second odd fact 
that but one seemingly practical effort at proof has been 
made, and with this one exception aeroplane flight rests 
wholly upon the flat negative. 

Let us examine this solitary attempt at proof. 

I requote from an article, which may be taken as 
typical of the system, in the ‘Annual Report of the 
Smithsonian Institution, 1904, p. 498, by Dr. Theodore 
Gill, an emphatic aeroplanist :—‘ Mdbius (1878, 1885) con- 
tended that ‘ Flying-fish are incapable of flying [the italics 
are his], for the simple reason that the muscles of the pectoral 
fins are not large enough to bear the weight of their body 
aloft in the air’ ” If undisputed that is, without doubt, a 
most powerful argument—decisive, in fact. But mark! 
almost immediately Prof. Whitman, a high authority, denies 
its accuracy. In the same article we find that this state- 
ment is “ vigorously objected to by C. O. Whitman (1880), 
who urged, ‘Admitting that in form, size, length, and 
structure the pectoral fins of Hwocetus are less well 
adapted to flight than the wings of most birds, there is still 
ample room to believe, on anatomical and physiological 
grounds alone, that they are capable of executing true 
flight”” This is a plain statement moderately worded 
by a distinguished physiologist and naturalist, and it is 
interesting to note that it is answered, as though by con- 
vincing argument, by the old irritating impasse—the re- 
ference to views of distinguished naturalists as to whether 


the Ilying-fish Problem. 329 


flying-fish fly or do not fly, and entirely ignoring the new 
muscle aspect opened by Whitman. 

Among the distinguished naturalists thus referred to in 
support of Mébius’s theory, Prof. Moseley, as being of the 
‘ Challenger’? Expedition, and Mr. Boulenger are prominently 
mentioned. But Moseley, who cannot see the Hzocetus 
flapping, can see the Dactylopterids doing so (p. 512) : the 
possibility of which act is denied by Mobius from personal 
observation as strongly as in the case of Hxocetus! Whilst 
Boulenger merely quoted the verdict of others, he himself 
retained, then as now, as he informs me, an open mind 
upon the question. 

It is surprising how largely this “general verdict” is 
influenced by the researches of Mébrus, the very Professor 
whose solitary so-called proof is questioned by Whitman ; 
so we will examine more closely what he says about the 
muscles. The quotation is continued from ‘ ‘aloft in the 
air,’’”” above. 

«<The pectoral muscles of birds depressing their wings 
weigh, on an average, one sixth of the total weight of the 
body, the pectoral muscles of bats one thirteenth, the muscles 
of the pectoral fins of flying-fish only one thirty-second.’” 

If this proves anything—which to the purpose it does 
not—it may prove that, as flyimg-fish have somewhat less 
than half the comparative muscle of bats, and (according to 
aeroplanists) cannot, for this reason, fly, therefore bats, 
which have somewhat less than half the comparative muscle 
of birds, cannot fly. 

Or, the other way about :—Birds can fly. Bats, having 
rather less than half the comparative muscle of birds, can fly ; 
therefore flying-fish, having rather less than half the com- 
parative muscle of bats, may fly. 

Those are reasonable deductions, but “therefore flying- 
fish cannot fly ” is an unreasonable one. 

It is quite clearly a question of degree, and the true 
deduction is that bats, if they can fly, cannot be expected to 
fly lke birds, and flying-fish, if they can fly, cannot be 
expected to fly like either bats or birds ; and, I may add, no 
one thinks or claims that they do so fly. 

But an even greater claim is made by aeroplanists. It is 
recognized that there are two kinds of bird-flight, “ sailing’ 
and “‘ rowing,” the sailing being greatly the superior form. 
Sailers can always row, but rowers cannot properly sail on 
account of their low wing to weight ratio*. Now flying-fish 


,/ wing-surface in sq. cm. 
</ weight in crammes, 


* Hartings’ formula , which governs this 


330 Lieut.-Col. C. D. Durnford on 


have a ratio of the lowest class in comparison with birds 
(see ‘Annals,’ Jan. 1906, p. 162); yet they are credited 
by aeroplanists with sailing of a higher form than that of the 
best-equipped sailing-birds—sailing, without even occasional 
rowing assistance, at aslow speed, regardless of the direction 
of the wind! Such a feat—one utterly impossible for an 
albatross *, an eagle, a vulture, kings of flight—is given to 
this last poor dabbler in the art upon persistently contradicted 
negative evidence, two impossible parallels, and the one 
discredited proof. 

I have endeavoured in the foregoing to show how 
observers have been weighted and clogged by the unique 
system of handling an admittedly difficult question— 
how a very able man, Prof. Mobius, years ago undertook 
a research which required a very special knack of eyesight 
in the observer. Probably the majority of men are without 
this knack, and do not know it. Firmly believing what 
I have endeavoured to show must have been the false 
view presented to his retina, to be a true view, he wrote, 
with the cleverness that belonged to him and the dog- 
matism of the believer, the text of the faith which has guided 
and misguided scientists for over a quarter of acentury. His 
reputation was, and is, deservedly great—so great that his 
word was practically law, and it came about that if other 
scientists possessed the knack of sight and differed from him 
so much the worse for them; they must be either ignored, 
or explained away, any or no explanation being sufficient 
for such a proper purpose. This is not a hard judgment. 
Anyone, who is free from the superstition, on reading an 
ordinary aeroplane article will recognise its justice. 

Take a quite typical example of the common aeroplane 
blindfold acceptance from writer to writer of palpable 
impossibilities as guiding facts. In the article that we have 
been quoting from we may note the following (p. 500) : 
“The best estimate has been that an ordinary flight may 


ratio in birds, is impugned by Rt. von Lendenfeld in the volume that 
we have been quoting from (Ann. Rep. Smith. Inst. 1904, p. 129). The 
figures of his example in proof will not, however, bear examination. 
ae 
‘ 336 
Correctly calculated they strongly support Hartings ( Ae 2.68, and 
V - 
not 4:03 as given by Von Lendenfeld as the ratio of the partridge ). 


* Some notes by Prof. Moseley (‘Notes by a Naturalist on the 
‘Challenger,’” p. 571, 1874) upon the small amount of true soaring 
performed even by the albatross are instructive. Our eyesight misleads 
us again in this matter. 


the Flying-fish Problem. 331 


extend from 30 to 50 yards in less than twenty seconds.” In 
order to get working figures we may call “30 to 50 yards” 
40 yards, and “ less than twenty seconds” 15 seconds. This 
gives a rate of 54 miles an hour! 

Note this, you who watch the fish fleeing before a 14-knot 
steamer, 

Such statements are the habit of the problem. Just in 
the same way is it its recognized habit to quote, un- 
questioned, as ‘‘sailing” parallels to the heavy small- 
winged fish, the ?-oz. large-winged swallow, and the parachute 
whose work is falling only ; or, again, to faithfully reproduce 
over and over again pictures of impossible air-currents 
performing feats also impossible ; or to continue to ascribe 
the frantic efforts at flight of a fish fallen on deck to natural 
spasms, although it is not credited with active use of its wings 
either in air or sea; and so on. It is the way of the 
problem, and no one is to blame. 

Perhaps the odd unsuitability of the swallow comparison 
may be brought more fully home by a sketch. 

The ratio (Hartings’ formula) of a swallow (house-martin) 
is 4°2, and its wing-area 120 sq. cm. The flying-fish ratio is 
2°6. If we reduce the swallow to a 2’6 ratio, its wing-area 
becomes about 47 sq. cm. 


WING AREA WING AREA 


AGOG SMOTIYMY 


is 
SCALE Z 


This reduction to flying-fish ratio is shown by the shaded 
parts of the sketch. 

Could anyone contend that a swallow could sail even in its 
present poor and much-assisted way (for it is far from being 
a first-class sailer) if the unshaded parts of the wing-areas 
were removed ? 

Opinion is, however, undoubtedly changing. Many of the 
oid shibboleths are fast becoming discredited. The great 
distances that the fish, under favouring conditions, fly clear 


302 Lieut.-Col. C. D. Durnford on 


of the water *—the fact that they fly in calms as in winds— 
that they come on board ships from lee and weather sides 
indifferently—that they can and do turn in air t—that they 
often lose and often gain speed, both from simple causes, on 
meeting a wave or on tail-dipping—that they can and do at 
times gain speed whilst still in air—that they make for lights 
deliberately—that they rise and fall of set purpose while in 
the air: all these and much more that has been under the 
ban are being witnessed and certified to so incessantly that 
soon only the high-priests of aeroplane will be left coutra- 
dicting them. 

F. G. Aflalo (‘Natural Hist. of Australia’: Macmillan 
& Co., 1896) writes: “I have watched these beautiful 
creatures by the hour and in all weathers, .... buat after 
having closely watched thousands of them through strong 
glasses, | cannot give as emphatic an opinion as I should 
like on the oft-discussed question of whether the wings 
vibrate like those of birds..... Ifthe pectoral fins are so 
constituted as to be capable of vibration, then I would say 
as the result of my own observations that to some slight 
extent they do flap, not like those of birds, perhaps, certainly 
not like those of the bat.” 

I have quoted the above as it expresses markedly two 
common difficulties: (1) the real difficulty in discerning the 
movements ; (2) the pre-acquired idea that the wings are 


* It is difficult to judge distance at sea. The tendency is to under- 
estimate it. Many observers testify to having seen flights of more than 
a quarter of a mile. Frank Bullen, in his article upon flying-fish in 
‘Creatures of the Sea,’ insists that he has seen flights of overamile. He 
has had exceptional opportunities for observing them, and I see no reason 
for thinking that he is mistaken. 

+ With reference to their turning powers. I mentioned in the former 
paper a fish which I had seen to turn back in air. I then restricted 
myself to the bare facts required for the argument. It had interested 
me, however, much at the time, not only because it was, to me, a rare 
occurrence, but also because the controlling cause of the fish’s remaining 
and turning in air was quite evident. The sea was rather calm and the 
ship was throwing out, with each gentle roll and dip, those broad hissing 
tables of white foam which spread away for many feet from her sides, 
and die in a mass of struggling bubbles, to reappear as the white broad 
rushing table of the next dip. The fish had risen independently of the 
ship, and was flying towards us at full speed, when a sudden slow down 
marked its perception of the advancing monster. There was no time, 
however, for it to decide whether water or air was the less perilous before 
it was over an unusually broad table of boiling foam. The hidden and 
fearful possibilities of this evidently decided it, and then ensued its slow 
but successful struggle to turn and get clear of the coneealed horrors. 
This it did with what must have been a territic effort, but it got quite 
round and well away out into the blue water before it dived. 


the Flying-fish Problem. 333 


not fitted for flapping, an idea which naturally greatly in- 
creases difficulty (1). Had Mr. Aflalo been certain of the 
two facts that the wings were fitted for flapping and that 
“sailing” was for the fish ordinarily impossible, it cannot 
be doubted that his views would have been stronger and 
expressed very differently. 

Among quite recent papers upon this question, two should 
be especially noted. Lionel E. Adams, B.A., writes in the 
‘Zoologist’ (April 4th, 1906) an article interesting through- 
out. 1 quote from p. 146: “.... 1 was often able to see 
them against the sky..... I could see quite distinctly that 
their tails were vibrating very rapidly from side to side 
during the whole flight, and that the wings would vibrate 
with an intensely rapid shivering motion for a second, then 
remain outspread motionless for one or two seconds, and 
then vibrate again. This vibration of the wings is not 
up and down as in the case when birds fly, but in an 
almost horizontal direction.” 

That is a quite possible explanation of the mode of flight, 
provided that a sufficient speed be acquired in the inter- 
mediate flappings, but this the known speed of the fish shows 
to be not commonly the case. 

Again, on p. 148: “I am perfectly well aware that a 
casual glance at flying-fish from the lofty deck of a liner 
gives the impression that they soar like birds with motionless 
wings, but watch them at close quarters from the deck of a 
Jow-waisted tramp and the vibratory motion of the tail and 
fins will be quite plain.” 

Interesting as is Mr. Adams’s paper, I cannot but think that 
he is partly mistaken in his views, and that the wing-vibration 
which he discerned was really less rapid than the movement 
in the period following which he believed to be one of 
stillness, just as the liner-passengers mistook his vibrations 
for stillness. Ido not say that the fish could never arrive 
at a speed by which a very short aeroplane flight could be 
attained even with their low ratio; but I do say that 
such is not their common speed, and that in any case their 
disregard of wind-direction disproves such flight. 

Therefore another way must be looked for, and we are 
driven back, perforce, to continuous wing-action, the manner 
of which may be here examined as carefully as our information 
allows. 

Premising that the flight varies greatly on different days 
and under different conditions, the following is probably a 
fair description of their methods in an ordinary flight :— 

1. The tail-impelled, visibly (to many) wing-assisted jump 


334 Lieut.-Col. C. D. Durnford on 


from the water to a height where the wings can work 
freely. 

2. The flight continued by an intensely rapid and laboured 
wing-movement—one easily mistaken for stillness, and usually 
seen, if at all, as blurr. 

3. Short periods of slowing down of wing-speed, during 
which the wing-movement becomes again visible. (These are 
the “ vibration” periods, representing to aeroplanists loose 
wing-trailing, or dragging like a flapping flag—an impossi- 
bility ; and, to Mr. Adams, periods of wing- assistance—with 
limitations a possibility.) ‘These periods often precede a 
special spurt such as is required to lift the fish over au 
oncoming wave. 

4, Either sudden cessation of wing-movement and con- 
sequent immediate drop into the sea or a short slow down 
into visibility (No. 3) previous to such drop. 

It is to be noted that this vibration so often seen before 
the fish enters the water is one of the many pointers to 
continuous wing-movement, for such a time is a proper one 
for slowing down, but an absurd one for renewal of wing- 
effort. 

To return to Mr. Adams’s paper. He notes, as have others, 
the vibration of the wings as being in “ an almost horizontal 
direction.” This horizontal movement, if it exists, as is 
probable, may afford, as I hope to show, a looked for key to 
the fish’s action. 

According to Pettigrew, it is a necessity of flight, where 
wing-beats are in a more or less vertical direction, that the 
up-beat should meet with little and the down-beat with 
much resistance from the air. This is arranged for in the 

case of bats, birds, and certain insects by means of special 

muscles and ligaments which automatically flex the wing for 
or during the up-stroke and extend it for or during the 
down. (Pettigrew, ‘Animal Locomotion,’ Int. Science 
Series, vol. vii. pp. 122, 182, 194, &c. : 1891.) 

Marey (‘Animal Mechanism,’ p. 263 &c.: Int. Science 
Series, 1893) equally recognizes the necessity for a diminished 
wing-area in the up-stroke, but believes it to be obtained 
in birds through the natural elasticity of the feathers, which 
enables them to return to their ordinary position when the 
resistance of the air in the down-stroke ceases to raise them. 

The flying-fish’s wing, as is known, is formed on quite a 
different principle from that of a bird or bat. It opens and 
closes somewhat like a fan. <A partial automatic closing of 
this fan at the foot of the downward stroke in flight and 
opening at the top of the rising stroke would both give the 


the Flying-fish Problem. 335 


appearance of horizontal vibration when seen either from 
above or below, and would turn a somewhat difficult question 
of the mechanics of the flight into a very simple one. 
Indeed we have here flying action on the same general 
principle as that shown by Pettigrew and Marey to be 
necessarily provided for in the case of bats and birds, but 
the working details of which are different and simpler, as 
becomes a simpler form of wing. 

Perhaps that is the explanation. There must, of course, 
be some explanation, and that is not only the natural deduc- 
tion from the peculiar formation of the wing, but it also fits 
everything in. 

The known (but indistinct) visibility of the larger rays of 
the wings at times during flight points, perhaps, to a compa- 
rative pause with wings full open before beginning the 
down-stroke. Such pause would give the open position, 
and with it the wing-tracery prominence. 

The form of these fishes’ wings points to this fan-action 
rather than to other known horizontal wing-actions of the 
nature of that of certain insects—the common fly, for instance 
(Marey, Joc. cit. pp. 204, 206). 

The second quite recent and very important observer and 
writer on this subject is convinced of the flight-action. He 
writes also from personal observation, and is as free from 
proper mechanical bias as from the improper follow-my- 
leader habit. One of his remarks, “It is by no meaus 
impossible that flying-fish may soar, as even [my italics] 
birds do this,” shows his mechanical freedom. In a paper 
dated Oct. 28th, 1905, Brig ‘ Galilee,” North Pacific Ocean, 
Dr. J. Hobart Egbert, Carnegie Expedition, writes (‘ Forest 
and Stream,’ Jan. 27th, 1906) : “ Though still denied by 
some observers, the power of propulsion through the air by 
means of its fin-wings is generally accorded the flying-fish *. 
During months at sea in the tropics the writer has almost 
daily watched the flying-fishes and studied their flight through 
the air..... The difficulties of assuring oneself that the 
flying-fish moves its wings during its flight through the air 
are well understood, and also the fact that these difficulties 
are generally removed when opportunity is afforded of 
observing the flight of certain of the larger species under 
favourable conditions. That flying-fishes use their wings 
after the manner of birds, at least upon emerging from the 
water, can hardly be denied, since from the fo’c’s’le head of 
a ship plying the waters of the lower latitudes this wide bird- 


* A little premature, if Natural Histories and Encyclopedias are any 
indication of general accord.—C. D. D. 


336 Lieut.-Col. C. D. Durnford on 


like motion of the fin-wings may be easily observed as the 
large flying-fishes break water almost under the vessel’s bow. 
This flapping motion of the fin-wings is not, however, long 
maintained, but as soon as the fish is well started in the air 
apparently passes into a vibratory motion of the appendages 
so rapid as to be almost beyond human visual perception.” 

Quite so. That is the to-be-expected flight of an ex- 
ceptionally low-ratio flyer having special added natural 
disabilities. Before long it will be the accepted one for 
flying-fish. 


More about the Pectoral Muscles. 


Since writing the foregoing I have received a communi- 
cation from Prof. C. Stewart, F.R.S., Conservator of the 
Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, who kindly 
gives me permission to use the results of a dissection made 
at the Museum for the purpose of comparing the pectoral 
muscles of the flying-fish with those of a nearly related non- 
flying fish. 

I qucte from the letter of Mr. Burne, who made the 
dissection :— 


“ Royal College of Surgeons of England, 
Lincoln’s Inn Fields, 
London, W.C., 18th June, 1906. 

“Dear Srr,—..... I have made a dissection of the 
pectoral muscles of a flying-fish (Hwocetus sp.) and of a 
nearly related fish of much the same build, but without the 
enlarged pectoral fins (Hemiramphus). Both were speci- 
mens from our store-room, and although in pretty good 
condition had evidently been in spirit for a considerable 
time. I enclose you tracings of the drawings I made. The 
two of the external view were drawn with a camera, and the 
Hemiramphus, which was rather less in girth than the 
Exocetus, was so much enlarged as to have the same girth 
about an inch behind tbe pectorals. I thought that body- 
girth sufficiently far behind the fins not to be influenced by 
their degree of development was the best standard of size to 
take—better than length, for instance. Asa matter of fact, 
the fish were very much the same length, the Zxvocetus being 
rather the longer. 

«The drawings, I think, explainthemselves. The flying-fish 
muscles were, as you see, considerably larger, both in area and 
in thickness, than in Hemiramphus, and the same was the case 
with the muscles on the deep surface of the fin. In their 
arrangement they were much the same in both fish and the 


the Flying-fish Problem. 337 


same as in other bony fishes (the cod, for instance), The 
numbers on the surface of the fins are the points where [ took 
the thickness of the muscle by plunging a needle into it and 


ee = 
= LSE | : EXTERNAL 
See SS. Ss Ww 
SSeSs\ SURFACE 
x 
b= 1. # mem. 
Q 2. #mm. pin depth. 
ar 3. Sm7. 
| 
ow 
: INTERNAL 
part external vs ec 
Sheet ff muscle =e t 
S Shoulder girdle 

=i 
= EXTERNAL 
2 SUPFACE 
= 
? | ern. 
c 0 2mm t7 aepth. 

3 s:5Mmm. 

INTERNAL 
SUAFACE . 


measuring the depth to which the needle entered. You will 
notice the great length of the muscles in Hvocetus: a long 
muscle means a proportionate length of contraction. 
«..... there is a very marked difference in the size of 
the muscles of these two fishes. .... 
“ Believe me, yours faithfully, 
R. H. Burne 


(Assistant in Museum).” 


The above tracing seems to give, roughly, about 44 times 
greater bulk of muscle to the Exocetus than to the Hemi- 
ramphus. With this light it will not be out of place to 
requote and amplify the one “ proof,” distinguishing the 
addition by italics:—“ The pectoral muscles of birds 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 25 


338 On a new Race of Sciurus lokriodes. 


depressing their wings weigh on an average one sixth the 
total weight of their body, the pectoral muscles of bats one 
thirteenth, the muscles of the pectoral fins of flying-fish.... 
one thirty-second,” and the muscles of a nearly related non- 
flying fish only one hundred and fifty-fourth. 

As before, it does not prove that bats or flying-fish flap or 
do not flap their wings, but it gives a different and, I hope, 
a proper aspect to the figures which have done duty—of a 
kind—for so many years. 


XLVI.—On a new Race of Sciurus lokriodes from Burma. 
By J. Lewis Bonnore, M.A. 


A SMALL collection of mammals, recently brought home from 
Rangoon by Capt. A. Mears, contains four specimens of a 
squirrel closely allied to S. lokriodes, Hodgs., but so distinct 
as to be entitled to subspecific rank. I propose for it the 
name 


Scturus lokricdes Mearsi, subsp. n. 


Similar in size and general characters to S. lokriodes, 
Hodgs., but much paler and greyer than examples from the 
typical locality. General colour above greyish green, rather 
darker on the back and paler on the flanks, and especially 
over the thighs. Tail ringed with black and grey and with 
no black tip. Ears covered with short fulvous hairs. 
Underparts dull white, purest on the chin, duller on the body ; 
on the inner side of either thigh is a patch of pale orange, 
and similar patches, though of a paler tint, are situated on 
the inner sides of the arms and at the root of the tail, while 
in some specimens the yellowish tinge tends to cover the 
whole of the underparts between the limbs. 

The skull shows no marked differences from that of 
S. lokricdes except in being slightly smaller, but in its general 
characters it closely resembles that of the typical race. 

Dimensions (of type in flesh) :— 

Head and body 185 mm.; tail 172; hind foot 40; ear 19. 

Skull: greatest length 46°5; length of palate from hen- 
selion 20; zygomatic breadth 27°5; greatest breadth of 
brain-case 20; length of nasals 15; length of molar series 
(alveoli) 10. 

Hab. Li. Chindwin, Burma. 


On new African Lepidoptera. 339 


Type. B.M.6.7.5.10(¢ ad.). Collected by Capt. Mears 
at Chinhyit, L., Chindwin, on 16th January, 1906. 

The very much greyer general coloration of this race will 
enable it to be easily recognized. 


XLVII.—Descriptions of African Lepidoptera. 
By Georce T. Beruune-Baker, F.L.S., F.Z.S. 


Family Lycenide. 
Pentila Catorz, sp. n. 


3. Head, antennz, and prothorax black; metathorax 
brownish; abdomen ochreous. Both wings straw-colour : 
primaries with the costa dark brown nearly to the costal vein, 
confluent with the very broad blackish apex and termen; a 
small black spot above the cell in front of vein 11, with one 
below it in the cell; these spots are inclined to be fugitive ; 
a black spot at the end of the cell: secondaries with a small 
blackish spot above the cell near its middle ; a black spot at 
the end of the cell; termen broadly brown from vein 6 to 
vein 8. Underside with the spots and markings showing 
through, and, in addition, the secondaries have a spot below 
the angle of vein 3 and a subterminal curved series of seven 
black spots which show through slightly on the upper surface. 

9. Like the male, but whiter. In the secondaries the 
subterminal series of spots are as prominent on the upperside 
as on the underside. Under surface as in the male, but with 
a postmedial series of five or six spots which show slightly 
through the dark area of the upper surface. 

Expanse, ¢ 44, 2? 48 mm. 

Hab. Kabba Province, N. Nigeria; September. 

Type in Cator’s collection. 


Liptena libyssa orientalis, subsp. n. 


6. Similar to ZL. libyssa on the upperside. Underside 
with the secondaries blackish spotted with cream-colour, 
instead of cream spotted with black ; a large irregular creamy 
basal blotch, followed by another large spot in the radial area, 
above which is a round costal spot, and below it two spots 
(one at its inner and the other at its outer angle) extending 
nearly to the inner margin; an obscure series of postmedial 


dots; a largish terminal spot below the apex, below which are 
25* 


340 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on 


three smaller terminal spots, the first being nearly linear 
and the third smaller than the second. 

Expanse 32 mm. 

Hab. Uganda; March. 

‘T'ype in my collection. 

This is probably the Eastern form of L. libyssa, Hew.; all 
my specimens from Uganda are similar, so that it probably 
forms a distinct local race. 


Liptena subpunctata, sp. n. 


&. Upperside: both wings spotless white; primary 
broadly blackish from three quarters the costa to just below 
vein 3 on the termen; base of wing very slightly ochreous, 
with the costa dark grey to one third: secondaries with the 
termen having a band of fine, sparingly scattered, brownish 
irrorations. Underside: primaries white, with a dark line 
closing the cell ; costa slightly dusted with fine brown irrora- 
tions; apical area creamy white, with a short, curved, in- 
ternal, serrate line of pale brown to below vein 5; a short, 
subterminal, fine brown line to vein 4; termen cream-colour, 
with a distinet fine brown internal edge to vein 5; fringes 
dark brown to vein 3, white below: secondaries pale straw- 
colour, with numerous pale brown markings; a very fine 
and scattered basal dusting ; a more plenteous dusting on the 
inner margin; a spot near the centre of the cell, preceded by 
a small fugitive dot; above and below the cell-spot is a 
smaller dot; cell closed by a fine line ; an obscure trace of a 
median interrupted line; a postmedian curved line of serra- 
tions interrupted at the veins, followed by a fine scalloped 
line; termen creamy, with a fine dusting more or less on 
each side; fringes creamy white. 

9. Just like the male. 

Expanse 39 mm. 

fab. Kabba Province, N. Nigeria; September. 


Type in Cator’s collection. 


Lypolycena aureolineata, sp. n. 


¢. Antenne brown, with white segmental divisions. 
Both wings brown, with a purplish-mauve lustre, in a side 
light the colour is much brighter; termen finely black: 
secondaries with three black anal spots, the lobe-spot and the 
second edged slightly internally with whitish, the third with 
an internal orange spot adjoining it. Under surface: both 
wings warm stone-grey, with rich golden-orange spots and 
fascia edged finely with black and white. Primaries with 


new African Lepidoptera. 341 


the cell closed with an orange spot whose black edging is 
barely traceable; postmedial fascia broad, erect, increasing 
in width slightly from the costa to vein 2, then rapidly 
decreasing and becoming dusky ; subterminal line much finer, 
the radial area between these lines whitish ; termen finely 
orange: secondaries with a subbasal spot and one closing 
the cell; postmedial fascia broad, angled above vein 1d and 
ascending to beyond the middle of the inner margin; sub- 
terminal line narrow, following the whole course of the post- 
medial, but broken at the angle; area between these two 
lines whitish; a dark band of shading between the latter 
(subterminal line) and the termen; termen orange. Lobe-spot 
black, with metallic scales and a golden-orange internal spot ; 
an orange spot with a black external dot on the termen 
between veins 2 and 3; both tails fine. 

Expanse 28-32 mm. 

fab, Toro. 

‘Type in my collection. 


Family Hesperiidz. 
Sarangesa tsava, sp. n. 


éd. Head, thorax, and abdomen brown; antenne white, 
with a very fine interrupted line above and below, tipped 
with brown below. Both wings dark brown ; primaries with 
a tawny-brown spot at the end of the cell; median area 
blackish and a blackish patch beyond the tawny spot, with four 
small hyaline spots at its costal extremity just below the costa, 
two small hyaline spots below the costa at the end of the 
cell, the lower one touching the tawny spot; in the angle of 
vein 3 another hyaline spot, below which is a second larger 
one, terminal area slightly ochreous: secondaries with a trace 
of a postmedian dark line, beyond which the terminal area is 
broadly slightly ochreous. Underside: primaries paler than 
above, with the tawny spot of the upperside ochreous yellow : 
secondaries ochreous yellow, with the base and costa greyish 
and a dark greyish apical patch; an obscure interrupted 
median line and an indefinite dark greyish postmedian line ; 
termen with a dark line; fringes pale, with a dark central 
line, 

Expanse 34 mm. 

Hab. Tsavo River. 

Type in my collection. 


342 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on 


Sarangesa subalbicans, sp. nu. 


Primaries pale brownish ; a small hyaline dot in the cell 
in front of vein 3 and one above it outside the cell; a small 
similar costal spot well in front of the apex; a hyaline spot 
near the angle of vein 3, with a large quadrangular one 
below it and two small spots below it ; a dark indefinite sub- 
terminal band angled below the spot in front of the apex: 
secondaries rather darker, with a trace of a dark median band 
and a curved postmedian spotted band. Underside: second- 
aries white, with costa brownish; a small brown dash above 
the cell, followed by a large brown spot, witha curved spotted 
line from this spot to vein 14; a small spot closing the cell; 
two large confluent, brown, apical spots, with a trace of a 
subterminal brown spotted line below. 

Expanse 40 mmm. 

Hab. Kisumu district. 

‘Type in my collection. 

This species is close to S. thecla, Plétz, but the hyaline 
spots of the primaries and the position of the markings on 
the under surface of the secondaries are decidedly different. 


Pardaleodes kamagamba, sp. n. 


Primaries blackish, with a very broad orange band across 
the outer half of the cell, expanding suddenly along vein 3 to 
vein 1 ; two small yellowish subapical costal dots and two 
subterminal small yellowish dots at vein 5: secondaries 
uniform blackish brown. 

Expanse 38 mm. 

fab. Kamagambo. 

‘Type in my collection. 


Pardaleodes torensis, sp. n. 


3. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown, the latter 
with yellow segmental divisions except on the dorsum. Both 
wings darkish brown, with considerable areas of orange- 
yellow: primaries with the base brown, the. median area to 
vein 1 orange, invaded with brown at the end of the cell, and 
rather further invaded on the costa; the end of the cell has 
two subovate spots of yellowish hyaline; the spaces between 
veins 2 and 3 and 8 and 4 occupied by yellowish hyaline for 
half their length, so that the latter extends further out than 
the former, and above it is a small orange spot; a larger 
orange spot is nearer the costa and nearer the cell: second- 
aries with areca from vein 2 to 6 clear orange; the brown 


new African Lepidoptera. 343 


eround-colour of vein 2 is also invaded with orange about a 
quarter near the centre to vein 1; termen narrowly brown. 
Expanse 39 mm. 
ITab, Toro, i. Africa. 
'l'ype in my collection. 
This may possibly be the Eastern form of P. Retchenowt, 


Plitz. 


Ceratrichia brunnea, sp. n. 


Both wings uniform dark umber-brown without any 
markings. Underside: secondaries white, tinged with olive 
at the outer edge; costa brown to vein 8; a very large brown 
patch occupies the whole of the termen, with a curved inner 
margin, thus giving the white area a crescentic form at the 
apex; the brown area is broken outwards along vein 4, 
terminating at vein 2; in the white area is a dark spot in 
the middle of vein 8, with two dots obliquely placed before it 
and two small spots below vein 2. 

Expanse 34 mm. 

Hab. Nandi Country. 


Type in Jackson Coll. 


Oxybadistes ardea, sp. n. 


Head and thorax black, mixed with orange hairs; abdomen 
black, orange ventrally. Primaries black, with a large wedge- 
shaped orange patch from the base of the costa to beyond the 
cell, extending to the lower margin of the cell, at the lower 
extremity of which it is slightly excised; a broad postmedial 
orange band, produced forwards and reduced above vein 4, 
with an internal orange spot above it close to the costa ; 
inner margin slightly orange to the postmedial band: second- 
aries black, with a very broad, irregular, postmedian band 
extending in a fine line along the fold to the base; fringes 
orange slightly intersected with black. On the under surface 
the markings of both wings are somewhat reproduced, but 
there is a large apical orange suffusion of the primaries, and 
the secondaries are yellowish. 

Expanse 24 mm. 

Hab. Fak-Fak, Dutch New Guinea. 

Type in Coll. Kenrick. 


Family Zygenide. 


LEVUANA, gen. nov. 


Antenne bipectinated in both sexes. Palpi minute, porrect. 
Mid and hind tibie with minute spurs. Wings moderately 


344 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on 


broad, expanding in the primary slightly outwards, Neura- 
tion: cell very long to nearly three quarters of the wing in 
both wings: primaries, vein 3 given off from the angle, 4 
and 5 above the angle, 6 and7 stalked from above the middle 
of the cell; 8 given off from 7 close to the termen, 9 from 
the angle, 10 midway between 9 and 11, 11 from beyond the 
centre of the cell: secondaries, vein 2 from well in front of 
the angle strongly bent downwards, 3 from the angle, 4 
absent, 5 from the centre of the cell, 7 absent, 8 connected 
with the cell by a short bar. 
Type, Levuana iridescens, B.-B. 


Levuana tridescens, sp. n. 


@ 2. Head and thorax steel-blue; abdomen and legs 
ochreous. Primaries deep unicolorous steely blue, without 
any markings: secondaries iridescent steely blue, semi- 
hyaline, especially from vein 1 ¢ to vein 3. 

Expanse 16 mm. 

Hab. Fiji Islands (Viti Levu). 

‘Type in my collection. 

The larva of this species has been doing great harm to the 
cocoa-nut palms in the islands, mining in the leaves and 
committing considerable destruction. Its life-history may 
prove to be of exceptional interest if the information that IL 
have at present proves to be correct in all its details. I am 
hoping, however, to clear one or two doubtful matters up ina 
few months, when I may bring the species forward again. 


Family Lasiocampide. 


Taragama butiti, sp. n. 


9. Head and collar pinkish brown; patagize rufous edged 
with whitish. Primaries rufous, with a single whitish, 
slightly curved postmedian line from near the apex to near 
the middle of the inner margin : secondaries uniform pinkish 
rufous, somewhat diaphanous. 

Expanse 62 mm. 

Hab. Butiti, Toro. 

Type in my collection. 

The species is allied to 7. carinata, Wllgv. 


Family Noctuidae, 


Catephia acholi, sp. n. 


Head and thorax rusty brown ; abdomen dark brown, with 


new African Lepidoptera. 345 


rusty brown dorsal tufts, whitish laterally; pectus rusty 
brown, thickly haired. Primaries with basal area rusty 
brown, with a grey basal tuft; antemedial line black, broad, 
twice angled below the cell, preceded by a greyish-brown 
triangular area; area beyond the line greyish brown, strongly 
irrorated with ochreous-brown rough scales, especially in the 
upper median area; median black line somewhat obscure, 
edged laterally with ochreous ; postmedian line black, broad, 
waved, interrupted between veins 3 and 4; beyond this line 
the irroration ceases ; subterminal line interrupted, composed 
of ochreous rough scales, somewhat fugitive ; termen irrorated 
with lavender-grey at the apex and tornus; reniform repre- 
sented by two black spots, edged internally with pink and 
followed by a pink spot nearer the postmedian line; veins 
somewhat outlined with rusty brown : secondaries white, with 
a broad black termen; fringes tessellated blackish and rusty 
brown. Under surface: primaries suffused with whitish 
except in the fold up to the radial area: secondaries with a 
black spot closing the cell. 

Expanse 72 mm. 

Hab. Patigo, North Uganda Protectorate. 

‘l'ype in my collection. 


Family Geometride. 


- PARAMILIONIA, gen. nov. 


3. Palpi small: second segment curved over the face ; 
third segment porrect. Antenne serrate. Legs long, 
smoothly scaled; mid tibiz with one pair of minute terminal 
spurs ; hind tibize with two pairs of small spurs. Neura- 
tion: primaries with vein 3 from before the angle, 4 from 
the angle, 5 from the centre of the discocellulars, but rising as 
an aborted vein at the base of the cell, 6 from the angle, 7, 8, 
and 9 stalked, 9, 10, and 11 anastomosing with 12, forming 
a spurious areole over the cell and a very long narrow true 
areole: secondaries with vein 3 trom before the angle, 4 from 
the angle, 5 from the middle of the discocellulars but rising 
from the base of the cell as an aborted vein, 6 and 7 from the 
upper angle. 

Type, Paramilionia rubroplagata, B.-B. 


Paramilionia rubroplagata, sp. n. 


g. Thorax and abdomen steely blue, the latter with a 
lateral bright red narrow stripe. Both wings blackish, with 
a strong deep blue metallic lustre over nearly all the wing : 


346 On a new Chameleon from Mashonaland. 


primaries with a large, oblique, oblong, bright red patch at 
the end of the cell from the areole to near vein 2. Under- 
side: both wings sooty brown: primaries with the red patch 
showing through as deep orange; secondaries with the costa 
broadly bright red to beyond its centre, the space between all 
the veins streaked with bright red and also in the cell. 

Expanse 50 mm. 

Hab. Sierra Leone. 

Type in my collection ; two specimens. 


XLVIII.—Description of a new Chameleon of the Genus 
Rhampholeon from Mashonaland. By G. A. BOULENGER, 
F.R.S. 


Rhampholeon Marshall. 


No spine on the inner surface of the digits, but each claw 
with a strong secondary cusp. Head once and two thirds as 
long as broad, very feebly raised behind; no parietal crest; 
large tubercles on the occipital region ; a tubercular ridge on 
the temple, terminating in a subconical bony knob; no 
prominent supraciliary ridge; a small, soft, granular rostral 
appendage in the female*; no gular crest; a series of 
enlarged tubercles on each side below the lower jaw, from 
the chin to the arm. Body granular, with scattered larger 


ty 
Rhampholeon Marshalli, natural size. 


tubercles on the sides; a series of widely spaced subconical 
tubercles along the spine; no ventral crest. ‘Tail about 
three fifths the length of head and body. The specimen, as 
preserved in spirit, is brownish on the body, variegated with 


* It is probably much larger in the male. 


On a new Silurid Fish from Angola. 347 


blackish, whitish on the belly and under the limbs; head 
blackish above and beneath. 


mm 
PTRIM IE PUL tees ers ss) «oy 00 eee scl etn &8 
TSP i HOBO Wile sie clk’ syle cies bee tenes 16 
MUNFLORUIIVOSHALCACL 2 amy siaPetite c.f v> ocdeeh al °) webbed 10 
EI ie caf gc aie) wdieiecols 8 ius, gale, edeg 4] 
OPE UUIN Eo VAchs! < envia eyelet a coas osiacsCoisus Hers 25 
PLEIUMILYSELD ees esl lalate. wie s: clover nel ore niece ees. 25 
SLIMMER AES Slant ors chp tesisrn Stavavet se crores 3 


A single specimen, a gravid female, was found in the 
Chirinda Forest, 8.E. Mashonaland, altitude 4500 feet, by 
Mr. Guy H. K. Marshall, and presented by him to the 
British Museum. 

The discovery of a species of the genus Lhampholeon south 
of the Zambesi is one of very great interest. The Chirinda 
Forest, Mr. Marshall informs me, has a tropical insect-fauna 
quite distinct from that of the surrounding districts. Its 
reptile and batrachian fauna, when explored, is likely to afford 
further startling additions to South-African herpetology. 


XLIX.—Deseription of a new Silurid Fish of the Genus 
Doumea, Sauvage, from Angola. By G. A. BOULENGER, 
F.R.S. 


Doumea angolensis. 


Depth of body about ? its width, 10} times in total length. 
Head strongly depressed, smooth above, once and } as long 
as broad, 53 times in total length; snout obtusely pointed, 
projecting beyond the mouth, once and } as long as post- 
orbital part of head; internarial space a little nearer the eye 
than the end of the snout ; diameter of eye 8 times in length 
of head, twice in interorbital width; maxillary barbel 4 
length of head, mandibular barbels a little shorter still; lips 
and barbels covered with large round papilla. Occipital 
process narrow, half length of snout, widely separated from 
interneural shield. Dorsal I 7, first ray nearly as long as 
head. Anal I 7. Pectoral not longer than head, widely 
separated from the ventral, which just reaches origin of anal. 
Caudal peduncle + of the total length. Yellowish brown 
above, whitish beneath; ill-defined dark bars across the 


348 On Two Species of Anabas. 


back ; a dark streak from the end of the snout to the eye ; 
two dark transverse bars on the dorsal, pectoral, and ventral 
fins. 

Total length 70 mm. 

A single specimen from the interior of Benguella, at an 
altitude of 4000-5000 feet. Presented to the British Museum 
by Dr. F. C. Wellman. 

Closely allied to D. typica, Sauv., but snout less pointed, 
posterior nostril nearer the eye, and dorsal, pectoral, and 
ventral fins and caudal peduncle shorter. 


L.—On the Presence of Two Species of Anabas in the 
White Nile and the Bahr-el-Gebel. By G. A. BOULENGER, 
F.R.S. 


THE large series of specimens collected by Mr. Loat has 
established the fact that two perfectly distinct species of 
Anabas occur in the White Nile and the Bahr-el-Gebel. 
Both were confounded by Dr. Giinther in his original descrip- 
tion of Ctenopoma Petherici from Gondokoro. I propose to 
retain the name Petheric: for the large specimen figured in 
Petherick’s ‘ Travels,’ the others, the supposed young, repre- 
senting a smaller species, which I have pleasure in naming 
after Dr. J. Murie, who accompanied the Pethericks to 
Gondokoro and did most of the collecting. 

Anabas Muriet may be defined as closely allied to 
A, Petherici, but smaller, not exceeding a length of 80 mm., 
less deep in the body, the depth not exceeding the length of 
the head, which is 3 times, or a little less than 3 times, in 
the total length, dorsal spines fewer, and coloration different, 
the body being covered with numerous black spots, whilst a 
blackish ocellar spot edged with yellowish is situated at the 
root of, and partly upon, the caudal fin. 

The fin- and scale-formula of A. Murie? is D. XIV-XVI 
8-10; A. IX-XI 8-11; Sq. 27-28 4,; lat. 1. EAS: that of 
A, Pethericti beng D. XVII-XIX 8-10; A. X 10-11; 
Sq. 28-30 <5, ; lat. 1. al. 

A, Murici inhabits also Lake Victoria. 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 349 


LI.—Rhynchotal Notes.—XL. 
By W. L. Distant. 


Fam. Fulgoride (continued from p. 208). 
Subfam. Drorropwarinm. 


Genus CLADYPHA. 
Cladodiptera, Spin. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. viii. p. 316 (1859). 
Cladypha, Amy. & Serv. Hist. Hém. p. 502 (1843). 
Cladopteryx, Westw. Arc. Ent. ii. p. 90 (1844). 
Diacira, Walk. Ins, Saund., Hom. p. 34 (1850). 


Type, C. macrophthalma, Spin. 


Cladypha boliviana, sp. n. 


Body and legs brownish olivaceous; two central longitu- 
dinal fuscous lines traversing vertex of head, pronotum, and 
mesonotum ; two broad, longitudinal, central, fuscous fascize 
to abdomen above ; anterior legs fuscous, the anterior tibiz 
annulated with olivaceous at base and before apex ; tegmina 
and wings hyaline, the venation fuscous, tegmina with an 
oblique, inwardly directed, fuscous, subapical streak extending 
from costal margin to halfway across tegmen, three minute 
fuscous spots on the discal veins of basal area, and the veins 
on apical area more pronouncedly fuscous. 

Long., excl. tegm., 11-12 mm. ; exp. tegm. 30-32 mm. 

Hab. Bolivia (J. Steinbach, Brit. Mus.). 

Allied to C. ebliquata, Westw., but tegmina lacking the 
fuscous apical patch and the prominent basal discal fuscous 
spot, anterior tibie much less dilated, Kc. 


Genus DICHOPTERA. 
Dichoptera, Spin. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. viii. p. 286 (1839). 
Clonia, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 60 (1858). 


Type, D. hyalinata, Fabr. (Fulgora). 


Dichoptera strigivitta. 

Dichoptera strigivitta, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 36 (1858). 

Dichoptera nubila, Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 277. 

I have recently been able to examine the unique type of 
Walker’s species from the Saunders Collection, and find it 
to be only a faded example of my D. nudila. Walker’s name 
must therefore take precedence, and the distribution of the 
species is now found to comprise India, Borneo, and Java. 


350 . Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 


KASSEROTA, gen. nov. 


Allied to Acarna, Stal, but to be separated by the different 
structure of the head. Head not protuberant, vertex sub- 
quadrate, longer than broad, produced in front of eyes; ante- 
rior margin a little convex, anterior and lateral margins ridged 
and sometimes distinctly centrally ridged; face angularly 
ampliated behind eyes, tricarinate, the lateral carinations a 
little convex and convexly united at base. 


Type, K. notaticollis, Stal (Acarna). 


Kasserota notaticollis, 


Acarna notaticollis, Stil, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) i. p. 584 (1863). 
Acarna subapicalis, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. x. p. 101 (1870). 


Kasserota doreyensis, sp. n. 


Body and legs brownish ochraceous ; abdomen above with 
the posterior segmental margins fuscous; vertex of head, 
face, clypeus, femora, and apex of mesonotum paler or more 
ochraceous; tegmina pale ochraceous, with the venation 
brown, posterior basal half and apical third umber-brown, the 
latter with two greyish-white spots at costal margin and a 
similar spot near apex of inner margin, and before apex a 
black spot with a white eye and an ochraceous margin ; wings 
very pale fuliginous, the venation and apical area fuscous ; 
face with the lateral carinze very convex, broadly rounded 
and united anteriorly, angles behind eyes strongly acutely 
produced; pronotum distinctly tricarinate; mesonotum with 
a central double carination, not extending beyond anterior 
half, the lateral carinations united anteriorly. 

Long., excl. tegm., 133 mm.; exp. tegm. 36 mm. 

Hab. Dorey (Wallace, Brit. Mus.). 

Allied to K. pupillata, Stal. 


Genus DICTYOPHARA. 


Dictyophara, Germ. in Silb. Rev. Ent. i. p. 175 (1833). 
Dictiophora, Spin. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. viii. p. 290 (1839). 
Pseudophana, Burm, Handb. Ent. 2, i. p. 159 (18385), 
Chanithus, Amy. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1847, p. 160. 
Nersia, Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. i. p. 62 (1861). 


Type, D. europea, Linn, (fulgora). 


Dictyophara Rochett. 
Fulgora (Dictyophara) Rochet, Guér. in Lef. Voy. Abyss., Ins, p. 342, 
t. vi. fig. 8 (1849). 
Dictyophora semireticulata, Walk. Journ. Ent. i. p. 807 (1862). 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 351 


Dictyophara athare, sp. n. 


Body and legs ochraceous brown, thoracic carinations paler 
and virescent ; tegmina and wings pale hyaline, the first 
somewhat talc-like and with two very pale brownish longitu- 
dinal streaks on apical area—one near costal, the other near 
inner margin; cephalic protuberance long, robust, from in 
front of eyes a little longer than pronotum and mesonotum 
together ; face with a central longitudinal carination ; clypeus 
centrally carinate and much more obscurely obliquely carinate 
on each lateral area ; spines to posterior tibize concolorous. 

Long., excl. tegm., 9 mm.; exp. tegm. 18 mm. 


Hab. Abyssinia; Atbara (Brit. Mus.). 


Dictyophara speicarina, 


Dictyophora speicarina, Walk. Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. i. p. 144 (1857). 
Dictyophara sanguinolenta, Léth. Ann. Mus, Ciy. Gen. (2) vi. p. 467 
(1888). 


Dictyophara ferrifera. 


Dictyophora ferrifera, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 315 (1851). 
Dictyophora melanogona, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 63 (1858). 


Dictyophara Dixoni, sp. n. 


Body and legs virescent or ochraceous ; tegmina and wings 
pale hyaline, the venation very pale ochraceous; head 
curved upwardly, narrowing to apex, in front of eyes about 
as long as mesonotum, above with the lateral margins strongly 
ridged, and with a very short central ridge near middle ; 
face tricarinate, the lateral carinations moderately converging 
before clypeus, which is strongly centrally carinate, and 
obliquely striate on each lateral area; pronotum centrally 
carinate ; mesonotum tricarinate, the lateral carinations 
almost straight, not convexly converging anteriorly ; posterior 
tibie with five spines, their apices black, first spine near 
extreme base ; rostrum considerably passing posterior coxe ; 
femora and tibiz strongly longitudinally sulcate. 

Long., excl. tegm., 11 mm.; exp. tegm. 26 mm. 


Hab. Bombay (f. M. Dizon). 


Dictyophara Cumming, sp. n. 


Body and legs virescent or ochraceous; eyes black; teg- 
mina and wings hyaline, with the venation very pale ochra- 
ceous ; head prolonged, robust, porrect, slightly ascending at 


352 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 


tip, strongly excavate above, the ridges very pronounced, its 
length from in front of eyes about equal to that of pronotum 
and mesonotum together ; face tricarinate, the lateral carina- 
tions converging anteriorly and not extending posteriorly 
beyond the eyes; clypeus centrally carinate ; pronotum tri- 
carinate, the lateral carinations obscure, oblique and tuber- 
culous; mesonotum tricarinate; posterior tibie with four 
spines, one at base and apex, the other two central; tegmina 
a little more opaque than wings, the stigma concolorous. 

Long., excl. tegm., 9 mm.; exp. tegm. 20 mm. 

Hab. Karachi (Cumming). 

Allied to D. Walkeri, Atkins., but face extending much 
more behind eyes than in that species; stigma to tegmina 
concolorous, &e. 


Dictyophara concolor. 
Dictyophora concolor, Walk, List Hom. ii. p. 822 (1851). 


Virescent or ochraceous, apparently the first in fresh and 
not discoloured specimens ; tegmina and wings hyaline, the 
first very slightly ochraceously infuscate on apical area, the 
stigma more pronouncedly ochraceous; head with a long, 
porrect, robust prolongation, from in front of eyes about as 
long as abdomen, its margin strongly ridged, and with a 
short central carination at base, beneath with two central 
longitudinal carinations strongly converging before clypeus, 
and a fainter central carination more pronounced posteriorly ; 

ronotum and mesonotum tricarinate, the carinations some- 

what faintly and convexly united anteriorly ; posterior tibize 
with four spines, the apices of which are black, the basal spine 
shortest; rostrum about reaching posterior coxe, its apex 
black. 

Long., excl. tegm., 12-134 mm.; exp. tegm. 19-22 mm. 

Hab. North Australia (J. 2. Hlsey, Brit. Mus.) ; Moreton 
Bay and Adelaide (Brit. Mus.) ; Queensland, Peak Downs. 

Walker described this species from a single unlocalized 
specimen, and I am now able to give its proper habitat. 


Dictyophara prognatha, sp. 0. 


Body and legs virescent or ochraceous ; tegmina faintly 
virescent, the venation more darkly virescent, stigma obscure 
virescent ; wings pale hyaline; head curved upward, the 
prolongation narrowing to apex, in front of eyes very little 
longer than mesonotum, laterally and centrally carinate above, 
the central carination not extending for more than half the 
length from base; face distinctly narrowed anteriorly from 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 353 


in front of eyes, tricarinate, the lateral carinations converging 
anteriorly and posteriorly ; clypeus centrally carinate ; pro- 
and mesonota tricarinate, in each case the lateral carinations 
convexly converging anteriorly ; posterior tibize with five 
spines, their apices black; rostrum passing the intermediate 
Coxe. 

Long., excl. tegm., 114 mm.; exp. tezgm. 25 mm. 

Hab. Queensland (Gilbert Turner, Brit. Mus.). 


Dictyophara ? inscia. 
Dictyophora inscia, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 38 (1858). 


This species was described from an unlocalized specimen 
which constitutes the unique type. It is in a mutilated 
condition, the head being entirely missing. It probably 
represents a Neotropical species. 


ROTUNOSA, gen. nov. 


Head broad, but longly produced in front of eyes, a little 
narrowed at apex, moderately flat above, strongly centrally 
and laterally carinate, the central carination forked at base ; 
face moderately broadened from base to clypeus, strongly 
centrally carinate, with a curved lateral carination on each 
side not reaching base and meeting before clypeus, which is 
centrally ridged ; pronotum scarcely longer than eyes, strongly 
emarginate at base, centrally carinate ; mesonotum more than 
twice as long as pronotum, tricarinate ; tegmina narrow, sub- 
opaque, about three times as long as broad, veins longitudinal, 
but much closer together and obscurely reticulate on apicai 
area, which is defined by a straight series of transverse 
impressed veins; wings hyaline, with a transverse, discal, 
subapical vein ; posterior tibia with three spines. 


Type, 2. indicanda, Walk. 


Rotunosa indicanda. 
Dietyophora indicanda, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 318 (1858). 
Hab. Amazons. 


Genus PUTALA. 
Putala, Melich. Hom. Faun. Ceylon, p. 26 (1903). 
Type, P. rostrata, Melich. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 26 


354 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.’ 


Putala brachycephala, sp. n. 


Head, thorax, body beneath, and legs brownish ochraceous ; 
carinations to pro- and mesonota much paler in hue; abdo- 
men above piceous, with ochraceous macular markings; apex 
of clypeus, linear markings to femora, apices of tibiz and 
tarsi, and apex of rostrum fuscous; tegmina and wings 
hyaline, the venation fuscous; tegmina with the stigma and 
a central longitudinal apical patch fuscous ; head short, only 
about as long in front of eyes as between them; face nar- 
rowed at base, widened towards clypeus, tricarinate; clypeus 
centrally carinate and on each lateral area obliquely striate ; 
posterior tibizs with five spines ; mesonotum tricarinate. 

Long., excl. tegm., 7-74 mm.; exp. tegm, 194-20 mm. 

Hab. Singapore (H. N. Ridley, Brit. Mus.) ; Bombay 
(Coll. Dist.). 

To be recognized among the Oriental species by the broad 
and short cephalic process. 


Putala Lewis?, sp. n. 


Head ochraceous, lateral margins of the cephalic process 
very broadly castaneous; pro- and mesonota brownish ochra- 
ceous, the first with a central carination and the produced 
anterior margin pale ochraceous; mesonotum with a pale 
central ochraceous line not reaching basal margin ; abdomen 
above and beneath ochraceous, much mottled with dark 
castaneous ; femora castaneous brown minutely spotted with 
ochraceous, and more or less annulated with the same colour 
near apex ; tibize ochraceous, anterior and intermediate tibie 
broadly annulated with castaneous at base, middle, and apex, 
posterior tibize with the base, spines, and a longitudinal line 
castaneous ; face, clypeus, and broad lateral sternal margins 
very pale ochraceous ; tegmina and wings hyaline, the vena- 
tion fuscous brown, tegmina with the stigma piceous ; cephalic 
process a little upcurved and apically narrowed, from in 
front of eyes as long as from eyes to apex of mesonotum ; 
face very finely wrinkled, tricarinate, the lateral carinations 
inclined inwardly from eyes but not reaching clypeus; 
rostrum castaneous, ochraceous towards apex and about 
reaching posterior coxe; mesonotum tricarinate, the lateral 
carinations very prominent and curved; posterior tibiw with 
five spines. 

Long., excl. tegm., 13 mm.; exp. tegm. 25 mm. 


Hab. Japan (G. Lewis). 


—_~ 


Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 


Genus RHAPHIOPHORA. 


Nematophora, Schaum, in Ersch und Grub. Ene. p. 67 (1850), nom. 
preeoce, 

Rhaphiophora, Schaum, Arch. f. Naturg. xxvii. (2) p. 268 (1851), 
n. nom. 


Simotettiz, Stil, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1853, p. 264. 
Type, 2. vitrea, Schaum (Nematophora). 


TAOSA, gen. nov. 


Head not produced in front, rotundately truncate a little in 
front of eyes, front slightly broader at apex than at base, 
lateral margins subparallel ; face moderately broad, ampliated 
on each side before clypeus, obscurely tricarinate, the central 
carination distinct ; clypeus strongly centrally carinate; pro- 
notum only about half the length of front of head, centrally 
carinate ; mesonotum more than three times longer than pro- 
notum, tricarinate; tegmina three times as long as broad, 
slightly ampliated towards apex, apical third with three 
series of transverse veins defining more or less clearly three 
series of cellular areas; wings broader than tegmina, with 
some apical marginal transverse and forked veins ; posterior 
tibiz with four spines, one being at extreme base. 

Type, 2. suturalis, Germ. (fata). 


Taosa suturalis. 


Flata suturalis, Germ. in Thon, Ent. Arch. ii. 2, p. 48 (1880). 

Nersia suturalis, Stal, Rio Jan. Hem. ii. p, 65 (1858). 

Dictyophara suturalis, Berg, An, Soc. Cient. Argent. xvii. p. 114 (1884). 
Cladodiptera muliebris, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 76 (1858). 


Hab Brazil. 


REMOSA, gen. nov. 


Head longly produced in front of eyes, cephalic process at 
base, gradually but much narrowed on apical half, strongly 
centrally carinate, the lateral areas oblique, the lateral margins 
carinate; face long, narrowed in front of eyes, margins sub- 
parallel from anterior margins of eyes to a little before clypeus, 
where they are inwardly oblique, strongly centrally carinate ; 
clypeus centrally carinate ; pronotum about as long as eyes, 
tricarinate ; mesonotum about twice as long as pronotum, 
tricarinate ; tegmina about two and a half times as long as 
broad, subopaque, minutely tuberculate, costal area broad, 
apical area finely and closely reticulate and inwardly defined 
by an almost straight series of transverse se wings 

6 


356 Mr. R. G. Carruthers on the 


hyaline, with a discal subapical transverse vein; posterior 
tibiee with three spines. 


Type, R. cultellator, Walk. 


Remosa cultellator. 


Dictyophora cultellator, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 62 (1858). 
Hab. St. Domingo. 


Mr. Otto H. Sweezey, in his recently published ‘A Pre- 
liminary Catalogue of the described Species of the Family 
Fulgoride of North America, north of Mexico,’ has included 
the genus Nonopsis, Spin., in the Dictyopharine. Stal, 
however, to whom he gives a reference, placed it in the 
Tropiduchinz, and Uhler also places it in the same subfamily. 
1 have no personal knowledge of the genus. 


LII.— The Primary Septal Plan of the Rugosa. 
By R. G. CaRruTHERS *. 


[Plate IX.] 


THERE has been of late years a revival of the long-dormant 
discussion as to the presence of four or six primary septa in 
the Rugosa. It would be, perhaps, as well to indicate briefly 
the reasons for the investigation of a point which may possibly 
seem of subordinate importance. 

While most members of the Zoantharia have a hexamerous 
or dodecamerous primary plan, certain others, such as 
Edwardsia, have an eight-rayed arrangement. By common 
consent the latter is regarded as the more primitive type, and 
most zooids, whether hexamerous or not, are said to pass 
through an Hdwardsia stage; in all cases, so far as it is 
known, the fundamental plan, when not of simultaneous 
formation, is arrived at by an insertion of bilateral pairs 
proceeding in a common order. It is a question whether this 
octamerous plan is genetically connected with that of the 
Rugosa, an extinct group of Paleozoic corals, commonly 
supposed to be primarily tetramerous, but whose other 
characters link them with the hexamerous Madreporaria ; 
but the very slight amount of actual investigation of the early 
stages in these ancient corals has been a bar to their phylo- 


genetic classification, and their relations to other Anthozoa 
have remained doubtful. 


_* Communicated by permission of the Director of H.M. Geological 
Survey. 


Primary Septal Plan of the Rugosa, 357 


When Kunth, in 1869 *, first clearly demonstrated the 
remarkable pinnate mode of septal development so charac- 
teristic of the Rugosa, in which new septa are added at four 
distinct points in the circumference of the corallum, he natu- 
rally inferred, in the absence of direct evidence, that these 
corals had four primary septa. But whenever actual investi- 
gation of the point has occurred, not four but six septa have 
been found. Thus Pourtales, in 1871, in the youngest 
stage he examined in Lophophyllum proliferum found six 
septa only, so symmetrically arranged that he regarded them 
as primary. It was not till 1902 that the matter was again 
taken up. In that year Duerden published an important 
paper { in which Pourtales’s conclusions with regard to 
L. proliferum were fully supported and in which an inter- 
esting relationship of the living Zoanthee to the Rugosa is 
suggested ; this paper also contains an excellent survey of 
the literature of the subject. In a later paper§ the same 
author incidentally figures another instance where he has 
found six septa symmetrically arranged in the youngest 
stage examined in Streptelasma rectum, and which he regards 
as primary ; and while preparing this manuscript for publica- 
tion I have seen, through the kindness of Dr. Ashworth, an 
advance proof of a further note by Duerden||, in which he 
gives a list of five additional species in which six septa, 
presumably primary, have been observed. 

On the other hand, it may fairly be said that no evidence 
has yet been brought forward conclusively demonstrating the 
presence of a primary four-rayed condition in these corals, 
though quite recently Gordon {], from examination of an 
Ordovician Streptelasma, has concluded that in that form 
there were four primary septa, and that of the six observed 
by Duerden in the Carboniterous Lophophyllum four were the 
true primary ones and the remaining two “accelerated 
secondary septa’ It is hoped that in the course of the 
present paper it will be shown that Gordon’s careful observa- 
tions are in no way inconsistent with the presence of a 


* Kunth, A., “ Beit. zur Kennt. foss. Korallen,” Zeit. d. Deut. Geol. 
Ges. xxi. 

+ Pourtales, L. F. de, “ Deep-sea Corals,” Ilus. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool. 
Harvard Coll. iv. 

} Duerden, J., “ Relationships of the Rugosa to the living Zoanthee,” 
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ix. 

§ Duerden, J., “‘’he Fossula in Rugose Corals,” Biol. Bull. vol. ix. 
no. 1 (1905). 

|| Due:den, J. E., “ The Primary Septa in Rugose Corals,” ‘ Science,’ 
Aug. 24, 1906, p. 246. 

4] Gordon, C. E., “ Early Stages in Paleozoic Corals,” Amer. Journ. 
Sei. (4) xxi. (1906). 


358 Mr. R. G. Carruthers on the 


primary hexamerous plan in the Rugosa, but, on the contrary, 
support that view. 

There seems to be no doubt that the unsatisfactory state of 
our knowledge of these primary stages is due to lack of 
sufficiently good material. There is, however, in the calca- 
reous shales found in the Carboniferous Limestone Series of 
Scotland an abundance of small corals, chiefly Zaphrentids, 
and often beautifully preserved. Large numbers of these are 
in the collections of the Geological Survey, and in dealing 
with them during a revision of the corals for some forth- 
coming Sheet Explanations, so many were found to show the 
earliest stages of their septal development that opportunity 
was taken to investigate the matter further. The majority 
were so preserved that on carefully grinding down the tips, 
the septal arrangement could easily be seen with the aid of 
a hand-lens. This fact to some extent obviated recourse to 
microscopic sections, but of the latter about one hundred in 
all were made in order to permit of more detailed examination 
of the various stages. From the Museum of Practical 
Geology in London one or two additional Carboniferous corals 
and also several Silurian ones were obtained ; while, owing 
to the kindness of Mrs. Gray, I have been able to examine 
from her unique collection of the Lower Paleozoic fauna of 
Girvan some small specimens of Streptelasma showing these 
early stages. ‘They are from the Silurian (Llandovery) rocks 
of Woodhall Point and from the Ordovician (Llandeilo) beds 
of Craighead. 


Sequence of Septa. 


In all the corals examined the septa were found to appear 
in the same order and manner in both early and late Palo- 
zoic forms. As an example, one of the small Carboniferous 
Zaphrentids will be chosen for description. The growth of 
the first six septa may conveniently be divided into three 
stages, but it is to be understood that these stages merge 
gradually into one another; it is not till all six septa have 
appeared that any pause in the development is met with. 
On carefully grinding down the tip of the coral the septal 
sequence is seen to be as depicted in Diagram A. 

Stage 1—A single septum is seen to stretch across the 
calicle from wall to wall (diag. A. 1). This may conveniently 
be referred to as the “axial septum.’’ In later stages this 
‘axial septum” breaks up to form the main and counter 
septa of the mature coral. Microscopie sections show that 
the median dark line seen in most septa occurs here also in a 
continuous dark band passing down the centre (fig. 1, Pl. [X.). 


Primary Septal Plan of the Rugosa. BOD 


Stage I1.—Two new septa are next seen to arise, one on 
J , 

/ : ; a. 
each side of the ‘*main” end of the axial septum. Though 
remaining attached to the wall of the calicle and to the axial 
septum, they gradually spread outwards, and eventually 
form the “alar”? primary septa of Kunth (diag. A. 2). 


Diagram A.—Formation of Septa in a Simple Rugose Coral. 


bo 


5-7. Development of the Secondary or Metasepta. 


Stage I11.—Shortly after the alar primaries have developed 
another pair appears, in the same manner as before, but at 
the opposite or “counter” end of the axial septum 
(diag. A.3). These also spread outwards, though very 
rarely to the same extent as the alar septa. There is now a 
distinct pause in the formation of new septa, and no more 
appear for some time. Any irregularity that there may have 
been previously in the growth of the septa is corrected at this 
stage, and the two lateral pairs dispose themselves symme- 
trically on each side of the axial line * (diag. A.4). Later 
septa are added on a slightly different plan. As before, they 
appear at the junction of the last-formed septum with the 
wall and in pairs, but instead of moving towards each other 
as the two lateral primary pairs did, they all eventually move 
towards the counter septum, and all arise on the fossular 
faces of the last-formed septa (diag. A. 5,6,&7). No 
further description of the development of these later septa 
need be given here, as this part of the subject has been fully 


* The six protosepta are rapidly developed. An opaque microscopic 
section (C. 55) shows very clearly the beginning of Stage II. on one side 
and the close of Stage III. on the other, although the section is less than 
‘5 mm. thick. 


360 Mr. R. G. Carruthers on the 


treated by previous observers, among whom Duerden should 
be specially mentioned. 

The movements above referred to are in part shown by the 
varying angles of inclination of the septa to the axial line. 
These serve to express the fact that the first six or proto- 
septa are developed differently from the later or ‘‘ metasepta.” 
The change is marked by the only developmental pause 
observed. In other words, the primary septal plan of 
these Rugose corals is hexamerous and is arrived 
at by an insertion of bilateral pairs analogous to that 
occurring in the soft parts of the rest of the Madreporaria 
and, indeed, in most Anthozoa. 

There is commonly some irregularity in the growth of the 
two lateral protoseptal pairs, and in some cases an indication 
of a spiral, or, at any rate, an alternating arrangement. The 
direction of the spiral, however, was found to vary in diffe- 
rent specimens of the same species, and may quite well be 
an irregularity of no special significance, such as commonly 
occurs in living corals. The important point is that this 
irregularity, when it occurs, is never so strongly marked as 
to interfere with the sequence above given—~. e., the axial 
septum appears first, followed by the alar primary pair, and 
this by the counter lateral pair. Further consideration of 
this point may therefore be left to future investigation. 

The septal sequence given above was originally observed 
in some varieties of Zaphrentis Phillipst, Ed. & H., and has 
since been found in several other species enumerated below, 
together with the various stages found in each :— 


. Zaph. Phillipsi, Ed. & W., and variants, Stages I. to II. 


ae EN 
S 


2. Zaph. sp. Stage III. 
Sees aes } 3. Lophophyllum eruca, M‘Coy. Stages I. to HI. 
Carboniferous + 4’ Cuatnaeenia sp.” : os ple ee 
| 5. Dibunophyllum sp. Stage ILI. 
| 6. Cyclophyllum fungites, Flem. at 
lana 8 (?) Cyathophyllum, sp.° (a Wenlock form). Stages Il. & IIL. 
“ **** 18, Streptelasma sp. (a Llandovery form), Stage IIL. 
Ordovician .. 9. Streptelasma sp. (a Llandeilo form). Stages I. to IIL. 


1 A small, long and narrow, tuberculated form, which I have been 
unable to specifically identify. It is labelled “ Pyrgia” in the Jermyn 
Street collection—an obvious mistake. Reg. no. 16186 Mus. Pract. Geol. 
London. 

2 This is the form referred to C. cornua, de Kon., by James Thomson, 
and figured and described by him as such in Proce. Phil. Soc. Glasgow, 
vol. xiv. (1882-83) p. 428 and fig. 29, pl. x. 

5 Provisionally referred to this genus. It is certainly specifically 
distinct from the two species of “ Streptelasma” examined from Mrs. Gray's 
collection. Reg. no, 16179 Mus. Pract, Geol. London. 


Primary Septal Plan of the Rugosa. 361 


The lower Paleozoic corals in the above list all had to be 
sectioned for the microscope before the early septa were 
visible. Consequently fewer specimens were examined than 
in the Carboniferous corals, of which nearly two hundred were 
obtained, showing Stages I. to III. But enough were 
olituined to show that these early Palaeozoic forms agreed 
exactly in their initial stages with the Carboniferous ones, a 
conclusion of interest in view of Gordon’s suggestion that 
there were four primary septa in the early Rugosa. But, 
using the length of the septa as a guide to their age, an 
examination of Gordon’s own figure* of an Ordovician 
Streptelasma shows that it is in perfect accordance, from 
Stage I. onwards, with the septal sequence above described ; 
the tendency to a spiral growth of the primaries is perhaps 
slightly more marked than usual, though this may well be 
an accident of preservation. 

Except for Dibunophyllum and Cyclophyllum, all the 
corals examined were small forms. This is, of course, simply 
due to the fact that in large, heavy forms the delicate tip is 
more easily destroyed by rolling or movement of any kind. 

In no instance have I found any essential divergence in 
the arrangement of the primary septa in the genera examiued ; 
and from the uniformity displayed in this respect, even in 
corals far removed in point of time, it seems reasonable to 
suppose that the sequence will be found to extend to the 
Rugosa as a whole, and that Duerden and Pourtales were 
right in considering these corals to be primarily hexamerous. 
Similar instances of the formation of the early septa in 
bilateral pairs have been observed in certain Mesozoic Hexa- 
corallids t, but, indeed, the great majority of the Zoantharia 
seem to have a primary hexamerous plan, attained in most 
eases by the insertion of bilateral pairs. It is in the later 
stages that, as Duerden remarks, “ divergences are introduced 
which are to be regarded as of the most fundamental im- 

ortance in coral and actinian morphology.” 

While these results bring the Rugosa into closer associa- 
tion with modern corals and dismiss the idea that they are 
primarily tetramerous, and as such built on a more primitive 
basis than other Madreporaria, yet there are reasons to 
suppose that septal formation in these ancient corals took place 


* Loc, cit. fig. 16, p. 120. 

+ See especially M. M. Ogilvie, “ Microscopic and Systematic Study 
of Madreporarian Types of Corals,” Phil Trans. clxxxvu. p. 291, diag. F 
& G@ (1896) ; and also pp. 97 & 105 of ‘ Die Korallen d. Stramberger 
Schichten,’ Stuttgart, 1897 (by the same authoress). 


362 On the Primary Septal Plan of the Rugosa. 


in a more primitive way than that now existing; these 
considerations, however, I must defer to a future occasion. 

The last point I wish to deal with concerns the orientation 
adopted for the figures in this paper. While in living corals 
the first six or twelve septa appear simultaneously, the ento- 
celes in which they are formed arise in bilateral pairs, of 
which the first lateral pair appears on the dorsal surface. 
Similarly the dorso-lateral pair of exoceles arises before the 
ventro-lateral one. And again, the first six tentacles of most 
corals arise over the septa, and the dorso-lateral pair appears 
first. It would seem to be a general rule in the Zoantharia, 
indeed, that in the insertion of bilateral pairs of this nature 
the first appears on the dorsal surface. ‘lhe natural conclu- 
sion is that in the Rugosa the first lateral pair of septa to 
appear, @. é. the alar septa (2.2), arose on the dorsal side of 
the corallum, and this whether the septa were exclusively 
entocelic or not. 

It is only fair to Duerden to remark that the reverse 
orientation seen in his figures was adopted before the order 
was known in which the six primary septa of the Rugosa 
appeared. 

Before concluding this paper I must express my hearty 
thanks to Dr. Ashworth, of the University of Edinburgh, for 
much valuable help, especially for the loan of papers not 
otherwise obtainable, and to Dr. Flett and Mr. T. C. Hall, of 
the Geological Survey, for the micro-photographs on Pi. LX. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. 


Horizontal sections illustrating the formation of early septa in Rugose 
corals. All figures haye the “ main,” “ cardinal,” or “ fossular” septum 
on the upperside, and with the exception of figs. Ga and 66 are from 
different specimens. 


Figs. 1-6 b from variants of Zaph. Phillipsi, Ed. & H. 

Fig. 1. (C. 58.) Single septuin of Stage I. x 40. 

Fg. 2. (C. 67.) Appearance of the alar septa 2.2 in Stage II. 
The dark mark on the upperside is caused by earthy matter 
filling up the vacant space left by a“ Productus” spine to 
which the young coral was attached—a very common 
phenomenon in these corals, X 35. 

Fig. 3. (C. 90.) Early part of Stage HI. The counter-lateral proto- 
septa3.3 just appearing, Irregular growth of septa. x 35. 

Tig. 4, (C. 76.) End of Stage ILI. The six protosepta symmetri- 
cally arranged about the axial line. x 35. 

Fig. 5. (C. 44.) Appearance of the first two metaseptal pairs (aa). 
The axial septum has broken up into “ main” and “ counter” 
septa (Mand C). x 35, 

Figs. 6a & 66, Both trom the same specimen. 6a (C. 68) shows 


On Oriental Reduviide. 353 


appearance of the two alar septa2.2. 66 (C. 69) isa later 
section and shows a pseudo-tetramerism caused by a late 
appearance of the two counter-lateral septa 3.38, and a 
divergence of the alar septa 2.2, most unusual at this stage. 
In the same specimen the main septum became detached 
before the addition of any metasepta. X 40. 

Fig. 7. (C. 78.) Cyathophylium (?). A Silurian specimen (Wenlock), 
to show the identity of the protoseptal arrangement of a 
Lower Palzeozoic coral with that existing in a Carboniferous 
one. X 3d, 

The numbers in brackets refer to slides in the possession of the 
Geological Survey of Scotland. 


LII.— Oriental Reduviide. By W. L. Distant. 


Wirt the exception of one Bornean genus, the Reduviids 
described in this paper have reached my hands since the 
yublication of the second volume of Indian Rhynchota (‘ Fauna 
of British India’), They will be included in the appendix to 
Vol. LV., now in preparation, and figures of the new genera 
will then be added. 


Fam. Reduviide. 
Subfam. Huesinx, 
Div. STENOLZEMARITA. 
Ploiariola pygmed, sp. n. 


Head fuscous brown, the eyes black ; antennae creamy 
white with numerous fuscous spots or annulations ; pronotum 
with the anterior lobe piceous, the posterior lobe fuscous, the 
former much irrorated with linear white markings and with 
its lateral margins ochraceous, the latter with its lateral 
margins and three central carinate lines (of which the central 
is incomplete and the two lateral meet anteriorly) creamy 
white, its posterior margin ochraceous; abdomen above 
fuscous, beneath greyish with fuscous spots; legs creamy 
white with fuscous spots or annulations ; hemelytra creamy 
white with darker mottlings, on basal area the mottlings are 
fuscous and on costal margin there are fuscous spots ; first 
joint of antennee about as long as intermediate femora, 
second very little shorter than first; posterior femora about 
as long as whole body; anterior lobe of pronotum a little 
shorter than the posterior lobe, pronotal margins. slightly 
sinuate. 

Long. 35 mm. 

Hab. Ceylon; Peradeniya (EZ. E. Green). 


364 Mr. W. L. Distant on 


Div. LEISTARCHARIA. 


Bagauda splendens, sp. 0. 


Ochraceous; head and anterior margin of pronotum 
piceous ; eyes, posterior lobe of pronotum, scutellum, mem- 
brane, anterior femora (excluding base), anterior tibize, and 
apical area of abdomen beneath, black ; scutellum with two 
discal ochraceous lines; corium longitudinally castaneous 
brown between the veins and with a pale creamy patch 
before the membrane, the latter with a central pale vein ; 
pronotum more than twice as long as head, the anterior lobe 
constricted and longer than posterior lobe, ‘which is gibbous, 
with a central longitudinal narrow ridge, and with a nodule 
near each posterior angle, its basal margin sinuate; first 
joint of antennze about as long as the intermediate femora 
and much longer than second joint; corium transversely 
striate in each lateral area ; posterior femora about as long 
as entire body, intermediate and posterior femora annulated 
with creamy white at apices. 

Long. 12 mm. 


Hab. Ceylon; Peradeniya (EZ. EL. Green). 


GUITHERA, gen. nov. 


Head suboval, above and beneath convex, subequal in 
width to apex of pronotum, narrower in front of eyes than 
behind ; rostrum with the second joint slightly longer than 
first, shorter than third; first joint of antennae about twice as 
long as pronotum; pronotum less than twice the length of 
head, above mesonotum outwardly produced, base only 
slightly wider than apex, medially constricted, basal margin 
not sinuate; scutellum subtriangular ; hemely oo reaching or 
just passing abdominal apex; anterior femora moderately 
lncrassated, beneath finely spinose, basal spines most pro- 
minent, anterior tibia and tarsi united shorter than femora, 
the tarsus single-jointed ; anterior coxze a little more than 
half the length of anterior femora, posterior femora a little 
longer ee the abdomen. 

Ai ype G. feana, Dist. (Luteva). 

Allied 2 Bagauda, Bergr. 


Guithera hortensia, sp. n. 


Ochraceous ; head, basal half of posterior lobe of pronotum, 
scutelluim, extreme base of corium, and membrane piceous ; 
untenua castaneous brown; head scarcely longer than 


Oriental Reduviide. 365 


anterior lobe of pronotum ; first joint of antenne about as 
long as hemelytra and much longer than second joint ; 
anterior lobe of pronotum longer than posterior lobe, the first 
semiglobose with a central longitudinal incised line, the 
latter with a nodule on each side of its anterior margin, the 
posterior angles subacute and subprominent, a little directed 
backward ; corium transversely striate on each lateral area 
between the veins; membrane reaching abdominal apex; 
anterior coxee a little more than half the length of anterior 
femora; posterior femora a little Jonger than the abdomen. 
Long. 8 mm. 


Ilab, Ceylon ; Peradeniya (. E. Green). 


Guithera nubifera, sp. n. 


Ochraceous ; eyes black ; corium and apical area of abdo- 
men beneath fuscous brown; membrane pale brown with 
greenish iridescence ; first joint of antenne considerably 
longer than hemelytra, more than twice as long as second 
joint; pronotum strongly centrally channelled, posterior 
lobe with a nodule near each posterior angle; corium slightly 
piceous at extreme base; anterior cox considerably shorter 
than anterior femora ; posterior femora as long as the whole 
body ; antennee very palely fuscous. 

Long. 8 mm. 


Hab. Ceylon; Peradeniya (EZ. E. Green). 


Subfam. TrrperocerHALin2z. 
PANGERANGA, gen. nov. 


Head long, slightly longer than pronotum; in front of 
eyes longly, porrectly, narrowly produced, behind eyes 
attenuated to base; eyes transverse, almost meeting on 
vertex ; ocelli absent; first joint of rostrum slightly passing 
eyes, subequal in length to second joint; antenniferous 
tubercles prominent ; antennz longly pilose, first joint slightly 
thickened, about as long as head and pronotum together, 
second joint curved, a little longer than first ; pronotum 
moderately convex, the anterior lobe a little less than half 
the length of posterior lobe; hemelytra passing abdominal 
apex, corium short and narrow ; membrane very large and 
containing two large cells, the uppermost transverse, the 
lowermost longitudinally subovate ; intermediate and poste- 
rior coxx about equally wide apart, the anterivr coxe placed 
close together ; legs moderately slender ; prosternum centrally 
sulcate; abdomen moderately centrally ridged. 

Type, C. e¢nnamomea, Dist. 


366 Mr. W. L. Distant on 


Pangeranga cinnamomea, sp. n. 


Pale uniform cinnamon-brown ; body and legs moderately 
pilose, lateral margins of head behind eyes, pronotum, corium, 
and abdomen more longly pilose, antennz very longly pilose ; 
pronotum with a large obtuse tubercle on each side of trans- 
verse incision separating the anterior and posterior lobes; 
veins to corium coarse and somewhat rugose; sternum and 
abdomen beneath densely pilose, the latter centrally mode- 
rately ridged where there is a central longitudinal narrow 
levigate slightly incised line. 

Long. 123 mm. 


Hab. Borneo; Buri. 


Subfam. AcanrHASPIDIN-Z. 
Div. REDUVIARIA. 


STESICHORUS, gen. nov. 


Body subovate; head strongly transversely impressel 
between eyes, which extend transversely across the lateral 
areas of the head, anteocular portion of head slightly de- 
pressed, a little longer than postocular portion; antenne 
pilose, first joint shorter than head, second joint more than 
twice as long as first; pronotum with the lobes subequal in 
length, anterior lobe much narrower than posterior, tubercu- 
late at anterior angles, subconvex, and centrally longi- 
tudinally sulcate, lateral margins of posterior lobe oblique ; 
scutellum terminating in a semiporrect spine; membrane 
extending a little beyond abdomen, which beneath has a 
slight longitudinal central ridge, the lateral areas being 
oblique; legs pilose and body beneath pilose; anterior 
femora unarmed. 

Type, S. pilosus, Dist. 

Allied to Crociweus, Bredd. 


Stesichorus pilosus, sp. n. 


Head, pronotum, scutellum, and sternum black ; corium 
ochraceous, with the basal angle, basal half of claval area, 
and apical angle black ; membrane black, wit) a pale apical 
spot; antenne, rostrum, legs, and abdomen beneath ochra- 
ceous, the latter with the apical and lateral areas piceous ; 
antenna, rostrum, legs, and abdomen beneath strongly pilose. 

Long. 11 mm. 

Hab. Ceylon; Eppawela (E. #. Green). 


Oriental Reduviidee. 367 


Subfam. LerrrenopuNn2z. 
Antiopula typicalis, sp. n. 


Sanguineous; antenne, hemelytra, a broad transverse 
fascia to the last two dorsal abdominal segments, a large spot 
on each lateral area of the same segment beneath, and a spot 
on apical segment, black; base of first joint of antenne 
sanguineous, fifth and sixth joints pale stramineous, apex of 
sixth joint fuscous; basal halves of lateral margins to hem- 
elytra sanguineous, becoming broader at area of membrane ; 
antennee with six joints, first nearly as long as head, second 
longest, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth small, the last three 
subequal in length; head convexly globose ; eyes convex, 
black ; pronotum centrally longitudinally sulcate, posterior 
lobe also longitudinally impressed near lateral angles; ante- 
rior femora a little thickened but unarmed. 

Long. 74 mm. 

Hab. Ceylon ; Peradeniya (2. E. Green). 

Stal’s type of the genus has the antenne imperfect ; the 
above description therefore locates the genus Antéopula in 
the section of the subfamily Kctrichodiine distinguished by 
the possession of six joints to the antenne. 


Libavius tricolor, sp. n. 


Sanguineous ; corium dull ochraceous, the veins, lateral 
margins, and apical angles sanguineous ; membrane black ; 
antenne longly pilose, first and second joints dull san- 
guineous, remaining joints fuscous ; anterior lobe of pronotum 
centrally suleate and with two prominent acute tubercles, 
posterior lobe with three deep longitudinal impressions, the 
central one not reaching basal margin; head with two short 
spines at its anterior margin; connexivum moderately 
broadly and upwardly produced, the segmental angles slightly 
tuberculous ; rostrum reaching the anterior coxe. 

Long. 12 mm. 


Hab. Ceylon; Wellawaya (EZ. E. Green). 


Subfam. J/arpacrorinz. 
Div. RHAPHIDOSOMARIA. 


Rhaphidosoma Greent, sp. n. 
Piceous black ; rostrum and legs castaneous, intermediate 
and posterior tibie dull ochraceous, tarsal claws piceous ; 
head elongate, ante- and postocular portions almost subequal 


368 Mr. W. L. Distant on 


in length, the postocular portion finely granulate and some- 
what castaneous ; antennz pale castaneous brown, first joint 
as long as intermediate femora ; second and third joints sub- 
equal in length and each considerably shorter than first ; 
anterior and intermediate femora subequal in length, poste- 
rior femora a little shorter and posterior tibie a little longer 
than abdomen ; abdomen above pale piceous brown, a central 
longitudinal fascia and the lateral margins black ; rostrum 
reaching the anterior coxe. 
Long. 25 mm. 


flab, Ceylon; Wellawaya (EZ. E. Green). 


Div. SYCANARIA. 
Sycanus galbanus, sp. n. 


Black ; corium stramineous, the clavus black; head and 
rostrum smooth, shining black, second and third joints of 
the latter piceous brown ; antenne with the first and second 
joints black, remainder greyish brown, first joint a little 
longer than head; pronotum with the anterior lobe shining 
black but greyishly pilose, posterior lobe granulose ; scutellum 
with a moderately long erect spine, its apex subacute, not 
bifid ; corium finely rugosely punctate between the veins, 
which are strongly prominent; membrane shining, slightly 
bronzy black, extreme basal margin stramineous ; abdomen 
beneath shining black, with a longitudinal series of white 
segmental spots near each lateral margin; sternum with 
some obscure testaceous-brown spots ; femora longly pilose, 
slightly nodulose near apex ; abdomen moderately ampliated 
and raised on each side, its margins obtusely angularly 
sinuate. 

Long.’ 20 mm. 

Hab. Ceylon; Ritangalla (EZ. E. Green). 

In colour S. galbanus is allied to that section of the genus 
represented by 8. collar’s, Fabr., but in structure is widely 
divergent, and belongs to the specific section characterized by 
the subacute and not bifid scutellar spine. 


Div. EUAGORASARIA. 


SERENDIBA, gen. nov. 


Body elongate ; head shorter than pronotum, and with a 
shoit but prominent spine behind the base of each antenna, 
postocular area about half as long again as anteocular area, 
transversely impressed between eyes and attenuated to base ; 


Oriental Reduviide. 369 


ocelli situate just behind eyes; rostrum with the first joint a 
little longer than second and subequal to the remaining two 
joints together; antenne slender, the first joint about as long 
as the posterior femora; pronotum with the posterior lobe 
about half as long again as the anterior lobe, which is sculp- 
tured and broadly, medially, posteriorly impressed, the poste- 
rior angles longly porrectly spinous ; scutellum short, robust, 
medially impressed at base, its apex not acuminate; anterior 
tibiw straight, as long as anterior femora, shorter than poste- 
rior femora ; posterior tibize longer than the femora. 

Allied to Villanovanus, Dist. 

Type, S. pundaluoye, Vist. 


Serendiba pundaluoye, sp. n. 


Head ochraceous or brownish ochraceous ; antennz reddish 
ochraceous; pronotum with the anterior lobe dull opaque 
greyish, the posterior lobe and hemelytra more brilliant 
greyish ; pronctal lateral spines with their basal area pale 
testaceous ; membrane with more than basal half iridescent ; 
legs ochraceous, somewhat stramineous near base; abdomen 
beneath with piceous suffusions ; pronotum with the anterior 
lobe sculptured, levigate, the posterior lobe finely granulose, 
the posterior lateral spines slightly directed backward ; legs 
finely pilose ; antennee with the first joint as long as posterior 
femora and more than three times longer than second joint. 


Long. 12 mm. 
Hab. Ceylon; Pundaluoya (Z. E£. Green), 


LANCA, gen. nov. 


Body narrow, elongate; head about as long as pronotum, 
postocular portion much longer than anteocular, profoundly 
transversely incised between eyes, attenuated towards base, 
a short tubercle or spine behind the antenniferous tubercles ; 
ocelli placed just behind eyes; rostrum with the first joint 
slightly longer than second; antenne slender, first joint 
about as long as posterior femora, second joint about one 
third the length of first; pronotum with the anterior lobe 
much shorter than the posterior lobe, the latter with two 
moderately long, erect, discal spines, and with a long, slender, 
porrect spine at each lateral angle, its basal margin strongly 
emarginate, the anterior lobe convex, faintly medially incised, 
and with its anterior angles tuberculously subprominent ; 
scutellum apically somewhat tuberculous, not spined; hem- 
elytra not quite reaching the apex of abdomen, membrane 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 27 


370 On Oriental Reduviide. 


longer than corium ; abdomen not projecting beyond the 
lateral margins of the hemelytra, the sixth abdominal segment 
with the connexivum subangularly dilated on each side ; 
anterior femora slightly thickened and a little longer than the 
tibie, posterior femora and tibiae longest and subequal in 
length. 

Type, L. kandyensis, Dist. 

To be placed near Platerus, Dist. 


Lanca kandyensis, sp. n. 


Pale fuscous brown ; pronotum much mottled with ochra- 
ceous pile, more thickly so on posterior lobe; antenne pale 
fuscous brown, first joint ochraceous, with its apex infuscate ; 
antenniferous tubercles castaneous; eyes black; rostrum 
ochraceous ; anterior femora with an obscure, subapical, 
ereyish annulation and anterior tibia with a similar subbasal 
annulation, intermediate and posterior femora annulated aud 
basally suffused with ochraceous, the tibiae with a similarly 
coloured subbasal annulation; body and legs shortly pilose, 
the abdomen beneath piceous and ochraceously pilose. 

Long. 18 mm. 


Hab. Ceylon (G.- Lewis); Kandy (EZ. E. Green). 


Div. POLIDIDUSARIA. 
GALLOBELGICUS, gen. nov. 


Head moderately long, anteriorly spinously produced 
between the antenniferous tubercles, deeply transversely in- 
cised behind eyes, postocular portion moderately globose and 
with two fine moderately long spinules on each lateral margin 
behind eyes; rostrum with the first joint robust and passing 
eyes, second joint slightly shorter and dilated at base; an- 
tenne slender, first joint about as long as head, thorax, and 
scutellum together, second joint short, shorter than third; 
pronotum with the anterior lobe longer than the posterior, the 
first with two tubercles on each lateral margin, posterior lobe 
with a long, slender, slightly curved spine at each lateral 
angle; scutellum with two long spines, one erect near base, 
the other longest and obliquely ascendant at apex; hem- 
elytra reaching apex of abdomen ; anterior coxze about one 
third the length of anterior femora; legs slender, anterior 
femora and tibie longly acutely spinous, the first slightly 
thickened ; intermediate and posterior legs unarmed, poste- 
rior femora as long as hemelytra and a little shorter than 
posterior tibie. 

Type, G. typicus, Dist. 


On Micronycter:s microtis, M/¢ler. 371 


Gallobelgicus typicus, sp. n. 


Ochraceous; hemelytra pale fuscous brown, with the veins 
ochraceous ; second joint of antenne narrowly creamy white 
at base and apex; eyes black; femora obscurely fuscously 
annulate near apices, structural characters as in generic 
diagnosis. 

Long. 5 mm. 


Hab. Ceylon; Peradeniya (Z. 4. Green). 


LIV.— Note on the Type Specimen of the Bat Micronycteris 
microtis, Miller. By Marcus W. Lyon, Jun. 


Micronyereris urcrorrs was described by Mr. Gerrit S. 
Miller, Jun.*, in 1898 from a single specimen, which is still 
the only one known, in the collection of the United States 
National Museum. Dr. Knud Andersen f has recently raise 1 
the question as to whether the ears of the type are damaged. 
The following history of the type, part of which was probably 
not known to Mr. Miller, and remarks on the ears may prove 
of interest. 

The specimen, an adult male, now a skin and skull, U.S. 
National Museum number *, was collected at Greytown, 
Nicaragua, by Dr. L. F. H. Birt; date of collecting not 
known. It was entered in the National Museum Catalogue 
on February 2, 1589, as an alcoholic, and the skull was 
catalogued on April 16, 1889. There is no record showing 
at what time the alcoholic was made into a skin. The wing- 
membranes are considerably torn and some hair has slipped 
trom the lower back and abdomen, but otherwise the skin is 
in good condition. he skull is perfect. The colour-value 
of the skin is much lessened by the fact that it was immersed 
for an unknown time in alcohol or other preserving fluid. 
The basal portions of the hairs of Mdicronycteris megalot’s are 
pure white. ‘They were probably so in MM. microtis, but the 
preserving fluid has apparently darkened them to a dirty 
white. ‘The ears of the type of J/. microtis measure, from 
meatus to apex, 12 mm., and the greatest breadth is 8 mm. 
The corresponding measurements in the skin of an adult 
male, U.S. National Museum Catalogue number 102913, 
from La Guaira, Venezuela, are 20 mm. and 12 mm. respec- 


* Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1898, p. 328 (July 12, 1898). 
+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. 7, vol. xviii. (July 1906) p. 55, footnote, 
Zi 


372 On Micronycteris microtis, Miller. 


» 
tively. 1 have examined the ears of the single specimen of 
M. microtis very carefully, and can find no evidences of 
singeing or other apparent injury that might have caused 
them to shrink from 20 mm. to 12 mm. In places about 
3 mm, of the ear has been rolled or folded on itself, giving 
the margin of the ear a heavier appearance than in that of 
M. megalotis. The outer surface of the ear of JM. microtis is 
furred about one-half the distance from the base to the tip, 
and in M. megalotis the furring extends about one-third that 
distance. I can detect no essential differences between the 
skulls of the two species. The forearm of JZ. microtis, as 
already noted by Miller and Andersen, is considerably shorter 
than that of the Mexican form of MM. megalotis and a little 
smaller than in Venezuelan examples of the typical race. 
The same is true of the tibia and foot. 


[I am glad that my note on Micronycteris microtis, Miller, 
in the July number of the ‘Annals’? has induced Dr. Lyon 
to give the above interesting details on the type specimen. 
But I nust admit that I still do not feel satisfied that the 
extraordinarily small ears of this example are in their natural 
condition. Iam all the more inclined to doubt on this point 
as (in addition to the case referred to in my paper, p. 50, 
footnote) | have recently seen another very striking instance 
of shrinkage of the ears in a bat: in a series of Pipistrellus 
pipistrellus from Ireland, kindly shown me a few months ago 
by Major Barrett Hamilton, the ear-conches of a// examples, 
without exception, had shrunk to little more than half their 
natural size; the specimens were preserved in alcohol and in 
other respects undamaged. With their small ears they looked 
very strange indeed, and I cannot help thinking that if this 
series of bats had not been the well-known P. pipistrellus, 
but, say, a Micronycteris ; if they had not come from Ireland, 
but, say, from Central America, from which material for 
comparison is considerably scarcer; they might easily have 
been described as a readily distinguishable new species, and 
—in view both of the very great difference in the size of the 
ears of these specimens as compared with individuals in a 
normal state of preservation, and of the fact that in this case 
Lot a single specimen only was available, but a series of 
individuals all exhibiting the same peculiarity—the mistake 
would have been very excusable. One statement in Miller’s 
description of M/. microtis—contirmed by Lyon—seems to me 
worth emphasizing, viz. that the skull does not differ appre- 
ciably from that of M, megalotis ; it is, of course, not decisive 
evidence that microtés is not specifically distinct from mega- 


Sir G. F, Hampson on new Pyralide. 373 


fotis, but—taken together with the fact that also externally, 
apart from the size of the ears, there is no difference worth 
mentioning between microtis and megalotis (for even the 
colour of the single skin of miécrot’s, on which Miller laid 
some stress in his description, is, according to Lyon, un- 
reliable) —it certainly looks rather suspicious. 

My argument is, briefly summed up, this:—As in two 
British Museum specimens of  Micronycteris hirsuta 
(98. 10. 9. 12-14), preserved in alcohol, the ears, for some 
reason or other, have shrunk far below their natural size 
(my paper, 2. s. c.); as in a series of Lrish Prpistrellus 
pipistrellus, preserved in alcohol, recently shown to me, 
the ears, for some reason or other, have shrunk to little more 
than half their natural size; so, the only specimen known of 
Micronycteris microtis, which differs from I. megalotis in no 
essential external character but its curiously small ears, and 
the skull and dentition of which are indistinguishable from 
those of M. megalotis, may, very likely, be an example of 
this latter species with much shrunk ears. Whether my 
assumption is right or wrong cannot, I believe, be definitely 
proved, until further material is forthcoming from the type 
locality of MM. microtis. If it is wrong, the case will stand as 
follows: the genus MJicronycterts, as restricted by me, 
numbers four species; three of these (JZ. meyalotis, minuta, 
hirsuta) have the ears proportionately quite of the same size, 
but differ in many important cranial, dental, and external 
characters; the fourth species (M. microtis) has extra- 
ordinarily small ears, but ds otherwise practically indistin- 
guishable, cranially, dentally, and externally, from M. mega- 
lotis! Allis possible, but strange as the characters of this 
latter “species” look to me, I still think it safer, for the 
present, to leave the question as to its validity open to 
doubt.—Knup ANDERSEN. | 


LY.— Descriptions of new Pyralidee of the Sulfamilies 
Hydrocampine and Scopariane. By Sir Gerorce I, 
Hampson, Bart., B.A., F.Z.S., &c. 


Tue following paper is supplementary to my classification of 
these two subfamilies in the Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1897, 
pp. 127-240, and the numbers prefixed to the species indicate 
their position in the genera there dealt with. 


374 Sir G. F. Hampson on new Pyralide 


TTyprocamMpin 2. 


For Mixophila, Meyr., insert Garcera, WIk., xxix. 815 
(1864), which has precedence. 


(1.) GarceLa RENATUSALIS, insert (syn.) Gargela sub- 
purella, Wik. xxix. 815 (1864). 


(2a.) Gargela cuprealis, sp. n. 


&. Head and thorax cnpreous yellow mixed with some 
white ; palpi white, the second and third joints with black 
bands ; legs white, ‘the fore tibie and the tarsi banded with 
black ; abdonien yellowish, dorsally suffused with fuscous, 
the ventral surface white with black segmental lines and 
extremity. Fore wing cupreous yellow, the costal and 
terminal areas more or less suffused with fuscous; a dark 
antemedial line oblique from costa to submedian fold, then 
slightly ineurved; a black discoidal point; an indistinct 
postmedial line excurved from costa to vein 4, then incurved ; 
a dark terminal line ; cilia cupreous, with dark line through 
them and whitish tips. Hind wing fuscous brown with a 
cupreous gloss; cilia cupreous, with a dark line through 
them and whitish tips; the underside white slightly tinged 
with brown, a black point at upper angle of cell, a more or 
less distinct dark postmedial line oblique from costa to 
vein 4, then curved inwards and sinuous to inner margin, a 
more or less diffused blackish terminal line; cilia white, 
with a dark line through them. 

Hab. 8.K. Borneo (Doherty), 1 $; Puto Laur (Doherty), 
1 g type. Exp. 14 mm. 


(5.) Gargela arcualis, sp. n. 


Mid tibiz of male dilated, with fringe of long hair. 

&. Head and thorax silvery white; palpi above and an- 
tenn tinged with orange-brown ; tarsi banded with orange- 
brown; abdomen white, slightly tinged with brown on 
dorsum, the anal tuft with some fuscous hair, Fore wing 
silvery white; an oblique orange line from middle of costa 
to lower angle of ceil, and two oblique lines from costa 
beyond middie to vein 5 near termen ; acurved black-brown 
fascia from middle of inner margin to just before termen at 
vein 2, broken up into two spots above inner margin and 
one before termen, where there is some oravge beyond it; a 
fine black terminal line from apex to vein 6; cilia dark 


of the Subfamily Uydrocampine. 375 


brown, with a golden gloss at middle and at tips towards 
apex. Hind wing white. 

Hab. New Guinea, Milne Bay (Meck), 2 3 type. Ezp. 
18 mm. 


Genus ARGYRACTIS. 


As many species hitherto placed in Cataclysta belong to 
this genus, the following revision becomes necessary. 


Srcr. I.—F ore wing with veins 3, 4 stalked. 
(1.) Argyractis malayalis, sp. n. 


9. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish suffused with 
fulvous brown; abdomen with slight brown segmental 
bands ; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore 
wing whitish suffused with fulvous yellow and thickly 
irrorated with black-brown scales except terminal area; a 
slight diffused dark subbasal band; an oblique dark ante- 
medial line, defined by whitish on inner side and slightly 
angled outwards below costa and at median nervure; an 
oblique yellow discoidal lunule; a dark postmedial line 
forming a wedge-shaped mark on costa, oblique to vein 3, 
then retracted to discoidal lunule and again oblique, the area 
beyond it yellow suffused with brown on costal half before 
the wedge-shaped white subterminal band from costa, defined 
by black on outer side extending to vein 4, and followed by 
a diffused dark line angled inwards in submedian fold, below 
which there is a whitish mark on it ; a blackish spot at apex 
and terminal series of minute dentate marks; cilia dark 
brown, with slight whitish line at base. Hind wing fulvous 
yellow, with oblique diffused blackish band from costa near 
base to tornus ; two fine oblique black medial lines filled im 
with white from costa to submedian fold, the area beyond 
them whitish thickly irrorated with black-brown; two fine 
black lines from costa beyond middle, very oblique to below 
apex, then sinuous and ending on termen at submedian 
fold; four black spots on medial part of termen, with black 
lunules before them, with white points on them between the 
spots; cilia black at base, with a bluish silvery gloss, 
yellowish at tips, with blackish patch at middle. 

Hab. Setancor, Kuala Lumpur (Durham), 1 ¢ type. 
Eup. 22 mm. 


376 Sir G. F. Hampson on new Pyralidz 


Srcr, IJ.—Hind wing with veins 3, 5 stalked. 


(2.) Argyractis bifascialis, Rob. Ann. Lye. N, Y. ix. p. 153, 
pl. iv. fig. 3. 


Texas. 


Secr. IIJ.—Hind wing with veins 3, 5 from cell. 


A. Abdomen of male with lateral fans of large scales at base covering 
tufts of long hair. 


(3.) Argyractis lophosomalis, sp. n. 


Head and thorax white mixed with some golden brown ; 
abdomen white, with brown band ou second segment, incom- 
plete dorsally, and some brown on medial segments, the tufts 
of hair fuscous. Fore wing white ; the base of costa golden 
brown, expanding into a small subbasal spot and patch before 
the antemedial line; a small subbasal spot below the cell 
and patch on inner area before the antemedial line, which 
is slightly excurved below costa and submedian fold; the 
medial costal area brown, with a blackish patch below it 
almost filling end of cell; postmedial lime incurved from 
costa to vein 4, then retracted to below end of cell and out- 
wardly oblique to inner margin near tornus, a large, oblique, 
oval, brown patch beyond it between vein 4 and tornus ; a 
wedge-shaped brown subterminal band from costa to the oval 
patch ; a fine black terminal line ; cilia golden yellow, with 
fine black line at tips. Hind wing white, with waved ante- 
medial brown band from discal fold to inner margin, followed 
by a fine medial black line angled outwards in submedian 
fold and on vein J], some black irroration beyond it below 
costa, bounded below by a slight, oblique, waved line; 
terminal areca golden yellow-brown from below apex to sub- 
median fold, with slight brown line on its inner edge from 
discal fold to submedian fold and some silver scales on 
termen and in submedian interspace ; a subterminal series of 
black points from vein 7 to 2 and four small spots on middle 
of termen; the underside white, with subterminal series of 
five black poimts on the veins. 

Hab. 8. Brazit, Organ Mts., Tijuca (Wagner), 4 g type. 
Eup. 20 mm. 


(4.) Argyractis danealis, sp. n. 


Cataclysta opulentalis, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 272 (part.), 
nee Led. 


3S. Head, thorax, and abdomen orange-yellow; pectus, 


of the Subfami/y UWydrocampine. 377 


legs, and ventral surface of abdomen whitish, the fore 
femora and tarsal joints with dark rings. Fore wing orange, 
the costal area suffused with fulvous; a diffused fulvous 
subbasal band; a nearly straight, erect, antemedial white 
line defined on each side by diffused fuscous ; an oblique 
white postmedial band from costa to vein 3, where it nearly 
meets a subterminal white band from costa, the space 
between them filled in with rufous; a diffused rufous and 
whitish patch in extremity of submedian fold; cilia dark. 
Hind wing orange, with subbasa] silvery marks below the 
cell and on inner margin and medial marks at end of cell 
and on inner margin; a faint rufous medial band; a terminal 
series of three deep chocolate-red conjoined, irregular, ocel- 
late spots with silvery markings on and between them and 
slight white patch above the two upper spots ; cilia fuscous, 
whitish at tips; the underside with the chocolate-red spots 
more broken up. 

Hab. Mexico, Tabasco, Teapa (H. H. Smith), 4 3 type, 
Godman-Salvin Coll, vp. 12 mm. 


B. Abdomen of male normal, 


(5.) Argyractis pervenustalis, Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, 
p. 152. 


W. Africa. 


(6.) Argyractis triopalis, sp. n. 


Head, thorax, and abdomen white slightly tinged with 
pale brown. Fore wing orange-yellow, the basal area and 
costal area to middle silvery whitish ; a black subbasal point 
on inner margin; an oblique silvery-white wedge-shaped 
mark defined by a slight brown line from costa beyond 
middle to vein 3, its inner edge with black point at costa and 
curved downwards in upper end of cell; a subterminal 
silvery-white wedge-shaped band from costa to vein 3, de- 
fined by diffused brown on inner side and by a slight brown 
line on outer; a terminal series of slight black striz ; cilia 
silvery white tinged with brown. Hind wing white; a broad 
orange-yellow band before the obliquely incurved brown 
medial line ; two black subterminal lines, slightly excurved 
below costa, then incurved and ending at submedian fold ; 
three large black ocelli on termen, with silvery-blue scales on 
and between them, connected by short oblique black lines 
and with black line from costa to subapical ocellus; cilia 


378 Sir. G. F. Hampson on new Pyralilee 


white, fuscous at base beyond the ocelli and with fuscous 
tips. 

Hab. Sierra Leone (Clements), 2 3,2 2 type; NicEria, 
Old Calabar (Crompton), 3 9, Warri (Roth), 1 9. Exp. 
14 mm. 


(7.) Argyractis pentupalis, sp. n. 


?. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish tinged with 
yellow-brown ; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen white. 
Fore wing white suffused in parts with yellow-brown and 
with pale y ‘yellow from upper angle of cell to middle of termen ; 
a small subbasal brown mark on inner margin ; a very in- 
distinct diffused brown antemedial line; an indistinct oblique 
diffused brown medial line, slightly excurved at middle ; 
postmedial line indistinct, very oblique from costa to vein 4, 
then retracted to upper angle of cell, oblique to submedian 
fold, where it is angled outwards, then retracted to inner 
margin; a white subterminal band defined on each side by 
brown from costa to vein 4, and an indistinct white spot 
defined by brown above tornus ; a fine dark terminal line ; 
cilia yellowish white. Hind wing white; an orange-yellow 
fascia from origin of vein 2 to tornus, with slight brownish 
mark below it on middle of inner margin and dark line 
beyond it from below costa to submedian fold; two black 
subterminal lines, excurved below costa and ending at sub- 
median fold; five black ocelli on termen with silvery-blue 
centres, the upper and lower pairs conjoined and the lowest 
ocellus small; an oblique black line from outer subterminal 
line at costa to subapical ocellus; cilia brownish at base, 
silvery white at tips. 

Hab. Sirrra Leone (Clements), 2 2 type. ap. 
12-14 mm. 


(8.) Argyractis chrysopalis, sp. n. 

Cataclysta opulentals, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 272 (part.), 

nec Led. 

Head, thorax, and abdomen golden yellow tinged with 
fulvous; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen 
whitish. Fore wing orange-yellow, the costal area tinged 
with fulvous; an oblique, ill defined, silvery-white ante- 
medial band; a whitish fascia in and beyond end of cell, 
interrupted by an oblique orange discoidal bar, detined on 
each side by brown; a white patch in submediau fold below 
end of cell, imontied by some dark scales ; an oblique wedge- 
shaped wihitieh band from costa to vein 4, with blackish spot 


of the Subfamily Wy drocampine. 379 


on its inner edge at costa, almost meeting a wedge-shaped 
white subterminal band, defined on each side by fuscous 
lines and ending at vein 4; a short silvery-white streak in 
terminal part of submedian fold ; a dark terminal line; cilia 
whitish. Hind wing orange-yellow; an oblique silvery- 
white bar across end of cell; a series of four irregular ocel- 
late black spots on termen, with golden metallic marks 
between them, the three upper spots defined above by a 
waved white band with two slight black striz on it below 
costa; cilia whitish. 

Hab. Mexico, Tabasco, Teapa (H. H. Smith), 2 8 type, 
Godman-Salvin Coll. Lwvp. 10 mm. 


(9.) Argyractis opulentalis, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, 
p. 453, pl. xviii. fig. 17. 
Cataclysta divisalis, Wk. xxxiv. 1536. 


Grenada, Colombia, Br. Guiana, Brazil. 


(10.) Argyractis eglesalis, Wik. xix. 952. 


Brazil. 


(11.) Argyractis hamiferalis, sp. n. 
Cataclysta @alis, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 272 (part.), nee 
Wik. : 

Head, thorax, and abdomen white irrorated with red- 
brown; palpi blackish ; fore legs blackish in front ; abdomen 
with brown dorsal spots on first three segments and slight 
segmental rings, the extremity yellow. Fore wing with the 
costal area rufous; the basal inner area whitish irrorated 
with rufous; a slight antemedial white line from costa to 
submedian fold defined on each side by brown, the area 
beyond it yellow on inner half; the end of cell whitish ; 
two oblique brown discoidal striz, the outer continued as an 
oblique line to vein 3 near termen, where it is met by a 
brown line from costa near apex defined by white on outer 
side, thus forming a V-shaped mark, its apex filled in with 
white ; a wedge-shaped white band defined on each side by 
brown lines from costa before apex to submedian fold, where 
it emits a short silvery streak mwards; termen golden 
yellow; cilia brown. Hind wing yellow, the inner area 
white, with some brown on vein 1 towards tornus and some 
brown irroration in end of cell; an oblique silver band 
across end of cell from below costa to submedian fold and 
another hand beyond the cell; four conjoined black ocelli 


880 Sir G. F. Hampson on new Pyralide 


on termen with metallic spots on them, defined above by a 
waved black line, before which is a white patch with fine, 
slightly irregular, oblique black line on it from below apex 
to vein 3; cilia white, brown towards apex. 

Hab. Mexico, Tabasco, Teapa (H. H. Smith), 1 3, 3 2; 
Vera Cruz, Atoyac (H. H. Smith), 2 g type, Godman- 
Salvin Coll. ap. 14 mm. 


(12.) Argyractis inaurata, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. p. 135, 
pl. ceclix. G: 


Surinam. 


(13.) Argyractis ealis, Wik. xix. 953. 


Cataclysta gemmiferalis, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 454, pl. xvili- 
fig. 8. 


Centr. America, W. Indies, Venezuela, Brazil. 
(14.) Argyractis pavonialis, Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, 
p. 150. 
Guadalupe, Brazil, Peru. 
(15.) Argyractis fulvicinctalis, Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soe. 
1897, p. 150. 


Jamaica, 


(16.) Argyractis axis, Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, p. 149. 
W. Indies, Peru. 
(17.) Argyractis constellalis, Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, 
p. 151. 
Brazil. 
(18.) Argyractis niphoplagalis, Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc. 
1897, p. 136. 


Panama, Dominica. 


(19.) Argyractis catenalis,Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 267. 
Mexico, Brazil. 


(20.) Argyractis leucogonialis, sp. n. 


Cataclysta cerrussalis, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 273 (part.), 
nec Feld. 


2. Head and thorax rufous mixed with black and some 


of the Subfamily Hydrocampina. 38] 


white; legs whitish; abdomen pale rufous, the ventral 
surface whitish. Fore wing deep rufous; the basal area, 
except costa, whitish thickly irrorated with large black 
cales; the medial area nearly pure white, with two small 
rufous spots on costa; the area in and beyond end of cell 
thickly irrorated with dark brown; a narrow oblique white 
band from costa beyond middle to vein 2, where it nearly 
meets a subterminal white band, thus forming a large 
V-shaped mark; a terminal orange band not quite reaching 
tornus ; a dark brown spot at apex; cilia white, with series 
of brown points at base. Hind wing white; the basal area 
and the area from lower angle of cell to apex irrorated with 
black-brown ; a series of about six small black spots on and 
just before termen from below apex to vein 2, with metallic 
scales between them and an irregularly waved dark line 
just before them ; cilia white, with a slight dark live near 
base from apex to vein 1; the underside white, with series 
of five small black spots just before termen from apex to 
vein 2. 

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Champion), 1 ¢ type, Godman- 
Salvin Coll. Hap. 24 mm. 


(21.) Argyractis albipunctalis, Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, 
p. 152. 


Madagascar. 
(22.) Argyractis supercilialis, Ampsn. Trans, Ent. Soc, 1897, 
p- 152. 
Madagascar. 


(23.) Argyractis coloralis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 265. 
Mauritius. 


(24.) Argyractis cronialis, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. 
p- 274, pl. Ixi. fig. 18. 


Mexico. 


(25.) Argyractis longipennis, sp. n. 
Cataclysta cronialis, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p, 274 (part.). 


?. Grey; head and thorax tinged with brown. Fore 
wing long and narrow, with the costal half and middle of 
inner area sutfused with brown, except for grey patches 
irrorated with fuscous in end of cell and beyond disco- 
cellulars ; an obscure double medial line, highly angled and 


382 Sir G. F. Hampson on new Pyralide 


sending a spur to termen at middle; a black-edged yellow 
discoidal lunule ; a triangular fulvous patch on costa before 
apex, defined by a fine white line on inner side and a broad 
line on outer, its apex on the small wedge-shaped ieaden 
spot at termination of the streak from medial line; a black- 
edged terminal yellow line. Hind wing with brown-edged 
silvery discoidal band, with yellow mark on its inner edge ; 
the apical area strongly irrorated with black scales; seven 
black spots with silver spots between them on apical part of 
termen ; the inner area slightly irrorated with black and 
with a brown mark near tornus. 

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (Trujillo), 9 2, Godman-Salvin 
Coll.; Orizaba, Jalapa (Schaus),1 9 type. Exp. 32 mm. 


(26.) Argyractis fulicalis, Clem. Pr. Ac. N. Sci. Phil. 1860, 
eve 


Cataclysta angulatalis, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 486. 
Cataclysta confusalis, Wik. xxxiv. 1254. 


UGS JA- 


(27.) Argyractis annulalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 266. 


Centr. America, Brazil. 


(28.) Argyractis samealis, Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. exxxvi. fig. 14. 
Brazil. 


(29.) Argyractis gratalis, Wik. xxxiv. 1335. 
Cataclysta cerussalis, Feld. Reis. Noy. pl. exxxvi. fig. 8. 


Mexico, W. Indies, Br. Guiana, Brazil. 


(30.) Argyractis schistopalis, sp. n. 
Cataclysta ealis, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 272 (part.), nee 
Wik. 

Head and thorax ochreous suffused with red-brown ; 
abdomen ochreous slightly banded with brown. Fore wing 
whitish thickly irrorated with dark brown ; the base of costal 
area suffused with brown; an antemedial whitish band 
defined on each side by indistinct brown bands on costal half 
and yellowish bands on inner half; two oblique brown 
discoidal striz ; a rather oblique yellow fascia from below 
end of cell to termen ; two wedge-shaped white bands from 
costa before apex to vein 3, where they nearly meet, defined 
on each side by brown and with yellow before, between, and 


of the Subfamily Wydrocampine. 383 


beyond them ; cilia whitish tinged with brown. Hind wing 
white; the basal area tinged with brown ; an oblique silver 
band across lower angle of cell, with some yellow before and 
beyond it; two slight somewhat irregular dark lines from 
costa near apex to lower angle of cell ; four ocelli on termen 
between apex and vein 2, broken up into small black spots 
by metallic, somewhat annulate markings; cilia whitish 
tinged with brown. 

Hab. Mexico, Tabasco, Teapa (H. H. Smith), 2 3,1 2 
type, Godman-Salvin Coll. ap. 14 mm. 


(31.) Argyractis capensis, sp. n. 


Head, thorax, and abdomen orhreous yellow; palpi with 
some blackish at side of second joint; tibiz, tarsi, and 
ventral surface of abdomen whitish. Fore wing ochreous 
yellow irrorated with brown; a diffused, oblique, ante- 
medial, fuscous-brown line; a medial brown line, oblique 
and defined by whitish on inner side from costa to median 
nervure, then inwardly oblique and with a yellow band on 
inner side; an oblique wedge-shaped yellow spot defined by 
blackish at end of cell; an oblique postmedial brown line 
from costa to vein 5, defined by whitish on outer side; a 
silvery-white subterminal band, with black line on its outer 
edge from costa to vein 4; a short silvery streak in extre- 
mity of submedian fold; the terminal area yellow; a 
terminal series of slight black points; cilia fuscous. Hind 
wing whitish ; a subbasal band formed of two diffused brown 
spots ; a medial yellow band, defined on each side by brown 
from below costa to inner margin near tornus, and slightly 
angled at submedian fold; postmedial area irrorated with 
black down to vein 2; two fine sinuous subterminal lines ; 
four ocellate black spots on middle of termen, with some 
silvery blue on and between them and two fine black lines 
between costa and the uppermost spot ; the termen yellow 
towards tornus confluent with the postmedial band ; cilia 
fuscous and silvery white. 

Hab. Masuonatanp, Salisbury (Marshall), 1 3 ; Narvat, 
Pietermaritzburg (Bowker), 1 9%; Durban, 1 93; Cape 
Cotony, Annshaw (Miss F. Barreti), 1 9 type. Hap. 
16-20 mm. 


(32.) <Argyractis nandinalis, sp. n. 


9. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish suffused with 
fulvous yellow; abdomen with the ventral surface white. 
Fore wing whitish tinged with fulvous yellow ; basal costal 


384 Sir G. F. Hampson on new Pyralide 


area brown; a rather diffused brown antemedial band, 
angled outwards on median nervure, then incurved; an 
oblique white discoidal lunule defined by brown and with 
brown bar from it to costa; a diffused brown postmedial 
band defined by whitish on outer side, somewhat angled 
inwards below costa, then obliquely excurved to vein 3, 
interrupted to vein 2, then oblique and enclosing a whitish 
spot below submedian fold; a wedge-shaped white subter- 
minal band, defined by brown on inner side and by a black 
line on outer, with small brown spot above it on costa 
and some diffused brown below it at tornus; a terminal 
series of black striz ; cilia silvery white. Hind wing white ; 
a diffused brown mark on middle of median nervure; a 
diffused yellow band beyond the cell from below costa to 
submedian fold, followed by a patch of black irroration ; two 
fine, imeurved, slightly waved, subterminal black lines 
between veins 6 and 2 2; three ocellate black spots on middle 
of termen, with some silvery- blue scales between them and 
a spot below them; cilia pale brown, black-brown beyond 
the ocelli. 

flab. Br. FE. Arrica, Eb Urru (Betton), 1 2 type. Hap. 


26 mm. 
(33.) Argyractis tetropalis, sp. n. 


Head, thorax, and abdomen yellowish white tinged with 
brown. Fore wing pale yellowish, with orange- yellow band 
before the antemedial line, the ter ‘minal area orange-yellow ; 
basal part of costal area brown, interrupted by a pale striga 
representing the subbasal line; a brown subbasal point on 
inner margin ; antemedial line double, brown, excurved from 
costa to submedian fold, then incurv ved ; medial area irro- 
rated with brown scales; postmedial line blackish, defined 
by white on outer side, oblique from costa to vein 4+, then 
retracted to below costa and forming a wedge-shaped ‘mark, 
then obliquely excurved to vein | and very oblique to imner 
margin, along which it runs to antemedial line; a sub- 
terminal white band, defined on each side by silvery grey from 
costa to vein 4 and a silvery spot above tornus ; some minute 
black points on termen towards apex; cilia silvery grey. 
Hind wing white ; an orange-yellow band tinged with brown 
before the double antemedial line, which is oblique from 
costa to submedian fold, then retracted to mner margin; 
costal half of medial area irrorated with black-brown scales, 
with traces of an obliquely curved line below costa; sub- 
terminal line double, black, slightly excuryed below costa, 
then incurved and ending ¢ at submedian fold near termen ; 


of the Subfamily Hy drocampine. 385 


two pairs of black ocelli on termen, with silvery-blue centres, 
a black line from costa to inner edge of subapical ocellus 
angled outwards below apex. 

Hab. Nieerta, Yorubaland, Ogbomoso (Carter), 2 2, 
1 2 type. Zap. 10-14 mm. 


(34.) Argyractis onyxalis, Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, 
p. 149. 


Mexico, W. Indies, Venezuela. 


(35.) Argyractis moniligeralis, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, 
p. 454, pl. xviii. fig. 10. 


W. Indies, Honduras, Colombia. 


(36.) Argyractis pyropalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 265. 
Brazil. 


(37.) Argyractis cesalis, Wik. xxix. 952 
Brazil. 


(38.) Argyractis insulalis, W\k. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) i. 
p. 1238. 


Haiti, Brazil. 


(39.) Argyractis pantheralis, Wik. xvii. 442. 
Brazil. 


(40.) Argyractis premalis, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. 
p. 272, pl. lxii. fig. 11. 


Mexico, Brazil, Argentina, 


(41.) Argyractis albulalis, sp. n. 


3. Head, thorax, and abdomen white; palpiand antenne 
brownish ; fore tibize and tarsi banded with brown; abdomen 
with dark brown dorsal band on second segment, the medial 
segments tinged with brown. Fore wing white, the costal 
area suffused with golden brown interrupted at places by 
white ; the antemedial line represented by a brown patch on 
costa and oblique band from submedian fold to inner margin, 
followed by a slight medial line interrupted at middle; two 
oblique brown discoidal striz; an oblique white band 
slightly defined by brown from costa beyond middle te 
vein 3, where it almost meets a similar subterminal band 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 28 


386 Sir G. F. Hampson on new Pyralide 


with some silvery scales on its lower part, thus forming a 
V-shaped mark ; a slight oblique dark striga from submedian 
fold beyond middle to inner margin; a slight silver streak 
above tornus. Hind wing white; two brown striz on inner 
area above tornus ; a yellow patch in and below end of cell, 
with brown point on its inner edge and oblique silver band 
followed by a brown band on its outer edge ; two inwardly 
oblique dark lines from costa near apex to lower angle of 
cell, with black irroration between them; three black spots 
on medial part of termen, with incomplete metallic annuli on 
them, the lowest spot double. 

Hab. Jamaica, Runaway Bay (Walsingham), 1 @ type. 
Exp. 16 mm. 


(42.) Argyractis subornata, Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, 
p-. 151. 


Brazil, Argentina. 


(43.) Argyractis harpalis, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xlii. p. 296, 
pl. xvi. fig. 1 (1900). 
Hydrocampa endoralis, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 275 (part.), 
nec Wk. 


Mexico, Guatemala, Costa Rica, Panama. 


(44.) Argyractis micropalis, sp. n. 
Hydrocampa endoralis, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 275 (part.), 
nec W1k. 

g. Head, thorax, ard abdomen white, the thorax tinged 
in parts with brown, the tarsi with shght brown rings ; 
abdomen with paired dorsal black spots on first segment. 
Fore wing white; subbasal black points on costa and inner 
margin followed by a larger black spot on inner margin ; 
the first ine medial, brown, angled outwards below costa, 
then oblique and with black point on it below the cell; the 
second line double, very obliquely excurved from costa to 
vein 4, then almost obsolete, strongly retracted and forming 
two small blackish spots in submedian fold, a triangular 
golden-brown patch beyond it from costa ; a fine dark brown 
subterminal line bent outwards to apex and ending at vein 4, 
the base of cilia beyond it golden yellow, the cilia fuscous 
at tips except towards tornus. Hind wing white; a black 
subbasal point above inner margin; a fine curved black 
antemedial line; a blackish subterminal striga below costa 
with black pomt beyond it ; three small black spots before 
middle of termen on a golden-yellow patch bounded on inner 


of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 357 


side by an irregularly dentate brown line; a slight subapical 
dark striga with some golden yellow beyond it ; the cilia 
with slight dark line through them from apex to submedian 
fold. 

Hab. Mexico, Tabasco, Teapa (H. H. Smith), 1 3 type, 
Godman-Salyin Coll. Ezp. 12 mm. 


(45.) Argyractis lanceolalis, Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, 
p. 140. 


Brazil. 


(46.) Argyractis argentilinealis, Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc. 
1897, p. 136. 
Brazil. 


(47.) Argyractis parthenodalis, sp. n. 


¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen brown mixed with some 
white and black, the abdomen with slight whitish dorsal 
segmental lines. Fore wing white suffused and irrorated 
with golden brown ieaving the medial area nearly pure 
white; a curved blackish subbasal line; antemedial line 
blackish, rather diffused, excurved below costa, then oblique ; 
postmedial line defined by white on outer side, strong and 
black towards costa, very slightly angled outwards below 
costa, strongly and acutely angled outwards at vein 6, then 
retracted and angled inwards in submedian fold and again 
angled outwards above inner margin; a fine subterminal 
black line defined by white on inner side, bent outwards to 
apex, excurved at middle and slightly angled inwards in 
submedian fold; cilia yellowish at base, with a black line 
through them and whitish tips. Hind wing white ; a diffused 
blackish antemedial band; a black medial line excurved at 
middle and inner margin ; a sinuous black postmedial line 
with two diffused wedge-shaped black spots before it below 
costa, the area beyond it with some diffused blackish marks, 
the termen suffused with brown, with a fine black terminal 
line from apex to vein 2 and indented at discal fold. 

Hab. Arcentina, Tucuman, Los Vasquez (Dinelly) 1 3 
type. Hap. 12 mm. 


(48.) Argyractis iasusalis, W\k. xix. 951. 


Cataclysta phoxopteralis, Snell, Tijd. v. Ent. xliii. p. 295, pl. xvi. 
ff. 11, 12 (1901). 


Brazil. 


388 Sir G. F. Hampson on new Pyralile 


(49.) Argyractis metazonalis, sp. n. 


g. Head and thorax white almost entirely suffused with 
fuscous ; third joint of palpi, tibize, and tarsi white ; abdomen 
whitish, with the base, terminal segments, and slight seg- 
mental lines fuscous. Fore wing white almost entirely 
suffused with fuscous brown; a black discoidal lunule; an 
obliquely curved black band from costa before apex to 
middle of inner margin; a curved subterminal line from 
below apex ; a terminal fulvous band defined by brown lines ; 
eilia brown with black line through them, and black points 
towards apex. Hind wing white with subbasal and post- 
medial black bands, the latter arising from below costa; a 
terminal fulvous band edged by black lines and with two 
white and black occlli below apex ; cilia whitish with a black 
line through them. 

Hab. Brazizt, Sio Paulo. Exp.18 mm. Type in Coll. 
Rothschild. 


(50.) Argyractis nigerialis, sp. n. 


Fuscous black ; abdomen with slight pale segmental dorsal 
bands. Fore wing with traces of oblique paler medial line 
slightly excurved at median nervure; a diffused black dis- 
coidal spot; a more distinct pale postmedial line oblique 
from costa to vein 3 near termen, then strongly dentate in- 
wards and excurved again; an obscure apical fulvous patch 
with dark-edged leaden band on it from below costa to 
vein 5 and a small fulvous patch above tornus. Hind wing 
with obscure fulvous patch in cell and diffused black dis- 
coidal spot with indistinct pale sinuous line from it to inner 
margin ; a dark-edged pale postmedial line angled outwards 
below costa and at vein 1, the area beyond it black with a 
fulvous terminal band with four silver and black ocelli 
on it. 

Hab. Nigeria, Warri (Roth), 1 g type. Lap. 16 mm, 


(51.) Argyractis leucosirialis, sp. n. 


6. Head and thorax black-brown ; abdomen whitish with 
diffused black-brown bands; legs whitish and black-brown. 
Fore wing black-brown ; a whitish antemedial band formed 
by short streaks in the imterspaces; a small white discoidal 
lunule ; a whitish medial band formed by streaks in the 
interspaces from cell to inner margin; a curved postmedial 
band formed by short white streaks in the interspaces 
between veins 7 and 3, a bar in submedian interspace and 
point above inner margin; a subterminal band formed by 


of the Subfamily Wydrocampine. 389 


short white streaks in the interspaces ; cilia whitish and dark 
brown. Hind wing white slightly tinged with brown; an 
indistinct double oblique brown antemedial line from below 
costa to above tornus, where it is met by a rather more 
distinct double sinuous postmedial line ; a brown terminal 
line; cilia white with a dark line through them. 

Hab. Sivrzra Leone (Clements), 1 3 type. zp. 16 mm. 


(52.) Argyractis nymphulalis, sp. n. 


&. Head and thorax fuscous brown; abdomen pile 
brownish. Fore wing fuscous brown; diffused whitish 
antemedial and medial shades; an obscure medial black line 
angled below costa aud incurved below cell; the postmedia! 
line strongly angled outwards at vein 5, then bent inwards to 
below angle of cell; a subterminal series of white points. 
Hind wing fuscous. 

Hab. Navat, Kimbolton (Hutchinson), 2 3 type. Kuxp. 
18 mm. 


(3.) Lristena oligostigmalis, sp. n. 


Hind femora of male short with fringe of long hair behind ; 
hind wing with the termen excised at discal fold, then 
lobed. 

Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow mixed with white; 
palpi blackish at tips ; fore femora and tibiz above blackish; 
the fringe of hair on hind femora of male black and whitish. 
Fore wing orange ; a white fascia below the cell extending 
just into its lower part and at base to vein 1, at extremity 
expanding to the postmedial band and to above inner margin 
near tornus; a black spot on costa above end of cell; a 
slightly incurved white band from costa beyond middle to 
above tornus, slightly defined on inner side by fuscous except 
towards costa; a white subterminal band defined by a 
fuscous line on inner side and a fine black line on outer, 
meeting the postmedial band above tornus; a fine black 
terminal line expanding into a spot at apex ; cilia brownish 
white. Hind wing orange; an oblique white medial band 
from just beyond end of cell to just above middle of inner 
margin, defined by blackish lines on each side; a fine black 
terminal line interrupted by three small black spots between 
veins 5 and 2, the uppermost spot with a small white spot 
on inner side, the line very fine and double towards apex 
with a small white lunule on its inner side at apex; cilia 
white with a fuscous line near base from vein 5 to tornus. 

Hab. Anvamans (Rogers), 1 g,1 2 type. Exp. 20 mm. 


390 Sir G. F. Hampson on new Pyralidee 


(4.) Lristena trigonal, sp. n. 


9. Head, thorax, and abdomen white tinged with yellow. 
Fore wing pale yellow ; the costal area reddish brown. to 
beyond middle, expanding into a triangular patch on disco- 
cellulars, with white streak before it in cell and defined on 
outer side by a white band; a very oblique brown line from 
middle of vein 1 to inner margin before middle; a silvery- 
white subterminal band defined on each side by fine fuscous 
lines from costa to submedian fold ; a terminal series of 
black points; cilia silvery white. Hind wing with the basal 
half white, the terminal half pale yellow; a slight oblique 
black line beyond lower angle of cell from vein 5 to sub- 
median fold ; five small black spots on middle of termen 
detined on inner side by silvery-white lunules, then by a 
minutely waved brown line connected with costa by a silvery 
line, some orange on termen between the spots ; cilia sily ery 
white. 

Ab. 1.—Fore wing with the area between the discoidal 
triangular patch and subterminal band red-brown. 

Hab. N. Guinea, Kapaur (Doherty), 4 ¢ type. Hep. 
20 mm. 


(4.) Arvama ochracealis, sp. n. 


@. Fore wing with vem 1] shortly stalked with 8, 9, 10. 

Head and thorax pale brownish ochreous; abdomen 
ochreous white. Fore wing pale brownish ; an indistinct, 
very oblique, sinuous, ascous antemedial line ; a black dis. 
coidal point; an indistinct, irregularly dentate, postmedial 
line, bent outwards below costa and angled inwards in sub- 
median fold ; ; a terminal series of black points. Hind wing 
white slightly tinged with ochreous; traces of a curved 
postmedial line ; a termival series of black points. 

Hab. N. Borneo, Mt. Mulu (Hose). Eap. 26mm. Type 
in Coll. Rothschild. 


(5.) Arwxama cretacealis, sp. n. 


Hind wing with vein 5 from lower angle of cell and 
appro oximated to 4 for a short distance. 

¢d. Head, thorax, and abdomen white faintly tinged with 
brown ; second joint of palpi at sides and maxillary palpi 
except tips black; fore and mid femora above with some 
black; tarsi banded with black above. Fore wing white, 
the costal area faintly tinged with rufous, the costal edge 
black ; a black disecoidal point; a slight white striga from 


of the Subfamily Wydrocampine. BD | 


costa before apex with black points on each side of it at 
costa; a pale brownish terminal band suffused with silver ; 
black terminal points at discal and submedian folds ; cilia 
blackish and silvery at base, whitish at tips. Hind wing 
white faintly tinged with brown ; a terminal series of blackish 
strive ; the underside with slight discoidal point and curved 
postmedial line strongly bent inwards to costa. 

Hab. Soromon Is., Florida (Meek), 1g type. Eap.18 mm. 


(84.a.) Nymphula expatrialis, sp. n. 


@. Head and thorax purplish fuscous ; abdomen fuscous. 
Fore wing fuscous suffused with purplish grey, leaving 
obscure dark patches at base, an antemedial line bent 
outwards below median nervure; a discoidal patch with 
line from it to inner margin angled inwards on vein 1; a 
postmedial band expanding towards costa and slightly bent 
inwards at vein 2; a terminal band. Hind wing white, the 
inner margin fuscous; a subterminal band from costa to 
vein 2 confluent at apex with the terminal band which ter- 
minates before tornus. 

Hab. New Guinea, Humboldt Bay (Doherty), Milne Bay 
(Meek); 1 9; Frreusson I. (Meek), 1 2 type. zp. 
30-10 mm. 


(52 a.) Nymphula polystictalis, sp. n. 


¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen white slightly tinged with 
brown; fore tarsi with slight fuscous rings. Fore wing 
white tinged with pale reddish brown except on costal and 
postmedial areas; a subbasal fuscous spot on costa; an 
antemedial fuscous spot on costa and traces of a diffused 
mark on vein 1 ; a fuscous discoidal spot ; a fuscous post- 
medial band from costa to vein 4, then curved inwards and 
with diffused brown patch extending to lower angle of cell ; 
a curved brown subterminal line, the area beyond it tinged 
with yellow; a fine brown terminal line; cilia. brownish. 
Hind wing white tinged with pale brown; a series of six 
subterminal black spots between vein 7 and submedian fold ; 
cilia pale brown. 

Hab. Ron I. (Doherty), 12; N. Guinea, Milne Bay 
(Meek), 1 2 type. Hap. 20 mm. 


(2.) Symphonia albioculalis, sp. n. 
Antenne of male annulate. 


6. Head, thorax, and abdomen black-brown, some white 
on frons and vertex of head; antenne ringed white and 


392 Sir G. F. Hampson on new Pyralide. 


black ; palpi black, white at base ; pectus, legs, and ventral 
surface of abdomen white; fore tibiz with brown band at 
extremity. Fore wing dark brown with a metallic-blue gloss, 
the medial area yellowish except towards costa; antemedial 
line dark, defined by yellowish on inner side; a quadrate 
white spot in end of cell defined by blackish on each side ; 
postmedial line dark, defined by yellowish on outer side, 
expanding into a spot at costa, the line excurved between 
veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below angle of cell; cilia 
with whitish line at base, wholly white above tornus. Hind 
wing with the basal half pale yellowish, the terminal half 
dark brown with a metallic-blue gloss ; two slight subbasal 
black spots; a black discoidal lunule; postmedial line dark, 
defined by yellowish on outer side, excurved between veins 5 
and 2; cilia whitish at submedian interspace. 

Hab. Nigeria, Old Calabar (Crompton, Sampson), 3 3 
type. Hap. 14 mm, 


(1 a.) Cataclysta euclidialis, sp. n. 


Antenne of male much longer than fore wing; fore wing 
with a very large fovea in and below end of cell on under- 
side ; hind wing with vein 8 becoming coincident with 7. 

3. Head, thor ax, and abdomen white tinged in parts with 
red. Fore wing whitish mostly suffused with red; an 
indistinct postmedial line from costa to vein 3. Hind wing 
white with diffused blood-red before and beyond a white 
postmedial band which is broad from costa to vein 2, where 
it is bent inwards, then narrower and oblique to termen at 
vein 1. Underside of fore wing white, subbasal, antemedial, 
medial, and postmedial red marks on costa, the medial part 
of costal area yellow; a large triangular yellow patch from 
costa beyond middle to vein 2 enclosing a wedge-shaped 
white patch from costa; a triangular red patch on termen 
between veins 5 and 2 with its apex at vein 6; hind wing 
white with faint brownish suffusion from costa towards 
apex. 

?. More suffused with red; hind wing wholly suffused 
with red except the base and postmedial band, which is 
narrower: cilia with a red line near base; underside of 
fore wing with the markings yellower and less red, yellow 
patches in middle of cell\and below cell at middie and 
extremity, the costal area yellow towards apex ; hind wing 
with yellowish patch on miildle of costa and band across 
apical area. 

Hab. Nieerta, Old Calabar (Sampson), 1 ¢ type, Sapele 
(Sampson), 1 2. Exp. 18 mm. 


co 
SS 


On Doliichthys stellatus, Sauvage. 


(26 a.) Cataclysta melatornalis, sp. n. 


9. Head and thorax pale brown; legs whitish tinged 
with brown; abdomen whitish mixed with brown and with 
slight dark seginental lines. Fore wing pale yellow-brown 
slightly irrorated. with black ; an oblique black striga near 
base of inner margin, a point in discal fold near end of cell 
and a small discoidal spot above angle of cell; traces of a 
punctiform postmedial line oblique from costa to vein 5, 
then subterminal; a small wedge-shaped white mark from 
costa before apex, followed by a slight whitish line defined 
on each side by fuscous and slightly excurved at discal fold ; 
termen with slight punctiform black line. Hind wing 
whitish suffused with pale brown and irrorated with fuscous ; 
some black scales at base of inner margin ; two indistinct 
diffused antemedial lines, blacker towards inner margin ; an 
indistinct diffused postmedial line excurved in submedian 
interspace, ending in a black patch at tornus ; two indistinct 
fuscous subterminal lines before middle of termen ; a narrow 
terminal fuscous band ; cilia fuscous with fine white line at 
base, 

Hab. S. Brazit, Organ Mts., Tijuca (Wagner), 1 2 type. 
Exp. 22 mm. 

[To be continued. } 


LVI.—Note on Doliichthys stellatus, Sauvage. 
By L. 8. Bere (St. Petersburg). 


In the ‘ Revue et Magasin de Zoologie,’ (3) t. i. 1874, p. 336, 
Sauvage has described a new genus of Gobioid fish from the 
Don at Voronesh (S. Russia), which he names Doliichthys 
stellatus. It is clearly seen from the description that we 
have here to do with a fish described in 1787 by Pallas (Nov. 
Acta Acad. Petr. i. p. 52, pl. vii. figs. 4-6) from the Caspian 
Sea under the name of Gobius macrocephalus, and regarded 
by Eichwald (Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, 1838, no. 2, p. 139) as 
a type of a distinct genus, Benthophilus. This fish is widely 
distributed on the shores of the Caspian Sea, Black Sea, 
and the Sea of Asov, especially at the mouths of the 
South-Russian rivers, often entering fresh water. I myself 
have seen it in the Dniester at Bendery. ‘The specimens 
described by Sauvage belong to the subspecies, found in the 
basin of the Black Sea, named by Kessler (‘ Fishes of the 
Aralo-Caspio-Pontine Region,’ St. Petersburg, 1877, pp. 40- 
45) Benthophilus macrocephalus, variety ¢. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 29 


594 New S pecies of Leucogobio from Korea. 


LVII.—Deseription of a new Species of Leucogobio from 
Korea. By L. 8. Bere (St. Petersburg). 


Leucogobio coreanus, sp. n. 
D.TL7. A. IIT 6. Lin. lat. 35 55,. 


Pharyngeal teeth 5.3—2.5 or 5.2—2.5. Body low and 
elongated ; its greatest depth is contained 4*4—-4°5 times in 
the length (withont caudal). Head a little longer than 
depth of body, 4:1-4°0 in length. Eye long, 3 6-3°5 in 
head, 13-1} in snout, 1:52-1:46 in postorbital length, 1-14— 
1:10 in interorbital space. Upper surface of head flat. 
Snout pointed, the upper jaw overlapping the lower. Mouth 
anterior, reaching backwards to the vertical from the hind 
margin of nostrils. he jaws meet about level with the 
lower margin of the eye. Lips thin. Barbel long, quite as 
long as the eye and reaching the vertical from the hind 
margin of eye. Origin of dorsal much nearer to end of 
snout than to root of caudal, the distance between tip of 
snout and origin of dorsal contained 1} in distance between 
origin of dorsal and root of caudal. Pectoral shorter than 
head, contained 5°6-5'1 in length of body, terminating not 
far from the ventral. Height of dorsal 46-5 in length of 
body. Ventral reaching or nearly reaching vent. ‘here 
are 4 series of scales between lateral line and middle of belly. 
Caudal: peduncle as long as pectoral, its least depth about 
2 times in its length and 2}—21 in depth of body. Belly 
flattened. 

Irregular black dots on the upper surface of head and 
on the back. A bluish band along the side of the body. 
Scales of lateral line each with two dark spots. All fins 
colourless, Peritoneum silvery, with few black pigment 
spots. 

Three specimens (largest 91 mm. long) from 8. Korea, 
province Kyong-sang-do, River Sambau. Collected 18. ix. 
1900, by P. J. Schmidt. ‘ype specimens in the Zoological 
Museum of Acad. of Sciences, St. Petersburg (N. 13801). 

I give here a key to distinguish all the known species of 
Leucogobio :— 


A. Eye large, less than 4 in length of head; 
barbels long. 

a, Scales 39; 6 scales between lateral line 

and middle of belly; barbel equal to 


Geological Society. 395 


about 3 the orbit; caudal peduncle 
as long as head, (Japan, L. Biwa.).. LZ. biwe (Jordan & 
aa, Scales 35; 4-44 scales between lateral (Snyder) *. 
line and middle of belly; barbel as 
long as or a little longer than eye ; 
caudal peduncle shorter than head. 
CME Nx heh cine his» v minin, ga) 00.00" L. coreanus, Berg. 
AA. Eye small, 4 or more in length of head. 
b. Body deep; depth of body not more 
than 5 in its length (without caudal). 
e. Caudal pedunele less than twice as 
long as deep. 
d, Origin of dorsal in advance of ven- 
tral; barbel shorter than eye. 
(OS OES © L. Giintheri, Ishikawa ¥. 
dd. Dorsal opposite to ventral; barbel 
very minute. (Head-water of 
PGMUPIPOHALUOS.) vce ca ae ees se L. teniatus, Giinther f, 
ec. Caudal peduncle more than twice as 
long as deep. 
é. Maxillary not reaching behind 
middle of snout.  (Hui-hsien, 


GUUMECMICAMSUL) 6.7 cede L. Herzensteini, Giinther §. 
ee, Maxillary reaching behind middle 
of snout, (S.. Japan.) Sokeeycsc L. Mayede (Jordan & 
66. Body slender ; its depth miore than 5 Snyder) |!. 


iu its length. (Japan, L. Biwa.).... LZ. Jordani, Ishikawa 4. 


PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. 
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 


May 23rd, 1906.—R. 8. Herries, M.A., Vice-President, 
in the Chair. 


The following communications were read :— 


1. ‘On the Importance of Halimeda as a Reef-forming 
Orgauism ; with a Description of the Halimeda-Limestones of the 
New Hebrides.’ By Frederick Chapman, A.L.S., F.R.M.S., and 
Douglas Mawson, b.E., B.Sc. 


Caleareous alge, nullipores, Lithothamnion, ete., have been 
frequently referred to as forming important contributions to the 
rock of coral-reefs. The material obtained in the great boring, the 
lagoon-borings, and lagoon-dredging at Funafuti has yielded a 


* Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxiii. 1900, p. 340; xxvi. 1903, p. 829. 
t+ Annct. zool. japon. iii. 1901, p. 161. 

t a Mus. Zool. Pétersb. i. 1896, p. 214. 

§ L. c. p. 213. 

I Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxiii. p- 342; xxvi. p. 828. 

4, Ann, zool, jap. iii, 1901, p. 163. 


396 Geological Society. 


considerable quantity of Halimeda; and Dr. Guppy has described 
a Halimeda-Limestone in the Solomon Islands. Evidence such as 
this shows that the important deposits of calcareous plant-remains 
forming at the present day can scarcely be paralieled by any 
deposit formed in past geological times except, possibly, the lime- 
stones of the Alpine Trias, which owe their origin to the thallo- 
phytes Diplopora and Gyroporella. Among other Halimeda- 
Limestones mentioned by the Authors are those of Christmas Island, 
Fiji and Tonga, and the New Hebrides. The examples from the 
last-named group are described in detail. They differ considerably 
one from the other in the condition of preservation of their chief 
organic contents. Chemical and microscopic analyses of the several 
examples are given. Halimeda seems to be more liable to decay 
than Lithothamnion, corals, or foraminifera, and yet it appears to 
retain its structure to a considerable depth in reefs. Much of the 
fine powdery limestone associated with coral-reefs, and more 
especially with upraised coral-islands, may be primarily due to 
lagoon and other deposits formed by the agency of Halimeda. 


2. ‘ Notes on the Genera Omospira, Lophospira, and Turritoma ; 
with Descriptions of New Species.’ By Miss Jane Donald. 


In a previous paper the Author referred to the researches of 
Ulrich and Koken among the earlier gasteropoda, and to the groups 
into which they had divided them. Much knowledge is still 
required, with regard to their origin and relationships, before really- 
satisfactory divisions can be made. The new species described in 
the paper belong to three genera, characterized by the possession of 
a band on all the whorls formed by the gradual filling-up during 
growth of a sinus, and not a slit, in the outer lip. The genera 
Lophospira, Whitfield, and Turritoma, Ulrich, are not really true 
Murchisonide, but are allowed for the present to remain in that 
family. Ulrich places Omospira in the family Raphistomide, but 
it is not a characteristic member, for the whorls are more convex 
and the spire higher than is the case with the other genera 
belonging to the family. Ulrich’s description is quoted and 
discussed, and one new species is described from beds of Upper Bala 
age. Of the genus Lophospira, Ulrich’s four sections, and sub- 
sections of certain of these, are discussed. Five new species are 
referred to the perangulata-section, one new species and one variety 
to the bicincta-section, and one species to the robusta-section, 
One new species is described of Turritoma. The specimens dealt 
with are mainly from the collections of Mrs. Gray, the Sedgwick 
Museum, the Bristol Museum, and the Geological Survey of 
Scotland, 


THE ANNALS 


AND 


MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


[SEVENTH SERIES.] 


No. 108. DECEMBER 1906. 


LVIII.—On new Species of Histeridee and Notices of others. 
By G. Lewis, F.L.S. 


I HAVE lately founded several new genera on species included 
in Hister by Marseul and other authors, a genus which until 
now has contained nearly 400 species. To these new genera 
and to Thomson’s genus A tholus I have assigned 122 species, 
which will, I think, greatly facilitate the study of the group 
generally. The characters I have employed are chiefly two— 
the position and form of the antennal fossee and the anterior 
formation of the mesosternum; and to illustrate these differences 
Ihave given some figures. With a narrow antennal fossa such 
as that of Santalus and Zabromorphus there is an antenna 
with a funiculus which widens gradually towards the club, 
and there are other modifications, though slight, in the 
funiculus when the fosse are deep and circular. 

Throughout the family it isa matter of importance, both 
generically and specifically, whether the mesosternum is 
anteriorly emarginate, sinuous, truncate, or projecting ; but 
at the same time there are certain species—viz., Hister Holubi, 
Sch., and circularis, Lew.—that have truncate mesosterna 
which I have not placed in Atholus because their general 
form is very different, and it seems to me better to wait 
until more cognate species are known, for it is almost certain 
that they exist, before separating them from ister. 

This is the twenty-ninth paper of this series. 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 30 


398 Mr. G. Lewis on 


List of Species. 


Liopvgus Andrewesi. Grammostethus, gen. nov. 
Platylister niponensis. sinensis. 

Santalus piraticus, Lew. Peranus, gen. nov. 
Zabromorphus, gen. nov. Atholus, Thoms. 

Spilodiscus arcuatus, Say. Hister (Phelister) gentilis, Horn. 


Pachylister pygidialis. 


Liopygus Andrewest, sp.n. 


Oblongo-ovatus, depressus, parallelus, brunneus, nitidus; fronte 
leviter impressa, stria antice recta; elytris striis 1-2 integris, 3 
in medio late interrupta, 4-5 apicalibus, quinta parve obliqua; 
propygidio punctato; pygidio cum fovez transversim excavate ; 


mesosterno sinuato, stria integra; tibiis anticis 4-denticulatis. 
L, 24-23 mill. 


The species is extremely similar to LZ. serobiculatus, Sch., 
but it differs by being rather more parallel and by the fovex 
in the pygidium being larger and transversely excavated. 
Those of scrobéculatus are circular in outline. 


Hab, Nilgiri Hills (H. L. Andrewes). Many specimens. 


Platylister niponensis, sp. n. 


Oblongo-ovatus, subdepressus, niger, nitidus ; fronte concaya, stria 
recta sed levissime impressa; pronoto stria laterali integra; 
elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 ante medium abbreviatis, 5 et suturali 
brevibus lineis punctatis; pygidio marginato, margine utrinque 
ecnspicue elevato ; mesosterno stria marginali late interrupta ; 
tibiis anticis 4-dentatis. 

L. 62 mill. 


Oblong-oval, rather depressed, black and shining; the 
head, mandibles punctate, forehead and epistoma concave, 
stria complete, transversely straight, but very fine; the 
thorax, lateral stria continued behind the head; the elytra, 
strie, inner humeral wanting, dorsal 1-3 complete, 4 reaches 
rather beyond the middle and has somewhat crenulate edges, 
5 is apical and shorter, consisting almost wholly of punctures, 
sutural does not reach the apex nor the middle and is com- 
posed of 5 or 6 points; the propygidium is rather coarsely 
punctured, with the base narrowly smooth ; the pygidium is 
closely, evenly, and coarsely punctate, with the outer rim 
robust and markedly elevated laterally; the mesosternum, 
marginal stria widely interrupted anteriorly; the anterior 
tibie are 4-dentate, the two median teeth are rather widely 
separated. 7 


new Species of Histeridee. 399 


This species is more oval than P. ovatus, Er., and the 
peculiar dorsal striz distinguish it from any other species 
known to me. 

Fab, Kioto, Japan. 


Santalus piraticus, Lew. 


Fig. L shows an outline of this species ; the antennal foss 
are narrow and the mesosternum is markedly emarginate, and 
it is similar in all the species of the genus. 


Fig. 1.—Santalus piraticus, Lew. 
Fig. 2,.—Zabromorphus longicollis, Mars. 


ZABROMORPHUS, gen. nov. 


Body oblong-oval, very convex ; the head, labrum trans- 
verse and narrow, anterior outline arcuate, the funiculus of 
the antenna is widened out behind the club, similar to that 
figured for Contipus subquadratus in Marseul’s Monograph ; 
mandibles canaliculate, outer rim carinate, frontal stria strong 
and complete and slightly raised behind the mandibles; 
thorax, marginal stria complete, lateral stria sometimes three 
(pachysomus), sometimes two (longicollis), antennal fosse in 
the anterior angle, shallow, somewhat narrow and longitudinal, 
chiefly opening towards the head; elytra, dorsal striz well 
marked, with crenulate edges; pygidium convex; pro- 
sternum, anterior lobe bimarginate; mesosternum feebly 
emarginate or sinuous, marginate anteriorly ; anterior tibie 
3-dentate, apical tooth very robust. ‘The species known are 
Hister pachysomus, Ancey (type); apts, longicollis, Mars. ; 
viduus, Fahr.; mombasan and zambesius, Lew. 

Fig. 2 represents the antennal fossee and the form of the 
anterior tibiae of longicollis. 


Spilodiscus arcuatus, Say. 


Fig. 3 gives an outline of the sternal plates, antennal 
fossee, and the anterior tibize of this species. The fosse are 
not circular. 


Pachylister pygidialis, sp. n. 
Ovatus, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria integra sed 


lgyissime impressa; pronoto ciliato, utrinque foveolato, stria 
D(a 
aU 


400 Mr. G. Lewis on 


laterali interna antice bis interrupta, externa postice abbreviata ; 
elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 vix dimidiata, 5 postice vix punctis 
indicata; prosterno parce punctulato; pygidio parum dense 
punctulato, circum alte marginato; mesosterno stria marginali 
late interrupta ; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis. 

L. 123 mill. (absque mandibulis). 


Oval, somewhat convex, black and shining; the head, 
frontal stria very fine, almost evanescent in the middle; the 
thorax deeply foveolate behind the anterior angle, inner stria 
broken near the eyes and widely interrupted behind the head, 
external commences at the anterior angle and is not quite 
dimidiate; the elytra, striw, inner humeral dimidiate and 
straight, 1-3 complete, 4 apical, not reaching the middle, 5 is 
indicated by a few apical punctures; the propygidium is 
finely and sparsely punctulate ; the pygidium is much more 
densely punctulate and its outer rim is markedly raised ; the 
mesosternum, marginal stria widely interrupted; anterior 
tibiz 3-dentate. 

This species is much less convex than P. ceylanus, Mars., 
and the pygidium is more transverse, but it has a similar 
marginal rim. Another marked difference is that the inner 


thoracic lateral stria is relatively further from the edge. 
Hab. Yunnan, China. 


Fig. 3. Fig. 4. 


Fig. 5.—Spilodiscus arcuatus, Say. 
Fig. 4.—Grammostethus sodalis, Lew. 


GRAMMOSTETHUS, gen. nov. 


Body oval or shortly oval, convex; head, funiculus of the 
antenna not widening out behind, the club is similar to that 
figured for H. merdarius in Marseul’s monograph, labrum 
length and breadth nearly equal, mandibles somewhat long 
and convex above, frontal stria well marked, semicircular or 
bowed in outline ; thorax with one lateral stria strong and 
complete, usually somewhat sinuous, antennal fossa in the 
anterior angle, almost circular and open to view below; elytra, 
fourth dorsal stria with a detached basal, appendage ; pro- 
sternum bistriate ; mesosternum, anterior edge feebly sinuous 
or nearly truncate; anterior tibia with many small denticles. 

The species are Lister ruficornis, Grimm. ; navus, sterco- 
riger, Mars.; fractistrius, fragosus, gentilis, impiger, indicus, 


new Species of Histeridee. 401 


niponicus, occidentalis, sinensis, stnuaticollis, socius, sodalis 
(fig. 4), stenocephaulus, Lew. Marseul does not mention the 
prosternal stria of stercorige*, and I have not seen the type, 
but its other characters agree with the above. ‘The pro- 
sternal strize resemble those of a species of Ldiszer. 


Grammostethus stnensis, sp. 0. 


Ovalis, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria semicirculari ; 
pronoto stria antice distincte bisinuata, fovea ante scutellum 
minuta ; elytris striis 1-3 integris, obsolete crenulatis, 4 basi 
abbreviata cum rudimento punctiformis, 5 et suturali apicalibus ; 
prosterno bistriato ; mesosterno leviter sinuato; tibiis anticis 
6—-7-denticulatis. 

L. 43 mill. 


This species is very similar to sodalis, Lew., but the 
outline is more perfectly oval, the thoracic stria more 
distinctly sinuous beliind the head, the dorsal striz are finer 
and feebly crenulate, the fifth and sutural striz are distinctly 
shorter, the appendage to the fourth stria consists of a single 
puncture, and the mesosternum is slightly less sinuous. 

Hab. Chang Yang, near Ichang, China. 


PERANUS, gen. nov. 


Body oval, convex; head, mandibles concave above, 
labrum transverseand narrow, frontal stria biarcuate; antenne, 
joints of the funiculus slightly robust behind the club ; 
thorax narrowed from the base, with one lateral stria, and 
markedly foveolate behind the anterior angle, antennal fossa 
is in the anterior angle and closely similar in outline to that 
of Atholus, but wider and less deep ; the elytra, the humeral 
strie are generally wanting, the fifth and sutural strie when 
complete join at the base; pygidium convex and_ but 
slightly transverse ; prosternum, keel narrow ; mesosternum 
very feebly sinuous anteriorly; anterior tibiz 3-dentate, 
posterior multispinose. 


Fig. 5. 


Peranus scutellaris, Er. 


This genus must be placed before Atholus ; the species are 
Hister scutellaris, Ey. (tig. 5), bipustulatus, F., Maindronit, 


402 On new Species of Histeridee. 


Lew., and depistor, Mars. I have found depistor commonly 
in Japan and China, but all the specimens I have seen are 
wholly black. The other species have red elytral markings, 
but wholly black varieties are very common amongst them. 


Genus ATHOLUS, Thomson, Skand. Col. iv. p. 228 (1862). 


‘*Prosternum pone coxas anticas haud dilatatum. Mesosternum 
antice rotundato-truncatum. Mandibule angulo dorsali acuto. 
Prothorax stria marginali plerumque medio interrupta, subtus 
fovea antennali profunda, bene determinata. Pygidium inflexum. 
Elytra stria laterali nulla vel abbreviata. Tibie antice sulco 
tarsali recto, posteriores biseriatim spinose.” 


Thomson founded this genus in 1862, but until now it has 
not been acknowledged or utilized. The name*appears as a 
synonym in the Munich Catalogue, 1868, and although I 
recently declined to recognize it (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1905, 
xvi. p. 841), I think now that it is well to adopt it. The three 
most important characters are the narrow prosternal keel, 
the antennal fosse, which are deep and not quite circular, 
and the truncate mesosternum. The species which may be 
referred to it are numerous and widely distributed both in the 
Old and New World, viz. :—Hister equistrius, bifrons, cara- 
manus, calestis, concordans, (roudoti, myrmidon, philippin- 
ensis, pirtthous, singalanus, torquatus, Mars.; confinis, con- 
formis, geminus, Ey.; corvinus, Germ.; bimaculatus, L.; 
americanus, Payk.; duodecimstriatus, Schrk.; cochinchine, 
Gestro’, Sch.; pretermissus, Peyron ; guinguestriatus, Mots. ; 
perplecus, Lec. ; sedecimstriatus, Say ; Baberti, cinctipygus, 
ercnatifrons, dentipes, famulus, genue, ixton, pennule, rubri- 
eatus, sectator, silvicola, sessilis, striatipennis, tenuistriatus, 
terramotus, tetricus, truncatisternus, vacillans, and vestitus, 
Lew. Forty-three species. 

Vig. 6 represents the form of the antennal fosse, outline of 
mesosternum, and the anterior tibie of 12-striatus, Schrk. 


Fig. 6. 
Atholus 12-striatus, Schrk. 


The following isolated description is given for convenient 
reference ; the name does not appear in the ‘ Zoological 
Record? :— 


On Eastern and Australian Feterocera, 403 


Tister (Phelister) gentilis, Horn, Trans. Am. Hut. Soc. x. 
p- 285 (1883). 


* Oval, convex, black, shining. Head and thorax sparsely 
and finely punctulate. Thorax with an entire, well- 
impressed, submarginal stria. Elytra more sparsely and 
finely punctured than the thorax, surface with six entire 
dorsal and a sutural stria, all sharply impressed, the inner 
dorsal and sutural joining in an arc; external subhumeral 
entire, internal absent. LEpipleure unistriate. Propygidium 
and pygidium sparsely and finely punctured. Prosternum 
convex, the strize distinct, diverging, and ascending in front. 
Marginal stria of the mesosternum entire. Body beneath 
sparsely punctulate. Anterior tibie very finely serrulate. 
Length :10 inch; 2°5 millim. 

“ It is not without some little doubt that I refer this species 
to Phelister. The antennal fosse are slightly enclosed in 
front, approaching Onthophilus, but the resemblance extends 
no further. It might be placed near //. vernus, from which, 
however, it differs in many points. 

“ Hab. Arizona (H. K. Morrison).” 

Horn does not say whether the mesosternum is projecting 
or bisinuous, one of the essential characters of Phelister. 
The inner humeral stria is apparently complete. 


LIX.—WNew and little-known Species of Hastern and Austra- 
lian Heterocera. By Colonel C. Swinnor, M.A., 


E.LS., &e. 


Family Syntomida. 


Euchromia pelewana, nov. 


¢ 2. Antenne black, frons white, head glistening blue, 
sides of neck pale pink; a white spot on each shoulder; 
some blue longitudinal stripes on the tore part of the thorax, 
which is black; abdomen with the first segment broadly 
white, the second and third narrowly dark pale pink, the 
remainder crimson, as also is the entire ventral surface : 
wings black ; fore wings with a white subbasal spot, one in 
the middle of the cell, another below it merely separated by 
the vein, two together in the disk and one above them near 
the costa: hind wings with a white basal space divided into 


404 Colonel C. Swinhoe on 


three by the veins; a large spot in the disk, with a small one 
above it and another below it, merely divided by the veins. 
Underside of the thorax and the legs black, some white 
streaks on the femora. 


Expanse of wings 1;%5 inch. 
Pelew Islands, Carolines ; five males, two females. 
Marked somewhat as in 2. emulina, Butler, from New 


Guinea; wings narrow and the insect smaller than is usual 
in the genus. 


Family Eupterotide. 
Eupterote pulchra, nov. 


g. Palpi, frons, head, and shafts of antenne dark 
chestnut, pectinations ochreous; thorax ochreous fawn- 
colour; fore wings brownish ochreous fawn-colour, hind 
wings and abdomen paler and more ochreous: fore wings 
with several crenulated, transverse, greyish, nearly erect 
lines, slightly rounded inwards below the costa; both 
wings with a narrow dark grey discal band, straight and 
erect on the fore wings, very slightly curved on the hind 
wings, the space beyond paler, with a row of grey spots, 
rather close to the band on the fore wings, four or five of 
them below the costa with white spear-shaped marks edged 
with grey on their outer sides, those on the hind wings 
smaller and very nearly in the middle of the marginal space ; 
cilia dark brown. On the underside the discal bands are 
darker, the inner space on both wings is traversed by three 
crenulated bands, and the outer space of the hind wings has 


au medial row of spear-shaped ochreous marks with brown 
centres. 


Expanse of wings 2;%5 inches. 

Nilgiri Hills ; two examples. 

I have had these two examples for some years in my 
collection unnamed; there are several others from the same 
locality unnamed in the B. M. It is allied to 2. mollifera, 
Walker, from Ceylon, but has most beautitul shades of 
colour, quite different from that species, which is yellower, 


with discal bands differently shaped and much further away 
from the outer margin. 


Family Lymantriide. 
Orgyia nebulosa, 


Orgyia nebulosa, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soe, vi. p. 123 (1862) ; Swinhoe, 
Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. i. p. 198 (1892). 


Sarawak, Borneo; type (¢) in Mus. Oxon. 


Eastern and Australian [leterocera. 405 


?. Palpi, head, body, and hind wings pale pinkish grey, 
without any markings; a small brown dorsal tuft on second 
segment of abdomen: fore wings greyish brown; a rather 
broad pale pinkish-grey stripe from base to apex, running 
parallel with the costal margin; an indistinct antemedial 
line; an oblique and dentated postmedial line, outwardly 
curved below the costa, outwardly marked with whitish ; a 
submarginal, whitish, rather thick, but similarly disposed line; 
a double row of marginal brown spots marked with whitish 
Junules on their inner sides. Underside uniform pale pinkish 
grey, with indications of a darker postmedial band across 
both wings. 

Expanse of wings 1,8, inch. 

Surabaya, Java; five pairs. 

This species in the male very closely resembles O. postica, 
Walker, from South Burma and Ceylon, but is uniformly 
quite one third smaller, and the female of the latter has 
aborted wings ; the shape of the wings of the female of the 
Javan species is very similar to that of O. thyellina, Butler, 
9, from Japan. 


Genus PENDRIA. 
Pendria, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. p. 540 (1906). 


_ Pendria rotundata, nov. 


3. Pure white; palpi black above, antennz grey, shaft 
with black dots, base of pectinations black; fore legs with 
two black bands on the tibiw, one at the base of the tarsi, 
mid tarsi with three black bands, hind tarsi with one, ends of 
all the tarsi and the claws black: fore wings with the costal 
line blackish for two thirds its length, medial, discal, and 
submarginal, indistinct greyish, broad, straight transverse 
bands, only to be seen in certain hghts: hind wings with a 
similar short indistinct mark in the middle of the disk, and 
another immediately behind it near the margin; cilia of both 
wings pure white. Underside without markings. 

Expanse of wings 1,4 inch. 

Nias; one example. 

Superficially resembles P. rénaria, Moore, from Java and 
Sumatra, but the wings are rounder, and in rinaria the costal 
line is entirely black, and so also is the upper half of the 
cilia of the fore wings and the middle straight portions of 
the hind wings. 


406 Colonel C. Swinhoe on 


Dasychira anaha, nov. 


3 9. Antenie, palpi, head, body, and fore wings dark 
brown ; hind wings paler brown; no perceptible markings 
above except a rather large indistinct spot at end of cell of 
fore wings and some indications of a rather darker discal band 
on the hind wings; cilia ochreous, with brown patches ; 
underside dark ochreous grey ; a brown shade from base to 
the end of the cell of the fore wings in the male; both sexes 
with an indistinct and rather suffused brown discal band with 
some dark spots on it: hind wings with a brown spot at the 
end of the cell and indistinct medial and discal, somewhat 
straight, brown bands, the medial band obsolescent in the 
female. 

Expanse of wings, ¢ 1545, 2? 1145 inch. 

3d, Padang, Sumatra; ?, Batavia, Java. 

Abdomen with dorsal crests on anterior segments ; belongs 
to the bhana group; the fore wings of the female are rather 
shorter and broader than usual. 


Family Aganaida. 
Subfamily Demeuerivz. 


Deilemera niasana, nov. 


3 ¢. Palpi white below, black above, last joint all black ; 
frons white, with a large black central spot; head and collar 
yellow; thorax and abdomen white ; a large black spot on 
vertex of head and one on each side of the collar; a broad 
black stripe on centre of thorax and on each side; abdomen 
with a greyish disconnected dorsal band and some greyish 
suffusion : fore wings black, veins on the basal half white ; 
a thin white streak on the hinder margin; a prominent 
white streak on the second internal vein from base to near 
the discal band, attenuated and pointed at both ends; discal 
band composed of seven spots, well divided by the veins, the 
upper spot long and touching the costa, the second club- 
shaped, curved, and longest of all ; in the females between the 
outer ends of these two spots are two small white streaks, the 
remaining spots elongated, nearly parallel, the lowest quite 
small: hind wings white, with a nearly uniform outer 
marginal black border, little more than the tenth of an inch 
broad, its inner side evealy indented on the veins. 

Expanse of wings 1,$; inch. 

Nias ; two males, three females. 


Eastern and Australian Ileterocera. 407 


Belongs to Section II. d of the genus* ; the pattern of the 
fore wings is somewhat similar to that of D. radiata, Walker, 
from Manilla t, but that species has longer wings, the discal 
band of the fore wings does not touch the costa, and the 
marginal band of the hind wings is much broader. 


Subfamily Agavarz. 
Asota carsina, nov. 


& ¢. Palpi black above, orange beneath, last joint all 
black ; head and body orange, a black spot on each side of 
the shoulders, also on each side of the thorax in front ; abdo- 
men with short segmental black bands above and below: 
fore wings slaty black, veins uniformly whitish and promi- 
nent except towards the outer margin; a large round white 
spot at the lower end of the cell; basal patch small, orange 
below the origin of the median vein, whitish on the costa, 
three black subcostal spots and two on the orange portion: 
hind wings white, with a large black spot at the end of the 
cell and a black marginal border, broad at the apex, nar- 
rowing hindwards, more or less dentated inwards, with a 
rather large indentation immediately before the anal angle ; 
abdominal margin in the male narrowly blackish, in the 
female less so, there being merely a shade of colour there, 
Underside: fore wings black; a white streak on the sub- 
costal vein from the base in the male only ; a triangular 
white patch at the lower end of the cell in both sexes: “hind 
wings black, with a large triangular white central patch ; a 
large round black discoidal spot touching the lower edge of 
the costal black portion, and in the male a black streak 
parallel to and near the abdominal margin, and another short 
black streak from the discoidal spot to the black outer 
border. 

EXxpanse of wings 2,4, inches. 

Nias; one male, two females. 

Nearest to A. Jleuconeura, Butler, from the Bismarck 
Archipelago, but that has the fore wings longer and nar- 
rower, the cell-spot oval, and no discoidal spot on the hind 
wings above. 


Family Chalcosiide. 


Pompelon perakana, nov. 


g. An ochreous band in front of the frons, which is 


* Trans. Ent. Soc. 1903, p. 67. 
t+ See Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. i. pl. v. fig. 10. 


408 Colonel C. Swinhoe on 


black ; collar and the entire body below crimson, with black 
square lateral spots; legs dark grey, striped with glistening 
blue; antennz, head, collar, body, and wings above black, 
tip of abdomen crimson: wings with glistening blue reflec- 
tions on the fore wings, narrowly along the costa, broadly at 
the apex, narrowing hindwards, the reflections ruuning in on 
the veins ; on the hind wings broadly at the apex, the inner 
two thirds of the outer margin broadly white, with some 
streaks inwards. Underside: wings black, the costa and 
most of the veins with blue reflections ; a large ochreous spot 
at the upper end of cell of fore wings; the hind wings with 
the outer margin broadly white as above. 

Expanse of wings 2,° inches. 

Perak; one example (type in B. M.). 

Nearest to P. valentula, Swinh., from Burma. 


Family Gonopteride. 


Lineopalpa sugama, nov. 


3d. Palpi, head, and thorax dark red-orange colour: fore 
wings dark red-brown, the base much suffused with orange, 
a white dot in the cell, transverse lines brown, thin, and 
sinuous, antemedial line erect, with a square outward projec- 
tion above its middle; postmedial line from costa one third 
from apex with two outward square projections, then curves 
inward below end of cell and then down to the middle of the 
hinder margin, through a somewhat prominent yellow spot ; 
a discal sinuous line rather close to the margin: hind wings 
brown, without markings; cilia of both wings whitish: 
abdomen brown, with a pale ochreous tip. 

Expanse of wings 2 inches. 

Mackay, Queensland ; one example. 

There are two examples from Pulo Laut in the B. M., 
Quadrifid Drawer no. 198. I received it from Australia as 
L. lineosa, Walker, but it is not that species, the colour being 
different, the lines differently placed, and the costa of the 
fore wings is much curved, with two small round projections 
in the middle. 


Cosmophila ochretfusa, nov. 


d. Head and collar bright orange-ochreous ; palpi and 
thorax orange-brown : fore wings with the basal portion up 
to the postmedial line bright orange-ochreous ; the rest of the 
wing is darkly suffused with brown, and there are two smears 
of white from the costa downwards immediately before the 


Maustern and Australian Lleterocera. 409 


apex, the first one running nearly halfway down the wing; 
the antemedial line is not sinuous and is angled outwards to 
a point a little above the middle; the postmedial line runs 
straight up from the middle of the hinder margin to the 
Jower end of the cell, then bends outwards, throws out two 
sharp teeth, and runs up nearly straight to the costa alongside 
the first white smear; the abdomen and hind wings are pale 
ochreous brown, darkest towards the outer margin; cilia of 
both wings brown. On the underside both wings are crossed 
by a fine outwardly curved discal line. 

Expanse of wings 1,°5 inch. 

Padang, W. Sumatra; one example. 

There is an example from Singapore in the B. M. 
unnamed, Quadrifid Drawer no. 176. 


Family Quadrifide. 
Subfamily Carocarivz. 


Sypna gluta, nov. 

3 ?. Antenne brown above, ochreous beneath; palpi 
brown, inner sides ochreous ; head, body, and wings dark 
olive-brown: fore wings with duplicate, slightly sinuous, 
but nearly erect antemedial, ochreous-grey, transverse lines, 
similar medial lines rather close together, a little more 
separated on the costa than on the hinder margin, with a 
rather prominent ochreous-white spot between them in the 
cell, and a black patch filling up the costal space; a discal, 
recurved, crenulated, blackish line, almost submarginal, 
submarginal black and white dots in the interspaces: hind 
wings without markings; marginal line of both wings 
ochreous and crenulated ; cilia of fore wings and the lower 
half of hind wings brown, of upper half of hind wings 
ochreous. On the underside the wings are entirely brown; 
the fore wings with a black transverse band a little beyond 
the middle, edged a little on the inner and broadly on the 
outer side with ochreous white, immediately followed by a 
broad blackish band ; hind wings somewhat similarly marked, 
but the first black band is medial and narrow and bent out- 
wards in the middle, and is edged outwardly only with dull 
ochreous grey, and the outer margins of both wings are 
broadly pale and suffused with ochreous. 

Expanse of wings 2-2, inches. 

Padang, Sumatra ; one example. 


410 Colonel C. Swinhoe on 


Subfamily Oruzrvsryz. 


Aramuna punctilinea. 


ee punctilinea, Umpsn. Il. Het. viii. p. 83, pl. exlvi. fig. 14 
1891). 
ae pallens, Hmpsn. (part.), Moths India, ii. p. 517 (1894). 

Gampola, Puttalam, Dumbara, and Haldamulla, Ceylon ; 
two males, four females (Mackwood). 

Hampson’s type (a female) came from the Nilgiri Hills; 
my Haldamulla example (a female) is identical with it, the 
others only differ in the obscureness of the discal black spot, 
in a female from Gampola itis absent. The present confusion 
as to the sectional position of the various forms of species 
entered under the genus Borsippa in the ‘ Moths of India’ 
can only be worked out as we get males, which seem to be 
difficult to capture, most of the species being represented by 
females only. The males of Aramuna, with their shortened 
hind wings and distorted neuration, are very distinctive: the 
male of punctiiinea is in form exactly like the male of 
A. marginata, Moore, also from Ceylon; the marginal band 
of the wings is similar, but all the other markings are the 
same as in the female; it differs from the female exactly in 
the same manner as in Moore’s Ceylon species. 


Borsippa macoma, nov. 


6 ?. Antenne with grey cilia and bristles, shaft ochreous 
spotted with dark brown; palpi brown, with ochreous tips ; 
head, thorax, and fore wings dark ochreous fawn-colour; a 
grey, medial, narrow, and indistinct band, outwardly oblique ; 
a row of discal brown dots immediately before the marginal 
band, which is dull brown, with an inner dark margin edged 
with whitish, and runs up straight from the hinder margin 
near the angle for two thirds, then curves towards the outer 
margin and is attenuated upwards along the margin to the 
apex, and another dark narrow band runs through the centre 
of the marginal band: hind wings very slightly darker than 
the fore wings, without any markings. Underside uniform 
dark ochreous brown, without markings. 

Expanse of wings 1,%) inch. 

Khasia Hills; two males, one female. 

The marginal band of the female is of the same shape as 
in the male, but rather narrower ; it is not nearly allied to 
anything I know of. There is an example in the B. M. 
unnamed, Quadrifid Drawer no. 121. 


Eastern and Australian [leterocera. 41] 


Borsippa calthula, nov. 


&. Palpi blackish brown with yellowish tips; antenna, 
head, thorax, and fore wings pale yellowish fawn-colour, 
with minute grey irrorations, the fore wings without any 
indications of transverse lines; a brown dot at the end of 
the cell; a broad dark brown marginal band with a slightly 
curved inner margin from hinder angle, running inwards and 
upwards for two “thirds, then curved towards the margin, 
excavated hindwards, and running narrowly up the margin 
to the apex: hind wings and abdomen pale ochreous grey 
without any markings. 

Expanse of wings 1%; inch. 

Kina Balu; one example. 

The band is somewhat similar to that of B. erota, Swinhoe, 
from the Andamans, but the band in that species has a 
straight inner margin and the palpi are yellow ; it also some- 
what resembles B. marginata, Moore, from Sikhim, but that 
has three transverse, nearly erect, grey lines and the palpi 
are also yellow. 


Bocula caradrinotdes. 
Bocula caradrinoides, Gen. Noct. ii. p. 296 (1852) ; Hmpsn. Moths 
India, iv., App. p. 534 (1896). 
Khasia Hills; two males, one female. 
The type came from Java; Hampson records it from 
Ceylon. My Khasia Hills examples only differ from those 
from Java and Ceylon in being a little paler in colour, 


Family Deltoidide. 


Nodaria renota, nov. 


?. Ofa nearly uniform pale pinkish fawn-colour, irrorated 
with minute grey atoms, which are rather dense towards 
outer margin of fore wings, making it darker than the rsst 
of the wings; a large round black spot at the end of the 
cell ; ante- ‘and postmedial crenulated brown lines, the former 
nearly erect, the latter much bent outwards below the costa, 
the crenulations produced into two or three dentations: both 
wings with a whitish submarginal line, edged inwardly with 
blackish brown, straight on the fore wings, bent inwards 
near the anal angle on the hind wings; marginal points 
black ; cilia greyish pink, with pale grey patches. Underside 
paler; a brown lunule at the end of each cell; two evenly 


412 Colonel C. Swinhoe on 


curved brown annulated discal lines; black marginal points 
and cilia as above. 

Expanse of wings 1 inch. 

Padang, Sumatra ; one example. 

Allied to N. producta, Hmpsn., from Ceylon, and J. kona, 
Swinhoe, from Perak; can at once be distinguished by the 
large round black spot at the end of the cell of the fore 
wings. 


Family Pyralide. 


Subfamily Prrarrz. 


Vitessa stettina, nov. 


3 ?. Antenne black, with short branches; last joint of 
palpi black, remainder of palpi, face, frons, head, thorax, and 
abdominal tuft orange-ochreous ; abdomen black, with white 
segmental bands, more prominent in the female than in the 
male; thorax with four large spots in a row in front and one 
in the middle: fore wings metallic blue-black; a large 
orange-ochreous subbasal band, narrowing hindwards and 
not reaching the hinder margin ; a broad, white, erect, medial 
band, with its inner margin even, its outer margin uneven 
and almost dentated in parts; a discal, rather narrower, 
white band, with its margins curved; the outer portion of 
the wing with prominent white streaks on the veins: hind 
wings white, with some black at the base and broad costal 
and outer marginal borders, broadest at the apex; cilia of 
both wings black, with pale outer edges. On the underside 
the fore wings have only the white discal band; the white 
streaks on the fore wings are short, there are a few at the 
apex of the hind wings, and the cilia of both wings are white. 

Expanse of wings 2 inches. 

Granville, New Guinea; one male, two females. 

Nearest to V. glaucoptera, Hmpsn., the type of which 
(from Queenstown) in Coll. Rothschild I have not seen ; 
but there is one of Mr. Knight’s beautiful coloured drawings 
of the type in the B. M., and this form differs from that and 
from its description in many material points. There are 
several examples of this form from the Mount Kebea range 
in both the B. M. and my collections. 


Vitessa teleroma, nov. 


3 ¢. Palpi, head, and thorax ochreous; thorax with 
three conjoined black spots in front ; collar with two black 


Eastern and Australian Heterocera. 413 


spots; abdomen black, with white segmental bands, anal tuft 
ochreous: fore wings black, rather dull in colour, not 
metallic, and without white streaks on the veins ; basal space 
ochreous, with a subbasal black sinuous band; the ochreous 
space followed by an antemedial black band; a medial some- 
what obscure whitish band; the remainder of the wing black, 
with a large white spot a little beyond the middle below the 
costa and a white spot a little beyond its lower end, this 
black portion is joined to the inner black band by a black bar 
below the costa: hind wings white, with a broad black mar- 
ginal band, narrowing hindwards to a point at the anal angle 
and continued evenly along the costa. Underside: thorax 
white, with black spots; abdomen with black and white 
bands: legs black, with white bands; fore wings black, with 
only the two white discal spots; cilia above and below 
black. 

Expanse of wings 1,8; inch. 

Perak, two males; Kalao Island, one female. 

Near V. suradeva, Moore, of which it is probably the 
Island form, but is distinguishable by its non-metallic 
colour, absence of the prominent white streaks on the outer 
veins of the fore wings, and the lower white discal spot being 
further away from the base. There are three examples from 
Borneo in the B. M. with suradeva. 


Vitessa temerata, nov. 


3 ¢. Palpi, head, thorax, basal patch on fore wings, and 
the abdominal tuft bright ochreous; two large black spots 
on the thorax in front and one small one on each shoulder ; 
abdomen black, with thin white segmental bands: fore wings 
with the ochreous basal patch occupying one fifth of the 
wing; it contains one subcostal black spot near the base, and 
its outer edge is clean cut by an erect, rather narrow, black 
band, followed by a narrow white band; a rather broader 
black band; a very broad discal white band; the remainder 
of the wing black, with white streaks on the veins, all the 
black more or less metallic: hind wings deep black, without 
markings ; cilia of fore wings black, of hind wings white. 
Underside: body black; abdomen with white bands; wings 
black ; fore wings with only the whité discal band; hind 
wings with the apical portion and the cilia white; legs black, 
with white stripes. 

Expause of wings, ¢ 1,85, 2 2,/5 inches. 

Granville, New Guinea; two males, two females. 

Allied to V. zemire, Cram., from Amboina; differs in the 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 31 


414 Colonel C. Swinhoe on 


greater extent of ochreous at the base of fore wings and in 
its complete broad white discal band ; in zem/re it is much 
smaller and rounded both above and below. There are many 
examples from the Kebea Range in the B. M. and in my 
collection. 


Subfamily Nywpuvrrw2z. 


Nymphula litanalis. 

Botys (?) litanalis, Walker, xviii. 706 (1859). 

Nymphula litanalis, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. ii. p. 438 (1900). 

Endotricha stenialis, Warren, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) viii. p. 68 

(1891). 

Khasia Hills. 

Types (Sarawak, Borneo) in Mus. Oxon., and _ stentalis 
(Borneo) in B. M.; there is an example from Borneo in the 
B.M. Not previously recorded from India. 


Subfamily Wyweniwz. 
Ceratoclasis sulpitialis, nov. 


3. Palpi brown, yellow beneath ; head and body whitish ; 
abdomen with grey bands; antenne ochreous, with the 
distorted thickening black. Wings whitish ochreous, the outer 
marginal portions beyond the outer line darker and brighter ~ 
ochreous, markings chestnut-brown: fore wings with some 
marks at the base; an antemedial transverse line with a 
black spot on the costa ; a small annulus in the cell, another 
below it; a medial line touching a double annulus at the end 
of the cell: hind wings with a larger annulus in the cell: 
both wings with a discal line, twice outwardly curved on the 
fore wings, bent inwards above the middle on the hind wings, 
and again very deeply curved inwards in the lower disc; 
some faint markings on the inner portions of both wings ; 
fore wings with marginal lunules; hind wings with marginal 
line ; cilia of both wings interlined. 

Expanse of wings 8) inch. 

Padang, Sumatra; one example. 

Its generic characters appear to me to be identical with 
some of the examples of this American genus in the B. M. 
collection. 


Subfamily Marearovmyz. 


Margaronia samoana, nov. 


?. White, wit a slight primrose tint; palpi blackish 


Eastern and Australian [Teterocera. 415 


brown on the outer sides; frons with a large pale brown spot 
and some similar spots on the thorax; abdomen pale red- 
grey, markings on the wings of the same colour: fore wings 
with a dark streak from the base, the basal two thirds mostly 
red-grey ; an outwardly oblique whitish band from the costa 
before the middle, narrowing downwards for two thirds ; ¢ 
large discal spot from the costa, angled on its outer side and 
narrowing downwards to near the hinder margin, margined 
with dark brown, the outer dark margin thickened at the 
costa; a nearly straight line running close alongside it, 
followed by a similar line; a rather thick, submarginal, 
straight band: hind wings whitish, with the marginal lines 
as in the fore wings, forming a marginal band ; cilia of both 
wings dark brown. 

Expanse of wings 1,75 inch. 
Samoa Island ; one example. 
A Polynesian form of J/. naralis, Felder. 


Subfamily Pavacirwx. 


Eporidia phentusalis. 

Botys pheniusalis, Walker, xviii. 684 (1859). 

Charema scabripennis, Warren, Ana. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii. p. 151 

(1596). 

Phryganodes imbecilis, Hmpsn. (part.), Moths India, iy. p. 802 (1896). 

Khasia Hills; many examples. 

Walker’s type from Sarawak is in Mus. Oxon., Warren’s 
type from the Khasia Hills in Coll. Rothschild. I have 
compared the Khasia-Hill examples with Walker’s type. 
flampson sinks scabrzpennis to imbecilis, Moore (Sikkim), 
but I cannot agree with him: pheniusalis is a well-marked 
dark brown insect, ¢mbecilis is pale and has hardly any 
markings visible; I have several from Sikkim in my own 
collection. 


Subfamily Prravsrivz. 
Lowxoneptera albicostalis, nov. 


$. Fore wings shorter than in Z. carnealis *, Hmpsn., 
from Sikkim and Assam ; coloration of the whole insect very 
similar, but the fore wings have the costa white, only some 
slight suffusion towards the end of the cell instead of the two 
black spots, and there are no blackish lines on the veins, and 
the curved tuft of hairs on the hinder margin near the angle 


* Moths India, iv. p. 406 (fig.). 
aL 


416 Dr. A. S. Woodward on Myriolepis hiberuica. 


is not black, but is concolorous with the rest of the wing: 
the hind wing is brown, pale inwards, the costal space and a 
large triangular medial patch being whitish flesh-colour. 
Expanse of wings 1;%y inch. 
Padang, Sumatra ; one example. 


Pyrausta silvosalis, nov. 


6. Palpi and frons brown, the latter yellow at the tips ; 
antenn with short, white, minute, and evenly disposed 
cilia; head, body, and wings yellow: fore wings with the 
costa and outer margin purplish brown, with some paler 
shading inwards; two brown dots in a line in the cell, a spot 
at the end, a dot below the inner dot, and two dots on the 
hind wing below ; a brown discal fine line across both wings, 
with a large outward curve above the middle on the fore 
wings and smaller similar curve in the middle on the hind 
wings, which has also a thick marginal dark brown line with 
some inner brown shading towards the apex; cilia of both 
wings pale yellow, with a brown line near the base. 

Expanse of wings 75 inch. 

Khasia Hills; one example. 

I know of no near ally ; the markings resemble those of a 
Pachyzancela. 


LX.—On Myriolepis hibernica, a Paleoniscid Fish from 


the Irish Coal-Measures. By A. Smita Woopwanrp, 
1B] Be Bae Al ro 


[Plate X.] 


Havine recently had occasion to study an undetermined 
species of the Paleoniscid fish M/yrzolepis, from the Hawkes- 
bury Formation of New South Wales, I have been led to a 
renewed examination of the small form, J. hibernica, 
described by Dr. Traquair in 1893 * from the Coal-Measures 
‘of Ireland. The latter species is now known by a nearly 

complete fish in anthracite from the Jarrow Colliery, 
Kilkenny, presented to the British Museum by John Gerrard, 
Esq.; and this specimen proves to be so much more valuable 
for comparison with the typical Australian fossils than any 


* R. H. Traquair, “ On a new Paleoniscid Fish, Myriolepis hibernicus, 
sp. nov., from the Coal-Measures, Co. Kilkenny, Ireland,” Geol. Mag. [3] 
vol. x. (1893) pp. 54-56, pl. iii. ce 


Dr, A. S. Woodward on Myriolepis hibernica. 417 


of the fragmentary examples described by Dr. Traquair and 
Mr. Bolton *, that it seems worthy of special description. 

The new specimen is shown of the natural size in Pl. X., 
and indicates a fish originally about 18 cm. in length. It is 
therefore smaller than the examples previously discovered. 
It is exposed in direct side view, and is only distorted by the 
crushing of the head a little downwards and backwards upon 
the anterior part of the abdominal region. 

An impression of part of the cranial roof proves that this 
must have been coarsely but closely tuberculated. A frag- 
ment of the dentary bone is ornamented with fine longitudinal 
ridges, and its oral border bears a few very large conical 
teeth which are suggestive of those of Nematoptychius and 
Pygopterus. Some indeterminable remains of coarsely tuber- 
culated bones are also shown beneath the mandible. 

The axial skeleton of the trunk is well calcified and seen 
through the thin squamation. There is a vacant space as 
usual denoting the position of the notochord, while there are 
no traces of ribs. The long neural spines of the abdominal 
region in advance of the dorsal fin are clearly separate from 
their supporting arches. The neural and hemal arches in 
the caudal region are comparatively small and fused with their 
respective spines. 

Among the crushed bones at the back of the head the 
veitically elongated supraclavicle, with rounded lower end, 
can be distinguished ; and its outer face, which is traversed 
by the usual slime-canal, is ornamented with fine concentric 
ridge8&. The large elongate-triangular infraclavicles are 
similarly ornamented. The pectoral fin of one side is appa- 
rently complete and has a rounded shape, with the gently 
curved anterior border fringed by close-set minute fulcra. 
Allits rays are stout and closely articulated to a point near 
the base, while all except the few foremost are finely divided 
distally. When adpressed to the trunk this fin reaches the 
origin of the pelvic pair, which arises slightly nearer to the 
origin of the pectorals than to that of the anal fin. The 
pelvic fins are almost as much elevated as the pectorals and 
have a similarly arched anterior border, but no fulera can be 
seen here. The rays gradually increase in length to the 
longest, and some of them exhibit a fine longitudinal striation 
(fig. 16). The hinder rays are incomplete, and above their 
insertion, where some scales are displaced, there are a few 
markings which seem to be due to rod-shaped baseosts. Of 


* H. Bolton, “ Note on Myriolepis hibernica, Traq.,” Trans. Manchester 
Geol. Soe. vol. xxii. (1894) pp. 1-4, pls. i., i. 


418 Dr. A. S. Woodward on Myriolepis hibernica. 


the dorsal fin only a fragment remains, but enough is 
preserved to show that it arises at least as far forwards as 
the pelvic fins. The anal fin is also incomplete, but there are 
some good impressions of the long axonosts and short baseosts 
which support it. The caudal fin is deeply forked and some 
of its stout rays are ornamented with delicate longitudinal 
strie like those of the pelvic fin already mentioned. 

The characteristically small scales covering the whole of 
the trunk are well indicated, but it is not clear whether those 
of the flank are deeper than broad. At some points near the 
dorsal and ventral borders of the fish the scales are clearly 
equilateral. The whole squamation is ornamented with 
delicate closely arranged ridges, which sometimes bifurcate, 
are sometimes subdivided into elongated tubercles, and are 
all disposed in an antero-posterior or horizontal direction 
(fig. la). The course of the lateral line is marked by a 
simple ridge. On the upper caudal lobe, which is broken 
away distally, the scales are relatively larger and oat-shaped ; 
but they seem to be preserved only as impressions of the 
inner face. 

Adding the new facts now discovered to those previously 
ascertained, Jf. hibernica may be briefly diagnosel as 
follows :— 

A stout species attaining a length of about 30cm. Length 
of head with opercular apparatus considerably less than the 
maximum depth of the trunk, and contained somewhat more 
than four times in the total length of the fish. Cranial roof 
coarsely tuberculated ; mandible longitudinally striated ; 
bones of pectoral arch concentrically striated. Pelvic fins 
nearly as large as the pectorals, which, when adpressed to the 
trunk, reach the former; dorsal fin arising opposite the origin 
of the pelvic pair; anal fin extending back almost as far as 
the caudal; fin-rays ornamented with fine longitudinal 
striations. Scales ornamented with close and delicate trans- 
verse ridges, which sometimes bifurcate and are sometimes 
subdivided into elongated tubercles. 

There is still nothing to prevent this fish of the Irish Coal- 
Measures from being assigned to the same genus as the 
Australian Triassic and Permo-Carboniferous fishes, for which 
the name J/yriolepis was originally proposed, although, as 
remarked by Dr. ‘Traquair, the exact nature of the pectoral 
fin in the typical species remains unknown. The above 
specific diagnosis, however, readily distinguishes Jl. hiber- 
nica, which is remarkable for the stoutness and shortness 
of its abdominal region and for the forward position of the 
dorsal fin. 


On new Forms of Stenodermatous Buts. 419 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. 

Fig. 1. Myriolepis hibernica, Traquair ; left side view of fish, nat. size.— 
Coal-Measures ; Jarrow Colliery, Kilkenny, Ireland. [ Brit. Mus. 
no. P, 9604. | 

Fig. 1a. Scale-ornament of same specimen, five times nat. size. 

Fig. 1b, Fin-rays of same specimen, five times nat. size. 


LXI.—Brief Diagnoses of a new Genus and Ten new 
Forms of Stenodermatous Bats. By KNUD ANDERSEN. 


THE subjoined diagnoses are preliminary only. A monograph 
of the genera Uroderma, Enchisthenes, and Artiheus, based 
on the material in the British Museum and the United States 
National Museum, is ready in manuscript and will be 
published elsewhere before long. 


ENCHISTHENES*, gen. nov. 


Allied to Artibeus, but median upper incisors simple (in 
Artibeus bifid) ; m*® in row, 7@. e. situated directly behind m?, 
quite or very nearly as broad as the hinder margin of this 
latter molar (in Artébeus rudimentary and situated postero- 
internally to m?, or entirely wanting); m3 comparatively 
large, equal to about + of mg (in Artibeus equal to 1-4}, of m, 
or entirely wanting). ‘T'ragus with a pointed, upwardly 
directed projection on the inner margin near the tip (no trace 
of a similar projection in any species of Artibeus). 

Type.—Artibeus Harti, Vhos.t ; Trinidad. 

Species.—The type of the genus is the only species known. 


Uroderma Thomast, sp. n. 


Allied to U. bilobatum, Ptrs., but with noticeably larger 
skull, longer tooth-rows, and larger ears and nose-leaves. 

Length of skull, in two specimens, from inion to front of 
canines, 24°7-24°8 mm. (of 22 skulls of U. bilobatum, from 
localities dotted over the whole area inhabited by the species, 
22-23°3 mm.) ; maxillary tooth-row 8-9-9 mm. (7°8-8'5 mm.) ; 
length of ear-conch from base of outer margin 18-18°5 mm. 
(15°7-16°8 mm.) ; width of ear-conch 12°8-13-7 mm. (11-12 
mm.) ; greatest width of lancet 6°2-6°5 mm. (4°8-5 mm.). 

* "EyxecoOevns, armed with a spear (€yxos or &yyxeos, spear; oO€vos, 


strength), in allusion to the form of the erect portion of the nose-leaf, 
+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) x. pp. 409-410; Noy. 1892. 


420 Mr. K. Andersen on new 


Type.— & ad. (ale.). Bellavista, Bolivia, 15°S., 68° W., 
1400 m.; 11 Oct., 1900. Collected by Perry O. Simons. 
Presented by Oldfield Thomas, Esq. Brit. Mus. no. 1. 2. 1.37. 
Collector’s number 1259. ‘Came in the house at night.” 
—A second specimen from Reyes, Bolivia, 13° 8., 67° W., 
presented by Marquis G. Doria. 


Artibeus planirostris trinitatis, subsp. n. 


Similar to A. planirostris plantrostris, Spix, but averaging 
smaller, 

The forearm and metacarpals average about 4 mm., the 
tibia 1°5 mm. shorter than in A. p. planirostris ; the ears are, 
generally, a little smaller ; the average difference in the size 
of the skull and teeth is very small. 

Type.— 2 ad. (skin). St. Anns, Trinidad; 23 Feb., 1897. 
Collected by Dr. Percy Rendall. Brit. Mus. no. 97. 6. 7. 1. 
Collector’s number 90. 

Range.—The islands of Trinidad and Tobago, W.I.—13 
specimens and 9 skulls examined. 


Artibeus planirostris grenadensis, subsp. n. 


Tn the size of the skull and teeth very similar to A. p. plant- 
rostris, in external dimensions rather intermediate between 
A. p. trinitatis and planirostris. 

The skull, teeth, and external dimensions of A. p. grena- 
densts average somewhat larger than in its nearest relative 
A, p. trinitatis. The skull and teeth almost equal in size, or, 
if anything, are a trifle larger than, those of A. p. plani- 
rostris, but externally A. p. grenadensis averages somewhat 
smaller than this latter race. 

Type.— & ad. (ale.). Grenada, W.I. Presented by T. J. 
Mann, Esq. Brit. Mus. no. 96. 11. 8. 6. 

Range.—The island of Grenada, W.I.—11 specimens and 
8 skulls examined. 


Artibeus hirsutus, sp. n. 


Like a small form of A. planirostris (though averaging still 
smaller), but tibia and interfemoral densely haired, and colour 
of fur of the upperside of the body in adults drab with a 
silvery tinge. Maxillary tooth-row 9°5-10°4 mm.; forearm 
53°7-59'7 mm. 

Type-— 3 ad. (skin). La Salada, Michoacan, Mexico ; 
16 March, 1903. Collected by Messrs. Nelson and Goldman. 


Forms of Stenodermatous Bats. “491 


U.S. N. M. (Biological Survey collection) no. 126449. 
Collectors’ number 16168. 

Range.—8 specimens, with skulls, have been examined 
from the States of Michoacan, Colima, and Jalisco, Mexico. 


Artibeus jamaicensis equatorialis, subsp. n. 


Similar to A. jamarcensis jamaicensis, Leach, but skull, 
teeth, and external dimensions averaging somewhat larger. 

Average measurements of 6 skulls (in parentheses, for 
comparison, average measurements of 65 skulls of A. 7. jamar- 
censis) :—zygomatic width 18-3 mm. (17:4 mm.) ; maxillary 
width, externally across m’—m', 13°6 mm. (12°6 mm.) ; max- 
illary tooth-row 11 mm. (10°3 mm.). The forearm and 
metacarpals average 2°5 to 3 mm. longer than in A, j. 
jamaicensis. 

Type.— ad. (skin). Zaruma, Loja, S. Ecuador, 1000 m. ; 
17 June, 1899. Collected by Perry O. Simons. Presented 
by Oldfield Vhomas, Esq. Brit. Mus. no. @Q. 2. 9. 13. 
Collector’s number 395. ‘* Hating ripe bananas.” 

Range.—9 specimens (8 skulls) examined from Zaruma, 
8. Ecuador, and Cali, 8. Colombia. 


Artibeus jamaicensis preceps, subsp. n. 


Similar to A. jamaicensis palmarum, Allen, but forearm 
and hand averaging shorter. 

Forearm, in three specimens, 60-66°2 mm. ; in 43 adult 
examples of A. 7. palmarum the average length is 70°9 mm., 
and none have the forearm below 64 mm. Third metacarpal 
54°8-61 mm. ; in A. j. palmarum 58°5-68°5 mm. 

Type— 8 ad. (ale.). Guadeloupe, W.I. Collected by 
H. Selwyn Branch. U.S. N. M. no. 113503. 

Ttange.—Guadeloupe and Dominica, W.I. 


Ariibeus cinereus bogotensis, subsp. n. 


Similar to A. ctnereus cinereus, Gervais, but teeth, skull, 
and external dimensions averaging larger. 

Minimum and maximum measurements of 8 skulls (in 
parentheses, for comparison, corresponding measurements of 
7 skulls of A. c¢. e/nereus) :—maxillary width, externally 
across m’—m', 8°5-8°9 mm. (8-8°6 mm.) ; maxillary tooth- 
row 6°7-7'2 mm. (6°4-6°8 mm.). The forearm and meta- 
carpals average 2°2—3°5 mm. longer than in A. ec. cinereus. 

Type.— 3 ad. (skin). Curiche, near Bogota, Colombia ; 


422 On new Forms of Stenodermatous Bats. 


16 Aug., 1895. Collected by Mr. G. D. Child. Presented 
by Oldfield Thomas, Esq. Brit. Mus. no, 99. 11. 4. 35. 
Collector’s number ITI. 10. 

Range.—F rom Central Colombia to N.W. Venezuela.— 
9 specimens with skulls examined. 


Artibeus aztecus, sp. n. 


Allied to A. toltecus, Saussure, but in every respect some- 
what larger; metacarpals unusually long; interfemoral 
strongly haired. Forearm 45-46°8 mm. 

The skull is in every respect slightly larger and more 
heavily built than in A. toltecus; the teeth a little larger. 
The external dimensions greater; in the smallest specimen 
of A. aztecus available the forearm is 6 mm. longer than in 
the smallest A. to/tecus toltecus, in the largest specimen 
3°3 mm. longer than in the largest A. toltecus toltecus. The 
metacarpals unusually lengthened ; indices of third, fourth, 
and fifth metacarpals, respectively, 946, 928, and 954, in 
A. toltecus 912, 898, and 923. 

Type.— ad. (skin). Tetela del Volcan, Morelos, 
Mexico; 12 Feb., 1893. Collected by Mr. E. W. Nelson. 
U.S. N. M. (Biological Survey collection) no. 52080. 
Collector’s number 4332. 

Range.—As yet only known from the State of Morelos, 
Mexico.—4 specimens with skulls examined. 


Artibeus turpis, sp. n. 


A peculiar species, Cranial rostrum unusually depressed 
and slightly, but distinctly, bent upwards; alveolar border 
of maxillary bone, therefore, more abruptly ascending than 
usual in the genus. Bony palate shortened: in A. toltecus 
(apparently the nearest relative of A. turpis) the length of the 
palate, from palation to posterior border of incisive foramina, 
is greater, in A. turpis less, than the length of the post- 
palatal portion of the skull, from palation to basion, 
Molars 3. Cusp 7 of m* large. Length of skull, inion to 
front of canines, 20; maxillary tooth-row 6°7; forearm 40-5 ; 
third metacarpal 37 mm. 

Type — ¢ ad. (ale.), Teapa, Tabasco, 8. Mexico. Collected 
by Mr. H. H. Smith. Presented by Messrs. O. Salvin and 
F. DuCane Godman. Brit. Mus. no. 88. 8. 8. 29. 

Range.—The type is the only specimen on record. 


On a new Species of Lyconus. 423 


Artibeus nanus, sp. n. 


Allied to A. turpis, with which species it shares all essen- 
tial cranial and dental characters (see above), but readily 
distinguished by its conspicuously smaller size. Length of 
skull, inion to front of canines, 18°2-18°7; maxillary tooth- , 
row 5'8-6'1; forearm 36°5-38 ; third metacarpal 32°2-35 mm. 

Type-— ? ad. (ale.). Tierra Colorada, Sierra Madre del 
Sur, Guerrero, Mexico. Collected by Mr. H. H. Smith. 
Presented by Messrs. O. Salvin and F. DuCane Godman. 
Brit. Mus. no. 89. 1. 30. 5. 

Range.—12 specimens (5 skulls) have been examined from 
the States of Guerrero, Colima, Sinaloa, and Vera Cruz, 
Mexico. 


LXII.—On a new Species of Lyconus from the North-east 
Atlantic. By E. W. L. Hour and L. W. Byrne. 


THE genus Lyconus originally described by Giinther [1887], 
and by him made the sole genus of his family Lyconide, 
was regarded by that author as allied to the Macruride but 
of a more generalized type. Regan [1903] has joined 
Lyconus with Bathygadus and other genera in his subfamily 
Bathygadine of the Macruride; and Boulenger [1904] has 
also placed the genus in the neighbourhood of Bathygadus 
in the family Macruride. So far as can be judged from 
such anatomical details as are discernible on a superficial ex- 
amination, Lyconus certainly appears to be closely allied to 
Bathygadus. 

The genus has hitherto been known from a single 
specimen from the South Atlantic, the type of Lyconus 
pinnatus, Gthr. It is defined by Giinther as possessing one 
canine-like tooth on each side of the vomer; but to admit 
the form described below the vomerine dentition should be 
described as consisting of one or more teeth on each side, 

Another Zyconus was taken by the S.S. ‘ Helga’ on the 
5th August, 1906, at Station S. R. 352 off the south-west of 
Ireland, between 50° 21' N., 11° 39! W., and 50° 24! N., 
11° 41’ W., at soundings of 800 fath., in a Petersen pelagic 
otter-trawl fished on 800 fath. of warp. The depth at which 
the net chiefly worked is computed at 700 to 750 fath., but 
though it showed no sign of having actually touched bottom, 


424 Messrs. E. W. L. Holt and L. W. Byrne on 


it caught some bottom-living Crustacea, and may have been 
practically on the ocean-floor when it extended its hospitality 
to Lyconus. 

This specimen appears to us to be clearly distinguishable 
specifically from that described by Giinther, and may be 
diagnosed as follows :— 


Lyconus brachycolus, sp. n. 


Head contained about 53 times in total length without 
caudal fin, rather compressed, about twice as long as broad, 
and as deep as its length without the snout. Eye 4 times in 
head, slightly shorter than the snout, the length of which is 
subequal to the width of the nearly flat interorbital space. 
The extremity of the snout is blunt and abrupt, with a median 
prominence in front of the eyes. From the snout the dorsal 
profile rises gently to the origin of the dorsal fin, which is 
opposite the origin of the pectorals and a little in front of the 
origin of the ventrals ; the height of the body at the base of 
the pectorals is slightly less than double its width at the same 
point and about ? of the length of the head, 

Mouth terminal, jaws subequal, gape slightly oblique, 
hinder extremity of maxilla behind vertical from eye. 

Premaxilla with 1 (or 2 closely apposed) fang anteriorly, 
but at some distance from the symphysis, followed by about 
15 smaller sharp teeth in a single diminishing series. Man- 
dible with 1 or 2 small teeth near the symphysis, followed by 
2 fangs, separated by about 3 smaller sharp teeth, the second 
fang followed by about 3 smaller teeth, of which the last 
may be nearly as large as the second fang. ‘I'he premaxillary 
fang smaller than the anterior mandibular fang. Vomer with 
about 4 teeth on either side. 

Pectoral fin with a narrow base and 13 rays, the longest 
rays extending about halfway to origin of anal, about 3 
as long as head; ventral set a little behind pectoral, with 9 
rays, the longest about 3 the length of the longest pectoral 
rays. None of the rays of either fin truly filamentous. 
Dorsal fin commencing opposite pectoral, with about 210 
rather long and slender rays, continuous throughout as to 
fin-membrane and spacing of rays, but showing indication 
of subdivision by inflection of outline (reduction in length of 
rays) at the tenth ray; the first four rays (broken in type) 
possibly somewhat produced. Anal fin with rays shorter 
than the corresponding rays of dorsal. Skin delicate and 
rather loose; scales rather small, thin, eycloid, present every- 
where except on jaws, underside of head, and fins ; transverse 


a new Species of Lyconus. 425 


formula behind pectorals apparently ca. 6/ca. 15. Lateral 
line indefinite posteriorly. 

Coloration in life silvery, after preservation greyish brown, 
with the head, vent, and marginal fins darker. 

Length of the type 237 mm. (232 mm. without the caudal 
rays). 

Hab. North-east Atlantic, off the south-west of Ireland, 
etrca 750 fathoms. 

The following table gives the measurements of the types 
of the two species in millimetres, with the proportions they 
bear to the lengths of the body and head respectively :— 


These measurements show that L. brachycolus may be, at 
comparable sizes, a stouter fish than L. brevipinnis, and has 
certainly a comparatively longer head and abdomen and 
shorter caudal region. In the former species the head is 
contained about 54 and the distance to the origin of the anal 
fin about 24 times in the total length, while in the latter the 
proportions borne by these measurements are 8 and 3 respec- 
tively. These differences cannot be wholly accounted for by 
the difference in size and stage of growth, and are, in fact, in 


* The type of L. pmnatus is not in a particularly good state of preserva- 
tion, and measurements taken from it must not be regarded as necessarily 
accurately representing its dimensions while in the flesh; a careful 
comparison with Ginther’s figure seems, however, to show that, excepting 
that the original form was semewhat deeper in the body and that the 
pectorals and ventrals (as their present state indicates) have been broken, 
the distortion is not very great. Where the measurements shown by 
Giinther’s figure and by the type differ in any material degree, our table 
shows both measurements, those taken from the actual specimen being 
given in brackets. 


L, pInnAtus *. L. BRACNYCOLUS. 
Length without caudal ...... 120 ~—s-800 p. c. of head. 232 | 560 p. c. of head. | 
»  tocrigin of dorsal fin 15 | 12'5 p. c. of length. 45 | 19 p.e. of length, 
- 6: anal fin . 39 Sard! 945 7: 94 (40 ,, a 
Height at pectorals............ STL) (Des a = 1S a ie i 
as BUS eerie asics s0s0 8(7)* |66(6),, Ls AS) 9) > 
Breadth at pectorals ......... 4 27 p. c. of head. 18 | 43 p. ¢. of head. 
c. ANUS Me tA chs Sose os = 20a a Le i 2hae * 
Then mth of Weed... .csceen2ce+-0- 15 12°5 p. ce. of length. 41°5 | 18 p.c. of length. 
fhe) 220 AS 3°5 23 p. ¢. of head. 12 | 29 p. c. of head. 
o CVO) Gondode RoSBeccneRe 5 BD 45 3 1Os5 1/255); 
Interorbital width ............ = 20553 3 VS eWolie is es 
Breadth of head ..........c..0. 5 20 . fy 3 TSS. re 
Length of pectorals............ 27 (16) * | 180(107) p.c. of head.. 26 | 62. ,, es 
We rcptrales 8 (3°5)* |53 (23), Sar hee a 
| 
. 


426 On a new Species of Lyconus. 


some particulars in a direction contrary to the usual change 
of developmental proportion. 

A further distinction lies in the much longer pectoral fins 
of L. pinnatus; while both specimens are too large to be 
affected by the great development of the pectorals, which is 
not uncommon in larval Teleosteans, the present imperfect 
state of the type of L. pinnatus makes it impossible for us to 
make an exact comparison of the two species in this respect, 
though we have no reason to doubt the accuracy of Giinther’s 
figure. 

The relatively much larger eye of L. pinnatus may be a 
youthful character only, and the present state of the type of 
that species makes any comparison of its scale and fin-ray 
formule with those of 1. brachycolus impossible. 

L. pinnatus has only one canine-like tooth on each side of 
the vomer; this may be a distinction of importance, because, 
so far as we know, vomerine teeth tend rather to decrease 
than to increase in number with age. It has certainly some 
of the anterior dorsal rays considerably prolonged. In 
LL. brachycolus the first four rays are broken, and, though the 
first ray is slightly stouter than the rest, none of them seem 
to be stout enough to afford foundation for any considerable 
production. Moreover, prolongation of the anterior dorsal 
rays may be a feature of merely sexual importance (cf. Onus 
cimbrius). 

The following key should suffice to distinguish the two 
known species of this genus :— 


Lyconus, Gthr. 


1. Head 8 and length to origin of anal fin 3 
times in total length (without caudal); 
pectoral fins longer than (and probably 
more than half as long again as*) head .. Z. pinnatus, Gthr. 
2. Head 55 and length to origin of anal tin 24 
times in total length (without caudal); 
pectural fins about 3 as long as head .... Z. brachycolus, H. & By. 


leferences. 


BouLENGER [1904]. ‘Cambridge Natural History,’ Fishes, p. 647. 
GUNTHER [1887]. ‘Challenger’ Deep-sea Fishes, p. 158. 
REGAN [1903]. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, xi. p. 460, 


* See footnote on p. 425, 


On Deep-sea Aleyonaria from the Indian Ocean. 427 


LXIUI.—Natural History Notes from the RILM.S. Ship 
‘Investigator, Capt. T. H, Heming, R.N., commanding.— 
Series III., No. 15. Second Preliminary Report on the 
Deep-sea Aleyonaria collected in the Indian Ocean. By 
Prof. J. ArrHuR THomson, M.A., and W. D. HENDERSON, 
M.A., B.Sc., Carnegie Research Fellow, University of 
Aberdeen. 


In the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xv. 1905, pp. 547-557, 
we published a preliminary report on a collection of deep-sea 
Aleyonarians from the Indian Ocean, entrusted to us for 
examination by the Trustees of the Indian Museum through 
Prof. A. Aleock, LL.D., F.R.S. As we have completed our 
survey, we wish, pending the publication of the memoir, to 
sum up the general results and to make a few corrections in 
our first preliminary report. 

The collection includes 86 species, of which 61 seem to be 
new. Descriptions of the new forms are given in the 
memoir about to be published. The distribution of the new 
forms is as follows :—6 Stolonifera, 8 Alcyonacea, 3 Pseud- 
axonia, 22 Axifera, and 22 Stelechotokea. It has been 
found necessary to establish tive new genera— Stereacanthia 
and Agaricoides (the latter established by Mr. J. J. Simpson, 
Zool. Anzeig. xxix. 1905, pp. 263-271, 19 figs.), both in the 
family Nephthyide, subfamily Siphonogorgine ; Acantho- 
muricea and Calicogorgia in the family Muriceide; and 
Thesioides in the family Kophobelemnonide. We submit 
brief notes on these five new types. 


New Types. 


The genus Stereacanthia, from the Andamans, is a Siphono- 
gorgid in the vicinity of Lemnalia. A bare, densely spicu- 
lose trunk, made up of large longitudinal canals, with thin 
spiculose walls, bears a branched polyparium with the polyps 
disposed singly or in small crowded bundles; the aboral 
bands of spicules on the infolded tentacles form a simple 
pseudo-operculum ; the spicules are warty spindles or golf- 
club forms, and there are no quadriradiate double-stars as in 
Lemnalia. 

The genus Agaricotdes, from 6° 31’ N., 79° 33’ 45” E., is 
a remarkable Siphonogorgid, perhaps distinctly related to 
Lemnalia (Gray, emend. Bourne), but quite unlike any other 
type known to us. It is unbranched, mushroom-like, with 
complex octagonal verruce, pedicelled anthocodiz, intro- 


428 Prof. J. A. Thomson and Mr. W. D. Henderson on 


versible zooids, a tentacular operculum, echinate spindles 
and hockey-club forms, and many peculiarities of structure, 

The genus Acanthomuricea, represented by A. ramosa 
from 7° 55’ N., 81° 47’ E., 506 fathoms, and A. spicata from 
6° 31’ N., 79° 38/ 45” E., 401 fathoms, is a Muriceid, perhaps 
related to Placogorgia (Wright & Studer). ‘The two species 
are upright colonies, irregularly branched in one plane, with 
thin bark-like coenenchyma of rough imbricating scales, with 
prominent verrucze on all sides, with conical tentacular 
opercula, and with very heterogeneous spiculation. 

The genus Calicogorgia, represented by C. investigatoris 
from 11° 14’ 30” N., 74° 57/ 15” E., 68-148 fathoms, and 
C. rubrotincta from the Bay of Bengal, 88 fathoms, is a 
Muriceid, probably related to Verrill’s somewhat vaguely 
defined Anthogorgia. ‘the colonies are irregularly branched 
in one plane, the verruce are prominent with spicules in 
eight bands, with a conical operculum consisting of a crown 
and points, with warty spindles straight or curved. 

The genus Thestoides, from 18° 0’ 15” N., 93° 30/ 45” E., 
448 fathoms, and 16° 25’ N., 93° 43’ 30” E., 463 fathoms, 
is a Kophobelemnonid, near Bathyptilum, with a greatly 
elongated slender rachis borne by a short stalk without 
pinnules, with long slender autozooids without calyces and 
without any spicules. 


List of Species. 
Order I. STOLONIFERA, Hickson. 


Family Cornulariide. 


Sympodium indicum, sp. n. Sympodium granulosam, sp. n. 
decipiens, sp. 0. —-— tenue, sp. u. 


—— incrustans, sp. 0. pulchruin, sp. n. 
Order II. ALCYONACEA, Veirill (pro pu.rte). 
Family Aicyonide. 
Sarcophytum aberraus, sp. n. | Sarcophytum agaricoides, sp. n. 
Family Nephthyide. 
Subfamily SvonGopine. 
Spongedes uliginoss, sp. n. Lithophytum indicum, sp. n. 
Alcocli, sp. n. 


Subfamily Srpz0NoOGORGIN, 
Agaricoides Alceocki, Simpson, gen. 


Chironephthya variabilis, Hickson. 
et sp. n. 


macrospiculata, sp. 0. 
Stereacanthia indica, gen. et sp. n. 


Deep-sea Aleyonaria from the Indian Ocean. 429 


Order III, PSEUDAXONTA, G. von Koch. 
Family Briareidez. 


Subfamily Brrarnwa, 
Paragorgia splendens, sp. n. 


Family Sclerogorgide. 
Suberogorgia Kollikeri, Wright § | Keroéides Koreni, Wright § Studer. 
Studer, var. ceylonensis, /hom- gracilis, Whitelegge. 
son, 


Family Melitodide. 
Parisis indica, sp. n. 


Family Corallidee. 
Pleurocorallium variabile, sp. u. 


Order LV. AXIFERA, G. von Koch. 
Family Dasygorgide. 
Lepidogorgia Verrilli, Wright § | Chrysogorgia dichotoma, sp. n. 
Studer. irregularis, sp. n. 
Chrysogorgia orientalis, Versluys. indica, sp. n. 
flexilis, Wright § Studer. 


Family Isidae. 
Subfamily CERATOISIDIN”A. 


Ceratoisis gracilis, sp. n. Acanella robusta, sp. n. 
Acanella rigida, Wright § Studer. 


Family Primnoide. 
Subfamily Primnorw”. 

Stachyodes Allmani (Wright § | Thouarella Moseleyi, Wright §- 
Studer) = Calypterinus All- | —— Studer, var. spicata, n. 
mani, Wright § Studer. Caligorgia tlabellum, Ehrenberg. 

Stenella horrida, sp. n. indica, sp. n. 

dubia, sp. n. 


Family Muriceide. 


Acanthogorgia aspera, Pourtales | Placogorgia indica, sp. n. 
(=? A. spinosa, Liles). orientalis, sp. n, 


Paramuricea indica, sp. n. Astrogorgia rubra, sp. n. 
Acanthomuricea ramosa, gen. et | Acamptogorgia bebrycoides, von 
sp. n. Koch. 


spicata, sp. n. —— , Var, robusta, n, 
Anthogorgia Verrilli, sp. n. circium, sp. 0. 
Calicogorgia investigatoris, gen. et | Acis spinosa, sp. n. 

sp. n. Muricella bengalensis, sp. n. 
rubrotincta, sp. n. | 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 32 


430 Prof. J. A. Thomson and Mr. W. D. Henderson on 


Family Gorgonide. 
Callistephanus Koreni, Wright § Studer. 


Family Gorgonellide. 


Nicella flabellata (Whitelegge) | Juncella miniacea, sp. n. : 
(= Verrucella flabellata, White- | Scirpearella moniliforme, Wright § 
legge). Studer. 

Juncella elongata, Pallas. alba, sp. n. 


Order V. STELECHOTOKEA, Bourne. 
Section ASIPHONACEA. 


Family Telestide. 
Telesto Arthuri, Hickson § Hiles. | Telesto rubra, Hickson. 


Section PENNATULACEA. 
Family Protocaulide. 
Protocaulon indicum, sp. n. 


Family Protoptilide. 
Protoptilum medium, sp. n. | Distichoptilum gracile, Verriil. 


Family Kophobelemnonidz. 
Kophobelemnon Burgeri, Herklots, 
var. indica, n. 
Sclerobelemnon KOllikeri, sp. n. 


Bathyptilum indicum, sp. n. 
Thesioides inermis, gen. et sp. n. 


Family Umbellulide. 


Umbellula durissima, Kélliker. 
dura, sp. n. 

—— intermedia, sp, n. 

rosea, Sp. D. 

purpurea, sp. n. 

elongata, sp. . 


Umbellula Kollikeri, sp. n. 
radiata, sp. n. 
pendula, sp. n. 

—— indica, sp. n. 

—— sp. 


Family Anthoptilide. 
Anthoptilum Murrayi, Kolker. | Anthoptilum decipiens, sp. n. 
Family Funiculinide. 
Subfamily Funtcu.inin&. 


Funiculina quadrangularis (Pallas)=Leptoptilum gracile, Kolliker. 
gracilis, sp. n. 


Subfamily SracuypriLip®. 
Stachyptilum maculatum, sp. n. 
Family Virgularide. 
Pavonaria Willemoésii (Addliker)=Microptilum Willemoésii, Aodliker. 


Deep-sea Aleyonaria from the Indian Ocean. 431 


Family Pennatulide. 
Subfamily Pennaruinx. 


Pennutula indica, sp. n. 


Pennatula splendens, sp. n. 
veneris, sp. n. 


pendula, sp. n, 


Subfamily Preroirprpx. 
Pteroéides triradiata, sp. n. 


We regret to have to make the following corrections—some 
of which are merely verbal, while others indicate unfortunate 
mistakes—in our provisional list of species : — 


For Sympodium incrustans, sp. n., read Sympodium decipiens, sp. n. 

Por Clavularia decipiens, sp. n., read Sympodium incrustans, sp. n. 

For Sarcophytum parvum, sp. n., read Sarcophytum aberrans, sp. n. 

For Sarcophytum fungiforme, sp. n., read Sarcophytum agaricoides, sp. n. 

For Spongodes rosea, Wiikenthal, read Spongo tes Alcock, sp. n. 

For Spongodes rakaye, Hickson & Hiles, read Spoagodes uliyinosa, sp. n. 

For Dasygorgia ramosa, sp. 0. | 

For Dasygorgia aurea, sp. n. 

For Strophogorgia Verrilli, W. & S., read LepidogorgiaVerrilli, W.& 8. 

For Herophila gracilis, sp. n., read Chrysogorgia flecilis, W. & 3. 

For Ceratoisis palne, W. & 3., read Ceratoisis gracilis, sp. n. 

Delete Primnoisis alba, sp. n.—a wmisiuterpretatioa. 

For Primnoa Ellisiz, von Koch, read Caligorgia ind.ca, sp. n. 

For Juncoptilum Alcocki, gen. et sp. n., read Distichopiilum gracile, 
Verrill. 

For Stachyptilum fuscum, sp. n., read Stachyptilum maculatum, sp. 0. 

For Pennatula Murrayi read Pennatula pendula, sp. n. 


- read Chrysogorgia irregularis, sp. n. 


It is very difficult to decide what is the best course to 
pursue in dealing with genera like Sympodium and Umbellula. 
It is not easy to give distinctive diagnoses of the new species 
we have felt compelled to establish, and yet the tout ensemble 
of the characters of each results in a quite characteristic 
appearance. References to Sympodium sp., Sympodium sp. (?), 
Sympodium sp. a, and the like are tedious and confusing. It 
is probable that the investigation of a large number of repre- 
sentatives (which this collection did not include) will show that 
the differences between sume of our species are variational or 
modificational. ‘The same remarks apply, though not so 
obviously, to Acanthogorgia, Acamptogorgia, Muricella, Acis, 
and Pennatula, 


Viviparity. 
In 1900 Prof. 8. J. Hickson reported his discovery of 
embryos in sit@ in Gorgonia capensis—the first case of 
Viviparity that he had observed in his wide and prolonged 


study of Alcyonarians. 


432 On Deep-sea Alcyonaria from the Indian Ocean. 


He pointed out, however, that viviparity had been pre- 
viously reported in Corallium rubrum by Lacaze-Duthiers, 
in “ Clavulaires pétricoles”? and in Sympodium ( Alcyonium) 
coralloides by Marion & Kowalevsky, in three species of 
Nephthya (found at depths of 269-761 fathoms) by Koren & 
Danielssen. 

In Prof. W. A. Herdman’s collection from Ceylon we 
found embryos én st?@ in Gorgonia capensis as Hickson had 
stated. Corroborating Marion & Kowalevsky, we found 
embryos in Clavularia pregnans (Th. & H.) and C. parvula 
(Th. & H.) collected by Mr. Cyril Crossland from Zanzibar 
and Cape Verde Islands respectively. 

In the present collection we found embryos—blastule, 
gastrule, and slightly more advanced stages—in eight 
species :—Sarcophytum aberrans, sp.n., Chrysogorgia flexilis, 
W. &8., Ceratotsis gracilis, sp. n., Paramuricea indica, 
sp. n., Distichoptilum gracile, Verrill, Umbellula elongata, 
sp. n., Funiculina gracilis, sp. n., and Pennatula indica, 
sp. n.; meanwhile Mr. James J. Simpson, M.A., B.Sc., has 
also found embryos in specimens of Js¢s Aippuris included in 
the littoral collection from the Indian Ocean (see Journ. 
Linn. Soc., Zool. xxix. p. 431, 1906). 

We have also found embryos in a species of Sclerophytum 
from the Red Sea and in the British Primnoa reseda. 

It is therefore clear that viviparity is by no means un- ~ 
common in Alcyonarians, and it will be interesting to discover 
if it is particularly characteristic of deep-sea species. 


Some particular Facts of interest in the Collection. 


One specimen of Sarcophytum aberrans, sp. n., is supported 
by a siliceous axis like a thick knitting-needle, 300 mm. in 
length by 2°3 mm. in breadth, probably the spicule of 
Monorhaphis or some allied sponge. 

Analogous on a smaller scale is the siliceous sponge- 
spicule which forms the support of Sympodium incrustans, 
Sp.sls 

The spicules of Chironephthya macrospiculata, sp.n., some- 
times attain the unusual length of 8°3 mm., and some of 
those of Spongodes uliginosa, sp. n., are almost equally huge 
(S mm.). 

Noteworthy is the great heterogeneity of the spicules in 
some of the forms, e. g. plates, disks, triangles, rods, spindles, 
and ‘* golf-clubs ” in Acanthomuricea spicata, sp. Nn. 

Besides the very peculiar habit—incrusting a huge siliceous 
rod—there are many interesting features in Sarcophytum 


On the Subgenus Coelorus, Pilsbry. 433 


aberrans, Sp. Me, @ J. the occurrence of several sizes of auto- 
Zooids, the ae of almost the whole of a large tentacle 
into the stomodeum, and the presence of ova and embryos in 
the siphonozooid canals. 

The dimorphism which Gray recorded in his Paragorgia 
nodosa is confirmed in P. splendens, sp. n. ; 

The complex differentiation of the polyps in Agaricoides 
Aleocki, Simpson, is quite unique. The presence of numerous 
Foraminifera in the stomodaum is also interesting. 

Among other peculiarities we may mention the very 
remarkable tentacles of Thestotdes inermis, gen. et sp. n., the 
remarkable base of Anthoptilum dec/piens, sp. n., the small 
number of rays (3) in the pinnules of Pteroéides triradiata. 

In regard to a collection which is a very feast of colour, we 
may call special attention to the exquisite colour-schemes of 
Pennatula veneris, P. pendula, P. splendens, and P, indica. 

Some of the epizoic animals are interesting, e. g. the 
peculiar Solenogaster (Lhepalomenta gorgonophila?) on 
Acamptogorgia circium, sp. Nn. 


LXIV.—On the Land Molluscan Subgenus Celorus, Pilsbry. 
_ By G. K. Guns, F.Z:S. 


ReceNTLY Messrs. Sowerby and Fulton submitted to me for 
examination some shells they had received from Mr. Y. 
Hirase, of Kyoto. They were labelled Hulota (Colorus) 
caviconus, and at first I was inclined to regard them as an 
undescribed form, as upon comparison with that species they 
presented several striking differences, having a more elevated 
and convex spire, a smaller diameter, a more contracted 
umbilicus, and a more laterally contracted aperture. Upon 
receiving further material, however, several intermediate 
forms were found, and the species, therefore, presents a con- 
siderable amount of variation. 

The subgenus Ce/orus, which, so far as our present 
knowledge enables us to judge, appears to be restricted to 
Japan, was established for the reception of the then only 
known species—Lulota cavicollis—by Prot. Pilsbry (Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Se. Philad. 1899, p. 528). The group has not yet 
been investigated anatomically ; it will, in all probability, 
prove to be most nearly allied to Plectotropis, to which group, 
in fact, the first species was originally assigned by the writer. 
The presence in the two species, subsequently discovered, of 


434 On the Subgenus Ceelorus, Pilsbry. 


the cuticular processes, so characteristic of Plectotropis, goes 
to confirm this view. 

Two of the species not having hitherto been figured, I take 
this opportunity of giving illustrations of them, while, to 


facilitate a survey of the group, I have added figures of the 
type species. 


¢ ere y 
Ae a. & b. 
ibs 


Eulota (Celorus) cavicollis, Pils. (Fig. 1 a enlarged, 
fig. 1 b natural size.) 
Eulota (Celorus) cavicollis, Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1899, 
p. 527, pl. xxi. figs. 11-13. (Published Feb. 12, 1900.) 
Eulota (Plectotropis) Hirasei, Gude, Proc. Malac. Soe. iv. (March, 1900), 
p. 10, pl. ii. figs. 4-7. 


Kyoto. 


Eulota (Calorus) caviconus, Pils. (Figs. 2 a-2 ¢, 3 a-3 d.) 

Eulota (Celorus) caviconus, Pilsbry, ‘The Nautilus,’ xv. (1902), p.117; 

xvi. (1902), p. 46. 

Goto, Prov. Hizen, Island of Kiushiu (figs. 2 a, 2 2). 

A variety a little larger than the type is recorded by 
Prof. Pilsbry from Ojikajima, prov. Hizen (fig. 2 ¢ enlarged). 
The shell bears a tubercle on the basal margin of the peri- 
stome at the junction with the columellar margin, and the 


On some new Sharks. 435 


whorls are spirally sculptured, neither of which features is 
mentioned in the diagnosis by Prof, Pilsbry. Probably 
the type is not mature; all the mature specimens I have seen 
possess the tubercle; on the other hand, one shell, which 
appears not quite mature, shows but a slight indication of a 
swelling. ‘The extreme form mentioned above from Goto 
measures: diam. 5°75 mm., alt, 5 mm, (figs. 3 a-3 ¢ mag- 
nified, fig. 3 d natural size). 


Eulota (Celorus) cavitectum, Pils. (Fig. 4a enlarged, 
fig. 46 natural size.) 
Eulota (Celorus) cavitectum, Pilsbry, ‘The Nautilus,’ xvi. (1903) p. 134. 
Kochi, prov. ‘Tosa, Island of Shikoku. 
As in the case of H. caviconus, Prof. Pilsbry makes no 
mention of the microscopic spirals. This feature, however, 
is not easily observed, except where the cuticle is worn off. 


LXV.— Descriptions of some new Sharks in the British 
Museum Collection. By C. Tare Reaan, B.A. 


Orectolobus japonicus. 


Crossorhinus barbatus (non Gmelin), Mill. & Henle, Plagiost. p. 21, 
pl. vy. (1841); Schleg. Faun. Japon., Poiss. p. 801 (1850). 

Crossorhinus barbatus (part.), Duméril, Elasmobr. p. 338 (1865) ; 
Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p. 414 (1870). 

Orectolobus barbatus, Jord. & Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi. 1903, 


p. 606. 

Closely allied to O. barbatus, but differing in the following 
characters:—No papillitorm projections above the eye. 
Nasal cirrhus with a simple branch. On each side 2 or 3 
simple dermal lobes above the upper lip, followed by 3 or 4 
near the angle of the mouth, the first and last of which are 
bifid, and by 2, short, broad, and distally notched, at the side 
of the head. Free edge of dorsal fins straight or slightly 
concave. Pectoral extending at least 2 of the distance from 
its origin to that of the ventral. Yellowish, upper surface 
with brownish vermiculations or reticulations; back with 
broad dark brown cross-bars with yellow vermiculations, 

Hab, Coasts of Japan and China. 

‘T'wo specimens ( 2) of 1000 and 780 mm. from Japan. 

The Australian O. barbatus has 1 or 2 papilliform pro- 
jections above the eye, the branch of the nasal cirrhus bifid, 


436 Mr. C. T. Regan on 


3 to 5 dermal lobes above the upper lip and 4 or 5 near the 
angle of the mouth. The pectoral fin is shorter than in 
O. japonicus and the coloration is different. 


Cestracion amboinensis. 
Heterodontus zebra (non Gray), Bleek. Act. Soc. Sc. Neerland. i. 1856, 
Amboyna, p. 71. 

Cestracion Philippi (part.), Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p. 415 (1870). 

Lateral teeth, in the adult, much enlarged, without keels ; 
anterior teeth, in the adult, obtuse, unicuspid; symphysis of 
the jaws elongate. Supraorbital ridges low, terminating in 
advance of the first gill-opening, which is about twice as long 
as the last or as long as its distance from the fourth. Origin of 
first dorsal above posteriorend of base of pectoral; anterior edge 
of fin rather strongly convex, free edge rather deeply emargi- 
nate; length of base 4 the height of the fin (in the adult) ; 
exposed part of spine $ its length, which is } the height of the 
fin. Second dorsal a little nearer to caudal than to first dorsal, 
its base #, its height 2 that of the first. Anal, when laid back, 
not reaching the caudal. Pectoral extending a little beyond 
the origin of ventral; ventral nearly reaching to below the 
second dorsal. Yellowish, with alternate paired and unpaired 
dark brown bars across the back and sides, each of which is 
more or less completely split into two; the paired bars are 
interorbital, postorbital, in front of and behind each of the 
dorsals and in front of the caudal; anterior and posterior 
edges of eye corresponding to anterior and posterior edges of 
the pair of interorbital cross-bars. 

Hab. Ambcyna. 

A single specimen of 580 mm. from Dr. Bleeker’s collection. 

The Chinese C. zebra has the dorsal fins less elevated and 
the dark cross-bars broader and separated by narrower inter- 
spaces, and with less tendency of each bar to split into two. 


Centroscymnus macracanthus. 


Dermal denticles each with 3 parallel keels ending in a 
point posteriorly, the middle the strongest. Distance from 
mouth to end of snout equal to the distance from eye to first 
gill-opening ; nostrils very oblique; length of anterior labial 
fold about equal to its distance from the symphysis. Ante- 
rior dorsal fin shorter than second, the length of its base 
(without the spine) 3 of its height and 2 of its distance from 
the second ; length of base of second (without the spine) 3 
of its distance from upper caudal lobe ; spines well developed 
and strongly projecting. Pectoral extending to the vertical 


some new Sharks. 437 


from spine of first dorsal, with rounded posterior angle. 
Ventrals not reaching the vertical from posterior end of 
second dorsal. 

Hab. Magellan. 


A single specimen (2) of 640 mm., presented by Capt. 
Wharton, R.N. 


Centroscymnus eryptacanthus. 
Centrophorus ceelolepis (non Bocage & Capello), Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. 
p. 423 (1870). 
Centroscymnus caelolepis, Goode & Bean, Oceanic Ichthyol. p. 14, pl.iv. 
fix. 13 (1896). 

Dermal denticles imbricated, those on the head and on the 
upper and lower parts of the body to the level of the first 
dorsal fin each with 3 parallel keels ending posteriorly in a 
point, the others smooth, with rounded free edges and with a 
rounded depression on the free surface of each. Distance 
from mouth to end of snout greater than that from eye to 
first gill-opening; nostrils oblique; length of anterior labial 
fold about equal to its distance from the symphysis. Ante- 
rior dorsal fin shorter than the second, the length of its base 
(without the spine) about 4 its height and 2 of its distance 
from the second ; length of base of second dorsal (without 
the spine) ? its distance from the caudal; spines very short, 
hidden beneath the skin. Pectoral not extending to the 
vertical from origin of first dorsal, with rounded posterior 
angle; ventrals extending to the vertical from the posterior 
end of second dorsal. 

Hab. Madeira. 


A single specimen (¢) of 700 mm., presented by J. Y. 
Johnson, Esq. 


The relations of the two species of Centroscymnus above 
described are shown in the following synopsis of the species 
of the genus :— 


J. Anterior labial grooves moderate. each 
about as long as its distance from the 
middle of the upper jaw; nostrils 


oblique. 
Dorsal spines well developed and strongly 
projecting. .............0. seen nee 1. macracanthus, sp. n. 
Dorsal spines short, slightly projecting .. 2. cwlolepis, Boc. & Capell. 
Dorsal spines not projecting, hidden be- 
neath the skin.................... 3. eryptacanthus, sp. n. 


If. Anterior labial grooves long, each about 
twice as long as its disbaice from the 
middle of the upper jaw ; nostrils slightly 
oblique, almost transverse ............ 4. obscurus, Vaill. 


438 Mr. C. T, Regan on 


IIT. Anterior labial grooves very long, only 
separated by a narrow interspace ; nostrils i [Capell. 
LTRUSVOISG | 0s sine oo =p Neier e oie © 5. crepidater *, Boe. & 


Centrophorus Bragance. 
Centrophorus granulosus (part.), Carlos de Braganca, Res. Iny. 
‘ Amelia,’ Ichthyol. ii. p. 71 (1904). 

Dermal denticles small, those of the anterior part of the 
body with 2 or 3 keels which converge to a point posteriorly. 
Length of snout, in front of eye, a little less than the distance 
from eye to first gill-opening. Interspace between the 
nostrils equal to their distance from the end of snout, which 
is 3 of that from mouth to nostrils. Labial grooves short. 
Length of base of second dorsal (without the spine) 2 of its 
distance from the upper lobe of caudal and # that of the first 
(without the spine), which is nearly equal to its height and 
4 of the interspace between the two. Dorsal spines well 
developed and strongly projecting, the second nearly as high 
as the fin and more than 2 exposed. Posterior angle of 
pectoral produced and acutely pointed, extending to below 
the posterior part of the first dorsal. Ventral extending to 
below spine of second dorsal. Brownish; fins darker and 
with light edges. 

Hab. Deep water off the coast of Portugal. 

Two specimens, 440 and 460 mm. in total length, from off 
Cezimbra, at depths of 276 and 460 fathoms, presented by 
H.M. the King of Portugal. 

‘he species is especially distinguished from C. granulosus 
by the shorter anterior dorsal fin. 


Squatina australis. 

Rhina squatina (non Linn.), McCoy, Prodr. Zool. Vict. iv. pl. xxxiv. 
(1879); Macleay, Proc, Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vi. 1881, p. 368; 
Johnston, Proc. R. Soc. Tasmania, 1883, p. 159. 

Folds at sides of head of nearly equal width throughout, 
not produced into lobes. Nasal flaps fringed, the inner 
ramose. Distance between spiracles greater than interocular 
width, equal to the distance between outer edges of eyes. 
Outer angle of pectoral scarcely more than a right angle; 
distance from anterior angle to posterior end of base of 
pectoral a little more than 3 of the extreme length of the fin. 
Ventral not extending to origin of first dorsal. Breadth of 
tail a little more than } of its length. Base of first dorsal 3 


* Centrophorus Rossi, Alcock, 1898. 


some new Sharks. 439 


its height, which is nearly equal to the distance from the 
second ; second dorsal scarcely smaller than first ; interspace 
between the dorsals 12 the distance from second dorsal to 
caudal, 3 of the distance from base of tail to origin of first 
dorsal. Posterior edge of upper caudal lobe convex above, 
obliquely emarginate below ; lower lobe obliquely truncate. 
Upper surface with small pointed denticles, without keels ; 
median series of enlarged denticles inconspicuous; small 
imbricated denticles at outer edges of paired fins extending on 
to their lower surface, covering about the outer half of each 
fin; denticles on lower surface of tail extending forwards to 
its base; lower surface of head naked; abdomen naked 
except fora small median patch. Yellowish, with numerous 
minute dark spots arranged so as to leave small rounded spots 
of the lighter ground-colour, the larger of which are each 
surrounded by a ring of enlarged dark spots. 

Hab. Southern Australia; Tasmania. 

A single specimen of 530 mm. from Port Jackson, presented 
by the Imperial Institute. : 


Squatina nebulosa. 
Rhina squatina (part.), Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p, 430 (1870). 


Folds at sides of head anteriorly forming two lobes with 
convex edges on each side, the second the larger and opposite 
the angle of the mouth. Outer nasal flap with entire edges ; 
inner flap with two nearly simple prolongations, the outer of 
which has a fringed lobe at its base. Distance between the 
spiracles a little less than the interocular width. Outer angle 
of pectoral much more than a right angle; distance from 
anterior angle to posterior end of base of pectoral a little more 
than } of the extreme length of the fin. Ventral extending 
beyond the origin of first dorsal. Width of tail a little more 
than + of its length. Base of first dorsal 2 its height, which 
is equal to its distance from the second ; second dorsal a little 
shorter but scarcely lower than first ; interspace between the 
dorsals 3 of the distance from second dorsal to caudal and 4 
of the distance from base of tail to origin of first dorsal. 
Posterior edge of upper caudal lobe slightly emarginate ; 
lower lobe nearly vertically truncate. Upper surface with 
small pointed denticles, each with 3 keels; no median series 
of enlarged denticles; small imbricated denticles at outer 
edges of paired fins, extending on to their lower surface and 
on the pectorals forming a strip about equal in width to the 
distance between eye and spiracle ; denticles on lower surface 


440 On a new Lizard and a new Snake. 


of tail not extending forward to its base ; lower surface of 

head and abdomen naked. Brownish, obscurely marbled 

with blackish, and with a few small round whitish spots. 
Hab. Japan. 


A single specimen of 580 mm. 


LXVI.—Deseription of a new Lizard and a new Snake from 
Australia. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. 


Varanus Ingrami. 


Similar to V. Gouldii, Gray, but snout shorter, its length 
less than the distance between the anterior border of the orbit 
and the anterior border of the ear, scales on upper surface of 
snout, vertex, and occiput much larger than those on the 
- supraocular and temporal regions, and caudal scales much 
larger. The latter are almost tubercular, and form very 
well-marked whorls, 7 whorls, in the middle of the tail, corre- 
sponding to the length of the snout; the scales on the upper 
surface of the tail form a double tubercular crest. Pale 
greyish buff above, with a few dark dots on the head and 
neck and six irregular, broad, rather darker bands across the 
body, these bands finely dotted with blackish ; belly whitish, 
unspotted ; tail with very irregular blackish rings. 

From snout to vent 460 mm.; tail 540. 

This very distinct species is described from a skin forming 
part of a small collection of reptiles from Alexandria, Northern 
Territory of the Colony of South Australia, made by Mr. W. 
Stalker, and presented to the British Museum by Sir W. 
Ingram and the Hon. John Forrest. 


Denisonia Forrestt. 


Kye longer than its distance from the mouth. Rostral 
broader than deep, just visible from above ; internasals half 
as long as the preefrontals ; frontal once and one third as long 
as broad, twice as broad as the supraocular, as long as its 
distance from the end of the snout, much shorter than the 
parietals ; nasal entire, separated from the single preocular 
by the prefrontal, which forms a suture with the second 
upper labial; two postoculars ; temporals 2+2, lower ante- 
rior wedged in between the fifth and sixth labials ; six upper 
labials, third and fourth entering the eye; three lower labials 


On a new Snake from Somaliland. 44] 


in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are a little 
shorter than the posterior. Scalesin19 or 21 rows. Ventrals 
176-178; anal entire; subcaudals 33-38. Greyish above, 
each scale with a narrow black edge; upper surface of head 
and nape black; a pair of round black spots may be present 
bebind the nape; sides of head yellowish, with a black streak 
across the upper half of the rostral to the last labial, passing 
below the eye; lower parts uniform white. 

Total length 260 mm.3; tail 33. 

‘Two specimens, received along with the new Varanus, 

‘This species is allied to D. suta, Peters, and D. frontalis, 
Douglas Ogilby. No other known species of Denisonia has 
as many as 21 rows of scales. 


LXVII.—Description of a new Snake of the Genus Glauconia, 
Jrom Somaliland. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.L.S. 


Glauconia reticulata. 


Snout rounded; supraocular present, small, longer than 
broad; rostral one third the width of the head, a little 
broader than the nasal, barely reaching the level of the eyes; 
nasal completely divided, in contact with the prefrontal, 
which is a little larger than the supraocular and much larger 
than the frontal; postocular, parietal, and _interparietal 
large ; ocular bordering the lip, between two labials, the ante- 
rior of which equals the lower part of the nasal in size and 
does not reach the eye; six lower labials. 14 scales round 
the body. Diameter of body 38 times in the total length, 
length of tail 934 times. Dark brown above, with white 
borders to the scales, forming a net\rork ; white beneath. 

Total length 190 mm. 

A single specimen from Wagga, Goolis Mountains, near 
Berbera, altitude 3000-4000 feet, from the collection of 
Mr. G. W. Bury. Specimens of Glauconia Cairi were also 
obtained at the same locality by Mr. Bury. This G. Cari, 
long known from Egypt only, has of late been found near 
Suakim (Dr. J. Anderson), on the White Nile (Capt. S. 
Flower), and at Harrar (Capt. Citernt, 1904: Genoa 
Museum). 

The nearest ally of G. reticulata is G. narirostre, Peters, 
from Lagos and the Niger, which differs principally in the 
narrower rostral. 


442 Mr. O. Thomas on 


LX VIII.—WNotes on Svuth-American Rodents. 
By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS. 


I.—A new Name for Sciurus Roberti, Thos. 


In 1903 * I gave to an Eastern Brazilian squirrel the above 
name in honour of its discoverer Mr. Alphonse Robert. But 
two years before t Mr. Bonhote had already used the same 
term for a squirrel obtained by Mr. Robert Swinhoe in 
Formosa, and I would therefore propose for the Brazilian 
species the name of Scturus Alphonse. 


Il.—On the Allocation of certain Species hitherto referred 
respectively to Oryzomys, Thomasomys, and Rhipidomys. 


In connexion with Mr. W. H. Osgood’s work on the genus 
Peromyscus, my attention has been drawn by him to the 
characters that distinguish the group containing ‘‘ Hesperomys 
(Rhipidomys) cinereus, Thos.,”’ which was made the type of 
a special genus “Thomasomys” by Dr. Elliott Cones in 1884 f. 
But with the exception of one more recent description of 
my own, the name has hitherto been practically ignored. It 
is used, however, in Trouessart’s Catalogue on the authority 
of that one description. 

Now, however, a revision of a number of the species 
concerned shows that Thomasomys (the cacophony of whose 
name J. deplore) is a well-defined group, containing a con- 
siderable number of species, and that it may be distinguished 
from Oryzomys by certain characters of the palate, well shown 
in some admirable figures published by Mr, Outram Bangs 
in 1900§, and by the possession, in most of the species, of 
only 1—2=6 mamme, as compared with the invariable 
2—2=8 of Oryzomys. 

In Oryzomys (including the subgenus Oligorycomys, Bangs) 
the palate extends some distance behind the posterior border 
of the last molar, the palatal notch is narrowed or pointed, 
and on each side of it, between m* and the corner of the 
mesopterygoid fossa ||, there is a small pit or pair of pits, 

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xii. p. 463 (1903). 

t aad thaiwanensis Roberti, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii. p. 166 
1901). 

t ey Nat. xviii. p. 1275 (1884). 

§ Proc. New England Zool. Club, i. p. 94, pl. i. (1900). 

|| A good deal of confusion has arisen as to the use of the words meso- 
and interpterygoid for the fossee situated (@) between the pterygoids in 
the middle line and (2) those placed laterally between the ecto- and 
entopterygoids of either side, the former being median and unpaired, the 


South-American Rodents. 443 


often deeply excavated and always readily perceptible. This 
style of palate is shown in Mr. Bangs’s figures 1 } and 26 of 
the plate quoted. 

In Thomasomys, on the other hand, with which I must 
synonymize Lrioryzomys, Bangs, the mesopterygoid fossa 
extends further forward (to between the last molars), is, as a 
rule, rather more squarely open in front than in Oryzomys, 
and there are no lateral pits. Mr. Bangs’s figure 3b shows 
excellently this type of palate. 

To the genus as thus defined the following species, 
mostly described under Oryzomys, prove to be referable, 
though, of course, the number of namme is not as yet known 
in all of them :— 


Thomasomys princeps, Thos. 

pretor, Thos. 

aureus, ‘Tomes. 

—— pyrrhonotus, Thos. 

vestitus, Thos. 

— cinereus, Thos. (Type of genus.) 

— Kalinowshit, Thos. 

—— incanus, Thos. 

—— paramorum, Thos. 

— Tuczanowskii, Vhos. 

— leops, Thos. 

niveipes, Thos. 

laniger, Thos. 

monochromos, Bangs. (Type of Erzoryzomys, 
Bangs.) 

Serrugineus, Thos, 

—~ dorsalis, Hensel. 

sublineatus, Thos, 


It will be noticed that nearly all these species are inhabitants 
of the mountainous regions of N.W. South America, from 
Colombia to Peru, none of them penetrating into Central 


latter lateral and paired. To avoid this confusion I would suggest that 
while the former, the median one, might still be called the mesopterygoid 
fossa, the new name of parapterygoid might be given to the lateral “ones, 
the names themselves then explaining the positions that the fosse 
respectively bear to the skull as a whole. 

Mr. Miller, in figuring a Microtine skull (N. Am. Faun. no. 12, p. 27, 
1896), has followed the usage of the human anatomists in calling the 
lateral fossee simply “ pterygoid,” and then using interpterygoid for the 
median one; but other authors have used this latter name for the lateral 
ones, and as the names do not explain themselves, their misuse is always 
probable. It would therefore seem advisable to drop them altogether 
and to use terms which are self-explanatory. 


444 Mr. O. Thomas on 


America. But three of them—sublineatus, ferrugineus, and 
dorsalis—extend into Eastern Brazil, the first-named in the 
north, the other twoin thesouth. 1’. ferrugineus and dorsalis 
are also exceptional in possessing 2—2=8 mamme. 

No doubt other described species will be found to be refer- 
able to Tomasomys, but the above are all that I have as yet 
been able to identify. 

But, further, a study of the same mammary and _ palatal 
characters in the series of forms that have been allocated to 
Rhipidomys brings out the fact that among these there are 
two distinct groups differing from each other exactly as do 
Oryzomys and Thomasomys; for up to the present no accurate 
definition of “ thipidomys”’ has been given, and the fact that 
the tail of any species is more or less tufted and that the 
animal had certain other external peculiarities have been 
taken as sufficient reason for its reference to what I now 
find to be the composite genus Rhipidomys. 

The true Rhipidomys has 1—2=6 mamma, a long heavily 
tufted tail, broad climbing feet, and the palatal characters of 
Thomasomys, from which it is to be distinguished by its 
external peculiarities and by the presence of well-marked 
divergent supraorbital ridges, these being practically absent 
in Thomasomys. 

The species to which the following specific names have 
been given appear to belong to this genus :—leucoductylus, 
Tschudi (type of genus) ; mastacalis, Lund; macrurus, 
Gerv. ; latiémanus, Tomes; ochrogaster and Coues?, Allen ; 
Sclateri, Goodfellowt, venezuele, venustus, microtis, pictor, 
nitela, and fulviventer, ‘Vhos.; and Macconnelli, de Winton ; 
but the last-named is somewhat aberrant in other characters 
than those above mentioned, and may hereafter prove to be 
separable from the rest. 

The species belonging to the second group have absolutely 
the skull of Oryzomys, and they also, so far as is kuown, 
have 2—2=8 mamme. It is clear, therefore, that they 
should be altogcther removed from LRhipidomys, and either 
assigned to Oryzomys or form a special group of their own. 

On the whole it appears to me they may best be regarded 
as a subgenus of Oryzomys, as follows :— 


CEcomys *, subgen. nov. 


Number of mamme (2—2=8) and essential skull-characters 
as in Oryzomys, though there is a tendency for the brain-case 


* oixos, a house. Quite a number of specimens, of different species, 
are noted as haying been caught in native houses. 


South- American Rodents. 445 


to be proportionally larger, more rounded, and Rhipidomys- 
like. Feet broad, suited for climbing; fifth hind toe propor- 
tionally long. Tail with the body-fur encroaching on its 
base for half an inch or more; terminal part well haired— 
more so than in true Oryzomys—and generally pencilled, 
though never so heavily as in Rhipidomys. 

Type. Rhipidomys benevolens, ‘Vhos. 

The following is the list of species belonging to this 
group :— 

Oryzomys (Ccomys) bicolor, Tomes. 

( ) dryas, Thos. (probably =bicolor). 
—_ ( ) benevolens, Thos. (Type.) 
—— (——) marmosurus, Thos. 
) mamore, Thos. (infra). 
— (——-) pheotis, Thos. 
) paricola, ‘Vhos. 
) rosilla, Thos. 
(——) Roberti, Thos. 


Rhipidomys rufescens, Thos., also probably belongs to 
Gcomys, but the essential parts of the type skull have unfor- 
tunately been broken away. 

In the transference of these species to Oryzomys only one 
name—dryas—clashes with a term already in use in that 
genus. But it so happens that this animal is probably the 
same as ‘l’omes’s bicolor, which, as the type now shows, was 
described from a discoloured specimen with a broken tail, 
while my distinction of dryas was based on the difference of 
colour and the longer tail as compared with T’omes’s descrip- 
tion, the type not being then available for examination. 

With regard to Nyctomys, hitherto somewhat doubtfully 
separated from Rhipidomys, I am able to point out an 
important character which will distinguish it from that genus. 
This is that the first upper molar, instead of being evenly 
oblong, with six subequal cusps, has only five well-developed, 
the antero-internal one being almost or quite obsolete. The 
group may therefore possibly be an offshoot of the Pero- 
myscus stock, with no close relationship to Rhipidomys at all. 


ara 


= a 


‘oie 


IIIl.—A new CEcomys and Two new Species of Holochilus. 


Oryzomys (Ccomys) mamore, sp. n. 


One of the largest species of the group, as large as a 
medium-sized Rhipidomys, about the same size as VU. (@.) 
marmosurus. Hairs of back about 10 mm. in length, 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 33 


446. Mr. O. Thomas on 


General colour of the type evidently somewhat altered by 
spirit, but apparently of the usual fulvouvs colour, with pure 
sharply defined white* belly. Hands and feet dull buffy 
whitish. Basal half-inch of tail furry like the body, the 
remainder well haired to the tip, but scarcely pencilled; pale 
brown throughout. Mamme 2—2=8. 

Skull very like that of a medium-sized Rhipidomys in 
general appearance, but the palate absolutely of the Oryzomys 
type. Interorbital region narrow, its edges sharply defined, 
with delicate ridges evenly diverging backwards; very 
different to the strong overhanging ledges of O. (@.) mar- 
mosurus. Palatine foramina large and open, extending back 
just to the level of the front of m’. Mesopterygoid fossa 
broad, parallel-sided, its anterior edge evenly rounded. 

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-specimen ):— 

Head and body 130 mm. ; tail 161; hind foot 27; ear 20. 

Skull: greatest length 33°5; basilar length 25°6; greatest 
breadth 17°5 ; interorbital breadth 5:2; palatilar length 14:1; 
diastema 8°6; palatal foramina 5:7; length of upper molar 
series 5°3. 

Hab. Mosetenes, Upper Mamoré, Yungas, Bolivia. 

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 0. 8. 3.21. Collected by 
L. Balzan ; presented by the Museo Civico, Genoa. 

The species of Gcomys, being distinguished from each 
other almost entirely by size and skull-characters, with a 
remarkable uniformity of coloration, I have no doubt (in spite 
of the discoloration of the type) about the distinction of this 
animal, which may be separated from its only equal in size, 
O. (Gi.) marmosurus, by its narrower interorbital region, less 
developed orbital ledges, and larger palatal foramina. 


Flolochilus chacarius, sp. n. 


Allied to 77. vulpinus, but with more slender feet and 
teeth. 

General colour as in H/. vulpinus. Back near “ raw- 
umber”; sides buffy, brightening to ochraceous buff along 
their lower edge; belly “ buff,’ the hairs white basally ; 
throat, chest, and inguinal region entirely white. Ears 
mixed buffy and brown. Upper surface of hands pale 
brownish buffy, of feet glossy greyish white. The feet them- 
selves smaller and narrower than in other species. ‘Tail 
shorter than head and body, brown above, greyish white 
belew. 

* Yellow in the specimen, but this has certainly been affected by the 
spirit. 


South-American Rodents. 447 


Skull lightly built. Back of nasals and front part of 
frontals markedly concave upwards along the middle line. 
Supraorbital edges sharp, not’ heavily ridged. Palatal 
foramina well open. Molars decidedly narrower than in 
other species. Last upper molar rather simpler than in other 
Species, its anterior lamina directly transverse, scarcely 
thickened internally, not connected with the second lamina. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :— 

Head and body 175 mm.; tail 164; hind foot 38; ear 17. 

Skull: greatest length 36°7; basilar length 30; greatest 
breadth 19°5 ; nasals 14; interorbital breadth 4°5; palatilar 
length 18; diastema 10°6; palatal foramina 7°5 x 2°5; upper 
molar series 6°9 ; breadth of m' 2°1. 

Hab. Chaco 1 league N.W. of Concepcion, Paraguay. 

Type. Female. B.M. no. 1. 3. 11. 2. Collected 12th 
March, 1900, by Mr. T. Insley. One specimen. 

“ Inhabits swamps.— Raises a nest on weeds about a foot 
above the water.”—T’. J. 

This species is distinguishable from /7Z. vulpinus of the 
lower Parana and La Plata, which it resembles in colour, by 
its delicate feet and narrow molars. When further examples, 
of different ages, of both forms are available for examination, 
I also think it probable that a real difference in the structure 
of m* will be definable. 


Flolochilus balnearum, sp. n. 


A small species, with short tail and large teeth. 

Fur long and fine, the hairs of the back 14-15 mm. in 
length. General colour of the usual type, the back rather 
ereyer than in H. chacarvus, the sides rather duller buff and 
the belly a deeper buff, so that there is less difference between 
the sides and belly, the hairs of the last-named part broadly 
slaty at base ; pectoral and inguinal light patches more 
strongly contrasted white. Feet comparatively short ; soles 
naked, granulated, with more strongly marked pads than in 
the allied species. ‘Tail comparatively short, blackish above, 
dull greyish below. 

Skull short and thickly built. Interorbital region but 
slighily concave mesially. Palatal foramina broad, but not 
widely open, owing to their rounded margins and the breadth 
of the septum, so that the actual slits are unusually narrow. 
Molars unusually broad and heavy, their length scarcely more 
than in /. chacarius, but their breadth considerably greater. 
Anterior lamina of m* thickened internally and connected with 


the next lamina by an enamel band. In their position also 
3a” 


448 Mr. W. L. Byrne on a new Species of 


the molars differ by facing further outwards than usual, the 
line of the two grinding-surfaces, if produced internally, 
meeting at an angle almost approaching a right angle, 
i.e. about 110°. In H. chacarius they meet at about 130°, 
and in a large example of H. vulpinus atover 150°. I cannot 
find that there is any appreciable age-variation in this 
character, though its exact definition is not easy. 

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 

Head and body “ 132” mm.*; tail 133; hind foot 35°5; 
ear 18. 

Skull: greatest length 35; basilar length 29°5; greatest 
breadth 20; nasals 13°3; interorbital breadth 4°33 palatilar 
length 18:2; diastema 10; palatal foramina 7°3; length of 
upper molar series 7°5; breadth of m'* 2°5. 

Hab. Bafiado de 8. Felipe, Tucuman. Alt. 435 m. 

Type. Female. B.M. no. 4.10. 2.5. Collected 18th June, 
1904, by L. Dinelli. One specimen. 

This small species is remarkable for its thick and heavy 
molars and the unusually oblique angle at which they are set. 


LXIX.—A new Species of Pteridium (Scopol’) from the 
North-east Atlantic. By L. W. Byrne. 


ONLY a single species of Pteridium (Scopoli), as defined by 
Giinthert (‘Challenger’ Deep-sea Fishes, p. 105), has 
hitherto been described—P. atrum (Risso), a denizen of the 
Mediterranean coast of France, where, however, it appears 
to be uncommon. 

On a recent cruise in the northern portion of the Bay of 
Biscay the 8.8. ‘ Huxley,’ employed by the Marine Biological 
Association of the United Kingdom upon the International 
Fishery Investigations, took a fish of this genus which 
appears to be reterable to a previously undescribed species, 
which I propose to name in honour of my friend Dr, E. J. 
Allen, the Director of the Association. 


Pteridium Allent. 


Form stout ; body compressed in caudal region, its greatest 
height about 4 times in its length (without caudal fin). 


* This would appear to be an under-measurement; the skin looks 
contracted, but the aa and body still measure over 140 mm. 

+ The “some slightly enlarged teeth along the inner series of the 
mandible and on the vomer,’ mentioned by Giinther, are stated by 
Moreau, on the authority of Bellotti, to be found in the male only. 


Pteridium from the North-east Atlantic. 449 


Head depressed, 34 times in length (without caudal), nearly 
twice as long as broad, its breadth about equal to its height 
at isthmus, Snout rounded, with numerous mucous glands, 
about 44 times in head. IZye of moderate size, longer than 
the flat interorbital space is wide, 6 times in head and less 
than 1} times in snout. Gape 22 times in head, barely 
reaching beyond the level of the hind margin of orbit; 
maxilla weak and but little expanded distally. Villiform 
teeth in both jaws and in a V-shaped band on vomer. 

Marginal fins continuous, their bases covered with skin 
and scales; fin-rays difficult to count, probably D. ca. 90, 
A. ca. 55. Ventrals each with two closely apposed rays. 


Pteridium Alleni, X 1. 


Body covered with a copious mucous secretion ; scales very 
small, approximately 105 in a longitudinal and 35 in a 
transverse series. Lateral line very indistinct and broken. 

Colour, after preservation, umber-brown, darker on top 
of head and front part of dorsum, paler on belly. Rays of 
marginal fins dark. 

Length of type 101 mm. (96 mm. without caudal). 

Hab. Mouth of English Channel, near La Chapelle Bank, 
ca. 450 fath. 

The chief dimensions of the type are as follows :—Length 
96 mm. ; length, including caudal fin, 101 mm.; length to 
origin of dorsal fin 83 mm., to origin of anal fin 49 mm.; 
greatest height of body 23 mm. ; length of head 27-5 mm., 
of snout 6°5 mm., of eye 4:5 mm. ; interorbital width 4 mm. ; 
height of head at isthmus 15 mm.; breadth of head 15 mm. ; 
length of upper jaw 10°5 mm. 

While the general form and proportions of the body are 
somewhat stouter in P. Ad/ent than in P. atrum, neither they 
nor the fin-ray and scale formule afford a ready means of 
identifying the species. In P. Alleni, however, the head is 
slightly larger and markedly more depressed than in P. atrum, 


450 Mr. C. T. Regan on Fishes from 


the eye is larger, and the interorbital space far narrower; in 
contradistinction to the comparatively short gape and weak 
maxilla in P. Allenit, P. atrum has a gape extending far 
beyond the hind margin of the eye and a stout maxilla with 
a broad distal end. 

These points are shown by the following percentages, taken 
from three specimens 80-90 mm. long (without caudal) of 
P. atrum and the type of P. Allent:— 


P. atrum. P. Alleni. 


Length of head ...... 26-25 28 p. c. of total length 
(without caudal). 


* snout ...... 25-23 24 p.c. of head. 

CVC Sew aay os 14-12°5 Gps ~ 
Interorbital width .... 26-23 15: c 
Height of head ...... 70 Boys cs = 
Breage seer ere 50-45 HOwE Gs *p 
Length of upper jaw... 60-65 = ee e 


The following key should suffice (at any rate until further 
material is available) to distinguish the species apart :— 


PTERIDIUM (Scopoli), Giinther. 


1, Breadth of head not more than half its length or 

< of its height at isthmus. Interorbital width 

about equal to snout and more than 13 times as 

long as eye. Upper jaw broad distally and ex- 

tending far beyond hind margin of eye ...... P. atrum (Risso). 
2. Breadth of head more than half its length and 

equal to its height at isthmus. Interorbital 

width less than length of eye and more than 14 

times in snout. Upper jaw narrow distally, 

reaching as far as hind margin of eye ........ P. Alleni, By. 


LXX.—A Collection of Fishes from the King River, Western 
Australia. By C. late Recan, B.A. 

A SMALL series of freshwater fishes from the King River, 

Western Australia, collected by Mr. G. C. Shortridge and 

presented to the British Museum by W. E. Balston, Esq., is 

of some interest, although only six species are represented, 


Galaxiide. 


Galaxias occidentalis, Ogilby, 1899. 


arene ayers if the only Galaxias so far recorded from 
estern Australia. 


the King River, Western Australia. 451 


Atherinide. 
Atherina elongata, Kliinz. 1880. 


NANNATHERINA, gen. nov. 


Body moderately elongate, compressed. Scales rather 
large, cycloid; no lateral line. Mouth wide, oblique, the 
maxillary exposed distally and extending to below the eye ; 
premaxillaries a little protractile; bands of small pointed 
teeth in the jaws and on the vomer and palatines. Dorsal 
fins connected at the base, with VIII-IX, I 8-9 rays, the 
spines pungent; anal with III 8-9 rays, opposite the soft 
dorsal; caudal rounded or subtruncate. Pectorals sym- 
metrical, rounded, placed rather low (as in normal Perciform 
fishes rather than as in other Atherinids) ; ventrals with I 5 
rays, inserted behind the base of the pectorals. Vertebree 
31 (14+17). 


Nannatherina Balstoni, sp. n. 


Depth of body equal to or a little less than the length of 
head, which is 3 in the length of the fish. Snout shorter 
than eye, the diameter of which is 3 in the length of head ; 
interorbital width 4 in the length of head. Upper surface of 
head scaly, except the snout; cheeks and opercles scaly. 
Jaws equal anteriorly ; maxillary extending to below middle 
of eye. Gill-rakers represented by a series of very short 
projections. 35 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal 
VilI-1X, I 8-9; origin above posterior part of pectoral ; 
second or third spine longest, a little less than } the length 


of head; soft fin higher, the rays nearly 3 the length of 
head. Anal III 8-9, opposite and similar to the second 
dorsal. Caudal rounded or subtruncate. Pectoral a little 
more than 3 the length of head; insertion of ventrals below 
the middle of pectoral. Brownish, with several dark vertical 
bars and an indistinct broken lateral stripe or series of spots. 

‘'wo specimens, 50 mm, in total length. 

The connected dorsal fins and the low position of the 
pectorals suggested that this little fish might prove to be the 
type of a family distinct from the Atherinidee, but dissection 
of one side of one of the specimens shows that the vertebral 
column and pectoral arch are as in typical Atherinide; the 
pelvic bones are quite remote from the clavicles, to which 
they are connected by a ligament. 


452 Mr. C. T. Regan on Fishes from 


Serranide. 


BosTocktA. 
Bostockia, Casteln. Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict. ii. 1873, p. 126. 


Closely allied to Percalates, Ramsay & Ogilby, but with 
the lateral line incomplete, ending below the spinous dorsal. 
Dorsal fins with VIII-IX, I 16-17 rays, the spinous portion 
not longer than the soft; anal with III 11 rays; caudal 
rounded ; pectorals symmetrical, rounded, with 14 or 15 rays. 


Bostockia porosa. 
Bostockia porosa, Casteln. Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict. ii. 1873, p. 126. 


Depth of body 3 in the length, length of head 22. Snout 
slightly longer than eye, the diameter of which is 5 in the 
length of head and equal to the interorbital width. Lower 
jaw projecting ; maxillary extending to below middle of eye ; 
preorbital and suborbitals entire ; cheeks and opercles scaly ; 
preoperculum with downwardly directed serre on the lower 
part of the posterior limb and with antrorse serre on the 
inferior limb ; 8 rather short gill-rakers on the lower part of 
anterior arch. About 45 scales in a longitudinal series. 
Dorsal VIII-IX, I 16-17; origin behind axil of pectoral ; 
fourth spine longest, nearly e the length of head. Anal 
III 11, second spine longer than third, nearly } the length of 
head. Pectoral + the length of head. Brdgech: 

A specimen measuring 82 mm. to the base of caudal and 
five much smaller ones. 

Castelnau described the lateral line as complete, extending 
from head to caudal fin. It seems probable that his speci- 
mens, like the ones I have examined, were preserved in 
strong spirit, and that he mistook the upper of three longitu- 
dinal ; grooves which are produced in shrunken specimens for 
the continuation of the lateral line. 


Centrarchide. 


EDELIA. 
Edelia, Casteln. Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict. ii. 1873, p. 123. 


30ody oblong, strongly compressed; scales large, ciliated. 
Lateral line anteriorly parallel to the dorsal profile, poste- 
riorly running along the middle of the side of the tail, the 
two portions usually disconnected; tube straight, extending 
the whole length of the exposed part of the scale ; ; muciparous 
scales mostly 1 not adjacent, but separated from each other by 
one or more ordinary scales. Mouth small, protractile; teeth 


” 


the King River, Western A ustralia. 453 


in jaws in villiform bands; teeth on vomer and _palatines ; 
tongue smooth. Preorbital with finely serrated posterior 
edge; suborbitals ligamentous; praoperculum entire; oper- 
culum with two spines. Head scaly except the snout. 
Gill-membranes narrowly united; pseudobranchiz  well- 
developed ; gill-rakers rather long. Dorsal fins connected at 
the base, with VII-VIII, I 8-10 rays, the spinous portion 
longer than the soft. Anal as much developed as the soft 
dorsal, with III 6-8 rays. Caudal rounded.  Pectorals 
obtuse; ventrals behind base of pectorals, close together, 
each with a strong spine. Pramaxillary processes not reaching 
the frontals ; supraoccipital crest not extending on the upper 
surface of the cranium; no parietal crests. Vertebree 
28 (12 +16). 

This genus, hitherto unrepresented in the British Museum 
collection, proves to be closely allied to Awhlia, Gill. In 
addition to the species described below, the genus includes 
the Paradules obscurus of Klunzinger. 

Nanoperca, Gthr., 1861, is very closely allied to Edelia, 
but the preorbital has only two rather strong serre and the 
interorbital region is naked. Microperca (non Putnam), 
Casteln., must also be very near to Hdelia. 


Edelia vittata. 


Edelia vittata, Casteln. Proc. Zool. Soe. Vict. ii. 1878, p. 124. 

Edelia viridis, Casteln. t. ce. p. 125. 

Depth of body 23 to 3 in the length, length of head 334. 
Snout nearly as long as eye, the diameter of which is 3 to 34 
in the length of head and about equal to the. interorbital 
width. Maxillary not extending to below the eye. About’ 
30 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal VII—VIII, I 8-9; 
second spine longest, 2 the length of head. Anal III 7-8; 
second and third spines subequal, about ? the length of head. 
Pectoral 4 the length of head. A dark lateral band from 
snout to base of caudal, often interrupted; scales below the 
band silvery ; usually a dark spot above the base of pectoral 
and another at the root of the caudal. 

Several specimens, measuring up to 50 mm. in total 


length. 


Gobiide. 
Gobtus ornatus, Riipp. 1828. 


This marine species is known to range from the Red Sea 
to the coasts of North-western Australia. 


454 On a new Species of Mangabey. 


LXXI.—Description of a Second new Species of Mangabey 
(Cercocebus Jamrachi). By R.I. Pocock, F.L.S., F.Z.S., 


Superintendent of the Zoological Society’s Gardens. 
[Plate XI. ] 


THE young male monkey upon which this new species is 
based was deposited in the Zoological Gardens by Mr. Roth- 
schild, who has placed its determination and description in 
my hands. I propose to name it after Mr. Albert E. Jamrach, 
the well-known importer of wild animals, who procured the 
specimen. 


Cercocebus Jamrachi, sp. n. (Pl. XI.) 


The face, ears, palms of the hands, and soles of the feet 
flesh-coloured, the face much more pallid than the hands and 
feet, which are of a decided rosy pink ; one or two small asym- 
metrically disposed pigment-spots on the face and ears. The 
iris of the eyes olive-brown ; the white of the eye with a 
faint grey-blue tinge. The hair everywhere a uniform dirty 
white. On the posterior portion of the crown of the head 
the hair is thick and long, forming an occipito-parietal tuft 
as in C. Hamlyni *; it is also long behind the ears, but on 
the cheeks it is quite short and sparse, whereas on the brow 
there is a scanty and shaggy fringe of long, semierect, and 
partially porrect hairs. 

Length from the crown of the head to the root of the tail 
12 English inches (=300 mm.) ; length of the tail 19 inches 
(=475 mm.). 

Loc. Molinga (? Mlungu), Lake Mweru. 


The great interest attaching to this monkey lies in its 
remarkable coloration, which is unique in the genus Cerco- 
cebus. ‘That the specimen is not a true and complete albino 
is shown by the normal tint of the eyes. It may be an 
albinescent variety of some species of Cercocebus, but of this 
there is as yet no proof. In the paper containing the description 
of C. Llamlyni I have discussed the possibility of the types of 
that species and of C. congicus being partially albino sports 
of C. albigena Rothschildi or an allied species. ‘The reasons 
therein given for dismissing the hypothesis of albinism apply 
also to the present case, except for the total absence in this 
species of pattern showing symmetrical arrangement. More- 
over, C. Jamrachi differs from the three forms just named 

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xviii. pp. 208-210, pl, vii. (1906). 


Sir G. F. Hampson on new Pyralidee. 455 
and resembles the typical form of Cercocebus albigena in 
possessing a brow-fringe and in the shortness of the hair on 
the cheeks. Hence it cannot be regarded, on the evidence, 
as a further stage in the albinescence, if albinescence it be, 
traceable from C. albigena Rothschildi to C. congicus and 
thence to C. Hamlynt. In fact, C. Jamrachi stands by 
itself. It may be at once distinguished from C. albigena 
albigena, its nearest ally, by its uniformly whitish coloration. 

A further point to be noted in connexion with this species 
is its occurrence in a locality lying about 10° 8. latitude in 
tropical Africa. It is, therefore, the southernmost represen- 
tative of the genus Cercocebus known up to the present time. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI. 


Cercocebus Jamrachi, sp.n. (Drawn from a photograph of the 
living animal.) 


LXXI1.—Descriptions of new Pyralidee of the Subfamilies 
Hydrocampinze and Scopariane. By Sir Grorce F. 
Hampson, Bart., B.A., F.Z.S., &c. 


Continued from p. 393. 
p 


Genus Meractysra, nov. 


Palpi upturned, the third joint long and acuminate; 
maxillary palpi moderate, filiform ; antenne of male some- 
what laminate, with a tuft of hair on upperside of shaft near 
base ; hind tibive with a tuft of hair replacmg the medial 
spurs. Fore wing with convergent fringes of hair on basal 
area below costa and above inner margin, with a fold be- 
tween them forming an elongate pouch on underside; veins 
2, 3, 5 from angle of cell, 4 absent; 10, 11 free. Hind 
wing with vein 2 from towards angle of cell; 3 and 5 from 
angle, 4 absent; the termen slightly excised below apex 
and towards tornus. 


(1.) Metaclysta tetrommata, sp. n. 


6. Head, thorax, and abdomen white marked with pale 
yellow; fore tibiz and tarsi blackish above. Fore wing 
pale yellow; the costal edge black to beyond middle; an 
antemedial black spot above inner margin and a black 
discoidal spot ; a white fascia from middle of cell to below 
costa beyond the cell; a curved white postmedial band 


456 Sir G. F. Hampson on new Pyralidee 


defined by punctiform black lines and at vein 2 recurved to 
middle of median nervure ; a terminal series of black points. 
Hind wing with the basal half white, its outer edge oblique, 
with a black line on it from discal to submedian folds; the 
outer half pale yellow; an oblique white streak across apical 
area; an oblique line with three black striz on its outer 
edge from termen above middle to vein 1; four black spots 
on medial part of termen, with the base of cilia beyond 
them golden. 

Hab. Lovistaprs, St. Aignan (Meek), 1 g type. Ezp. 
16 mm. 


3.) Symphonia leucostictalis, sp. n. 
yap » SP 


Antenne of male with long cilia; maxillary palpi filiform. 

3. Head and thorax black-brown, some whitish on vertex 
of head and mesothorax ; palpi with some yellowish at base 
of first joint and white at base of second joint; pectus and 
legs white, the fore femora and tibiz with black bands at 
extremities ; abdomen white, dorsally suffused with fuscous 
except first segment. Fore wing black-brown with a 
cupreous tinge, the medial area yellowish on inner half; 
a subbasal white line from costa to median nervure; ante- 
medial line black defined by white on inner side, expanding 
into a spot below cell, where the line is slightly excurved; a 
black discoidal lunule with white patch before it and some 
whitish beyond it; postmedial line black defined by white on 
outer side, forming a triangular mark at costa, small spots 
at middle and a spot in sinus below vein 2, the line slightly 
excurved below costa, excurved between veins 5 and 2, then 
retracted to below angle of cell and sinuous to inner margin ; 
a punctiform white line at base of cilia, which are white 
above tornus.. Hind wing with the basal half pale yellowish, 
the terminal half black-brown; a little black at base; a 
black discoidal spot ; postmedial line fine, black defined by 
white on outer side, excurved between veins 5 and 2, then 
retracted to below angle of cell and oblique to inner margin, 
where it expands on inner side into a triangular spot; cilia 
white, with a black line through them, the tips blackish at 
apex and middle; the underside paler. 

Hab. New Guinea, Milne Bay (Meek), 1 g type. Eap. 
20 mm. 


(9a.) Ambia mesoscotalis, sp. un. 


White; palpi at base, front of thorax, and parts of fore 
and mid legs tinged with fuscous. Fore wing with the base 
fuscous, with obscure white subbasal line and an orange- 


of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 457 


yellow band on its outer edge; a medial orange-yellow band 
expanding outwards on costal area, and with a white dis- 
coidal lunule on it and some fuscous on its lower edge ; an 
orange-yellow band edged by a fuscous line curving round 
from costa before apex to lower angle of cell and emitting a 
streak on costa to apex ; a terminal orange band with fine 
fuscous line on its inner side, and sudde nly bent outwards 
on to the cilia just before apex, where there is a black point. 
Hind wing with fuscous medial band with some orange on 
its inner edge; a postmedial orange band not extending 
below vein 2 and emitting streaks to apex and termen at 
veins 5, 3, and 2. 

Hab. Banova (Doherty), 1 3 type; Lovtstapes, St. Aignan 
(Meek). Exp. 12 mm. 


(10 a.) Ambia oligalis, sp. n. 


White; palpi, fore legs, and abdomen slightly tinged with 
fuscous. Fore wing with the costa fuscous towards base ; ; a 
prominent black discoidal spot ; an orange postmedial line 
oblique from costa to vein 2, where it is retracted, ter- 
minating below middle of cell; a curved subterminal band 
expanding towards costa, developed into a spot on imner 
margin, and with a black line on its outer edge; a terminal 
band with black line on its inner edge ; cilia with black 
line at base. Hind wing with black point in middle of cell ; 
prominent black spots on discocellulars and below middle 
of cell, with an oblique orange band between them; an 
obliquely curved orange postmedial band edged by fuscous 
lines : a terminal band with black line on its inner side ; six 
black pomts on termen, the two towards apex with black 
points on the cilia beyond them. 

Hab. Lovtstaves, St. Aignan, Goodenough (Meek). Exp. 
20mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild. 


(12a.) Ambia chalcichroalis, sp. n. 


9. Head, thorax, and abdomen bronze-yellow. Fore 
wing bronze-yellow suffused in pzrts with fuscous ; an ante- 
medial white band, defined by black formed by a bar from 
costa to median nervure, and an oblique wedge-shaped patch 
from cell to inner margin; a small white discoidal lunule 
defined by black ; a postmedial white band defined by black 
from costa to vein 4, its inner edge sinuous and expanding 
at and below costa; a conical w hite patch defined by black 
from below end of cell to inner margin ; a subterminal white 
band defined by black, excurved and interrupted at middle. 


458 Sir G. F. Hampson on new Pyralide 


Hind wing bronze-yellow suffused in parts with fuscous ; an 
ill-defined whitish subbasal band; an antemedial quadrate 
white patch defined by black from costa to median nervure, 
with a narrow white band defined by black from it to inner 
margin; a postmedial curved white band defined by black 
from costa to vein 4, its inner edge sinuous and expanding 
at and below costa, and a curved white band defined by black 
from below end of cell to’inner margin; a subterminal 
maculate white band defined by black formed by a subapical 
spot; three conjoined spots between veins 7 and 4 and two 
spots towards tornus, 

Hab. Care Cotony, Annshaw (Miss F. Barrett), 1 2 type. 
Exp. 16 mm. 


(12 6.) Ambia melanalis, sp. n. 


?. Head, thorax, and abdomen black-brown mixed with 
some whitish ; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen white. 
Fore wing black-brown, suffused with greyish and tinged 
with yellowish i in places ; an antemedial white spot on costa 
with slight oblique sinuous whitish line from it to inner 
margin; a slight white discoidal lunule defined by black ; 
postmedial white spot on costa, with excurved line from it 
to vein 4, then almost obsolete and retracted to a white 
patch on inner area below end of cell; a white subapical 
point and slight subterminal line between veins 7 and 4 ; 
cilia black intersected with white in places. Hind wing 
black-brown tinged with yellowish and slightly suffused with 
grey ; two small white spots at end of cell; postmedial line 
represented by a white bar from costa and traces of a line 
towards tornus ; a white terminal line from costa to vein 6 
angled outwards at apex. 

Hab. Care Cotony, Transkei (Miss F. Barrett), 1 2 type. 
Exp. 14 mm. 


(27 a.) Ambia pheochroalis, sp. n. 


Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous brown mixed with 
some white; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen 
mostly white. Fore wing fuscous brown, the postmedial 
and terminal areas with a yellowish tinge; a slight white 
subbasal line, angled outwards in cell, where it is “produced 
to a short streak ; antemedial line white, angled outwards 
just below cell; a small white spot below middle of costa; a 
black discoidal spot, with two slight white streaks beyond it 
and others, more minute and further from cell, above veins 
6, 7 ; postmedial line white defined on each side by blackish, 


of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 459 


slightly incurved below costa, excurved to vein 3, then 
retracted to below end of cell and very oblique to inner 
margin; a curved subterminal white line defined on each 
side by black, acutely bent outwards to apex; cilia black 
intersected with white. Hind wing fuscous brown with a 
yellowish tinge except on medial area; a slight subbasal 
white line; a shghtly waved antemedial line; a_ black 
discoidal spot; postmedial line white defined by black on 
outer side, excurved from costa to vein 2, then retracted to 
below end of cell and again slightly excurved ; subterminal 
line white defined on each side “by blackish, bent outwards 
to apex, excurved at middle and ending at vein 2 
blackish intersected with white. 

Hab. Jamaica, Moneague (Walsingham), 1. 3, 1 2 type. 
Exp. 12 mm. 


; cilia 


(27 6.) Ambia leucocymalis, sp. n. 


6. Head and thorax yellow and white slightly irrorated 
with fuscous ; antenne ringed with black ; abdomen yellow 
slightly irrorated with fuscous and with segmental white bands. 
Fore wing orange-yellow irrorated with fuscous ; ; curved white 
subbasal and antemedial bands defined on each side with fuscous; 
the subcostal fovea and two conjoined spots below cell white ; 
three short white streaks beyond the cell above veins 5,6, 7; 
a postmedial white band defined by fuscous, excurved from 
costa to vein 3, then retracted to below end of cell and ver 
oblique to inner margin near tornus; a curved white sub- 
terminal band defined on each side by fuscous, bent outwards 
to apex; cilia chequered fuscous and white. Hind wing 
orange-yellow irrorated with fuscous; rather diffused white 
subbasal and antemedial bands; an oblique black discoidal 
striga, with slight white spot before it in cell and three 
slight streaks beyond it ; postmedial band white defined on 
each side by fuscous, excurved from costa to vein 3, then 
retracted to below end of cell and again excurved to inner 
margin ; a white subterminal band defined on each side by 
fuscous, bent epeerds to apex, interrupted at discal fold 
and ending at vein 2; cilia chequered fuscous and white. 


Hab. Jamaica, Moneague (Walsingham), 1 3 type. Exp. 
14 mm. 


(27 c.) Ambia edizonalis, sp. n. 


6. Head and thorax yellow and white irrorated with 
fuscous ; pectus and legs almost entirely white ; abdomen 
yellow slightly irrorated with fuscous and with ‘segmental 


white bands, the base and ventral surface white. ieee wing 


460 Sir G. F. Hampson on new Pyralide 


orange-yellow, the base with a whitish patch and some 
fuscous irroration; subbasal and antemedial white bands 
defined on each side by black, the former slightly irregular, 
the latter expanding somewhat to inner margin; the sub- 
costal fovea white ; three white streaks beyond the cell above 
veins 5, 6, 7, the two upper irrorated with black; post- 
medial band white defined by black, excurved from costa to 
vein 8, then retracted to below end of cell and forming a 
slightly irregular triangular patch on inner area; a curved 
subterminal white band with slightly waved black edges 
except towards apex, to which it is bent outwards; cilia 
white, with fine black line at base and some black at apex 
and middle. Hind wing orange-yellow; a white patch at 
base; an antemedial white band defined on each side by 
black, expanding intoa large patch on costal half; two white 
streaks beyond the cell; postmedial band white defined on 
each side by black, broader, excurved, and with sinuous inner 
edge from costa to vein 2, where it is bent inwards; sub- 
terminal band formed of two conjoined white spots below 
costa and three at middle, defined on outer side by black 
and on inner side slightly by fuscous; a rather diffused 
maculate terminal black line; cilia white, black at apex, 
middle, vein 2, and tornus. 

Hab. Jamaica, Runaway Bay (Walsingham), 1 g type. 
Exp. 18 mm. 


(28 a.) Ambia albitessellalis, sp. n. 


3. Fore wing with the swelling on costa and gland below 
it considerably distorting the neuration, in one specimen 
veins 6, 7 being stalked. 

White ; palpi fulvous except third joint ; abdomen with 
some fulvous on dorsum. Fore wing with the costal area 
orange, with fuscous on its lower edge and white subbasal, 
antemedial, medial, and subapical spots; an antemedial 
orange and brown inwardly oblique line across inner area 
and a postmedial outwardly oblique line; a subterminal 
orange band edged by brown lines, curved from costa to 
vein 2, where it emits a tooth on inner side, and ending at 
tornus; an orange patch on termen and cilia just below 
apex, with a line from it, edged on inner side by a brown 
line and bent inwards to the subterminal band just above 
tornus. Hind wing with orange and brown antemedial and 
medial lines from costa to submedian fold, the latter slightly 
angled outwards below costa and at meclian nervure bent 
inwards to the antemedial line; a postmedial line curved 
from costa to submedian fold, where it is dentate on inner 


of the Subfamily Wydrocampine, 461 


side, and emits a streak to termen on outer, then ending on 
termen; a terminal band from apex to vein 2, the termen 
being very much excised below apex and dentate at veins 
ye ire a ae 

Hab. Jamaica, Moneague (Walsingham), 2 3,4 2 type; 
Neweastle. Eup. 16 mm. 


(30 a.) Ambia fusalis, sp. n. 


6. Orange suffused with fuscous. Both wings with 
indistinct, curved, grey antemedial line; the fovea of fore 
wing whitish; a discoidal black spot; a dark-edged grey 
postmedial band incurved below vein 38; a terminal orange 
band with fuscous terminal spots, and detined on inner side 
by a black line with grey line inside it; cilia fuscous. 

Hab. Baur (Doherty), 1 3 type. Exp. 20 mm. 


(33 a.) Ambia vagilinealis, sp. n. 


Head, thorax, and abdomen white slightly marked with 
brown. Fore wing brown, with oblique, straight, white sub- 
basal line ; a white lunule in middle of cell with the ante- 
medial line excurved round it, emitting two branches at costa 
and retracted at median nervure; a white line from costa to 
lower angle of cell, with a fork to costa and a short branch 
at middle of discocellulars ; the postmedial line bent out- 
wards to costa, with a short spur at vein 5, and at vein 2 
retracted to lower angle of cell; a sinuous black subterminal 
line with slight white line on its inner edge; a fine terminal 
fuscous line; cilia white and fuscous. Hind wing brown, 
with black-edged, straight, antemedial, white band; a wedge- 
shaped, black-edged, white discoidal patch from costa to 
lower end of cell, where it joims the simuous postmedial line, 
which is retracted at vein 2 and interrupted by the brands ; 
a subterminal white line with black outer edge, angled 
inwards at vein 5; a fine terminal black line. 

Hab. N. Guinea, Kapaur (Doherty), 1 3 type; Louisr- 
apes, St. Aignan (Meek), 1 2. Hap. 16 mm. 


(38 a.) Ambéia albibasalis, sp. n. 


¢. Antenne laminate; head and thorax white mixed 
with pale fulvous ; abdomen white tinged with pale fulvous 
and with diffused dorsal dark bands. Fore wing with the 
basal area pure white, edged by a blackish line angled below 
costa and on median nervure, the rest of the wing thickly 
irrorated and suffused with black-brown; the costal area 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 34 


462 Sir G. F. Hampson on new Pyralide 


fulvous; a diffused black discoidal spot, with a curved line 
from it to inner margin; a curved line from costa beyond 
middle to termen at vein 5, defined by white on outer side 
and with diffused bluish-white scales on its inner side; a 
terminal series of small black and white spots ; cilia pale 
fulvous, their tips whitish, dark at middle. Hind wing with 
the basal and costal areas white, the rest of wing thickly 
irrorated and suffused with black-brown ; the long ‘Spatulate 
scales below the cell black and white; a minutely dentate 
postmedial line, excurved beyond lower angle of cell and 
towards tornus, where it is developed into a black spot; a 
maculate black terminal line, defined by white on inner side; 
cilia pale fulvous, whitish at tips. 

Hab. Surinam, Paramaribo (Ellacombe); Brazir, Sao 
Paulo (Jones), 1 3 type. Ezp. 14 mm. 


(38 0.) Ambia pheozonalis, sp. n. 


Head, thorax, and abdomen white tinged with golden 
brown, the last with blackish and white dorsal bands on 
subterminal segments ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of 
abdomen almost entirely white. Fore wing white, mostly 
suffused with golden brown and with some dark irroration ; 
two brown striz from costa near base, with an oblique brown 
band beyond them from cell to inner margin, with some 
black scales cn it below cell; an indistinct double ante- 
medial line, with some black scales on it, oblique from costa, 
then erect; a narrow white discoidal lunule defined by some 
dark scales ; postmedial line double, filled in with white, 
oblique from costa to vein 4, then retracted to below end of 
cell and oblique to inner margin, with black suffusion be- 
tween it and antemedial line from cell to inner margin, some 
yellow beyond it on costal area; a fine waved black sub- 
terminal line, defined by white on inner side, incurved from 
just below apex to vein 4; the termen yellow ; cilia brownish 
at base, white at tips. Hind wing white; two brown subbasal 
lines from cell to inner margin; two medial blackish lines filled 
in with blackish from cell to inner margin ; a dark minutely 
waved postmedial line, excurved from costa to vein 4, then 
retracted and becoming the outer medial line, the area from 
just beyond it brown, with subterminal series of slight white 
lunules and black point on termen at submedian fold; cilia 
white, blackish at tornus. 

Hab. Mexico, Guerrero (H. H. Smith), 1 ¢, 1 @ type. 
Godman-Salvin Coll. Lap. 18 mm, 


of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 463 


(5 a.) Oligostigma alicialis, sp. n. 


?. Head and thorax pale brown; abdomen brown mixed 
with black and banded with white, the ventral surface 
white. Fore wing pale brown diffused in parts with blackish ; 
an oblique orange wedge-shaped patch beyond the cell from 
vein 7 to 2, defined on each side by fuscous lines; a curved 
white subterminal band bent inwards above inner margin, 
defined on inner side by blackish suffusion from costa to 
apex of the wedge-shaped patch and on outer by a black line 
followed by an orange terminal band; a fine black terminal 
line ; cilia whitish, with a fuscous line through them. Hind 
wing with the base black, followed by a broad white band, 
then a broad black band, then a white band expanding some- 
what at middle and defined on outer side by a fuscous line ; 
a terminal orange band and fine black terminal line; cilia 
grey, with black spots divided by fine white streaks at the 
medial lobe. 

Hab. Cryton, Udagama (Mackwood), 1 9 type. ap. 
14 mm. 


(18 a.) Oligostigma melanotalis, sp. n. 


Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish mixed with orange; 
fore femora and tibiz tinged with fuscous. Fore wing 
whitish suffused with orange, especially on costal and 
terminal areas ; a black spot on middle of costa, with traces 
of an oblique orange line from it towards inner margin; a 
rounded orange discoidal spot ; a sinuous whitish postmedial 
line slightly defined by orange on inner side, followed by an 
orange band with fine black line on its outer edge, then an 
orange terminal band; a terminal series of slight black 
points ; cilia whitish tinged with yellow. Hind wing with 
the basal area whitish ; a blackish medial line not reaching 
costa or inner margin; the terminal half orange; a sub- 
terminal whitish band between veins 5 and 1, defined on 
inner side by a sinuous fuscous line and on outer by a 
blackish line ; a fine fuscous terminal line, with three small 
black spots at middle ; cilia white, with a fine fuscous line 
through them. 

Hab, Creyton, Maskeliya (de Mowbray), 1 g ; Pundaloya 
(Green), 2 9 type. Ezp. 18-20 mm. 


(18 4.) Oligostigma bipunctalis, sp. n. 


9. White; palpi and head slightly tinged with fuscous. 
Fore wing with the basal half of costal area irrorated with 
3d* 


464 Sir G. F. Hampson on new Pyralide 


brown ; black points in middle of cell and on discocellulars ; 
a postmedial orange band, curved to vein 4, then oblique to 
inner margin near base ; a curved subterminal band edged 
with fuscous on outer side and a terminal band edged w vith 
fuscous on inner side; cilia fuscous and white. Hind wing 
with orange spot at base; a fuscous discoidal point ; a medial 
fuscous-irrorated orange band, curved from costa to lower 
angle of cell, then oblique; a curved postmedial orange band 
edged by ws aved fuscous lines and conjoined at costa to a 
terminal band with waved fuscous line on its inner and outer 
sides; cilia with four black points towards apex and a black 
line towards tornus. 

Hab. Nicerta, Sapele (Sampson), 1 2 type; Warri 
(Roth). Lap. 18 mm. 


(19 a.) Oligostigma discalis, sp. n. 


d. Head, thorax, and legs white and orange, fore tibiz 
blackish; abdomen orange above, with white segmental 
lines, the ventral surface white. Fore wing orange ; a white 
fascia, with diffused fuscous on its edges below basal half of 
cell, at extremity conjoined to a fuscous-edged oblique band 
from subcostal nervure to vein 1; a large, fuscous-edged, 
elliptical, orange, discoidal spot extending to costa and with 
a wedge-shaped white patch on its outer side; a black-edged - 
white subterminal band from below costa to above inner 
margin; a terminal series of black points; cilia fuscous. 
Hind wing white, with broad orange terminal band with 
curved black line on its inner edge, sinuous and ending before 
inner margin; a subapical white spot; two white points, with 
black points beyond them above middle, with fine black lines 
from them to vein 1; cilia white. 

Hab. Ceveses, Bonthain (Everett), 1 g type. Exp. 
28 mm. 


(24a.) Oligostigma camptoteles, sp. n. 


White; head, thorax, legs, and abdomen with some fuscous 
markings. Fore wing with the costal edge fuscous; an 
orange fascia below basal half of costa ending in a black 
point; a diffuse black streak along median nervure ; two 
black streaks below the cell meeting in a point below its 
extremity ; a wedge-shaped oblique black-edged orange spot 
on discocellulars ; an orange postmedial spot on costa with 
black line from it to submedian fold, where it is bent up- 
wards to lower angle of cell; a black-suffused orange sinuous 
subterminal band from costa ending in a point in submedian 
fold ; an orange terminal band edged by black lines and bent 


of the Subfamily Wydrocampine. 465 


outwards to a black point below apex; cilia chequered white 
and brown. Hind wing with medial black line from below 
costa to submedian fold, then oblique to inner margin near 
base, giving off an oblique hook on its outer side near its 
upper extremity ; a terminal orange band with curved black 
line on its inner side with a white line ow its outer side on 
costal half ; a black-edged white subapical spot, three black 
spots on termen above middle, the two upper with white 
points before them, with fine black subterminal and terminal 
lines from them, the former not reaching tornus; cilia inter- 
sected with fuscous. 
Hab. Tampora (Doherty), 1 3 type. Exp. 22 mm. 


(27 a.) Oligostigma grisealis, sp. n. 


6. Dark fuscous grey. Fore wing with blackish subbasal 
line with white point and some black scales beyond it below 
the cell ; a sinuous white antemedial line defined by black ; 
a yellow reniform discoidal spot, a minutely dentate white 
postmedial line defined by black on inner side. Hind wing 
with the basal area yellow irrorated with black scales ; 
a sinuous white subbasal line from cell to inner margin; a 
discoidal yellow spot; a minutely dentate white postmedial 
line angled inwards on inner area; cilia of both wings with 
series of white points. Underside of hind wing suffused 
with white except costal area. 

Hab. Jamaica, Newcastle, 1 g type. Ezp.18 mm. 


(28 a.) Oligostigma palleuca, sp. n. 


6. Pure white ; antenne and dorsal spots on abdomen 
pale fulvous. Fore wing with three subbasal dark points ; 
a curved pale fulvous antemedial line obtusely angled on 
median nervure ; a nearly straight medial line connected by 
streaks on subcostal and median nervure with the postmedial 
line; a large fulvous-outlined reniform stigma connected by 
streaks on the veins with the postmedial line, which is minutely 
waved from costa to vein 3, then retracted to below angle of 
cell; an indistinct minutely waved subterminal line; the 
veins of terminal area streaked with fulvous ; a fine terminal 
line. Hind wing with subbasal live on inner area; a dis- 
coidal point ; the sinuous medial line retracted at vein 3 
to the discoidal point; the postmedial line bent outwards 
‘between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below angle of cell ; 
a subterminal line angied inwards on vein 2; a fine terminal 
line. 

Hab. Borneo, Kina Balu. Hap. 20 mm. Type in Coll. 


Rothschild. 


466 Sir G. F. Hampson on new Pyralide 


(28 b.) Oligostigma ectogonalis, sp. n. 


?. White; abdomen dorsally banded with pale yellow. 
Fore wing with subbasal, antemedial, and medial yellow 
bands, the last angled outwards and emitting a spur below 
costa; a fine black discoidal lunule; the postmedial line 
white, defined on outer side by a fine black line, strongly 
angled outwards at middle and incurved towards costa and 
inner margin, with patches of yellow before and beyond it ; 
a subterminal white band with fine crenulate black line on 
its outer edge, bent outwards to apex and excurved at middle. 
Hind wing with the basal half white, with sinuous yellow 
subbasal band and black discoidal lunule ; the terminal half 
yellow with white postmedial band, defined on outer side by 
a slight black line and strongly angled outwards at middle ; 
a crenulate subterminal band detined on outer side by a fine 
black line. 

Hab. Loutrstapes, St. Aignan (Meek), 2 2 type. Exp. 
16 mm, 


(30 a.) Oligostigma auropunctalis, sp. un. 


White; abdomen tinged with ochreous towards extremity. 
Fore wing slightly irrorated with brown ; a medial yellow 
patch on inner area; a medial black point on costa with 
fuscous line from it to inner margin, where it meets an ~ 
oblique postmedial line ; a fuscous-edged orange discoidal 
lunule ; a subterminal rather wedge-shaped orange band 
hardly reaching inner margin ; a terminal orange band with 
black line on its inner edge; a series of black points on 
termen and apical spot. Hind wing with oblique antemedial 
brownish band; the terminal area orange, with curved black 
line on its inner edge and two fine terminal lines interrupted 
at middle by two black points on the lobe. 

Hab. Buutan (Dudgeon),1 2 type; Mapras, Palni Hills, 
Kodikanal, 1g. £zp. 18 mm. 

Subsp. 1.—Fore wing with the postmedial line straighter ; 
hind wing with the subbasal band yellow with black line on 
outer edge. Hab. Java, Arjuno (Doherty), 2 °. 


(32 a.) Oligostigma albifurcalis, sp. n. 


6. Head, thorax, and abdomen orange ; palpi with fuscous 
patch on second joint above; base of proboscis and frous 
fuscous ; abdomen whitish below. Fore wing orange; the 
base of costa irrorated with fuscous ; a whitish fascia irro- 
rated with fuscous in and below cell; a black spot with 
some whitish on inner side on costa above end of cell; an 
incurved fuscous line with white band on its outer side from 


of the Subfamily Hydrocampine. 467 


below costa beyond middle to above inner margin near tornus, 
where it is met by an obliquely curved fuscous line from 
lower angle of cell, forming a triangular mark filled in with 
whitish irrorated with fuscous ; a curved white subterminal 
band, defined by a fuscous line on inner side and a fine black 
line on outer side, meeting the postmedial band above tornus ; 
a fine black terminal line expauding into a black spot at 
apex ; cilia brownish white with a fuscous line near base. 
Hind wing orange ; an obliquely curved white medial band, 
defined on each side by fuscous lines, from just below costa 
to above inner margin; a fine black line just before termen 
slightly incurved at submedian fold ; a black terminal line 
interrupted by three small lunulate black spots between 
veins 5 and 2; a little brownish white inside the subterminal 
line at apex; cilia brownish white with a slight fuscous line 
near base. Underside of fore wing suffused with fuscous 
except terminal area. 
Hab, Assam, Khasis, 1 ¢ type. Lup. 22 mm. 


9a.) Aulacades cyclozunalis, sp. n. 
y » S} 


?. Head and thorax white; palpi with the extremity of 
second joint red-brown; shoulders, tips of patagia, and 
metathorax red-brown; prothorax with yellow patch; abdo- 
men white with dorsal brown band on third segment, the 
four following segments with yellow bands. Fore wing 
white ; the costal area red-brown to beyond middle ; a small 
red-brown spot in middle of cell and large patch below the 
cell; a red-brown band from middle of costa curving out- 
wards to submedian fold, then up to costa before apex, and 
with the red-brown costal area forming a nearly complete 
circle; an orange terminal band bent inwards on terminal 
part of inner margin, defined on inner side by a fine black 
line and on termen by a series of black striz; cilia brownish 
white. Hind wing white; a yellow postmedial band ex- 
panding to termen from just below costa to vein 3 and 
mterrupted by an oblique silvery line across apical area, 
defined on each side by fine fuscous lines between vein 5 and 
submedian fold; a terminal yellow band with two small 
black and white ocelli on it below veins 5 and 4, followed by 
a small black spot below vein 3, and defined on each side by 

fine black lines at middle ; cilia silvery white. 
' Hab. Br. N. Guinea, Ekeikei (Prati), 1 9 type. Exp. 
28 mm. 
(30 a.) Aulacodes metatazalis, sp. n. 


dg. White; palpi, sides of frons, antenne, and legs tinged 
with rufous, tarsi with dark rings. Fore wing with the 


468 Sir G. F. Hampson on new Pyralide 


costa tinged with rufous ; the inner area tinged with yellow 
and with an oblique dark medial line from vein ] to inner 
margin; a pale yellow postmedial band edged with dark lines, 
contracting towards costa, and below vein 2 bent upwards to 
the discocellulars ; a yellow terminal band with fuscous line 
on its inner edge "and black strie on termen. Hind wing 
with incurved fuscous postmedial line between discal and 
submedian folds, a diffused yellow band beyond it bent 
outwards below apex and angled strongly inwards on inner 
area; the termen yellow, expanding on medial area and with 
seven black- edged white spots with black points on their 
outer edges. 

Hab. Br. N. Guinea, Moroka (Anthony), 1 38 type. 
Hep. 24 mm. 


(31 a.) Aulacodes pentopalis, sp. n. 


@. Head and thorax golden yellow mixed with some 
white; fore femora blackish above, the tibiz with black 
band at extremity ; abdomen yellow, the first segment and 
ventral surface w hite. Fore wing silvery white, ‘the costal 
area brown to beyond middle ; an “oblique antemedial brown 
line; an oblique brown band from just below middle of 
costa, below which it forks, to above inner margin towards 
tornus, a large rounded white patch beyond it extending to 
lower angle of cell and defined by brown on outer side; the 
terminal area orange, with a silvery-grey subterminal band 
formed of small conjoined spots defined on each side by fine 
waved black lines from just below costa to the oblique brown 
band; a terminal series of small black spots; cilia silvery 
grey. Hind wing white; a black line from lower angle of 
cell, strongly angled outwards in submedian fold and ending 
above inner margin near tornus; terminal area orange; a 
subterminal Theva greyish towards costa and tornus, ‘black 
and diffused inwardly at middle, angled outwards to the 
uppermost of the five small black spots on medial part of 
termen and to termen at submedian fold, not reaching 
tornus, the middle spot of the five with smal] white spot on 
its inner side, some silvery scales on lower part of subterminal 
band; cilia brown and silvery. 


Hab. Souromons, Choiseul (Meek),1 2 type. Lap. 20mm. 


(41 a.) Aulacodes goniophoralis, sp. n. 


¢. Orange; head and thorax mixed with fulvous ; pectus, 
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen whitish, fore tibiz and 
tarsi banded with fuscous. Fore wing suffused with fulvous ; 
a whitish spot in middle of cell; an orange fascia on terminal 


of the Subfamily Wydrocampine. AG9 


half of inner margin met by an oblique whitish fascia from 
origin of vein 2; a wedge-shaped white mark beyond the 
cell, its base below costa and apex on vein 3; a terminal 
orange band with series of black points on each edge and 
with a white band on its inner side not reaching costa or 
inner margin. Hind wing with the basal area whitish with 
oblique brown subbasal band, its oblique outer edge defined 
hy a few dark scales developed into a strong line between 
veins 6 and 2; a curved white subapical mark ; ; an oblique 
postmedial white line between veins 4 and 1 defined by 
fuscous on each side and with two black points on its outer 
edge; two subterminal white points edged by black and with 
black points on their outer edge just above middle; a fine 
black terminal line towards apex and a point followed by a 
line below the ocelli; cilia whitish with fuscous line at base 
except towards apex. 

Hab. Br. N. Guinea, Mailu (Anthony). Exp. 20 mm. 
Type in Coll. Rothschild. 


Genus RipLeyana, nov. 


Type R. paradoxa. 

Proboscis fully developed; palpi porrect, straight, extending 
about length of head, the second joint fringed with hair 
below ; maxillary palpi minute, filiform; antennz annulate, 
about four times length of fore wing; legs very long and 
slender, the tarsi extremely long, the outer spurs about two 
thirds length of inner; abdomen long and slender. Fore 
wing with very large lobe on middle of costa forming a 
hollow below and with slight tuft of scales on costa; the cell 
long, the end of cell filled by a large fovea. Another fovea 
below end of cell above base of vein 2, which is strongly 
curved downwards at base; veins 3 and 4 from angle, 4 
curved upwards at base, 5 from well above angle, distorted 
and curved upwards at base, where there are foveas above 
and below it; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked, 8 and 
10 from a point, 10 very short; 11 from angle and short 
cilia emitting scale- teeth. Hind wing eas veins 3, 4,5 
from angle of cell; 6,7 from upper angle ; ; 8 anastomosing 
with 7 almost to apex; cilia forming a series of large down- 
curved saw-like scale-teeth. 

Named in honour of Mr. H. N. Ridley, who has enriched 
the British Museum with very large collections of moths 
from Singapore and the Malay Peninsula, containing a very 
large number of new species. 


470 Sir G. F. Hampson on new Pyralide 


Terataucta paradova, Hering, Stett. ent. Zeit. xii. p. 345 
(1901) ; id. xliv. pl. 1. f. 28 (1908). 


Hab. Sincarore (Ridley) ; Sumatra. 


(8 a.) Parthenodes immanis, sp. 0. 


2. Very dark brown. Fore wing with the medial area 
very slightly irrorated with grey ; a very obscure pale sinuous 
antemedial line ; the postmedial line very indistinct, sinuous 
and retracted at vein 2 to angle of cell. Hind wing with 
pale-centred discoidal lunule, the pale medial line obtusely 
angled just below it; the postmedial line bent outwards and 
obtusely angled at vein 3, then sinuous; some grey on 
termen between vein 3 and tornus. Underside paler with 
discoidal lunules on each wing. 

Hab. N. Borneo, Kina Balu. Exp. 42 mm. Type in 
Coll. Rothschild. 


(8 6.) Parthenodes scotalis, sp. n. 

Palpi with the third joint long ; fore wing with vein 10 
from the cell. 

?. Head, thorax, and abdomen blackish brown ; pectus 
and legs rather ereyer. Fore wing blackish brown ; ante- 
medial line indistinct, greyish, slightly defined on each side 
by blackish, oblique from costa to subcostal nervure, inwardly 
oblique below submedian fold; an indistinct dark discoidal 
spot ; postmedial line indistinct, greyish, slightly defined on 
each side by blackish, shghtly incurved from below costa to 
vein 6, excurved to vein 3, then incurved and again excurved 
to inner margin; a subterminal series of small rather tri- 
angular grey spots in the interspaces with black points on 
their outer edges ; cilia grey-brown with a slight fuscous line 
near base. Hind wing grey suffused with brown; a small 
dark discoidal spot ; an oblique dark line defined by greyish 
on inner side from median nervure near lower angle of cell 
to submedian fold; a slight dark postmedial line defined by 
greyish on outer side, excurved from costa to vein 2, then 
almost obsolete, pale and ending at tornus, a slight dark line 
just before termen except towards tornus ; cilia greyish with 
slight fuscous line near base; the underside grey tinged 
with brown, a small dark discoidal spot. 

Hab. Gampust (Longstaff), 1 2 type. Exp. 40 mm. 


(9a.) Parthenodes africalis, sp. n. 
d. White; head and thorax slightly marked with ochreous 


brown ; abdomen dors sally banded with ochreous. Fore 
wing irrorated and suffused with ochreous brown; some 


of the Subfamily Wydrocampine. 471 


ochreous marks at base; a broad diffused antemedial band, 
its outer edge angled outwards in cell and with a line parallel 
co it; a postmedial line dentate outwards below costa, angled 
inwards on vein 2, then sinuous, followed after a white ite 
by a broad band with its outer edge dentate from costa to 
vein 5; a terminal band with irregularly sinuous outer edge. 
Hind wing with antemedial line from cell to inner margin, 
angled outwards in submedian fold, defined on inner side 
by white, with an ochreous-brown patch before it ; a discoidal 
spot; a postmedial sinuous fee defined by white on outer 
side, then with broad band; a fine terminal line. 

? marked with fuscous ee n instead of ochreous. 

Hab. Niceria, Sapele (Sampson), 7 2, Warri (Roth), 
1? ; Nyasatanp, Chiromo (De Jersey), 1 3 type. Lup., 
oo. y 20 mm. 


(10 8.) Parthenodes chalcialis, sp. n. 


9. Head and thorax bronze-brown mixed with white and 
black; tarsi white banded with black; abdomen bronze- 
brown with slight fuscous segmental lines, the second seg- 
ment with whitish band. Fore wing bronze-brown slightly 
irrorated with fuscous, the basal area white except towards 
costa, with a blackish subbasal band from cell to inner 
margin; antemedial line white, defined on each side by 
bronze and on outer side by biackish from cell to inner 
margin, oblique from costa to median nervure, incurved 
below vein 1; the medial area with white patches on costa 
and inner margin; a black spot at upper angle of cell; 
postmedial line defined by white on outer side, forming an 
oblique triangular mark filled in with white from costa to 
vein 5, then from costa on inner side of discoidal spot 
obliquely with a slight inward curve to just above inner 
margin, where it is slightly angled; a white subterminal line 
slightly defined on each side by black, bent outwards to apex, 
then slightly curved to above inner margin, where it is 
toothed inwards; a black terminal line; cilia chequered 
white and bronze. Hind wing white ; an indistinct diffused 
bronze-brown subbasal band ; a similar oblique medial band 
ending on termen above tornus; a postmedial band ex- 
panding into a triangular patch at middle and ending on 
termen at vein 1; auarrow terminal band and black terminal 
line from apex to submedian fold; cilia white with a slight 
bronze line near base; the underside whitish suffused with 
pale bronze-brown. 

Hab. Brazit, Sao Paulo, 1 2 type. Hap. 16 mm. 


472 Sir G. F. Hampson on new Pyralide. 


(10 c.) Parthenodes nymphulalis, sp. n. 


Head and thorax whitish mostly suffused with golden 
brown ; antenne ringed white and brown; abdomen suffused 
with golden brown at base and fuscous towards extremity, 
leaving whitish segmental lines. Fore wing whitish almost 
wholly suffused with golden brown and rather thickly 
irrorated with fuscous ; an oblique blackish antemedial line 
angled outwards below costa and cell, defined by whitish on 
inner side; postmedial line black, defined by white on outer 
side, very obliquely curved from costa to vein 3, then 
retracted to lower angle of cell and sinuous to inner margin ; 
two black points on costa towards apex; a rather diffused 
blackish terminal line. Hind wing white, mostly suffused 
with golden brown and irrorated with fuscous; two black 
discoidal points ; postmedial line blackish, sinuous, outwardly 
oblique from costa to median nervules, where it is excurved, 
then very oblique inwardly to tornus; a black line on termen, 
which is indented at discal fold, ending at submedian fold ; 
cilia yellowish at base and with two fine blackish lines 
through them except towards tornus. 

Hab. Mexico, Tabasco, Teapa (H. H. Smith), 1 ¢ type, 
Godman-Salvin Coll.; Panama, Cana Mines (T7ylecote), 12. 
Exp. 12 mm. 


14a.) Parthenodes ectopalis, sp. n. 
7 P 


3. White ; palpi black, the maxillary palpi very long and 
white at tips ; antenne fulvous; fore legs brown in front; 
abdomen dorsally tinged with fulvous. Fore wing with 
broad subbasal orange band confluent with a patch extending 
from costa to submedian fold and to beyond the cell and 
enclosing a white patch in end of cell; a diffused postinedial 
line curved from costa to vein 3, where it is bent inwards 
and connected with the patch, and above vein | again bent in- 
wards and connected with the patch ; termen orange. Hind 
wing with orange spot below base of cell ; a wedge-shaped 
orange patch extendivg from upper angle of cell to tornus ; 
a terminal band from costa to a black band with patches of 
silver scales on it extending from above vein 5 to submedian 
fold. 

Hab. N. Borneo, Mt. Mulu (Hose). Eep. 32mm. Type 
in Coll. Rothschild. 


[To be continued, } 


On a new Chameleon from Mount Ruwenzori. 473 


LXXIII.—On a new Chameleon from Mount Ruwenzoré. 
By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. 


A SINGLE specimen of a sinall female chameleon, which I 
then referred provisionally to Chameleon biteniatus, Fischer, 
was presented by Sir Harry Johnston to the British Museum 
in 1901. Further specimens which have since come into my 
hands induce me to regard this chameleon as the type of a 
new species, for which I would propose the name of 


Chameleon rudis. 


Differing from Ch. biteniatus in the coarser scaling and in 
the much longer scales forming the gular and ventral crest, 
the longest of these, on the throat, measuring half the diameter 
of the orbit. Uniform blackish olive. 

From snout to vent 52 mm,; tail 47. 

I hope later to give a detailed description and figure of 
this chameleon, which has been briefly alluded to by Mr. J. L. 
Monk, ‘ Zoologist,’ 1903, p. 824, as likely to prove a new 
species, 


MISCELLANEOUS. 
A common British Starfish. 
To the Editors of the * Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ 


GuyrtemEen,—Prof. Clark, of Cambridge, U.S.A., has kindly called 
my attention to a blunder in the synonymy of Solaster papposus on 
page 89 of my ‘ Catalogue of British Echinoderms’; as it refers to a 
common species, perhaps you will allow me to correct it. The 
specific term papposa was first used for a starfish by Linnzeus in 
the 2th edition of the ‘Systema Nature,’ page 1098, so that its 
date is 1767. I have no palliation to offer for the blunder. 
F. Jevrrey Bett. 


A Correction. 


Paramilionia rubroplagata, B.-B., ante, p. 345. 


I wish to withdraw this name, inasmuch as it falls under Sangala 
gloriosa. Some little time ago I bought from a soldier who had 
just returned from one of the West-African expeditions a few 
insects, nearly all Lycenide, but among them were two specimens 
of this moth. I referred carefully to several of the most important 
Old-World collections and could not name them. Hence I 


A474 Miscellaneous. 


described them as new, and it was only when I showed the specimens 
to my friend Mr. Herbert Druce, and he recognized them at once as 
a well-known South-American insect, that I discovered my error. 
The soldier has never been to America in his life, and I conclude 
some friend must have given them to him, but unfortunately the 
supposition that they came from Sierra Leone put me off the scent 
altogether. The simplest plan will be to withdraw the name and 
treat the description as non est, G. T. Beraune-Baker. 


Trichoniscus pygmeus, G'. O. Sars, a Woodlouse new to the British 
Fauna. By Ricwarp S. Baenatt, F.ES. 


Early this month I discovered a tiny woodlouse that seemed to 
find its home in soft and worm-riddled earth, and which upon 
examination proved to be Trichoniscus pygmeus, G. O. Sars, a 
species that, so far as I am aware, has not been taken since Prof. 
Sars described it from Christiania in 1897. As I hope to describe 
and figure this and other interesting Isopoda in a future part of the 
‘Transactions of the Natural History Society of Northumberland, 
Durham, and Newcastle-upon-Tyne,’ the briefest account will 
herein be sufficient. 


Trichoniscus pygmeus, G. O. Sars. 


Trichoniscus pygmeus, G. O. Sars, Crustacea of Norway, ii. p. 162, 
pl. Ixxii. fig. 2. 

Easily recognized from other species of Trichoniscus by its small 
size and by its comparatively broad antenne, which have the 
flagellum only triarticulate. The dorsal face is roughened by 
numerous tubercles arranged in transyerse rows, whilst the lateral 
parts of thoracic segments are edged with small spicules. Length 
2mm. and about one third the length in breadth. 7. pygmaeus 
bears a strong resemblance to T'richoniscoides albidus, Budde-Lund, 
but apart from the smaller size may easily be separated by the three 
visual elements of each eye, the eyes of T'richoniscoides being simple. 
T. pygmeus is, moreover, easily recognized from other species of 
its genus by its slow, rhythmic, and almost worm-like movements, 
and here again it strangely resembles 7’. albidus, the habits of both 
species, in fact, being practically identical. 

Taken in numbers in gardens at Winlaton (Co. Durham), October, 
and several from garden of Hancock Museum, Neweastle-on-Tyne, 
November 1906. 

Prof. G. 8. Brady, F.R.S., and the Rev. Canon Norman, F.R.S., 
have most kindly confirmed my identification of this species, and 
through Dr. Norman’s generosity I have had the additional satis- 
faction of examining co-types of both species mentioned in this short 
and hastily prepared note, from Prof. Sars, Norway. 


Winlaton-on-Tyne, 
November LOth, 1906. 


INDEX ro VOL. XVIII. 


ACMONIA, new species of, 201. 

Acra, new species of, 75. 

Alaruasa, characters of the 
genus, 199. 

Aleyonaria, on deep-sea, from the 
Indian Ocean, 427. 

Alphina, new species of, 194. 

Alternation of generations, on, 38. 

Amastus, new species of, 84. 

Abia, new species of, 456. 

Amphipoda, new Antarctic, 13, 
150. 

Amussium, new species of, 255, 

Anabas, new species of, 348. 

Ancilla, new species of, 172. 

Andersen, K., on the bats of the 
genera Micronycteris and Glypho- 
nycteris, 50; on Micronycteris 
microtis, 872; on a new genus 
and new forms of stenodermatous 
bats, 419. 

Annandale, Dr. N., on two new 
barnacles from the Persian Gulf 
and Arabia, 44. 

Anomala, new species of, 131. 

Antelope, on a new pigmy, 148. 

Antestia, new species of, 287. 

Antiopula, new species of, 367. 

Apatelodes, new species of, 93. 

Apobletes, new species of, 182. 

Arachnida, new, 4. 

Areohoplia, characters of the new 
genus, 131. 

Aramuna punctilinea, remarks on, 
410. 

Arca, new species of, 255. 

Argyractis, new species of, 374. 

Arrhenurus, new species of, 8. 


new 


Arrow, G. J., on three new melo- 
lonthid coleoptera, 48; on lamelli- 
corn coleoptera from Portuguese 
W. Africa, 127. 

Artibeus, new species of, 420. 

Arvicanthis, new species of, 304. 

Arxama, new species of, 390. 

Asolenus, characters of the new 
genus, 189. 

Asota, new species of, 407. 

Aspidonitys, new species of, 205. 

Atheris, new species of, 37. 

Atholus, note on the genus, 402. 

Aulacodes, new species of, 467. 

Aulastomatomorpha, on the skull of 
the genus, 306; new species of, 
308. 

Automolis, new species of, 81. 

Bagauda, new species of, 564. 

Bagnall, R. S., on Trichoniscus 
pygmeus, 474. 

Barbus, new species of, 32, 36, 66. 

Bathybembix, new species of, 245. 

Bell, Prof. F. J., on Solaster pap- 
posus, 475. 

Berg, Prof. L. S., on Doliichthys 
stellatus, 593 ; on a new species of 
Leucogobio from Korea, 394. 

Bethune-Baker, G. T., on new 
African Lepidoptera, 359, 473. 

Bombus Kohli, definition of the new 
specific name, 75. 

Bombyx, new species of, 90. 

Bonhote, J. L., on a new race of 
Sciurus lokriodes from Burma, 
338. 

Books, new :—The Fauna of British 
India, Rhynchota, vol. iii., 155; 


476 


Distant’s Synonymice Catalogue of 
Homoptera, pt. i. Cicadide, 155 ; 
Andrews’s Descriptive Catalogue 
of the Tertiary Vertebrata of the 
Fayum, 318; Faust’s Die Tier- 
ischen Gifte, 320. 

Borsippa, new species of, 410. 

Boulenger, G. A., on new W.-African 
species of Barbus, 32; on a new 
Barbus from Uganda, 36; on a 
new mormyrid fish from S. Came- 
roon, 86; on a new tree-viper 
from Mt. Ruwenzori, 37; on a 
new species of Mochocus, 147 ; 
on anew chameleon from Mashona- 
land, 346; on a new silurid fish 
from Angola, 347 ; oa the presence 
of two species of Anabas in the 
White Nile and the Bahr-el-Gebel, 
348; on a new lizard and new 
snake from Australia, 440; on a 
new species of Glauconia, 441; on 
a new chameleon from Mount 
Ruwenzori, 473. 

Brachiopod nomenclature, on, 321. 

Buckman, 8. 8., on brachiopod 
nomenclature, 321. 

Byrne, L. W., on a new species of 
Lyconus, 423; on a new species of 
Pteridium, 448. 

Calliostoma, new species of, 246. 

Calyptoproctus, new species of, 195, 

Carama, new species of, 87. 

Carruthers, R. G., on the primary 
septal plan of the Rugosa, 356. 

Carthara, new species of, 91. 

Cataclysta, new species of, 592. 

Catephia, new species of, 344. 

Centrophorus, new species of, 458. 

Centroscymnus, new _ species of, 
436. 

Ceratoclasis, new species of, 414. 

Ceratodus, on a tooth of, from the 
lower jurassic of Victoria, 1. 

Ceratrichia, new species of, 343. 

Cercocebus, new species of, 208, 454 ; 
note on the genus, 278. 

Cerilocus, new species of, 292. 

Cestracion, new species of, 436. 

Chameleon, new species of, 473. 

Chapman, I., on the importance of 
Halimeda as a reef-forming or- 
ganism, 395. 

Cithene, new species of, 87. 

Cladypha, new species of, 349. 

Cleiothyridina, definition of the new 
generic name, 324, 


INDEX. 


Coata, characters of the new 
genus, 30. 

Cockerell, T. D. A., descriptions and 
records of bees, 69. 

Ceelorus, note on the subgenus, 433, 

Coleoptera, new, 48, 127, 180, 397. 

Columbella, new species of, 171. 

Contipus, new species of, 185. 

Copidocephala, new species of, 23. 

Copris, new species of, 127. 

Coptorrhina, new species of, 129. 

Corbula, new species of, 262. 

Cosmochilus, new species of, 66, 

Cosmophila, new species of, 408. 

Cosmosoma, new species of, 78. 

Costria, new species of, 93. 

Crassatellistes, new species of, 258. 

Crenella, new species of, 255, 

Crocidura, new species of, 138. 

Crustacea, new, 13, 44, 150, 214. 

Cryptochirus, new species of, 214. 

Cry ptodon, new species of, 257, 

Dasychira, new species of, 406. 

Dasymys, new species of, 143. 

Deilemera, new species of, 406. 

Denisonia, new species of, 440. 

Dentalium, new species of, 249. 

Dichelaspis, new species of, 44. 

Dictyophara, new species of, 351. 

Dinosaurian claw from the lower 
jurassic of Victoria, 1. 

Dipzena, new species of, 86. 

Diploa, new species of, 136. 

Diptera, new, 101. 

Distant, W. L., rhynchotal notes, 18. 
19], 349; on some Efhiopian 
rhynchota, 236, on Oriental Re- 
duviidee, 363. 

Doliichthys stellatus, note on, 393. 

Donald, Miss J., on the genera Omo- 
spira, Lophospira, and Turritoma, 
396, 

Doumea, new species of, 347. 

Druce, H., on new heterocera from 
S. America, 77. 

Duerden, Prof. J. E., on the morpho- 
logy of the Madreporaria, 226, 

Durnford, Lt.-Col. C. D., on the 
flying-fish problem, 327. 

Echedorus, new species of, 90, 

Kcuadoria, characters of the new 
genus, 21, 

Eddara, new species of, 30. 

Edelia, note oa the genus, 452. 

Klysius, new species of, 82. 

Enchisthenes, characters of the new 
genus, 419. 


INDEX. 


Enchophora, new species of, 25. 

Epimeria, new species of, 16. 

Epimeriella, characters of the new 
genus, 17. 

Epithyris bathonica, definition of the 
new specific name, 322. 

Erilla, characters of 

enus, 28, 

Evistena, new species of, 389. 

Eucereon, new species of, 80. 

Euchromia, new species of, 403, 

Euglyphia, new species of, 94. 

Eulimacodes, new species of, 90. 

Eupterote, new species of, 404. 

Eurota, new species 0& 78. 

Eurystheus, new species of, 19. 

Eusirus, new species of, 152. 

Evotomys, new species of, 221. 

Exomalopsis, new species of, 73. 

Fishes, new, 32, 56, 66, 147, 154, 
308, 347, 348, 594, 425, 435, 448, 
450, 

Flying-fish problem, on the, 527. 

Funisciurus, new species of, 140. 

— pulliatus, new subspecies of, 
140. . 

Fusus, new species of, 167. 

Galela, characters of the 
genus, 26. 

Gallobelgicus, characters of the new 
genus, 370, 

Gammaropsis, new species of, 155. 

Gargela, new species of, 374. 

Gaza, new species of, 246. 

Geological Society, proceedings of 
the, 244, 395. 

Glauconia, new species of, 441. 

Glis, new species of, 220. 

Glossina palpalis, remarks on, 242. 

Glyphonycteris, remarks on the 
genus, 58. 

Grammostethus, characters of the 
new genus, 400. 

Gude, G. K., on the subgenus Ceelo- 
tus, 435. 

Guithera, characters of the new 
genus, 364, 

Hematopota, revision of the genus, 
94; new species of, 101. 

Halbert, J. N., on Irish hydrach- 
nida, 4. 

Halimeda, on the importance of, as 
a reef-forming orgaifism, 595. 

Halisidota, new species of, 85. 

Hampson, Sir G. F., on new Py- 
ralidve, 375, 455. 

Heliactinidia, new species of, 85. 


the new 


new 


Helogale, new species of, 300. 

Henderson, J. ke on a new coral- 
infesting crab, 211, 

Henderson, W. D., on deep-sea 
Alcyonaria from the Indian Ocean, 
427, 

Hermolaus, new species of, 286, 

Heteroptera, new, 286, 363. 

Hister, new species of, 186. 

gentilis, note on, 403. 

Histeride, new, 180, 397. 

Holochilus, new species of, 446, 

Holt, E. W. L., on a new species of 
Lyconus, 423. 

Homoptera, new, 18, 191, 349. 

Hydrachnida, notes on Irish, 4. 

Hydrias, new species of, 91. 

Hylarnus, characters of the new 
genus, 149, 

Hymenoptera, new, 69. 

Hypolyczena, new species of, 340. 

Hypothyridina, definition of the new 
generic name, 324. 

Ictonyx, new species of, 301. 

Idister, new species of, 184. 

Iphimedia, new species of, 150. 

Ischnocampa, new species of, 83. 

Jamaicastes, new species of, 199. 

Jenynsia, new species of, 154. 

Kahlamba, characters of the new 
genus, 288. 

Kasserota, characters 
genus, 350. 

Kerivoula, new species of, 294. 

Kirby, W. F., on locusts in Hun- 
gary, 156. 

Lake, P., on trilobites from Bolivia, 
244, 

Lanca, characters of the new genus, 
569. 

Leggada, new species of, 145. 

Lepidopleurus, new species of, 251. 

Lepidoptera, new, 47, 75, 77, 178, 
399, 373, 403, 455. 

Leucogobio, new species of, 394. 

Leyuana, characters of the new genus, 
545. 

Lewis, G., on new Histeride, 180, 
397. 

Libayius, new species of, 367. 

Lineopalpa, new species of, 408. 

Liocassis, new species of, 67. 

Lioderma, new species of, 181. 

Liopygus, new species of, 398. 

Liptena, new species of, 339. 

Lloyd, Capt. R. E., on the skull of 
the genus Aulastomatomorpha, 


\ 


of the new 


Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xviii. 35 


478 


and on some new Geep-sea fish, 
306. 

Lophuromys, new species of, 146, 
504. 

Loxoneptera, new species of, 415. 

Lyconus, new species of, 423, 

Lyon, Dr. M. W., jr., on the type 
specimen of Micronycteris microtis, 
371. 

Macoma, new species of, 259. 

Macrones, new species of, 68. 

Madreporaria, on the morphology of 
the, 226, 

Malfeytia, new species of, 193. 

Malletia, new species of, 252. 

Mammals, new, 136, 148, 208, 220, 
222, 272, 294, 300, 338, 419, 442. 

Manaria, characters of the new 
genus, 167. 

Marcusenius, new species of, 36. 

Margaronia, new species of, 414. 

Masoas, characters of the new genus, 
290. 

Matacosa, characters of the new 
genus, 198. 

Mawson, D., on the importance of 
Halimeda as a reef-forming or- 
ganism, 395, 

Mesothen, new species of, 77. 

Messena, new species of, 203. 

Metaclysta, characters of the new 
genus, 455. 

Methysia, new species of, 79. 

Metoponitys, new species of, 205. 

Metula, new species of, 165. 

Micronycteris, remarks on the genus, 
50. 

the 


microtis, note on 
specimen of, 371. 

Mochocus, new species of, 147. 

Mollusca, new, 157, 245. 

Momonia, characters of the 
genus, 5. 

Moore, Dr. F., on a new species of 
Parnassius, 47, 

Morio, new species of, 170. 

Mus, new species of, 144, 298. 

Mylomys, characters of the new 
genus, 224, 

Myoderma, new species of, 135. 

Myosorex, new species of, 159. 

Myotis, new species of, 220, 

Myrilla, new species of, 29. 

Myriolepis hibernica, note on, 416, 

Nanuatherina, characters of the new 
genus, 451. 

Napata, new species of, 79. 

Narcetes, new species of, 308. 


type 


new 


INDEX. 


Nassa, new species of, 165, 
Natica, new species of, 172. 
Nematophylla, characters of the new 
genus, 48. 
Nodaria, new species of, 411. 
Nomada, new species of, 69. 
Notocaulus, new species of, 130, 
Notclister, new species of, 187. 
Nucula, new species of, 251. 
Nymphula, new species of, 391. 
Ocha, new species of, 92. 
Octoplasia, new species of, 49, 
(Ecomys, characters of the new sub- 
genus, 444, 
(Ediceroides,mew species of, 15. 
Oligostigma, new species of, 463. 
Olonia, new species of, 206. 
Opharus, new species of, 83. 
Orectolobus, new species of, 435, 
Orgyia nebulosa, note on, 404. 
Oryzomys, note on the genus, 442; 
new species of, 445. 
Otomys, new species of, 141, 302; 
note on the genus, 264. 
Oxybadistes, new species of, 345. 
Pachycrzrus, new species of, 190. 
Pachylister, new species of, 399. 
Paleontology, on the relations of, to 
biology, 312. 
Pangeranga, characters of the new 
genus, 365, 
Panisus Michaeli, note on, 11. 
Paramilionia, characters of the new 
genus, 545. 
Pardaleodes, new species of, 342. 
Parnassius, new species of, 47. 
Paropioxys, new species of, 204. 
Parthenodes, new species of, 470. 
Parusha, new species of, 204, 
Pelorurus, new species of, 190, 
Pendria, new species of, 405. 
Pentila, new species of, 539. 
Pephricus, new species of, 289. 
Peranus, characters of the new genus, 
401. 
Perola, new species of, 90. 
Philoros, new species of, 81. 
Pheochrous, new species of, 130, 
Piesma, new species of, 292. 
Pitane, new species of, 86. 
Pliesius, new species of, 182. 
Planema, new species of, 76. 
Platylister, new species of, 184, 398. 
Pleurotoma, new species of, 161, 
Ploiariola, new species of, 563. 
Pocock, Kk. IL, on new species of 
Mangabey, 208, 454; on the genus 
Cercocebus, 278. 


INDEX. 


Polydictya, new species of, 26, 

Pompelon, new species of, 407. 

Pontiothauma, new species of, 159, 

Proboliella, characters of the new 
genus, 15. 

Proboloides, new species of, 15, 

Procrimima, new species of, 86. 

Pseudaclytia, new species of, 79. 

Pteridium, new species of, 448. 

Ptychoglene, new species of, 86. 

Putala, new species of, 354. 

Pycnoschema, new species of, 153. 

Pyralide, new, 373, 455. 

Pyrausta, new species of, 416. 

Radamana, characters of the new 
genus, 194, 

Raia, new species of, 309. 

Reduviidee, on Oriental, 363, 

Regan, C, Tate, on new freshwater 
fishes from Sarawak, 66; ona new 
eyprinodont fish from Argentina, 
154; on new sharks in the British 
Museum collection, 455; on fishes 
from the King River, 450. 

Remosa, characters of the 
genus, 355. 

Reptiles, new, 57, 346, 440, 441, 473. 

Rhampholeon, new species of, 346. 

Rhaphidosoma, new species of, 367. 

Rhipidomys, note on the genus, 442. 

Rhyuchopyga, new species of, 78. 

Rhynchotal notes, 18, 191, 286, 349, 
563. 

Ricardo, Miss G., on the genus 
Heematopota, 94. 

Ridleyana, characters of the new 
genus, 469, 

Robinsonia, new species of, 81. 

Rotunosa, characters of the 
genus, 353. 

Rousettus, new species of, 137. 

Rugosa, on the primary septal plan 
of the, 356. 

Samsama, characters of the new 
genus, 20. 

Santalus piraticus, note on, 399. 

Sarangesa, new species of, 541. 

Scamandra, new species of, 25. 

Scaphander, new species of, 248. 

Scaralis, new species of, 197, 

Sciathos, new species of, 89. 

Sciurus lokriodes, on a new race of, 
from Burma, 338. 

—— Stangeri, new subspecies of, 
296. 

Seba, new species of, 154. 

Seminula, remarks on the genus, 
324. 


new 


new 


479 

Serendiba, characters of the new 
cenus, 368. 

Sharks, new, 435, 

Sharpe, Miss E. M., on two new 
species of Acreeidee from Uganda, 
(9. 

Smith, KE. A., on mollusca from the 
Bay of Bengal and the Arabian 
Sea, 157, 245. 

Sphecodes _ hesperellus, 
species of, 75, 

Squatina, new species of, 438, 

Stagmatophora, new species of, 178, 

Starfish, a common British, 473. 

Stesichorus, characters of the new 
genus, 566. 

Surdisorex, characters of the new 
genus, 225. 

Swinhoe, Col. C., on new Eastern 
and Australian heterocera, 403. 

Sycanus, new species of, 368. 

Sylvisorex, new species of, 139, 

Symphonia, new species of, 391, 456. 

Sypna, new species of, 409, 

Tabocasa, characters of the 
genus, 202. 

Tamarrha, notes on the genus, 175, 

Tamasanka, characters of the new 
genus, 291. 

Taosa, characters of the uew genus, 
305. ‘ 

Taragama, new species of, $44. 

Tatera, new species of, 303. 

Tellina, new species of, 259. 

Teretrius, new species of, 181, 

Thaumatelson, characters of the new 
genus, 15. 

Thomas, O., on new mammals from 
Mt. Ruwenzori, 136; on a new 
pigmy antelope, 148; on new 
palearctic mammals, 220; on two 
new genera of mammals from 
British E. Africa, 222; on some 
African bats and rodents, 294; on 
new mammals from N.E. Africa, 
800; on South-American rodents, 
442. 

Thomasomys, note on the genus, 442. 

Thomson, Prof. J. A., on deep-sea 
Alcyonaria from the Indian Ocean, 
427, 

Tolype, new species of, 91. 

Trichoniscus pygmeeus, on the occur- 
rence of, in Britain, 474, 

Tritonidea, new species of, 164. 

Trophon, new species of, 168, 

Tsetse-flies, on the habits of, 242. 

Tuina, new species of, 87. 


new sub- 


new 


480 


Turuptiana, new species of, 85. 

Uroderma, new species of, 419. 

Varanus, new species of, 440. 

Vesicomya, new species of, 261. 

Vitessa, new species of, 412. 

Walker, A. O., on new species of 
Amphipoda from the Antarctic, 
15, 150. 

Walsingham, Lord, on the genus 
Tamarrha, 175; on a new tineid 
moth, 178. 

Wedekind, W., on alternation of 
generations, metamorphosis, and 
direct development, 38. 

Wellman, Dr. F. C., on the habits of 
tsetse-flies, 242. 

Wood, Dr. E. M. R., on graptolites 
from Bolivia, 244. 

Woodlouse new to the British fauna, 
474. 


INDEX. 


Woodward, Dr. A. Smith, on a tooth 
of Ceratudus and a dinosaurian 
claw from the lower jurassic of 
Victoria, 1; on the relations of 
palzontology to biology, 512; on 
Myriolepis hibernica, 416. 

Wroughton, R. C., on the genus 
Otomys, 264. 

Xenoglossa pruinosa, new subspecies 
of, 73. 

Xerus, new species of, 301. 

Yarrana, characters of the new genus, 
206. 

Yoldia, new species of, 252. 

Zabromorphus, characters of the new 
genus, 399. 

Zepasa, characters of the new genus, 

Zeunasa, characters 
genus, 200. 


of the new 


END OF THE EIGHTEENTH VOLUME. 


PRINTED BY 


TAYLOR 


o 


AND FRANCIS, 


RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. 


Ani.& Mag. Nat Ist. 8.7. Vol XVULPLI. 


PGE ALODUS TEE Tt 


it 


4 


see Se Oe Se Rae 
| GAT,.OSA RIA 
one IIE, FAL) OFAAU FRI FAIN 


6) 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7. Vol. XVIII, Pl. I. 


' - 
A Pe T P 
—_ ~ 4 = 
_ 8 Z = 
* : a 
" ‘ 
; e - 
i 
7 Aa >» s 
7 on 7 r ‘ 
Z ‘ . a _.. 
7 ‘ mal? 


TW ‘ld ‘TIIAX ‘9A ‘Lh '§ SYuT MN Oop 2 “uuy 


"2 ‘DIY 
SEER | 


“AI ‘ld TITAX ‘1°A *L ‘SUT CON DIY Q -uuy 


‘ 
Vv 
‘ 


~e 


fa. Vol DVT Ve 


Ann 


~ §i Mag. Nat. Mist. 8. 


Ere. 13; 


al if 
\\ ity 
. 
‘ 
1 
Pos a rr a wien 7 
Pe aie er Raed i. ea ae 2 7 
- - = , Bee, . = et ne a Fy 
7 Sn om aren athe ene int Reemrengeiyrien st nea! 
. “4 Past ee MO ’ ee v Bs alate 
’ , . = ae ee ny" a i ee 18 Ri des SE 
‘ : - Sy Oy ers er a 
<>’ Say z eae Ss 
My «hehe .* ant y 
aah % . wa ” 
, a Pe = me are 4 ; 
al es i ae Pa « 
hd — - Y% 
* . i ? “~ vs hace yo * “V - 1 a ‘ 
“ vo - Se te Pay eo a 
a2 a ¥ ee | 
<r % f fi » i 
, & 
h : - 
ji 
® : 
t 
"ie 7 . ™ ” 7 
=~ & “e- 4 , * 2» ow ats ae to 
» el aes Lae ™ Pe ge Sane tg tS es ee A 
Ov ue , s ll = eA 4 one “eo aia = | 
- wr. : a Tad tet ee be ne St ; 
" 7 ; : : 7 oF, 
7 cee ‘ a . < 7 are af a4 ee 7s 
: "" “ = . ‘ “ 
7" a . ny “d oe. ath wa a 
. 7 4 f y a 
t : = - (Pa 
~ Ps J ~~ * 4 » 
oe ‘ ‘ ; 
’ Py 7 aon ¢ 
by ‘. é a 


‘GL Dh BT DIY 
TA ‘id TITAX “A “LS ate amy boyy - -uuy 


-. i 


Annd&. Vag. Nat.Hist.8.7. Vol. XVII. PU.VII. 


J.Green delet Lth. 
=~ a ee = = 
HAMLYNS MANGABEY. 
Cercocebus Hamlyn. 


——— = Sr CC 


Dekonedelt 


Annk Mag Nat. Hist:S 7 VoUXVML PUI 


Ann. & Mag. Nat. Mist. 8. 7. Vol. XVIII, Pl. 1X. 


“VWOINGHSIn SIiIadwtoraAn 
Tae (T BR ATE “YIT] Jo'[PSp ‘opreag yp w 


Xd WAX 1A LS 9 PON OPW Bey 


UXVINT. PU.XT, 


Vo 


of 


std 


1s 


t 


GAB 


Nal 


A 


AN 


Mz 


] 


‘ Vac 


S 


u 
. 


Anid 


iE 


JAMRAC 


Prachi. 


Te 


ok 


Cercocebus 


QH The Annals and magazine of 
ib natural history 


PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE 
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET 


UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY 


ATES Ey SS 


. a ' % > . . ~s at f pare ese 
a herd bn hs ch ak ea A Mets v e c 5 . ve > apr . Oren ata 
ANE Ee Chih obit cere : : d ; é : ¢ - Pypat-anthalon 
SAME PE RY Feet ENS SEEM NG Ee he . . vo) 4 2 SS i ‘ 


0 EE CT 
TTT LOE re 


DE STAGE : 
re ae ae eae ees bee ied 


bebe ti tates 
Sane ve 


ieee) 

ae 

epee wth tne Ss 
Oe eee 


CaP rg! REE Bie BCT 2 
eee © Oa OE CN gd LOI OAT IGT ET, 
Actes yee ch We YR a 

ME ease cee iy AD kw ale ee Sete 


sires ¢ 
Apne 
SB PBR 


x 


at oe or